AN INTRODUCTION TO
THE OLD TESTAMENT
IN GREEK
BY
HENRY BARCLAY SWETE D.D., F.B.A.
REVISED BY
RICHARD RUSDEN OTTLEY, M.A.
WITH AN APPENDIX CONTAINING THE LETTER
OF ARISTEAS EDITED BY
H. ST J. THACKERAY, M.A.
HENDRICKSON
PUBLISHERS
PEABODY, MASSACHUSETTS 01961-3473
AN INTRODUCTION TO THE OLD TESTAMENT IN GREEK
Hendrickson Publishers, Inc. edition
ISBN: 0-943575-21-4
reprinted from the edition
originally published by Cambridge University Press, 1914
First printing - January 1989
Printed in the United States of America
IN PIAM MEMORIAM
EBERHARDI NESTLE
PH. ET TH. D.
VIRI, ST QVIS ALIVS, DE HIS STUDIIS
OPTIME MERITI
HVIVS OPERIS ADIVTORIS HVMANISSIMI
.
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.
WHEN some two years ago it became clear that a reprint of this Introduction would shortly be required, the Syndics of the Press at my request put the revision, which I was unable to undertake, into the hands of a scholar already known to students of the Greek Old Testament by his Book of Isaiah according to the Septuagint. Mr Ottley, while leaving intact the form and even the pagination of the Introduction, has made every endeavour to bring the contents up to the present state of knowledge. This has been done partly by a careful revision of the text and the occasional rewriting of a paragraph, partly by writing new footnotes and a large number of valuable additional notes, and by expanding the bibliographical lists that follow each chapter, which after the lapse of so many years were necessarily defective.
I cannot sufficiently express my gratitude to Mr Ottley for the unremitting labour which he has expended on my book, and I am confident that future readers will share my sense of obligation. I venture to hope that, thus revised, the Introduction may continue for some years to be of service to those who are entering on the study of the Greek Old Testament.
H. B. S.
Cambridge,
May 11, 1914.
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION.
THIS book is an endeavour to supply a want which has been felt by many readers of the Greek Old Testament. The literature of the subject is enormous, and its chief points have been compendiously treated in Biblical Dictionaries and similar publications. But hitherto no manual has placed within the student's reach all the information which he requires in the way of general introduction to the Greek versions.
A first attempt is necessarily beset with uncertainties. Experience only can shew whether the help here provided is precisely such as the student needs, and whether the right proportion has been preserved in dealing with the successive divisions of the subject. But it is hoped that the present work may, at least meet the immediate wants of those who use The Old Testament in Greek, and serve as a forerunner to larger and more adequate treatises upon the same subject.
Such as it is, this volume owes more than I can say
to the kindness of friends, among whom may especially
be mentioned Principal Bebb, of St David's College,
Lampeter, and Grinfield Lecturer at Oxford; Mr Brooke
and Mr McLean, editors of the Larger Cambridge
Septuagint; Mr Forbes Robinson, and Dr W. E. Barnes.
But my acknowledgements are principally due to Professor
Eberhard Nestle, of Maulbronn, who has added
Free use has been made of all published works dealing with the various branches of learning which fall within the range of the subject. While direct quotations have been acknowledged where they occur, it has not been thought desirable to load the margin with references to all the sources from which information has been obtained. But the student will generally be able to discover these for himself from the bibliography which is appended to almost every chapter.
In dismissing my work I desire to tender my sincere thanks to the readers and workmen of the Cambridge University Press, whose unremitting attention has brought the production of the book to a successful end.
H. B. S.
Cambridge,
September 1, 1900.
CONTENTS
PART I.
THE HISTORY OF THE GREEK OLD TESTAMENT
AND OF ITS TRANSMISSION
| pages | |
| CHAPTER I. | |
| 1—28 | |
| CHAPTER II. | |
| 29—58 | |
| CHAPTER III. | |
| 59—86 | |
| CHAPTER IV. | |
| 86—121 | |
| CHAPTER V. | |
| 122—170 | |
| CHAPTER VI. | |
| 171—194 | |
PART II.
THE CONTENTS OF THE ALEXANDRIAN OLD
TESTAMENT
| pages | |
| CHAPTER I. | |
| 197—230 | |
| CHAPTER II. | |
| 231—264 | |
| CHAPTER III. | |
| 265—288 | |
| CHAPTER IV. | |
| 289—314 | |
| CHAPTER V. | |
| 315—341 | |
| CHAPTER VI. | |
| 342—366 | |
PART III.
LITERARY USE, VALUE, AND TEXTUAL CONDITION OF
THE GREEK OLD TESTAMENT
| pages | |
| CHAPTER I. | |
| 369—380 | |
| CHAPTER II. | |
| 381—405 | |
| CHAPTER III. | |
| 406—432 | |
| CHAPTER IV. | |
| 433—461 | |
| CHAPTER V. | |
| 462—477 | |
| CHAPTER VI. | |
| 478—497 | |
ADDITION NOTES.
pp. 498—530.
APPENDIX
The Letter of Pseudo-Aristeas.
| pages | |
| The Letter of Pseudo-Aristeas. | |
| 533—550 | |
| 551—606 | |
| INDICES. | |
| 609—616 | |
| 617—626 | |
PART I.
THE HISTORY OF THE GREEK OLD TESTAMENT
AND OF ITS TRANSMISSION.
PART I.
CHAPTER I.
THE ALEXANDRIAN GREEK VERSION.
1. A Greek version of any portion of the Old Testament
presupposes intercourse between Israel and a Greek-speaking
people. So long as the Hebrew race maintained its isolation,
no occasion arose for the translation of the Hebrew Scriptures
into a foreign tongue. As far as regards the countries west of
Palestine, this isolation continued until the age of Alexander
2. The earliest and most important of the extant Greek
versions of the Old Testament was an offspring of the 'Greek
Dispersion' (ἡ διασπορὰ
τῶν Ἑλλήνων,
The Hebrew Prophets foresaw that it was the destiny
of their race to be scattered over the face of the world
(
3. Long before the time of Alexander Egypt possessed the
nucleus of a Jewish colony. Shashanq, the Shishak of
4. Alexander's victory at Issos in B.C. 333 opened the
gate of Syria to the conqueror. In the next year he received
the submission of Tyre and Gaza and, according to Josephus,
was on the point of marching upon Jerusalem when the
statesmanship of the High Priest turned him from his purpose
Joseph. ant. xix. 5. 2 ἐπιγνοὺς ἀνέκαθεν τοὺς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ Ἰουδαίους . . . ἴσης πολιτείας παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων τετευχότας: c. Ap. ii. 4 οὐ γὰρ ἀπορίᾳ γε τῶν οἰκησόντων τὴν μετὰ σπουδῆς ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κτιζομένην Ἀλέξανδρος τῶν ἡμετέρων τινὰς ἐκεῖ συνήθροισεν, ἀλλὰ πάντας δοκιμάζων ἐπιμελῶς ἀρετῆς καὶ πίστεως τοῦτο τοῖς ἡμετέροις τὸ γέρας ἔδωκεν. B. J. ii. 18. 7 χρησάμενος προθυμοτάτοις κατὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων Ἰουδαίοις Ἀλέξανδρος γέρας τῆς συμμαχίας ἔδωκεν τό μετοικεῖν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἐξ ἴσου μοίρας πρός τοὺς Ἕλληνας.
Mommsen indeed (Provinces, E. T. ii. p. 162 n.) expresses a
doubt whether the grant of citizenship
5. The premature death of Alexander (B.C. 323) wrecked his larger scheme, but the Jewish colony at Alexandria continued to flourish under the Ptolemies, who succeeded to the government of Egypt.
It may be convenient to place here for reference the names
and dates of the earlier Ptolemies. I. Lagi, or Soter (B.C. 322—285). II. Philadelphus
(B.C. 285—247). III. Euergetes I. (B.C. 247—222).
IV. Philopator I. (B.C. 222—205). V. Epiphanes
The first Ptolemy added considerably to the Jewish population of Alexandria. His expeditions to Palestine and capture of Jerusalem placed in his hands a large number of Jewish and Samaritan captives, and these were conveyed to Alexandria, where many of them acquired civic rights. The report of the King's liberality towards his captives, and of their prosperity in Egypt, attracted other Palestinians to Alexandria, and many came thither as voluntary settlers.
Joseph. ant. xii. 1. 1 ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος πολλοὺς αἰχμαλώτους λαβὼν ἀπό τε τῆς ὀρεινῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ τῶν περὶ Ἰεροσόλυμα τόπων καὶ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος καὶ τῶν ἐν Γαριζείν, κατῴκισεν ἅπαντας εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀγαγών· ἐπεγνωκὼς δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν Ἰεροσολύμων περὶ τὴν τῶν ὅρκων φυλακὴν καὶ τὰς πίστεις βεβαιοτάτους ὑπάρχοντας. πολλοὺς αὐτῶν τοῖς Μακεδόσιν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ ποιήσας ἰσοπολίτας· οὐκ ὀλίγοι δὲ οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον παρεγίγνοντο, τῆς τε ἀρετῆς τῶν τόπων αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς τοῦ Πτολεμαίου φιλοτιμίας προκαλουμένης.
A separate quarter of the city was assigned to the colony
(Strabo ap. Joseph. ant. xiv. 7. 2 τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας πόλεως
ἀφώρισται μέγα μέρος τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ
6. The Jews of the Dispersion everywhere retained their
religion and their loyalty to national institutions. In each of
these settlements among Gentile peoples the Holy City
possessed a daughter, whose attachment to her was not less
strong than that of her children at home. "Jerusalem," in
the words of Agrippa
The Greek which they learnt was the κοινή as colloquially used in Alexandria: based on the less elevated kind of Attic, with some loss of the niceties; but less exclusive in its vocabulary, retaining many old Ionic and Homeric words, and adopting, but less freely, others of foreign origin. When the Jews employed this tongue, now common to the regions of Greek life and Greek conquest, to translate the Old Testament, they naturally used forms of expression which matched the original as closely as possible; though many of them were more or less prevalent, or paralleled, in the κοινή. Their ingrained habits of thought, and their native speech, even if partly forgotten, led them to give constant prominence to these expressions, which correspond with Semitisms, as well as, to some extent, with the current Greek speech and colloquial writings.
7. The 'Septuagint
Literature. The text of the letter of Aristeas is printed
in the Appendix to this volume. It will be found also in Hody
de Bibl. text. orig. (Oxon. 1705), and in Constantinus Oeconomus
περὶ τῶν ό ἑρμηνευτῶν βιβλία δʹ
(Athens, 1849); a better text was
given by M. Schmidt in Merx, Archiv f. wissensch. Erforschung
a. A. T. i. p. 241 ff.; the latest separate edition appeared in 1900
under the title: Aristeae ad Philocratem epistula cum ceteris de
origine versionis LXX. interpretum testimoniis. Ludovici Mendelssohn
schedis usus ed. Paulus Wendland. A trans. by Mr H. St J.
Thackeray appeared in J. Q. R.
The controversies raised by the letter may be studied in Hody or in Fabricius-Harles; cf. Rosenmüller, Handbuch f. d. Literatur d. bibl. Kritik u. Exegese; Dähne, gesch. Darstellung d. jüdisch Alex. Religions-Philosophie, ii. p. 205 ff.; Papageorgius, Über den Aristeasbrief; Lumbroso, Recherches sur l’économie politigue de l’Égypte, p. 351 f. and in Atli di R. Accademia della Scienza di Torino, iv. (1868—9). Fuller lists will be found in Schürer³, iii. 472 f., and in Nestle (Real-encyklopädie f. p. Th. u. K.³ 3, p. 2), and Hastings (D.B. iv. 438 f., where much interesting information is collected); cf. Van Ess, Epilegg. p. 29 f.
8. The writer professes to be a courtier in the service of
Philadelphus, a Greek who is interested in the antiquities
of the Jewish people
The completed work was read by Demetrius to the Jewish
community, who received it with enthusiasm and begged that
a copy might be placed in the hands of their leaders; and
9. The story of Aristeas is repeated more or less fully by the Alexandrian writers Aristobulus and Philo, and by Josephus.
Aristobulus ap. Eus. praep. ev. xiii. 12. 2:
ἡ δὲ ὅλη
ἑρμηνεία
τῶν διὰ τοῦ νόμου
πάντων ἐπὶ τοῦ
προσαγορευθέντος
Φιλαδέλφου
βασιλέως σοῦ δὲ
προγόνου [he is addressing Philometor]
προσενεγκαμένου
μείζονα φιλοτιμίαν,
Δημητρίου τοῦ
Φαληρέως
πραγματευσαμένου
τὰ περὶ τούτων
The testimony of Josephus establishes only the fact that
the letter of Aristeas was current in Palestine during the first
century A.D. Philo, on the other hand, represents an Alexandrian
tradition which was perhaps originally independent of
the letter, and is certainly not entirely consistent with it. He
10. From the second century A.D. the letter of Aristeas is quoted or its contents are summarised by the fathers of the Church, who in general receive the story without suspicion, and add certain fresh particulars.
Cf. Justin, apol. i. 31, dial. 68, 71, 'cohort. ad Graecos' 13 ff.;
Iren. iii. 21, 2 f.; Clem. Alex. strom. i. 22, 148 f.; Tertullian,
apol. 18; Anatolius ap. Eus. H. E. vii. 32; Eusebius, praep. ev.
viii. 1—9, ix. 38; Cyril of Jerusalem, catech. iv. 34; Hilary, prol.
ad Psalmos, tract. in Pss. ii., cxviii.; Epiphanius, de mens. et pond.
§§ 3, 6; Philastrius de haer. 138; Jerome, praef. in Gen., praef.
in libr. quaest. Hebr.; Augustine, de civ. Dei xvii. 42 f., de doctr.
Chr. ii. 22: Theodore of Mopsuestia in Habakk. ii., in Zeph. i.;
Chrysostom, or. i. adv. Jud., c. 6, hom. iv. in Gen., c. 4;
Theodoret,
Most of these Christian writers, in distinct contradiction
to the statement of Aristeas, represent the Seventy as having
worked separately, adding that when the results were compared
at the end of the task they were found to be identical
(so Irenaeus, Clement of Alexandria, Cyril of Jerusalem,
Augustine, &c.). The author of the Cohortatio ad Graecos
11. Doubts as to the genuineness of the Aristeas-letter
were first expressed by Ludovicus de Vives in his commentary
on Aug. de civ. Dei, xviii. 4 (published in 1522), and after him
by Joseph Scaliger. Ussher and Voss defended the letter, but
its claim to be the work of a contemporary of Philadelphus
was finally demolished by Humphry Hody, Regius Professor of
Greek at Oxford (1698-1706)
Indeed it scarcely needed the massive learning of Hody to
convict the letter of Aristeas of being pseudonymous, and to a
large extent legendary. The selection of the elders from all
the tribes of Israel awakens suspicions; their names are clearly
imaginary; the recurrence of the number seventy-two seems
to have struck even the writer as open to remark
12. There is no improbability in the first of these statements.
The personal tastes of Philadelphus, if by no means
purely literary, included a fancy for the society of scholars and
the accumulation of books
One exception must be noted. The late Professor Grätz
maintained with much ingenuity that the Greek Pentateuch was
a work of the reign of Philometor, thus transferring the inception
of the LXX. from the middle of the third century to the middle
of the second
His opinion was based partly on the fact that the Jewish
colony at Alexandria touched the zenith of its influence under
Philometor, partly on internal grounds. Under the latter head
he insisted on the translation in
There is, moreover, positive evidence that the Alexandrian
version of Genesis at least was in existence considerably before
the beginning of Philometor's reign. It was used by the
Hellenist Demetrius, fragments of whose treatise Περὶ
τῶν ἐν
| Demetrius | Genesis (LXX.) |
ἀντὶ τῶν μήλων τοῦ μανδραγόρου. |
εὗρεν μῆλα μανδραγόρου . . . ἀντὶ τῶν μανδραγορῶν (XXX. 14 f.). |
ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ παλαῖσαι καὶ ἅψασθαι τοῦ πλάτους τοῦ μηροῦ τοῦ Ἰακώβ. |
ἐπάλαιεν . . . καὶ ἥψατο τοῦ πλάτους οῦ μηροῦ Ἰακώβ (xxxii. 25). |
λέγειν κτηνοτρόφους αὐτοὺς εἶναι. |
ἐρεῖτε Ἄνδρες κτηνοτρόφοι ἐσμέν (xlvi. 34). |
As Demetrius carries his chronology no further than the
reign of Philopator, it may be assumed that he lived under the
fourth Ptolemy
13. Both 'Aristeas' and Aristobulus associate with the
inception of the LXX. the name of Demetrius Phalereus
Thus everything points to the conclusion that the version
14. The Greek of the Alexandrian Pentateuch is Egyptian, and, as
far as we can judge, not such as Palestinian translators would have written.
Instances are not indeed wanting of translations executed in Egypt by Palestinians;
the most noteworthy
The story of the rolls being written in letters of gold and
sent to the King by the High Priest may be dismissed at once;
it belongs to the picturesque setting of the romance. But
there is nothing improbable in the statement that the Hebrew
rolls were freshly brought from Jerusalem
The welcome accorded to the Greek version by the Jews of
Alexandria was doubtless, as Aristeas represents, both cordial
and permanent; nor need we doubt that Philadelphus and his
scholars approved what had been done. Insignificant and even
intolerable as a literary work, the version promised to supply
the Greek scholars of Alexandria with a trustworthy account of
Hebrew origins. There is however little or no trace of the use
of the LXX. by pagan writers
15. It has been stated (p. 11) that the letter of Aristeas does
not profess to describe the origin of any part of the Alexandrian
Bible except the Pentateuch
16. But when the example had once been set of rendering
sacred books into Greek, it would assuredly be followed as
often as fresh rolls arrived from Jerusalem which bore the stamp
With regard to the Hagiographa, in some cases we have
data which lead to a more definite conclusion. Eupolemus,
who, if identical with the person of that name mentioned in
17. On the whole, though the direct evidence is fragmentary,
it is probable that before the Christian era Alexandria
possessed the whole, or nearly the whole, of the Hebrew
Scriptures in a Greek translation. For the first century A.D.
we have the very important evidence of Philo, who uses the
LXX. and quotes largely from many of the books. There are
indeed some books of the Hebrew canon to which he does not
seem to refer, i.e. Ruth, Ecclesiastes, Canticles, Esther, Lamentations,
Ezekiel, Daniel
Thus while the testimony of the first century A.D. does not
absolutely require us to believe that all the books of the
LITERATURE. The following list embraces a mere fraction of the vast literature of the Alexandrian Version. The selection has been made with the purpose of representing the progress of knowledge since the middle of the seventeenth century.
L. Cappellus, critica sacra, 1651; J. Pearson, praefatto paraenetica, 1655;
Ussher, Syntagma, 1655; Walton, prolegomena,
1657; Hottinger, disertationum fasciculus, 1660; I. Voss, de LXX. interpretibus,
1661—1663; J. Morinus, Exercitationes,
1669; R. Simon, histoire critique du Vieux Testament², 1685;
H. Hody, de Bibl. textibus originalibus, 1705; H. Owen, Enquiry
into the text of the LXX., 1769; Brief account of the LXX.,
1787; Stroth, in Eichhorn's Repertorium, v. ff., 1779 ff.; White,
Letter to the Bp of London, 1779; Fabricius-Harles, iii. 658 ff.,
1793; R. Holmes, Episcopo Dunelm. epistola, 1795; praefatio
ad Pentateuchum, 1798; Schleusner, opuscula critica, 1812;
Töpler, de Pentateuchi interpretat. Alex. indole, 1830; Dähne,
jüd.-alexandr. Philosophie, 1834; Grinfield, Apology for the
LXX., 1850; Frankel, Vorstudien zu der LXX., 1841; über
den Einfluss d. paläst. Exegese auf die alexandr. Hermeneutik,
1851; do., über paläst. u. alexandr. Schriftforschung, 1854;
Thiersch, de Pentateuchi vers. Alexandr., 1841; Constantinus
Oeconomus, περὶ τῶν ό ἑρμηνευτῶν, 1849; Churton, The Influence
of the LXX. upon the progress of Christianity, 1861; Ewald,
Gesch. des Volkes Israel³, 1868; E. Nestle, Septuaginta-Studien,
i. 1886, ii. 1896, iii. 1899, iv. 1903, v. 1907; S. R. Driver, Notes on
Samuel (Introd. § 3f.), 1890; P. de Lagarde, Septuaginta-Studien,
The student should also consult the best Introductions to the O.T., especially those of Eichhorn (1777 ff.), De Wette-Schrader (1869), Bleek-Wellhausen6 (1893), König (1893); and the Encyclopedias and Bible Dictionaries, especially the articles on the Septuagint in Smith's D. B. iii. (Selwyn), the Encyclopædia Britannica² (Wellhausen), the Real-Encykl. f. prot. Theologie u. Kirche³ (Nestle; also published in a separate form, under the title Urtext u. Übersetzungen, &c.), and Nestle's art. Septuagint in Hastings' D.B. iv.; the arts. Septuaginta (Hoberg) in Wetzer-Welte's Encyklopaedie² xi. (1899), 147—159, and Text and Versions (Burkitt) in Cheyne and Black's Encyclop. Biblica.
CHAPTER II.
LATER GREEK VERSIONS.
1. At Alexandria and in Egypt generally the Alexandrian version was regarded, as Philo plainly says, with a reverence scarcely less than that which belonged to the original. It was the Bible of the Egyptian Jews, even of those who belonged to the educated and literary class. This feeling was shared by the rest of the Hellenistic world. In Palestine indeed the version seems to have been received with less enthusiasm, and whether it was used in the synagogues is still uncertain. But elsewhere its acceptance by Greek-speaking Jews was universal during the Apostolic age and in the next generation.
On the question of the use of the LXX. in the synagogues see
Hody iii. 1. 1, Frankel, Vorstudien, p. 56 ff., König, Einleitung,
p. 105ff.; the negative is stoutly maintained by J. Lightfoot,
hor. Hebr. (add. to
2. When the LXX. passed into the hands of the Church
and was used in controversy with Jewish antagonists, the Jews
not unnaturally began to doubt the accuracy of the Alexandrian
version (Justin, dial. 68 τολμῶσι
λέγειν τὴν ἐξήγησιν
ἣν ἐξηγήσαντο
οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα ὑμῶν
πρεσβύτεροι παρὰ
Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ τῶν
Αἰγυπτίων βασιλεῖ
γενόμενοι μὴ εἶναι
ἔν τισιν ἀληθῆ). The
crucial instance was the rendering of
צַלְטָה by
παρθένος in
3. Aquila. The name had been borne in the Apostolic
age by a native of Pontus who was of Jewish birth (
This is the story of Epiphanius (de mens. et pond. 14 sq.:
λαβὼν [sc. ὁ Ἁδριανός]
τὸν Ἀκύλαν
τοῦτον . . . Ἕλληνα ὄντα
καὶ αὑτοῦ
πενθερίδην, ἀπὸ
Σινώπης δὲ τῆς
Πόντου ὁρμώμενον,
καθίστησιν
αὐτὸν ἐκεῖσε
ἐπιστατεῖν
τοῖς ἔργοις κτλ. . . .
πικρανθεὶς δὲ . . .
προσηλυτεύει
καὶ περιτέμνεται
Ἰουδαῖος· καὶ
ἐπιπόνως
φιλοτιμησάμενος
ἐξέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν
μαθεῖν τὴν Ἐβραίων
διάλεκτον καὶ τὰ
αὐτῶν στοιχεῖα.
ταύτην δὲ ἀκρότατα
παιδευθεὶς
ἡρμήνευσεν οὐκ ὀρθῷ
λογισμῷ χρησάμενος,
ἀλλ᾿ ὅπως διαστρέψῃ
τινὰ τῶν ῥητῶν,
ἐνσκήψας τῇ τῶν
οβʹ
ἑρμηνείᾳ ἵνα τὰ περὶ Χριστοῦ ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς μεμαρτυρημένα ἄλλως
ἐκδώσει).
The same tale is told in substance by the Pseudo-Athanasian
author of Synopsis script. sacr., c. 77, and in the
Dialogue between Timothy and Aquila printed in Anecdota
Oxon., class. ser. pt viii. According to the writer of the Dialogue
Aquila learned Hebrew in his 40th year, and there are other
features peculiar to this form of the story which have led the
editor, Mr F. C. Conybeare, to conjecture that it is independent
of the Epiphanian narrative, though derived from the same source,
That Aquila was a proselyte to Judaism is attested by the
Jewish tradition (Jer. Talm. Meg. 1. 11, Kidush. 1. 1), in
which he appears as הַגֵּר,
ὁ
προσήλυτος
According to Epiphanius the floruit of Aquila is to be
placed in the 12th year of Hadrian (Epiph. de mens. et pond. 13
Ἁδριανὸς ἔτη κά, οὗτινος τῷ δωδεκάτῳ ἔτει Ἀκύλας ἐγνωρίζετο . . . ὡς
εἶναι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρόνου τῆς ἑρμηνείας τῶν οβʹ ἑρμηνευτῶν ἕως Ἀκύλα
τοῦ ἑρμηνευτοῦ, ἤγουν ἕως δωδεκάτου ἔτους Ἁδριανοῦ, ἔτη υλʹ καὶ
μῆνας δʹ. The 12th year of Hadrian was A.D. 128—9, the year
in which the Emperor began to rebuild Aelia. This date is
doubtless approximately correct, if Aquila was a pupil of R.
Akiba, who taught from A.D. 95 to A.D. 135
4. It was natural that the version of Aquila should be
received with acclamation by his co-religionists. His teachers
congratulated him in the words of
5. Until the summer of 1897 Aquila's version was known
to students only from the description of ancient writers, chiefly
Christian, and the fragments of the Hexapla (c. iii.), which
when complete contained the entire work. These sources
were used with admirable skill by Dr Field (prolegomena in
Hexapla, p. xix, ff.) and Dr C. Taylor (D. C. B. art. Hexapla)
to illustrate the purpose and style of Aquila's work. But an
unexpected discovery has since placed at our disposal several
larger fragments of the version, emanating from a Jewish
source. Among the débris of the Genizah of the Cairo synagogue
brought to Cambridge in 1897 through the efforts of
Dr Taylor and Dr Schechter, Professor Burkitt was so fortunate
as to discover some palimpsest scraps which under later
Hebrew writing contain in a good uncial hand of the sixth
century Aquila's translation of
| LXX. (Cod. B |
Aquila. |
10καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν υἰὸς Ἁδὲρ λέγων Τάδε ποιήσαι μοι ὁ θεός καὶ τάδε προσθείη, εἰ ἐκποιήσει ὁ χοῦς Σαμαρείας ταῖς ἀλώπεξιν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ τοῖς πεζοῖς μου. 11καὶ ἀπεκρίθη βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπεν Ἱκανούσθω· μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ κυρτὸς ὡς ὁ ὀρθός. 12καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, πίνων ἦν αὐτὸς καὶ πάντες βασιλεῖς μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐν σκηναῖς· καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ Οἰκοδομήσατε χάρακα· καὶ ἔθεντο χάρακα ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν. 13καὶ ἰδοὺ προφήτης εἷς προσῆλθεν τῷ βασιλεῖ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπεν Τάδε λέγει Κύριος Εἰ ἑόρακας τὸν ὄχλον τὸν μέγαν τοῦτον; ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ δίδωμι αὐτὸν σήμερον εἰς χεῖρας σάς, καὶ γνώσῃ ὅτι ἐγὼ Κύριος. |
10καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν
υἰὸς Ἁδὰδ καὶ εἶπεν Τάδε ποιήσαισάν
μοι θεοὶ καὶ τάδε προσθείησαν,
εἰ ἐξαρκέσει χοῦς Σαμαρίας
τοῖς λιχάσιν |
; see Burkitt, op. cit. p. 2.
| LXX. (Cod. B |
Aquila. |
21καὶ ἐνετείλατο ὁ βασηλεὺς παντὶ τῷ λαῷ λέγων Ποιήσατε πάσχα τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ ἡμῶν, καθὼς γέγραπται ἐπὶ βιβλίου τῆς διαθήκης ταύτης. 22ὅτι οὐκ ἐγενήθη τὸ πάσχα τοῦτο ἀφ᾿ ἡμερῶν τῶν κριτῶν οἳ ἔκρινον τὸν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ πάσας τὰ͟ς ἡμέρας βασιλέων Ἰσραὴλ καὶ βασιλέων Ἰούδα· 23ὅτι ἀλλ᾿ ἢ τῷ ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει τοῦ βασιλέως Ἰωσεία ἐγενήθη τὸ πάσχα τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ. 24καί γε τοὺς θελητὰς καὶ τοὺς γνωριστὰς καὶ τὰ θεραφεὶν καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα καὶ πάντα τὰ προσοχθίσματα τὰ γεγονότα ἐν γῇ Ἰούδα καὶ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐξῆρεν Ἰωσείας, ἵνα στήσῃ τοὺς λόγους τοῦ νόμου τοὺς γεγραμμένους ἐπὶ τῷ βιβλίῳ οὗ εὗρεν Χελκείας ὁ ἱερεὺς ἐν οἴκῳ Κυρίου. |
21καὶ ἐνετείλαπο ὁ βασιλεὺς
σὺν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ τῷ λέγειν
Ποιήσατε φέσα τῷ
|
, at the end of a line: see Burkitt, p. 16.
| LXX. (Cod. B). | Aquila. |
ἀπὸ συμπτώματος καὶ δαιμονίου μεσημβρινοῦ. |
ἀπὸ δηγμοῦ δαιμ[ονίζοντος μεσημβρίας]. |
7πεσεῖται ἐκ τοῦ κλίτους σου χιλιάς, |
7πεσεῖται ἀπὸ πλαγίου σ[ουχιλιάς], |
καὶ μυριὰς ἐκ δεξιῶν σου, |
καὶ μυριὰς ἀπὸ δεξι[ῶν σου]· |
πρὸς σὲ δὲ οὐκ ἐγγιεῖ· |
πρὸς σὲ οὐ προσεγγ[ίσει]· |
8πλὴν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς σου κατανοήσεις, |
8ἐκτὸς ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς [σου ἐπιβλέ]ψεις, |
καί ἀνταπόδοσιν ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄψῃ. |
καὶ ἀπότισιν ἀσεβῶν ὄψῃ. |
9ὅτι σύ, Κύριε, ἡ ἐλπίς μου· |
9ὅτι σύ, |
τὸν ὕψιστον ἔθου καταφυγήν σου. |
ὕψιστον ἔθηκας οἰκητήριόν σου. |
10οὐ προσελεύσεται πρὸς σὲ κακά, |
10οὐ μεταχθὴσεται πρὸς σὲ κακία, |
καὶ μάστιξ οὐκ ἐγγιεῖ τῷ σκηνώματί σου· |
καὶ ἁφὴ οὐκ ἐγγίσει ἐν σκέπῃ σου· |
11ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, |
11ὅτι ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖταί σε, |
τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς |
τοῦ φυλάξαι σε ἐν πάσαις ὁδοῖς σου· |
12ἐπί χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, |
12ἐπί ταρσῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, |
μή ποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου· |
μήποτε προσκόψῃ ἐν λίθῳ [πούς σου]· |
13ἐπ᾿ ἀσπίδα καὶ βασιλίσκον ἐπιβήσῃ. |
13ἐπί λέαινα[ν] |
.
| LXX. (Cod. B אAaRT |
Aquila. |
5ὅτι εὔφρανάς με, Κύριε, ἐν τῷ ποιήματί σου, |
5[ὅτι ηὔφρανάς με, |
καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀγαλλιάσομαι. |
[ἐν ποιήμασι] χειρῶν σου αἰνέσω. |
6ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε, |
6[ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη] ποιήματά σου, |
σφόδρα ἐβαρύνθησαν οἱ διαλογισμοί σου. |
σφόδρα [ἐβαθύνθ]ησαν λογισμοί σου. |
7ἀνὴρ ἄφρων οὐ γνώσεται, |
7[ἀνὴρ] ἀσύνετος οὐ γηώσεται, |
καὶ ἀσύνετος οὐ συνήσει ταῦτα. |
καὶ ἀνόητος οὐ συνήσει σὺι ταύτην. |
8ἐν τῷ ἀνατεῖλαι τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ὡς χόρτον |
8ἐν τῷ βλαστῆσαι ἀσεβεῖς ὁμοίως χλόῃ |
καί διέκυψαν πάντες οἱ ἐργαθόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν, |
καὶ ἤνθησαν πάντες κατεργαζόμενοι ἀνωφελές, |
ὅπως ἂν ἐξολεθρευθῶσιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. |
ἐκτριβῆναι αὐτοὺς ἕως ἔτι· |
9σὺ δὲ Ὕψιστος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, |
9καὶ σὺ Ὕψιστος εἰς αἰῶνα, |
Κύριε. |
|
10ὅτι ἰδοὺ οἰ ἐχθροί σου ἀπολοῦνται, |
10ἰδοὺ
οἰ ἐχθροί σου, |
καὶ διασκορπισθὴσονται πάντες οἱ ἐργαθόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν. |
[σκορπι]σθήσονται πάντες κατεργαζό[μενοι ἀνωφελές]. |
]
6. If the student examines these specimens of Aquila's
work and compares them with the Hebrew and LXX., the
greater literalness of the later version and several of its most
אֲשֶׁר נִרְאוּ
(LXX. τὰ γεγονότα). (2) Under certain
circumstances
, not
יהוה); cf.
Orig. in Ps. ii., καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀκριβεστάτοις δὲ τῶν ἀντιγράφων
Ἐβραίοις χαρακτῆρσιν κεῖται τὸ ὄνομα, Ἐβραικοῖς δὲ οὐ τοῖς νῦν
ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀρχαιοτάτοις—where the 'most exact copies' are
doubtless those of Aquila's version, for there is no reason to
suppose that any copyists of the Alexandrian version hesitated
to write ο κς or κε for
יהוה
).
Oxyrh. Pap. 1007 (vol. VII.), late 3rd cent.,
has ZZ, representing doubled yod, in in the non-Septuagintal
columns, using the letters to represent the Hebrew characters which were
familiar to them. On the whole subject the student may consult Ceriani,
Monumenta sacra et profane, ii. p. 106 ff.; Schleusner, s.v.
πίπι, Field,
Hexapla ad Esa. i. 2; Hatch and Redpath, Concordance, p. 1135; Driver
in Studia Biblia, i. p. 12, n. 3; Z. D. M. G. (1878), 465 ff., 501, 506.
Prof. Burkitt acutely points out (p. 16) that
(and doubtless also ΠΙΠΙ
was read as Κύριος, since in one place in the Aquila fragments
where there was no room to write the Hebrew characters "instead of
οἴκῳ
we find οἴκῳ κυ." On the orthography see Burkitt, p. 15, par. 4.
From the fragments which survive in the margins of
hexaplaric MSS. it is possible to illustrate certain other
characteristic features of Aquila which arise out of his extreme
loyalty to the letter of his Hebrew text. (1) Jerome remarks
upon his endeavour to represent even the etymological meaning
of the Hebrew words (ad Pammach. 11 "non solum verba
sed etymologias quoque verborum transferre conatus est),"
and by way of example he cites the rendering of
Enough has been said to shew the absurdity of Aquila's
method when it is regarded from the standpoint of the modern
translator. Even in ancient times such a translation could
never have attained to the popularity which belonged to the
LXX.; that it was widely accepted by the Greek synagogues of
the Empire can only have been due to the prejudice created in
its favour by its known adherence to the standard text and the
traditional exegesis
7. Theodotion. With Aquila Irenaeus couples Theodotion of Ephesus, as another Jewish proselyte who translated the Old Testament into Greek (Θεοδοτίων ἡρμήχευσεν ὁ Ἐφέσιος καὶ Ἀκύλας . . . ἀμφότεροι Ἰουδαῖοι προσήλυτοι). Himself of Asiatic origin, and probably a junior contemporary of Theodotion, Irenaeus may be trusted when he assigns this translator to Ephesus, and describes him as a convert to Judaism. Later writers, however, depart more or less widely from this statement. According to Epiphanius, Theodotion was a native of Pontus, who had been a disciple of Marcion of Sinope before he espoused Judaism. According to Jerome, he was an Ebionite, probably a Jew who had embraced Ebionitic Christianity. His floruit is fixed by Epiphanius in the reign of the second Commodus, i.e. of the Emperor Commodes, so called to distinguish him from L. Ceionius Commodus, better known as L. Aurelius Verus.
Epiph. de mens. et pond. 17 περὶ τὴν τοῦ δευτέρου Κομόδου βασιλείαν
τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος μετὰ τὸν προειρημένον Κὸμοδον Λούκιον
Αὐρήλιον ἔτη ιγʹ, Θεοδοτίων τις Ποντικὸς ἀπὸ τῆς διαδοχῆς Μαρκίωνος
τοῦ αἱρεσιάρχου τοῦ Σινωπίτου, μηνίων καὶ αὐτὸς τῇ αὐτοῦ αἱρέσει
καὶ εἰς Ἰουδαισμὸν ἀποκλίνας καὶ περιτμηθεὶς καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἐβραίων
φωνὴν καὶ τὰ αὐτῶν στοιχεῖα παιδευθείς, ἰδίως καί αὐτὸς ἐξέδωκε.
Hieron. ep. ad Augustin.: "hominis Judaei atque blasphemi";
The date assigned to Theodotion by Epiphanius is obviously
too late, in view of the statement of Irenaeus, and the whole
account suspiciously resembles the story of Aquila. That
within the same century two natives of Pontus learnt Hebrew
as adults, and used their knowledge to produce independent
translations of the Hebrew Bible, is scarcely credible. But it
is not unlikely that Theodotion was an Ephesian Jew or Jewish
Ebionite. The attitude of a Hellenist towards the Alexandrian version
would naturally be one of respectful consideration,
and his view of the office of a translator widely different
from that of Aquila, who had been trained by the strictest
Rabbis of the Palestinian school. And these expectations are
justified by what we know of Theodotion's work. "Inter veteres
medius incedit" (Hieron. praef. ad evang.); "simplicitate
sermonis a LXX. interpretibus non discordat" (praef. in Pss.);
"Septuaginta et Theodotio . . . in plurimis locis concordant"
(in Eccl. ii.)—such is Jerome's judgement; and Epiphanius agrees
with this estimate (de mens. et pond. 17:
τὰ πλεῖστα τοῖς οβʹ
συνᾳδόντως ἐξέδωκεν). Theodotion seems to have produced a
free revision of the LXX. rather than an independent version.
The revision was made on the whole upon the basis of the
standard Hebrew text; thus the Job of Theodotion was longer
than the Job of the LXX. by a sixth part of the whole (Orig.
ep. ad Afric. 3 sqq., Hieron. praef. ad Job)
8. Specimens of Theodotion's style and manner may be
obtained from the large and important fragments of his work
which were used by Origen to fill up the lacunae in Jeremiah
(LXX.). The following passage, preserved in the margin of
Codex Marchalianus, will serve as an example
14 Ἰδοὺ ἡμέραι ἔρχονται, φησὶ Κύριος, καὶ ἀναστήσω τὸν
λόγον μου τὸν ἀγαθὸν ὃν ἐλάλησα ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰσραὴλ καὶ
ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰούδα. 15 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις καὶ ἐν τῷ
καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ ἀνατελῶ τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀνατολὴν δικαίαν, ποιῶν κρίμα
καί δικαιοσύνην ἐν τῇ γῇ. 16 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις σωθήσεται
ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ κατασκηνώσει πεποιθυῖα· καὶ τοῦτο
τὸ ὄνομα ὃ
καλέσει αὐτὴν
17
ὅτι τάδε λέγει Κύριος, Οὐκ ἐξολοθρευθήσεται τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀνὴρ καθήμενος
ἐπὶ θρόνον οἴκου Ἰσραήλ· 18 καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι τοῖς Λευίταις
οὐκ ἐξολοθρευθήσεται ἀνὴρ ἐκ προσώπου μου, ἀναφέρων ὁλοκαυτώματα
καὶ θύων θυσίαν. 19 καὶ ἐγένετο λόγος Κυρίου πρὸς
Ἰερεμίαν λέγων 20 Τάδε λέγει Κύριος Εἰ διασκεδάσετε τὴν
διαθήκην μου τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν διαθήκην μου τὴν νύκτα, τοῦ
μὴ εἶναι ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα ἐν καιρῷ αὐτῶν· 21 καίγε ἡ διαθήκη
μου διασκεδασθήσεται μετὰ Δαυὶδ τοῦ δούλου μου, τοῦ μὴ
Unfortunately there is no other Greek version which can be
compared with Theodotion in this passage, for the LXX. is
wanting, and only a few shreds of Aquila and Symmachus have
reached us. But the student will probably agree with Field
that the style is on the whole not wanting in simple dignity,
and that it is scarcely to be distinguished from the best manner
of the LXX.
9. The relation of the two extant Greek versions of Daniel
is a perplexing problem which calls for further consideration.
In his lost Stromata Origen, it appears
But the use of Theodotion's Daniel in preference to the
version which was attributed to the LXX. did not begin with
Origen. Clement of Alexandria (as edited) uses Theodotion,
with a sprinkling of LXX. readings, in the few places where
he quotes Daniel (paed. ii. 8, iii. 3, strom. i. 4, 21). In North
Africa both versions seem to have influenced the Latin text of
Daniel. The subject has been carefully investigated by Prof.
F. C. Burkitt
From these premisses the inference has been drawn that
there were two pre-Christian versions of Daniel, both passing
as 'LXX.', one of which is preserved in the Chigi MS., whilst
the other formed the basis of Theodotion's revision
10. Symmachus. Of this translator Irenaeus says nothing,
and it has been inferred, perhaps too hastily, that he was
unknown to the Bishop of Lyons, and of later date. Origen
knew and used Symmachus, and had received a copy of his
commentary on St Matthew from a wealthy Christian woman
named Juliana, to whom it had been given by the author.
According to Eusebius, Symmachus was an Ebionite, and this
is confirmed by Jerome; a less probable tradition in Epiphanius
represents him as a Samaritan who had become a convert to
Judaism
Eus. H. E. vi. 17 τῶν γε μὴν ἑρμηνευυῶν αὐτῶν δὴ τούτων ἰστέον Ἐβιωναῖον τὸν Σύμμαχον γεγονέναι . . . καὶ ὑπομνήματα δὲ τοῦ Συμμάχου εἰσέτι νῦν φέρεται ἐν οἷς δοκεῖ πρὸς τὸ κατὰ Ματθαῖον ἀποτεινόμενος εὐαγγέλιον τὴν δεδηλωμένην αἵρεσιν κρατύνειν. ταῦτα δὲ ὁ Ὠριγένης μετὰ καὶ ἄλλων εἰς τὰς γραφὰς ἑρμηνειῶν τοῦ Συμμάχου σημαίνει παρὰ Ἰουλιανῆς τινος εἰληφέναι, ἣν καὶ φησι παῤ αὐτοῦ Συμμάχου τὰς βίβλους διαδέξασθαι. Hieron. de virr. ill. 54 "Theodotionis Hebionaei et Symmachi eiusdem dogmatis" (cf. in Hab. iii. 13); praef. in Job: "Symmachus et Theodotion Iudaizantes haeretici." Epiph. de mens. et pond. 15 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Σευήρου χρόνοις Σύμμαχός τις Σαμαρείτης τῶν παῤ αὐτοῖς σοφῶν μὴ τιμηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔθνους . . . προσηλυτεύει καὶ περιτέμνεται δευτέραν περιτομήν . . . οὗτος τοίνυν ὁ Σύμμαχος πρὸς διαστροφὴν τῶν
παρὰ Σαμαρείταις ἑρμηνειῶν ἑρμηνεύσας τὴν τρίτην ἐξέδωκεν ἑρμηνείαν.
That Symmachus, even if of Jewish or Samaritan birth,
became an Ebionite leader is scarcely doubtful, since an
Ebionitic commentary on St Matthew bearing his name was
still extant in the fourth century
11. The aim of Symmachus, as Jerome perceived, was
to express the sense of his Hebrew text rather than to attempt
| LXX. | Aq. |
| καὶ ταῦτα ἃ ἐμίσουν ἐποιεῖτε· ἐκαλύπτετε δάκρυσιν τὸ θυσιαστήριον Κυρίου καὶ κλαυθμῷ καὶ στεναγμῷ ἐκ κόπων. ἔτι ἄξιον ἐπιβλέψαι εἰς θυσίαν ἢ λαβεῖν δεκτὸν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν | καὶ τοῦτο δεύτερον ἐποιεῖτε· ἐκαλύπτετε δάκρύῳ τὸ θυσιαστήριον κλαυθμῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ, ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ εἶναι ἔτι νεῦσαι πρὸς τὸ δῶρον καὶ λαβεῖν εὐδοκίαν ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὑμῶν. |
| Th. | Symm. |
| καὶ τοῦτο δεύτερον ἐποιήσατε· ἐκαλύπτετε δάκρυσιν τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κλαίοντες καὶ στένοντες, ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ εἶναι ἔτι πρὸσεγγίζοντα τὸ ὁλοκαύτωμα καὶ λαβεῖν τέλειον ἐκ χειρῶν ὑμῶν. | καὶ ταῦτα δεύτερον ἐποιεῖτε, καλύπτοντες ἐν δάκρυσιν τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κλαίοντες καὶ οἰμώσσοντες, ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ εἶναι ἔτι νεύοντα πρὸς τὸ δῶρον καὶ δέξασθαι τὸ εὐδοκημένον ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὑμῶν. |
But it must not be supposed that Symmachus is a mere
reviser of earlier versions, or that he follows the lead of Aquila
as Theodotion follows the LXX. Again and again he goes his
own way in absolute independence of earlier versions, and
sometimes at least, it must be confessed, of the original. This
is due partly to his desire to produce a good Greek rendering,
more or less after the current literary style; partly, as it seems,
to dogmatic reasons. The following may serve as specimens
of the Greek style of Symmachus when he breaks loose from
the influence of his predecessors:
It cannot be said that these renderings approach to excellence,
but a comparison with the corresponding LXX. will shew
that Symmachus has at least attempted to set himself free from
the trammels of the Hebrew idiom and to clothe the thoughts
of the Old Testament in the richer drapery of the Greek
tongue. It is his custom to use compounds to represent ideas
which in Hebrew can be expressed only by two or more words
(e.g. בְּלי־פֶשַׁע,
Symm. ἀναιτίως,
עַיִן ∙בְּעַיִן,
Symm. ὁφθαλμοφανῶς,
לְראׁשׁ פִּנָּה
Symm. ἀκρογωνιαῖος); he converts into a participle
the first of two finite verbs connected by a copula (
Literature. On Aquila the student may consult R. Anger de Onkelo Chaldaico, 1845; art. in D. C. B. (W. J. Dickson); M. Friedmann, Onkelos u. Akylas, 1896; Lagarde, Clementina, p. 12 ff.; Krauss, Akylas der Proselyt (Festschrift), 1896; F. C. Burkitt, Fragments of Aquila, 1897; C. Taylor, Sayings of the Jewish Fathers2, 1897 (p. viii.); Schürer3, iii. p. 317 ff. On Symmachus, C. H. Thieme, pro puritate Symmachi dissert., 1755; art. in D. C. B. (J. Gwynn); Giov. Mercati, l’età di Simmaco interprete, 1892. On Theodotion, Credner, Beiträge, ii. p. 253 ff.; art. in D. C. B. (J. Gwynn); G. Salmon, Intr. to the N. T.7, p. 538 ff.; Schürer3, iii. p. 323 ff. Works which deal with the ancient non-Septuagintal versions in general will be mentioned in c. iii., under Literature of the Hexapla.
12. Other ancient Greek versions. The researches of Origen (A.D. 185—253) brought to light three anonymous versions besides those of Aquila, Theodotion and Symmachus; from their relative position in the columns of his great collection (see c. iii.) they are known as the Quinta (εʹ), Sexta (ςʹ), and Septima (ζʹ) respectively. The following are the chief authorities:
Eus. H. E. vi. 16 τοσαύτη δὲ εἰσήγετο τῷ Ὠριγένει τῶν θείων λόγων ἀπηκριβωμένη ἐξέτασις ὡς . . . καί τινας ἑτέρας παρὰ τὰς· καθημαξευμένας ἑρμηνείας ἐναλλαττούσας . . ., ἐφευρεῖν, ἃς οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅθεν ἔκ τινων μυχῶν τὸν πάλαι λανθανούσας χρόνον εἰς φῶς ἀνιχνεύσας προήγαγεν . . . τίνος ἄῤ εἶεν οὐκ εἰδὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον ἐπεσημήνατο
ὡς ἄρα τὴν μὲν εὕροι ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἀκτίῳ Νικοπόλει . . .ἐπὶ μιᾶς αὖθις σεσημείωται ὡς ἐν Ἰεριχοῖ εὑρημένης ἐν πίθῳ κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους Ἀντωνίνου τοῦ υἰοῦ Σεβήρου. Epiph. de mens. et pond. 18 μετὰ τὸν διωγμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως Σευήρου ηὑρέθη ἡ πέμπτη ἐν πίθοις ἐν Ἰεριχῷ κεκρυμμένη ἐν χρόνοις τοῦ υἱοῦ Σευήρου τοῦ ἐπικληθέντος Καρακάλλου τε καὶ Γέτα . . . ἐν δὲ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ αὐτοῦ ἔτει ηὑρέθησαν καὶ βίβλοι τῆς πέμπτης ἐκδόσεως ἐν πίθοις ἐν Ἰεριχῷ κεκρυμμένης μετὰ ἄλλων βιβλίων Ἐβραικῶν καὶ Ἑλληνικῶν. τὸν δὲ Καράκαλλον διαδέχεται Ἀντωνῖνος ἕτερος . . . μετὰ τοῦτον ἐβασίλευσεν Ἀλέξανδρος . . . ἔτη ιγʹ· ἐν μέσῳ τῶν χρόνων τούτων ηὑρέθη ἕκτη ἔκδοσις, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐν πίθοις κεκρυμμένη, ἐν Νικοπόλει τῇ πρὸς Ἀκτίῳ. Pseudo-Ath. syn. scr. sacr. 77 πέμπτη ἑρμηνεία ἐστὶν ἡ ἐν πίθοις εὑρεθεῖσα κεκρυμμένη ἐπὶ Ἀντωνίνου βασιλέως τοῦ Καρακάλλα ἐν Ἰεριχῷ παρά τινος τῶν ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις σπουδαίων. ἕκτη ἐρμηνεία ἐστὶν ἡ ἐν πίθοις εὑρεθεῖσα, καὶ αὕτη κεκρυμμένη, ἐπὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Μαμαίας παιδὸς ἐν Νικοπόλει τῇ πρὸς Ἄκτιον ὑπὸ Ὠριγένους γνωρίμων. Hieron. de virr. ill. 54 "quintam et sextam et septimam editionem, quas etiam nos de eius bibliotheca habemus, miro labore repperit et cum ceteris editionibus conparavit": in ep. ad Tit. "nonnulli vero libri, et maxime hi qui apud Hebraeos versu compositi sunt, tres alias editiones additas habent quam 'quintam' et 'sextam' et 'septimam' translationem vocant, auctoritatem sine nominibus interpretum consecutas." Cf. in Hab. ii. 11, iii. 13.
It appears from the statement of Eusebius
There is no conclusive evidence to shew that any of these
versions covered the whole of the Old Testament
With regard to the literary character of Quinta and Sexta,
the style of Quinta is characterised by Field as "omnium
elegantissimus . . . cum optimis Graecis suae aetatis scriptoribus
comparandus." Sexta also shews some command of Greek,
The Greek fathers of the fourth and fifth centuries quotes
non-Septuagintal renderings from an interpreter who is styled
ὁ Ἐβραῖος. Ὁ Σύρος is also cited, frequently as agreeing with
ὁ Ἐβραῖος. Nothing is known of these translators (if such they
were), but an elaborate discussion of all the facts may be seen
in Field
13. The 'GRAECUS VENETUS.' This is a version of the
Pentateuch, together with the books of Ruth, Proverbs, Canticles,
Ecclesiastes, Lamentations, and Daniel, preserved in
St Mark's Library at Venice in a single MS. of cent. xiv.—xv.
(cod. Gr. vii.)
The style of this remarkable version will be best illustrated by a few specimens:
2 τεθέανται γοῦν οἱ υἱεῖς τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς θυγατέρας τοῦ ἀνθρὡπου ὅτι καλαὶ ἐτέλουν, καὶ ἔλαρον ἑαυτοῖς γυναῖκας ἀπὸ πασῶν ὦν εἵλοντο. 3 ἔφη τοίνυν ὁ ὀντωτής Οὐ κρινεῖ πνεῦμα τοὐμὸν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐς αἰῶνα, ἐφ᾿ οἷς ἔτι πέρ ἐστι σάρξ· τελέσουσι δ᾿ αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσιν ἔτη.
22 ὁ ὀντωτὴς ἐκτήσατό με ἀρχὴν ὁδοῦ οἱ, πρὸ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ ἐκ τότε. 23 ἀπ᾿ αἰῶνος κέχυμαι, ἀπὸ κρατὸς, ἀπὸ προλήμματος γῆς. 24 ἐν οὐκ ἀβύσσοις πέπλασμαι, ἐν οὐ πηγαῖς δεδοξασμένων ὑδάτων· 25 πρὶν ὄρη ἐμπαγῆναι, πρὸ τῶν βουνῶν ὡδίνημαι· 26 ἄχρις οὐκ ἐποίησε γῆν, διόδους καὶ κεφαλὴν κόνεων τῆς οἰκουμένης.
13 ὁράων
ἐκύρησα
ἐν ὁράσεσιν
εὐφρόνας, αὐτίκα τε
ξὺν ταῖς
The student will not fail to notice the translator's desire to render his text faithfully, and, on the other hand, his curiously infelicitous attempt to reproduce it in Attic Greek; and lastly his use of the Doric dialect in Daniel to distinguish the Aramaic passages from the rest of the book. The result reminds us of a schoolboy's exercise, and the reader turns from it with pleasure to the less ambitious diction of the LXX., which, with its many imperfections, is at least the natural outgrowth of historical surroundings.
Klostermann (Analecta p. 30) mentions a MS. Psalter (Vat. Gr. 343), bearing the date 22 April, 1450, which professes to be a translation into the Greek of the fifteenth century (κατὰ τὴν νῦν κοινὴν τῶν Γραικῶν φωνήν). A version of the Pentateuch into modern Greek in Hebrew characters was printed at Constantinople in 1547, forming the left-hand column of a Polyglott (Hebrew, Chaldee, Spanish, Greek). It is described in Wolf, Bibliotheca Hebraea, ii. p. 355, and more fully in La version Neo-grecque du Pentateuche Polyglotte . . . remarques du Dr Lasare Belléli (Paris, 1897). This Greek version has recently been transliterated and published in a separate form with an introduction and glossary by D. C. Hesseling (Leide, 1897). A Greek version of job (1576) is mentioned by Neubauer in J. Q. R. iv. p. 18 f.
CHAPTER III.
THE HEXAPLA, AND THE HEXAPLARIC AND OTHER RECENSIONS OF THE SEPTUAGINT.
1. THE century which produced the versions of Aquila, Theodotion, and Symmachus saw also the birth of the great Christian scholar who conceived the idea of using them for the revision of the Alexandrian Greek Bible.
Origen was in his 17th year when his father suffered
martyrdom (A.D. 202)
Eus. H. E. vi. 16 τοσαύτη δὲ εἰσήγετο τῷ Ὠριγένει τῶν θείων λόγων ἀπηκριβωμένη ἐξέτ͍σις, ὡς καὶ τὴν Ἐβραίδα γλῶτταν ἐκμαθεῖν τάς τε παρὰ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐμφερομένας πρωτοτύπους αὐτοῖς Ἐβραίων στοιχείοις γραφὰς κτῆμα ἴδιον ποιήσασθαι. Hieron. de virr. ill. 54 "quis autem ignorat quod tantum in scripturis divinis habuerit studii ut etiam Hebraeam linguam contra aetatis gentisque suae naturam edisceret
Cf. ep. ad Paulam. ?"
The feat was perhaps without precedent, in the third century,
among Christian scholars not of Jewish origin
Orig. ad Afric. 5: καὶ ταῦτα δέ φημι οὑχὶ ὄκνῳ τοῦ ἐρευνᾷν καὶ τὰς κατὰ Ἰουδαίους γραφὰς καὶ πάσας τὰς ἡμετέρας ταῖς ἐκείνων συγκρίνειν καὶ ὁρᾷν τὰς ἐν αὐταῖς διαφοράς, εἰ μὴ φορτικὸν γοῦν εἰπεῖν, ἐπὶ πολὺ τοῦτο (ὅση δύναμις) πεποιήκαμεν, γυμνάζοντες αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐκδόσεσι καὶ ταῖς διαφοραῖς αὐτῶν μετὰ τοῦ πόσως μᾶλλον ἀσκεῖν τὴν ἑρμηνείαν τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα . . . ἀσκοῦμεν δὲ μὴ ἀγνοεῖν καὶ τὰς παῤ ἐκείνοις, ἵνα πρὸς Ἰουδαίους διαλεγόμενοι μὴ προσφέρωμεν αὐτοῖς τὰ μὴ κείμενα ἐν τοῖς ἀντιγράφοις αὐτῶν, καὶ ἵνα συγχρησώμεθα τοῖς φερομένοις παῤ ἐκείνοις, εἰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἡμετέροις οὐ κεῖται βιβλίοις. In
Matt. xv. 14 : τὴν μὲν οὖν ἐν τοῖς ἀντιγράφοις τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης διαφωνίαν, θεοῦ διδόντος, εὕρομεν ἰάσασθαι, κριτηρίῳ χρησάμενοι ταῖς λοιπαῖς ἐκδόσεσιν· τῶν γὰρ ἀμφιβαλλομένων παρὰ τοῖς οʹ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀντιγράφων διαφωνίαν, τὴν κρίσιν ποιησάμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐκδόσεων, τὸ συνᾷδον ἐκείναις ἐφυλάξαμεν· καὶ τινα μὲν ὠβελίσαμεν ἐν τῷ Ἐβραικῷ μὴ κείμενα, οὐ τολμῶντες αὐτὰ πάντη περιελεῖν, τινὰ δὲ μετ᾿ ἀστερίσκων προσεθήκαμεν· ἵνα δῆλον ᾖ ὅτι μὴ κείμενα παρὰ τοῖς οʹ ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐκδόσεων συμφώνως τῷ Ἐβραικῷ προσεθήκαμεν, καὶ ὁ μὲν βουλόμενος προῆται αὐτά· ᾧ δὲ προσκόπτει τὸ τοιοῦτον, ὃ βούλεται περὶ τῆς παραδοχῆς αὐτῶν ἢ μὴ ποιήσῃ.
2. To attempt a new version was impracticable. It may
be doubted whether Origen possessed the requisite knowledge
of Hebrew; it is certain that he would have regarded the task
as almost impious. Writing to Africanus he defends the
apocryphal additions to Daniel and other Septuagintal
departures from the Hebrew text on the ground that the
Alexandrian Bible had received the sanction of the Church,
and that to reject its testimony would be to revolutionise her
canon of the Old Testament, and to play into the hands of
her Jewish adversaries ἀθετεῖν τὰ ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις φερόμενα
ἀντίγραφα καὶ νομοθετῆσαι τῇ ἀδελφότητι ἀποθέσθαι μὲν τὰς παῤ
αὐτοῖς ἐπιφερομένας βίβλους, κολακεύειν δὲ Ἰουδαίοις καὶ πείθειν
ἵνα μεταδῶσιν ἡμῖν τῶν καθαρῶν). In this matter it was well, he
urged, to bear in mind the precept of
3. The following specimen, taken from a fragment lately discovered at Milan, will assist the reader to understand the arrangement of the columns, and to realise the general appearance of the Hexapla.
| HEBREW. | HEB. TRANSLITERATED. | AQUILA. |
| ׀למנצח | λαμανασση | τῷ νικοποιῷ· |
| לבני קרח | [λ]αβνηκορ | τῶν υἰῶν Κόρε |
| על עלמות | αλ · αλμωθ | ἐπὶ νεανιοτήτων |
| שיר | σιρ | ἆσμα. |
| אלהים לנו |
ελωειμ · λανου
|
[ὁ θεὸς ἡμῖν(?)] |
| מחסה ועז | μασε · ουοζ | ἐλπὶς καὶ κράτος, |
| עזרה | εζρ | βήθεια |
| בצרות | βσαρὠθ | ἐν θλίψεσιν |
| נמצא מאד | νεμσα μωδ |
εὑρέθη
|
| על כן | αλ · χεν· | ἐπὶ τούτῳ |
| לא נירא | λω · νιρα | οὐ φοβηθησόμεθα |
| בהמיר | βααμιρ | ἐν τῷ ἀνταλάσσεσθαι |
| ארץ | ααρς | γῆν, |
| ובמוט | ουβαμωτ | καὶ ἐν τῷ σφάλλεσθαι |
| הרים | αριμ | ὄρη |
| בלב | βλεβ | ἐν καρδίᾳ |
| ימים׀ | ιαμιμ | θαλασσῶν. |
| SYMMACHUS. | LXX. | THEODOTION. |
| ἐπινίκιος· | εἰς τὸ τέλος· |
τῷ νικοποιῷ
|
| τῶν υἱῶν Κόρε |
ὑπὲρ τῶν υἱῶν
|
τοῖς υἱοῖς Κόρε |
| ὑπὲρ τῶν αἰωνίων | ὑπὲρ τῶν κρυφίων | ὑπὲρ τῶν κρυφίων |
| ᾠδή. | ψαλμός. |
ᾠδή.
|
| ὁ θεὸς ἡμῖν |
ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν
|
ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν |
| πεποίθησις καὶ ἰσχύς, | καταφυγὴ καὶ δύναμις, | καταφυγὴ καὶ δύναμις, |
| βοηθεια | βοηθὸς | βοηθὸς |
| ἐν θλίψεσιν | ἐν θλίψεσι | ἐν θλίψεσιν |
| εὐρισκόμενος σφόδρα. |
ταῖς εὑρούσαις ἡμᾶς
|
εὑρέθη
|
| διὰ τοῦτο | διὰ τοῦτο | διὰ τοῦτο |
| οὐ φοβηθησόμεθα | οὐ φοβηθησόμεθα | οὐ φοβηθησόμεθα |
|
ἐν τῷ
|
ἐν τῷ ταράσσεσθαι | ἐν τῷ ταράσσεσθαι |
| γῆν | τὴν γῆν | τὴν γῆν |
| καὶ κλίνεσθαι | καὶ μετατίθεσθαι |
καὶ σαλεύεσθαι
|
| ὄρη | ὄρη | ὄρη |
| ἐν καρδίᾳ | ἐν καρδίᾳ | ἐν καρδίᾳ |
| θαλασσῶν. | θαλασσῶν. | θαλασσῶν. |
The process as a whole is minutely described by Eusebius and Jerome, who had seen the work, and by Epiphanius, whose account is still more explicit but less trustworthy.
Eus. H. E. vi. 16: ταύτας δὲ ἁπάσα [sc. τὰς ἐκδόσεις] ἐπὶ ταὐτὸν συναγαγὼν διελὡν τε πρὸς κῶλον καὶ ἀντιπαραθεὶς ἀλλήλαις μετὰ καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς Ἐβραίων σημειὡσεως τὰ τῶν λεγομένων Ἑξαπλῶν ἡμῖν ἀντίγραφα καταλέλοιπεν, ἰδίως τὴν Ἀκύλου καὶ Συμμάχου καὶ Θεοδοτίωνος ἔκδοσιν ἅμα τῇ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα ἐν τοῖς Τετραπλοῖς ἐπικατασκευάσας. Hieron. in ep. ad Tit. iii. 9: "nobis curae fuit omnes veteris legis libros quos vir doctus Adamantius in Hexapla digesserat de Caesariensi bibliotheca descriptos ex ipsis authenticis emendare, in quibus et ipsa Hebraea propriis sunt characteribus verba descripta et Graecis literis tramite expressa vicino; Aquila etiam et Symmachus, LXX. quoque et Theodotio suum ordinem tenent; nonnulli vero libri et maxime hi qui apud Hebraeos versu compositi sunt tres alias editiones additas habuit." Cf. his letter to Sunnias and Fretela (ep. 106) and to Augustine (ep. 112) and the preface to the Book of Chronicles. Epiph. de mens. et pond. 7: τὰς γὰρ ἓξ ἑρμηνείας καὶ τὴν Ἐβραικὴν γραφὴν Ἐβραικοῖς στοιχείοις καὶ ῥήμασιν αὐτοῖς ἐν σελίδι
On σελίς, cf. Sir E. Maunde Thompson, Handbook of Greek and Latin Palaeography, p, 58. μιᾷ συντεθεικώς, ἄλλην σελίδα ἀντιπαράθετον δἰ Ἑλληνικῶν μὲν γραμμάτων Ἐβραικῶν δὲ λέξεων πρὸς κατάληψιν τῶν μὴ εἰδότων Ἐβραικὰ στοιχεῖα . . . καὶ οὕτως τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπ᾿ αὒτοῦ ἑξαπλοῖς ἢ ὀκταπλοῖς τὰς μὲν δύο Ἐβραικὰς σελίδας καὶ τὰς ἓξ τῶν ἑρμηνευτῶν ἐκ παραλλήλου ἀντιπαραθεὶς μεγάλην ὡφέλειαν γνώσεως ἔδωκε τοῖς φιλοκάλοις. Ib. 19 τὰς δύο Ἐβραικὰς πρώτας κειμένας, μετὰ ταύτας δὲ τὴν τοῦ Ἀκύλα τεταγμένην, μεθ᾿ ἣν καὶ τὴν τοῦ Συμμάχου, ἔπειτα τὴν τῶν οβʹ, μεθ᾿ ἃς ἡ τοῦ Θεοδοτίωνος συντέτακται, καὶ ἑξῆς ἡ πέμπτη τε καὶ ἕκτηSee also ib. 18 sq.; Hieron. Praef. in Paral., and in ep. ad Tit., c. iii. .
It will be seen that the specimen corroborates ancient
testimony in reference to the relative order of the four Greek
versions (Aq., Symm., LXX., Theod.), and illustrates the method
of division into corresponding
κῶλα
4. Besides the Hexapla, Origen compiled a Tetrapla, i.e. a
minor edition from which he omitted the first two columns containing
the Hebrew text in Hebrew and Greek characters; cf. Eus. l.c.
ἰδίως τὴν Ἀκύλου καὶ Συμμάχου καὶ Θεοδοτίωνος ἔκδοσιν ἅμα
τῇ τῶν οʹ ἐν τοῖς τετραπλοῖς ἐπικατασκευάσας
τὸ
κατὰ προσθήκην ἔκειτο εἰς τὴν τῶν οʹ ἐν τῷ τετρασελίδῳ (the
Tetrapla), ἐν δὲ τῷ ὀκτασελίδῳ (the Octapla), 
,
ἤγουν δίχα τοῦ .
The inference is that the name 'Octapla' sometimes
superseded that of 'Hexapla' in the Psalms, because in
the Psalter of the Hexapla there were two additional columns
which received the Quinta and Sexta. Similarly the term
'Heptapla' was occasionally used in reference to portions of the
Hexapla where a seventh column appeared, but not an eighth
5. The Hebrew text of the Hexapla was of course that
which was current among Origen's Jewish teachers in the third
century, and which he took to be truly representative of the
original. Portions of the second column, which have been
preserved, are of interest as shewing the pronunciation of the
Hebrew consonants and the vocalisation which was then in use.
>From the specimen already given it will be seen that כ =
χ, ק =
κ, and שׁ ,צ ,ס =
σ
and that א ה ח ע are without
equivalent
In regard to Aquila, Symmachus, and Theodotion, and the
minor Greek versions, Origen's task was limited to transcription
under the conditions imposed by the plan of his work. But
the fifth column, which contained the Hexaplaric LXX., called
for the full exercise of his critical powers. If his first idea had
been, as his own words almost suggest, merely to transcribe the
LXX. in its proper place, without making material alterations in
the text, a closer comparison of the LXX. with the current
Hebrew text and the versions based upon it must soon have
Origen began by assuming (1) the purity of the Hebrew
text, and (2) the corruption of the κοινή where it departed from
the Hebrew
6. Here the genius of Origen found an ally in the system
of critical signs which had its origin among the older scholars
of Alexandria, dating almost from the century which produced
the earlier books of the LXX. The
Ἀριστάρχεια σήματα took
their name from the prince of Alexandrian grammarians,
Aristarchus, who flourished in the reign of Philopator (A.D.
Epiph. de mens. et pond. 2, 3 ὁ ἀστερίσκος . . . σημαίνει τὸ ἐμφερόμενον ῥῆμα ἐν τῷ Ἐβραικῷ κεῖσθαι . . . οἱ δὲ οβʹ ἑρμηνευταὶ παρῆκαν καὶ οὐχ ἡρμήνευκαν . . . ὀβελὸς δὲ . . . παρετίθη . . . ταῖς τῆς θείας γραφῆς λέξεσιν ταῖς παρὰ τοῖς οβʹ ἑρμηνευταῖς κειμέναις, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς περὶ Ἀκύλαν καὶ Σύμμαχον μὴ ἐμφερομέναις. Schol. ap. Tisch. not. ed cod. Sin. p. 76 ὅσοις οἰ ὀβελοὶ πρόσκεινται ῥητοῖς, οὗτοι οὐκ ἔκειντο οὔτε παρὰ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἑρμηνευταῖς οὔτε ἐν τῷ Ἐβραικῷ, ἀλλὰ παρὰ μόνοις τοῖς οʹ· καὶ ὅσοις οἱ ἀστερίσκοι πρόσκεινται ῥητοῖς, οὖτοι ἐν μὲν τῷ Ἐβραικῷ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἑρμηνευταῖς ἐφέροντο, ἐν δὲ τοῖς οʹ οὐκέτι.
Occasionally Origen used asterisk and obelus together, as
Aristarchus had done, to denote that the order of the Greek was
at fault (anecd. ap. Gardthausen: ὁ δὲ ἀστερίσκος μετὰ ὀβελοῦ,
ὡς ὄντα μὲν τὰ ἔπη τοῦ ποιητοῦ, μὴ καλῶς δὲ κείμενα: schol. ap.
Tisch. not. ed. Sin. l. c. φέρονται μὲν παρὰ τοῖς οʹ, φέρονται δὲ ἐν
τῷ Ἐβραικῷ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἑρμηνευταῖς, τὴν θέσιν δὲ μὸνην
παραλλάσσουσιν οἱ λοιποὶ καὶ τὸ Ἐβραικὸν παρὰ τοὺς οʹ· ὅθεν
ὠβέλισται ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ ἠστέρισται, ὡς παρὰ πᾶσι μὲν φερόμενα,
οὐκ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δὲ τόποις: also ap. mon. sacr. ined. iii. p. xvii.
τὰ δὲ ἠστερισμένα ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ ὠβελισμένα ῥητὰ . . .
ὡς
παρὰ πᾶσι μὲν φερόμενα, οὐκ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δὲ τόποις). The
Aristarchian (or as they are usually called by students of
the Old Testament, the Hexaplaric) signs are also used by
Origen when he attempts to place before the reader of his LXX.
column an exact version of the Hebrew without displacing the
LXX. rendering. Where the LXX. and the current Hebrew are
hopelessly at issue, he occasionally gives two versions, that of
one of the later translators distinguished by an asterisk, and
that of the LXX. under an obelus
The form of the asterisk, obelus, and metobelus varies
slightly. The first consists of the letter x, usually surrounded
by four dots (
, the χῖ τεριεστιγμένον);
the form 
occurs but
seldom, and only, as it seems, in the Syro-Hexaplar. The
ὀρελός, 'spit' or 'spear,' is represented in Epiphanius by
, but
in the MSS. of the LXX. a horizontal straight line (—)
.
); the form 
was known as a lemniscus, and
the form 
as a hypolemniscus.
Epiphanius indeed (op. cit., c. 8)
fancies that each dot represents a pair of translators, so that the
lemniscus means that the word or clause which the LXX. adds
to the Hebrew had the support of two out of the thirty-six
pairs which composed the whole body, whilst the hypolemniscus
. The latter
form, as the least ambiguous, is used in Field's great edition of
the Hexapla, and in the apparatus which is printed under the
text of the LXX. version of Daniel in the Cambridge manual
Septuagint.
Certain other signs found in Hexaplaric MSS. are mentioned in the following scholion Έὐαγρίου σχ., one of the σχόλια εἰς τὰς παροιμίας printed in the Notitia ed. cod. Sin., p. 76, from a Patmos MS.; see Robinson, Philocalia, pp. xiii., xvii. ff.): εἰσὶν
Lietzmann proposes to read: Εὐαγρίου σχόλια εἰσίν, ὅσα . . . ἀριθμόν, Ὠρ. δέ, ὅσα Ὠριγένην κ.τ.λ. ὅσα προτεταγμένον ἔχουσι τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὧδε· ὅσα Ὠριγένην ἐπιγεγραμμένον ἔχει τούτῳ τῷ μονοσυλλάβῳ,. . . ὅσα δὲ περὶ διαφωνίας ῥητῶν τινῶν τῶν ἐν τῷ ἐδαφίῳ ἢ ἐκδόσεών ἐστιν σχόλια, ἅπερ καὶ κάτω νενευκυῖαν περιεστιγμένην ἔχει προτεταγμένην, τῶν ἀντιβεβληκότων τὸ βιβλίον ἐστίν· ὅσα δὲ ἀμφιβόλως ἔξω κείμενα ῥητὰ ἔξω νενευκυῖαν περιεστιγμένην ἔχει προτεταγμένην, διὰ τὰ σχόλια προσετέθησαν κατ᾿ αὐτὰ τοῦ μεγάλου εἰρηκότος διδασκάλου, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ κατὰ κενοῦ τὸ σχόλιον φέρεσθαι, ἐν πολλοῖς μὲν τῶν ἀντιγράφων τῶν ῥητῶν οὕτως ἐχόντων, ἐν τούτῳ δὲ μὴ οὕτως κειμένων ἢ μηδ᾿ ὅλως φερομένων, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο προστεθέντων.
The following extract from the great Hexaplaric MS. known
as G will enable the student, to whom the subject may be new, to
practise himself in the interpretation of the signs. He will find it
instructive to compare the extract with his Hebrew Bible on the
one hand and the text of Cod. B (printed in the Cambridge LXX.)
on the other
και επεστρεψεν ις εν | τω καιρω εκεινω
| κατελαβετο
αυτην : ενεπρησεν ις και πα|τα τα σκυλα αυτης
ινλ |
7. The Hexapla was completed, as we have seen, by
A.D. 240 or 245; the Tetrapla, which was a copy of four
columns of the Hexapla, followed, perhaps during Origen's
last years at Tyre.
Eusebius in a well-known passage describes the costly and
laborious process by which Origen's commentaries on Scripture
were given to the world: H. E. vi. 23
ταχυγράφοι γὰρ αὐτῷ πλείους
ἢ ἑπτὰ τὸν ἀριθμὸν παρῆσαν ὑπαγορεύοντι, χρόνοις τεταγμένοις ἀλλήλους
ἀμείβοντες, βιβλιογράφοι τε οὐχ ἥττους ἅμα καὶ κόραις ἐπὶ τὸ
καλλιγραφεῖν ἠσκημέναις· ὧν ἁπάντων τὴν δέουσαν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων
ἄφθονον περιουσίαν ὁ Ἀμβρόσιος παρεστήσατο. Two of these
classes of workers, the βιβλιογράφοι and
καλλιγράφοι (cf. Gardthausen,
Gr. Palaeographie, p. 297), must have found ample
employment in the preparation of the Hexapla. The material
used was possibly papyrus. Although there are extant fragments
of writing on vellum which may be attributed to the second
century, "there is every reason to suppose that to the end of the
third century papyrus held its own, at any rate in Egypt, as the
It is difficult to conceive of a codex or series of codices so
gigantic as the Hexapla. Like the great Vatican MS., it would
have exhibited at each opening at least six columns, and in
certain books; like the Sinaitic MS., eight. Its bulk, even when
allowance has been made for the absence in it of the uncanonical books,
would have been nearly five times as great
as that of the Vatican or the Sinaitic Old Testament. The
Vatican MS. contains 759 leaves, of which 617 belong to the
Old Testament; when complete, the O. T. must have occupied
650 leaves, more or less. From these data it may be
roughly calculated that the Hexapla, if written in the form
of a codex, would have filled 3250 leaves or 6500 pages
(O. T. in Greek, ii. p. 780);
and the notes prefixed to Isaiah and Ezekiel
in Cod. Marchalianus (Q); the second of these notes claims
that the copy from which Ezekiel was transcribed bore the
subscription 
, 
(ib. iii. p. viii.)
LITERATURE. Fragments of the Hexapla were printed by Peter Morinus in his notes to the Roman edition of the Septuagint (1587). Separate collections have since been published by J. Drusius (Vet. interpretum Graecorum . . . fragmenta collecta . . . a Jo. Drusio, Arnheim, 1622), Bernard Montfaucon (Origenis Hexaplorum quae supersunt, Paris, 1713), and F. Field (Oxford, 1875), whose work has superseded all earlier attempts to recover the Hexapla. A fuller list may be seen in Fabricius-Harles, iii. 701 ff. Materials for an enlarged edition of Field are already beginning to accumulate; such may be found in Pitra, Analecta sacra, iii. (Venice, 1883), p 551 ff.; E. Klostermann, Analecta zur . . . Hexapla (Leipzig, 1895), G. Morin, Anecdota Maredsolana iii. 1 (Mareds., 1895; cf. Expositor, June 1895, p. 424 ff.), and the Oxford Concordance. Among helps to the study of the Hexapla, besides the introductions already specified, the following may be mentioned: the Prolegomena in Field's Hexapla, the art. Hexapla in D. C. B. by Dr C. Taylor; the introduction to Dr Driver's Notes on Samuel (p. xliii. ff.), and Harnack-Preuschen, Gesch. altchristt. Litt. i. p. 339 ff. For the literature of the Syro-Hexaplaric version see c. iv.
8. The Hexapla as a whole was perhaps too vast to be
copied
The separate publication of the Hexaplaric LXX. was
undertaken in absolute good faith; Pamphilus and Eusebius
believed (as did even Jerome nearly a century afterwards) that
Origen had succeeded in restoring the old Greek version to its
primitive purity, and they were moved by the desire to communicate
this treasure to the whole Church. It was impossible
When we consider that the Hexaplaric Septuagint claimed
to be the work of Origen, and was issued under the authority of
the martyr Pamphilus and the yet greater Bishop of Caesarea,
we can but wonder that its circulation was generally limited to
Palestine
9. While the Hexaplaric Septuagint was being copied at Caesarea for the use of Palestine, Hesychius was engaged in correcting the common Egyptian text.
Hieron. in praef. ad Paralipp.: "Alexandria et Aegyptus in Septuaginta suis Hesychium laudat auctorem"; cf. adv. Rufin. ii. where the statement is repeated
Jerome speaks elsewhere (in Esa. lviii. 11) of "exemplaria Alexandrina." , and praef. in Evangelia, where the revision of Hesychius is represented as having included both Testaments, and his O. T. work is condemned as infelicitous ("nec in V.T. post LXX. interpretes emendare quod licuit"); the Hesychian revision of the Gospels is censured by the Decretum Gelasii, which even denounces them as apocryphal ("evangelia quae falsavit Hesychius, apocrypha").
It is not easy to ascertain who this Hesychius was. The
most conspicuous person of that name is the lexicographer,
and he has been identified with the reviser of the Greek Bible
To what extent the Hesychian recession of the Old Testament
is still accessible in MSS. and versions of the LXX. is
uncertain. As far back as 1786 Münter threw out the very
natural suggestion that the Egyptian recession might be found
in the Egyptian versions. In his great monograph on the
Codex Marchalianus Ceriani takes note that in the Prophets,
with the exception perhaps of Ezekiel, the original text of that
great Egyptian MS. agrees closely with the text presupposed by
the Egyptian versions and in the works of Cyril of Alexandria,
and that it is supported by the cursive MSS. 26, 106, 198, 306;
other cursives of the same type are mentioned by Cornill
10. Meanwhile the rising school of Antioch was not
inactive in the field of Biblical revision. An Antiochian
recession of the κοινή had in Jerome's time come to be known
by the name of its supposed author, the martyr Lucian
Hieron. praef. in Paralipp.: "Constantinopolis usque Antiochiam Luciani martyris exemplaria probat." Cf. (
Ep. cvi. ) ad Sunn. et Fret. 2 "[ἡ κοινή] . . . a plerisque nunc Λουκιανός dicitur." Ps.-Athan. syn. sacr. script. ἑβδόμη πάλιν καὶ τελευεαία ἑρμηνεία τοῦ ἁγίου Λουκιανοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου ἀσκητοῦ καὶ μάρτυρος, ὅστις καὶ αὐτὸς ταῖς προγεγραμμέναις ἐκδοσεσι καὶ τοῖς Ἐβραικοῖς ἐντυχὼν καὶ ἐποπτεύσας μετ᾿ ἀκριβείας τὰ λείποντα ἢ καὶ περιττὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ῥήματακαὶ διορθωσάμενος ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις τῶν γραφῶν τόποις ἐξέδοτο τοῖς χριστιανοῖς ἀδελφοῖς· ἥτις δὴ καὶ ἑρμηνεία μετὰ τὴν ἄθλησιν καὶ μαρτυρίαν τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἁγίου Λουκιανοῦ τὴν γεγονυῖαν ἐπὶ Διοκλητιανοῦ καὶ Μαξιμιανοῦ τῶν τυράννων, ἤγουν τὸ ἰδιόχειρον αὑτοῦ τῆς ἐκδόσεως βιβλίον, εὑρέθη ἐν Νικομηδείᾳ ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίνου βασιλέως τοῦ μεγάλου παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις ἐν τοίχῳ πυργίσκῳ περικεχρισμένῳ κονιάματι εἰς διαφύλαξιν (cf. the Acts of Lucian in Bolland. i. p. 363). Suidas s.v. οὗτος τὰς ἱερὰς βίβλους θεασάμενος πολὺ τὸ νόθον εἰσδεξαμένας, τοῦ γε χρόνου λυμηναμένου πολλὰ τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς καὶ τῆς συνεχοῦς ἀφ᾿ ἑτέρων εἰς ἕτερα μεταθέσεως . . . αὐτὸς ἁπάσας ἀναλαβὼν ἐκ τῆς Ἐβραίδος ἐπανενεώσατο γλώσσης. Cf. also Cyr. Alex. in Psalmos praef.
Lucian, who was born at Samosata, began his studies at
Edessa, whence he passed to Antioch at a time when Malchion
was master of the Greek School (Eus. H. E. vii. 29, Hieron. de
virr. ill. 71). At Antioch Lucian acquired a great reputation
for Biblical learning (Eus. H. E. ix. 6
τοῖς ἱεροῖς μαθὗμασι συγκεκροτημένος,
Suid. s.v. αὐτὴν [sc.
τὴν Ἐβραίδα γλῶσσαν]
ὡς τὰ μάλιστα ἦν ἠκριβωκώς). From some cause not clearly explained
Lucian was under a cloud for several years between A.D. 270
and 299 (Theodoret
We are not left entirely to conjectures. During his work
upon the Hexapla
(L) was said
The following specimen will serve to shew the character of Lucian's revision, as edited by Lagarde; an apparatus is added which exhibits the readings of codd. B and A.
3 Regn. xviii. 22-28.
22 καὶ εἶπεν Ἡλίας πρὸς τὸν λαόν Ἐγὼ ὑπολέλειμμαι προφήτης κυρίου προφήτης μονώτατος, καὶ οἱ προφῆται τοῦ Βααλ τετρακόσιοι καὶ πεντήκοντα ἄνδρες, καὶ οἱ προφῆται τῶν ἀλσῶν τετρακόσιοι. 23 δότωσαν οὖν ἡμῖν δύο βόας, καὶ ἐκλεξάσθωσαν ἑαυτοῖς τὸν ἕνα καὶ μελισάτωσαν καὶ ἐπιθέτωσαν ἐπὶ ξύλα καὶ πῦρ μὴ ἐπιθέτωσαν· καὶ ἐγὼ ποιήσω τὸν βοῦν τὸν ἄλλον, καὶ πῦρ οὐ μὴ ἐπιθῶ. 24 καὶ βοᾶτε ἐν ὀνόματι θεῶν ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐγὼ ἐπικαλέσομαι ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ
θεοῦ μου, καὶ ἔσται ὁ θεός ὃς ἂν ἐπακούσῃ σήμερον ἐν πυρί, οὗτος ἐστι θεός. καὶ ἀπεκρίθη πᾶς ὁ λαὸς καὶ εἶπεν Ἀγαθὸς ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησας. 25 καὶ εἶπεν Ἡλίας τοῖς προφήταις τῆς αἰσχύνης Ἐκλέξασθε ἑαυτοῖς τὸν βοῦν τὸν ἕνα , ὅτι ὑμεῖς πολλοί, καὶ ποιήσατε πρῶτοι, καὶ ἐπικαλεῖσθε ἐν ὀνόματι θεῶν ὑμῶν, καὶ πῦρ μὴ ἐπιθῆτε. 26 καὶ ἔλαβον τὸν βοῦν καὶ ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἐπεκαλοῦντο ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Βααλ καὶ εἶπον Ἐπάκουσον ἡμῶν, ὁ Βααλ, ἐπάκουσον ἡμῶν. καὶ οὐκ ἦν φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἀκρόασις. καὶ διέτρεχον ἐπὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου οὗ ἐποίησαν. 27 καὶ ἐγένετο μεσημβρία, καὶ ἐμυκτήρισεν αὐτοὺς Ἡλίας ὁ Θεσβίτης καὶ προσέθετο λέγων Ἐπικαλεῖσθε ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἅμα, μήποτε ἀδολεσχία τις ἔστιν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἅμα μήποτε χρηματίζει αὐτὸς ἢ μήποτε καθεύδει, καὶ ἐξαναστήσεται. 28 καὶ ἐπεκαλοῦντο ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ κατετέμνοντο κατὰ τὸν ἐθισμὸν αὐτῶν ἐν μαχαίραις καὶ ἐν σειρομάσταις ἕως ἐκχύσεως αἵματος ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς. 22 Ηλειου ΒΑ | κυριου] pr του BA | om προφητης 20 ΒΑ | οι προφηται 20] om οι Α | του αλσους ΒΑ | om τετρακοσιοι 20 Α 23 om ουν ΒΑ | om και επιθ. επι ξυλα Α | ξυλα] των ξυλων Β | τὸν αλλον] + και δωσω επι τα ξυλα Α 24 θεων] θεου Α | εαν ΒΑ | om σημερον ΒΑ | om εστι ΒΑ | απεκριθησαν ΒΑ | ειπον Β ειπαν Α | αγαθος ο λογος ον] καλον το ρημα ο ΒΑ 25 Ηλειου ΒΑ | βουν] μοσχον ΒΑ | και ποι. πρωτοι οτι πολλοι υμεις ΒΑ | επικαλεσασθε Β | θεων] θεου ΒΑ 26 ελαβεν Α | βουν] μοσχον ΒΑ + ον εδωκεν αυτοις Α | Βααλ 10] οτι ΒΑ | τις εστιν αυτω] αυτω εστιν ΒΑ | καθεύδει] + αυτος ΒΑ 28 κατα τον εθισμον αυτων] om Β κατα το κριμα αυτων Α | μαχαιρα Β | om εν 30 Β
A comparison of 'Lucian' in this passage with the two great uncials of the LXX. reveals two classes of variants in the former. (1) Some of the changes appear to be due to a desire to render the version smoother or fuller, e.g. Ἡλίας for Ἡλειού, the repetition of προφήτης before μονώτατος, the substitution of τῶν ἀλσῶν for τοῦ ἄλσους, of ἀπεκρίθη for ἀπεκρίθησαν, and of ἀγαθὸς ὁ λόγος for καλὸν τὸ ῥῆμα, and the addition of σήμερον. (2) Others seem to indicate an attempt to get nearer to the Hebrew, e.g. δότωσαν οὖν (וְיִתְּגוּ), βοῦν (פָּר); or an adherence to an older reading which the Hexaplaric LXX. had set aside, e.g. the omission of ὃν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς
A Hexaplaric reading due to Aquila; see Field ad loc. and ἐκ πρωίθεν ἕως μεσημβρίας. On the other hand Lucian follows the current Hebrew in κατὰ τὸν ἐθισμὸν αὐτῶν, though he substitutes the easier ἐθισμός for Aquila's κρίμα, which cod. A has taken over from the Hexapla.Professor Driver, as the result of a wider examination, points out
Notes on the Heb. text of the Books of Samuel, p. li. f. that the Lucianic recession is distinguished by (1) the substitutionof synonyms for the words employed by the LXX.; (2) the occurrence of double renderings; (3) the occurrence of renderings "which presuppose a Hebrew original self-evidently superior in the passages concerned to the existing Massoretic text." The last of these peculiarities renders it of great importance for the criticism of the Hebrew Bible.
Lucian suffered martyrdom at Nicomedia under Maximin
in the year 311 or 312
11. The result of these multiplied labours of Christian scholars
upon the text of the LXX. was not altogether satisfactory.
Before the time of Jerome much of the original text of the
Alexandrian Bible had disappeared. Men read their Old Testament
in the recension of Lucian, if they lived in North Syria,
Asia Minor, or Greece; in that of Hesychius, if they belonged
CHAPTER IV.
ANCIENT VERSIONS BASED UPON THE SEPTUAGINT.
THE Christian Churches of Greek-speaking countries
throughout the Empire read the Old Testament in the Alexandrian
Version. Few of the provinces were wholly non-Hellenic;
Greek was spoken not only in Egypt and Cyrenaica, in Western
Syria, Asia Minor, Macedonia, and Achaia, but to a great
extent in the West, in Italy and at Rome. Roman satirists of
the first century complained that the capital had become a
Greek city; the upper classes acquired Greek; the freedmen
and slaves in many cases spoke it as their mother tongue
1. LATIN VERSIONS FROM THE SEPTUAGINT.
(1) The Latin Bible before Jerome.
With the exception of Jerome himself, our earliest authority upon the origin of the Old Latin Bible is Augustine of Hippo, and it may be well to begin by collecting his statements upon the subject.
Aug. de civ. Dei xviii. 43 ex hac LXX. interpretatione etiam in Latinam linguam interpretatum est quod ecclesiae Latinae tenent. De doctr. Christ. ii. 16 [after a reference to the "Latinorum interpretum infinita varietas"] "qui enim scripturas ex Hebraea lingua in Graecam verterunt, numerari possunt, Latini interpretes nullo modo; ut enim cuique primis fidei temporibus in manus venit codex Graecus et aliquantulum facultatis sibi utriusque linguae habere videbatur ausus est interpretari." Ib. 22: "in ipsis autem interpretationibus Itala ceteris praeferatur." Ep. ii. 82 (ad Hieronymum): "ideo autem desidero interpretationem tuam de LXX. ut . . . tanta Latinorum interpretum qui qualescunque hoc ausi sunt quantum possumus imperitia careamus."
This is African testimony, but it belongs to the end of the
fourth century, and needs to be verified before it can be
unhesitatingly received. Many of the discrepancies to which
Augustine refers may be due to the carelessness or officiousness
of correctors or transcribers; if, as Jerome tells us,
there were towards the end of the fourth century as many
types of text as there were MSS. of the Latin Bible ("tot exemplaria
quot codices"), it is clearly out of the question to
ascribe each of these to a separate translator. A few specimens,
taken from Cyprian and extant MSS. of the O. L., will enable
the student to form some idea of the extent to which these
differences are found in extant texts
| CYPRIAN testimonia i. 21 |
LYONS MS. |
|
17 ubi vidit autem Ioseph quoniam superposuit pater suus manum dexteram super caput Effraim, grave illi visum est, et adprehendit Ioseph manum patris sui auferre eam a capite Effraim ad caput Manasse. 18 dixit autem Ioseph ad patrem suum Non sic, pater; hic est primitivus meus; superpone dexteram tuam super caput suum. |
17 videns autem Ioseph quod misisset pater ipsius dexteram suam super caput Ephrem, grave ei visum est, et adprehendit Ioseph manum patris sui ut auferret eam a capite Ephrem super caput Manassis. 18 dixit autem Ioseph patri suo Non sicut, pater; hic enim primitivus est; impone dextram tuam super caput huius. |
| LYONS MS | WÜRZBURG FRAGMENTS. | MUNICH FRAGMENTS. |
|
21 et dixit Moyses ad Aron Qid fecit tibi populus hic quia induxisti super eos peccatum magnum? 22 et dixit Aron ad Moysen Noli irasci, domine; to enim scis impetum populi huius. 23 dixerunt enim mihi Fac nobis deos qui praeeant nos; nam Moyses hic homo qui eduxit nos de Aegypto, nescimus quid factum sit ei. 24 et dixi eis Quicunque habet aurum demat sibi. et dederunt mihi, et misi illud in ignem, et exiit vitulus. |
21
et dixit Moyses
ad Aron Quid fecit populus hic quia induxisti super eos peccatum magnum?
22
et
dixit Aron ad Moysen Noli irasci, domine; to enim scis impetum populi huius.
23
dixerunt enim mihi Fac nobis deos qui praecedant nos; nam Moyses hic homo
qui eduxit nos ex terra Aegypti, nescimus quid factum sit ei.
24
et dixi
illis Quicunque habet aurum, demat; et dempserunt |
21
et dixit Moyses
ad Aron Quid fecit tibi populus hic quoniam immisisti eis delictum maximum?
22
et dixit Aron ad Moysen Ne irascaris, domine; to enim scis
populi huius impetum.
23
dixerunt enim mihi Fac nobis deos
qui praecedant nos; Moyses enim hic homo qui nos eiecit de terra Aegypti, nescimus quid acciderit
ei.
24
et dixi eis Si qui habet aurum . . . . . . . . |
| LYONS MS | WÜRZBURG FRAGMENTS. |
|
27
si autem anima
deliquerit inprudenter de populo terrae in faciendo vel unum ex omnibus praeceptis Dei quod non
faciet, et neglexerit,
28
et cognitum ei
fuerit delictum in quo deliquit |
27 si autem anima una deliquerit invita de populo in terra eo quod fecit unum ab omnibus praeceptis Domini, quod fieri non debet, et neglexerit, 28 et cognitum fuerit peccatum eius quod peccavit in ipso, et adferet hedillam de capris feminam sine vitio propter delictum quod deliquit; 29 et superponet manum super caput delicti sui et victimabunt hedillam quae est delicti in loco ubi victimabunt holocausta. |
| CYPRIAN, testimonia ii. 12. | WEINGARTEN FRAGMENTS. |
|
et tu, Bethleem, domus illius Ephratha, num exigua es ut constituaris in milibus Iuda? ex to mihi procedet ut sit princeps apud Israel, et processiones eius a principio, a diebus saeculi.> |
et tu, Be[thleem,] domus
[habita]tioni[s |
| CYPRIAN, testimonia i. 4. | WÜRZBURG FRAGMENTS. |
|
11 et erunt vobis hi omnes sermones sicut sermones libri qui signatus est, quem si dederis homini scienti litteras ad legendum dicet Non possum legere, signatus est enim . . . 12 sed in illa die audient surdi sermones libri, et qui in tenebris et qui in nebula sunt; oculi caecorum videbunt. |
11 et erunt verba haec omnia sicut verba libri huius signati, quem si dederint homini scienti litteras dicentes ex lege haec, et dicet Non possum legere, signatum est enim . . . 12 et audient in die illa surdi verba libri, et qui in tenebris et qui in nebula; oculi caecorum videbunt. |
It is clearly unsafe to generalise from a few specimens, but
the student will not fail to observe that the variations in these
extracts may, perhaps without exception, be attributed either
to the ordinary accidents of transcription or to the recensions
of the original text. In the case of the New Testament
Dr Hort
These researches are important to the student of the
Septuagint in so far as they throw light on the condition of
the Greek text in the second and third centuries after
Christ. The Latin translation of the Old Testament which is
largely quoted by Cyprian was probably made in the second
century, and certainly represents the text of MSS. earlier than
We proceed to give a list of the extant remains of the Old Latin Version of the LXX., and the editions in which they are accessible.
OLD LATIN FRAGMENTS OF THE OLD TESTAMENT.
i. PENTATEUCH.
Cod. Lugdunensis, vi. (Ulysse Robert, Pentateuchi e Codice
Lugdunensi versio Latina antiquissima, Paris, 1881; Librorurn
Levitici et Numerorum versio antiqua Itala e cod. perantiquo in
bibliotheca Ashburnhamiensi conservato, London, 1868; Delisle,
Découverte d’une très ancienne version latine de deux livres de
la Bible in the Journal des Savants, Nov. 1895, p. 702 ff.; U.
Robert, Heptateuchi partis post. versio Lat. antiquissima e cod.
Lugd., Lyons, 1900
Containing
Fragmenta Wirceburgensia palimpsesta, ? vi. (E. Ranke, Par
palimpsestorum Wirceburgensium
Containing
Fragmenta Monacensia, v.— vi. (L. Ziegler, Bruchstücke einer vorhieronymianischen Übersetzung des Pentateuchs, Munich, 1883).
Containing
Lectiones ap. Cod. Ottobonian., viii. (C. Vercellone, variae lectiones, Rome, 1860, i. p. 183 ff.).
Containing
Fragmenta Philonea (F. C. Conybeare, in Expositor IV. iv. p. 63 ff.).
Consisting of
Fragmenta Vindobonensia (J. Belsheim, Palimpsestus Vindob., 1885).
Containing
ii. HISTORICAL BOOKS.
Joshua,
Cod. Lugdunensis (in the portion published by Robert in 1900).
Ruth.
Cod. Complutensis, ix., Madrid, Univ. Libr. (S. Berger in Notices et Extraits, xxxiv. 2, p. 119 ff.).
1— 4 Regn.
Fragments of Corbie and St Germain MSS. (Sabatier);
fragments from a Verona MS. and a Vatican MS. in Bianchini
(Vindiciae, p. cccxli. ff.), from a Vienna MS. in Haupt's vet.
antehieron. vers. fragmenta Vindobonensia, 1877, from an Einsiedeln
MS. in Notices at Extraits xxxiv. 2, p. 127 ff., and from
leaves found at Magdeburg and Quedlinburg
1 Esdras.
An O. L. text is to be found in the Paris MS. Bibl. Nat. lat. 111, the Madrid MS. E. R. 8, and another in a Lucca MS. ap. Lagarde, Septuagintastudien, 1892.
Judith, Tobit.
Cod. Complutensis.
Cod. Goth. Legionensis.
Cod. Vatic. regin. (Bianchini, Vindiciae, p. cccl. f.; Tobit only).
O. L. texts are also to be found in the Paris MSS. Bibl. Nat. lat. 6, 93, 161 (Tobit), 11505, 11549 (Judith), 11553, in the Munich MS. 6239, the Milan MS. Amb. E 26 infr. (Tobit), and the Oxford MS. Bodl. auct. E. infr. 2 (Judith). See Notices et Extraits xxxiv. 2, p. 142 ff. Of these texts some were printed by Sabatier, and Munich 6239 is in Belsheim's Libr. Tobiae, &c. (1893).
Esther.
Cod. Pechianus (Sabatier).
Cod. Vallicellanus (Bianchini, Vindiciae, p. ccxciv. ff.).
Cod. Complutensis (see above under Ruth).
An O. L. text of Esther is found also in the Paris MS. Bibl. Nat. lat. 11549 (= Corb. 7), the Lyons MS. 356, the Munich MSS. 6225, 6239, the Monte Casino MS. 35 (Biblioth. Casin. i., 1873), the Milan MS. Amb. E. 26 infr. (see S. Berger op. cit.).
1, 2 Maccabees.
O. L. texts are to be found in the Paris MS. Bibl. Nat. lat. 11553 (Sabatier) and the Milan MS. Amb. E. 26 inf. (A. Peyron, Cic. fragmm. i. 70 ff: (1824).
(See Berger, op. cit.)
iii. POETICAL BOOKS.
Psalms.
Cod. Veronensis (in Bianchini).
Cod. Sangermanensis (in Sabatier).
A Reichenau palimpsest described by Mone, l. u. gr. Messen, p. 40.
Fragments of the ῷδαί edited by F. F. Fleck (Leipzig, 1837), and L. F. Hamann (Jena, 1874).
Job.
Fragment. Floriacense (Sabatier). Containing c. xl. 3— 9.
Readings from the margin of Cod. Goth. Legionensis (Notices et Extraits, p. 111 ff.).
Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Canticles.
Readings in a St Gallen MS., see Notices et Extraits, p. 137 ff. Fragments published by Sabatier, Vogel, Mone, Berger (Hastings' D. B. iii. p. 50).
Wisdom, Sirach.
See Lagarde, Mittheilungen i. (Göttingen, 1884). C. Donais, Une ancienne Version latine de l’Ecclésiastique (Paris, 1895).
iv. PROPHETS.
Fragmenta Wirceburgensia, vi. (?) (E. Ranke, Par palimp. Wirceb. p. 49 sqq.).
Containing
Fragmenta Fuldensia, v. (E. Ranke, Fragm. versionis ante-Hieronymianae, Marburg, 1868).
Containing
Fragmenta Weingartensia, v. (E. Ranke, Fragm. v. ante-H., Vienna, 1868; P. Corssen, Zwei neue Fragmente d. Weingartener Prophetenhandschrift, Berlin, 1899).
Containing
Fragmenta Stutgardiana (E. Ranke, Antiquissima V. T. versionis Latinae fragmenta, Marburg, 1888).
Containing
Fragmenta monast. S. Pauli Carinthiaci (A. Vogel, Beiträge zur Herstellung der A. L. Bibelübersetzung, Vienna, 1868).
Containing
Fragmenta palimpsesta Vaticana (F. Gustafsson, Fragmenta
V. T. in Latinum conversi a palimpsesto Vaticano eruta, Helsingfors, 1881)
Containing
Fragmenta palimpsesta Sangallensia (F. C. Burkitt, O. L. and Itala, Camb. 1896).
Containing
Codex Vallicellanus B. vii. (Bianchini, Vindiciae, p. ccxiii.).
Containing Baruch.
O. L. texts of Baruch are also to be found in the Paris MSS. Bibl. Nat. lat. 11, 161, 11951, and Arsenal 65, 70; and in the Monte Casino MS. 35, and the Reims MS. 1.
Copious extracts from most of the books of the O. L. Bible are given in the anonymous Liber de divinis scripturis sive Speculum, wrongly attributed to St Augustine (ed. F. Weihrich in the Vienna Corpus, vol. xii.). Two other patristic collections of O. L. excerpts may also be mentioned here—the Testimonia of St Cyprian (ed. Hartel, Corpus, vol. iii. 1), and the liber regularum Tyconii (ed. F. C. Burkitt, in Texts and Studies, iii. 1). See also the Collatio Carthaginiensis printed in Dupin's Optatus (Paris, 1700), p. 379 ff.
(2) Latin versions of the LXX. revised or taken over by Jerome.
The great Pannonian scholar, Eusebius Hieronymus (A.D.
329—
420), began his "useful labours
Praef. in libr. Psalmorum: "psalterium Romae dudum positum
emendaram et iuxta LXX. interpretes, licet cursim, magna
illud ex parte correxeram. quod quia rursum videtis, o Paula
et Eustochium, scriptorum vitio depravatum, plusque antiquum
errorem quam novam emendationem valere, cogitis ut . . . renascentes
spinas eradicem. . . . . notet sibi unusquisque vel iacentem
lineam vel signa radiantia, id est vel obelos ()
vel asteriscos ();
et ubicunque viderit virgulam praecedentem (), ab ea usque ad
duo puncta (:) quae impressimus, sciat in LXX. translatoribus
plus haberi; ubi autem stellae () similitudinem perspexerit,
de Hebraeis voluminibus additum noverit aeque usque ad duo
puncta, iuxta Theodotionis dumtaxat editionem qui simplicitate
sermonis a LXX. interpretibus non discordat."
These two revised Latin Psalters were afterwards known as
Psalterium Romanum and Psalterium Gallicanum respectively.
Both recensions established themselves in the use of the Latin
Church
The following specimen (
| ROMAN. | GALLICAN. | HEBREW. |
| 12Dominus dabit verbum evangelizantibus virtute multa; 13rex virtutum dilecti, et speciei domus dividere spolia. 14si dormiatis in medios cleros, pennae columbae deargentatae, et posteriora dorsi eius in specie auri. [diapsalma]......18currus Dei decem milium multiplex, milia laetantium. Dominus |
12Dominus dabit verbum
evangelizantibus virtute multa; 13rex virtutum
dilecti: et speciei domus dividere spolia. 14si dormiatis inter medios
cleros pennae columbae deargentatae et posteriora
dorsi eius in pallore auri, diapsalma.........18currus Dei decem
milibus multiplex, milia laetantium:
|
12Domine, dabis sermonem adnuntiatricibus fortitudinis plurimae, 13reges exercituum foederabuntur, foederabuntur et pulcritudo domus dividet spolia. 14si dormieritis inter medios terminos, pennae columbae deargentatae et posteriora eius in virore auri.......18currus Dei innumerabiles, milia |
| in illis in Sina in sancto. 19ascendensin altum captivam duxit captivitatem, dedit dons hominibus. etenim non credunt inhabitare. 20Dominus Deus benedictus; benedictus Dominus de die in diem. , prosperum iter faclet nobis Deus salutaris poster. diapsalma. 21Deus noster deus salvos faciendi, et Domini exitus mortis. 22verumtamen Deus conquassabit capita inimicoruril suorum, verticem capilli perambulantium in delictis suis. |
Dominus in
eis in: Sina in
sancto. 19ascendisti
in altum: cepisti captivitatem, accepisti dona in hominibus. etenim non credentes
inhabitare Dominum Deum. 20benedictus Dominus die quotidie; prosperum iter
faciet nobis Deus salutarium nostrorum. disapsalma. 21Deus
noster, Deus salvos faciendi: et Domini
Domini: exitus mortis. 22verumtamen Deus confringet capita inimicorum suorum,
verticem capilli
perambulantium in delictis suis.
|
abundantium; Dominus in eis in Sina, in sancto. 19ascendisti in excelsum, captivam duxisti captivitatem, accepisti dona in hominibus; insuper et non credentes habitare Dominum Deum. 20benedictus Dominus per singulos dies; portabit nos Deus salutis nostrae. semper. 21Deus noster deus salutis, et Domini Dei mortis egressus. 22verumtamen Deus confringet capita inimicorum suorum, verticem crinis ambulantis in delictis suis. |
The book of Job offered a still more promising field for the
labours of the Hexaplarising reviser, for the Greek text as
known to Origen fell greatly short of the current Hebrew, and
it was this defective text which formed the basis of the Latin
versions used by Cyprian and Lucifer and in the Speculum
A few brief specimens from Lagarde's text
x. 4. aut sicut homo perspicit, perspicis?
xix. 17 et rogabam uxorem meam
xlii. 7 et defunctus est job senex plenus dierum.
Jerome also revised from the Hexaplaric Septuagint, for the benefit of Paula and Eustochium, the 'books of Solomon' (Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Canticles), treating the Greek text after the manner of Origen; but his work has perished, the preface alone surviving. A like fate has overtaken a translation of Chronicles, undertaken at the desire of Domnio and Rogatianus. This version of Chronicles appears from the preface to have been influenced by Jerome's Hebrew studies, which were now sufficiently matured to enable him to form an independent judgement in reference to the merits of his Greek text, though he still clung to his old belief in the inspiration of the original Septuagint.
Praef. in libros Salomonis: "tres libros Salomonis, id est,
Proverbia, Ecclesiasten, Canticum canticorum, veteri LXX. auctoritati
reddidi, vel antepositis lineis () superflua quaeque
) titulo (?)
praenotatis ea quae minus
habebantur interserens . . . et ubi praepostero ordine atque
perverso sententiarum fuerat lumen ereptum suis locis restituens
feci intellegi quod latebat" Praef. in libr. Paralipomenon:
"cum a me nuper litteris flagitassetis ut vobis librum Paralipomenon
Latino sermone transferrem, de Tiberiade legis quondam
doctorem qui apud Hebraeos admirationi habebatur assumpsi . . .
et sic confirmatus ausus sum facere quod iubebatis. libere enim
vobis loquor, ita et in Graecis et Latinis codicibus hic nominum
liber vitiosus est ut non tam Hebraea quam barbara quaedam . . .
arbitrandum sit. nec hoc LXX. interpretibus qui Spiritu sancto
pleni ea quae vera fuerant transtulerunt, sed scriptorum culpae
adscribendum. . . . ubicunque ergo asteriscos . . . videritis ibi sciatis
de Hebraeo additum . . . ubi vero obelus, transversa scilicet virga,
praeposita est, illic signatur quid LXx. interpretes addiderint."
Whether Jerome dealt with the rest of the canonical books of the Old Latin in the same manner must remain an open question. No trace remains either of such revised versions or of prefaces which once belonged to them, nor does he refer to them in the prefaces of his translations from the Hebrew. On the other hand his letters occasionally speak of his revision of the Old Latin in terms which seem to imply that it was complete, and in one of them there is a passage which suggests that the disappearance of the other books was due to the dishonesty of some person whose name is not given.
Adv. Rufin. ii. 24: "egone contra LXX. interpretes aliquid sum locutus quos ante annos plurimos diligentissime emendatos meae linguae studiosis dedi?" Ep. 71 (ad Lucinium): "LXX. editionem et te habere non dubito." Ep. 106 (ad Sunn. et Fret.): "editionem LXX. interpretum quae et in ἑξαπλοῖς codicibus reperitur et a nobis in Latinum sermonem fideliter versa est." Cf. Ep. Augustini ad Hieron. (116), (c. 405): "mittas obsecro interpretationem tuam de LXX. quam te edidisse nesciebam." At a later time (c. 416) Jerome excuses himself from doing as Augustine had desired, since "pleraque prioris laboris fraude cuiusdam amisimus" (Ep. 134).
In any case Jerome's Hexaplarised version had little or
no influence on the text of the Latin Bible, except in the
Psalter. Even his translations from the Hebrew did not easily
supersede the Old Latin. The familiar version died hard and,
The coexistence of the two versions naturally produced
mixture in the MSS.
LITERATURE. Besides the editions already mentioned the
student may consult with advantage Eichhorn, Einleitung, i. 321; N. Wiseman,
Essays, i. (London, 1853)—a reprint of his
Two letters on some parts of the controversy concerning
2. THE EGYPTIAN VERSIONS.
The tradition of St Mark's episcopate at Alexandria
)
are not from the Greek. On the pre-Christian systems see Clem. strom.
v. 4 οἱ παῤ Αἰγυπτίοις παιδευόμενοι πρῶτον μὲν πάντων . . .
ἐκμανθάνουσι τὴν ἐπιστολογραφικὴν καλουμένην (the Demotic),
δευτέραν δὲ τὴν ἱερατικὴν . . . ὑστάτην δὲ καὶ τελευταίαν
τὴν ἱερογλυφικήν.
The analogy of the Old Latin would lead us to suppose (as
Bp Lightfoot remarks
The plurality of the Egyptian versions is well ascertained.
Perhaps the geographical form of Egypt gave special opportunities
for the growth of popular dialects; certain it is that
increased knowledge of the language has added to the dialectic
complications with which the Coptic scholar has to struggle
Translations of books of the Old Testament into these
Egyptian dialects were naturally made from the Alexandrian
Greek version, and, if we may judge from the extensive use of
the Old Testament in early Christian teaching, there is no
reason to doubt that they were translated at as early a date as
the Gospels and Epistles, if not indeed before them. Portions
of the Old Testament exist in each of the Egyptian dialects.
Hyvernat mentions fragments of Isaiah, Lamentations and
Ep. of Jeremiah in Fayumic and Middle Egyptian, and of
Exodus, Sirach, 2 Macc., and each of the Minor Prophets in
Akhmimic
The following list gives the more important publications which contain portions of the Old Testament in the Egyptian versions.
BOHAIRIC. D. Wilkins, Quinque libri Moysis, 1731; Fallet, La version Cophte du pentateuque, 1854; Lagarde, Der Pentateuch koptisch, 1867; Bruchstücke der kopt. Übersetzungen des A. T. in Orientalia i. 1879. The Psalter has been edited by R. Tuki, 1744, J. L. Ideler, 1837, Schwartze, 1848, Lagarde, Psalterii versio Memphitica, Göttingen, 1875, F. Rossi, Cinque manoscritti &c., 1894; Job by H. Tattam, 1846; the Prophets by Tattam (Prophetae minores, 1836, Proph. maiores, 1852).
SAHIDIC. Lagarde, Aegyptiaca, 1883; Ciasca, Sacr.
bibl. fragm. Coptosahidica Musei Borgiani, 1885—
9; Amélineau,
Fragments coptes in Recueil v. (1884), and Fragments de la version
thébaine, ib. vii.—
x. (1886—
9); the same scholar has edited Job
in Proceedings of the Soc. of Bibl. Arch., 1887; O. v. Lemm,
Bruchstücke, 1885, Sahidische Bibelfragmente, 1890; Krall, Mittheilungen,
1887; F. Rossi, Papiri Copti, 1889, Un nuovo codice,
1893; Maspéro, Fragments de l᾿Ancien Testament in Mémoires
publiés par les membres de la mission arch. française au Caire,
vi., 1892; E. A. T. W. Budge, The earliest known Coptic Psalter,
1898
MIDDLE EGYPTIAN, &c. Tuki, Rudimenta linguae Coptae, 1778; Quatremère, Recherches sur la langue et la littérature de l’Egypte, 1808; Zoega, Catal. codd. Copt., 1810; Engelbreth, Fragmenta Basmurico-Coptica V. et N. T., 1811; Von Lemm, Mittelägyptische Fragmente, 1885; Krall, Mittheilungen, 1887; Bouriant in Mémoires de l’Institut égyptien ii., 1889, and in Mémoires publiés par &c. vi. 1; Steindorff, die Apokalypse des Elias, p. 2 ff. (Leipzig, 1899).
It may reasonably be expected that the Egyptian versions
of the Old Testament; when they have been more fully
recovered and submitted to examination by experts, will prove
LITERATURE. Quatremère, Recherches; Zoega, Catalogus; L. Stern, Koptische Grammatik, 1880; Kopten, Koptische Sprache u. Litteratur, 1886; Scrivener-Miller, ii. p. 91 ff. (J. B. Lightfoot and A. C. Headlam); Gregory, prolegg., p. 859 ff.; J. P. P. Martin, Intr., partie théor., p. 310 ff.; H. Hyvernat, Étude sur les versions coptes de la Bible in Revue biblique, v. 3, 4, vi. 1; E. Nestle, Urtext, p. 144 ff.; W. E. Crum, Coptic Studies, 1897— 8; Catalogue of Coptic MSS. in Brit. Museum, 1905; A. E. Brooke in J. Th. St. iii.
3. THE ETHIOPIC VERSION.
Ethiopia is said to have been evangelised in the fourth
century from Tyre. The Tyrian missionaries were probably of
Greek speech
Dillmann, who at one time had explained the numerous
transliterations and other approaches to the Hebrew in the
existing Ethiopic version by assuming that the translators
worked upon a Hexaplaric text, ultimately found cause to
classify the MSS. under three heads, (1) those which on the
whole represent the text of the LXX. on which he supposed
the version to have been based; (2) those of a later recension—the
most numerous class—corrected by other MSS. of the
LXX.; (3) those in which the original version has been revised
from the Hebrew
The Ethiopic version of the Old Testament contains all the books of the Alexandrian canon except 1— 4. Maccabees, together with certain apocrypha which are not found in MSS. of the LXX. (Enoch, the Book of Jubilees, 4 Esdras, &c.). A considerable part of it has appeared in print. Dillmann edited the Octateuch and the four books of Kingdoms (1853— 71), and the deuterocanonical books (1894); the book of Joel appeared in Merx, Die Prophetie des Joels, the book of Jonah in W. Wright's Jonah in four Semitic versions (London, 1857). The Psalms were printed by Ludolf (1701), Rödiger (1815), Dorn (1825), and Jeremiah, Lamentations and Malachi by Bachmann (1893); Bachmann also edited the Dodecapropheton, and part of Isaiah.
Lists of the MSS, may be seen in Wright, Ethiopic MSS. of the British Museum (London, 1878); Zotenberg, Catalogue des MSS. éthiopiens de la Bibliothèque Nationale (Paris, 1877); D’Abbadie, Catalogue raisonné de MSS. éthiopiens (Paris, 1859); Dillmann, Catalogus MSS. Aethiop. in Bibliotheca Bodleiana (Oxford, 1848), and Abessinische Handschr. d. k. Biblioth. zu Berlin; Müller, Aethiofi. Handschr. der k. Hofbiblioth. in Wien (ZDMG. xvi. p. 554). For fuller information as to this Version see F. Prätorius, Urtext, p. 147 ff.
4. THE ARABIC VERSION.
The Arabic Old Testament printed in the Paris and
London Polyglotts is a composite work, the Hexateuch being
a translation from the Hebrew, and the books of Judges,
Ruth, 1 Regn. i.—2 Regn. xii. 17,
The Arabic version directly derived from the LXX. is said to exhibit in the Prophets a text akin to that of Cod. A (Ryssel, in ZA W. 1885, p. 102 ff., 158). It shews traces of Hexaplaric influence (H. Hyvernat, in Vigouroux, D. B. i. p. 846).
EDITIONS of Arabic versions of the Septuagint. Besides the Polyglotts (Paris, 1645; London, 1652), mention may be made of the Psalters published at Genoa, 1516; Rome, 1614 and 1619; Aleppo, 1706; London (S.P.C.K.), 1725. In W. Wright's Book of Jonah the Arabic is from a MS. in the Bodleian (see p. vii.). Cf. H. Hyvernat, op. cit.
MSS. Lists of MSS. of the Arabic versions of the Old Testament will be found in the Preface to Holmes and Parsons, vol. i.; Slane's Catalogue des MSS. Arabes de la Bibl. nat.; Mrs M. D. Gibson's Studia Sinaitica, iii. (London, 1894), Catalogue of Arabic MSS. at Sinai (codd. 1— 67). Cf. Hyvernat, op. cit.
LITERATURE. Schnurrer, Bibliotheca Arabica, 1780; H. E. G. Paulus, Bodleiana specimina versionum Pent. Arab., 1789; Eichhorn, Einleitung, § 275 ff.; R. Holmes, Praef. ad Pent.; Rödiger, De origine et indole Arab. libr. V. T. interpretationis (Halle, 1829). Among more recent works reference may be made to Cornill, Ezechiel, p. 49 f.; Loisy, Hist. crit. I. ii. p. 238; Nestle in Urtext, p. 150 ff.; F. C. Burkitt, art. Arabic Versions, in Hastings' D. B. i. p. 136 ff.; H. Hyvernat, op. cit.
5. THE SYRIAC VERSIONS.
According to Moses bar-Cephas († 913), there are two
Syriac versions of the Old Testament—the Peshitta, translated
(1) The origin of the Peshitta is still as obscure as when
Theodore of Mopsuestia wrote:
ἡρμήνευται δὲ ταῦτα εἰς μὲν τὴν
τῶν Σύρων παῤ ὅτου δήποτε, οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔγνωσται μέχρι τῆς τήμερον
ὅστις ποτὲ οὗτός
ἐστιν
(2) The Syriac version ascribed to Paul, Bishop of Telladhe-Mauzelath
(Constantine) in Mesopotamia, was a literal
translation of the LXX. of the Hexapla, in which the Origenic
signs were scrupulously retained. A note in one of the rolls
of this version assigns it to the year 616—
7; the work is said
to have been produced at Alexandria under the auspices of
Athanasius, Monophysite Patriarch of Antioch, who with five
of his suffragans had gone thither to visit the Alexandrian
Patriarch. Paul of Tella and Thomas of Harkel appear to
have been of the party, and their visit in Alexandria led to
The version of Paul of Tella, usually called the Syro-Hexaplar,
was first made known to Europe by Andreas Masius
(Andrew Du Maes, † 1573). In editing the Greek text
of Joshua he used a Syriac MS. which contained part of
Deuteronomy, Joshua, Judges, Kings, Chronicles, Ezra, Esther,
Judith, and part of Tobit, in this translation. The codex
which he employed has disappeared, but the Ambrosian
library at Milan possesses another, possibly a second volume
of the lost MS., which contains the poetical and prophetic
books, in the order Psalms, Job, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Song
of Solomon, the two Wisdoms, the twelve Prophets, Jeremiah
(with Baruch, Lamentations, and the Epistle), Daniel (with
Susanna and Bel), Ezekiel, Isaiah. Portions of the historical
books of the Syro-Hexaplar
The Hexapla, Tetrapla, and occasionally the Heptapla, are
(3) Other Syriac versions made from the Greek.
(a) Fragments of a Syriac version in the Palestinian
dialect have been printed by Land, Anecdota Syriaca, iv.
(Leyden, 1875), J. R. Harris, Biblical Fragments from Mt Sinai (London,
1890), G. H. Gwilliam, Anecdota Oxoniensia,
Semitic Series, I. v., ix. (Oxford, 1893—
6), G. Margoliouth,
Liturgy of the Nile (London, 1897), and Mrs Lewis, Studia
Sinaitica, vi. (London, 1897)
The following is a complete list of the Palestinian fragments
included in the publications mentioned above:
(b) Mention is made
(c) Of Jacobite versions from the LXX. there were several.
(1) Polycarp the chorepiscopus, who in the fifth century laboured
upon a translation of the New Testament under the auspices of
Philoxenus, the Monophysite Bishop of Mabug, is known to
have rendered the Greek Psalter into Syriac. The margin of
the Syro-Hexaplar
(d) From Melito downwards the Greek fathers refer
occasionally to the Greek renderings of an interpreter who is
called ὁ Σύρος The student will find in Field's prolegomena a
full and learned discussion of the question who this Syrian
interpreter was. Field inclines to the opinion that he was a
bilingual Syrian, of Greek origin, who translated into Greek
from the Peshitta
EDITIONS. PESHITTA. Lee, V. T. Syriace (London, 1823); O. and N. T., 1826. A complete Syriac Bible has recently been published by the Dominicans of Mosul ((1)1887— 91, (2)1888— 92).
SYRO-HEXAPLAR. A. Masius,
Josuae-historia illustrata (1574); M. Norberg, Codex Syriaco-Hexaplaris (1787); C.
Bugati, Daniel (1788), Psalmi (1820); H. Middledorpf, cod. Syrohexapl., lib. IV.
Reg. e cod. Paris. Iesaias &c. e cod. Mediol. (1835): Skat Rördam,
libri Iudicum et Ruth sec. Syro-hexapl. (1861); P. de Lagarde, V. T. ab Origene recensiti
fragmenta ap. Syros servata v. (1880), and V. T. Graeci in sermonem Syrorum versi fragm. viii.
(in his last work Bibliothecae Syriacae . . . quae ad philologiam sacram pertinent, 1892);
G. Kerber, Syro-hexaplarische Fragmente (ZATW., 1896). Ceriani has published
LITERATURE. G. Bickell, Conspectus rei Syrorum literariae (1871); Field, Hexapla, I. p. lxvii. sqq. (1875); W. Wright, Syriac literature in Encycl. Britannica, xxii. (1887); E. Nestle, Litteratura Syriaca (1888), and Urtext (1897), p. 227 ff.; Scrivener-Miller, ii. p. 6 ff.; Gregory, p. 807 ff.; J. P. P. Martin, Introduction (p. théor.), p. 97 ff.; Loisy, Histoire critique I. ii. p. 234 f.; E. Nestle, Syriac Versions (in Hastings' D. B. iv.
6. THE GOTHIC VERSION.
About the year 350 a translation of the Bible into the
Gothic tongue was made by Ulfilas (Wulfila)
Lagarde (Librorum V T. canonicorum pars i., p. xiv., 1883) shews by an examination of the Esdras fragments that Ulfilas probably used MSS. of the Lucianic recension, and the same view is held by A. Kisch, Der Septuaginta-Codex des Ulfilas (Monatschrift f. Gesch. u. W. des Judenthums, 1873), and F. Kauffmann, Beiträge zur Quellenkritik d. gothischen Bibelübersetzung (Z. f. d. Phil. 1896). Ulfilas was in Constantinople for some time about 340, and his MSS. of the LXX. were doubtless obtained in that city, which according to Jerome was one of the headquarters of the Lucianic LXX. ("Constantinopolis usque Antiochiam Luciani martyris exemplaria probat").
7. THE ARMENIAN VERSION.
Armenian writers of the fifth century ascribe the inception
of the Armenian Bible to Mesrop (354—
441) and his associates.
The book of Proverbs was the first translated, whether because
it stood first in the volume
The order of the books of the O.T. in Armenian MSS., as
given by Conybeare
MSS. Few codices of the entire Bible are earlier than the 13th century; one at Edschmiatzin belongs to the year 1151. Holmes assigns his Arm. 3 to A.D. 1063, but according to Conybeare it is a MS. of the eighteenth century.
EDITIONS. Venice (Psalter), 1565; Amsterdam, 1666; Constantinople, 1705; Venice, 1805 (the first edition which is of any critical value, by J. Zohrab); Venice, 1859— 60 (by the Mechitarist fathers of San Lazzaro).
LITERATURE R. Holmes, Praef. ad Pent.; F. C. Conybeare
in Scrivener-Miller, ii. 148 ff. and in Hastings' D. B., l.c.;
8. THE GEORGIAN VERSION.
The origin of this version is obscure. According to Moses of Khoren, the Georgian as well as the Armenian version was the work of Mesrop. Iberia seems to have received the Gospel early in the fourth century, if not before; but it may have possessed no translation of the Scriptures until the movement initiated in Armenia by Mesrop had communicated itself to the neighbouring region. That the Georgian Old Testament was based upon the Greek is said to be manifest from the transliteration of Greek words which it contains.
MSS. A Psalter of cent. vii.—viii. is preserved at the monastery
of St Catherine's, Mt Sinai, and at Athos there is a MS.,
dated 978, which originally contained the whole Bible, but has
lost
EDITIONS. The Georgian Bible was printed at Moscow in 1743 and at St Petersburg in 1816 and 1818; the Moscow edition is said to have been adapted to the Russian Church Bible.
LITERATURE. F. C. Alter, über Georgianische Litteratur (Vienna, 1798); A. A. Tsagarelli, An account of the monuments of Georgian Literature (in Russian, St Petersburg, 1886— 94; A. Khakhanow, Les MSS. Georgiens de la Bibliothèque Nationale à Paris (without place or date, ? 1898).
9. THE SLAVONIC VERSION.
The Greek Bible was translated into Slavonic by the
brothers Cyril and Methodius, from whom in the ninth century
the Slavs received the faith. Of the Old Testament the
Psalter alone was finished before the death of Cyril, but
according to contemporary testimony Methodius brought the
work to completion. As a whole this original version no
A Psalter in the Glagolitic script, preserved at Sinai, has been edited by Geitler (Agram, 1883); and there is a critical edition of the Slavonic Psalter by Amphilochius (Moscow, 1874— 9).
So far as the Slavonic Old Testament is based on the LXX., its text is doubtless Lucianic; cf. Lagarde, Praef. in Libr. V. T. can. i. p. xv. "ni omnia fallunt Slavus nihil aliud vertit nisi Luciani recensionem," and Leskien in Urtext, p. 215, "dass im allgemeinen der Kirchenslavischen Übersetzung der griech. Text der Lucianischen (Antiochenisch-Konstantinopolitanischen) Rezension zu Grunde liegt ist sicher."
LITERATURE. The Russian authorities are given by Mr Bebb in Scrivener-Miller, ii. p. 158. See also Gregory, Prolegg. p. 1112 ff.; Professor Leskien of Leipzig in Urtext, p. 211 ff.; the article in Ch. Quarterly Review cited above; and Th. Literaturzeitung, 1901, col. 571.
CHAPTER V.
MANUSCRIPTS OF THE SEPTUAGINT.
THE great edition of the Septuagint published by Holmes and Parsons ends with a complete list of the MSS. employed (vol. v. ad fin., addenda). It enumerates 311 codices (I—XIII., 14—311), of which I.—XIII., 23, 27, 39, 43, 156, 188, 190, 258, 262, are written in uncial letters, or partly so, while the rest are in minuscule or cursive hands. Since 1827, the date of the publication of the last volume of the Oxford edition, the list of available codices or fragments has been largely increased, owing partly to the researches and publications of Tischendorf, partly to the progress which has recently been made in the examination and cataloguing of Eastern libraries, and the discovery in Egypt of fragments of papyrus bearing Biblical texts. In this chapter an effort has been made to present the student with a complete list of all the MSS. which have been or are being used by editors of the LXX., and of the important fragments so far as they are known to us. It is, however, impossible to guarantee either the exhaustiveness or the correctness in regard to minor details of information which has been brought together from many sources and cannot be verified by enquiry at first hand.
SYSTEMS OF NOTATION. Two systems have been used to
denote the uncial MSS. Holmes employed Roman numerals;
Lagarde, the capitals of the Roman alphabet
Manuscripts of the LXX., whether uncial or cursive, rarely
contain the whole of the Greek Old Testament. There are
some notable exceptions to the general rule (e.g. A, B, C, S = א,
64, 68, 106, 122, 131, and the number of these exceptions may
be increased by adding MSS. which have been broken up into
two or more separate codices (e.g. G, N + V). But the majority
of the copies seem never to have included more than a particular
book (as Genesis, or the Psalms, with or without the
liturgical ᾠδαί), or a particular group of books such as the Pentateuch
(ἡ πεντάτευχος
In reference to the date of their execution, the uncial MSS.
of the LXX. range from the third century to the tenth, and the
cursives from the ninth to the sixteenth. Their present distribution
may be seen from the descriptions; an analysis of
the list of Holmes and Parsons gives the following general
results: Italy, 129; Great Britain and Ireland, 54; France, 36;
Austria, 26; Russia, 23; Germany, 13; Spain, 7; Holland, 6;
Switzerland, 6; Denmark, 4. This summary conveys a general
I. UNCIAL MSS.
The following table of the Uncial MSS. may be found convenient. A detailed account of each will follow.
| Symbols. | Name of Codex. | Century. | Present locality. | |
| H.—P. | Lagarde. | |||
| III | A | Alexandrinus | v | London |
| II | B | Vaticanus | iv | Rome |
| C | Ephraemi | v | Paris | |
| I | D | Cottonianus | v | London |
| E | Bodleianus | ix—x | Oxford | |
| VII | F | Ambrosianus | v | Milan |
| IV+V | G | Sarravianus | v | Leyden, Paris, St Petersburg |
| H | Petropolitanus | vi | St Petersburg | |
| XIII=13 | I | Bodleianus | ix | Oxford |
| K | Lipsiensis | vii | Leipzig | |
| VI | L | Vindobonensis | v—vi | Vienna |
| X | M | Coislinianus | vii | Paris |
| XI | N | Basilianus | viii—ix | Rome |
| VIII | O |
Dublinensis | vi | Dublin |
| XII | Q | Marchalianus | vi | Rome |
| R | Veronensis | vi | Verona | |
| S = א | Sinaiticus | iv | Leipzig, St Petersburg | |
| 262 | T | Turicensis | vii | Zurich |
| U | Londinensis | vii | London | |
| 23 | V | Venetus | viii—ix | Venice |
| 43 | W | Parisiensis | ix | Paris |
| 258 | X | Vaticanus | ix | Rome |
| Y |
Taurinensis | ix | Turin | |
| Za—c | Fragment Tischendorfiana | |||
| Γ | Cyrptoferratensis | viii—ix | Grotta ferrata | |
| Δ | Bodeianus | iv—v | Oxford | |
| Θ | Washingtoniensis | v—vi | Detroit | |
| Π | Petropolitanus | viii—ix | St Petersburg | |
(A) Complete Bibles.
A (III). CODEX ALEXANDRINUS. British Museum, Royal, I. D. v.—viii.
A MS. of the O. and N. Testaments, with lacunae. The
O. T. is defective in the following places:
The codex now consists of four volumes, of which the first three
contain the O. T. in 639 leaves. The books are thus distributed:
vol. i. Genesis—2 Chronicles; vol. ii. Hosea—4 Maccabees; vol. iii. Psalms—Sirach
The covers of the volumes bear the arms of Charles I. The
codex had been sent to James I. by Cyril Lucar, patriarch successively
of Alexandria and Constantinople, but did not reach
England till after the succession of Charles. It had previously
belonged to the Patriarchate of Alexandria, as we learn from an
Arabic note at the beginning. Another but later Arabic note
states that the MS. was the work of 'the martyr Thecla,' and
Cyril Lucar has written on a leaf prefixed to vol. i.: "Liber iste
. . . prout ego traditione habebam, est scriptus manu Theclae
nobilis faeminae Aegyptiae ante MCCC annos circiter, paulo post
concilium Nicaenum." But, apart from palaeographical
considerations
The codex is written on leaves of fine vellum, arranged in quires
usually of eight. The writing "varies in different parts of the
MS., though sufficient uniformity is maintained to make it difficult
to decide the exact place where a new hand begins . . . the
style of writing in vol. iii. is for the most part different from that
of the other volumes
and , 
(καὶ, μου, σου, -ναι, -ται). There are
numerous and lengthy erasures, over which
a corrector has written the text which he preferred. The earliest
corrector (A¹) was contemporary with the scribe or nearly so; the
second corrector (Aa) may have lived a century later; a third and
still later hand (Ab) has also been at work. But the question of
the 'hands' in this MS. remains to be worked out, and calls for
the knowledge of an expert in palaeography.
B (II). CODEX VATICANUS (Vatican Library, Gr. 1209).
A MS. of the Old and New Testaments, defective at the
beginning and in some other places. The O. T. has lost its first
31 leaves, the original hand beginning at
The present codex is a quarto volume containing 759 leaves, of which 617 belong to the O. T. Every book of the Greek O. T. is included, except 1—4 Maccabees, which never found a place in the MS. The order of the books differs from that which is followed in cod. A, the poetical books being placed between the canonical histories and the Prophets; and there are variations also in the internal arrangement of the groups.
Of the history of this MS. before the sixteenth century nothing
is certainly known. A Vatican collection of Greek MSS. was
already in existence in the middle of the fifteenth century, and
the greatest treasure in the present library was among its earliest
acquisitions. It finds a place in the early catalogues of the
Vatican
The codex is written on the finest vellum in a singularly
beautiful hand
C. CODEX EPHRAEMI SYRI RESCRIPTUS PARISIENSIS. Bibliothèque Nationale, Gr. 9 (formerly Reg. 1905, Colbert. 3769).
A folio consisting at present of 209 leaves, of which 64 contain
portions of the O. T. The fragments are as follows:
The copy of the Greek Bible of which these fragments have
survived unfortunately fell during the middle ages into the hands
of a scribe in want of writing materials. Originally, as it seems,
a complete Bible, written probably in the fifth century and, as
Tischendorf believed, in Egypt, in the twelfth century it was
taken to pieces, sponged, and used for other writings
This once noble MS. was written in single columns from 40
to 46 lines in length, each line containing about 40 letters
S = א. CODEX SINAITICUS. Leipzig and St Petersburg.
The remains of this great uncial Bible contain the following
portions of the O. T.:
The forty-three leaves containing
This great Bible was written on leaves which originally
measured 15 x 131 inches, and were gathered, with two exceptions,
into quires of four. Each column contains 48 lines, with
12—14 letters in a line; and in all but the poetical books each
page exhibits four columns, so that eight lie open at a time
After
No uniform edition or photographic reproduction of this
most important MS. has yet appeared
N (XI). CODEX BASILIANO-VATICANUS. Vatican Library,
Gr. 2106, formerly Basil. 145
V (23). CODEX VENETUS. St Mark's Library, Venice,
cod. Gr. 1
Dr E. Klostermann (Analecta, pp. 9 f., 33 f.) has produced good reasons for believing that these two codices originally formed portions of a complete copy of the Greek Old Testament.
The Vatican portion now contains
The Venice folio measures 16½ x 11⅔ inches, the Vatican at
present a little less, but the breadth and length of the columns is
identical in the two codices; in both there are two columns of
60 lines. The Venice MS. contains 164 leaves, the Vatican 132.
The first leaf of the Venice book begins the 27th quire of the
original MS., and on computation it appears that, if to the Vatican
leaves were added those which would be required to fill the
lacunae of the earlier books and of Job, the entire number
would make up 26 quires of the same size
The handwriting of N and V is in the sloping uncials of cent. viii.—ix. Some use was made of V in the Roman edition of 1587, where it seems to have supplied the text of Maccabees; both codices were collated for Holmes and Parsons, who numbered V as a cursive.
(B) Octateuch and Historical Books.
(D) (T). CODEX COTTONIANUS. British Museum, Cotton MSS., Otho B. vi. 5—6.
A collection of fragments, the largest of which measures no more than 7 x 5½ inches, containing portions of the Book of Genesis with vestiges of pictures executed in a semi-classical style.
No other uncial codex of the LXX., of which any portion
remains, has suffered so lamentable a fate. Brought to England
from Philippi
Most of the London fragments were deciphered and published by Tischendorf in 1857 (Mon. sacr. ined., nov. coll. ii.); the rest, together with the Bristol fragments, are now accessible in Dr F. W. Gotch's Supplement to Tischendorf's Reliquiae cod. Cotton. (London, 1881).
Happily we have means of ascertaining with some approach to completeness the text of this codex as it existed before the fire. Although no transcript had been made, the MS. was more than once collated—by Patrick Young and Ussher for Walton's Polyglott, and afterwards by Gale, Crusius, and Grabe; and Grabe's collation, which is preserved in the Bodleian, was published by Dr H. Owen (Collatio cod. Cotton. Geneseos cum Editione Romana . . . , Londini, 1778). Some assistance can also be obtained from the Vetusta Monumenta published by the London Society of Antiquaries (vo1 i. 1747), where two plates are given depicting some of the miniatures, together with portions of the text of fragments which have since disappeared.
Lastly, among the Peiresc papers in the Bibltothèque Nationale,
transcripts have been found of
11.
16.
The vellum of the MS. is fine, but not so thin as in some other early uncials. The leaves were arranged in quires of four. Each page, where the writing was not broken by an illustration, contained from 26 to 28 lines of 27 to 30 letters. The uncials are well formed, but vary to some extent in thickness and size. Initial letters are used, and the point is sometimes high, sometimes middle or low. On the whole the codex may probably be assigned to cent. v.—vi. The hands of three scribes have been traced in the fragments, and there appear to have been two correctors after the diorthotes; the earlier of the two, who seems to have lived in the eighth century, has retraced the faded letters.
E. CODEX BODLEIANUS. Bodleian Library, Oxford. Auct. T. infr. ii. 1.
The Bodleian volume contains the following fragments of
Genesis: i. 1—xiv. 6, xviii. 24
δικαίων—xx. 14
καὶ ἀπέδωκεν, xxiv.
54 ἐκπέμψατε—xlii. 18
εἶπεν δὲ αὐ[τοῖς].
Another leaf, now at the
Cambridge University Library, contains xlii. 18
[αὐ]τοῖς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ—xliv. 13
τὸν ἕνα καὶ, verso,
to which xlii. 31—xliv. 13
belongs, is written in (?) contemporary minuscules. It is now
known that this text is carried on by more than one cursive
MS. The St Petersburg cod. lxii. begins where the Cambridge
fragment leaves off (at
The recent history of this MS. is both curious and instructive.
The portions now at Oxford and London were brought
from the East by Tischendorf in 1853; the Cambridge leaf and
the St Petersburg portion followed in 1859. Tischendorf published
the contents of the Bodleian volume in Monumenta sacra
inedita, n. c. ii. (1857); the Cambridge leaf remained in his
possession till his death in 1874, when it was purchased by the
Syndics of the University Library. In 1891 it was recognised
by the present writer and Mr H. A. Redpath as a continuation
of the Bodleian Genesis
The Bodleian Genesis is written in large sloping uncials of a
late form on 29 leaves of stout vellum; each page carries two
columns of 37—44 lines; in the earlier pages the letters are
closely packed and there are sometimes as many as 28 in a line,
but as the book advances the number seldom exceeds and sometimes
fall below 20. Tischendorf was disposed to assign the
writing to the 9th, or at the earliest the 8th century; but the
debased character of the uncials, as well as the readiness of the
scribe to pass from the uncial to the cursive script, point to a still
later date
F (VII). CODEX AMBROSIANUS. Ambrosian Library, Milan. A. 147 infr.
The remains of this important Codex consist of the following
An inscription on a blank page states that the fragments were "ex Macedonia Corcyram advecta, ibique Ill. Card. Fed. Borromaei Bibliothecae Ambrosianae Fundatoris iussu empta eidemque Bibliothecae transmissa sunt." They attracted the notice of Montfaucon (Diar. Ital., p. 11, Pal. sacr. pp. 27, 186), and were collated for Holmes, but in an unsatisfactory manner. Ceriani's transcript (Mon. sacr. et prof. iii., Mediol. 1864) supplies the text, for the accuracy of which the name of the Editor is a sufficient guarantee, and a learned preface, but the full prolegomena which were reserved for another volume have not appeared. A photograph is needed not only for palaeographical purposes, but to shew the marginal readings, many of which are Hexaplaric.
The MS. is written on the finest and whitest vellum, the
leaves of which are gathered in fours
G (IV, V). CODEX COLBERTO-SARRAVIANUS. (1) Leyden, University Library, Voss. Gr. Q. 8. (2) Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale, cod. Gr. 17, formerly Colbert. 3084. (3) St Petersburg, Imperial Library, v. 5.
Of this codex Leyden possesses 130 leaves and Paris 22,
while one leaf has strayed to St Petersburg. When brought
together the surviving leaves yield the following portions of
the Octateuch:
θυγατρός Ἀνά.
are at Paris; that marked † is at
St Petersburg. xxxvii. 3
ὑφαντοῦ—6,
xxxviii. 1—18,
xxxix. 1 [κατ]ειργάσθη—11,
16 σκεύη—19, xl. 2
ἐκεῖ τὴν κιβωτόν to end of book,
xiii. 49
ἱματίῳ—xiv. 6
λήμψεται αὐτὸ καὶ,
xiv. 33—49
ἀφαγνί[σαι].
xv. 24
κοιμηθῇ—xvii. 10
προσ[ηλύτων],
xviii. 28
[ἔ]θνεσιν—xix. 36
στὰθμια δίκαια καὶ, xxiv. 9
καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς—xxvii. 16
ἄνθρωπος τῷ. xxv. 2
αὐτῶν καί—xxvi. 3,
xxix. 12
ἑορτάσετε—33
σύγκρισιν, 34
καὶ χ(ε)ίμαρ(ρ)ον—end
of book.
[καρ]δίας:
τοῦ οὐρανοῦ—26
ἐκεῖ κλη[ρονομῆσαι], vii. 13
τὸν σῖτον—xvii. 14
κατακληρονομή[σῃς],
xviii. 8—xix. 4
τὸν πλη[σίον], xxviii. 12
[ἔθνε]σιν—xxxi. 11
καὶ σὺν τοῖς, xv. 3
[Σαμ]ψών—xviii. 16
οἱ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν, xix. 25
αὐτῇ ὅλην—xxi. 12
τετρακοσίοις.
The Leyden leaves of this MS. are known to have been in
the possession of Claude Sarràve, of Paris, who died in 1651.
After his death they passed into the hands successively of
Jacques Mentel, a Paris physician, who has left his name on
the first page, and of Isaac Voss († 1681), from whose heirs they
were purchased by the University of Leyden. The Paris leaves
had been separated from the rest of the MS. before the end of
the 16tb century, for they were once in the library of Henri
Memme, who died in 1596. With a large part of that collection
they were presented to J. B. Colbert in 1732, and thus found
their way into the Royal Library at Paris. Among earlier
owners of the St Petersburg leaf were F. Pithaeus, Desmarez,
Montfaucon
The leaves measure 9⅞ x 8⅞ inches; the writing is in two columns of 27 lines, each line being made up of 13—15 letters. In Tischendorf's judgement the hand belongs to the end of the fourth or the first years of the fifth century. There are no initial letters; the writing is continuous excepting where it is broken by a point or sign; points, single or double, occur but rarely; a breathing is occasionally added by the first hand, more frequently by an early corrector. Of the seven correctors noticed by Tischendorf three only need be mentioned here,—(A) a contemporary hand, (B) another fifth century hand which has revised Deuteronomy and Judges, and (C) a hand of the sixth century which has been busy in the text of Numbers.
In one respect this codex holds an unique position among
uncial MSS. of the Octateuch. It exhibits an Origenic text
which retains many of the Hexaplaric signs. Besides the asterisk
( ) and various forms of the obelus
(, ,
, 
, and in the
margin, —), the metobelus frequently occurs (:, ·/, /·, ·/·). The
importance of Cod. Sarravianus as a guide in the recovery of
the Hexaplaric text has been recognised from the time of Montfaucon
(comp. Field, Hexapla, i., p. 5); and it is a matter for no
little congratulation that we now possess a complete and admirable
photograph of the remains of this great MS.
H. CODEX PETROPOLITANUS. In the Imperial Library at St Petersburg.
This palimpsest consists at present of 88 leaves in octavo; in its original form there were 44 arranged in quaternions. Under the patristic matter which is now in possession of the vellum, Tischendorf detected a large part of the Septuagint text of Numbers. The fragments recovered contain chh. i. 1—30, 40—ii. 14, ii. 30—iii. 26, v. 13—23, vi. 6—vii. 7, vii. 41—78, viii. 2—16, xi. 3—xiii. 11, xiii. 28—xiv. 34, xv. 3—20, 22—28, 32—xvi. 31, xvi. 44—xviii. 4, xviii. 15—26, xxi. 15—22, xxii. 30—41, xxiii. 12—27, xxvi. 54—xxvii. 15, xxviii. 7—xxix. 36, xxx. 9—xxxi. 48, xxxii. 7—xxxiv. 17, xxxvi. 1—end of book. They are printed in Monumenta sacr. ined., nov. coll. i. (Leipzig, 1855).
In Tischendorf's judgement the upper writing is not later
than the ninth century; the lower writing he ascribes to the
sixth; for though the characters are generally such as are found
in fifth century MSS., yet there are several indications of a later
date, e.g. the numerous
compendia scribendi
and superscribed
letters, and the occasional use of oblong forms. Chapters and
arguments are noted in the margin—the chapters of Numbers
are 207—and at the end of the book the number of stichi is
.
K. FRAGMENTA LIPSIENSIA. Leipzig, University Library (cod. Tisch. ii.).
Twenty-two leaves discovered by Tischendorf in 1844, of
which seventeen contain under Arabic writing of the ninth century
fragments of Numbers, Deuteronomy, Joshua, and Judges
(
The Greek writing is not later than cent. vii. The fragments are printed in the first volume of Monumenta sacra inedita, n. c.
L (VI). CODEX PURPUREUS VINDOBONENSIS. Vienna, Imperial Library.
This MS. consists of 24 leaves of Genesis, with which are
bound up two leaves of St Luke belonging to Codex N of the
Gospels
The Genesis leaves contain
Like e great Cotton MS. the Vienna purple Genesis is an illustrated text, each page exhibiting a miniature painted in water-colours. The writing belongs to the fifth or sixth century; the provenance of the MS. is uncertain, but there are notes in the codex which shew that it was at one time in North Italy. Engravings of the miniatures with a description of the contents may be found in P. Lambecii Comm. de bibliotheca Vindobonensi, lib. iii. (ed. Kollar., 1776), and a transcript of the text in R. Holmes's Letter to Shute Barrington, Bishop of Durham (Oxford, 1795); but both these earlier authorities have been superseded by the splendid photographic edition lately published at Vienna (die Wiener Genesis herausgegeben von Wilhelm Ritter v. Hartel u. Franz Wickhoff, Wien, 1895).
M (X). CODEX COISLINIANUS. Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale, Coisl. Gr. 1.
A MS. of the Octateuch and the Historical Books, with
lacunae; the 227 remaining leaves contain
This great codex was purchased in the East for M. Seguier,
and brought to Paris about the middle of the seventeenth century.
It was first described by Montfaucon, who devotes the
first 31½ pages of his Bibliotheca Coisliniana to a careful description
of the contents, dealing specially with the capitulation and
the letters prefixed to the sentences. Facsimiles were given by
Montfaucon, Bianchini (Evangelium quadruplex), Tischendorf
(Monumenta sacr. ined., 1846), and Silvester, and a photograph
of f. 125 r., containing
The leaves, which measure 13 x 9 inches, exhibit on each page
two columns of 49 or 50 lines, each line containing 18—23 letters.
According to Montfaucon, the codex was written in the sixth or
at latest in the seventh century ("sexto vel cum tardissime septimo
saeculo exaratus"), but the later date is now usually accepted. The
margins contain a large number of notes prima
manu
Za, d. FRAGMENTA TISCHENDORFIANA. Two of a series of fragments of various MSS. discovered by Tischendorf and printed in the first and second volumes of Monumenta sacra inedita, nov. coll. i. ii. (1855, 1857).
Za. Three palimpsest leaves containing fragments of 2—3
Regn. (2 Regn. xxii. 38—42, 46—39; xxiii. 2—5, 8—10; 3 Regn.
Zd. Palimpsest fragment containing 3 Regn. viii. 58—ix. 1, also from the Nitrian MSS. There are two texts over the Greek of which the lower is Coptic, the upper Syriac; the Greek hand belongs to cent. v.
Θ. CODEX WASHINGTONIENSIS. See Additional Notes.
II. FRAGMENTA TISCHENDORFIANA.
Four leaves taken from the binding of Cod. Porfirianus Chiovensis
(P of the Acts and Catholic Epistles
(C) Poetical Books.
I (13). CODEX BODLEIANUS. Oxford, Bodleian Library, Auct. D. 4. 1.
A Psalter, including the Old Testament Canticles and a catena. Described by Bruns in Eichhorn's Repertorium, xiii. p. 177; cf. Lagarde's Genesis graece, p. 11, and Nov. Psalt. Gr. edit. Specimen, p. 3. Parsons, who reckons it among the cursives, is content to say "de saeculo quo exaratus fuerit nihil dicitur"; according to Coxe (Catalogus codd. Biblioth. Bodl. i. 621), it belongs to the 9th century.
R. CODEX VERONENSIS. Verona, Chapter Library.
A MS. of the Psalter in Greek and Latin, both texts written
in Roman characters. A few lacunae (
Printed by Bianchini in his Vindiciae canonicarum scripturarum,
i. (Rome, 1740), and used by Lagarde in the apparatus of
his Specimen and Psalterii Gr. quinquagena prima, and in the
Cambridge manual Septuagint (1891). A new collation was
made in 1892 by H. A. Redpath, which has been employed in
The codex consists of 405 leaves, measuring 10½ x 7½ inches; each page contains 26 lines. The Greek text appears at each opening on the left-hand page, and the Latin on the right.
T (262). CODEX TURICENSIS. Zurich, Municipal Library.
A purple MS. which contained originally 288 leaves; of these
223 remain. The text now begins at xxvi. (xxvii.) 1, and there
are lacunae in the body of the MS. which involve the loss of Pss.
xxx. 2—xxxvi. 20, xli. 6—xliii. 3, lviii. 24—lix. 3, lix. 9—10, 13—lx.
1, lxiv. 12—lxxi. 4, xcii. 3—xciii. 7, xcvi. 12—xcvii. 8. The
first five Canticles and a part of the sixth have also disappeared;
those which remain are 1 Regn. ii. 6—10 (the rest of the sixth),
the Magnificat,
Like Cod. R this MS. is of Western origin. It was intended for Western use, as appears from the renderings of the Latin (Gallican) version which have been copied into the margins by a contemporary hand, and also from the liturgical divisions of the Psalter. The archetype, however, was a Psalter written for use in the East—a fact which is revealed by the survival in the copy of occasional traces of the Greek στάσεις
The characters are written in silver, gold, or vermilion, according as they belong to the body of the text, the headings and initial letters of the Psalms, or the marginal Latin readings. Tischendorf, who published the text in the fourth volume of his nova collectio (1869), ascribes the handwriting to the seventh century.
The text of T agrees generally with that of cod. A, and still more closely with the hand in cod. א known as אc.a.
U. FRAGMENTA LONDINENSIA. London, British Museum, pap. xxxvii.
Thirty leaves of papyrus which contain
These fragments of a papyrus Psalter were purchased in
1836 from a traveller who had bought them at Thebes in Egypt,
where they had been found, it was said, among the ruins of a
convent. Tischendorf assigned to them a high antiquity (Prolegg.
The writing slopes, and the characters are irregularly formed;
the scribe uses breathings and accents freely; on the other hand
he writes continuously, not even breaking off at the end of a
Psalm or distinguishing the title from the rest of the text. The
hand is not that of a learned scribe or of the literary type
It has been pointed out that the text of U corresponds
closely with that of the Sahidic Psalter published by Dr Budge
X (258). CODEX VATICANUS IOBI. Rome, Vatican Library, Gr. 749.
A MS. of Job with occasional lacunae; the remaining portions
are i. 1—xvii. 13, xvii. 17—xxx. 9, xxx. 23—xxxi. 5, xxxi. 24—xxxiv.
35. There are miniatures, and a catena in an uncial
hand surrounding the text. At the beginning of the book Hexaplaric
scholia are frequent
The text is written in a hand of the ninth century. It was
used by Parsons, and its Hexaplaric materials are borrowed by
Field
W (43) CODEX PARISIENSIS. Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale, Gr. 20.
A portion of an uncial Psalter containing in 40 leaves
The codex was written by a hand of the ninth or tenth century, and contains paintings which, as Parsons had been informed, are of some merit.
Zc. See above under (B), p. 140.
Fragments of the fourth or fifth cent. (Tisch.), containing Pss. cxli. (cxlii.) 7—8, cxlii. (cxliii.) 1—3, cxliv. (cxlv.) 7—13.
(D) Prophets.
O (VIII). FRAGMENTA DUBLINENSIA. Dublin, Trinity College Library, K. 3. 4.
Eight palimpsest leaves—in the original MS. folded as four—which
are now bound up with Codex Z of the Gospels
The original leaves of the Codex measured about 12x9 inches,
and each contained 36 lines of 14—17 letters. The writing, which
belongs to the early part of the sixth century, appears to be that
of an Egyptian scribe, and Ceriani is disposed to connect the
text of the fragments with the Hesychian recension
Q (XII). CODEX MARCHALIANUS. Rome, Vatican Library, Gr. 2125.
A magnificent codex of the Prophets, complete, and in the order of cod. B (Hosea, Amos, Micah, Joel, Obadiah, Jonah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi; Isaiah, Jeremiah with Baruch, Lamentations, Epistle, Ezekiel, Daniel (Theod.) with Susanna and Bel).
This MS. was written in Egypt not later than the sixth century. It seems to have remained there till the ninth, since the uncial corrections and annotations as well as the text exhibit letters of characteristically Egyptian form. From Egypt it was carried before the 12th century to South Italy, and thence into France, where it became the property of the Abbey of St Denys near Paris, and afterwards of René Marchal, from whom it has acquired its name. From the library of R. Marchal it passed into the hands of Cardinal F. Rochefoucauld, who in turn presented it to the Jesuits of Clermont. Finally, in 1785 it was purchased for the Vatican, where it now reposes.
The codex was used by J. Morinus, Wetstein and Montfaucon,
collated for Parsons, and printed in part by Tischendorf in the
Codex Marchalianus at present consists of 416 leaves, but the
first twelve contain patristic matter, and did not form a part of
the original MS. The leaves measure 11⅜ x 7 inches; the writing
is in single columns of 29 1ines, each line containing 24—30 letters.
The text of the Prophets belongs, according to Ceriani, to the
Hesychian recension; but Hexaplaric signs have been freely
added, and the margins supply copious extracts from Aquila,
Symmachus, Theodotion, and the LXX. of the Hexapla. These
marginal annotations were added by a hand not much later than
that which wrote the text, and to the same hand are due the
patristic texts already mentioned, and two important note
Y. CODEX TAURINENSIS. Turin, Royal Library, cod. 9.
This codex consists of 135 leaves in quarto, and contains the
δωδεκαπρόφητον. The MS. is difficult to read, and there are many
lacunae. The text, written according to Stroth
The Turin MS. does not appear to have been used hitherto
for any edition of the LXX., nor has any transcript or collation
been published
Zb, c. See above, under (B), p. 140.
Zb. Palimpsest fragments of Isaiah (iii. 8—14, v. 2—14, xxix. 11—23, xliv. 26—xlv. 5). As in Za, the upper writing is Armenian; the Greek hand belongs apparently to cent. viii.—ix.
Zc. Palimpsest fragment of Ezekiel (iv. 16—v. 4) found among the Nitrian leaves at the British Museum. The Greek hand resembles that of Za, and is probably contemporary with it.
Γ. CODEX CRYPTOFERRATENSIS. Basilian Monastery of Grotta Ferrata, cod. E. β. vii.
This volume consists partly of palimpsest leaves which once belonged to a great codex of the Prophets. A scribe of the 13th century has written over the Biblical text liturgical matter accompanied by musical notation. Some portions of the book are doubly palimpsest, having been used by an earlier scribe for a work of St John of Damascus. About 130 leaves in the present liturgical codex were taken from the Biblical MS., and the Biblical text of 85 of these leaves has been transcribed and published (with many lacunae where the lower writing could not be deciphered) in Cozza-Luzi's Sacrorum bibliorum vetustissima fragmenta, vol. i (Rome 1867) and iii. (1877).
The original codex seems to have contained 432 leaves gathered in quires of eight; and the leaves appear to have measured about 10¾ x 8¼ inches. The writing, which is in sloping uncials of the eighth or ninth century, was arranged in double columns, and each column contained 25—28 lines of 13—20 letters.
It cannot be said that Cozza's transcript, much as Biblical students are indebted to him for it, satisfies our needs. Uncial codices of the Prophets are so few that we desiderate a photographic edition, or at least a fresh examination and more complete collation of this interesting palimpsest.
Δ. FRAGMENTUM BODLEIANUM. Oxford, Bodleian Library, MS. Gr. bibl. d. 2 (P).
A fragment of Bel in the version of Theodotion (21 γυναικῶν—41 Δανιήλ). A vellum leaf brought from Egypt and purchased for the Bodleian in 1888.
Written in an uncial hand of the fifth (?) century, partly over a portion of a homily in a hand perhaps a century earlier.
The following uncial fragments have not been used for any edition of the LXX., and remain for the present without a symbolical letter or number.
(1) A scrap of papyrus (B. M., pap. ccxii.) yielding the text
of
(2) The vellum fragment containing
(3) Another Sinaitic fragment, containing
(4) Another Sinaitic fragment, containing a few words of
(5) Another Sinaitic fragment, containing
(6) Part of a Psalter on papyrus (B. M., pap. ccxxx.), containing
(7) Part of a Psalter on a Berlin papyrus, containing
(8) Nine fragments of a MS. written in columns of about
25 lines, one on each page. The fragments give the text of
(9) A vellum MS. in the Royal Library at Berlin (MS. Gr.
oct. 2), containing
(10) Fragments discovered by H. A. Redpath at St Mark's,
Venice, in the binding of cod. gr. 23, containing the text of
(11) Portion of a leaf of a papyrus book, written in large
uncials of cent. vii.—viii., exhibiting
(12) Palimpsest fragments of Wisdom and Sirach (cent. vi.—vii.), carried by Tischendorf to St Petersburg and intended for publication in the 8th volume of his Monumenta, which never appeared. See Nestle, Urtext, p. 74.
(13) Two palimpsest leaves of Sirach belonging to cod. 2 in
the Patriarchal Library at Jerusalem: cf. Papadopulos,
Ἰεροσ. Βιβλ., i. p. 14:
τὰ ἀναπληρωτικὰ φύλλα 27 καὶ 56 εἰσὶ παλίμψηστα
ὧν ἡ ἀρχικὴ γραφὴ ἀνήκει εἰς τὸν εʹ αἰῶνα . . . τὸ παλαιὸν δὲ αὐτῶν
κείμενόν ἐστι
δίστηλον, καὶ ἐν φυλ.
56 διακρίνεται ἡ
ἐπιγραφή 
.
The leaves contain Sir. prol. 1—i. 14,
i. 29—iii. 11. Printed by J. R. Harris, op. cit., no. 5.
(14) Part of a Papyrus book which seems to have contained
the Minor Prophets. The discovery of this fragment was
announced in 1892 by W. H. Hechler, who gave a facsimile
of Zach. xii. 2, 3 ('Times,' Sept. 7, 1892; Transactions of the
Congress of Orientalists, 1892, ii., p. 331 f.). Mr Hechler
(15) Two leaves of a small vellum book, from the Fayûm, now Bodl. MS. Gr. bibl. e. 4 (P); the handwriting, "in small, fine uncials," yields the text of Zach. xii. 10—12, xiii. 3—5. "About the fifth century" (Grenfell, Greek papyri, p. 11 f).
(16) A Rainer papyrus, assigned to the third century and
containing
(17) A portion of a leaf of a papyrus book, bearing the Greek text of Ezech. v. 12—vi. 3 (Bodl. MS. Gr. bibl. d. 4 (P)); see Grenfell, Greek papyri, pp. 9 ff. The text shews Hexaplaric signs; the writing is said to belong to the third century (Kenyon, Palaeography of papyri, p. 107).
(18) A fragment of a lead roll on which is engraved Ps.
lxxix (lxxx). 1—16, found at Rhodes in 1898. See Sitzungsberichte
d. konigl. Preuss. Akad. d. Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1898
(xxxvii.)
II. CURSIVE MSS.
The following are the cursive MSS. used by Holmes and
Parsons, with the addition of others recently examined or
collated by the editors of the larger Cambridge Septuagint
(A) The Octateuch.
|
14. Gen., Ex., ep. Arist., cat. (xi) |
Rome, Vat. Palat. Gr. 203 | Klostermann, Anal. p. 11 n. |
| 15. Octateuch (ix—x) | Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 2 | Hexaplaric in early books |
| 16. Octateuch (xi) | Florence, Laur. v. 38 | Batiffol, Vat., p. 91 |
| 17. Genesis, cat. (x) | Moscow, Syn. 5, Vlad. 28. | |
| 18. Octateuch (x—xi) |
Florence, Laur. Med. Pal. 242 (formerly at Fiesole) |
|
19. Octateuch. . . . . . |
Rome, Chigi R. vi. 38 | Bianchini, Vind., p. 279 ff. |
| Lucianic, Lagarde's h | ||
| 20. Genesis (ix) | [Cod. Dorothei i.] | |
|
25. Gen., Ex., ep. Arist., cat. (xi) |
Munich, Staatsbibl. Gr. 9 |
Field, ii. Auct. p. 3. Lag.'s m (Gen. gr.) |
|
28. Num., Deut., Jos. imperf. (xi) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 2122 (formerly Basil. 161) |
|
|
29. Octateuch (inc. |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 2 |
Cf. Lagarde Genesis, p. 6, Septuagintast. i. p. 11. Lag.'s x |
|
30. Octateuch (inc. |
Rome, Casan. 1444 | |
|
31. Genesis, cat. (xvi) |
Vienna, Imp. Lib. Theol. Gr. 4 (Lamb.) |
? Copied from Ald. (Nestle.) Lag.'s w |
|
32, Pentateuch (xii) |
[Cod. Eugenii i.] | Scrivener-Miller, i. p. 224. |
|
37. Lectionary (A.D. 1116) |
Moscow, Syn. 31, Vlad. 8 |
|
|
38. Octateuch . . . (xv) |
Escurial, Υ. 11. 5 |
Hexaplaric, cf. Field, i. p. 398 |
|
44. Octateuch . . . (xv) |
Zittau, A. 1. 1 |
Lagarde's z: see Genesis gr., p. 7 ff. and Libr. V. T. can. i. p. vi.; Scrivener-Miller, i. p. 261; Redpath, Exp. T., May 1897 |
|
45. Num. (lect.), (xi) |
Escurial | |
|
46. Octateuch . . . (xiv) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 4 | O. T. exc. Psalter |
|
47. Fragment of lectionary |
Oxford, Bodl. Baron. 201 | |
|
50. Lectionary (xiii) |
Oxford, Bodl. Seld. 30 | |
|
52. Octateuch . . . , ep. Arist., cat. (x) |
Florence, Laur. Acq. 44 | |
|
53. Octateuch (A.D. 1439) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 17A | |
|
54. Octateuch, ep. Arist. (xiii—xiv) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 5 | Field, i. p. 223. Lagarde's k |
|
55. Octateuch . . . (xi) |
Rome, Vat. Regin. Gr. 1 | Part of a complete Bible, cf. Klostermann, p. 12 |
|
56. Octateuch . . . (A.D. 1093) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 3 | |
|
57. Octateuch, ep. Arist., cat. (xi) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 747 | Field, i. pp. 5, 78 |
|
58. Pentateuch. . . . . .(xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Regin. Gr. 10 | Hexaplaric. Field, l. p. 78 |
| 59. Octateuch (xv) |
Glasgow, Univ. BE. 7b. 10 (formerly at C.C.C., Oxford |
|
| 61. Lectionary (xi) | Oxford, Bodl. Laud. 36 | Scrivener-Miller, i. p. 329 |
|
63. Jos., Jud., Ruth (imperf.) (x) |
Rome, Vat. 1252 |
Klostermann, p. 12 |
|
64. Octateuch . . . (x—xi) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 2 |
Field, i. p. 5 O. and N.T. |
|
68. Octateuch . . . (xv) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 5 |
O. and N.T. Scrivener-Miller, i. p. 219 |
|
70. Jos., Jud., Ruth . . . (xi) |
Munich, Gr. 372 (formerly at Augsburg) |
|
|
71. Octateuch . . . (xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 1 |
|
|
72. Octateuch (xiii) |
Oxford, Bodl. Canon. Gr. 35 (formerly at Venice; see H. P.) |
Hexaplaric. Tischendorf in L. C.-Bl., 1867 (27) |
|
73. Octateuch, ep. Arist. (part), cat. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 746 |
Field, i. p. 78 |
|
74. Octateuch . . . (xiv) |
Florence, Laur. Acq. 700 (49) |
Hesychian |
|
75. Octateuch (A.D. 1126) |
Oxford, Univ. Coll. lii. |
Lagarde's o. Hornemann, p. 41; Owen, Enquiry, p. 90 |
|
76. Octateuch . . . (xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 4 | Hesychian |
|
77. Octateuch, cat. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 748 | |
|
78. Gen., Ex., cat. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 383 | Field, i. p. 78 |
|
79. Gen., ep. Arist., cat. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1668 | |
|
82. Octateuch . . . (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 3 |
Lucianic (in part). Rahlfs, Sept.-St. i. 5 ff. (Lagarde's f) |
|
83. Pentateuch, cat. (xvi) |
Lisbon, Archivio da Torre da Tombo 540 &c. (formerly at Evora) |
? Copied from Ald. (Nestle) |
|
84. Heptateuch (imperf.) (x) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1901 | Hesychian |
|
85. Heptateuch (imperf.) (xi) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 2058 (formerly Basil. 97) |
Field, i. pp. 78, 397 ("praestantissimi codicis") |
|
93. Ruth . . . (xiii) |
London, B. M. Reg. i. D. 2 |
Lucianic (Largard's m in "Lucian" |
|
94 = 131 |
||
|
105. |
London, B. M. Burney |
|
| 106. Octateuch . . (xiv) | Ferrara, Bibl. Comm. Gr. 187 |
Hesychian. O. T., N. T. (582 Greg., 451 Scr). Lagarde, Ank. p. 27 |
|
107. Octateuch . . . A.D. 1334) |
Ferrara, Bibl. Comm. Gr. 188 |
Lagarde, ib. |
|
108. Octateuch . . . (xiv) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 330 |
Field, i. p. 5. Lucianic (Lagarde's d) |
|
118. Octateuch . . . (imperf.) (xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 6 |
Lucianic (Lagarde's p) |
|
120. Octateuch . . . (xi) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 4 |
|
|
121. Octateuch . . . (x) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 3 |
|
|
122. Octateuch . . . (xv) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 6 |
O. and N. T. (Ev. 206) in Latin order. Copy of 68. Lag.'s y |
|
125. Octateuch . . . (xv) |
Moscow, Syn. 30, Vlad. 3 |
|
|
126. Heptateuch . . . cat. in Gen., Ex. (A.D. 1475) |
Moscow, Syn. 19, Vlad. 38 |
|
|
127. Octateuch . . . (x) |
Moscow, Syn. 31 a, Vlad. 1 |
Field, i. p. 5. Lagarde, Ank. p. 3 |
|
128. Octateuch (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1657, formerly Grotta ferrata |
Field, i. pp. 168, 224 |
|
129. Octateuch (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1252 | See note to 63 |
|
130. Octateuch (? xiii) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 3 (Nessel 57) |
Field, i. p. 6. Lagarde's t: Ank. p. 26. See note to 131 |
|
131. Octateuch . . . . . . (x—xi) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. r (Nessel 23) |
Field, i. p. 5: "in enumeratione Holmesiana [cod. 130] perserve designature 131, et vice versa.' O. and N.T. |
|
132. Lectionary (palimpsest, xi—xii) |
Oxford, Bodl. Selden. 9 | |
|
133. Excerpts from MSS. by I. Voss |
Leyden, Univ. |
|
|
134. Octateuch . . . (xi) |
Florence, Laur. v. 1 | Hesychian |
|
135. Gen., |
Basle, A. N. iii. 13 (omont 1) |
Field, i. p. 6. Lagarde's r (Genesis, p. 6) Hexaplaric |
|
136. Excerpts from Pentateuch (A.D. 1043) |
Oxford, Bodl. Barocc. 196 |
|
| 209. Jos., Jud., Ruth, cat. (xii) |
[Cod. Dorothei iv] |
|
|
236. Jos., Jud., Ruth . . . (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 331 |
Klostermann, p. 78 |
|
237 = 73 |
||
|
241. Jos., Jud., Ruth . . . (xvii) |
London, B. M. Harl. 7522 |
P. Young's copy of Cod. A |
|
246. Octateuch . . . (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1238 |
Cf. Batiffol, d’un important MS. des Septante, in Bulletin Critique, 1889, pp. 112 ff. |
|
Josh.—Ruth (x—xi) |
London, B. M. Add. 20002 |
Continuation of E (p. 134) with Petersburg lxii. See next page |
|
Octateuch, cat. (xii—xiii) |
London, B. M. Add. 35123 |
|
|
Lev.—Ruth, cat. (A.D. 1104) |
Lambeth, 1214 |
|
|
Lev.—Ruth, cat. (A.D. 1264) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 5 |
|
|
Jos.—Ruth . . . . . cat. (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 7 |
|
|
Octateuch . . . . . . schol. |
Paris, Arsenal 8415 |
Hexaplaric readings |
|
Heptateuch (imperf.) (xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 184 |
Lucianic (?) |
|
Lev.—Ruth, cat. (xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 6 |
|
|
Octateuch . . . . (xiv) |
Paris, Nat. Suppl. Gr. 609 |
Hesychian (?) |
|
Octateuch, ep. Arist., cat. (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 128 |
|
|
Ex.—Ruth, cat. (xv) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 132 |
Hexaplaric readings |
|
Octateuch, ep. Arist., cat. (xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 129 |
Hexaplaric readings |
|
Gen.—Ex. (imperf.), ep. Arist., cat. (xv) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 130 |
|
Ex. (imperf.), cat. (xvi) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 131 |
Hexaplaric readings (interlinear) |
|
|
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 161 |
|
|
Gen., Ex., ep. Arist., cat. (A.D. 1586) |
Escurial Σ. i. 16 |
Hexaplaric readings |
|
Octateuch . . . (imperf.) (xi) |
Escurial Ω. i. 13 |
|
|
Octateuch, cat. (xiii) |
Leyden, 13 (belongs to Voss collection) |
|
|
Exod.—Deut. (imperf.) (xi) . . . |
Leipzig, Univ. Libr. Gr. 361 |
Hexaplaric readings. Published by Fischer in 1767 = Lips. (H. P.) |
|
Gen., Ex., ep. Arist., cat. (xvi) |
Munich, Gr. 82 |
|
|
Octateuch, ep. Arist., cat. (xiii) |
Zurich, Bibl. de la ville, c. 11 |
Hexaplaric matter |
|
|
Basle, O. ii. 17 |
|
|
Octateuch, cat. (? xii) |
Rome, Barb. Gr. iv. 56 |
|
|
Gen., cat. (xvi) |
Rome, Barb. Gr. vi. 8 |
|
|
Num.—Ruth . . . (xiv—xv) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 332 |
|
|
Hexateuch . . . (x) |
Grotta Ferrata Υ. γ. 1 |
|
|
Gen.—Jos. (imperf.) . . . (x—xi) |
St Petersburg, Imp. Libr. lxii |
Continuation of E (p. 134) |
|
Gen. comm. Chrys. |
Moscow, Syn. Vlad. 35 |
|
|
Joshua—Ruth . . . . cat. (xii) |
Athos, Ivér. 15 |
|
|
Octateuch (x) |
Athos, Pantocr. 24 |
Hexaplaric readings |
|
Octateuch . . . (x—xi) |
Athos, Vatop. 511 |
|
|
Octateuch . . . . . (A.D. 1201) |
Athos, Vatop. 513 |
|
|
Lev.—Ruth, cat. (xi—xii) |
Athos, Vatop. 515 |
|
|
Ex.—Ruth . . . . . . (xiv) |
Athos, Vatop. 516 |
Hexaplaric readings, much faded |
|
Pentateuch (imperf.),) (A.D. 1327) |
Athos, Protat. 53 |
Hexaplaric readings |
|
Octateuch (A.D. 1013) |
Athos, Laur. γ. 112 |
Hexaplaric readings (a few) |
|
Genesis, cat. (? xi) |
Constantinople, 224 (formerly 372) |
|
|
Octateuch . . . cat. (xi) |
Athens, Bibl. Nat. 43 |
|
|
Octateuch . . . (xiii) |
Athens, bibl. Nat. 44 |
Lucianic (?) |
|
Octateuch . . . cat. Niceph. (xii) |
Smyrna, σχολὴ εὐαγγ. 1 |
|
|
Pentateuch, cat. (xi) |
Patmos, 216 |
|
|
Num.—Ruth, cat. (xi) |
Patmos, 217 |
|
|
Heptateuch (imperf.) (xiii) |
Patmos, 410 |
|
|
Pentateuch, test. xii. patr. (xv) |
Patmos, 411 |
|
|
Octateuch . . . (x—xi) |
Sinai, 1 |
|
|
Pentateuch, cat. (? x) |
Sinai, 2 |
|
|
Octateuch . . . (ix. med.) |
Jerusalem, H. Sepulchre 2 |
|
|
Genesis, cat. (xii—xiii) |
Jerusalem, H. Sepulchre 3 |
|
|
Octateuch, cat. (xi) |
Venice, Gr. 534: see below, p 508 |
(B) Historical Books.
|
19 |
Rome, Chigi R. vi. 38 |
|
|
29 . . . 1—4 Regn., 1—3 Macc. (imperf.), &c (x) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 2 |
|
|
38 . . . 1 Regn., 2 Regn. i. 1—xx. 18 (xv) |
Escurial Υ. 11. 5 |
|
|
44 . . . 1 Regn., 2 Esdr., 1—4 Macc., Esth., Judith, Tob., (N. T.) &c. (xv) |
Zittau, A. 1. 1 |
|
46. . . 1 Regn.—2Esdr., Esth., Judith, 1—4 Macc., Tob.... |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 4 |
|
|
52. . . 1 Regn.—2Esdr., Esth., Judith, 1—4 Macc., Tob., schol. (x) |
Florence, Laur. Acq. 44 |
|
|
55. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., Judith, Esth., Tob., 1—4 Macc. (xi) |
Rome, Vat. Regin. Gr. 1 |
|
|
56. . . 1—4 Regn., 1—2 Chron., 1—2 Macc. (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 3 |
|
|
58. . . 1—4 Regn., 1—2 Chron., 1—2Esdr., Jud., Tob., Esth., &c. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Regin. Gr. 10 |
|
|
60. 1—2 Chron. (? xii) |
Cambridge, Univ. Libr. Ff. i. 24 |
Walton, Polygl. vi. 121 ff.; J. R. Harris, Origin of Leicester Cod., p. 21 |
|
64. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., Esth., Tob., 1—2 Macc. (x) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 2 |
|
|
68. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., Esth., Judith, Tob., 1—3 Macc. . . (xv) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 5 |
|
|
70. . . 1—4 Regn., parts of Chron., Tob. (xi) |
Munich, Gr. 372 (formerly at Augsburg) |
|
|
71. . . 2 Esdr., 1—3 Macc., Esth., Judith, Tob. (xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 1 |
|
|
74. . . 1—2 Esdr., 1—4 Macc., Esth., Judith, Tob. (xiv) |
Florence, St Mark's |
|
|
76. . . Esth., Judith, Tob. (xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 4 |
|
|
82. . . 1—4 Regn. (xii —xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 3 |
|
|
92. 1—4 Regn. (x) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 8 |
Field, i. p. 486 |
|
93. . . 1—2 Esdr., Esth., 1—3 Macc. (xiii) |
London, B. M. Reg. i. D. 2 |
Facsimile in Kenyon. Two texts of Esther |
|
98. 1—4 Regn., 1—2 Chron., cat. |
Escurial, Σ. 2. 19 |
|
|
106. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., Judith, Esth., 1—2 Macc. |
Ferrara, Bibl. Comm. Gr. 187 |
|
107. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., 1—3 Macc., Esth., Judith, Tob. (A.D. 1334) |
Ferrara, Bibl. Comm. Gr. 188 |
|
108. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., Judith, Tob., Esth. (xiv) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 330 |
Cf. Field, i. p. 702 |
|
119. 1—4 Regn., 1—2 Chron., 1—2 Esdr. (x) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 7 |
|
|
120. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., 1—4 Macc., Esth. (xi) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 4 |
|
|
121. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr. (x) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 3 |
|
|
122. . . Historical Bks., . . . (xv) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 6 |
|
|
123. 1—4 Regn. (xi) |
[Cod. Dorothei v.] |
|
|
125. . . Historical Bks., . . . (xv) |
Moscow, Syn. 30, Vlad. 3 |
|
|
126. . . Judith, Tob.(xv) |
Moscow, Syn. 19, Vlad. 38 |
|
|
127. . . 1—4 Regn., 1—2 Chron. xxxvi. (x) |
Moscow, Syn. 31 a, Vlad. 1 |
|
|
131. . . Historical Bks. (exc. 4 Macc.) (? xii) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 1 (Nessel 23) |
|
|
134. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., 1 Macc. (x) |
Florence, Laur. v. 1 |
|
|
158. 1—4 Regn., 1—2 Chron. |
Basle, B. 6. 22 |
Wetstein, N. T. i. p. 132 |
|
236. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., Esth., Judith, Tob., 1—4 Macc., cat. (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 331 |
|
|
241. . . 1—4 Regn., 1—2 Chron. |
London, B. M. Harl. 7522 |
|
|
242. 1—4 Regn. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 5 |
|
|
243. 1—4 Regn., cat. |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. 8 |
Field, i. p. 486 |
|
243*. 1—4 Regn. (cat.), 1 Chron.—2 Esdr., Esth., Tob., Jud., 1—4 Macc. |
Venice, St Mark's, cod. 16 |
Field, i. p. 486 |
|
244. 1—4 Regn. (x) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 333 |
|
|
245. 1 Regn. (ix—x) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 334 |
Lucianic (Field) |
|
246. . . 1 Regn. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1238 |
|
|
247. 1—4 Regn. (4 Regn. imperf.) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. Urb. 1 |
|
|
248. . . 1—2Esdr., Tob., Judith, Esth., &c. (xiv) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 346 |
Nestle, Marg. p. 58 |
|
311. . . Historical Bks. (xi) |
Moscow, Syn. 341 |
|
. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., Esth., Tob. |
||
|
... Judith, 1—3 Macc. (3 M. imperf.) (xi) |
Escurial, Ω. 1. 13 |
|
|
. . . 1 Regn.—2 Chron. (x) |
Munich, Gr.454 (? formerly at Augsburg) |
|
|
. . . 1 Regn.—3 Regn. xvi. 28 (x or xi) |
St Petersburg, Imp. Libr. lxii. |
|
|
. . . Tob., Judith, Esth., Ruth (x) |
Grotta Ferrata, A. γ. 1 (catal., 29) |
|
|
. . . Tobit (xiv or xv) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 332 |
|
|
. . . 1 Esdr., Tobit (fragments) (x or xi) |
Leipzig, Univ. Libr. Gr. 361 |
Hexaplaric readings |
|
. . . Esth., Judith, Tob., 1—4 Regn. (x or xi) |
Athos, Vatop. 511 |
|
|
. . . Esth., Tob., Judith (A.D. 1021) |
Athos, Vatop. 513 |
|
|
. . . 1—2 Chron. (xiv) |
Athos, Vatop. 516 |
|
|
. . . 1—4 Regn., cat. (xi) |
Athens, Bibl. Nat. 43 |
|
|
. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., Esth., Judith, Tob. (xiii) |
Athens, Bibl. Nat. 44 |
|
|
. . . 1—4 Regn., 1—2 Chron. (xiv) |
Paris, Arsenal 8415 |
|
|
. . . 1 Regn.—2 Esdr., 1—4 Macc., Esth., Judith, Tob. (xiv) |
Paris, Nat. Suppl. Gr. 609 |
|
. . . 1—5 Regn. (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 7 |
(C) Poetical Books.
|
13. = I (see under Uncial MSS.) |
||
|
21. Psalms, schol. (xiii—xiv) |
[Cod. Eugenii iv.] |
|
|
27. Psalms i—lxx |
Gotha, formerly Lothringen |
An uncial MS., Lagarde's Mps (Specimen, p. 27) |
|
39. Psalms (imperf.) (ix) |
[Cod. Dorothei ii.] |
An uncial MS., Lagarde's Eps (Specimen, p. 2) |
|
43. = W (see under Uncial MSS.) |
Lagarde's Fps (Specimen, p. 2) |
|
|
46. . . Prov., Eccl., Cant., Job, Sap., Sir., ὕμνος τῶν πατ. ἡμῶν (xiv) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 4 |
|
|
55. . . Job, Psalms (? xi) |
Rome, Vat. Reg. Gr. 1 |
|
|
65. Psalms, cant., Lat. (xii) |
Leipzig |
|
|
66. Psalms, cant. (xiv) |
Eton Coll. |
|
|
67. Psalms, cant. (xvi) |
Oxford, C.C.C. 19 |
Harris, Leicester Codex, p. 20 |
|
68. . . Poetical Books (xv) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr.5 |
|
|
69. Psalms, cant. (? x) |
Oxford, Magd. Coll. 9 |
|
|
80. Psalms, cant. (xiii—lxiv) |
Oxford, Christ Ch. A |
|
|
81. Psalms (xi) |
Oxford, Christ Ch. 2 |
|
|
99. Psalms, schol., cat. (xii—xiii) |
Oxford, Trin. Coll. 78 |
|
|
100. Psalms, cant. (xi—xii) |
Oxford, Christ Ch. 3 |
|
|
101. Psalms, cant. (xiii) |
Oxford, Christ Ch. 20 |
|
|
102. Psalms, cant. (xiii) |
Oxford, Christ Ch. 1 |
|
|
103. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 25 |
Klostermann, pp. 6, 18 |
|
104. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 27 (Nessel 229) |
|
|
106. . . Job, Prov., Eccl., Cant., Sap., Sir. . . . Psalms (xiv) |
Ferrara, Bibl. Comm. Gr. 187 |
|
|
109. Proverbs. . . (xiii) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 26 |
|
|
110. Job, schol. (ix) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 9 |
Klostermann, p. 18 |
|
111. Psalms (ix) |
Milan, Ambr. P. 65 |
|
|
112. Psalms, cat. (A.D. 961) |
Milan, Ambr. F. 12 |
|
|
113. Psalms, cat. (A.D.. 967) |
Milan, Ambr. B. 106 |
|
|
114. . . Psalms, comm. |
Evora, Carthus. 2 |
|
|
115. Psalms, comm. |
Evora, Carthus. 3 |
|
|
122. . . Poetical Books (xv) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 6 |
|
|
124. Psalms, cant. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 21 |
|
|
125. . . Proverbs (comm. Chrys.), Eccl., Cant., Sap. (xv) |
Moscow, Syn. 30, Vlad. 3 |
|
|
131. . . Poetical Books, &c. (? xii) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 23 |
|
|
137. Job, cat. (xi—xii) |
Milan, Ambr. B. 73 |
Field, ii. p. 2, and Auct. p. 5 |
|
138. Job (x) |
Milan, Ambr. M. 65 |
Field, ii. p. 2 |
|
139. Proverbs—Job, cat. (x) |
Milan, Ambr. A. 148 |
Field, ii. p. 2 |
|
140. Psalms |
Basle, B. 10. 33 |
|
|
141. Psalms (A.D. 1344) |
Turin, B. 2. 42 |
|
|
142. Psalms, comm. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 10 (Nessel 8) |
|
|
143. Psalms, prooem. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 19 |
|
|
144 = 131 |
||
|
145. Psalms, cant. (x) |
Velletri, Borg. |
|
|
146. Psalms (x) |
[Cod. Fr. Xavier] |
In Capitular Lib. Toledo |
|
147. Prov.—Job, cat. . . . (xiii) |
Oxford, Bodl. Laud. 30 |
Klostermann, p. 51 |
|
149. Job, Prov., Eccl., Cant., Sap., Pss. Sal., comm. (xi) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 7 |
=308* H. P. See Gebhardt, Die Psalmen Salomo's, p. 15 |
|
150. Psalms (? xiv) |
Ferrara, Carmelit. 3 |
|
|
151. Psalms (imperf.) |
Venice, Bibl. Zen. |
A Graeco-Latin MS. |
|
152. Psalms (xi) |
(Cod. Nan. 25) |
Now in St Mark's Lib. Venice |
|
154. Psalms, cant. (xiii) |
(Cod. Meermanni I) |
|
155. Psalms (xii—xiiii) |
(Cod. Meermanni II) |
Now Bodl. Misc. Gr. 204 |
|
156. Psalms, interlin. Lat. |
Basle, A. 7. 3 |
An uncial MS. Lagarde's D(ps) (Specimen, p. 2,
cf. Ank. p. 27) |
|
157. Job, Prov., Eccl., Cant., Sap. |
Basle, B. 6, 23 |
Wetstein, N. T. i. 132 |
|
159. Eccl, Prov. (part), Cant., schol. (xi) |
Dresden, 1 |
Klostermann, p. 39 |
|
160. Job (xiv) |
Dresden, 2 |
|
|
161. Job, Prov., Eccl., Cant. (xiv) |
Dresden, 3 |
Field, ii. p. 2; cf. 6, 309, and Auct. 22. Cf. Klostermann, pp. 16, 39 |
|
Job, comm. (xv) |
Turin, Royal Library, 330 |
|
|
162. Psalms, interlin. Latin (xi) |
Paris, Nat. Reg. Gr. 24 |
|
|
163. Psalms (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Colbert. Gr. 26 |
|
|
164. Psalms (xiv) |
London, B. M. Harl. 5533 |
|
|
165. Psalms (xiv) |
London, B. M. Harl. 5534 |
|
|
166. Psalms, cant. (A.D. 1283) |
London, B. M. Harl. 5535 |
|
|
167. Psalms, cant. (xiv) |
London, B. M. Harl. 5553 |
|
|
168. Psalms (imperf.) (xi-xii) |
London, B. M. Harl. 5570 |
|
|
169. Psalms (xii—xiii) |
London, B. M. Harl. 5571 |
|
|
170. Psalms, cant. (xii) |
London, B. M. Harl. 5582 |
|
|
171. Psalms, cant. (xiv) |
London, B. M. Harl. 5653 |
|
|
172. Psalms, cant. (A.D. 1488) |
London, B. M. Harl. 5737 |
|
|
173. Psalms, cant. |
London, B. M. Harl. 5738 |
|
|
174. Psalms (Latin, Arabic) (A.D. 1153) |
London, B. M. Harl. 5786 |
|
|
175. Psalms (xi) |
London, B. M. 2. A. vi. |
|
|
176. Psalms, cant. |
London, B. M. Harl. 5563 |
|
177. Psalms (imperf.) cant. (xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 27 |
|
|
178. Psalms, cant. (A.D. 1059) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 40 |
|
|
179. Psalms, cant. (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 41 |
|
|
180. Psalms, cant. (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 42 |
|
|
181. Psalms, cat. (xii) |
Cod. Ducis Saxo-Goth. |
|
|
182. Psalms, cant. (xi) |
Rome, Chigi 4 |
|
|
183. Psalms, cant. (xii) |
Rome, Chigi 5 |
|
|
184. Psalms, comm. (ix-x) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 17 |
|
|
185. Psalms, comm. (xi) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 18 |
|
|
186. Psalms, comm. (xi) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 13 |
|
|
187. Psalms (imperf.) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 10 |
|
|
188. Psalms (imperf.) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 186 |
An uncial MS. Lagarde's H(ps) (Specimen, p. 3). Often agrees with 156 |
|
189. Psalms, cant. |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 13 |
|
|
190. Psalms (imperf.) cant. |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 187 |
An uncial MS. Lagarde's K(ps) (Specimen, p. 3) |
|
191. Psalms, cant. |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 188 |
|
|
192. Psalms (imperf.) cant. (xiii) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 13 |
|
|
193. Psalms, cant. (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 21 |
|
|
194. Psalms, cant. (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 22 |
|
|
195. Psalms, cant. (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 23 |
|
|
196. Psalms (inc. ii. 3), cant. (xii) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 25 |
|
|
197. Psalms, cant. (xiv) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 29 |
|
|
199. Psalms (xi) |
Modena, |
|
|
200. Psalms, cant. |
Oxford, Bodl. Barocc. 15 |
Cf. Nestle, Septuagintastud. iii. p. 14 |
|
201. Psalms, cant. |
Oxford, Bodl. Barocc. 107 |
|
|
202. Psalms, cant., comm. |
Oxford, Bodl. Cromw. 110 |
|
203. Psalms, cant., prayers (A.D. 1336) |
Oxford, Bodl. Laud. C. 41 |
|
|
204. Psalms (imperf.) schol., prayers |
Oxford, Bodl. Laud. C. 38 |
|
|
205. Psalms, cant. |
Cambridge, Trin. Coll. |
|
|
206. Psalms, cant. (xiv) |
Cambridge, Gonville & Caius Coll. 348 |
Facsimile in Harris, Leicester codex |
|
208. Psalms (imperf.), cant. |
Tübingen, (cod. Schnurrer) |
|
|
210. Psalms (xiv) |
[Cod. Demetrii v.] |
|
|
211. Psalms, cant. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1541 |
|
|
212. Psalms (imperf.) (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1542 |
|
|
213. Psalms (imperf.) (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. G4. 1848 |
|
|
214. Psalms, cant. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1870 |
|
|
215. Psalms, cant. (A.D. 1011) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1873 |
Klostermann, p. 13 |
|
216. Psalms, cant. (x) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1927 |
|
|
217. Psalms, cant. (A.D. 1029) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 341 |
|
|
218. Psalms, li.—liii. (xiii—xiv) |
? |
|
|
219. Psalms, cant. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 20 |
|
|
220 = 186 |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 13 |
|
|
221. Psalms, ix.—cl., comm. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 16 |
|
|
222. Psalms, cant. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 21 |
|
|
223. Psalms, cant. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 22 |
|
|
225. Psalms, cant. (xi) |
Bologna, 720 |
|
|
226. Psalms, cant., prayers (x) |
Rome, Barber. 1 (Gr. 372) |
|
|
227. Psalms (imperf.) cant., prayers (x) |
Rome, Barber. 2 (Gr. 322) |
|
|
228. Job, &c. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1764 |
|
|
241. . . Prov., Eccl., Cant. |
London, B. M. Harl. 7522 |
|
|
248. . . Prov., Ecc1., Cant., Job, Sap., Sir., &c. (xiv) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 346 |
Hexaplaric readings Field, ii. p. 2 |
|
249. Job, Sap., Sir., &c. |
Rome, Vat. Pius 1 |
Field, l.c. |
|
250. Job (xiv) |
Munich, Elect. 148 |
Field, l. c. |
|
251. Job, cat., Psalms (xiv) |
Florence, Laur. v. 27 |
|
|
252. Job, Prov., Eccl., Cant. (ix—x) |
Florence, Laur. viii. 27 |
Field, l.c.; cf. p. 309 and Auct. p. 2 |
|
253. Job, Prov., Sir. (xi—xiv) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 336 |
Klostermann, p. 17 ff. Gebhardt, Die Psalmen Salomo's p. 25 ff. |
|
254. Job, Prov. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 337 |
|
|
255. Job (ix) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 338 |
Field, ii. p. 2. Klostermann, p. 69 ff. |
|
256. Job, schol. (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 697 |
Field, l.c. |
|
257. Job, comm. (x) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 743 |
|
|
258. Job, cat., pict. (ix) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 749 |
Field, l.c. Klostermann, p. 68 |
|
259. Job, schol. (x) |
Rome, Vat. Pal. Gr. 230 |
Field, l.c. Klostermann, p. 11 |
|
260. Job, cat., Prov. |
Copenhagen, Royal Libr. |
|
|
261. Job, Prov., Eccl., Sap. (xiv) |
Florence, Laur. vii. 30 |
|
|
263. Psalms |
Copenhagen, Royal Lib. |
|
|
264 Psalms, cat. |
Rome, Vat. Ottob. Gr. 398 |
Cf. Field, ii. p. 84 f., and Auct. p. 11 |
|
265. Psalms, cant., pict. (xiv) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 381 |
|
|
266. Psalms (imperf.) (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 2101 |
|
|
267. Psalms, cant. (xiv) |
Rome, Vat. Ottob. Gr. 294 |
|
|
268. Psalms, cat., cant. |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 2057 |
Cf. Field, ii. p. 84 |
|
269. Psalms, comm. Athen. (A.D. 897) |
Rome, Vat. Pal. Gr. 44 |
|
|
270. Psalms, cant. (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1864 |
|
|
271. Psalms, comm. (xi) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1747 |
|
|
272. Psalms (imperf.) cat. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Pal. Gr. 247 |
|
|
273. Psalms, cat. (xiv) |
Rome, Vat. Regin. Gr. 40 |
Cf. Field, ii. p. 84 |
|
274. Psalms (imperf.) comm. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Ottob. Gr. 343 |
|
|
275. Psalms, cant. (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1874 |
|
|
276 = 221 |
||
|
277. Psalms, cant. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 24 |
|
|
278. Psalms (xii—xiii) |
Florence, Laur. v. 23 |
|
|
279. Psalms, cant. (xiii—xiv) |
Florence, Laur. v. 35 |
|
|
280. Psalms (xi) |
Florence, Laur. v. 5 |
|
|
281. Psalms (xi) |
Florence, Laur. v. 18 |
|
|
282. Psalms (xv) |
Florence, Laur. v. 25 |
|
|
283. Psalms (xii) |
Florence, Laur. vi. 36 |
|
|
284. Psalms, cant. (xiv) |
Florence, Laur. v. 17 |
|
|
285. Psalms, cant. (xiii) |
Florence, Laur. v. 34 |
|
|
286. Psalms, comm. (xii) |
Florence, Laur. v 30 |
|
|
287. Psalms (imperf.) comm. (xii) |
Florence, Laur. v. 14 |
|
|
288. Psalms, comm. Thdt. (xii) |
Florence, Laur. xi. 5 |
|
|
289. Psalms, comm. Euth.-Zig. (xiii) |
Florence, Laur. ix. 2 |
|
|
290. Psalms, cant. |
Florence, Laur. |
|
|
291. Psalms (xi—xii) |
Florence, Laur. v. 39 |
|
|
292. Psalms, cat. (xi) |
Florence, Laur. vi. 3 |
|
|
293. Psalms, metr. paraphr. (xv) |
Florence, Laur. v. 37 |
|
|
294. Psalms, lxxi. 14, —lxxxi.7, cxxvii 3—cxxxix. 6, cxxxv. 11—cxxxvi. 1, cxxxvii. 4—cxli. 21 (? xiii) |
Cambridge, Emmanuel College |
Lagarde calls it P in Genesis graece, but
N(ps) in the Specimen. Apparently a copy in a Western
hand of an early cursive Psalter; see M. R. James in Proceedings of the
Cambridge Antiquarian Society, 1892—3, p. 168 ff. |
|
295. Prov., comm. Procop. (xiv) |
Rome, Vat. Ottob. Gr. 56 |
|
|
296. Prov.—Sir. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Palat. Gr. 337 |
|
|
297. Prov., cat. (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1802 |
|
|
298. Eccl., comm. (xii) |
[Cod. Eugenii 3] |
|
|
299. Eccl., Comm. Greg. Nyss., al. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1694 |
Klostermann, p. 29 f. |
|
300. Cant., comm. (xii) |
[Cod. Eugenii 3] |
|
|
302. Prov. . . . (ix) = 109 |
||
|
Psalms, A.D. 1066 |
London, B. M. Add. 19,352 |
|
|
Psalms |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 754 |
(D) Prophetical Books.
|
22. Prophets (xi—xii) |
London, B. M. Reg. i. B. 2 |
Cod. Pachomianus. Lucianic; Field, ii. p. 428 f. Cornill's ξ |
|
24. Isaiah, cat. (xii) |
[Cod. Demetrii i.] |
|
|
26. Prophets (? xi) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 556 |
Hesychian (Cornill, Ceriani): cf. Klostermann, p. 10 f. |
|
33. Dan., Jer., cat. (x) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1154 |
Originally belonged to same codex as Vat. gr. 1153: see Klostermann, p. 11. Cf. 87, 97, 238 |
|
34. Dan. (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 803 |
Klostermann, p. 11 n. |
|
35. Dan. (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 866 |
|
|
36. Prophets (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 347 |
Lucianic (Field). Cornill's ο |
|
40. Dodecapropheton (xii) |
[Cod. Dorothei iii.] |
|
|
41. Isa., Jer. (ix—x) |
[Cod. Demetrii ii.] |
|
|
42. Ezek.,Dan., Min. Proph. (xi—xii) |
[Cod. Demetrii iii.] |
Lucianic (Field) |
|
46. . . Isa., Jer., Bar., Lam., Ep. Ezek., Dan., Minor Prophets. . . (xiv) |
Paris, Nat. Coisl. Gr. 4 |
|
|
48. Prophets (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1794 |
Lucianic(Field), Cornill's η. Klostermann, pp. 11, 14 |
|
49. Prophets (xi) |
Florence, Laur. xi. 4 |
Hesychius, Cornill's κ |
|
50. Prophets (xi) |
Florence, Laur. x. 8 |
Lucianic (Field). Cornill's θ |
|
58. . . Prophets (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Reg. Gr. 10 |
On the text of Daniel in this MS. see Klostermann, p. 12 |
|
62. Prophets (xiii) |
Oxford, New Coll. |
Lucianic (Field). Field, ii. p. 907; Burkitt, Tyconius, p. cviii; Klostermann, p. 51 |
|
68. . . Ezek., Dodecapr. (xv) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 5 |
Hesychian. Cornill's ψ |
|
70. . . Prophets (x—xi) |
Munich, Gr. 372. (formerly at Augsburg) |
|
|
86. Isa., Jer., Ezek., Dodecapr.(? ix) |
Rome, Barber. v. 45 |
Field, ii. p. 939. Walton, vi. 131 f.; Klostermann, p. 50 |
|
87. Prophets (? ix) |
Rome, Chigi 2 |
Hesychian. Cornill's β. For the relation of 87 to 91 and 96 see Faulhaber Die Propheten-catenen. 33, 97, 238 are copied from 87 |
|
88. Isa., Jer., Ezek., Dan. (LXX.) (? xi) |
Rome, Chigi 3 |
87 in Field (ii. p. 766). O.T. in Greek (iii. p. xiii.). Cf. Klostermann, p. 31 |
|
89. Daniel (xi) = 239 |
||
|
90. Isa., Jer., Ezek., Dan., cat. (xi) |
Florence, Laur. v. 9 |
Lucianic (Field); in Ezekiel, Hesychian acc. to Cornill: Cornill's λ |
|
91. Prophets, cat. (xi) |
Rome, Vat. Ottob. Gr. 452 |
Hesychian (Cornill). Cornill's μ See note on 87 |
|
93. . . Isa. (xiv) |
London, B. M. Reg. i. D. 2 |
Lucianic (Field) |
|
95. Dodecaproph., comm. Theod. Mops. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 163 |
Lucianic (Cornill) |
|
96. Isa., Jer., Ezek., Dan. |
Copenhagen See note on 87 |
|
|
97. Dodecapr., Isa., cat. (x) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1153 |
See notes on 33, 87 |
|
104. . . |
Vienna, Th. Bib. 27 (Nessel 229) |
|
|
105. . . Fragments of Prophets, &c. (xiii—xiv) |
London, B. M. Burney |
|
106. . . Isa., Jer., Ezek., Dan., Minor Prophets to Micah (xiv) |
Ferrara, Gr. 187 |
Hesychian |
|
109. Isaiah, cat. = 302 |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 26 |
|
|
114. Dodecaproph., comm. Theod. Mops. . . |
Evora, Carthus. 2 |
|
|
122. . . Prophets (xv) |
Venice, St Mark's, Gr. 6 |
|
|
131. . . Prophets (? xii) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. (Nessel 23) |
|
|
147. . . Isa., Jer., Ezek., Dan. (imperf.), Dodecaproph. |
Oxford, Bodl. Laud. 30 |
Lucianic (cf. Field, ii. p. 907) |
|
148. Daniel (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 2025 |
|
|
153. Prophets (exc. Zech.), comm. (x) |
Rome, Vat. Pal. Gr. 273 |
Lucianic (Cornill) |
|
185. . . Dodecaproph. (xi) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 18 |
Lucianic (Cornill) |
|
198. Prophets (imperf.) (ix) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 14 |
= Ev. 33. Burkitt, Tyconius, p. cviii |
|
228. . . Prophets (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1764 |
Hesychian (Cornill, but cf. Klostermann, p. 13 f. Cornill's φ) |
|
229. Jer., Dan., comm. (xiv) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 673 |
|
|
230. Daniel (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1641 |
|
|
231. Jer. with Baruch &c. (xi) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1670 |
From Grotta Ferrata. Lucianic, Cornill's ι. Cp. Klostermann, p. 14 |
|
232. Daniel (xii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 2000 |
A Basilian MS., cp. Klostermann, p. 15 |
|
233. Prophets (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 2067 |
Lucianic (Field) |
|
234. Susanna |
Moscow, Syn. 341 |
|
|
235. Susanna |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 2048 |
|
|
238. Ezekiel, cat. (x) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1153 |
Hesychian (Cornill). Cornill's ς See notes on 33, 87, 97 |
|
239. Prophets (A.D. 1046)= 89 |
||
|
240. Dodecapr., cat. (A.D. 1286) |
Florence, Laur. vi. 22 |
|
|
301. Isaiah (ix) |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 158 |
|
|
302. . . Isaiah, cat. ( xiii) = 109 |
|
303. Isaiah, comm. Cyril. |
Vienna, Th. Gr. 100 |
|
|
304. |
Florence, Laur. iv. 2 |
|
|
305. Isaiah (imperf.), cat. |
Copenhagen, Reg. |
|
|
306. Isa., Ezek. (xi) |
Paris, Nat. Gr. 16 |
|
|
307. Isaiah, comm. Basil. (xi) |
Rome, Vat. Ottob. Gr. 430 |
|
|
308. Isaiah, comm. Basil. and Thdt. (xiii) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 1509 |
Lucianic (Field) |
|
309. Isaiah, cat. (x) |
Rome, Vat. Gr. 755 |
Cf. Klostermann, p. 11 |
|
310. Dodecapr., schol. (xi) |
Moscow, Syn. 209 |
|
|
311. . . Prophets (xi) = 234 |
||
|
. . . Prophets (ix, med.) |
Jerusalem, H. Sepulchre 2 |
III. LECTIONARIES.
From the second century the Greek-speaking Churches, following the example of the Hellenistic Synagogue, read the Greek Old Testament in their public assemblies.
Justin, Apol. i. 67 τὰ συγγράμματα τῶν προφητῶν ἀναγινώσκεται. Const. ap. ii. 57 μέσος δὲ ὁ ἀναγνώστης ἐφ᾿ ὑψηλοῦ τινος ἑστὼς ἀναγινωσκέτω τὰ Μωσέως καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυή, τὰ τῶν Κριτῶν καὶ τῶν Βασιλειῶν κ.τ.λ. Ibid. viii. 5 μετὰ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν. Chrys. in Rom. xxiv. 3 ὁ μάτην ἐνταῦθα εἰσελθών, εἰπὲ τίς προφήτης, τίς ἀπόστολος σήμερον διελέχθη.
At a later time the ἀναγνώσεις or ἀναγνώσματα were copied
consecutively for ecclesiastical use. The lectionaries or fragments
of lectionaries which survive, although frequently written
in large and showy uncials
See Matthaei, N. T. Gr., ad fin. vol. i.; Neale, Holy Eastern Church, General Intr., p. 369 ff.; Burgon, Last twelve verses of St Mark, p. 191 ff.; Scudamore, art. Lectionary, D. C. A. ii.; Nitzsch, art. Lectionarium, Herzog-Plitt, viii.; Gregory, prolegg. i. p. 161 ff., 687 ff.; Scrivener-Miller, i. p. 74 ff.; E. Nestle, Urtext, p. 76; M. Faulhaber, Die Propheten-catenen nach röm. Handschriften (Freiburg i. B., 1899).
The following list of MSS.
| London, | Sion College, Arc. i. 1 (vi or vii) | Gr. p. 720 (234, Scr. 227) |
| " | B. M. Add. 11841 (? xi) | Gr. p. 783 (9, Scr. 75) |
| " | B. M. Add. 18212 (xi) | Gr. p. 715 (191, Scr. 263) |
| " | B. M. Add. 22744 (xiii) | Gr. p. 731 (324, Scr. 272) |
| " | Burdett-Coutts, iii. 42 (xiv) | Gr. p. 730 (315, Scr. 253) |
| " | Burdett-Coutts, iii. 44 (xv) | Gr. p. 749 (476, Scr. 290) |
| " | Burdett-Coutts, iii. 46 (xiii) | Gr. p. 719 (226, Scr. 249) |
| " | Burdett-Coutts, iii. 53 (xv) | |
| Oxford, | Christ Church, Wake 14 (xii) | Gr. p. 717 (207, Scr. 214) |
| " | Christ Church, Wake 15 (A.D. 1068) | Gr. p. 717 (208, Scr. 215) |
| Cambridge, Univ. Libr. Add. 1879 (? xi) |
( |
|
| " | Christ's College, F. i. 8 (xi) | Gr. p. 714 (185, Scr. 222) = Zscr, WH. 59 |
| Ashburnham, 205 (xii) | Gr. p. 720 (237 Scr. 237—8) | |
| Paris, Nat. Gr. 308 (xiii) | Gr. p. 779 (24) | |
| " Nat. Gr. 243 (A.D. 1133) | Omont, MSS. Grecs datés, no. xlvi. | |
| Paris, Nat, suppl. Gr. 32 (xiii) | Gr. p. 704 (84) |
| Rome, Vat. Reg. Gr. 59 (xii) | Gr. p. 757 (573, Scr. 395) |
| " Vat. Gr. 168 (xiii or xiv) | Gr. p. 786 (188, Scr. 116) |
| " Vat. Gr. 2012 (xv) | Gr. p. 756 (556, Scr. 387) |
| " Barb. 18 (xiv) | Gr. p. 780 (40) |
| Grotta Ferrata, Αʹ δʹ 2 (x) | Gr. p. 748 (473, Scr. 323) |
| " Αʹ δʹ 4 (xiii) | Gr. p. 748 (475, Scr. 325) |
| " Δʹ βʹ 22 (xviii) | Gr. p. 751 (506, Scr. 358) |
| Venice, St Mark's, i. 42 (xii) | Gr. p. 724 (268, Scr. 173) |
| Trèves, Bibl. Cath. 143 F (x or xi) | Gr. p. 713 (179) |
| Athens, Nat. 86 (xiii) | Gr. p. 745 (443) |
| Salonica, Ἑλληνικοῦ γυμνασίου ιδʹ (xv or xvi) | Gr. p. 771 (837) |
| Cairo, Patr. Alex. 927 (xv) | Gr. p. 776 (759, Scr. 140) |
| Sinai, 748 (xv or xvi) | Gr. p. 775 (900) |
| " 943 (A.D. 1697) | Gr. p. 775 (908) |
| St Saba, in tower, 16 (xii) | Gr. p. 770 (829, Scr. 364) |
| Jerusalem, H. Sepulchre (xiii) | Harris, p. 13 |
LITERATURE (on the general subject of this chapter). Stroth, in Eichhorn's Repertorium (vi., viii., xi.); the prolegomena to Grabe, Holmes and Parsons, Tischendorf, and The Old Testament in Greek; the prefaces to Lagarde's Genesis graece, Libr. V. T. Canon., p. i., Psalterii specimen; Kenyon, Our Bible and the Ancient MSS.; Madan, Summary, p. 615 ff. (Holmes MSS., A.D. 1789—1805); Nestle, Urtext, p. 71 ff.; H. Omont, Inventaire Summaire des MSS. Grecs de la Bibl. Nationale; S. Berger, Hist. de la Vulgate.
The lists of MSS. given in this chapter must be regarded as tentative and incomplete. The student may supplement them to some extent by referring to recently published catalogues of MS. libraries, especially the following: V. Gardthausen, Catalogus codd. Graecorum Sinaiticorum (Oxford, 1886); Papadopulos Kerameus, Ἰεροσολυμιτικὴ Βιβλιοθήκη i.—iv. (St Petersburg, 1891—1899); Sp. P. Lambros, Catalogue of the Greek MSS. on Mount Athos (Cambridge, vol. i., 1895; vol. ii., with index, 1900). He may also consult with advantage J. B. Pitra, Analecta sacra, iii. (1883), p. 551 ff.; H. A. Redpath, in Academy, Oct. 22, 1893; E. Klostermann's Analecta zur Septuaginta (1895); Mrs Lewis, in Exp. Times, xiii. 2, p. 55 ff.; H. Omont, in Lit. C. Blatt; A. Rahlfs, Septuaginta-Studien, ii. (1907).
CHAPTER VI.
PRINTED TEXTS OF THE SEPTUAGINT.
THE printed texts of the Septuagint fall naturally into two classes, viz. (1) those which contain or were intended to exhibit the whole of the Greek Old Testament; (2) those which are limited to a single book or to a group of books.
I. COMPLETE EDITIONS.
1. The first printed text of the whole Septuagint is that
which forms the third column in the Old Testament of the
great Complutensian Polyglott. This great Bible was printed
at Alcalà (Complutum) in Spain under the auspices of Francisco
Ximenes de Cisneros, Cardinal Archbishop of Toledo. Ximenes,
who, in addition to his ecclesiastical offices, was Regent of
Castile, began this undertaking in 1502 in honour of the birth
of Charles V. (1500—1558), and lived to see the whole of the
sheets pass through the press. He died Nov. 8, 1517, and the
fourth volume, which completes the Old Testament and was
the last to be printed, bears the date July 10, 1517. But the
publication of the Polyglott was delayed for more than four
years: the papal sanction attached to the N. T. volume is dated
May 22, 1520, and the copy which was intended for the Pope
seems not to have found its way into the Vatican Library until
Dec. 5, 1521. The title of the complete work (6 vols. folio)
is as follows: "Biblia sacra Polyglotta complectentia V.T.
The O.T. volumes of the Complutensian Bible contain in
three columns (1) the Hebrew text, with the Targum of Onkelos
at the foot of the page, (2) the Latin Vulgate, (3) the Septuagint,
with an interlinear Latin version—an order which is explained by
the editors as intended to give the place of honour to the authorised
version of the Western Church
The editors of the Complutensian Polyglott were the Spaniard Antonio de Nebrija, Professor of Rhetoric at Alcalà, and his pupil Ferdinando Nũnez de Guzman (Pincianus); Diego Lopez de Zuñiga (Stunica); Juan de Vergara, Professor of Philosophy at Alcalà; a Greek from Crete, by name Demetrius; and three converts from Judaism, to whom the Hebrew text and the Targum were entrusted. The editing of the Greek LXX. text seems to have been left chiefly in the hands of Pincianus, Stunica and Demetrius.
The Complutensian text is followed on the whole in the Septuagint columns of the four great Polyglotts edited by Arias Montanus, Antwerp, 1569—72; B. C. Bertram, Heidelberg, 1586—7, 1599, 1616; D. Wolder, Hamburg, 1596; Michael Le Jay, Paris, 1645.
2. In February 15
, after the printing of the Complutensian
Polyglott but before its publication, Andreas Asolanus
Like Ximenes, Andreas made it his business to examine the
best MSS. within his reach. In the dedication he writes:
"ego multis vetustissimis exemplaribus collatis biblia (ut vulgo
appellant) graece cuncta descripsi." His words, however, do
not suggest an extended search for MSS., such as was instituted
by the Spanish Cardinal; and it is probable enough that he
was content to use Bessarion's collection of codices, which is
still preserved in St Mark's Library at Venice
The Aldine text of the LXX. was followed on the whole in the editions of (1) Joh. Lonicerus, Strassburg, 1524, 1526; (2)? with a preface by Philip Melanchthon, Basle, 1545; (3) H. Guntius, Basle, 1550, 1582; (4) Draconites, in Biblia Pentapla, Wittenburg, 1562—5; (5) Francis du Jon (Fr. Junius) or (?) Fr. Sylburg, Frankfort, 1597; (6) Nic. Glykas, Venice, 1687.
3. In 1587 a third great edition of the Greek Old Testament
was; published at Rome under the auspices of Sixtus V.
(editio Sixtina, Romana). It bears the title: Η ΠΑΛΑΙΑ ΔΙΑΘΗΚΗ |
ΚΑΤΑ ΤΟΥΣ ΕΒΔΟΜΗΚΟΝΤΑ | ΔΙ ΑΥΘΕΝΤΙΑΣ | ΞΥΣΤΟΥ Εʹ ΑΚΡΟΥ ΑΡΧΙΕΡΕΩΣ | ΕΚΔΟΘΕΙΣΑ |
VETVS TESTAMENTVM | IVXTA SEPTVAGINTA | EX AUCTORITATE | SIXTI V. PONT. MAX. |
EDITVM | ROMAE | EX TYPOGRAPHIA FRANCISCI ZANETTI. M.D.LXXXVI(I)
The volume consists of 783 pages of text, followed by a
page of addenda and corrigenda, and preceded by three (unnumbered)
leaves which contain (1) a dedicatory letter addressed
to Sixtus V. by Cardinal Antonio Carafa, (2) a preface to the
reader
(1) SIXTO QUINTO PONTIF. MAX. ANTONIUS CARAFA
CARDINALIS SANCTAE SEDIS APOSTOLICAE BIBLIOTHECARIUS
Annus agitur iam fere octavus ex quo Sanctitas vestra pro
singulari suo de sacris litteris benemerendi studio auctor fuit
beatae memoriae Gregorio XIII. Pont. Max. ut sacrosancta Septuaginta
(2) PRAEFATIO AD LECTOREM
Qui sunt in sacrosanctis scripturis accuratius versati, fatentur
omnes Graecam Septuaginta Interpretum editionem longe aliis
omnibus quibus Graeci usi sunt et antiquiorem esse et probatiorem.
Constat enim eos Interpretes, natione quidem Iudaeos, doctos
vero Graece, trecentis uno plus annis ante Christi adventum, cum
in Aegypto regnaret Ptolemaeus Philadelphus, Spiritu sancto
plenos sacra Biblia interpretatos esse, eamque interpretationem a
primis Ecclesiae nascentis temporibus tum publice in Ecclesiis
ad legendum propositam fuisse, tum privatim receptam et explanatam ab Ecclesiasticis scriptoribus qui vixerunt ante B.
Hieronymum, Latinae vulgatae editionis auctorem. Nam Aquila
quidem Sinopensis, qui secundus post Septuaginta eosdem libros
ex Hebraeo in Graecum convertit et multo post tempore sub
Hadriano principe floruit, et eius interpretatio, (quod ea quae de
Christo in scripturis praedicta fuerant, ut a Iudaeis gratiam iniret
aliter quam Septuaginta vertendo, subdola obscuritate involverit)
iamdiu est cum a recte sentientibus, licet in hexaplis haberetur,
aliquibus locis non est probata. Hunc vero qui subsequuti sunt,
Symmachus et Theodotio, alter Samaritanus sub L. Vero, alter
Ephesius sub Imp. Commodo, uterque (quamvis et ipsi in
hexaplis circumferrentur) parum fidus interpres habitus
est: Symmachus, quod Samaritanis offensus, ut placeret Iudaeis,
non unum sanctae scripturae locum perturbato sensu corruperit;
Theodotio, quod Marcionis haeretici sectator nonnullis locis
perverterit potius quam converterit sacros libros. Fuerunt
praeter has apud Graecos aliae duae editiones incertae auctoritatis:
altera Antonio Caracalla Imp. apud Hierichuntem, altera
apud Nicopolim sub Alexandro Severo in doliis repertae. quae
quod in octaplis inter Graecas editiones quintum et sextum
locum obtinerent, quintae et sextae editionis nomen retinuerunt. Sed nec hae satis fidae
interpretationes habitae
sunt. His additur alia quaedam editio sancti Luciani martyris, qui
vixit sub Diocletiano et Maximiano Impp., valde illa quidem
probata, sed quae cum Septuaginta Interpretibus comparari
nullo modo possit, vel ipsis etiam Graecis scriptoribus testantibus et Niceta confirmante his
plane verbis in commentario
Psalmorum:
ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἔκδοσιν σεβαζόμενοι,
τῇ
τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα
προσκείμεθα
μάλιστα, ὅτι
διῃρημένως
τὴν τῆς
Adeo Septuaginta Interpretum editio magni nominis apud omnes fuit; nimirum quae instinctu quodam divinitatis elaborata bono generis humani prodierit in lucem. Sed haec etiam ipsa, quod in hexaplis ita primum ab Origene collocata fuerit ut eius e regione aliae editiones quo inter se comparari commodius possent ad legendum propositae essent, deinde vero varietates tantum ex iis ad illam sub obelis et asteriscis notari essent coeptae, factum est ut vetustate notis obliteratis insincera nimis et valde sui dissimilis ad nos pervenerit: quippe quae insertis ubique aliorum interpretationibus, aliquibus autem locis duldici atque etiam triplici eiusdem sententiae interpretatione intrusa, male praeterea a librariis accepta, suum ob id nitorem integritatemque amiserit. Hinc illae lectionum penitus inter se dissidentes varietates et, quod doctissimorum hominum ingenia mentesque diu torsit, ipsae exemplarium non solum inter se sed a veteribus etiam scriptoribus dissensiones. Quod malum primo a multis ignoratum, ab aliis postea neglectum, quotidie longius serpens, principem librum, et a quo tota lex divina et Christiana pendent instituta, non levibus maculis inquinavit. Quo nomine dici non potest quantum omnes boni debeant Sixto V. Pont. Max. Is enim quod in sacris litteris, unde sanctissimam hausit doctrinam, aetatem fere totam contriverit, quodque in hoc libro cum veterum scriptis conferendo singularem quandam diligentiam adhibuerit, vidit primus qua ratione huic malo medendum esset; nec vidit solum, sed auctoritate etiam sua effecit ut summus Pontifex Gregorius XIII. Graeca Septuaginta Interpretum Biblia, adhibita diligenti castigatione, in pristinum splendorem restituenda curaret. Quam rem exequendam cum ille demandasset Antonio Carafae Cardinali, viro veteris sanctitatis et omnium honestarum artium cultori, nulla is interposita mora delectum habuit doctissimorum hominum qui domi suae statis diebus exemplaria manuscripta, quae permulta undique conquisierat, conferrent et ex iis optimas quasque lectiones elicerent; quibus deinde cum codice Vaticanae biliothecae saepe ac diligenter comparatis intellectum est, eum codicem omnium qui extant longe optimum esse, ac operae pretium fore si ad eius fidem nova haec editio pararetur.
Sed emendationis consilio iam explicato, ipso quoque ratio
quae in emendando adhibita est nunc erit apertenda, in primisque
Vaticanus liber describendus, ad cuius praescriptum haec
editio expolita est. Codex is, quantum ex forma characterum
coniici potest, cum sit maioribus litteris quas vere antiquas
vocant exaratus, ante millesimum ducentesimum annum, hoc est
ante tempora B. Hieronymi et non infra, scriptus videtur. Ex
Atque haec ratio in notationibus quoque servata est, in
quibus cum multa sint ex commentariis Graecis petita quae in
codicibus manuscriptis partim mutilata partim varie scripta
aliquibus locis circumferuntur, ea non aliter atque in archetypis
exemplaribus reperiuntur descripta sunt, quo uniuscuiusque
arbitratu adiuvantibus libris restitui possint. Nec vero
illud omittendum, quod item pertinet ad notationes; non omnia
Ordo autem librorum in Vaticano exemplari cum idem fere sit cum eo qui apud Graecos circumfertur, a vulgatis tamen editionibus variat in hoc quod primo habet duodecim Prophetas et hos ipsos aliter dispositos; deinde reliquos quattuor, quemadmodum vulgo editi sunt. Atque hunc ordinem verum esse intelligimus ex eo quod illum agnoscunt et probant veteres Ecclesiastici scriptores. Et cum toto exemplari nulla capitum divisio sit, (nam in nova editione consultum est legentium commoditati) in libro tamen quattuor Prophetarum distinctio quaedam apparet subobscura, illi paene similts quam describit sanctus Dorotheus martyr, qui vixit sub Magno Constantino.
Maccabaeorum libri absunt ab hoc exemplari, atque item liber Genesis fere totus; nam longo aevo consumptis membranis mutilatus est ab initio libri usque ad caput XLVII. et liber item Psalmorum, qui a Psalmo CV. usque ad CXXXVIII. nimia vetustate mancus est. Sed haec ex aliorum codicum collatione emendata sunt.
Quod si aliqua videbuntur in hac editione, ut ait B. Hieronymus, vel lacerata vel inversa, quod ea sub obelis et asteriscis ab Origene suppleta et distincta non sint; vel obscura et perturbata, quod cum Latina vulgata non consentiant, et in aliquibus aliis editionibus apertius et expressius habeantur; eris lector admonendus, non eo spectasse huius expolitionis industriam ut haec editio ex permixtis eorum qui supra nominati sunt interpretationibus (instar eius quam scribit B. Hieronymus a Graecis κοινήν, a nostris appellatam Communem) concinnata, Latinae: vulgatae editioni, hoc est Hebraeo, ad verbum respondeat; sed ut ad eam quam Septuaginta Interpretes Spiritus sancti auctoritatem sequuti ediderunt, quantum per veteres libros fieri potest, quam proxime accedat. Quam nunc novis emendationibus illustratam et aliorum Interpretum reliquiis quae supersunt auctam, non parum profuturam ad Latinae vulgatae intelligentiam, dubitabit nemo qui hanc cum illa accurate comparaverit.
Quae si doctis viris et pie sentientibus, ut aequum est, probabuntur,
reliquum erit ut Sixto V. Pont. Max. huius boni auctori
gratias agant, et ab omnipotenti Deo publicis votis poscant,
(3) SIXTUS PAPA V.
Ad perpetuam rei memoriam. Cupientes, quantum in nobis est, commissi nobis gregis salute quacunque ratione ac via prospicere, ad pastoralem nostram curam pertinere vehementer arbitramur Sacrae Scripturae libros, quibus salutaris doctrina continetur, ab omnibus maculis expurgatos integros purosque pervulgari. Id nos in inferiori gradu constituti, quantum potuimus, studio et diligentia nostra praestitimus, et in hac altissima specula a Deo collocati assidue mentis nostrae oculis spectare non desistimus. Cum itaque superioribus annis piae recordationis Gregorius Papa XIII. praedecessor noster, nobis suggerentibus, Graecum Vetus Testamentum iuxta Septuaginta Interpretum editionem, qua ipsi etiam Apostoli nonnunquam usi fuerunt, ad emendatissimorum codicum fidem expoliendum mandaverit; eius rei cura dilecto filio nostro Antonio Sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae Presbytero Cardinali Carafae, et ad id per eum delectis eruditis aliquot viris demandata, et iam expolitio huiusmodi, permultis exemplaribus ex diversis Italiae bibliothecis et praecipue ex nostra Vaticana diligenter collatis matureque examinatis, absoluta sit: Volumus et sancimus ad Dei gloriam et Ecclesiae utilitatem, ut Vetus Graecum Testamentum iuxta Septuaginta ita recognitum et expolitum ab omnibus recipiatur ac retineatur, quo potissimum ad Latinae vulgatae editionis et veterum Sanctorum Patrum intelligentiam utantur. Prohibentes ne quis de hac nova Graeca editione audeat in posterum vel addendo vel demendo quicquam immutare. Si quis autem aliter fecerit quam hac nostra sanctione comprehensum est, noverit se in Dei Omnipotentis beatorumque Apostolorum Petri et Pauli indignationem incursurum.
Datum Romae apud Sanctum Marcum sub Anulo Piscatoris. Die viii. Octobris M.D.LXXXVI, Pontificatus nostri anno secundo. Tho. Thom. Gualterutius.
The reader will not fail to note the intelligent appreciation
of the LXX., and the wide outlook over the history of the Greek
Besides the text the Roman edition contained considerable materials for the criticism of the Greek Old Testament, collected by the labours of Morinus, Agelli, Nobilius, and others. These include readings and scholia from MSS. of the LXX., renderings from Aquila and the other non-Septuagintal Greek versions, and a large assortment of patristic citations.
Editions based upon the Sixtine are very numerous. The following list is abridged from Nestle's Urtext (p. 65 ff.):
1. Jo. Morinus, Paris, 1628, 1641. 2. R. Daniel, London,
4to and 8vo, 1653; Cambridge, 1653. 3. B. Walton, London,
1657 (the third column of his Polyglott). 4. Field, Cambridge,
1665 (with the praefatio paraenetica of J. Pearson
Of the above some are derived from the Sixtine indirectly, whilst others present a Sixtine text more or less modified, or accompanied by variants from other MSS.
4. The example of Rome was followed in the 18th century
by England, which had meanwhile acquired an uncial Bible
This title sufficiently indicates the general principles upon
which this great undertaking was based. Like the Sixtine
edition, Grabe's is in the main a presentation of the text
exhibited in a single uncial codex; like the Sixtine, but to a
greater extent, its text is in fact eclectic and mixed. On the
other hand the mixture in Grabe's Alexandrian text is overt
and can be checked at every point. He deals with his codex
as Origen dealt with the κοινή, marking with an obelus the
words, clauses, or paragraphs in the MS. for which he found
no equivalent in the Massoretic Hebrew, and placing an asterisk
Grabe's text was reproduced by Breitinger (Zurich, 1730—2), and Reineccius (in his Biblia sacra quadrilinguia, Leipzig, 1750—1); also in a Greek Bible issued at Moscow in 1821 under the authority of the Holy Synod. A more important work based upon this edition is the Septuagint published by the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge under the care of Dr Field (Vetus Testamentum Graece iuxta LXX. interpretes. Recensionem Grabianam ad fidem codicis Alexandrini aliorumque denuo recognovit . . . F. Field, Oxonii, 1859). But the purpose which the Society had in view forbade a critical treatment of the materials, and whilst the learned editor has removed many of the imperfections of Grabe's work, the text remains arbitrary and mixed, and the arrangement is alien from that of all LXX. MSS. the non-canonical books being relegated to an appendix as ἀπόκρυφα.
5. Each of the four great editions of the Septuagint already
described (the Complutensian, Aldine, Sixtine, and Grabian)
endeavoured to supply a text approximately representing either
a group of MSS., or a single uncial of high antiquity. No
attempt had been made as yet to offer an exact reproduction
of a codex, or to provide a full apparatus criticus, the purpose
of the editors in each case being practical rather than critical.
This want was met in some degree in certain of the secondary
editions; thus the Basle reprint of the Aldine text (1545)
gave a short list of variants and conjectural emendations; in
the London Polyglott the readings of Codex Alexandrinus
The great work of Holmes and Parsons has been severely
criticised by later scholars, especially by Hatch
Among the collators of Greek MSS. employed by the Oxford editors were Bandini (Florence), C. F. Matthäi (Moscow), F. C. Alter (Vienna), Schnurrer (Tübingen), Moldenhawer (Copenhagen). "The Armenian Version was chiefly collated by Hermannus Breden-Kemp (1793) and F. C. Alter (1795—1804), the latter also taking the Georgian . . the Slavonic . . Coptic . . and Bohemian Versions. The Arabic Versions were undertaken by Paulus and Prof. Ford, and the Syriac quotations in the Horreum mysteriorum of Gregorius Bar-Hebraeus . . by Dr Holmes" (F. C. Madan, Summary catalogue, p. 640).
But in so vast an accumulation of the labours of many
workers it was impossible to maintain an uniform standard of
merit; nor are the methods adopted by Holmes and his continuator
6. The next step was taken by A. F. C. von Tischendorf
(1815—1874), who in the midst of his researches in Eastern
libraries and his work upon the text of the New Testament
found leisure to project and carry through four editions (1850,
1856, 1860, 1869) a manual text of the Septuagint. Its plan
was simple, but suggestive. His text was a revised Sixtine;
underneath it he placed an apparatus limited to the variants
of a few great uncials: "eam viam ingressus sum
(he writes
Since Tischendorf's death three more editions of his Septuagint
have appeared—a fifth in 1875, a sixth and a seventh in 1880 and
1887 respectively, the last two under the supervision of Dr
Eberhard Nestle. Nestle added a Supplementum editionum quae
Sixtinam sequuntur omnium in primis Tischendorfianarum, consisting
of a collation of the Vatican and Sinaitic MSS. with the
Sixtine text, the Vatican text being obtained from Vercellone and
Cozza's facsimile, and the Sinaitic from Tischendorf's edition of
א;
an appendix contained a collation of Daniel (LXX.) from Cozza's
edition of the Chigi MS. The Supplementum was reissued in
1887 with various enrichments, of which the most important
7. Another of the great Biblical scholars of the nineteenth century, Paul de Lagarde, commenced an edition of the Greek Old Testament, which was intended to be a definite step towards the reconstruction of the text. Lagarde's general plan was announced in Symmicta ii. (1880), p. 137 ff., and in a modified and simpler form by a pamphlet published two years later (Ankündigung einer neuen Ausgabe der griechischen übersetzung des A.T., Göttingen, 1882). A beginning was made by the appearance of the first half of the text of the Lucianic recension (Librorum V.T. canonicorum pars prior Graece Pauli de Lagarde studio et sumptibus edita, Göttingen, 1883). Lagarde's untimely death in 1891 left this work incomplete, and though his papers are preserved at Göttingen, it is understood that no steps will be taken to carry out the scheme, at least on the same lines. The published volume contains the Octateuch and the Historical Books as far as Esther. Of the last named book two texts are given, with an apparatus, but with this exception the text stands alone, and the reader knows only that it is an attempted reconstruction of Lucian, based upon six MSS. which are denoted a f h m p z (H. P. 108, 82, 19, 93, 118, 44). This is not the place to discuss Lagarde's critical principles, but it may be mentioned here that his attempt to reconstruct the text of Lucian's recension was but one of a series of projected reconstructions through which he hoped ultimately to arrive at a pure text of the Alexandrian version. The conception was a magnificent one, worthy of the great scholar who originated it; but it was beset with practical difficulties, and there is reason to hope that the desired end may be attained by means less complicated and more direct.
8. In the spring of 1883 the Syndics of the Cambridge
A word may be added with regard to the text which will be
common to the manual and the larger edition of the Cambridge
Septuagint. It is that of the great Vatican MS., with
its lacunae supplied from the uncial MS. which occupies the
next plane in point of age or importance. For a text formed
in this way no more can be claimed than that it represents on
the whole the oldest form of the Septuagint to be found in any
one of our extant MSS. But it supplies at least an excellent
standard of comparison, and until a critical text has been
produced
II. EDITIONS OF PARTICULAR BOOKS, OR OF GROUPS OR PORTIONS OF BOOKS.
THE PENTATEUCH.
G. A. Schumann, 1829; Pentateuchus hebraice et graece, 1 (Genesis only published).
GENESIS.
P. A. de Lagarde, Leipzig, 1868: Genesis graece e fide editionis Sixtinae addita scripturae discrepantia e libris manu scriptis a se collatis et edd. Complutensi et Aldina adcuratissime enotata. The MSS. employed are ADEFGS, 25, 29, 31, 44, 122, 130, 135. The text is preceded by useful lists of the available uncial MSS. and VSS. of the LXX.
DEUTERONOMY.
C. L. F. Hamann, Jena, 1874: Canticum Moysi ex Psalterio quadruplici . . . manu scripto quod Bambergae asservatur.
JOSHUA.
A. Masius, Antwerp, 1574: Iosuae imperatoris historia. Readings are given from the Codex Syro-hexaplaris Ambrosianus.
JUDGES.
J. Ussher, 1655 (in his Syntagma, Works, vol. vii.). Two texts in parallel columns (1) "ex codice Romano," (2) "ex codice Alexandrino."
O. F. Fritzsche, Zurich, 1867: liber Iudicum secundum lxx. interpretes. A specimen had previously appeared (in 1866).
P. A. de Lagarde, 1891 (in his Septuaginta-studien, 1. c. i.—v.). Two texts.
A. E. Brooke and N. McLean, Cambridge, 1897: The Book of Judges in Greek, acc. to the text of Codex Alexandrinus.
[G. F. Moore, Andover, Mass. (in his Critical and exegetical Commentary on Judges, p. xlv.), promises an edition of the recension of the book exhibited by K, 54, 59, 75, 82, and Theodoret.]
RUTH.
Drusius, 1586, 1632.
L. Bos, Jena, 1788: Ruth ex versione lxx. interpretum secundum exemplar Vaticanum.
O. F. Fritzsche, Zurich, 1867: Ῥοὺθ κατὰ τοὺς οʹ.
PSALMS.
Separate editions of the Greek Psalter were published at
Milan, 148I; Venice, 1486; Venice, not later than 1498
(Aldus Manutius); Basle, 1516 (in Hieronymi Opera, t. viii.,
ed. Pellicanus); Genoa, 1516 (Octaplum Psalterium Justiniani);
Cologne, 1518 (Psalterium in iv. linguis cura Iohannis Potken).
Other known editions bear the dates 1524, 1530 (Ps. sextuplex),
JOB.
Patrick Young, 1637 (in the Catena of Nicetas).
J. Terrentius, Franeker, 1663.
ESTHER.
J. Ussher, 1655 (in his Syntagma, Works, vol. vii.). Two texts, one Hexaplaric from an Arundel MS. (H. P. 93). A second edition, Leipzig, 1696.
O. F. Fritzsche, Zurich, 1848: Ἐσθήρ. Duplicem libri textum ad opt. Codd. emendavit et cum selecta lectionis varietate edidit. The Greek additions appear also in his Libri apocryphi V. T. (see below).
MINOR PROPHETS.
W. O. E. Oesterley, Codex Taurinensis, 1908 (with apparatus).
HOSEA.
J. Philippeaux, Paris, 1636;
D. Pareus, Heidelberg, 1605: Hoseas commentariis illustratus.
AMOS.
Vater, Halle, 1810.
W. O. E. Oesterley, Cambridge, 1902 (parallel texts of Q, 22).
JONAH.
S. Münster, 1524, 1543.
ISAIAH.
S. Münster, 1540 (in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin).
J. Curter, Paris, 1580 (in Procopii commentarii in Iesaiam—text based on Cod. Q).
R. R. Ottley, Cambridge, 1906 (text of Cod. A).
JEREMIAH.
S. Münster, 1540.
G. L. Spohn, Leipzig, 1794: Jeremias vates e vers. Judaeorum Alex. ac reliquorum interpretum Gr.; 2nd ed., 1824.
LAMENTATIONS.
Kyper, Basle, 1552: Libri tres de re gramm. Hebr. ling. (Hebr Gr., Lat.).
EZEKIEL.
Ἰεζεκιὴλ κατὰ τοὺς οʹ, Rome, 1840.
DANIEL (Theod.).
Ph. Melanchthon, 1546.
Wells, 1716.
DANIEL (LXX.).
S. de Magistris (?), Rome, 1772. Daniel secundum lxx. ex tetraplis Origenis nunc primum editus a singulari Chrisiano codice. Reprinted at Göttingen, 1773, 1774; (Michaelis); at Utrecht, 1775 (Segaar); at Milan, 1788 (Bugati); and at Leipzig, 1845 (Hahn). Cozza, 1877. The LXX. text is also given in the editions of Holmes and Parsons, Oxf. ed. of 1848, 1875, Tischendorf, and Swete.
NON-CANONICAL
BOOKS (in general)
J. A. Fabricius, Frankfort and Leipzig, 1691: Liber Tobias, Judith, oratio Manasse, Sapientia, et Ecclesiasticus, gr. et lat., cum prolegomenis. Other complete editions were published at Frankfort on the Main, 1694, and at Leipzig, 1804 and 1837; the best recent edition is that by
O. F. Fritzsche, Leipzig, 1871: Libri apocryphi V. T. gr. . . . accedunt libri V. T. pseudepigraphi selecti (Psalmi Salomonis, —5 Esdras, Apocalypse of Baruch, Assumption of Moses]. This edition, besides the usual books, gives 4 Maccabees, and exhibits Esther in two texts, and Tobit in three; there is a serviceable preface and an extensive apparatus criticus.
WISDOM OF SOLOMON.
Older editions: 1586, 1601, 1733, 1827.
Reusch, Freiburg, 1858; Liber Sapientiae sec. exemplar Vaticanum.
W. J. Deane, Oxford, 1881: The Book of Wisdom, the Greek text, the Latin Vulgate, and the A. V.; with an introduction, critical apparatus, and commentary.
WISDOM OF SIRACH.
Hoeschel, Augsburg, 1604: Sapientia Sirachi s. Ecclesiasticus, collatis lectionibus var . . . . cum notis.
Linde, Dantzig, 1795: Sententiae Iesu Siracidae ad fidem codd: et versionum.
Bretschneider, Regensburg, 1806: Liber Iesu Siracidae.
Cowley-Neubauer, Original Hebrew of a Portion of Ecclesiasticus,
&c. (Oxford, 1897); Schechter-Taylor, Wisdom of Ben
Sira: (Cambridge, 1899)
J. H. A. Hart, Cambridge, 191O (text of Cod. 248).
TOBIT.
Reusch, Bonn, 1870: Libellus Tobit e cod. Sinaitico.
BARUCH.
Kneucker, Leipzig, 1879.
1 MACCABEES.
Drusius, Frankfort, 1600; Bruns, Helmstadt, 1784.
PSALMS OF SOLOMON.
J. L. de la Cerda, in an appendix to his Adversaria Sacra, Lyons, 1626.
J. A. Fabricius, in Codex pseudepigraphus V. T., Hamburg and Leipzig, 1715.
A. Hilgenfeld, in Zeitschrift für wissensch. Th. xi., and in Messias Iudaeorum, Leipzig, 1869.
E. E. Geiger, Augsburg, 1871: Der Psalter Salomo's herausegeben.
O. F. Fritzsche in Libri apocryphi V. T. gr.
B. Pick, Alleghany, Pens., in the Presbyterian Review, 1883.
H. E. Ryle and M. R. James, Cambridge, 1891: Psalms of the Pharisees commonly called the Psalms of Solomon; the Greek text with an apparatus, notes, indices, and an introduction.
H. B. Swete in O. T. in Greek, vol. iii., Cambridge, 1894; 2nd ed. 1899.
O. von Gebhardt, Leipzig, 1895: Die Psalmen Salomo's.
ENOCH (the Greek version of).
The fragments [in Ep.
LITERATURE (upon the general subject of this chapter).
Le Long-Masch, ii. p. 262 ff., Fabricius-Harles, p. 673 ff., Rosenmüller, Handbuch, i. p. 47 ff., Frankel, Vorstudien zu der Septuaginta, p. 242 ff:, Tischendorf, V. T. Gr:, prolegomena § vii. sqq., Van Ess [Nestle], epilegomena, § 1 sqq., Loisy, Histoire critique, 1. ii. p. 65 ff., Nestle, Septuaginta-studien, i. 1886, ii. 1896, iii. 1899; Urtext, p. 64 ff.
PART II.
THE CONTENTS OF THE ALEXANDRIAN
OLD TESTAMENT.
PART II.
CHAPTER I.
TITLES, GROUPING, NUMBER, AND ORDER OF THE BOOKS.
THE Greek Old Testament, as known to us through the few codices which contain it as a whole, and from the lists which appear in the Biblical MSS. or in ancient ecclesiastical writings, differs from the Hebrew Bible in regard to the titles of the books which are common to both, and the principle upon which the books are grouped. The two collections differ yet more materially in the number of the books, the Greek Bible containing several entire writings of which there is no vestige in the Hebrew canon, besides large additions to the contents of more than one of the Hebrew books. These differences are of much interest to the Biblical student, since they express a tradition which, inherited by the Church from the Alexandrian synagogue, has widely influenced Christian opinion upon the extent of the Old Testament Canon, and the character and purpose of the several books.
1. The following tables shew (A) the Hebrew, Greek, and Latin titles of the canonical books of the Old Testament; (B) the order and grouping of the books in (1) lists of Jewish origin, (2) the great uncial MSS. of the Greek Bible, (3) patristic and synodical lists of the (a) Eastern, (b) Western Church.
A. TITLES OF THE BOOKS.
| Hebrew | Transliteration |
Septuagint | Vulgate Latin | ||
| בְּרֵשִׁית | Βρησίθ | Γένεσις | Genesis | ||
| וְאלֶּה שְׁמוֹת | Οὐηλε σμώθ | Ἔξοδος | Exodus | ||
| וַיִקְרָא | Οὐικρά | Λευ[ε]ιτικόν | Leviticus | ||
| וַיְדַבֵּר | Ἅμμες
φεκωδείμ |
Ἀριθμοί | Numeri | ||
| אֵלֵּה הַדְּבָרִים | Ἔλε ἁδδεβαρείμ | Δευτερονόμιον | Deuteronomium | ||
| יְהוֹשֻׁעַ | Ἰωσοῦε βὲν Νούν | Ἰησοῦς | Iosue | ||
| שׁוֹפְטִים | Σαφατείμ | Κριταί | Iudices | ||
| שְׁמוּאֵל | Σαμουήλ | Βασιλειῶν{ | αʹ, βʹ γʹ, δʹ |
Regum{ | 1, 2 3, 4 |
| מְלַכִים | Οὐαμμὲλχ Δαβίδ |
||||
| יְשַׁעְיָה ,יְשַׁעְיָהוּ | Ἰεσσιά | Ἠσαίας | Isaias | ||
| יִרְמְיָה ,יִרְמְיָהוּ | Ἰερεμιά | Ἰερεμίας | Ieremias | ||
| יְחֶזַקֵאל | Ἰεζεκιήλ | Ἰεζεκιήλ | Ezechiel | ||
| הוֹשֵׁעַ | Ὡσῆε | Osee | |||
| יוֹאֵל | Ἰωήλ | Ioel | |||
| עָמוֹס | Ἀμώς | Amos | |||
| עֹבַדְיָה | Ὀβδειού, Ἀβδ[ε]ιού | Abdias | |||
| יוֹנָה | Ἰωνᾶς | Ionas | |
| מִיכָה | Μ[ε]ιχαίας | Michaeas | |
| נָחוּם ,נַחוּם | Ναούμ | Nahum | |
| חֲבַקּוּק | Ἁμβακούμ | Habacuc | |
| צְפַנְיָה | Σοφονίας | Sophonias | |
| חַגַּי | Ἁγγαῖος | Aggaeus | |
| זְכַרְיָה | Ζαχαρίας | Zacharias | |
| מַלְאָכִי | Μαλαχίας | Malachias | |
| תְּהִלִּים | Σφὰρ θελλείμ | Ψαλμοί, Ψαλτήριον | Psalmi |
| מִשְׁלֵי | Μελώθ |
Παροιμίαι | Proverbia |
| אִיּוֹב | Ἰώβ | Ἰώβ | Iob |
| שִׁיר הַשִּׁירִים | Σὶρ ἁσσιρίμ | ᾼσμα, ᾄσματα [ᾀσμάτων] | Canticum canticorum |
| רוּת |
Ῥούθ | Ruth | |
| אֵיכָה |
Θρῆνοι | Threni, Lamentationes | |
| קֹהֶלֶת | Κωέλθ | Ἐκκλησιαστής | Ecclesiastes |
| אֶסְתֵּר | Ἐσθήρ | Ἐσθήρ | Esther |
| דָּנִיֵּאל | Δανιήλ | Δανιήλ | Daniel |
| צֶזְרָא | Ἐζρά | Ἔσδρας | Esdras 1, 2 |
| דִּבְרֵי־הַיָמִים | Δαβρὴ ἰαμείν | Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ | Paralipomenon 1, 2 |
B (1). ORDER OF THE BOOKS IN JEWISH LISTS
| TALMUDIC | SPANISH MSS. | GERMAN & FRENCH MSS. | MASSORETIC MSS. | PRINTED BIBLES |
| I Torah | " | " | " | " |
| II Nebiim | " | " | " | " |
| Joshua | Joshua | Joshua | Joshua | Joshua |
| Judges | Judges | Judges | Judges | Judges |
| Samuel | Samuel | Samuel | Samuel | 1, 2 Samuel |
| Kings | Kings | Kings | Kings | 1, 2 Kings |
| Jeremiah | Isaiah | Jeremiah | Isaiah | Isaiah |
| Ezekiel | Jeremiah | Isaiah | Jeremiah | Jeremiah |
| Isaiah | Ezekiel | Ezekiel | Ezekiel | Ezekiel |
| xii Prophets | xii Prophets | xii Prophets | xii Prophets | Hosea |
| Joel | ||||
| Amos | ||||
| Obadiah | ||||
| Jonah | ||||
| Micah | ||||
| Nahum | ||||
| Habakkuk | ||||
| Zephaniah | ||||
| Haggai | ||||
| Zachariah | ||||
| Malachi | ||||
| III Kethubim | " | " | " | " |
| Ruth | Chronicles | Psalms | Chronicles | Psalms |
| Psalms | Psalms | Proverbs | Psalms | Proverbs |
| Job | Job | Job | Job | Job |
| Proverbs | Proverbs | Song of Songs | Proverbs | Song of Songs |
| Ecclesiastes | Ruth | Ruth | Ruth | Ruth |
| Song of Songs | Song of Songs | Lamentations | Song of Songs | Lamentations |
| Lamentations | Ecclesiastes | Ecclesiastes | Ecclesiastes | Ecclesiastes |
| Daniel | Lamentations | Esther | Lamentations | Esther |
| Esther | Esther | Daniel | Esther | Daniel |
| Ezra-Neh. | Daniel | Ezra-Neh. | Daniel | Ezra-Neh. |
| Chronicles | Ezra-Neh. | Chronicles | Ezra-Neh. | 1, 2 Chronicles |
B (2). ORDER OF THE BOOKS IN UNCIAL MS. BIBLES.
| Codex Vaticanus (B) | Codex sinaiticus (א) |
| Γένεσις | Γένεσις |
| Ἔξοδος | * |
| Λευειτικόν | * |
| Ἀριθμοί | Ἀριθμοί |
| Δευτερονόμιον | * |
| Ἰησοῦς | * |
| Κριταί | * |
| Ῥούθ | * |
| Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ | * |
| Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ | Παραλειπομένων αʹ, [βʹ] |
| Ἔσδρας αʹ, βʹ | Ἔσδρας [αʹ], βʹ |
| Ψαλμοί | Ἐσθήρ |
| Παροιμίαι | Τωβείθ |
| Ἐκκλησιαστής | Ἰουδείθ |
| ᾎσμα | Μακκαβαίων αʹ, δʹ |
| Ἰώβ | Ἠσαίας |
| Σοφία Σαλωμῶνος | Ἰερεμίας |
| Σοφία Σειράχ | Θρῆνοι Ἰερεμίου |
| Ἐσθήρ | * |
| Ἰουδείθ | * |
| Τωβείτ | * |
| Ὡσῆε | * |
| Ἀμώς | * |
| Μειχαίας | * |
| Ἰωήλ | Ἰωήλ |
| Ὀβδειού | Ἀβδειού |
| Ἰωνᾶς | Ἰωνᾶς |
| Ναούμ | Ναούμ |
| Ἁμβακούμ | Ἁμβακούμ |
| Σοφονίας | Σοφονίας |
| Ἁγγαῖος | Ἁγγαῖος |
| Ζαχαρίας | Ζαχαρίας |
| Μαλαχίας | Μαλαχίας |
| Ἠσαίας | Ψαλμοὶ Δᾱδ ρναʹ (subscr.) |
| Ἰερεμίας | Παροιμίαι [+ Σολομῶντος subscr.] |
| Βαρούχ | Ἐκκλησιαστής |
| Θρῆνοι | ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων |
| Ἐπιστολὴ Ἰερεμίου | Σοφία Σαλομῶντος |
| Ἰεζεκιήλ | Σοφία Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Σειράχ |
| Δανιήλ | Ἰώβ |
| Codex Alexandrinus (A) | Codex Basiliano-Venetus (N+V) | |
| Γένεσις κόσμου | * | |
| Ἔξοδος Αἰγύπτου | * | |
| Λευειτικόν | (N) | Λευιτικόν |
| Ἀριθμοί | Ἀριθμοί | |
| Δευτερονόμιον | Δευτερονόμιον | |
| Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ναυή | Ἰησοῦς | |
| Κριταί | Ῥούθ | |
| Ῥούθ [ὁμοῦ βιβλία ηʹ] | Κριταί | |
| Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ | Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ | |
| Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ [ὁμοῦ βιβλία ςʹ] | Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ | |
| Προφῆται ιςʹ | Ἔσδρας [αʹ], βʹ | |
| Ὡσῆε α | Ἐσθήρ | |
| Ἀμώς βʹ | * | |
| Μιχαίας γʹ | * | |
| Ἰωήλ δʹ | * | |
| Ἀβδειού εʹ | (V) | Ἰώβ (subscr.) |
| Ἰωνᾶς ςʹ | Παροιμίαι | |
| Ναούμ ζʹ | Ἐκκλησιαστής | |
| Ἁμβαούμ ηʹ | ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων | |
| Σοφονίας θʹ | Σοφία Σολομῶντος | |
| Ζαχαρίας ιαʹ | Ὡσῆε | |
| Μαλαχίας ιβʹ | Ἀμώς | |
| Ἠσαίας προφήτης ιγʹ | Ἰωήλ | |
| Ιερεμίας προφήτης ιδʹ | Ἀβδιού | |
| Βαρούχ | Ἰωνᾶς | |
| Θρῆνος [+ Ἰερεμίου, subscr.] | Μιχαίας | |
| Ἐπιστολὴ Ἰερεμίου | Ναούμ | |
| Ἰεζεκιὴλ προφήτης ιεʹ | Ἁμβακούμ | |
| Δανιήλ [+ προφήτης ιςʹ, catal.] | Σοφονίας | |
| Ἐσθήρ | Ἁγγαῖος | |
| Τωβίτ (Τωβείτ, subscr.) | Ζαχαρίας | |
| Ἰουδείθ | Μαλαχίας | |
| Ἔζρας αʹ ὁ ἱερεύς (Ἔσζρας αʹ ἱερεύς, catal.) | Ἡσαίας Ἰερεμίας |
|
| Ἔζρας βʹ ἱερεύς (Ἔσζρας βʹ ἱερεύς catal.) | Βαρούχ Θρῆνοι |
|
| Μακκαβαίων αʹ—δʹ | Ἰεζεκιήλ | |
| Ψαλτήριον (Ψαλμοὶ ῥνʹ καὶ ἰδιόγραφος αʹsubscr., seq. ᾠδαὶ ιδʹ. Ψαλτήριον μετ᾿ ᾠδῶν catal.) | Δανιήλ Τωβίτ Ἰουδίθ |
|
| Ἰώβ | Μακκαβαίων αʹ—δʹ | |
| Παροιμίαι Σολομῶντος | ||
| Ἐκκλησιαστής | ||
| ᾌσματα (ᾎσμα subscr.) ᾀσμάτων | ||
| Σοφία Σολομῶντος (Σ. Σολομῶνος subscr.; + ἢ Πανάρετος, catal.) | ||
| Σοφία Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Σιράχ (Σειράχ, subscr.) | ||
| Ψαλμοὶ Σολομῶντος, catal. | ||
B (3) (a). ORDER OF THE BOOKS IN PATRISTIC AND SYNODICAL LISTS OF THE EASTERN CHURCH.
| 1. Melito (ap. Eus. H.E. iv. 26). | 2. Origen (ap. Eus. H.E. vi. 25). |
| Μωυσέως πέντε | Γένεσις |
| Γένεσις | Ἔξοδος |
| Ἔξοδος | Λευιτικόν |
| Ἀριθμοί | Ἀριθμοί |
| Λευιτικόν | Δευτερονόμιον |
| Δευτερονόμιον | Ἰησοῦς υἰὸς Ναυή |
| Ἰησοῦς Ναυή | Κριταί |
| Κριταί | Ῥούθ |
| Ῥούθ | Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ |
| Βασιλειῶν τέσσαρα | Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ |
| Παραλειπομένων δύο | Ἔσδρας αʹ, βʹ |
| Ψαλμῶν Δαβίδ | Βίβλος Ψαλμῶν |
| Σαλομῶνος Παροιμίαι, ἣ καὶ
Σοφία |
Σολομῶντος Παροιμίαι |
| Ἐκκλησιαστής | Ἐκκλησιαστής |
| ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων | ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων |
| Ἰώβ | Ἠσαίας |
| Προφητῶν | Ἰερεμίας σὺν Θρήνοις καὶ τῇ Ἐπιστολῇ ἐν ἑνί |
| Ἠσαίου | |
| Ἰερεμίου | Δανιήλ |
| Τῶν δώδεκα ἐν μονοβίβλῳ | Ἰεζεκιήλ |
| Δανιήλ | Ἰώβ |
| Ἰεζεκιήλ | Ἐσθήρ |
| Ἔσδρας | Ἔξω δὲ τούτων ἐστὶ |
| Τὰ Μακκαβαϊκά |
| 3. Athanasius (ep. fest. 39, Migne, P.G. xxvi. 1436). | 4. Cyril of Jerusalem (Catech. iv. 35). |
| Γένεσις | Αἱ Μωσέως πρῶται πέντε βίβλοι |
| Ἔξοδος | Γένεσις |
| Λευιτικόν | Ἔξοδος |
| Ἀριθμοί | Λευιτικόν |
| Δευτερονόμιον | Ἀριθμοί |
| Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή | Δευτερονόμιον |
| Κριταί | Ἑξῆς δέ |
| Ῥούθ | Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Ναυή |
| Βασιλειῶν τέσσαρα βιβλία | Τῶν Κριτῶν βιβλίον μετὰ τῆς Ῥούθ |
| Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ | Τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν ἱστορικῶν βιβλίων |
| Ἔσδρας αʹ, βʹ | Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ |
| Βίβλος Ψαλμῶν | Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ |
| Παροιμίαι | Τοῦ Ἔσδρα αʹ, βʹ |
| Ἐκκλησιαστής | Ἐσθήρ (δωδεκάτη) |
| ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων | Τά δὲ στιχηρὰ τύγχανει πέντε |
| Ἰώβ | Ἰώβ |
| Προφῆται | Βίβλος Ψαλμῶν |
| Οἱ δώδεκα | Παροιμίαι |
| Ἠσαίας | Ἐκκλησιαστής |
Ἰερεμίας καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Βαρούχ, Θρῆνοι, Ἐπιστολή |
ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων (ἑπτακαιδέκατον βιβλίον) |
| Ἰεζεκιήλ | Ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις τὰ προφητικὰ πέντε |
| Δανιήλ | Τῶν δώδεκα προφητῶν μία βίβλος |
Ἔστι καὶ ἕτερα βιβλία τούτων ἔξωθεν, |
Ἠσαίου μία |
οὐ κανονιζόμενα μὲν τετυπωμένα δὲ |
Ἰερεμίου [μία] μετὰ Βαροὺχ καὶ |
παρὰ τῶν πετέρων ἀναγινώσκεσθαι |
Θρήνων καὶ Ἐπιστολῆς |
τοῖς ἄρτι προσερχομένοις . . . |
Ἰεζεκιήλ |
| Σοφία Σολομῶντος | Δανιὴλ (εἰκοστὴ δευτέρα βίβλος) |
| Σοφία Σιράχ | Τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ πάντα ἔξω κείσθω ἐν δευτέρῳ |
| Ἐσθήρ | |
| Ἰουδίθ | |
| Τωβίας |
| 5a. Epiphanius (haer. 1. i. 6). | 5b. Epiphanius (de mens. et pond. 4). |
| αʹ. Γένεσις | Πέντε νομικαί ἡ πεντάτευχος ἣ καὶ νομοθεσία) |
| βʹ. Ἔξοδος | |
| γʹ. Λευιτικόν | (Γένεσις—Δευτερονόμηον) |
| δʹ. Ἀριθμοί | Πέντε στιχήρεις |
| εʹ. Δευτερονόμιον | (Ἰώβ, Ψαλτήριον, Παροιμίαι Σαλομῶντος, Ἐκκλησιαστής, ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων) |
| ςʹ. Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυή | |
| ζʹ. Τῶν Κριτῶν | |
| ηʹ. Τῆς Ῥούθ | Ἄλλη πεντάτευχος, τὰ καλούμενα Γραφεῖα, παρά τισι δὲ Ἁγιόγραφα λεγόμενα (Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυή, βίβλος Κριτῶν μετὰ τῆς Ῥούθ, Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ, Βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ, Βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ) |
| θʹ. Τοῦ Ἰώβ | |
| ιʹ. Τὸ Ψαλτήριον | |
| ιαʹ. Παροιμίαι Τολομῶντος | |
| ιβʹ. Ἐκκλησιαστής | |
| ιγʹ. Τὸ ᾎσμα τῶν ᾀσμάτων | |
| ιδʹ–ιζʹ. Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ | Ἡ προφητικὴ πεντάτευχος (τὸ δωδεκαπρόφητον, Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἰεζεκιήλ, Δανιήλ) |
| ιηʹ, ιθʹ. Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ | |
| κʹ. Τὸ Δωδεκαπρόφητον | |
| καʹ. Ἠσαίας ὁ προφήτης | Ἄλλαι δύο (τοῦ Ἔσδρα δύο, μία λογιζομένη, τῆς Ἐσθήρ) |
κβʹ. Ἰερεμίας ὁ προφήτης, μετὰ τῶν Θρήνων καὶ Ἐπιστολῶν αὐτοῦ τε καὶ Βαρούχ |
|
| Ἡ τοῦ Σολομῶντος ἡ Πανάρετος | |
| κγʹ. Ἰεζεκιήλ ὁ προφήτης | λεγομένη |
| κδʹ. Δανιὴλ ὁ προφήτης | Ἡ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ υἰοῦ Σειράχ |
| κεʹ, κςʹ. Ἔσδρα αʹ, βʹ | |
| κζʹ. Ἐσθήρ | |
| Ἡ Σοφία τοῦ Σιράχ | |
| Ἡ [Σοφία] τοῦ Σολομῶντος |
| 5c. Epiphanius (de mens. et pond. 23). | 6. Gregory of Nazianzus (carm. 1. xii. 5 ff.). |
| Γένεσις κόσμου | Βίβλοι ἱστορικαὶ ιβʹ |
Ἔξοδος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου |
(Γένεσις, Ἔξοδος, Λευιτικόν, Ἀριθμοί, Δεύτερος νόμος, Ἰησοῦς Κριταί, Ῥούθ, Πράξεις βασιλήων, Παραλειπόμεναι, Ἔσδρας) |
| Λευιτικόν | |
| Ἀριθμῶν | |
| Τὸ Δευτερονόμιον | |
| Ἡ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυή | Βίβλοι στιχηραὶ εʹ |
| Ἡ τοῦ Ἰώβ | (Ἰώβ, Δαυίδ, τρεῖς Σολομωντίαι, Ἐκκλησιαστής, ᾎσμα, Παροιμίαι) |
| Ἡ τῶν Κριτῶν | |
| Ἡ τῆς Ῥούθ | |
| Τὸ Ψαλτήριον | Βίβλοι προφητικαὶ εʹ |
| Τῶν Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ | (Οἱ δώδεκα—Ὡσῆε, Ἀμώς, Μιχαίας, Ἰωήλ, Ἰωνᾶς, Ἀβδίας, Ναούμ, Ἁββακούμ, Σοφονίας, Ἁaγγῖος, Ζαχαρίας, Μαλαχίας—Ἡσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἐζεκιήλ, Δανιῆλος) |
| Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ | |
| Ἡ Παροιμιῶν | |
| Ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστής | |
| Τὸ ᾎσμα τῶν ᾀσμάτων | |
| Τὸ Δωδεκαπρόφητον | |
| Τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαίου | |
| Τοῦ Ἰερεμίου | |
| Τοῦ Ἰεζεκιήλ | |
| Τοῦ Δανιήλ | |
| Τοῦ Ἔσδρα αʹ, βʹ | |
| Τῆς Ἐσθήρ |
| 7. Amphilochius (ad Seleuc. ap. Greg. Naz. carm. 11. vii. Migne, P.G. xxxvii. 1593). | 8. Pseudo-chrysostom (syn. script. sacr. praef.). Migne, P.G. lvi. 513 sqq. | ||
| Ἡ πεντάτευχος | Τό ἱστορικόν, ὡς | ||
(Κτίσις, Ἔξοδος, Λευιτικόν, Ἀριθμοί, Δευτερονόμιον) |
Ἡ Γένεσις |  |
(ἡ ὀκτάτευχος) |
| Ἡ Ἔξοδος | |||
| Ἰησοῦς | Τὸ Λευιτικόν | ||
| Οἱ Κριταί | Οἱ Ἀριθμοί | ||
| Ἡ Ῥούθ | Τό Δευτερονόμιον |
||
| Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ | Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή | ||
| Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ | Οἱ Κριταί | ||
| Ἔσδρας αʹ, βʹ | Ῥούθ | ||
| Στιχηραί βίβλοι εʹ | Αἱ Βασιλεῖαι αʹ—δʹ | ||
(Ἰώβ, Ψαλμοί, τρεῖς Σολομῶντος—Παροιμίαι, Ἐκκλησιαστής, ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων) |
Ἔσδρας | ||
| Τὸ συμβουλευτικόν, ὡς | |||
| Αἱ Παροιμίαι | |||
| Προφῆται οἱ δώδοκα | Ἡ τοῦ Σιρὰχ Σοφία | ||
(Ὡσῆε, Ἀμώς, Μιχαίας, Ἰωήλ, Ἀβδίας, Ἰωνᾶς, Ναούμ, Ἁμβακούμ, Σοφονίας, Ἁγγαῖος, Ζαχαρίας, Μαλαχίας |
Ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστής | ||
| Τὰ ᾌσματα τῶν ᾀσμάτων | |||
| Τὸ προφητικόν, ὡς | |||
| Οἱ δεκαὲξ προφηταί | |||
| Προφῆται οἱ τέσσαρες | Ῥούθ (?) | ||
(Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἰεζεκιήλ, Δανιήλ) |
Δαυείδ | ||
Τούτοις προσεγρκίνουρι τὴν Ἐσθήρ τινες |
|||
| 9. Σύνοψις ἐν ἐπιτόμῳ ap.
Lagarde, Septuagintast., ii. p. 60 f. |
10. Anonymi dial. Timothei et Aquilae. | ||
| αʹ. Γένεσις |  |
Ἡ Μωσαικὴ πεντάτευχος | |
| Τὰ Μωσαϊκά | βʹ. Ἔξοδος | ||
| αʹ. Γένεσις | γʹ. Τὸ Λευιτικόν | ||
| βʹ. Ἔξοδος | δʹ. Οἱ Ἀριθμοί | ||
| γʹ. Λευιτικόν | εʹ. Τὸ Δευτερονόμιον |
||
| δʹ. Ἀριθμοί | ςʹ. Ὁ τοῦ Ναυή | ||
| εʹ. Δευτερονόμιον | ζʹ. Οἱ Κροταί, μετὰ τῆ Ῥούθ | ||
| Τὰ ἕτερα | ηʹ. Τὰ Παραλειπόμενα αʹ, βʹ | ||
| ςʹ. Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή | θʹ. Τῶν βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ | ||
| ζʹ. Κριταί | ιʹ. Τῶν βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ | ||
| ηηʹ. Ῥούθ | ιαʹ. Ἰώβ | ||
| Τέλος τῆς ὀκτατεύχου | ιβʹ. Τὸ Ψαλτήριον τοῦ Δαυίδ | ||
| Τὸ τετραβασίλειον | ιγʹ. Αἱ Παροιμίαι Τολομῶντος | ||
| θʹ. Βασιλειῶν αʹ | ιδʹ. Ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστής, σὺν τοῖς ᾌσμασιν | ||
| ιʹ. Βασιλειῶν βʹ. | |||
| ιαʹ. Βασιλειῶν γʹ | ιεʹ. Τὸ δωδεκαπρόφητον· Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἰεζεκιήλ, Δανιήλ, Ἔσδρας |
||
| ιβʹ. Βασιλειῶν δʹ | |||
| ιγʹ. Παραλειπόμενα αʹ | |||
| ιδʹ. Παραλειπόμενα βʹ | καʹ. Ἰουδίθ | ||
| ιεʹ. Ἔσδρα αʹ | κβʹ. Ἐσθήρ | ||
| ιςʹ. Ἔσδρα βʹ | Ἀπόκρυφα | ||
| ιζʹ. Ἐσθήρ | Τοβίας | ||
| ιηʹ. Τωβίτ | Ἡ Σοφία Σολομῶντος | ||
| ιθʹ. Ἰουδήθ | Ἡ Σοφία Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Σιράχ | ||
| κʹ. Ἰώβ | |||
| Τοῦσολομῶντος | |||
| καʹ. Σοφία | |||
| κβʹ. Παροιμίαι | |||
| κγʹ. Ἐκκλησιαστής | |||
| κδʹ. ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων | |||
| Οἱ ιβʹ προφῆται | |||
| κεʹ. Ὠσηέ | |||
| κςʹ. Ἀμώς | |||
| κζʹ. Μιχαίας | |||
| κηʹ. Ἰωιλ | |||
| κθʹ. Ἀβδιού | |||
| λʹ. Ἰωνᾶς | |||
| λαʹ. Ναούμ | |||
| λβʹ. Ἁββακούμ | |||
| λγʹ. Σοφονίας | |||
| λδʹ. Ἀγγαῖος | |||
| λεʹ. Ζαχαρίας | |||
| λςʹ. Μαλαχίας | |||
| Οἱ δʹ μεaάλοι προφῆται | |||
| λζʹ. Ἡσαΐας | |||
| ληʹ. Ἱερεμίας | |||
| λθʹ. Ἱεζεκιήλ | |||
| μʹ. Δανιήλ | |||
Τέλος τῶν ἓξ καὶ δέκα προφητῶν |
|||
| μαʹ. Σοφία Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σιράχ | |||
| 11. Junilius de inst. reg. div. legis i. 3 ff. (ed. Kihn). | 12. Pseudo-Athanasii syn. scr. sacr. (Migne, P.G. xxviii. 283 ff.) |
| Historia (xvii) | Γένεσις |
| Genesis | Ἔξοδος |
| Exodus | Λευιτικόν |
| Leviticus | Ἀριθμοί |
| Numeri | Δευτερονόμιον |
| Deuteronomium | Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή |
| Iesu Nave | Κριταί |
| Iudicum | Ῥούθ |
| Ruth | Βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ |
| Regnn. i—iv | Βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ |
[Adiungunt plures Paralipomenon ii, Iob i, Tobiae i. Esdrae ii, Iudith i, Hester i, Macchabaeorum ii] |
Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ |
| Ἔσδρας αʹ, βʹ | |
| Ψαλτήριον Δαβιτικόν | |
| Παροιμίαι Σολομῶντος | |
| Prophetia (xvii) | Ἐκκλησιαστὴς τοῦ αὐτοῦ |
| Psalmorum cl | ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων |
| Osee | Ἰώβ |
| Esaiae | Προφῆται δώδεκα εἰς ἓν ἀριθμούμενοι |
| Ioel | Ὡσῆε, Ἀμώς, Μιχαίας, Ἰωήλ, Ἀβδιού, Ἰωνᾶς, Ναούμ, Ἁμβακούμ, Σοφωνίας, Ἁγγαῖος, Ζαχαρίας, Μαλαχίας |
| Amos | |
| Abdiae | |
| Ionae | |
| Michaeae | Ἑξῆς δὲ ἕτεροι τέσσαρες |
| Naum | Ἠσαίας |
| Habacuc | Ἰερεμίας |
| Sophoniae | Ἐζεκιήλ |
| Hieremiae | Δανιήλ |
| Ezechiel | Ἐκτὸς δὲ τούτων εἰσὶ πὰλιν ἕτερα βιβλία κ.τ.λ. (as in Athanasius, but adding |
| Daniel | |
| Aggaei | |
| Zachariae | Μακκαβάϊκα βιβλία δʹ |
| Malachiea | Πτολεμαϊκά |
| Proverbia (ii) | Ψαλμοὶ καὶ ᾠδὴ Σολομῶντος Σωσάννα) |
| Salomonis Proverbiorum | |
| Iesu filii Sirach | |
[Adiungunt quidam libr. Sapientiae et Cantica Canticorum] |
|
| Dogmatica (i) | |
| Ecclesiastes |
| 13. Leontius (de Sectis ii.) | 14. John of Damascus (de fide orthod. iv. 17). |
| Τὰ ἱστορικὰ βιβλία (ιβʹ) | Πρώτη πεντάτευχος, ἣ καὶ νομοθεσία |
(Γένεσις Ἔξοδος, Ἀριθμοί, Λευιτικόν, Δευτερονόμιον· Ἰησοῦς τοῦ Ναυή, Κριταί, Ῥούθ, Λόγοι τῶν βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ, Παραλειπόμεναι, Ἔσδρας) |
(Γένεσις Ἔξοδος, Λευιτικόν, Ἀριθμοί, Δευτερονόμιον) |
Δευτέρα πεντάτευχος, τὰ καλούμενα Γραφεῖα, παρά τισι δὲ Ἁγιόγραφα (Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή, Κριταὶ μετὰ |
| Τὰ προφητικά (εʹ) | τῆς Ῥούθ, Βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ, Βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ, τῶν Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ) |
(Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἰεζεκιήλ, Δανιήλ, τὸ Δωδεκαπρόφητον) |
|
| Τὰ παραινετικά (δʹ) | Τρίτη πεντάτευχος, αἱ στιχηραὶ βίβλοι |
(Ἰώβ, Παροιμίαι Σολομῶντος, Ἐκκλησιαστής, τὸ ᾎσμα τῶν ᾀσμάτων, τὸ Ψαλτήριον) |
(τοῦ Ἰώβ, τὸ Ψαλτήριον, Παροιμίαι Σολομῶντος, Ἐκκλησιαστής, τοῦ αὐτοῦ, τὰ ᾌσμετα τῶν ᾈσμάτων τοῦ αὐτοῦ) |
Τετάρτη πεντάτευχος ἡ προφητική (τὸ Δωδεκαπόφητον, Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἰεζεκιήλ, Δανιήλ) |
|
Ἄλλαι δύο |
|
| (τοῦ Εσδρα αʹ, βʹ, ἡ Ἐσθήρ) | |
Ἡ Πανάρετος τ. ἐ. ἡ Σοφία τοῦ Σολομῶντος |
|
Ἡ Σοφία τοῦ Ἰησοῦ |
| 16. Ebedjesu (catal. libr. Eccl., Assemani, Bibl. Or. iii. 5 f.). | |
| 15. Nicephorus, Stichometria. | Genesis |
Α. Ὅσαι εἰσὶ γραφαὶ ἐκκλησιαζόμεναι καὶ κεκανονισμέναι |
Exodus |
| Liber sacerdotum | |
| αʹ. Γένεσις στίχ. ͵δτʹ | Numeri |
| βʹ. Ἔξοδος στίχ. ͵βωʹ | Deuteronomii |
| γʹ. Λευιτικόν στίχ. ͵βψʹ | Josue filii Nun |
| δʹ. Ἀριθμοί στίχ. ͵γφλʹ | Iudicum |
| εʹ. Δευτερονόμιον στίχ. ͵γρʹ | Samuel |
| ςʹ. Ἰησοῦς στίχ. ͵βρʹ | Regum |
| ζʹ. Κριταὶ καὶ Ῥούθ στίχ. ͵βυνʹ | Liber Dabariamin |
| ηʹ. Βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ στίχ. ͵βσμʹ | Ruth |
| θʹ. Βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ στιχ. ͵βσγʹ | Psalmi David Regis |
| ιʹ Παραλειπόμενα αʹ, βʹ στιχ. ͵εφʹ | Proverbia Salomonis |
| ιαʹ. Ἔσδρας αʹ, βʹ στιχ. ͵εφʹ | Cohelet |
| ιβʹ. Βίβλος Ψαλμῶν στίχ. ͵εφʹ | Sirat Sirin |
ιγʹ. Παροιμίαι Τολομῶντος στίχ. ͵αψʹ |
Bar-Sira |
| Sapientia Magna | |
| ιδʹ. Ἐκκλησιαστής στίχ. ψνʹ | Iob |
| ιεʹ. ᾎσμ ᾀσμάτων στίχ. σπʹ | Isaias |
| ιςʹ. Ἰώβ στίχ. ͵αωʹ | Hosee |
| ιζʹ. Ἠσαίας προφήτης στίχ. ͵γωʹ | Ioel |
| ιηʹ. Ἰερεμίας προφήτης στίχ. ͵δʹ | Amos |
| ιθʹ. Βαρούχ στίχ. ψʹ | Abdias |
| κʹ. Ἰεζεκιήλ στίχ. ͵δʹ | Ionas |
| καʹ. Δανιήλ στίχ. ͵βʹ | Michaeas |
| κβʹ. Οἱ δώδεκα προφῆται στίχ. ͵γʹ | Nahum |
Ὁμοῦ τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης βίβλοι κβʹ. |
Habacuc |
| Sophonias | |
Β. Ὅσαι ἀντιλέγονται καὶ οὐκ ἐκκλησιάζονται |
Aggaeus |
| Zacharias | |
αʹ. Μακκαβαϊκὰ γʹ στίχ. ͵ζτʹ |
Malachias |
βʹ. Σοφία Σολομῶντος στίχ. ͵αρʹ |
Hieremias |
γʹ. Σοφία υἱοῦ τοῦ Σιρὰχ στίχ. ͵βωʹ |
Ezechiel |
| Daniel | |
δʹ. Ψαλμοὶ καὶ ᾠδαὶ Σολομῶντος στίχ. ͵βρʹ |
Iudith |
| Esther | |
| εʹ. Ἐσθὴρ στίχ. τνʹ | Susanna |
| ςʹ. Ἰουδὶθ στίχ. ͵αψʹ | Esdras |
| ζʹ. Σωσάννα στίχ. φʹ | Daniel Minor |
η͵. Τωβίτ, ὁ καὶ Τωβίας στίχ. ψʹ |
Epistola Baruch |
| Liber traditionis Seniorum | |
| Josephi proverbia | |
| Historia filiorum Samonae [i.e. Maccab. iv] | |
| Liber Maccabaeorum (i—iii) |
| 17. Laodicene Canons (lx.). | 18. Apostolic Canons (lxxxiv.). |
| αʹ. Γένεσις κόσμου | Μωυσέως πέντε |
| βʹ. Ἔξοδος ἐξ Αἰγύπτου | (Γένεσις, Ἔξοδος, Λευιτικόν, Ἀριθμοί, Δευτερονόμιον) |
| γʹ. Λευιτικόν | |
| δʹ. Ἀριθμοί | Ἰησοῦς Ναυή |
| εʹ. Δευτερονόμιον | Ῥούθ |
| ςʹ. Ἰησοῦς Ναυή | Βασιλειῶν τέσσαρα |
| ζʹ. Κριταί, Ῥούθ | Παραλειπομένων δύο |
| ηʹ. Ἐσθήρ | Ἔσδρα δύο |
| θʹ. Βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ | Ἐσθήρ |
| ιʹ. Βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ | Μακκαβαίων τρία |
| ιαʹ. Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ | Ἰώβ |
| ιβʹ. Ἔσδρας αʹ, βʹ | Ψαλτήριον |
| ιγʹ. Βίβλος Ψαλμῶν ρνʹ | Σολομῶντος τρία |
| ιδʹ. Παροιμίαι Σολομῶντος | (Παροιμίαι, Ἐκκλησιαστής, ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων) |
| ιεʹ. Ἐκκλησιαστης | |
| ιςʹ. ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων | Προφητῶν δεκάδυο ἕν |
| ιζʹ. Ἰώβ | Ἠσαίου ἕν |
| ιηʹ. Δώδεκα προφῆται | Ἰερεμίου ἕν |
| ιθʹ. Ἠσαίας | Ἰεζεκιήλ ἕν |
κʹ. Ἰερεμίας καὶ Βαρούχ, Θρῆνοι καὶ Ἐπιστολαί |
Δανιὴλ ἕν |
Ἔξωθεν δὲ προσιστορείσθω μανθάνειν ὑμῶν τοὺς νέους τὴν Σοφίαν τοῦ πολυμαθοῦς Σιράχ |
|
| καʹ. Ἰεζεκιήλ | |
| κβʹ. Δαωιήλ |
| 19. List in Codd. Barocc. 206; B.M. Add. 17469; Coisl. 120. | |
Περὶ τῶν ξʹ βιβλίων, καὶ ὅσα τούτων ἐκτός |
εʹ. Δευτερονόμιον |
| ςʹ. Ἰησοῦς | |
| αʹ. Γένεσις | ζʹ. Κριταὶ καὶ Ῥούθ |
| βʹ. Ἔξοδος | ηʹ—αʹ. Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ |
| γʹ. Λευιτικόν | ιβʹ. Παραλειπόμενα αʹ, βʹ |
| δʹ. Ἀριθμοί | ιγʹ. Ἰώβ |
| ιδʹ. Ψαλτήριον | κθʹ. Ζαχαρίας |
| ιεʹ. Παροιμίαι | λʹ. Μαλαχίας |
| ιςʹ. Ἐκκλησιαστής | λαʹ. Ἠσαίας |
| ιζʹ. ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων | λβʹ. Ἰερεμίας |
| ιηʹ. Ἔσδρας | λγʹ. Ἰεζεκιήλ |
| ιθʹ. Ὡσῆε | λδʹ.
Δανιήλ |
| κʹ. Ἀμώς | * * |
| καʹ. Μιχαίας | * * |
| κβʹ. Ἰωήλ | Καὶ ὅσα ἔξω τῶν ξʹ |
| κγʹ. Ἰωνᾶς | αʹ. Σοφία Σολομῶντος |
| κδʹ. Ἀβδιού | βʹ. Σοφία Σιράχ |
| κεʹ. Ναούμ | γʹ—ςʹ. Μακκαβαίων [αʹ—δʹ] |
| κςʹ. Ἁμβακούμ | ζʹ. Ἐσθήρ |
| κζʹ. Σοφονίας | ηʹ. Ἰουδήθ |
| κηʹ. Ἁγγαῖος | θʹ. Τωβίτ |
B (3) (b). ORDER OF THE BOOKS IN PATRISTIC AND SYNODICAL LISTS OF THE WESTERN CHURCH.
| 1. Hilary, prol. in libr. Psalm. | 2. Ruffinus (Comm. in symb. 36). |
| i—v. Moysi[s] libri quinque | Moysi[s] quinque libri |
| vi. Iesu Naue | (Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numeri, Deuteronomium) |
| vii. Iudicum et Ruth | |
| viii. Regnorum i, ii | Iesus Naue |
| ix. Regnorum iii, iv | Iudicum, simul cum Ruth |
| x. Paralipomenon i, ii | Regnorum iv |
| xi. Sermones dierum Esdrae | Paralipomenon (= Dierum liber) |
| xii. Liber Psalmorum | Esdrae ii |
xiii—xv. Salomonis Proverbia, Ecclesiastes, Canticum Canticorum |
Hester |
| Prophetarum | |
| xvi. Duodecim Prophetae | (Esaias, Ieremias, Ezechiel, Daniel, xii Prophetarum liber i) |
xvii—xxii. Esaias, Jeremias cum Lamentatione et Epistola, Daniel, Ezekiel, Job, Hester |
Iob |
| Psalmi David | |
| Salomon[is] iii | |
| [xxiii—xxiv. Tobias, Judith] |
(Proverbia, Ecclesiastes, Cantica Canticorum) |
| Sapienta Salomonis | |
| Sapientia Sirach (= Ecclesiasticus) | |
| Tobias | |
| Iudith | |
| Maccabaeorum libri |
| 3. Augustine (de doctr. Chr. ii. 23) | 4. Innocent I. (ep. ad Exsuperium). |
| [Historiae:] | Moysi[s] libri quinque |
Quinque Moyseos [libri] (Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numeri, Deuteronomium) |
(Genesis, Exodi, Levitici, Numeri, Deuteronomii) |
| Iesu Naue | |
| Iesu Naue | Iudicum |
| Iudicum | Regnorum libri iv |
| Ruth | Ruth |
| Regnorum libri iv | Prophetarum libri xvi |
| Paralipomenon libri ii | Salomonis libri v |
| Iob | Psalterium |
| Tobias | Historiarum: |
| Esther | Job |
| Iudith | Tobias |
| Machabaeorum libri ii | Hester |
| Esdrae libri ii | Iudith |
| Prophetae: | Machabaeorum libri ii |
| David liber Psalmorum | Esdrae libri ii |
| Salamonis libri iii | Paralipomenon libri ii |
(Proverbiorum, Canticum Canticorum, Ecclesiastes) |
|
Sapienta, Eccleasiasticus |
| Prophetarum xii |
 |
|
(Osee, Ioel, Amos, Abdias, Ionas, Michaeas, Nahum, Habacuc, Sophonias, Aggaeus, Zacharias, Malachias) |
||
Prophetae iv maiorum voluminum |
||
(Isaias, Ieremias, Daniel, Ezechiel) |
| 5. Pseudo-Gelasius decret. de libr. | 6. Cassiodorius (de inst. Div. litt. 14). |
| Moysis v libri: | Genesis |
| Genesis | Exodus |
| Exodus | Leviticus |
| Leviticus | Numeri |
| Numeri | Deuteronomium |
| Deuteronomium | Iesu Nave |
| Iesu Naue | Regum i—iv |
| Iudicum | Paralipomenon i, ii |
| Ruth | Psalterium |
| Regum i—iv |
| Item libri prophetarum numero xvi: | Salomonis libri v |
(Isaias, Ieremias, Ezechiel, Daniel, Osee, Amos, Michas, Iohel, Abdias, Ionas, Naum, Abacu, Sofonias, Agaeus, Zacharias, Maleachias) |
(Proverbia, Sapientia, Ecclesiasticus, Ecclesiastes, Canticum canticorum) |
| Paralipomena i, ii | Prophetae |
| Psalmorum cl | (Isaias, Hieremias, Ezechiel, Daniel, Osee, Amos, Michaeas, Joel, Abdias, Jonas, Naum, Abbacuc, Sofonias, Aggaeus, Zacharias, Malachias, qui et Angelus) |
| Salamonis libri iii | Job |
(Proverbiorum, Ecclesiastes, Canticum Canticorum) |
Tobi[as] |
| Liber Sapientiae filii Siracis | Esther |
| Alius subsequens liber Sapientiae | Iudith |
| Item historiarum: | Esdrae [libri] ii |
| Iob | Machabaeorum libri ii |
| Tobias | |
| Hester | |
| Iudith | |
| Macchabaeorum libri ii |
| 7. Isidorus de ord. libr. s. scr. | |
| 1. Quinque libri Moyseos | 4. Prophetae: Psalmorum liber i, Salomonis libri iii (Proverbiorum, Ecclesiastes, Cantica Canticorum), Sapienta, Ecclesiasticus, libri xvi Prophetarum |
| 2. Iesu Nave, Iudicum, Ruth | |
3. Regum i—iv, Paralipomenon i, ii, Tobiae, Esther, Iudith, Esdrae, Machabaeorum libri duo |
|
| 8. Mommsen's List, cited by Zahn, Gesch. d. N. T. Kanons, ii. p. 143 f.;
Sanday, Studia Biblica, iii. p. 222 f.; Preuschen, Analecta, p. 138 |
|
| Libri canonici | Regnorum liber ii ver ĪĪCC |
| Genesis versus ĪĪĪDCC | Regnorum liber iii ver ĪĪDL |
| Exodus ver ĪĪĪ | Regnorum liber iv ver ĪĪCCL |
| Numeri ver ĪĪĪĪ | Fiunt versus VIIIID |
| Leviticus ver ĪĪCCC | Paralipomenon liber i ver ĪĪXL |
| Deuteronomium ver ĪĪDCC | liber ii ver ĪĪC |
| Hiesu Nave ver MDCCL | Machabeorum liber i ver ĪĪCCC |
| Iudicum ver MDCCL | liber ii ver MDCCC |
| Fiunt libri vii ver XVIIIC | Iob ver MDCC |
| Rut ver CCL | Tobias ver DCCCC |
| Regnorum liber i ver ĪĪCCC | Hester ver DCC |
| Iudit ver MC | Ieremias ver ĪĪĪĪCCCCL |
| Psalmi Davitici cli ver V | Daniel ver MCCCL |
| Salomonis ver VID | Ezechiel ver ĪĪĪCCCXL |
Prophetae maiores ver XVCCCLXX numero IIII |
Prophetae xii ver IIIDCCC |
| Esaias ver IIIDLXXX | Erunt omnes versus numero LXVIIIID |
| 10. Liber sacramentorum (Bobbio, cent. vi. vii). | |
| 1. List in Cod. Claromontanus. | |
| Versus scribturarum sanctarum | Liber Genesis |
| ita Genesis versus IIIID | Exodum |
| Exodus versus ĪĪĪDCC | Leviticum |
| Leviticum versus ĪĪCCC | Numeri |
| Numeri vrsus ĪĪĪDCL | Deuteronomium |
| Deuteronomium ver. ĪĪĪCCC | Josue |
| Iesu Nauve ver. ĪĪ | Judicum |
| Iudicum ver. ĪĪ | Libri mulierum |
| Rud ver. CCL | Ruth |
| Regnorum ver | Hester |
| primus liber ver. ĪĪD | Judith |
| secundus lib. ver ĪĪ | Maccabeorum libri duo |
| tertius lib. ver. ĪĪDC | Job |
| quartus lib. ver ĪĪCCCC | Thobias |
| Psalmi Davitici ver. V | Regum quattuor |
| Proverbia ver. ĪDC | Prophetarum libri xvi |
| Aeclesiastes DC | Daviticum v |
| Cantica canticorum CCC | Solomonis iii |
| Sapientia vers. Ī | Esdra i |
| Sapientia IHU ver. ĪĪD | Fiunt libri Veteris numero xliiii |
| XII Profetae ver ĪĪĪCX | |
| Ossee ver DXXX | |
| Amos ver CCCCX | |
| Micheas ver CCCX | |
| Ioel ver. CL | |
| Abdias ver. LXX | |
| Ionas ver. CL | |
| Naum ver. CXL | |
| Ambacum ver. CLX | |
| Sophonias ver. CXL | |
| Aggeus vers. CX | |
| Zacharias ver. DCLX | |
| Malachiel ver. CC | |
| Eseias ver. IIIDC | |
| Ieremias ver ĪĪĪĪLXX |
| 11. Council of Carthage, A.D. 397 (can. 47 = 39). | |
| Ezechiel ver ĪĪĪDC | Genesis |
| Daniel ver ĪDC | Exodus |
| Maccabeorum sic. | Leviticus |
| lib. primus ver. ĪĪCCC | Numeri |
| lib. secundus ver ĪĪCCC | Deuteronomium |
| lib. quartus ver. Ī | Iesu Naue |
| Iudit vr. ĪCCC | Iudicum |
| Hesdra ĪD | Ruth |
| Ester ver Ī | Regnorum libri iv |
| Iob ver. ĪDC | Paralipomenon libri ii |
| Tobias ver. Ī | Job |
| Psalterium Davidicum | |
| Salomonis libri v | |
| xii libri Prophetarum | |
| Iesaias | |
| Ieremias | |
| Ezechiel | |
| Daniel | |
| Tobias | |
| Iudith | |
| Hester | |
| Hesdrae libri ii | |
| Machabaeorum libri ii |
2. We may now proceed to consider the chief points which these tables illustrate.
(1) THE TITLES OF THE BOOKS. It will be seen that the
Hebrew titles fall into three classes. They consist of either
(1) the first word or words of the book (Genesis—Deuteronomy,
Proverbs, Lamentations); or (2) the name of the hero or
supposed author (Joshua, Judges, Samuel, Kings, Isaiah and
the other Prophets, Job, Ruth, Esther, Daniel, Ezra); or (3) a
description of the contents (Psalms, Song of Songs, Chronicles).
Titles of the second and third class are generally reproduced
in the Greek; there are some variations, as when Samuel
and Kings become 'Kingdoms,' and 'Diaries'
(דִּבְי־הֵיָּטִים)
is changed into 'Omissions'
(Παραλειπόμενα
The Greek titles are probably of Alexandrian origin and
pre-Christian use. Not only were they familiar to Origen (Eus.
H. E. vi. 25), but they are used in Melito's list, although it
came from Palestine. Some of them at least appear to have
been known to the writers of the New Testament; cf.
Through the Old Latin version the Greek titles passed into
the Latin Bible
Cf Hieron. Prol. Gal.: "tertius sequitur Samuel, quem nos Regnorum primum et secundum dicimus; quartus Malachim, id est Regum, qui tertio et quarto Regnorum volumine continetur . . . septimus Dabre aiamim, id est 'Verba dierum,' quod significantius Chronicon totius divinae historiae possumus appellare."
The Greek titles vary slightly in different codices and lists.
Besides the variations of cod. A which appear in Table B (2),
the following are mentioned in the apparatus of Holmes and
Parsons. Joshua: Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναυή, ὁ τοῦ Ναυή,
Judges: Κριταὶ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, αἱ τῶν κριτῶν πράξεις.
Chronicles: Παραλειπομένων τῶν βασιλειῶν Ἰούδα.
Psalms: Δαυὶδ προφήτου καὶ βασιλέως μέλος.
When Nehemiah is separated from Ezra its title is:
τὰ περὶ Νεεμίου or λόγοι Ν. υἱοῦ Ἁχαλία.
A few further forms may be gleaned from the patristic lists. As an alternative for
Παραλειπομένων the Apostolic Canons give
τοῦ βιβλίου τῶν ἡμερῶν, while Ezra is known to Hilary as
sermones dierum Esdrae.
The Psalter is sometimes βίβλος Ψαλμῶν, liber Psalmorum, or
Ψαλτήριον Δαβιτικόν, Psalmi David regis, Psalterium Daviticum.
For ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων we have occasionally
ᾄσματα ᾀσμάτων—a form rejected by Origen (ap. Eus. H.E.
vi. 25 οὐ γάρ, ὡς ὑπολαμβάνουσί τινες, ᾌσματα ᾀσμάτων), but used by
Pseudo-Chrysostom and John of Damascus, and found in cod. A
and in several of the Latin lists
(2) THE GROUPING OF THE BOOKS. The methods of
grouping adopted in the Hebrew and Alexandrian Greek
Bibles differ not less widely than the nomenclature of the
books. The Hebrew canon is uniformly tripartite, and "the
books belonging to one division are never (by the Jews) transferred
to another
Only the first of the three Palestinian groups remains undisturbed
In many of the Greek patristic lists the Alexandrian
principle of grouping receives express recognition. Thus
Cyril of Jerusalem, Gregory of Nazianzus, and Leontius,
divide the books of the Old Testament into (1) historical—12,
including the Mosaic Pentateuch; (2) poetical—5;
(3) prophetical—5. Epiphanius, followed by John of Damascus,
endeavours to combine this grouping with a system of
pentateuchs
The relative order of the groups in the Greek Bible, being of literary and not historical origin, is to some extent liable to variation. The 'five books of Moses' always claim precedence, and the 'rest of the histories' follow, but the position of the poetical and prophetical books is less certain. Codex B places the poetical books first, whilst in Codd. א and A the prophets precede. But the order of cod. B is supported by the great majority of authorities both Eastern and Western (Melito, Origen, Athanasius, Cyril, Epiphanius (1, 3), Gregory, Amphilochius, the Laodicene and 'Apostolic' canons, Nicephorus, Pseudo-Chrysostom, the Cheltenham list, the African canons of 397, and Augustine). Two reasons may have combined to favour this arrangement. 'David' and 'Solomon' were higher up the stream of time than Hosea and Isaiah. Moreover, it may have seemed fitting that the Prophets should immediately precede the Evangelists.
(3) THE NUMBER OF THE BOOKS. In our printed Hebrew
Bibles the books of the Old Testament are 39 (Law, 5;
Former Prophets (Joshua—2 Kings), 6; Latter Prophets, 15;
Hagiographa, 13). But Samuel, Kings, Ezra-Nehemiah, and
and 
,
and in it follows Nehemiah and forms the last book of the Canon (cf.
Both traditions were inherited by the Church, but the latter
was predominant, especially in the East. In some lists indeed
the twenty-two books became twenty-seven, the 'double books'
being broken up into their parts (Epiph. 1)
Josephus, c. Ap. i. 8:
οὐ μυριάδες βιβλίων εἰσὶ παρ᾿ ἡμῖν ἀσυμφώνων καὶ μαχομένων, δύο μόνα πρὸς τοῖς εἴκοσι βιβλία . . . καὶ
τούτων πέντε μέν ἐστι Μωυσέως . . . οἱ μετὰ Μωυσῆν προφῆται . . . συνέγραψαν
ἐν τρισὶ καὶ δέκα βιβλίοις· αἱ δὲ λοιπαὶ τέσσαρες ὕμνους εἰς
τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὑποθήκας τοῦ βίου περιέχουσιν. He
is followed by Origen ap. Eus. l.c.
οὐκ ἀγνοητέον δ᾿ εἶναι τὰς
ἐνδιαθήκους βίβλους ὡς Ἐβραῖοι παραδιδόασιν, ὅσος ὁ ἀριθμὸς
τῶν παῤ αὐτοῖς στοιχείων ἐστίν· and Cyril. Hier. catech. iv. 33
ἀναγίνωσκε τὰς θείας γραφάς, τὰς εἴκοςι δύο βίβλους τῆς παλαιᾶς
διαθήκης. Similarly Athanasius, ep. fest. 39 (Migne, P.G.
xxvi. col. 1437). When another numeration was adopted, efforts were
On the other hand the numeration in
Let us now turn to the ecclesiastical lists and see how far the Hebrew Canon was maintained.
Our earliest Christian list was obtained from Palestine
The next list comes from Origen. It belongs to his commentary
on the first Psalm, which was written at Alexandria
The Eastern lists contain other books, but they are
definitely placed outside the Canon. This practice seems to
have begun with Origen, who after enumerating the twenty-two
books adds, ἔξω δὲ τούτων ἐστὶ τὰ Μακκαβαϊκά. Athanasius
takes up the expression, but names other books—the two
Wisdoms, Esther
On the other hand the West, further from the home of the
Hebrew canon, and knowing the Old Testament chiefly
through the Latin version of the LXX., did not scruple to
mingle non-canonical books with the canonical. Hilary and
Ruffinus
There can be little doubt that, notwithstanding the strict
adherence of the Eastern lists to the number of the Hebrew
books, the Old Latin canon truly represents the collection of
Greek sacred books which came into the hands of the early
Christian communities at Antioch, Alexandria, and Rome.
When Origen and the Greek fathers who follow him fix the
number of the books at twenty-two or twenty-four, they follow,
not the earlier tradition of the Church, but the corrected estimate
of Christian scholars who had learned it from Jewish
teachers. An earlier tradition is represented by the line of
Christian writers, beginning with Clement of Rome, who
quoted the 'Apocryphal' books apparently without suspecting
that they were not part of the Canon. Thus Clement of Rome
An explanation of the early mixture of non-canonical
books with canonical may be found in the form under which
the Greek Bible passed into the keeping of the Church.
In the first century the material used for literary purposes
was still almost exclusively papyrus, and the form was
that of the roll
(4) THE INTERNAL ORDER OF THE GROUPS. Even in
Jewish lists of the Hebrew Canon there are variations in the
internal order of the Prophets and the Hagiographa. The
'Great Prophets' occur in each of the three orders (1) Isaiah,
Jeremiah, Ezekiel; (2) Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Isaiah; (3) Jeremiah,
Isaiah, Ezekiel
In the lists of the Greek Bible and the sequence of its
MSS. the Law and the 'Former Prophets' generally retain
their Hebrew order, with the noteworthy exception that Ruth
is always attached to Judges. But there are also minor exceptions
which are of some interest. Even in the Pentateuch
Melito, Leontius, and the Cheltenham list reverse the common
order of Leviticus and Numbers
The relative order of the Hagiographa in the LXX. is more
perplexing. For Ruth, Lamentations, and Daniel we have
already accounted; there remain Chronicles, Job, Psalms,
Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Canticles, Esther, and Ezra. Chronicles,
in accordance with the theory enshrined in its Greek
name, usually follows Kings. Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes,
Canticles, for the most part hold together in that order, as a
group of poetical books; but there are many exceptions.
'David' sometimes goes with the Prophets (Ps.-Chrys., Junilius,
Augustine, Isidorus), and the group is then regarded as
'Salomonic,' or 'hortatory.' Lists which admit the two books
of Wisdom usually join them to this subdivision (Ebedjesu,
Carth., Augustine, Innocent, Cod. Clarom., Ps.-Gelasius,
Cassiodorius, Isidorus). The internal order of the Salomonic
books varies (Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Canticles; Ecclesiastes,
Canticles, Proverbs; Proverbs, Canticles, Ecclesiastes); the
Wisdoms usually follow, but sometimes break the sequence
of the three canonical books. Much difficulty seems to have
been felt as to the place of Job; the book normally appears
in connexion with the poetical books, either last or first,
but it is sometimes placed among the histories (Augustine,
Innocent, Cod Clarom., Ps.-Gelasius, Cassiodorius), or after
the Prophets (Origen). The position of Esdras is not less
uncertain; its normal place is after Chronicles, but it is
also found before or after the Prophets (Melito, Epiph.,
John of Damascus, Cod. Barocc.), or in connexion with a
group of the apocryphal histories (cod. A, Carth., Augustine,
&c.). Esther is still more erratic; sometimes it follows
the poetical books, sometimes the Prophets, sometimes the
Except in cases where an old or well-defined tradition fixed
the internal order of groups of books, there was clearly room
for every possible variation so long as the books were written
on separate rolls. The cista might serve to keep a group
together, but it offered no means of fixing the relative order
of its contents. In the codex, on the other hand, when it
contained more than one writing, the order was necessarily
fixed
LITERATURE. On the general subject of this chapter the student may consult C. A. Credner, Gesch. d. N. T. Kanons (ed. Volkmar, Berlin, 1860); Th. Zahn, Gesch. d. N.T. Kanons, ii., p. 143 ff. (Erlangen, 1890); B. F. Westcott, Hist. of the Canon of the N. T.6 (Cambridge, 1891); W. Sanday, The Cheltenham List, in Studia Biblica, iii., pp. 226—243 (Oxford, 1891); Buhl, Kanon u. Text des A. T. (Leipzig, 1891); H. E. Ryle, Canon of the O.T. (London, 1892); E. Preuschen, Analecta (Leipzig, 1893); H. L. Strack, art. Kanon des. Alten Testamentes in P.R.E.3 ix. 741—767.
CHAPTER II.
BOOKS OF THE HEBREW CANON.
THE books which are common to the Hebrew Bible and
the Alexandrian Version
(A) DIFFERENCES OF SEQUENCE.
1. The following table shews the principal instances in which the Greek and the Hebrew books are at variance in reference to the order of the contents. The chapters and verses in the left-hand column are those of the Cambridge Septuagint; the right-hand column follows the numeration of the printed Hebrew Bibles.
| GREEK. | HEBREW. |
| " xxxv. 16—21 | " xxxv. 16+21, 17—20, 22a |
| " xxxv. 8—11, 12, 15—16, 17, 18, 19b | " xxxv. 9—12, 17, 13—14, 16, 19, 15 |
| Exod. | xxxvi. 8b—40 | Exod. | xxxix. 1—31 |
| " | xxxvii. 1—2 | " | xxxvi. 8—9 |
| " | " 8—6 | " | " 35—38 |
| " | " 7—21 | " | xxxviii. 9—23 |
| " | xxxviii. 1—17 | " | xxxvii. 1—24 |
| " | " 18—20 | " | xxxvi. 20—34 |
| " | " 21—24 | " | xxxviii. 1—7 |
| " | " 25 | " | xxxvii. 29 |
| " | " 26 | " | xxxviii. 8 |
| " | " 27 | " | xl. 30—32 |
| " | xxxix. 1—10 | " | xxxviii. 24—31 |
| " | " 11 | " | xxxix. 32 |
| " | " 13—23 | " | " 33—43 |
| " | xl. 6b—8, 10—25, 26, 27—32 | " | xl. 8—10, 12—27, 29, 33, 38 |
| Num. | i. 24—10 | Num. | i. 26—37, 24—25 |
| " | vi. 22—26 | " | vi. 22, 23, 27, 24, 25, 26 |
| " | xxvi. 15—47 | " | xxvi. 19—27, 15—18, 44—47, 28—43 |
| Josh. | ix. 3—33 | Josh. | viii. 30—33, ix. 3—27 |
| " | xix. 47—48 | " | xix. 48, 47 |
| 3 Regn. | iv. 17, 18, 19 | 1 Kings | iv. 18, 19, 17 |
| " | " 20—21, 22—24, 25—30 | " | " 7—8, 2—4, 9—14 |
| " | v. 1—16, 17 | " | v. 15—30, 32b |
| " | vi. 4—5, 6—7, 8, 9—15, 16—34 | " | vi. 37—38, 2—3, 14, 4—10, 15—36 |
| " | vii. 1—6, 7, 8—9, 10—11, 12—13 | " | vii. 13—18, 21, 19—20, 23—24, 26, 25 |
| " | vii. 14—37, 38—50 | " | vii. 27—51, 1—12 |
| " | x. 23—24a, 24b, 25 | " | ix. 15, 17—19, 20—22 |
| " | " 26—29 | " | x. 23—26 |
| " | " 30 | " | v. 1a |
| " | " 31—33 | " | x. 27—29 |
| " | xi. 3—8 | " | xi. 4, 3, 7, 5, 8, 6 |
| " | xx. xxi | " | xxi. xx |
| Psalms | ix. 22—39 | Psalms | x. 1—18 |
| " | x.—cxii | " | xi.—cxiii |
| " | cxiii. 1—8 | " | cxiv. 1—8 |
| " | cxiii. 9—12 | " | cxv. 1—4 |
| " | cxiv | " | cxvi. 1—9 |
| " | cxv | " | cxvi. 10—19 |
| " | cxvi.—cxlvi | " | cxvii.—cxlvii. 11 |
| " | cxlvii. 1—9 | " | cxlvii. 12—20 |
| Prov. | xv. 27b—xvi. 4, 6, 9 | Prov. | xvi. 6, xv. 28, xvi. 7, xv 29 |
| " | xvi. 8—9, xv. 30—33a | ||
| " | xvi. 5, 4a | ||
| " | xx. 10a—12, 13b—16, 17—24 | " | xx. 20—22, 10—13, 23—30 |
| " | xxiv. 24—37, 3849, 50—68, 69—77, xxix. 28—49 |
" | xxx. 1—14, xxiv. 23—34, xxx. 15—33, xxxi. 1—9, 10 |
| Jer. | xxv. 14—19 | Jer. | xlix. 34a—39 |
| " | xxvi. 1 | " | " 36b |
| " | " 2—28 | " | xlvi. 2—28 |
| " | xxvii | " | l |
| " | xxvii | " | li |
| " | xxxvii. 1—2 | " | xxxvi. 8—9 |
| " | xxix. 1—7 | " | xlvii. 1—7 |
| " | " 8—23 | " | xlix. 7—22 |
| " | xxx. 1—5, 6—11, 12—27 | " | " 1—5, 28—33, 23—27 |
| " | xxxi. | " | xlviii |
| " | xxxii. 1—24 | " | xxv. 15—38 |
| " | xxxiii | " | xxvi |
| " | xxxiv. 1—18 | " | xxvii. 2—22 |
| " | xxxv | " | xxxviii |
| " | xxxvi | " | xxix |
| " | xxxvii | " | xxx |
| " | xxxviii. 1—34, 35—37, 38—40 | " | xxxi. 1—34, 37, 35, 36, 38—40 |
| " | xxxix | " | xxxii |
| " | xl | " | xxxiii |
| " | xli | " | xxxiv |
| " | xlii | " | xxxv |
| " | xliii | " | xxxvi |
| " | xliv | " | xxxvii |
| " | xlv | " | xxxviii |
| " | xlvi | " | xxxix |
| " | xlvii | " | xl |
| " | xlviii | " | xli |
| " | xlix | " | xlii |
| " | l | " | xliii |
| " | li. 1—30, 31—35 | " | xliv. 1—30, xlv. 1—5 |
| Ezech. | vii. 3—9 | Ezek. | vii. 6—9, 3—5 |
2. Each of these contexts must be separately examined
with the view of discovering the extent and the cause of the
divergence. This can be done but briefly here; for further
In the following pages = the Greek text, and
A, B, etc. = the
Greek text as given in cod. A, cod. B, or as the case may be;
= the Massoretic text as printed in the Hebrew Bibles.
is loosely put together,
and v. the materials seem to have been re-arranged with
the view of giving greater consistency to the narrative.
appears to be due to a desire to locate Eder (Γάδερ;) between Bethel and
Bethlehem: see art. EDER in Hastings' D. B. (i. p. 644).
and represent here two distinct
traditions with regard to the order of the Decalogue. For the
order followed by B see
AF
is
supported by Mt., Mc., and Josephus. In ; see S. A. Cook,
A Unigue Biblical Papyrus, Exp. T. xiv. 200; Burkitt, in J.Q.R. xvi. 559.
The passage deals with the building and furniture of the Tabernacle, and the attire of the Priesthood: The following rough table will enable the student to see how the detail are arranged in the LXX. and Heb. severally.
|
|
| Ornaments of the Ministers. | Structure of the Tabernacle. |
| Ephod ( |
Hangings ( |
| Onyx stones ( |
Boards ( |
| Breastplate ( |
Veils ( |
| Robe of Ephod ( |
|
| Linen vestments ( |
Furniture of the Tabernacle and its Court. |
| Crown plate ( |
Ark ( |
| Table ( |
|
| Structure of the Tabernacle, and Court. | Candlestick ( |
| Hangings ( |
Altar of incense ( |
| Veils ( |
Altar of Burnt-offering ( |
| Court ( |
Laver ( |
| Court ( |
|
| Furniture of the Tabernacle, &c. | Ornaments of the Ministers. |
| Ark ( |
Ephod ( |
| Table ( |
Onyx stones ( |
| Candlestick ( |
Breastplate ( |
| Altar of Burnt-offering ( |
Robe of the Ephod ( |
| Oil and Incense ( |
Linen vestments ( |
| Laver ( |
Crown plate ( |
It is clear from this comparison that both and
follow
a system, i.e. that the difference of sequence is due to a
deliberate rearrangement of the groups. Either the Alexandrian
translator has purposely changed their relative order, giving
precedence to the ornaments of the priesthood which are
subordinated in the M. T. of cc. xxxv.—xl., as well as in both
texts of cc. xxv.—xxx.; or he had before him in c. xxxv. ff.
another Hebrew text in which the present Greek order was
observed. Many O. T. scholars (e.g. Kuenen, Wellhausen,
Dillmann) regard cc. xxxv.—xl. as belonging to a "secondary
and
. In both lists places
Gad third, and Asher eleventh; whereas according to Gad
is ninth in the first of the two lists, and sixth in the second,
and in the second Asher is seventh. The effect of the
sequence presented by is to bring Gad into close proximity
to Asher, a position which this tribe occupies in and ).
For this there may have been genealogical reasons;
see
obviously has the simpler and more natural order, and
λέγοντες αὐτοῖς at the end of v. 23 seems to
shew that the Greek order, though supported by BAא*, is the
result of an early accidental displacement in the Greek text.
it is separated from the latter incident by the
hostile gathering of the western kings ( "involves
a geographical difficulty, for Ebal lies considerably to the north
, unless the gathering of the kings is
taken to imply a further victory on the Israelite side which
opened the way to central Palestine. Dillmann suggests that
still preserves the original order, though in
common with it has lost this record.
The change of order in vv. 17—19 needs no discussion;
the transposition may be due to an accident of transcription in
the archetype of Cod. B, or, like the variations in B
and respectively as follows:
|
|
| Provision for the royal table ( |
Solomon's marriage ( |
| Solomon's power ( |
Provision for the royal table ( |
| His wisdom ( |
The King's power ( |
| His marriage ( |
His wisdom ( |
| His wife's dowry ( |
His negociations with King Hiram ( |
| His negociations with King Hiram ( |
His corvée of workmen ( |
| His corvée of workmen ( |
Foundations of the Temple laid ( |
| Foundations of the Temple laid ( |
Dimensions of the Temple ( |
| Dimensions of the Temple ( |
Details of the building ( |
| Details of the building ( |
Building of the royal palaces ( |
| Work of Hiram the artist ( |
Work of Hiram the artist ( |
| Building of the royal palaces ( |
Solomon's wife's dowry ( |
As in the disturbed section at the end of Exodus, it is easy
to see that each order follows a system: (1) Whilst places
the marriage of Solomon to Pharaoh's daughter, and the use
made by the king of his wife's marriage portion, in their
historical settings, B brings the two incidents together, as the
finishing strokes to the picture of Solomon's power. Again,
whilst deals with the whole of Solomon's public works
before it describes the skill of Hiram, B
completes the history
of the building of the Temple with the account of Hiram's
labours before it describes the construction of the royal
palaces.
The above comparison is necessarily rough; it does not
shew' the minor differences of order, or the omissions and
additions of the Greek text. A closer examination leaves little
doubt that B
has been translated from a recension of the
book earlier than that which is preserved in the Massoretic text
B, Luc.
here admits two passages which it had passed over in the earlier contexts, where
they stand in (c. ix. 15, 17—22, v. 1).
Of ix. 10—28 Prof. Driver remarks that it "consists of a series of notices
imperfectly connected together," and that its "literary form . . . is, for same reason, less complete than that of any other
portion of the Books of Kings to another similar collection of loosely-connected paragraphs.
The arrangement followed by B is perhaps not
materially better, but it probably represents an earlier stage
in the formation of the book.
B, Luc.
presents a text which differs from
A and
both in order and in form. A comparison of
B with
A and will be found to be
instructive; the latter
is diffuse and repeats itself unnecessarily
(3 ἔκλιναν γυναῖκες
αὐτοῦ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ . . . 4 αἱ γυναῖκες αὐτοῦ ἐξέκλιναν τὴν καρδίαν
αὐτοῦ . . . 5 ἐπορεύθη Σαλωμὼν ὀπίσω τῆς Ἀστάρτης . . . 7 τότε ᾠκοδόμησεν Σ. ὑψηλὸν . . . τῇ Ἀστάρτῃ);
former presents the facts from
the older narrative (Driver).
which justifies the change by prefacing the story of
Naboth with the words
וַיְהִי אַחַר הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה.
"The dislocation may have been due to the desire to bring the prophecy of
Ahab's death nearer to the account of its occurrence
Throughout the greater part of the Psalter and
In the Heb.
In the first great section of this book (cc. i.—ix.) there is
no important difference of order, nor does the second section
(x.—xxii. 1b) or the third (xxii. 17—xxiv. 22) offer more than
an occasional variation in the grouping of proverbs, combined
with omissions and additions on either side. But at c. and
differ widely, as a comparison of the
contents will shew.
|
|
| Words of Agur ( |
Sayings of the Wise ( |
| Sayings of the Wise ( |
Proverbs of Solomon ( |
| Rest of the Words of Agur
( |
Words of Agur ( |
| Words of Lemuel ( |
Words of Lemuel ( |
| Proverbs of Solomon ( |
Praise of the Virtuous Woman ( |
| Praise of the Virtuous Woman ( |
Evidently the order of this portion of the book had not
been finally settled when the Alexandrian translator did his
work
) answers in a general way to c. xxxii.
1—li. 35 (), whilst c. xlvi. 1—li. 64
() is represented,
though not without considerable interruptions of the present
Hebrew order, by c. xxv. 14—xxxi. 44 (). Speaking roughly
these two sections have exchanged places in the Greek text the prophecies against the nations precede the parable
of the intoxicating cup (xxv. 15 ff. = xxxii. 1 ff.); in they
form the final section of the book, coming immediately before
the historical appendix (c. lii.). If these prophecies were
circulated in a separate form, the words of c. Elam, Egypt, Babylon, Philistia,
Edom, Ammon, Kedar, Damascus, Moab; but in , Egypt,
Philistia, Moab, Ammon, Edom, Damascus, Kedar, Elam,
Babylon. The prophecies had apparently been grouped in
the Alexandrian collection after one manner, and after another
in the collection which was current in Palestine.
(B) DIFFERENCES OF SUBJECT-MATTER.
1. A further comparison of the LXX. with the Massoretic
Hebrew reveals the presence in each text of a considerable
number of passages which are not to be found in the other.
This fact was known to Origen, and frankly recognised by him
(ep. ad African. § 3
kaὶ ἐν ἄλλοις δὲ πολλοῖς ἁγίοις βιβλίοις
εὕρομεν πὴ μὲν πλείονα παῤ ἡμῖν κείμενα ἢ παῤ
Ἐβραίοις, πὴ δὲ
λείποντα)
and the Hexapla, as we have seen
PENTATEUCH. As a whole, the Law has escaped material changes in
either direction. But there are a few important exceptions In than in
; the former has nothing to answer to c. into eight, thus:
[εὐφράνθητε, οὐρανοί, ἅμα αὐτῷ,
καί προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ υἱοὶ θεοῦ·]
εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ,
[καὶ ἐνισχυσάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ.]
ὅτι τὸ αἷμα τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ ἐκδικᾶται,
[καὶ ἐκδικήσει] καί ἀνταποδώσει δίκην τοῖς ἐχθροῖς,
[καὶ τοῖς μισοῦσιν ἀνταποδώσει, ]
καὶ ἐκκαθαριεῖ [Κύριος] τήν γῆν τοῦ λαοῦ.
There is nothing in which corresponds with the bracketed
words of the version. Yet they are present in all
uncial MSS. of the LXX., and were probably
in the earlier copies of Deuteronomy which passed into the possession of the Christian
Church. Possibly the Song was circulated in a separate form in more than one translation.
The present Greek text seems to be the result of conflation, lines 1 and 3,
2 and 4, 6 and 7, being doublets; line 2 = 4 appears to be an adaptation of
JOSHUA.. Besides innumerable smaller variations in this
book which shew that it was not regarded by the translators
as sharing the peculiar sanctity of the Torah and
differ by defect or excess
. The order of these verses is reversed
in , so as to bring the words
αὕτη ἡ κληρονομία κτλ. into
juxtaposition with the list of the Danite towns (vv.
.
"It is probable that the ch. in its original form (P) has been enlarged by additions
from the law of homicide in
, which omits v.
1 SAMUEL (1 REGN.).
in a modified and
expanded form. Vv. , which substitutes
διδοὺς εὐχὴν . . . δικαίου ("apparently an attempt to accommodate
the Song more closely to Hannah's position
| ὁ φρόνιμος ἐν τῇ φρονήσει . . . ὁ δυνατὸς ἐν τῇ δυνάμει . . . τὸν Κύριον, καί ποιεῖν κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐν μέσῳ τῆς γῆς. | ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ . . . ὁ ἰσχυρὸς ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι . . . ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι Κύριος ὁ ποιῶν ἔλεος καί κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. |
It has been noticed that and at different points in the
narrative.
B differs from
A
in the way of defect. The
omitted verses contain the story of David's visit to the camp
of Israel
These omissions have been variously explained. According
to Wellhausen and Kuenen. He concludes
that the verses omitted by are "interpolations in the
Hebrew text, extracts from a lost biography of David . . . not
found in the text which lay before the LXX. translators
The omissions are supplied in A,
Luc., but probably from
a non-Septuagintal source; the passages are marked with an
asterisk in the Hexaplaric MSS. 64, 92
B
omits by homoeoteleuton the Heb. from יֵרֵד (v. 11)
to יַסְגִּירוּ (v. 12).
But it also omits קְעִילָה בְיָדוֹ
בַּעֲלֵי, (v. 11),
and Wellhausen conjectures with probability that
εἰ ἀποκλεισθήσεται was wanting in the original form of the
LXX.
1 KINGS (3 REGN.). In this book
B contains a large quantity of additional
matter, of varying character and worth
C.
Thus ii. 35 a—b = iv. 25—26, c = iv. 31, d = v. 15, e = vii. 10 ff.,
f—g = ix. 24—25 (), h = v. 16, i—k = x. 23 ff.,
l—o = ii. 8—9. Similarly, ii. 46 a = iv. 20 (),
b = v. 2 (), c = iii. 1 (),
d = ix. 18 (), e = iv. 22—23, f = iv. 24, g = v. 5 (),
h = 2 ff., i—k = x. 29—30.
C. B) omits
gives the substance of these words in a poetical form
which is expressly attributed to an older source:
τότε ἐλάλησεν Σ. ὑπὲρ τοῦ οἴκου ὡς συνετέλεσεν τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι αὐπόν Ἥλιον ἐγνώρισεν (Luc., ἔστησεν) ἐν οὐρανῷ Κύριος· | εἶπεν τοῦ κατοικεῖν ἐκ γνόφου (A, ἐν γνόφῳ)· | οἰκοδόμησον οἶκόν μου, οἶκον ἐκπρεπῆ (A, εὐπρεπῆ) σαυτῷ | τοῦ κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ καινότητος. | οὐκ ἰδοὺ αὕτη γέγραπται ἐν βιβλίῳ τῆς ᾠδῆς;
Though this occurs in cod. A and Lucian, it was wanting
in the Hebrew text which was before the translators
of the second century A.D., for in the Hexapla it appeared
only in the LXX. column has preserved
has been first misplaced and then partly lost
).
The parallels are xii. 24 a = xi. 43, xiv. 21—22;
b = xi. 26—28; c = xi. 40; d—f = xi. 43b; xii. 2—5
(); g—na = xiv. 1—20
(); nb—z = xii. 3—24.
But the passage is no mere cento of verses to be found
elsewhere either in or ;
it is a second and distinct
recension of the story, resting equally with the first upon a
Hebrew original. So different and indeed in some respects
contradictory are the accounts that they "cannot possibly have
stood from the first in the same volume." The same action is
ascribed in the one "to Shemaiah, at Shechem, in the days of
Rehoboam"; and in the other "to Ahijah, at Jerusalem, in the
days of Solomon there is no a priori ground for
deciding which of the two is the more trustworthy. It is
worthy of notice that cod. B omits the reference to Jeroboam's
residence in Egypt in and
in 3 Regn. see Herzfeld, Gesch. d. Volkes Israel, ii.
C. B. Lucian, who agrees with
B in the interpolation at xvi. 28,
omits
2 KINGS (4 REGN.).
C.
it finds a place only at the end (A, Luc.
agrees with B in repeating the summary,
though with some variations. The student will find a comparison
instructive.
B,
which thus shortens the genealogy by omitting (1) the posterity of
Ham, except the Cushites, (2) the longer of two lists of the
posterity of Shem. Both passages are supplied (from
, and only in part assimilated to .
B, which
omits altogether
PSALMS.
In many of the Psalms receive titles, or additions to
their titles, which are wanting in . The following is a list
of those which occur in the uncial MSS.
as in
.
both
at the end of the preceding Psalm and at the beginning of
at the end of
On the questions raised by the Greek titles see Neubauer in
Studia Bibl. ii. p. 1 ff., Driver, Intr. p. 348 ff., the commentaries,
e.g. those of Perowne, Kirkpatrick, and Cheyne, and the last-named
author's Origin of the Psalter. Valuable traditions are
probably embodied in the liturgical notes which assign certain
Psalms to particular days of the week
τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτου, δευτέρᾳ σ.,
τετράδι σ.
For the Christian (mystical) interpretation of the Greek titles see Athan. de titulis Psalmorum (Migne, P. G. xxvii. 591 sqq.), the variorum prolegomena in Pitra's Analecta sacra ii. p. 411 sqq., and Corderii exp. Patr. Gr. in Psalmos, passim.
The Greek addition had a place in the κοινή, according
to Jerome praef. in Isa.; cf. Field, ad loc. Whether it
was brought into the text of the LXX. from the Epistle
. In cod. A, however, it is carefully excluded
from the Psalter proper (subscr. 
;
and the judgement of the Laodicene canon
(βίβλος
ψαλμῶν ἑκατὸν
πεντήκοντα) is upheld by the title which in all the MSS.
This Psalm is clearly based on
For the literature of
THE ECCLESIASTICAL CANTICLES.
In certain uncial MSS. and a large proportion of the cursives the Psalms are followed by a collection of liturgical ᾠδαί (cantica). The following table shews the sources and order of those which are given by codd. A, R, T.
| A | R | T |
| 1. |
||
| 2. |
||
| 3. 1 Regn. ii. 1—10. | 1 Regn. ii. 1—10. | |
| 4. |
||
| 5. Ion. ii. 3—10. | Ion. ii. 3—10. | |
| 6. |
[6] 1 Regn. ii. [1]—10. | |
| 7. |
Magnificat. | 7. Magnificat. |
| 8. Prayer of Manasseh |
8. |
|
| 9. |
9. Prayer of Manasseh |
|
| 10. " " 52—88. | 10. |
|
| 11. Magnificat. | 11. " " 52—56. | |
| 12. Nunc dimittis. | 12. " " 57—90. | |
| 13. Benedictus. | 13. Benedictus. | |
| 14. Morning Hymn. | 14. Nunc dimittis. | |
| 15. Morning Hymn. |
The nine Odes now sung at Lauds in the Orthodox Church
are (following the order of cod. A) nos. 1, 2, 3, 6, 4, 5, 9, 10,
11 + 13; the Roman Church uses at Lauds on successive days
of the week 10,
The text of the O. T. canticles in the Psalter of cod. A differs
in places from that which is given by the same MS. where the
canticles appear with their context in the books to which they
severally belong. Thus we find the following variants:
The division of the Psalter into books
PROVERBS. The variations of and
in this book are
treated by Lagarde in his early book Anmerkungen zur griech.
Übersetzung der Proverbien. There is a considerable number of
Greek verses for which offers no Hebrew equivalent, and
there are some Hebrew verses or half-verses for which there is no
Greek. Of the Greek verses not in some (e.g.
JOB. The LXX. text of Job current in Origen's time is known to have been very much shorter than the Greek text preserved in extant MSS. and the M.T.
Ad African. 4 πλεῖστά τε ὅσα διὰ μέσου ὅλου
τοῦ Ἰὼβ παῤ Ἐβραίοις μὲν κεῖται παῤ ἡμῖν δὲ οὐχί, καὶ πολλάκις
μὲν ἔπη τέσσαρα ἢ τρία· ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε δὲ καὶ δεκατέσσαρα καὶ
δεκαεννέα καὶ δεκαέξ (for. leg. ἐννέα καὶ ἕξ
The asterisks are preserved in certain cursive MSS. of the
Dr Hatch
The two notes at the end of the Greek Job (
ESTHER. In the Greek Esther we reach the maximum of
interpolation. Of 270 verses, 107 are wanting in the present
Hebrew text, and probably at no time formed a part of the
Hebrew book
A note attached to the last of the Greek additions professes
to relate the circumstances under which the book was brought
to Egypt: "in the fourth year of the reign of Ptolemy and
Cleopatra, Dositheus, who said that he was a priest and Levite,
and his son Ptolemy, brought the above Letter of Purim
The Greek text of Esther exists in two recensions (1) that of
אABN 55, 93 b, 108 a, 249 al., (2)
that of 19, 93 a, 108 b; both are exhibited by Ussher (Syntagma),
Fritzsche (Ἐσθήρ, 1848; libri apocryphi, 1871),
and Lagarde (libr. canon. V. T. i., 1883). The
JEREMIAH. Besides the extensive transpositions already
noticed, the LXX. text of Jeremiah differs widely from M.T. in
the way of excess and defect. The subject has received careful
treatment from Dr A. W. Streane (Double Text of Jeremiah,
Cambridge, 1896), whose verdict is on the whole in favour of
the LXX. text, especially with regard to its omissions. He
points out that "the tendency to diffuseness, characteristic of
later Judaism . . . [and] likely specially to affect the writing of
Jeremiah, as a prophet whose memory was of marked interest
to the post-exilic Jews . . . operated much more slightly among
Egyptian Jews than with their brethren elsewhere
The Greek additions, in Jeremiah, rarely exceed a few words
in a verse (see the list in Streane, p. 19). Omissions are more
numerous, and sometimes extend over several consecutive verses
of ; the following are the most noteworthy:
of the Messianic
passage
LAMENTATIONS. The Greek translator has prefixed a heading which connects the book with Jeremiah (καὶ ἐγένετο . . . ἐκάθισεν Ἰερεμίας κλαίων κτλ.),
DANIEL. Like Esther the Book of Daniel in both its Greek
forms.
There are three such passages in the Greek Daniel: (1) the
story of Susanna (Σουσάννα, Σωσάννα), which in the version of
Theodotion
Iren. iv. 26. 3 "et audient eas quae sunt a Daniele propheta
voces" (Sus. 56, 52 f.), iv. 5. 2 "quem et Daniel propheta . . . annuntiavit"
(Bel 4f., 25). Tert. de idololatria, 18 (Bel 4 f.). Hippol. in
Notwithstanding the objection shrewdly based by Africanus
on the paronomasia (σχῖνος, σχίζειν) in Sus. 54 f., Ball
(Speaker's Comm., Apocrypha, ii. p. 330 f.) has given reasons
for believing that both Susanna and Bel once existed in an
Aramaic or a new-Hebrew original
The addition to
Besides these additions, which are common to both texts of
Daniel, the text of the LXX. contains a large number of shorter
interpolations, especially in c.
LITERATURE upon the canonical books (considered separately or in groups).
PENTATEUCH. Amersfoordt, Dissert. philol. de variis lectionibus Holmes. Pentateuchi (1815). Hug, de Pentateuchi vers. Alexandrina commentatio (1818). Töpler, de Pentateuchi interpretationis Alexandrinae indole (1830). Thiersch, de Pentateuchi versione A1exandrina, libri iii (1841). Frankel, über den Einfluss der paläst. Exegese auf die alex. Hermeneutik (1851). Howorth, the LXX. and Samaritan v. the Hebrew text of the Pentateuch (Academy, 1894).
GENESIS. Lagarde, Genesis Graece (1868). Deutsch, exeg. Analecten zur Genesisübersetzung der LXX. (in Jüd. Litt. Blatt, 1879). Spurrell, Genesis, ed. 2 (1898).
EXODUS. Selwyn, Notae criticae in Versionem LXXviralem, Exod. i—xxiv (1856).
NUMBERS. Selwyn, Notae, &c., Liber Numerorum (1857). Howard, Numbers and Deuteronomy acc. to the LXX. translated into English (1887).
DEUTERONOMY. Selwyn, Notae, &c., Liber Deuteronomii (1858). Howard, op. cit. (1887). Driver, critical and Exegetical Commentary on Deut. (1895).
JOSHUA. Hollenberg, Der Charakter der alex. Übersetzung des Buches Josua (1876).
JUDGES. Fritzsche, Liber Iudicum sec. LXX. interpretes (1867). Schulte, de restitutione atque indole genuinae versionis graece Iudicum (1889). Lagarde, Septuagintast. i. (1891), (Jud. i—v., texts of A and B). Moore, critical and Exegetical Comm. on Judges (1895).
RUTH. Fritzsche, Ῥοὺθ κατὰ τοὺς οʹ (1867).
1, 2 KINGDOMS. Wellhausen, Der Text der Bücher Samuelis untersucht (1871). Woods, the light thrown by the LXX. on the Books of Samuel (in Studia Biblica, i. 21, 1885). Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text of the Books of Samuel (1890). Steinthal, zur Geschichte Sauls u. Davids (1891). Kerber, Syrohex. Fragmente zu den beiden Samuelisbüchern (ZATW., 1898). J. Méritan, la Version Grecque des livres de Samuel, précédée d’une introduction sur la critique textuelle (1898). H. P. Smith, Critical and exeg. comm. on the Books of Samuel (1899).
3, 4 KINGDOMS. Silberstein, Über den Ursprung der im Codex Alex. u. Vat. des dritten Königsbuches der Alex. Übersetzung überlieferten Textsgestalt (in ZATW., 1893). C. F. Burney, Notes on the Heb. Text of the Books of Kings (1903).
1, 2 CHRONICLES, EZRA-NEHEMIAH. Howorth, The true LXX. version of Chr.-Ezra-Neh. (in Academy, 1893). Nestle, Marginalien (1893), p. 29 ff.
PSALMS. Sinker, Some remarks on the LXX. version of the Psalms (1879). Baethgen, der text-kritisches Werth des alten Übersetz. zu d. Psalmen (1882). Lagarde, psalteri graeci specimen (1887); psalmorum quinquagena prima (1892). Mercati, un palimpsesto Ambrosiano dei Salmi Esapli (1896). Jacob, Beiträge zu einer Einleitung in die Psalmen (I. Exc. v.), (1896).
PROVERBS. Lagarde, Anmerkungen zur griech. Übersetz. der Proverbien (1863). Pinkuss, die syr. Übersetzung des Proverbien . . . in ihrem Verhältniss zu dem Mass. Text, den LXX. u. dem Targ. untersucht (ZATW., 1894).
ECCLESIASTES. Wright, The book of Koheleth (1883). Grätz, Koheleth (1884). Klostermann (E.), de libri Coheleth. versione Alexandrina (1892). Dillmann, über die Gr. Übersetzung des Koheleth (1892). Köhl, observ. ad interpr. Gr. et Lat. vet. libri Job (1834).
JOB. Bickell, De indole ac ratione versionis Alexandrinae Jobi (1862); der ursprüngliche Septuaginta-text des Buches Hiob (1886). Hatch, on Origen's revision of the Book of Job (in Essays, 1889). Dillmann, Text-kritisches zum B. Ijob (1890). Maude, die Peschittha zu Hiob nebst einem Anhang über ihr Verhältniss zu LXX. u. Targ. (1892). Beer, der Text des B. Hiob (1895). Driver, in Cont. Review (Feb. 1896). Cheyne, in Exc. Bibl., 2489 f. (1901).
ESTHER. Jacob, Esther bei dem LXX. (ZATW., (1890). On the Greek additions see Ryssel in Kautzsch, Apokr., p. 193 ff.
DODECAPROPHETON. Vollers, Das Dod. der Alexandriner (1880), continued in ZATW., 1883–4. Stekhoven, de alex. Vertaling van het Dod. (1887).
HOSEA. Treitel, Die alex. Übersetzung des Buches Hosea (1888).
MICAH. Ryssel, Untersuchungen über die Textgestalt des B. Micha (1887). Taylor, the Mass. text and the ancient versions of Micah (1891).
OBADIAH. Seydel, Vaticinium Obadiae . . . . . . ratione habita transl. Alex. (1869).
NAHUM. Reinke, Zur Kritik der ält. Vers. d. Proph. Nahum (1867).
HABAKKUK. Sinker, Psalm of Habakkuk (1890).
ZECHARIAH. Lowe, Comm. on Zech. (1882).
ISAIAH. Scholz, Die Masor. Text u. alex. Übersetzung des B. Jesaias (1880). Weiss, Peschitta zu Deuterojesaia u. ihr Verhältniss zu M. T., LXX. u. Targ. (1893).
JEREMIAH. Movers, De utriusque recens. Jeremiae indole et origine (1837). Wichelhaus, de Jeremiae vers. Alexandr. indole (1847). Schulz, de Ieremiae textus Hebr. et Gr. discrepantia (1861). Scholz, der Masor. Text u. die LXX. Übersetz. des B. Jeremias (1875). Kühl, das Verhältniss der Massora zur Septuaginta in Jeremia (1882). Workman, the text of Jeremiah (1889). Coste, die Weissagungen der Propheten Ieremias (1895). Streane, the double text of Jeremiah (1896). The question of the two recensions is dealt with at length in Bleek-Wellhausen, Einleitung, § 158 ff.
LAMENTATIONS. Goldwitzer, Übersetzung mit Vergleichung d. LXX. (1828).
EZEKIEL. Merx, Der Werth der LXX. für die Textkritik der AT am Ezechiel aufgezeigt (Jb. pr. Th., 1883). Cornill, das Buch des Proph. Ezechiel (1886); cf. Lagarde in Gött. gelehrte Anzeigen (1 June, 1886).
DANIEL. Bludau, De alex. interprete libri Daniel indole (1891); die alex. Übersetzung des B. Daniel (1897). Bevan, the Book of Daniel (1892). Löhr, textkrit. Vorarbeiten zu einer Erklärung des Buches Daniel (ZATW., 1895). On the Greek additions see Rothstein in Kautzsch, Apokr., p. 172 ff.
CHAPTER III.
BOOKS NOT INCLUDED IN THE HEBREW CANON.
THE MSS. and many of the lists of the Greek Old Testament include certain books which find no place in the Hebrew Canon. The number of these books varies, as we have seen; but the fullest collections contain the following: 1 Esdras, Wisdom of Solomon, Wisdom of Sirach, Judith, Tobit, Baruch and the Epistle of Jeremiah, i.—iv. Maccabees. We may add the Psalms of Solomon, a book which was sometimes included in MSS. of the Salomonic books, or, in complete Bibles, at the end of the Canon; and the Greek version of Enoch, although by some accident it has been excluded from the Greek Bible, on other grounds claims the attention of every Biblical student. There is also a long list of pseudepigrapha and other apocrypha which lie outside both the Hebrew and the Greek Canons, and of which in many cases only the titles have survived. The present chapter will be occupied by a brief examination of these non-canonical writings of the Greek Old Testament.
1. 1 ESDRAS. In MSS. of the LXX. the canonical book
Ezra-Nehemiah appears under the title "Ἔσδρας βʹ, Ἔσδρας αʹ
being appropriated by another recension of the history of the
Captivity and Return. The 'Greek Esdras' consists of an
Thus
The context
The relation of the two Greek recensions of Ezra to
one another is a problem analogous to that which is presented
by the two 'versions' of Daniel, and scarcely less perplexing.
It has been stated with great care in Hastings' Dictionary
of the Bible (i. p. 759 ff.), by Mr H. St J. Thackeray. He
distinguishes three views, (1) that 1 Esdras is a compilation
from the LXX. version of 2 Chronicles and Ezra-Nehemiah,
(2) that it is based on an earlier Greek version of those books,
and (3) that it is an independent translation of an earlier
Hebrew text; and while refusing to regard any solution as
final, he inclines to the second. The third has recently
found a champion in Sir H. H. Howorth
2. WISDOM OF SOLOMON. The Greek title is Σοφία Σαλωμῶνος
(Σαλομῶντος, Σολομῶντος, Σαλωμών). But the book
No other book in the Greek Bible is so manifestly Alexandrian
in tone and style. Some early Christian writers
attributed it to Philo (Hieron. praef. in libros Salomonis:
"nonnulli scriptorum veterum hunc esse Iudaei Philonis affirmant"),
and it has been ingeniously conjectured that this view found a
place in the Greek archetype of the Muratorian fragment
The object of the book is to protect Hellenistic Jews from the insidious influences of surrounding ungodliness and idolatry, but while its tone is apologetic and even polemical, the point of view is one which would commend itself to non-Jewish readers. The philosophical tendencies and the literary style of Wisdom favour the view that it is earlier than Philo, but not earlier than the middle of the second century B.C. As to the author, the words in which Origen dismissed the question of the authorship of the Epistle to the Hebrews may be applied to this pre-Christian writing—τίς δὲ ὁ γράψας . . . τὸ μὲν ἀληθὲς θεὸς οἶδεν. It is the solitary survival from the wreck of the earlier works of the philosophical school of Alexandria which culminated in Philo, the contemporary of our Lord.
3. WISDOM OF JESUS, SON OF SIRACH. In cod. B the
title of this book is simply Σοφία
Σειράχ
Cf. Rufin. in symb. 38: "alii libri sunt qui non canonici sed ecclesiastici a maioribus appellati sunt, id est, Sapientia quae dicitur Salomonis, et alia Sapientia quae dicitur filii Sirach, qui liber apud Latinos hoc ipso generali vocabulo Ecclesiasticus appellatur, quo vocabulo non auctor libelli sed scripturae qualitas cognominata est."
The Wisdom of the Son of Sirach was the work of
a Palestinian (c. L. 27 Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ἰεροσολυμείτης),
and written in Hebrew; the Greek version was made by the grandson
of the writer during a visit to Alexandria (prolog., ll. 5, 18 ff.).
This visit is said to have begun ἐν τῷ ὀγδόῳ καὶ τριακοστῷ
ἔτει ἐπὶ τοῦ Εὐεργέτου βασιλέως—words which, simple as they
seem, are involved in a double ambiguity, since there
were two Ptolemies who bore the name Euergetes, and
it is not clear whether the 38th year is to be reckoned
from the commencement of the reign of Euergetes or from
some other point of departure. But, assuming that the
Euergetes intended is Euergetes II., i.e. Physcon
Fragments of the original are preserved in Rabbinic
In all the known MSS. of the Greek Sirach
4. JUDITH (Ἰουδείθ,
-δίθ, -δήθ, = יְהוּדִית,
cf.
Origen's Jewish teachers knew nothing of a Semitic original
(cf. ad African. 13: Ἐβραῖοι τῷ Τωβίᾳ οὐ χρῶνται οὐδὲ τῇ
Ἰουδήθ, οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔχουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ ἐν ἀποκρύφοις Ἐβραιστί, ὡς
ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν μαθόντες ἐγνώκαμεν). Jerome, on the other hand,
not only says expressly (praef. in Iudith): "apud Hebraeos
liber Iudith inter apocrypha (v.l. hagiographa) legitur," but
he produced a version or paraphrase from an Aramaic source
("ea quae intellegentia integra ex verbis Chaldaeis invenire
potui, Latinis expressi")
The Greek Judith is said by Fritzsche
5. TOBIT (Τωβείτ (-βίτ, -βήτ), Τωβείθ, Tobias, liber Tobiae, utriusque Tobiae), a tale of family life, the scene of which is laid at Nineveh and Ecbatana, the hero being an Israelite of the tribe of Naphtali, who had been carried into captivity by Shalmanezer. The book appears to have been written for Jewish readers, and in Hebrew or Aramaic. The Jews of Origen's time, however, refused to recognise its authority (Orig. de orat. 14 τῇ δὲ τοῦ Τωβὴτ βίβλῳ ἀντιλέγουσιν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, ὡς μὴ ἐνδιαθήκῳ), or even to include it among their apocrypha (see above, under JUDITH); but it was accepted by the Church (ep. ad African. 1. c. χρῶνται τῷ Τωβίᾳ αἱ ἐκκλησίαι), and there is abundant evidence of its popularity among Christians (cf. Ps. Clem. 2 Cor. 16. 4, Polyc. ad Smyrn. 10. 2, Clem. Alex. strom. ii. 23, vi. 12, Orig. de orat. 11, in Rom. viii. 11, c. Cels. v. 19, Cypr. testim. iii. 1, 6, 62). Gnostics shared this feeling with Catholics; the Ophites placed Tobit among their prophetical books (Iren. i. 30. 11).
Jerome translated Tobit as he translated Judith, from a
'Chaldee,' i.e. Aramaic, copy, but with such haste that the
whole was completed in a single day (praef. in Tob. "exigitis
ut librum Chaldaeo sermone conscriptum ad latinum
stylum tradam . . . feci satis desiderio vestro . . . et quia vicina
est Chaldaeorum lingua sermoni Hebraico, utriusque linguae
peritissimum loquacem reperiens unius diei laborem arripui,
et quidquid ille mihi Hebraicis verbis expressit, hoc ego
The Greek text itself exists in two principal recensions,
represented by the two great uncials B and א.
In c.
6. BARUCH and THE EPISTLE OF JEREMIAH
Βαρούχ, Ἐπιστολὴ Ἰερεμίου,
[prophetia] Baruch) were regarded by the Church
as adjuncts of Jeremiah, much in the same way as Susanna and
Bel were attached to Daniel. Baruch and the Epistle occur
in lists which rigorously exclude the non-canonical books;
they are cited as 'Jeremiah' (Iren. v. 35. 1, Tert. scorp. 8,
Clem. Alex. paed i. 10, Cypr. testim. ii. 6); with Lamentations
they form a kind of trilogy supplementary to the prophecy
(Athan. ep. 39 Ἰερεμίας καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Βαρούχ, Θρῆνοι,
Ἰπιστολή, Cyril. Hier. catech. iv. 33 Ἰερεμίου
μετὰ Βαροὺχ καὶ
Θρήνων καὶ
Ἐπιστολῆς
The Epistle (ἀνρίγραφον ἐπιστολῆς ἧς ἀπέστειλεν Ἰερεμίας
πρὸς τοὺς ἀχθησομένους [v.1. ἀπαχθέντας]
αἰχμαλώτους εἰς Βαβυλῶνα) seems to have been suggested by
The problem presented by Baruch is less simple. This
book is evidently a complex work consisting of two main
sections (1.
An investigation by Professor Ryle and Dr James
Const. Ap. v. 20 καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦ͙ δεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς Γαρπιαίου συναθροιζόμενοι τοὺς Θρήνους Ἰερεμίου ἀναγινώσκουσιν . . . καὶ τὸν Βαρούχ. Hieron. praef. comm. in Ierem. "vulgo edition; Septuaginta copulatur, nec habetur apud Hebraeos"; praef. vers. Ierem. "apud Hebraeos nec legitur nec habetur." Epiph. de mens. et pond. 5 οὐ κεῖνται αἱ ἐπιστολαὶ [Βαροὺχ καὶ Ἰερεμίου] παῤ Ἐβραίοις.
7. BOOKS OF MACCABEES
(Μακκαβαίων αʹ, βʹ, γʹ, δʹ, Machabaeorum libri;
τὰ Μακκαβαϊκά, Hippol. in Dan. iv. 3; Orig. ap.
Eus. H. E. vi. 25). The four books differ widely in origin, character, and literary value; the bond which unites them is
merely their common connexion with the events of the age which produced the heroes of the Hasmonaean or Maccabean
1 MACCABEES. This book seems to have been used by
Josephus (ant. xii. 6. 1 sqq.), but it is doubtful whether he
was acquainted with its Greek form. On the other hand, the
Greek 1 Macc. was undoubtedly known to the Christian
school of Alexandria; cf. Clem. Alex. strom. i. § 123
τὸ τῶν
The history of 1 Macc. covers about 40 years (B.C. 175—132).
There are indications that the writer was removed
by at least a generation from the end of his period (cf. c.
2 MACCABEES. The existence of a book bearing this title
is implied by Hippolytus, who quotes 1 Macc. with the
formula ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ
βίβλῳ τῶν
Μακκαβαϊκῶν
ἀναγέγραπται, and
by Origen, if we may trust the Latin interpretation (in ep. ad
Rom., t. viii. 1 "in primo libro Machabaeorum scriptum est");
the title itself occurs in Eus. praef. ev. viii. 9
(ἡ δευτέρα τῶν Μακκαβαίων).
But the evidence goes further back. Philo
shews some knowledge of the book in Quod omnis probus liber,
§ 13, and the author of the Ep. to the Hebrews has a clear
reminiscence of its Greek (
The writer is described by Clement of Alexandria (strom. v.
14) as ὁ συνταξάμενος τὴν τῶν Μακκαβαϊκῶν ἐπιτομήν. This
is precisely what he claims to do (c.
The second book of Maccabees presents a striking contrast
to the first. Covering a part of the same period (B.C. 175—160),
it deals with the events in a manner wholly different.
In 1 Maccabees we have a plain and usually trustworthy
history; in 2 Maccabees a partly independent but rhetorical
and inaccurate and to some extent mythical panegyric of the
patriotic revolt
3 MACCABEES. A third book of Μακκαβαικά
finds a place
A more exact description of 3 Maccabees would be that
which it seems to have borne in some circles—the Ptolemaica
There are reasons for believing that this romance rests
upon some historical basis. "The author . . . evidently has good
knowledge of the king and his history . . . the feast kept by the
Egyptian Jews at a fixed date [c.
4 MACCABEES. According to Eusebius and Jerome this
book was the work of Josephus
Eus. H. E., iii. 10 πεπόνηται δὲ καὶ ἄλλο οὐκ ἀγεννὲς σπούδασμα τῷ ἀνδρὶ (sc. Ἰωσήπῳ) περὶ αὐτοκράτπρος λογισμοῦ, ὅ τινες Μακκαβαϊκὸν ἐπέγραψαν τῷ τοὺς ἀγῶνας τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὕτω καλουμένοις Μακκαβαϊκοῖς συγγράμμασιν ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰς τὸ θεῖον εὐσεβείας ἀνδρισαμένων Ἐβραίων περιέχειν. Hieron. de virr. ill. 13 "alius quoque libro eius qui inscribitur περὶ αὐτοκράτορος λογισμοῦ valde elegans habetur, in quo et Maccabeorum digesta martyria" (cf. c. Pelag. ii. 5).
The book is a philosophical treatise upon the question,
εἰ αὐτοδέσποτός ἐστιν τῶν παθῶν ὁ εὐσεβὴς λογισμός
But the
greater part of it
The style of 4 Macc. abounds in false ornament and
laboured periods. But on the whole it is "truly Greek
8. To the books of the Hebrew canon (τὰ ἐνδιάθηκα, τὰ εἰκοσιδύο)
and the 'external' books (τὰ ἔξω),
which on the
authority of Jerome the reformed Churches of the West have
been accustomed to call the Apocrypha, some of the ancient
lists add certain apocrypha properly so named. Thus the
catalogue of the 'Sixty Books,' after reciting the canonical
books of the O. and N. Testaments, and
τὰ περὶ (leg. πέρα)
τούτων ἔξω
(the two Wisdoms, 1—4 Maccabees, Esther, Judith, Tobit), continues:
Καὶ ὅσα ἀπόκρυφα· Ἀδάμ, Ἑνώχ, Λάμεχ, Πατριάρχαι,
Προσευχὴ Ἰωσήφ, Ἐλδάδ, Διαθήκη Μωυσέως, Ἀνάληψις Μωυσέως,
Ψαλμοὶ Σολομῶντος, Ἠλίου ἀποκάλυψις, Ἠσαίου ὅρασις, Σοφονίου
ἀποκάλυψις, Ζαχαρίου ἀποκάλυψις, Ἔσδρα ἀποκάλυψις. The
Pseudo-Athanasian Synopsis and the Stichometry of Nicephorus
count among the ἀπόκρυφα τῆς παλαιᾶς, together with
certain of the above, Ἀβραάμ . . . Βαρούχ, Ἁββακούμ, Ἐζεκιήλ,
καὶ Δανιήλ,
ψευδεπίγραφα
Though the great majority of these writings at one time
existed in Greek, they were not admitted into collections of
canonical books. A partial exception was made in favour
of the PSALMS OF SOLOMON. This book is mentioned among
the ἀντιλεγόμενα
of the O.T. in the Stichometry of Nicephorus
and in the Pseudo-Athanasian Synopsis. An earlier
authority, the compiler of the catalogue at the beginning of
Codex Alexandrinus, allows it a place in his list, although
after the final summary of the books of the Old and New
Testaments
. . . | and below,
| 
.
The Psalms of Solomon are shewn by their teaching and
spirit to be the work of the Pharisaic school, and internal
evidence connects them with the age of Pompey, whose death
appears to be described in
One other apocryphon of the Greek Old Testament claims
attention here. The BOOK OF ENOCH has since 1838 been
in the hands of scholars in the form of an Ethiopic version
based upon the Greek. But until 1892 the Greek version
was known only through a few fragments—the verse quoted
by St Jude (cf. 14 f.), a brief tachygraphic extract in cod.
Vat. gr. 1809, published in facsimile by Mai (patr. nov.
biblioth. ii.), and deciphered by Gildemeister (ZDMG., 1855,
p. 622 ff.), and the excerpts in the Chronographia of Georgius
Syncellus
The newly recovered Greek belongs to the oldest part of
Enoch, which may be regarded as in the main a Palestinian
work of the second century B.C.
The Greek version of Enoch seems to have been circulated
in the ancient Church; cf. Barn. 4. 16; Clem. Alex. ecl. proph.
2; Orig. de princ. i. 3. 3, iv. 35, hom. in Num. 28. 2.
The book was not accepted by authority (Orig. c. Cels. v. 54
ἐν τα̯ς ἐκκλησίαις οὐ πάνυ φέρεται ὡς θεῖα τὰ ἐπιγεγραμμένα
τοῦ Ἑνὼχ βιβλία: in Ioann. t. vi. 25
εἴ τῳ φίλον παραδέχεσθαι
ὡς ἅγιον τὸ βιβλία. Hieron. de virr. ill. 4 "apocryphus
est"), but opinion was divided, and Tertullian was prepared to
admit the claims of a writing which had been quoted in a
Catholic Epistle (de cult. faem. i. 3 "scio scripturam Enoch
. . . non recipi a quibusdam quia nec in armarium Iudaicum
admittitur . . . a nobis quidem nihil omnino reiciendum est quod
pertineat ad nos . . . eo accedit quod E. apud Iudam apostolum
testimonium possidet)." In the end, however, it appears to
have been discredited both in East and West, and, if we
may judge by the almost total disappearance of the Greek
version, it was rarely copied by Catholics even for private
LITERATURE of the non-canonical Books .
The Variorum Apocrypha, edited by C. J. Ball (London, 1892).
1 ESDRAS. De Wette-Schrader, Lehrbuch, §§ 363—4; König, Einleitung, p. 146; Dähne, Gesch. Darstellung, iii. p. 116 ff.; Nestle, Marginalien, p. 23 f.; Bissell, Apocrypha of the O. T., p. 62 ff.; H. St J. Thackeray, art. 1 Esdras in Hastings' D. B., i.; Schürer3, iii. p. 326 ff. ; Büchler, das apokr. Ezra-Buchs (MGWJ., 1897). Text and apparatus: Holmes and Parsons, t. v.; Fritzsche, libri apocr. V. T. Gr., pp. viii.—x., 1—30; Lagarde, libr. V. T. canon., p. i. (Lucianic); O. T. in Greek, ii. (text of B, with variants of A); W. J. Moulton, über die Überlieferung u. d. textkrit. Werth des dritten Ezra-Buchs, ZATW., 1899, 2, 1900, I. Commentaries: Fritzsche, exeg. Handbuch z. d. Apokr., i.; Lupton, in Speaker's Comm., Apocrypha, i.; Guthe, in Kautzsch, Apokryphen, p. 1 ff.
WISDOM OF SOLOMON. Fabricius-Harles, iii. 727. De Wette-Schrader, Lehrbuch, §§ 378—382; König, Einleitung, p. 146; Dähne, Darstellung, ii. p. 152 ff.; Westcott, in Smith's D. B. iii. p. 1778 ff.; Drummond, Philo Judaeus, i. p. 177 ff. Text and apparatus: Holmes and Parsons, v.; Fritzsche, libr. apocr. V. T. Gr., pp. xxiv. f., 522 ff.; O. T. in Greek, ii. p. 604 ff. (text of B, variants of אAC). Commentaries: Bauermeister, comm. in Sap. Sol. (1828); Grimm, exeg. Handbuch, vi.; Reusch, observationes Criticae in libr: Sapientiae (Friburg, 1858); Deane, the Book of Wisdom (Oxf., 1881); Farrar, in Speaker's Comm., Apocr., i.; Siegfried, in Kautzsch, Apokryphen, p. 476 ff. On the Latin version see Thielmann, die lateinische Übersetzung des Buches der Weisheit (Leipzig, 1872).
WISDOM OF THE SON OF SIRACH. Fabricius-Harles, iii. 718; De Wette-Schrader, § 383 ff.; König, p. 145. Westcott and Margoliouth, Ecclesiasticus in Smith's D. B.2 i. 841; Schürer3, iii. p. 157 ff. (where a full list of recent monographs will be found). Text with apparatus: Holmes and Parsons, v.; Fritzsche; 0. T. in Greek, ii. (text of B, variants of אAC); cf. J. K. Zenner, Ecclesiasticus nach cod. Vat. 346 (Z. K. Th., 1895). Bretschneider, liber Iesu Siracidae Gr., Ratisbon, 1806. Cf. Hatch, Essays, p. 296 ff. Nestle, Marginalien (1893), p. 48 ff. Klostermann, Analecta, p. 26 f. Commentaries: Bretschneider (ut supra); Fritzsche, exeg. Handbuch, v.; Edersheim in Speaker's Comm., Apocr. ii.; Ryssel, in Kautzsch, Apokryphen, p. 230 ff.
On the newly discovered Hebrew text with relation to the versions see Cowley and Neubauer, The original Hebrew of a portion of Ecclesiasticus, Oxford, 1897; Smend, das hebr. Fragment der Weisheit des Jesus Sirach, 1897; Halévy, Étude sur la partie du texte hébreu de l’Ecclésiastique (Paris, 1897); Schlatter, das neu gefundene hebr. Stück des Sirach (Güterslob, 1897), I. Lévi, L’Eccelésiastique, Paris, 1898, 1901; C. Taylor, in JQR., 1898; D. S. Margoliouth, The origin of the 'Original Hebrew' of Ecclesiasticus, Oxford, 1899; S. Schechter and C. Taylor, The Wisdom of Ben Sira, Cambridge, 1899; S. Schechter, in JQR. and Cr. R., Oct. 1899; various articles in Exp. Times, 1899; A. A. Bevan in JThSt., Oct. 1899; H. Herkenne, De Veteris Latinae Ecclesiastici capp. i—xliii (Leipzig, 1899); E. Nestle in Hastings, D. B. iv. 539 ff.
JUDITH. Fabricius-Harles, iii. p. 736; De Wette-Schrader, § 373 ff.; König, p. 145 f.; Nestle, Marginalien, p.43 ff.; Westcott-Fuller in Smith's D. B.2 1. ii. p. 1850 ff.; F. C. Porter in Hastings' D. B. ii. p. 822 ff.; Schürer3 iii. p. 167. Text and apparatus: Holmes and Parsons, v.; Fritzsche, p. xviii f., 165 ff.; Old Testament in Greek, ii. (text of B, variants of אA). Commentaries: Fritzsche, exeg. Handbuch, ii.; Wolff, das Buch Judith . . . erklärt (Leipzig, 1861); Scholz, Commentar zum B. Judith (1887, 1896); cf. Ball in Speaker's Comm., Apocr., i.; Löhr, in Kautzsch, Apokryphen, p. 147 ff.
TOBIT.
Fabricius-Harles, iii. 738; De Wette-Schrader, § 375 ff.;
König, p. 145 f.; Westcott in Smith's D. B. iii. p. 1523;
Schürer3, iii. p. 174. Text and apparatus: Holmes and Parsons,
v.: Fritzsche, pp. xvi ff., 108 ff.; Old Testament in Greek, ii.
(texts of B and א, with variants of A); Reusch, libellus Tobit e
cod. Sin. editus (Bonn, 1870); Neubauer, the Book of Tobit:
a Chaldee text (Oxford, 1878). Commentaries: Fritzsche, exeg
Handbuch, Apokr., ii.; Reusch, das Buch Tobias übersetzt u.
erk1ärt (Friburg, 1857); Sengelmann, das Buch Tobits erklärt
(Hamburg, 1857); Gutberlet, das Buch Tobias übersetzt u. erklärt
BARUCH and EPISTLE. Fabricius-Harles, iii. p. 734 f.; De Wette-Schrader, § 389 ff.; König, p. 485 f.; Westcott-Ryle, in Smith's D. B.2 i. p. 359 ff.; J. T. Marshall, in Hastings' D. B. i. p. 249 ff. ii. p. 579 ff.; Schürer3, iii. p. 338 ff.; A. A. Bevan, in Encycl. Biblica, i. 492 ff. Text and apparatus: Holmes and Parsons, v.; Fritzsche, pp. xv f., 93 ff.; Old Testament in Greek, iii. (text of B, with variants of AQΓ). Commentaries: Fritzsche, exeg. Handbuch, Apokr., i.; Reusch, Erklärung des Buchs Baruch (Freiburg, 1853); Hävernick, de libro Baruch (Königsberg, 1861); Kneucker, das Buch Baruch (Leipzig, 1879); E. H. Gifford in Speaker's Comm., Apocr., ii.; Rothstein, in Kautzsch, Apokryphen, p. 213 ff.
1—4 MACCABEES.
Fabricius-Harles, iii. p. 745 ff.; De Wette-Schrader, § 365 ff.; König, p. 482 ff.;
Westcott in Smith's D. B.1
ii. p. 170 ff.; Schürer3, iii. pp. 139 ff., 359 ff., 393 ff.; Rosenthal,
das erste Makkabäerbuch (Leipzig, 1867); Willrich, Juden u.
Griechen vor der makkab. Erhebung (1895); Freudenthal, die
Fl. Josephus beigelegte Schrift. (Breslau, 1869); Wolscht, de Ps.
Josephi oratione . . . (Marburg, 1881). Text and apparatus: Holmes
and Parsons, v. (books i.—iii.); Fritzsche, pp. xix ff., 203 ff.;
Old Testament in Greek, iii. (text of A with variants of אV in
books i. and iv. and V in ii., iii.). Commentaries: Keil, Komm.
über die Bücher der Makk. (Leipzig, 1875) ; Bensly-Barnes,
4 Maccabees in Syriac (Cambridge, 1895)
PSEUDEPIGRAPHA.
The student will find fuller information on
this subject in Fabricius, Codex pseudepigraphus V. T. (Hamburg,
1722): Herzog-Plitt, xii. p. 341 ff. (art. by Dillmann on
Pseudepigrapha des A. T.); Deane, Pseudepigrapha (Edinburgh,
1891); J. E. H. Thomson, Books which influenced our Lord and
His Apostles (Edinburgh, 1891); Smith's and Hastings' Bible
Dictionaries; Schürer3, iii. pp. 150 ff., 190 ff.; the works of
Credner and Zahn; M. R. James, Testament of Abraham in
Texts and Studies (II. ii. p. 7 ff.); Encyclopaedia Biblica, artt. Apocalyptic
PSALMS OF SOLOMON.
Fabricius, Cod. pseudepigr. V.T., i. p. 914 ff.;
Fritzsche, libr. apocr. V. T. gr., pp. xxv ff., 569 ff.; Ryle and
James, Psalms of the Pharisees (Cambridge, 1891); O. v. Gebhardt,
die Psalmen Salomo's (Leipzig, 1895); Old Testament in
Greek2 (Cambridge, 1899
BOOK OF ENOCH. Laurence, Libri Enoch versio aethiopica (Oxford, 1838); Dillmann, Liber Henoch aethiopice (Leipzig, 1851); Bouriant, Fragments du texte grec du livre d’Énoch . . . in Mémoires, &c. (see above); Lods, le livre d’Énoch (Paris, 1892); Dillmann, über den neugefundenen gr. Text des Henoch-Buches (Berlin, 1892); Charles, The Book of Enoch (Oxford, 1893), The Ethiopic Version of the Book of Enoch (Oxford, 1906), and art. in Hastings' D. B. i. p. 705 ff.; Old Testament in Greek, iii.2 (Cambridge, 1899). For a fragment of a Latin version see James, Apocr. anecdota in Texts and Studies, ii. 3, p. 146 ff. An introduction and German version by Dr G. Beer will be found in Kautzsch, Pseudepigraphen, p. 217 ff.
CHAPTER IV.
THE GREEK OF THE SEPTUAGINT.
1. No thorough treatment of the Greek idiom of the
LXX. is known to exist. Two ancient treatises upon the
dialect of Alexandria, by Irenaeus (Minutius Pacatus) and
Demetrius Ixion
2. The student who enters upon this subject with some
knowledge of the Greek New Testament must begin by
reminding himself of the different conditions under which
the two parts of the Greek Bible were produced. The Greek
Old Testament was not like the New Testament the work of
a single generation, nor are its books as homogeneous in their
general character. The Septuagint is a collection of translations
interspersed with original Greek works, the translations
belonging partly to the third century B.C., partly to the second
and first, and the original works chiefly to the end of this
period. Even in the case of the Pentateuch we are not at
liberty to assume that the translators worked at the same time
or under the same circumstances. These considerations complicate
our enquiry, and lead us to expect in the LXX., great
varieties of manner and language. In the earlier work we
shall meet with the colloquial Greek which the Jews learnt
to speak shortly after their settlement in Egypt. Later translations
will approximate to the literary style of the second
century, except in cases where this tendency has been kept
in check by a desire to follow the manner of the older
3. We begin by investigating the literary conditions under which both the translators and the writers lived at Alexandria.
In the middle of the second century B.C. Polybius
No monument of the Alexandrian 'dialect' remains, unless
we may seek it in the earlier books of the Alexandrian Greek
Bible. We have indeed another source from which light
is thrown on the popular Greek of Egypt under the earlier
Ptolemies. A series of epistolary and testamentary papyri
has recently been recovered from the Fayûm, and given to
the world under the auspices of the Royal Irish Academy
The following list has been formed from the indices to the Flinders Petrie collection: ἀναδενδράς, ἀναφάλακρος, ἀναφάλαντος, ἀρχισωματοφύλαξ, ἀρχιτεκτονεῖν, ἄχυρον, βασίλισσα, γένημα, διῶρυξ, ἐπιγονή, ἐργοδιώκτης, εὐίλατος, ἐφιδεῖν, ἐφιορκεῖν, θέριστρον, ὀλιγοψυχεῖν, ὀχύρωμα, ὀψώνιον, παιδίον, παραδεῖξαι, παρεπίδημος, περιδέξιον, περιοδεύειν, πράκτωρ, πρεσβύτεροι, στενοχωρεῖν, χῶμα. The Berlin papyri yield many other such words, e.g. ἀναμέτρησις, γλύμμα, δικαίωμα, ἱεροψάλτης, ἱματισμός, καταλοχισμός, κτηνοτρόφος, μισοπονηρία, ὁλοσχερής, συμπλήρωσις, ὑπομνηματισμός.
The following letter of the time of Philadelphus will serve to shew the style of these documents, and at the same time the use in them of certain Septuagint words. It is addressed by the foremen (δεκάταρχοι) of a gang engaged in a stone quarry to the engineer of the works (ἀρχιτέκτων):
Κλέωνι χαίρειν. οἱ δεκάταρχοι τῶν ἐλευθέρ[ων] λατόμων ἀδικούμεθα·
τά γὰρ ὁμολογηθέντα ὑπὸ Ἀπολλωνίου τοῦ διοικητοῦ οὐθὲν
γίνεται ἡμῖν, ἔχει δὲ τὴν γραφὴν Διότιμος. σπούδασον οὖν ἵνα καθὰ
ἐξειλήφαμεν ἤδη, ὑπὸ Διονυσίου καὶ Διοτίμου χρηματισθῇ ἡμῖν, καὶ
μὴ τὰ ἔργα ἐνλειφθῇ, καθὰ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐγένετο. ἐὰν γὰρ αἴσθωνται
οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι οὐθὲν ἡμᾶς εἰληφότας τὸν σιδηρὸν ἐνέχυρα
θήσουσιν.
4. Simultaneously with the growth of the colloquial mixed
dialect, a deliberate attempt was made at Alexandria to revive
the glories of classical Greek. The first Ptolemy, who had
been the companion of Alexander's early days, retained
throughout his life a passion for literature and learning.
Prompted, perhaps, by Demetrius of Phalerum, Soter founded
at Alexandria the famous Museum, with its cloisters and
lecture rooms and dining hall where scholars lived a common
life under a warden appointed by the King
5. The later Greek, the κοινὴ or
Ἑλληνικὴ
διάλεκτος—the
dialect in general use among Greek-speaking peoples
from the fourth century onwards
6. Such were the local types of Greek upon which the Jewish translators of the O.T. would naturally mould their work. While the colloquial Greek of Alexandria was their chief resource, they were also influenced, in a less degree, by the rise of the later literary style which was afterwards known as the κοινή.
We are now prepared to begin our examination of the
vocabulary and grammar of the Alexandrian Bible, and we
may commence by testing the vocabulary in the translated
books. Let us select for this purpose the first three chapters
of Exodus, 1 Kingdoms, 2 Chronicles, Proverbs, and Jeremiah,
books which are, perhaps, fairly representative of the translation
as a whole. Reading these contexts in the Cambridge
manual edition, and underlining words which are not to be
found in the Greek prose of the best period, we obtain the
following results. In
The following are the Septuagintal words observed in the
above-named passages. Verbs: ἀνδριοῦν, δευτεροῦν, διοδεύειν,
ἐνευλογεῖσθαι, ἐξολεθρεύειν,
ἐξουθενεῖ
A similar experiment has been made by Dr H. A. A.
Kennedy in reference to one of the books of the Pentateuch.
Of 110 late words and forms observed in
A complete list of the late words in the LXX. is still
desideratum. Lists which have been made for the N.T. shew
that out of 950 post-Aristotelian words about 314—just under
one third—occur also in the Greek O.T.
The following LXX. words are condemned by Phrynichus as
non-Attic: αἰχμαλωτίζεσθαι, ἀποτάσσεσθαι, βασίλισσα, βουνός,
βρέχειν (in the sense of ὕειν),
γρηγορεῖν, ἐλεύσεσθαι, ἐξάδελφος,
κατόρθωμα, μεγιστάν, μέθυσος, οἰκοδομή, παιδίσκη, πάπυρος, παρεμβολή,
πεποίθησις, πλῆξαι, ῥάπισμα, ῥύμη, σκορπίζεσθαι, σύσσημον.
Some of these words are said to be provincialisms; e.g. βουνός
is Sicilian, σκορπίζεσθαι is Ionic,
παρεμβολή and ῥύμη
are Macedonian
As our knowledge of Alexandrian Greek increases, it may be
that the greater part of the words which have been regarded as
peculiar to the LXX. will prove to belong to the usage of Egyptian
Greek. Deissmann has already shewn that many well-known
The forms of many words have undergone a change since the age of classical Greek. A few specimens may be given from the pages of Phrynichus:
| Attic Greek. | Greek of the LXX. | Attic Greek. | Greek of the LXX. |
| ἀποκρίνασθαι | ἀποκριθῆναι | μιαρός | μιερός |
| ἀφείλετο | ἀφείλατο | μόχλος | μόκλος (MSS.) |
| ἄχρι, μέχρι | ἄχρις, μέχρις | νεοσσός, -σία | νοσσός, -σία |
| γενέσθαι | γενηθῆναι | νουμηνία | νεομηνία |
| γλωσσοκομεῖον | γλωσσόκομον | ὄρθριος | ὀρθρινός |
| διψῆν | διψᾷν | οὐδείς | οὐθείς |
| δυοῖν | δυσί | πεινῆν | πεινᾷν |
| ἐδεῖτο | ἐδέετο | πήχεων | πηχῶν |
| εὕρημα | εὕρεμα | ποδαπός | ποταπός |
| καθά | καθώς | ταχύτερον | τάχιον |
| καταμύειν | καμμύειν |
7. But the vocabulary of the LXX. is not its most characteristic
feature. With no other vocabulary than that of the
Alexandrian translators, it might be possible to produce a
fairly good piece of Greek prose in the style of the later prose
writers. It is in its manner, in the construction of the sentences
and the disposition of the words, that the Greek of the
LXX. is unique, and not only or chiefly in its lexical eccentricities.
This may perhaps be brought home to the student
most effectually by a comparison of the Greek Bible with two
great Hellenistic writers of the first century A.D. (a) In the
Philo de opif. mundi 7: φησὶ δ᾿ ὡς ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὴν ἀρχὴν παραλαμβάνων, οὐχ ὡς οἴονταί τινες τὴν κατὰ χρόνον· χρόνος γὰρ οὐκ ἦν πρὸ κόσμου, ἀλλ᾿ ἢ σὺν αὐτῷ γέγονεν ἢ μετ᾿ αὐτόν· ἐπεὶ γὰρ διάστημα τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κινήσεώς ἐστιν ὁ χρόνος, προτέρα δὲ τοῦ κινουμένου κίνησις οὐκ ἄν γένοιτο, ἀλλ᾿ ἀναγκαῖον αὐτὴν ἢ ὕστερον ἢ ἅμα συνίστασθαι, ἀναγκαῖον ἄρα καὶ τὸν χρόνον ἢ ἰσήλικα κόσμου γεγονέναι ἢ νεώτερον ἐκεινου· πρεσβύτερον δ᾿ ἀποφαίνεσθαι τολμᾷν ἀφιλόσοφον. De migr. Abrahami 39: ἐὰν μέντοι σκοπούμενος μὴ ῥᾳδίως καταλαμβάνῇς ἃ ζητεῖς, ἐπίμενε μὴ κάμνων . . οὗ χάριν ὁ φιλομαθὴς τοῦ τόπου Συχὲμ ἐνείληπται, μεταληφθὲν δὲ τοὔνομα Συχὲμ ὠμίασις καλεῖται, πόνου σύμβολον, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς μέρεσι τούτοις ἀχθοφορεῖν ἔθος, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἑτέρωθι μέμνηται λέγων ἐπί τινος ἀθλητοῦ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον Ὑπέθηκε τὸν ὦμον εἰς τὸ πονεῖν, καὶ ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ γεωργός. ὥστε μηδέποτε, ὦ διάνοια, μαλακισθεῖσα ὀκλάσῃς, ἀλλὰ κἄν τι δοκῇ δυσθεώρητον εἶναι, τὸ ἐν σαυτῇ βλέπον διανοίξασα διάκυψον εἴσω.
(b) Josephus is not a commentator, but a historian who uses the LXX. as an authority, and states the facts in his own words. We will contrast a few passages of the Greek Bible with the corresponding contexts in the Antiquities.
| Joseph. ant. ii. 9. 4. | |
| ἐσκέπασαν αὐτὸ μῆνας τρεῖς . . . ἔλαβεν αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ θῖβιν, καὶ κατέχρισεν αὐτὴν ἀσφαλτοπίσσῃ καὶ ἐνέβαλεν τὸ παιδίον εἰς αὐτὴν . . . καὶ κατεσκόπευεν ἡ ἀδελφὴ αὐτοῦ μακρόθεν μαθεῖν τί τὸ ἀποβησόμενον αὐτῷ. | τρεῖς μὲν μῆνας παῤ αὐτοῖς τρέφουσι λανθάνοντες . . . μηχανῶνται πλέγμα βίβλινον . . ἔπειτα χρίσαντες ἀσφάλτῳ . . ἐντιθέασι τὸ παιδίον . . . Μαριάμη δὲ τοῦ παιδὸς ἀδελφὴ . . ἀντιπαρεξῄει φερόμενον ὅποι χωρήσει ὀψομένη τὸ πλέγμα. |
| Joseph. ant. v. 10. 2. | |
| ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐξ Ἁρμαθάιμ . . ἐξ ὄρους Ἐφράιμ . . καὶ τούτῳ δύο γυναῖκες· ὄνομα τῇ μιᾷ Ἅννα καὶ τῇ μιᾳ Φεννάνα. καὶ ἦν τῇ Φεννάνᾳ παιδία, καὶ τῇ Ἅννα οὐκ ἦν παιδίον . . πλὴν ὅτι τὴν Ἅνναν ἠγάπα Ἐλκανὰ ὑπὲρ ταύτην. | ἀνὴρ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ πολιτῶν τῆς Ἐφράμου κληρουχίας Ῥαμαθὰν πόλιν κατοικῶν ἐγάμει δύο γυναῖκας Ἅνναν τε καὶ Φεννάναν. ἐκ δὲ ταύτης καὶ παῖδες αὐτῷ γίνονται, τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν ἄτεκνον οὖσαν ἀγαπῶν διετέλει. |
| Joseph. ant. viii. 3. 1. | |
| καὶ ἤρξατο Σαλωμὼν τοῦ οἰκοδομεῖν τὸν οἶκον Κυρίου . . καὶ ἤρξατο οἰκοδομὴ ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἐν τῷ ἔτει τῷ τετάρτῳ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ. | τῆς δὲ οἰκοδομίας τοῦ ναοῦ Σολομὼν ἤρξατο τέταρτον ἔτος ἤδη τῆς βασιλείας ἔχων μηνὶ δευτέρῳ. |
| Joseph. ant. x. 2. 2. | |
| ἰδοὺ ἡμέραι ἔρχονται καὶ λήμψονται πάντα τὰ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου καὶ . . . εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἥξει . . . καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων σου ὧν γέννήσεις λήμψονται, καὶ ποιήσουσιν σπάδοντας ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν Βαβυλωνίων. | ἴσθι οὐ μετ᾿ ὀλίγον χρόνον εἰς Βαβυλῶνά σου τοῦτον μετατεθησόμενον τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τοὺς ἐκγόνους εὐνουχισθησομένους καὶ ἀπολέσαντας τὸ ἄνδρας εἶναι, τῷ Βαβυλωνίῳ δουλεύσοντας βασιλεῖ. |
Josephus, it will be seen, has rewritten each passage, and
in doing so, has not only modified the vocabulary, but revolutionised
the style. On turning from the left hand to the
right hand column we pass from a literal translation of Semitic
texts to an imitation of classical Greek. But the contrast is
not entirely due to the circumstance that the passages taken
from the Septuagint are translations, while the Antiquities
is an original work. Translations, however faithful, may be
in the manner of the language into which they render their
original. But the manner of the LXX. is not Greek, and does
not even aim at being so. It is that of a book written by
men of Semitic descent, who have carried their habits of
thought into their adopted tongue. The translators write
Greek largely as they doubtless spoke it; they possess a
plentiful vocabulary and are at no loss for a word, but they
are almost indifferent to idiom, and seem to have no sense
of rhythm. Hebrew constructions and Semitic arrangements
of the words are at times employed, even when not directly
suggested by the original. These remarks apply especially
to the earlier books, but they are true to a great extent in
regard to the translations of the second century; the manner
of the older translations naturally became a standard to which
8. From the general view of the subject we proceed to a detailed account of some of the more characteristic features of the language of the LXX. They fall under three heads—orthography, accidence, syntax. Under the second head a full list of examples from the Pentateuch will be given, with the view of familiarising the beginner with the vocabulary of the earlier books.
I. ORTHOGRAPHY.
In the best MSS. of the LXX. as of the N.T. a large
number of peculiar spellings occur, of which only a part can
be assigned to itacism and other forms of clerical error. In
many of the instances where the great uncial MSS. of the Greek
Bible persistently depart from the ordinary orthography they
have the support of inscriptions contemporary with the translators,
and it is manifest that we have before us specimens of
a system which was prevalent at Alexandria
To a considerable extent the orthography of the MSS. is
the same in the LXX. and the N.T. The student may find
ample information with regard to the N.T. in the Notes on
Orthography appended to Westcott and Hort's Introduction,
and in the best N. T. grammars (Ph. Buttmann, Winer-Moulton,
Consonants. Assimilation neglected in compounds:
ἐνγαστρίμυθος, συνκατακληρονομεῖν, συνσεισμός,
ἐνκαίνια, ἐνχειρίδιον.
Assimilation where there is no composition: ἐμ μέσῳ, ἐγ γαστρί.
Use of ν ἐφελκυστικόν
before consonants (omission is rare, except in a few cases such as
πᾶσι before the art.); use of
the final ς in ἄχρις, μέχρις, οὕτως, ἄντικρυς.
Retention of the μ in
fut. and aor. pass. of λαμβάνειν
(λήμψομαι, ἐλήμφθην),
and in words formed from it, e.g. πρόσλημψις.
Οὐθείς, μηθείς (see p. 297, note)
for οὐδείς, μηδείς. Γ
dropped in the middle of a word between vowels, as
κραυή, ὀλίος, φεύειν
(especially in cod. א). Ῥ not
doubled in compounds, e.g. ἐπιραντίζειν, κολοβόρις, κατάρακτος,
and reduplicated in the augment (ῥεραντισμένος); σσ
for ττ in ἐλάσσων, ἥσσων,
ἄρσην, θαρσεῖν. In some verbal
forms consonants are doubled, e.g. βέννειν, κτέννειν, χύννειν.
Rough and smooth consonants are occasionally exchanged, e.g.
κύθρα (
Vowels. Ει for ι
in syllables where ι is long, e.g. Semitic
words such as Λευεί, Λευείτης, Δαυείδ, Σειών,
and Greek words as τραπεζείτης, γείνεσθαι, γεινώσκειν.
Also (perhaps by itacism) in
innumerable instances of ῐ
Breathings. Rough breathing for smooth: e.g.
οὐχ ὁλίγος, ἐφ᾿ ἑλπίδι, ἔφιδε, οὐχ εἱσακούσομαι
(
Abnormal spellings such as these occur on every page of an uncial MS. of the LXX. and sometimes cause great perplexity to an editor of the text. So far as they correctly represent the written or spoken Greek of the period, their retention is, generally speaking, desirable. In some cases the MSS. are unanimous, or each MS. is fairly persistent in its practice; in others, the spelling fluctuates considerably. The Cambridge manual LXX. usually adopts a spelling which is persistently given by the MS. whose text it prints, and on the same principle follows the fluctuations of its MS. where they are of any special interest. But the whole question of orthography is far from having reached a settlement.
II. ACCIDENCE. We will deal with (i.) the formation of words, (ii.) the declension of nouns, (iii.) the conjugation of verbs.
(i.) Formation of words.
(a) Words formed by termination:
Verbs. In -οῦν from nouns in
-ος:
ἀμαυροῦν, ἀποδεκατοῦν, ἀπολυτροῦν,
ἀποτυφλοῦν, ἀσφαλτοῦν, διαβιοῦν, ἐκτυποῦν, ἐλαττονοῦν, ἐπιδιπλοῦν,
ἐπιπεμπτοῦν, ἐρυθροδανοῦν, εὐοδοῦν, θανατοῦν, καταχρυσοῦν,
κυροῦν, παλαιοῦν, παραζηλοῦν, περικυκλοῦν, συγκυροῦν.
In -ίζειν, -άζειν -ιάζειν, -ύζειν:
ἁγιάζειν, αἱρετίζειν, ἀκουτίζειν, ἀναβιβάζειν,
ἀναθεματίζειν, ἀπογαλακτίζειν, αὐγάζειν, ἀφαγνίζειν, ἀφανίζειν, ἀφορίζειν,
βαδίζειν, γελοιάζειν, γρύζειν, δανίζειν, διαγογγύζειν, διασκεδάζειν,
διασκορπίζειν, διαχωρίζειν, ἐκθερίζειν, ἐκκλησιάζειν, ἐκμυελίζειν,
ἐκσπερματίζειν, ἐκτοκίζειν, ἐνταφιάζειν, ἐνυπνιάζειν, ἐνωτίζεσθαι,
ἐξεικονίζειν, ἐξετάζειν, ἐξοπλίζειν, ἐξορκίζειν, ἐπικλύζειν, ἐπιραντίζειν,
ἐπισκιάζειν, ἐπιστοιβάζειν, ἐπιφημίζειν, θυσιάζειν, καταβιάζειν, κατασκιάζειν, κατασοφίζειν, κληδονίζειν, κομίζειν, κουφίζειν, λεπίζειν,
λευκαθίζειν, μακαρίζειν, μελίζειν, οἰωνίζειν, ὀνυχίζειν, ὀπτάζειν,
ὀρθρίζειν,
παραδειγματίζειν,
παραδοξάζειν,
παραλογίζειν,
περιασπίζειν,
In -εύειν: ἀγχιστεύειν, διοδεύειν, ἐξολεθρεύειν, ἱερατεύειν, καταδυναστεύειν, κατακυριεύειν, καταφυτεύειν, κατοχεύειν, μεταλλεύειν, προφητεύειν, πρωτοτοκεύειν, στρατοπεδεύειν, τροφεύειν, ὑδρεύειν.
Nouns. In -μα, from verbs: ἁγίασμα, ἅγνισμα, ἀδίκημα, αἴνιγμα, ἄλλαγμα, ἀνάστεμα, ἀνόμημα, ἀνταπόδομα, ἀπόδομα, ἀσέβημα, αὔγασμα, ἀφαίρεμα, βδέλυγμα, διήγημα, δικαίωμα, διόρυγμα, διχοτόμημα, δόμα, ἐγκατάλιμμα, ἔδεσμα, ἐκκόλαμμα, ἐκτύπωμα, ἐπίθεμα, ἐπικάλυμμα, ἐπιτήδευμα, ἕψεμα, ἡμίσευμα, θήρευμα, θυμίαμα, θυσίασμα, ἱεράτευμα, κάρπωμα, κατάκαυμα, καταπέτασμα, καύχημα, κλέμμα, λέπισμα, ὁλοκαύτωμα. ὅραμα, ὀφείλημα, ὀχύρωμα, παράδειγμα, παράθεμα, παράρυμα, περίθεμα, περίψωμα, προσόχθισμα, πρόσταγμα, πρωτογένημα, στερέωμα, συνάντημα, συνκάλυμμα, σύστεμα, τάγμα, τίμημα, τόξευμα, φαλάκρωμα, φύλαγμα, φύραμα, χόρτασμα, χώνευμα.
In -μός, from verbs: ἀφανισμός, γογγυσμός, ἐνδελεχισμός, ἐνπορισμός, ἐξιλασμός, ἐπισιτισμός, ἱματισμός, καθαρισμός, μηρυκισμός, οἰωνισμός, ὁρισμός, ὁρκισμός, παροξυσμός, πειρασμός, σταθμός, στεναγμός, φραγμός, χωρισμός.
In -σις, from verbs: ἀναίρεσις, ἀνάμνησις, ἀποκιδάρωσις, ἄφεσις, βεβαίωσις, γόγγυσις, γύμνωσις, δήλωσις, διάβασις, διασάφησις, ἐκδίκησις, ἔκστασις, ἔκχυσις, ἐπερώτησις, κατακάρπωσις, κατάλειψις, κατάσχεσις, κατοίκησις, ὁλοκάρπωσις, ὁλοκαύτωσις, ὁμοίωσις, πλήρωσις, πόρευσις, πρᾶσις, σύγκρασις, συνάντησις, συντίμησις, σύστασις, ταπείνωσις, ὑπερόρασις, ὑπέροψις, ὑπόστασις, φαῦσις, χαράκωσις, χήρευσις.
In -ή, from verbs: ἀλοιφή, ἀναζυγή, ἀποσκευή, ἀποστολή, ἀποστροφή, ἀφή, διασκευή, δοχή, ἐκτριβή, ἐντολή, ἐπαγωγή, ἐπισκοπή, καταφυγή, ὁλκή, παραβολή, προνομή, προφυλακή, συναγωγή, τροπή.
In -τής, from verbs (m.): αἰνιγματιστής, ἐνταφιαστής, ἐξνγητής, ἐπιθυμητής, ἑρμηνευτής, πολεμιστής, ῥαφιδευτής, σκεπαστής, σχολαστής.
Adjectives. In -ινος: δειλινός, δερμάτινος, καρύινος, ὀστράκινος, πράσινος, στυράκινος, φλόγινος.
In -ιος: ἐνιαύσιος, ὁμομήτριος, πολυχρόνιος, ὑποχείριος.
In -ικός: ἀρσενικός, εἰρηνικός, λαμπηνικός, λειτουργικός, λιθουργικός, μυρεψικός, πατρικός, ποικιλτικός, πολεμικός, προφασιστικός.
In -τος: ἀκατασκεύαστος, ἁλυσιδωτός, ἀόρατος, ἀπερικάθαρτος, ἐπικατάρατος, εὐλογητός, λαξευτός, μισθωτός, ὀνομαστός, πλεοναστός, φορολογιστός.
(b) Words formed by composition:
Verbs compounded with two prepositions:
ἀνθυφαιρεῖν, ἀνταποδοῦναι, ἀποκαθιστᾷν, ἐνκαταλείπειν, ἐνπεριπατεῖν, ἐξαναστέλλειν,
ἐπισυνιστᾷν, κατεμβλέπειν, παρεμβάλλειν, συναναλαμβάνειν,
συναναστρέφεσθαι,
Nouns. Compounded with nouns: ἀσφαλτόπισσα, δασύπους, ἑτερόζυγος, καμηλοπάρδαλις, κολοβόρις, μακροήμερος, μακροχρόνιος, μικρόθυμος, ὁλόκληρος, ὁλοπόρφυρος, πολυέλεος, πολυχρόνιος, σκληροτράχλος, χοιρογρύλλιον.
Compounded with a prefix or preposition : ἀντιπρόσωπος, Ἀντιλίβανος, ἀρχιδεσμοφύλαξ, ἀρχιδεσμώτης, ἀρχιερεύς, ἀρχιμάγειρος, ἀρχιοινοχόος, ἀρχισιτοποιός, ἐπίπεμπτος, εὐπρόσωπος, κατάλοιπος, κατάξηρος, παράλιος, παρεπίδημος, περιδέξιον, περίλυπος, περίοικος, περίχωρος, ὕπανδρος, ὑπερμήκης.
Compounded with a verb stem, and forming a fresh noun or a verb: ἀνεμοφθόρος, γλωσσότμητος, ἐργοδιώκτης, θανατηφόρος, θηριάλωτος, θηρόβρωτος, ἱπποδρόμος, ἰσχνόφωνος, κτηνοτρόφος, νυμφαγωγός, σιτοποιός, σφυροκόπος, τελεσφόρος, χαροποιός, διχοτομεῖν, ζωογονεῖν, κλοποφορεῖν, κρεανομεῖν, λιθοβολεῖν, λιμαγχονεῖν, νευροκοπεῖν, ὀρνιθοσκοπεῖν, συμβολοκοπεῖν, τεκνοποιεῖν, ψωραγριᾷν.
(ii.) Declension of nouns:
Declension 1. Nouns in -ρᾰ, -υῖa,
form gen. in ης, dat. ῃ, μαχαίρῃ,
μαχαίρης
Declension 2. Certain nouns in -οῦς end also in
-ος, e.g.
χείμαρρος, ἀδελφιδός. The Attic form in
-εώς disappears; e.g. λαός
and ναός are written for λεώς
and νεώς—the latter however occurs
in 2 Macc. (A). Nouns in -αρχος pass occasionally into the first
declension, e.g. τοπάρχης
Declension 3. Uncontracted forms are frequent, as βαθέα
Proper nouns. Many are mere transliterations and indeclinable,
e.g. Ἀδάμ, Ἀβραάμ, Ἰωσήφ, Σαμουήλ, Δαυείδ, Ἀχαάβ, Ἠλειού,
Ἐλεισαῖε, Δανιήλ.
On the other hand some well-known names
receive Greek terminations and are declined, as Μωυσῆς or
Μωσῆς, Ἰησοῦς, Ἑζεκίας, Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας; while some are found in both
forms, e.g. we have both Ἠλειού and
Ἠλ(ε)ίας, Μανασσή, and
Μανασσῆς, Σολομών indecl. and
Σολομών gen. -μῶνος or
-μῶντος. But
in the translated books the indeclinable forms prevail, and
there is no appearance of the forms Ἄβραμος, Ἰσράηλος, Ἰώσηπος,
(iii.) Conjugation of verbs
Augments. Doubled, as in κεκατήρανται
Tenses and Persons. (1) Verbs in -ω. New presents, as ἀμφιάζω,
γρηγορῶ, βέννω, κτέννω. Futures and aorists
III. SYNTAX.
Many of the irregularities which fall under this head are
Cases and Numbers. Nom. for voc., e.g.
ὁ θεός for θεέ,
Comparison. Use of a preposition with the positive for the
comparative, e.g. μέγας παρὰ πάντας,
Numerals. Ἑπτά =
ἑπτάκις,
Verbs. Relative rarity of the optative mood
Connexion of the sentence. Use of gen. abs. in reference to
the subject of the verb: e.g. πορευομένου σου . . . ὅρα,
9. Besides the non-classical forms and constructions which
may fairly be placed to the credit of Alexandrian Greek, the
translated books of the Greek Bible naturally exhibit a large
(a) Lexical.
1. Transliterations, and Greek words formed from the Hebrew or Aramaic.
2. Words coined or adopted to express Semitic ideas, as ἀκροβυστία, ἀναθεματίζειν, ὁλοκαύτωμα, σκανδαλίζειν, σπλαγχνίζειν.
3. Phrases answering to the Hebrew idiom: e.g. άρτον φαγεῖν = אָכַל לֶחֶם, ἔλεος ποιεῖν μετά τινος = עָשָׂה חֶסֶד עִם, ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου = לִפְנֵי־יְהוָֹה, ζητεῖν ψυχήν = בִּקֵּשׁ נֶפֶשׁ, θυσία σωτηρίου = שְׁלָמִים זֶבַח, λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον = נָשָׂא פָנִים, πᾶσα σάρξ = כָּל־בָּשָׂר, υἱὸς τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἑνὸς ἐνιαυτῶν = בֶּן־אַרְבָּעִים וְאַחַת שָׁנָח.
4. Words with a new connotation: ἅγιος, ἁμαρτωλός, ἀρετή, ἀφόρισμα, ἄφρων, διάβολος, διαθήκη, δικαιοσύνη, ἐκκλησία, ἐλεημοσύνη, ἐξιλασμός, καρδία, Κύριος or ὁ κύριος, λειτουργεῖν, ματαιότης, ὁσιότης, πειράζειν, προφήτης, πτωχός, σάρξ, φυγαδευτήριον.
(b) Grammatical
Nouns. Repeated to express distribution, e. g.
ἄνθρωπος ἄνθρωπος = אִישׁ אִישׁ,
Pronouns. Otiose use, e.g.
Verbs. The following Hebraisms may be specially noted.
Various phrases used to represent the Heb. inf. abs. when prefixed
to a finite verb, e.g.
Particles. Pleonastic use of καὶ and
δέ, (1) in an apodosis,
e.g.
Prepositions. See under Verbs. Peculiar uses of the Heb.
prepositions are often reflected in the Greek; e.g.
10. Both the vocabulary and the syntax of the LXX.
exhibit remarkable affinities with the modern language. Mr
Geldart (Modern Greek Language, p. 102 f.) urges the study
of modern Greek upon Biblical students on the ground that
"the Greek of the present day affords a better commentary on
the language of the LXX. and of the N.T. than the writings
of contemporary historians, rhetoricians, grammarians and
philosophers
11. Some of the non-canonical books of the Greek Old Testament, which were either (a) loosely translated or paraphrased from a Hebrew original, or (b) originally written in Greek, need separate treatment in regard to their lexical and grammatical character. Such are (a) 1 Esdras, Daniel (LXX.), (b) Wisdom, 2—4 Maccabees.
The lexicography of the 'Apocrypha' has been separately treated by C. A. Wahl (Clavis Abr. V. T. apocryphorum philologica, Leipzig, 1853), and with the help of the Oxford Concordance it may be studied independently. But, for the sake of the student who has not the necessary leisure to examine the subject in detail, it is desirable to notice here the more conspicuous words in each of the books referred to above.
| 1 ESDRAS. | |
ἀκολούθως = κατά, dat. (2 Esdr., 2 Macc.) |
εὐφυής (Sap., 2 Macc.) |
| ἱερόδουλος | |
| ἀναγνώστης = γραμματεύς, 2 Esdr. | ἱεροψάλτης |
| ἀναμφισβητήτως | ἱστορεῖν |
| ἀναπλήρωσις (Dan.) | καταλοχισμός (1, 2, Chr.) |
| ἀνιεροῦν (3 Macc.) | κολακεύειν (Job¹, Sap.¹) |
| ἀντίγραφον (Esth., Ep.-Jer., 1, 2 Macc.) | λῃστεύειν |
| ἀντιπαρατάσσειν | μανιάκη (Dan.) |
| ἀπονοεῖσθαι (2 Macc.) | μεγαλειότης |
| ἀποσημαίνειν | μεριδαρχία |
| ἀποστατίς (2 Esdr.) | μεταγενέστερος |
| βιβλιοφυλάκιον | ὀνοματογραφία |
| δημαγωγεῖν, -γία | ὁρκωμοσία (Ez.) |
| διαδημα (Esth. Sap., Isa., 2, 4 Macc.) | πειθαρχεῖν (Jer., Dan.) |
| προκαθηγεῖσθαι (cod. B) | |
| δογματίζειν (Esth., Dan., 2, 3 Macc.) | προπομπή |
| προσκεφάλαιον (Ez.) | |
| δυσσέβεια, -βημα (2 Macc.) | συνβραβεύειν |
| εἰδωλεῖον (Dan., 1 Macc.) | σωματοφύλαξ (Judith, 2 Macc.) |
| ἐμφυσιοῦν | ὑπομνηματίζειν |
| ἐπακουστός | φορολογία (1 Macc.) |
| ἐπιδόξως | χαμαιπετής |
| ἐπισπεύδειν (Esth.¹ , Prov.¹ ) | χάσκειν |
| ἐρωμένη, ἡ (cod. B) | χρηματιστήριον |
| εὐθαρσής (1, 2, Macc.) | χρυσοχάλινος (2 Macc.) |
| εὐπρεπῶς (Sap.) | |
| DANIEL. | |
| ἀποθαυμάζειν (Sir.) | κοπανίζειν (3 Regn.) |
| ἀποτυμπανίζειν (3 Macc.) | μανιάκης (1 Esdr.¹ ) |
| ἀρχιεύνουχος | μεγαλειότης (1 Esdr.) |
| ἀρχιπατριώτης (Jos.¹ ) | πρόσοψις (2 Macc.) |
| δαμάζειν | σαμβύκη |
| δημεύειν | σοφιστής (Exod.¹ ) |
| διαμελίζειν | συναλοᾷν |
| διάπυρος (3 Macc.) | συνμολύνεσθαι |
| διοικητής (2 Esdr., Tob.) | σύριγξ |
| ἐγκύκλιος | ὕπατος |
| ἐποργίζεσθαι (2 Macc.) | ὑπεραινετός |
| ἐστιατορία (4 Regn.) | ὑπερένδοξος |
| εὐκαταφρόνητος | ὑπερμεγεθής (1 Chr.) |
| εὐσήμως | ὑπερυψοῦν (Ps.2) |
| θερμασία (Jer.¹ ) | ὑπερφερής |
| κηλιδοῦσθαι (Jer.) | φιλόσοφος (4 Macc.) |
| κονίαμα | |
WISDOM.
This book contains an unusually large vocabulary, consisting
in great part of compound words. The following list,
taken from c. i.—vi., will suffice to shew its lexical character
| ἀγερωχία (2, 3 Macc.) | αὐτοσχεδίως |
| ἀδιάπτωτος | ἀφθόνως |
| ἀθανασία (4 Macc.) | βασκανία (4 Macc.) |
| ἀκαταμάχητος | δεκαμηνιαῖος |
| ἀκηλίδωτος (Ps.¹ ) | διορθωτής |
| ἀκοίμητος | δύσχρηστος (Isa.¹ ) |
| ἀλαζονεύεσθαι (Ps.¹ ) | ἐπισφαλῶς |
| ἀμάραντος | ἐπιτήδειος (1 Chr., 1—3 Macc.) |
| ἀμόλυντος | ἐπιφημίζειν (Deut.¹ ) |
| ἀναποδισμός | ἐργατεία |
| ἀνεκλιπής | εὐκλεής (Jer.¹ ) |
| ἀνεξικακία | εὔκυκλος |
| ἀνυπόκριτος | εὐμορφία (3 Macc.) |
| ἀπήμαντος | εὔστοχος |
| ἀπολογία | θυμήρης |
| ἀπότομος, ἀποτόμως | ἰδιότης (3 Macc.) |
| ἀτέλεστος | κακοπραγία |
| ἀτίμητος (3 Macc.) | κακότεχνος |
| καταδαπανᾷν | πολύγονος (4 Macc.) |
| κατάλυπος | πομπεύειν |
| κατάχρεως | πρωτόπλαστος |
| μακρόβιος (Isa.¹ ) | στεφανηφορεῖν |
| μονοήμερος | συγγνωστός |
| ὁμοιοπαθής (4 Macc.) | συλλογισμός (Ex.¹ ) |
| ὁπλοποιεῖν | τεκμήριον (3 Macc.) |
| παράδοξος (Judith, Sir., 2, 4 Macc.) | φιλάνθρωπος |
In 2—4 Maccabees the reader finds himself at length face to face with the full richness of the Alexandrian literary style, as it was written by cultured Hellenists of the second and first centuries B.C. The writers, especially the writer of 4 Maccabees, may be said to revel in the use of compound words, many of which may have been of their own coinage. Specimens follow.
| 2 MACCABEES. | |
| ἀγορανομία | εὐαπάντητος |
| ἀκαριαῖος | θεομαχεῖν |
| ἀκρόπολις | θωρακισμός |
| ἀκρωτηριάζειν | κατευθεκτεῖν |
| ἀλλοφυλισμός | λεληθότως |
| ἀναλημπτέος | λιτανεία |
| ἀπευθανατίζειν | ὁπλολογεῖν |
| ἀρχηγενέτης | πατρῷος |
| ἀσυλία | πολεμοτροφεῖν |
| αὐθαίρετος | πολυπραγμονεῖν |
| βαρβαροῦν | προσαναλέγεσθαι |
| δειλανδριᾷν | προσυπομιμνήσκειν |
| δευτερολογεῖν | σπλαγχνισμός |
| διάσταλσις | συμμισοπονηρεῖν |
| δοξικός | συνεκκεντεῖν |
| δυσπέτημα | τερατοποιός |
| ἐπευλαβεῖσθαι | ψυχαγωγία |
| δοξικός | συνεκκεντεῖν |
| δυσπέτημα | τερατοποιός |
| ἐπευλαβεῖσθαι | ψυχαγωγία |
| 3 MACCABEES. | |
| ἀλογιστία | ἀνέφικτος |
| ἀμνησικακία | ἀσινής |
| ἀνείκαστος | βαρυηχής |
| ἀνεπίστρεπτος | βυθοτρεφής |
| γραφικός | νεανικός |
| δημοτελής | πανόδυρτος |
| δικαιοκρίτης | παραναγινώσκειν |
| δυσαίακτος | πολύδακρυς |
| εὐκατάλλακτος | προκατασκιροῦν |
| κισσόφυλλον | σιδηρόδεσμος |
| λαογραφία | ὑπομαστιαῖος |
| λιβανοῦν | ὑπόφρικος |
| μεγαλοκράτωρ | φοβεροειδής |
| μεγαλομερής | χαρτηρία |
| μιεροφαγία | χειρονομία |
| μίσυβρις | ψυχουλκεῖν |
| 4 MACCABEES. | |
| αἱμοβόρος | ἱεροπρεπής |
| ἀναμοχλεύειν | ἰσόπαλις |
| ἀποσκυθίζειν | καλλίπαις |
| ἀρθρεμβόλος | κηρογονία |
| ἀσθενόψυχος | μαλακοψυχεῖν |
| ἀσυρής | ξιφηφόρος |
| αὐτοδέσποτος | ὀροφοιτεῖν |
| γαλακτοποιεῖν | παθοκρατεῖσθαι, -τία |
| γαλακτοτροφία | παιδοχαρακτήρ |
| εἰδωλόθυτος | πηδαλιουχεῖν |
| ἐναγκάλισμα | προσεπικατατείνειν |
| ἐναποσφραγίζειν | συμπάθεια |
| ἐπιρωγολογεῖσθαι | συναγελάζειν |
| ἑπταμήτωρ | φιλομήτωρ |
| εὐλογιστία | φιλοστοργία |
| θανατηφόρος | φωταγωγεῖν |
In the style of the originally Greek books there is little
to remind us of the Semitic origin of the writers. The
Wisdom of Solomon follows generally the parallelisms of
Hebrew poetry, and its language is moulded to some extent
by the LXX., of the Psalms and of Proverbs. In 1—4
Maccabees the influence of the canonical books appears in the
retention of transliterated names such as Ἀβραάμ, Ἰσραήλ,
Δανιήλ. But Ἰερουσαλήμ, has become
Ἰεροσόλυμα, and Eleazar
is usually Ἐλεάζαρος. Of Hebrew constructions or modes of
thought there is only an occasional instance, whilst it is obvious
LITERATURE. F. W. Sturz, De dialecto Macedonica et Alexandrina (1808); H. W. J. Thiersch, De Pentateuchi versione Alexandrina, libri iii. (1841); Z. Frankel, Vorstudien zu der Septuaginta (1841); F. W. A. Mullach, Gramm. d. Vulgarsprache in historischer Entwicklung (1856); G. v. Zezschwitz, Profangräcität u. hellenist. Sprachgeist (1859); E. Reuss, art. Hellenistisches Idiom (in Herzog-Plitt, vi., 1880); W. Schmid, Der Atticismus . . . von Dionysius v. Halikarnass bis auf d. zw. Philostratus (Stuttgart, 1889—97); K. Meisterhans, Gramm. d. Attischen Inschriften (1881); R. C. Jebb, App. to Vincent and Dickson's Handbook to modern Greek (1881); E. Hatch, Essays in Biblical Greek (1889), pp. 1—130; H. A. A. Kennedy, Sources of N. T. Greek (1895); G. A. Deissmann, Bibelstudien (1895), and Neue Bibelstudien (1897),—also his art., Hellenistisches Griechisch, in Hauck, vii. p. 627 ff. (Leipzig, 1899), where a full bibliography will be found. Phrynichus, ed. Lobeck (1820); W. G. Rutherford, The new Phrynichus (1881); Du Cange, Glossarium ad scriptores mediae et infimae Graecitatis (Lyons, 1688); J. C. Biel, Novus thesaurus philologicus, sive lexicon in LXX. (The Hague, 1779); J. F. Schleusner, Novus thesaurus philologico-criticus . . . V. T. (Leipzig, 1820); E. A. Sophocles, Greek Lexicon for the Roman and Byzantine periods² (1888); H. Anz, Subsidia . . . e Pentateuchi vers. Alex. repetita (in Diss. philolog. Hal. xii. Halle, 1894); J. Viteau, Étude sur le Grec du N.T. comparé avec celui des Septante (Paris, 1896); E. Hatch and H. A. Redpath, Concordance to the Septuagint (1897); Th. Zahn, Einleitung in das N. T., i., pp. 24 ff. (1897); Byzantinische Zeitschrift (1892 ff.); Archiv für Papyrusforschung (Leipzig, 1899 ff.); G. A. Deissmann, Die sprachl. Erforschung der griech. Bibel, and Die Sprache der griech. Bibel (Th. Rundschau i., p. 463 ff.); A. Thumb, Die griechische Sprache im Zeitalter des Hellenismus (Strassburg, 1901).
Much information on points of grammar and orthography may also be gleaned from the N.T. grammars—A. Buttmann, Grammatik d. NTlichen Sprachgebrauchs (Berlin, 1859); Winer-Moulton, Treatise on the Greek of the N.T.8 (1877); Winer-Schmiedel, Grammatik d. NTlichen Sprachidioms, Theil i.—ii. (1894—8); F. Blass, Grammatik d. NTlichen Griechisch (1896, or the same translated by H. St J. Thackeray, 1898); A. R. Jannaris, Historical Greek Grammar (1897); and from the Introduction and Appendix to Westcott and Hort's N. T. in Greek (Intr., pp. 302—313, App., pp. 148—180). The Gramm. Untersuchungen über die biblische Gräcität of K. H. A. Lipsius is limited to such matters as accentuation, punctuation, and the abbreviations used in Biblical Greek MSS.; but within its own scope it is a serviceable book.
CHAPTER V.
THE SEPTUAGINT AS A VERSION.
THE purpose of this chapter is to prepare the beginner for grappling with the problems presented by the Septuagint when it is regarded as a translation of the Hebrew Bible. Almost at the outset of his study of the Alexandrian version he will find himself confronted by difficulties which can only be met by a study of the general purpose and character of the work, the limitations by which the translators were beset, and the principles which guided them in the performance of their task.
I. The reader of the Septuagint must begin by placing before his mind the conditions under which it was produced, and the relation of the original work to our present texts, Hebrew and Greek.
1. (a) Strictly speaking the Alexandrian Bible is not a
single version, but a series of versions produced at various
times and by translators whose ideals were not altogether alike.
Internal evidence
A single specimen may be given from
| 3Κύριος στερέωμά μου καὶ καταφυγή μου καὶ ῥύστης μου· ὁ θεός μου βοηθός καὶ ἐλπιῶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4αἰνῶν ἐπικαλέσομαι Κύριον, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου σωθήσομαι. 5περιέσχον με ὠδῖνες θανάτου, καὶ χείμαρροι ἀνομίας ἐξετάραξάν με· 6ὠδῖνες ᾅδου περιεκύκλωσάν με, προέφθασάν με παγίδες θανάτου. 7καὶ ἐν τῷ θλίβεσθαί με ἐπεκαλεσάμην τὸν κύριον, καὶ πρὸς τὸν θεόν μου ἐκέκραξα· ἤκουσεν ἐκ ναοῦ ἁγίου αὐτοῦ φωνῆς μου, καὶ ἡ κραυγή μου [ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ εἰσελεύσεται] εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ. | 2Κύριε πέτρα μου καὶ ὀχύρωμά μου καὶ ἐξαιρούμενός με ἐμοί· 3ὁ θεός μου φύλαξ ἔσται μου, πεποιθὼς ἔσομαι ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ . . . . 4αἰνετὸν ἐπικαλέσομαι Κύριον, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου σωθήσομαι. 5ὅτι περιέσχον με συντριμμοὶ θανάτου, χείμαρροι ἀνομίας ἐθάμβησάν με· 6ὠδῖνες θανάτου ἐκύκλωσάν με, προέφθασάν με σκληρότητες θανάτου. 7ἐν τῷ θλίβεσθαί με ἐπικαλέσομαι Κύριον, καὶ πρὸς τὸν θεόν μου βοήσομαι, καὶ ἐπακούσεται ἐκ ναοῦ αὐτοῦ φωνῆς μου, καὶ ἡ κραυγή μου ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν αὐτοῦ. |
One of these versions has doubtless influenced the other, but
that they are the work of separate hands seems to be clear from
the differences of method which appear e.g. in the renderings of
מְצוּדָה סֶלֵע
in the first verse, and the use of the aorist and the
future in vv. 6, 7.
If further proof is needed it may be found in the diverse
renderings of the same Hebrew words in different parts of the
Canon. This argument must be used with caution, for (as we
shall presently see) such diversities are to be found not only in
the same book but in the same context. But after making
allowance for variations of this kind, there remain abundant
instances in which the diversity can only be attributed to a
change of hand. Thus פְּלִשְׁתִּים is uniformly represented in the
Hexateuch by Φυλιστιείμ, but in Judges and the later books by
ἀλλόφυλοι;
פֶּסַח is
φάσεκ or φάσεχ
in Chronicles(18) and Jeremiah1, but
πεσχα in all other books;
אוּרִים is
δήλωσις or δῆλοι
in the Pentateuch, but in Ezra-Nehemiah φωτίζοντες, φωτίσων;
תִּמִּים is
ἀλήθεια in Exodus, but in Ezra τέλειον;
in Isaiah צְבָאׂת
is σαβαώθ more than 50 times, whilst
παντοκράτωρ, which in
other books, is the almost uniform rendering of the word when
it is used as a title of Deity, does not once occur;
קָהָל is
συναγωγή in Gen., Exod., Lev., Num., and again in the Prophets,
but ἐκκλησία
in Deuteronomy (with one exception) and
onwards to the end of the historical books. The singular
(b) Further it is clear that the purpose of the version in
the later books is not altogether that which the translators of
the Pentateuch had in view. The Greek Pentateuch, as we
have seen, was intended to supply the wants of the Alexandrian
Synagogue. The Book of the Twelve Prophets, and the three
major Prophets, were probably translated with the same general
purpose, but under a diminished sense of responsibility, since
the Prophets, even after their admission to the Canon, were
not regarded as sharing the peculiar sanctity of the Law. But
the Hagiographa, excepting perhaps the Psalter, stood on a
much lower level, and such books as Job, Esther, and Daniel
were perhaps viewed by the Alexandrians as national literature
(c) It is important also to bear in mind the peculiar difficulties
which beset the translators in their attempts to render
the Hebrew Scriptures into Greek. To translate a Semitic
book into the language of the West was a new venture when it
was undertaken at Alexandria; the Greek Pentateuch "was
the work of pioneers and necessarily had the defects of such
work
2. The student must also endeavour to realise the condition of the Hebrew text which lay before the Alexandrian translators.
(a) The text of the Hebrew Bible has undergone no
material change since the beginning of the second century A.D.
A vast store of various readings has been collected from the
MSS. by the diligence of Kennicott and De Rossi, but few
among them appear to be more than the omissions or corruptions
which spring from the accidents of transcription. All
existing MSS. belong to one type of text, and it is, in the main,
the type which was known to Jerome, to Origen, and to
Aquila, and which is reflected in the Targums and the Talmud.
(b) The palaeographical character of the MSS. employed by
the translators requires consideration. It will be remembered
that the newly discovered fragments of Aquila present the
Tetragrammaton in archaic letters
A few examples may be given from Driver's list.
(1)
Another cause of confusion was the scriptio defectiva in the
case of ו and י where they represent long vowels, e.g.
In the case of numerals errors appear to have arisen from
the use of similar letters as numerical signs: e.g.
'seven years,' where ו has been read for
ג. Here has the support of the Chronicler
(
Further, in the MSS. used by the LXX. the words seem not
to have been separated by any system of punctuation or
spacing. On the Moabite stone
Thus עקב׃ מאשר);
אר#1502;י אבד);
, בן צוף);
,
צוה אלהים);
, מדוע נסחף);
עניי לכן).
Lastly, almost every page of the LXX. yields evidence that
the Hebrew text was as yet unpointed. Vocalisation was in
fact only traditional until the days of the Massora, and the
tradition which is enshrined in the Massoretic points differs,
often very widely, from that which was inherited or originated
by the Alexandrian translators
A few examples may suffice: , וַיַּשֵּׁב אֹתָם);
, בֹּקֶר);
, וָשַׂבְתִּי);
, מִנּׂא אָמוֹן)
, דָּבָר)
ἀπέστειλεν Κύριος ἐπὶ Ἰακώβ. In proper names the
differences of the vocalisation are still more frequent and apparent, e.g.
Μαδιάμ (מִדְיָן);
Βαλαάμ (בִּלְעָם),
Γόμορρα (עֲמֹרָה),
Χοδολλογόμορ (כְּדָרְלָעֹמֶר),
Φασγά (פִּסְגָּה),
Σαμψών
(שִׁמְשׁוֹן).
(c) One other preliminary consideration remains. The
student must not leave out of sight the present state of the
Greek text. A homogeneous text is not to be found even in the
II. We are now prepared to deal with those features of the version which are not incidental but characteristic of the translators' principles and methods.
1. The reader of the Alexandrian Greek Bible is continually reminded that he has before him a translation of a Semitic writing.
(a) As a whole the version aims at fidelity, and often
pursues this aim to the extent of sacrificing the Greek idiom.
The first chapter of Genesis will supply instances of extreme
literalness, e.g.
(b) To the same spirit of loyalty may be ascribed in part
the disposition to transliterate words which present unusual
difficulty. The number of transliterations other than those of
proper names is considerable
2. The Alexandrian translators, however, while loyal to their original, sometimes even to a fault, manifest nothing like the slavish adherence to the letter with which Aquila has been charged. They often amplify and occasionally omit; they interpret, qualify or refine; they render the same Hebrew words by more than one Greek equivalent, even in the same context; they introduce metaphors or grammatical constructions which have no place in the Hebrew text and probably at no time had a place there, or they abandon figures of speech where they exist in the original.
(a) Slight amplifications, which are probably not to be
ascribed to a fuller text, occur frequently in all parts of the
LXX.; e.g. the insertion of λέγων before a quotation, or of
pronouns which are not expressed in the Hebrew, or of single
words added in order to bring out the sense, as in
(b) The translators frequently interpret words which call
for explanation. Hebraisms are converted into Greek phraseology, e.g.
בֶּן־נֵכָר
becomes ἀλλογενής (
(c) The LXX. render the same Hebrew word by more than
one Greek equivalent, sometimes even in the same context. In
some cases the change appears to be either arbitrary, or due
to the desire of avoiding monotony; e.g. in
(d) In reference to metaphors the Alexandrians allow
themselves some discretion. Thus in
(e) Lastly, the reader of the Septuagint must expect to
find a large number of actual blunders, due in part perhaps to
III. The beginner, for whose use this chapter is chiefly intended, will now be prepared to open his Septuagint and his Hebrew Bible, and to compare the two in some familiar contexts. The following notes may assist him in a first effort to grapple with the problems which present themselves.
1. Τὰ ῥήματα . . . ῥῆμα,
Heb. דְּבָרִים . . . דְבַר.
Λέγων = לֵאמֹר; cf.
16. Ἐγένετο δὲ . . . καὶ ἐγένοντο =
וַיְהִי. . . וַיְהִי.
Γενηθέντος πρὸς ὄρθρον =
בִּהְיֹת הַבֹּקֶר.
Ἐπ᾿ ὄρους Σεινά, Heb.
'on the mountain.' Φωνή, cod. F with
pr. καὶ. 17. Ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος Σ.
(om. Σ. AF),
Heb. 'at the nether part (בְּתַחְתִּית) of the mountain:'
18. διὰ τὸ καταβεβηκέναι, an idiomatic rendering of
מִפְּנֵי־אֲשֶׁר יָרַד.
Τὸν θεὸν =
יהוה, cf. 21.
Ὁ καπνός, Heb. 'the smoke of it.'
Ἐξέστη, Heb.
as
7. Παραβολήη: here for the first time = מְשָׁל.
Lyons Pent., parabula. Μεσοποταμίας, i.e.
אֲרָם נַהֲרַיִם (
This passage illustrates both the greater freedom which the Greek translators allowed themselves in poetical contexts, and their comparative incompetence to deal with them.
1. Αὗται αἱ ἐντολαὶ,
Heb. 'this is the commandment.' Ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν,
Heb. 'your God.' Οὕτως ∧ Heb.
Εἰσπορεύεσθε,
Heb. 'go over'; the Greek has lost the local reference, as in
.
Οἱ υἱοί κτλ.,
Heb. 'thy son and thy son's son.'
Ἵνα μακροημερεύσητε,
Heb. 'and that thy days may be prolonged';
μακροημερεύείν
(μακροήμερος γίνεσθαι)
represents
this or a similar phrase in
12. ᾟ ἡμέρᾳ παρέδωκεν . . . ὑποχείριον—idiomatic rendering of
בְּיוֹם תֵּת . . . לִפְנֵי. The words that follow
(ἡνίκα . . . Ἰσραήλ) seem to
be a gloss derived from
'Gibeon.' Αἰλών. 'Aijalon'
(אַיָּלוֹן);
Cf.
inserts a reference to the Book of Jashar, which is wanting
in non-Hexaplaric texts of the LXX.; cod. G adds,
οὐχὶ τοῦτο γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ βιβλίου τοῦ εὐθοῦς
.
Οὐ προεπορεύετο κτλ., a loose
rendering of Heb.
לֹא אָץ לָבוֹא כְּיוֹם תָּמִים.
14. Ἠμέρα τοιαύτη οὐδὲ τὸ πρότερον οὐδὲ τὸ ἔσχατον, a good example of a conscientious
compromise between idiomatic and literal modes of rendering (cf. Heb.).
Ἀνθρώπου, בְּקוֹל אִישׁ.
Συνεπολέμησεν τῷ Ἰ., Heb. 'fought for Israel.'
28. B here omits the difficult word
ותיבב (A,
καὶ κατεμάνθανεν).
A διά τῆς δικτυωτῆς,
'through the lattice' (cf. BA;
Heb. 'are they not finding, [are they not] dividing booty?' LXX. seem
to have read מחלק for יחלקו.
Οἰκτείρμων οἰκτειρήσει B,
φιλιάζων φίλοις A; both, while labouring to keep up the alliteration of the
Heb., miss its point through ignorance of a rare use of
רַחַםA
substitutes the usual ἀνατολή for the spirited and literal rendering
of B (cf.
This passage is a severe test of the translator's knowledge and skill, and shews him perhaps at his worst.
37. begins וַיֹּאמֶר דָּוִד, A, Luc.
καὶ εἶπεν Δ. Ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ λέοντος . . . τῆς ἄρκου,
an exact rendering; cf. ). 38.
μανδύαν
(.
Περικεφαλαίαν χ περὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν
αὐτοῦ:
Luc. (A), with ,
π. χ. ἐπέθηκεν ἐπί κτλ., adding,
καὶ ἐνέδυσεν αὐτῷ θώρακα.
39. Ἔζωσεν τὸν Δαυείδ
sc. Σαούλ (cf. וּבַיַּלְקוּט,
Aq. καὶ ἐν ἀναλεκτηρίῳ). 41 is wanting in B, and
probably belongs to the same recension of the story which has
supplied the great gaps vv. 12—31, 55—xviii. 5. 42. Heb. 'looked
and saw'; so A, Luc. Κυρράκης· cf. 'in (with) staves'; καὶ λίθοις
is probably intended to make the question correspond to the statement
of
11. Αὐτῶν πορευομένων ἐπορεύοντο καὶ
ἐλάλουν—an interesting
attempt to combine Greek idiom with some reminiscence of the
Heb. phrase; Lucian abandons the Heb., and corrects, αὐτῶν πορευομένων καὶ λαλούντων. Ἵππος πυρός,
Heb. 'horses of fire'; cf. ἱππεύς, Heb. 'horsemen,'
יְהוָֹה אֱלֹהֵי.
Ἀφφώ, a transliteration answering to
אַף הוּא ();
in .
16. יֵשׁ is not represented by
AB; Luc. adds
εἰσί. Υἱοὶ δυνάμεως,
בְּנֵי־חַיִל.
Ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ, Ἐλεισαῖε, ∧
Heb., Luc. 18. In A Luc. Aq. Th.
the verse begins 'And they returned to him'; cf.
1. [Ὁ] κύριος
τῷ κυρίῳ μου,
יְהוָֹה לַאדֹנִי.
Ἐκ δεξιῶν,
לִימִינִי;
in ,
עַמְּךָ).
Ἡ ἀρχή seems to point to a reading
נדיבה or נדיבת
(cf. quasi de vulva orietur tibi ros
adolescentiae. The LXX. appear to have read their Heb. text
as מרחם מִשְׁחָר יְלִדְתִּיךָ,
perhaps dropping לכטל as unintelligible.
4. Κατὰ τὴν τάξιν, עַל דִּבְרָתִי
Aq. Symm. κατὰ λόγον. Cf.
22. Ἔκτισέν με. So
אBA etc.
O.L. (
condidit, creavit
); codd.
23 = V, 252, with Aq. Symm. Th. Vulg. (
possedit
), give
ἐκτήσατο—both possible meanings of קנה. The former rendering
supplied the Arians with one of their stock arguments (cf. Athan. or.
c. Arian. ii. 44 sqq.). Εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ, a loose and partial translation,
probably a confession of inability to understand the Heb.; Th.
has
נִסַּכְתִּי;
cf. 'I was brought forth.' 30.
ἁρμόζουσα = אָמוֹן,
the word being referred by the translator to אמן; similarly Symm. Th.,
ἐστηριγμένη.
ᾟ προσέχαιρεν implies
the reading יוֹם יוֹם ;שעשועיו
is connected by LXX. with the next clause. 31. Ὅτε . . . συντελέσας:
Heb. 'rejoicing in the world of his earth.' LXX. seem to have read
משחק בתכלית, as Lagarde
suggests; had תבל stood in their text,
οἰκουμένη would have
been ready at hand as a rendering (cf.
JOB xix. 23—27.
23. Τίς γὰρ ἂν δῴη;
See above p. 308; the phrase is repeated
in the Hebrew, but the translator contents himself with using it
once. אֵפוֹ is ignored; its usual equivalent in the
LXX., is νῦν or
οὖν, unless it is transliterated (p. 324).
Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα
seems to represent לָעַד, which in
belongs to the next verse; Th.
translates it εἰς μαρτύριον, reading the word as לְעֵד.
24. B* omits
ἐν πέτραις ἐνγλυφῆναι
which appears to be necessary to the sense; in supplying it BabאA prefix
ἤ, a manifest gloss. 25. Ἀέναός ἐστιν ὁ ἐκλύειν με μέλλων,
a paraphrase of Heb. 'my Goel lives';
ἀέναος in the LXX.
elsewhere = עֹלָם, and גֹּאֵל is
ἀγχιστεύς
(A points to
לְחַיּוֹת עוֹרִי מְכַלְכֵּל זאת (Siegfried in Haupt
ad loc.).
But the translator perhaps interprets his text in the light of the
doctrine of the Resurrection, which was accepted from Maccabean times (cf.
divides and
points as וּמִבְּשָׂרִי אֶחֱזֶה אֱלוֹהַּ,
but seems to be partly borrowed
from the next verse. A suggests
וּמֵאֱלוֹהַּ נַעֲשֹוּ לִי אֵלֶּה
(Siegfried). 27. Πάντα δέ μοι συντετέλεσται·
, כָּלוּ כִלְיֹתַי.
1. Ἐμφραχθήσεται θυγάτηρ ἐμφραγμῷ, i.e.
תתגדרי בת גדר.
Τὰς φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ:
LXX. read שִׁבְטֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל
for שֹׁפֵט י׳.
2. Βηθλέεμ οἶκος τοῦ Ἐφράθα: did
LXX. read בֵּית־לֶחֶם
בֵּית אֶפְרָתָה?
Ὀλιγοστὸς εἶ τοῦ εἶναι
'art little to be,' as Heb. The passage is quoted
in ;
the former has perhaps originated in a misreading of ורעה as
וראה, so that
καὶ ὄψ. καὶ ποιμανεῖ
is in fact a doublet. Κύριος,
subject; Heb. 'in the strength of J.,' the subject being the same
as in
Vv. ; in
Hebrews διδούς appears without
δώσω, and so AQ in Jer.
Εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν,
Heb. 'in their inward parts.' 'iniquity,' 'sin.' 35—37. In 36, 37 precede 35.
35. Φησὶν Κύριος, Heb. 'thus saith J.' (at the beg. of the verse).
Ὑψωθῇ, reading
יָרוּמוּ for
יִמַּרּוּ;
ταπεινωθῇ, Heb.
'be searched.' Οὐκ ἀποδοκιμῶ: ἀποδ.
is a contracted future (cf. p. 305);
οὐκ is inserted, because the drift of the verse has been misunderstood
(cf. Streane, p. 156 f.). Τὸ γένος Ἰσραήλ,
Heb. 'all the seed of I.'; γένος = זֶרַע
again in , 'the ordinances of the moon' (but cf.
הַחֻקִּים
in
The student who has gone through these extracts, or
who is able to dispense with help of this kind, is recommended
to begin the careful study of some one book or group
of books. For several reasons the Books of Samuel (1—2
Regn.) offer a promising field for work of this kind. They
are on the whole the part of the Old Testament in which the
value of the Septuagint is most manifest and most generally
recognised
LITERATURE on the general subject of this chapter:
Pearsoni praefatio paraenetica (Cambridge, 1665; cum notulis E.
Churton, 1865); Hody, De Bibl. textibus originalibus (Oxford,
1705); Dr T. Brett, A Letter showing why our English Bibles
differ from the Septuagint, London, 1743 (dated Oct. 17, 1729);
A Dissertation on the Ancient Versions of the Bible, London,
1760; Thiersch, De Pent. vers. Alexandrina (Erlangen, 1841);
Frankel, Vorstudien zu der Septuaginta (Leipzig, 1841); Ueber den
Einfluss der palästinischen Exegese auf die alex. Hermeneutik,
1857; Geiger, Nachgelassene Schriften, iv. 73 ff. (Berlin, 1875—8);
Selwyn, art. Septuagint in Smith's D. B. ii. (London, 1863);
Wellhausen, do. in Encyclopaedia Britannica (London, 1886);
On the Semitic style of the LXX. the reader may consult the Εἰσαγωγή of Adrianus (Migne, P. G. xcviii. or ed. F. Gössling).
CHAPTER VI.
TEXT-DIVISIONS: STICHI, CHAPTERS, LECTIONS, CATENAE.
THE Greek Old Testament, as it appears in the editions of the last three centuries, is divided into chapters and verses which correspond generally with those of the printed Hebrew Bible.
The traditional text-divisions of the Hebrew and the Greek
Bible are not, absolutely identical. Besides the more serious
differences described in Part II. c. i., it not unfrequently happens
that a Greek chapter is longer or shorter than the corresponding
chapter of the Hebrew by a verse or more, and that as a consequence
there are two systems of verse-numeration throughout
the succeeding chapter
A system of verse-division
Of printed editions the Bomberg Hebrew Bible of 1521
was the first to employ the mediaeval system of chapters; the
verse-division found a place in the Latin version of Pagnini
(1528), and the Latin Vulgate of Robert Stephen (1555), and
finally in the Hebrew Bible of Athias (1661). Both chapters
Neither the verses nor the chapters of the existing text-division
occur in MSS. of the Greek Old Testament, except in
relatively later copies
1. We begin with the shorter divisions, known as στίχοι, κῶλα, or κόμματα.
(a) Στίχος, Lat. versus, is properly a series of objects
placed in a row. The word is used in the LXX. of the stones
in the High Priest's breastplate (στίχος λίθων,
(b) Besides this conventional measurement there existed
another system which regulated the length of the line by the
sense. Sense-divisions were commonly known as κῶλα or
κόμμετα. The colon, according to Suidas, is a line which
forms a complete clause (ὁ ἀπηρτισμένην ἔννοιαν ἔχων
στίχος;
the comma is a shorter colon
This arrangement was originally used in transcribing poetry,
but before Jerome's time it had been applied to the great prose
Specimens of colometry may be seen in Codd. א B, where the poetical books are written in cola of such length that the scribe has been compelled to limit himself in this part of his work to two columns instead of dividing his page into three or four.
Among the lists of the books of the O. T. canon printed in an earlier chapter of this book (Part II. c. i.) there are three which are accompanied by a stichometry. We will now collect their measurements and exhibit them in a tabular form.
| Book. | Stichometry of Nicephorus. | Stichometry of Cod. Clarom. | Stichometry of Mommsen's list. |
| Genesis. | 4300 | 4500 | 3700 |
| Exodus | 2800 | 3700 | 3000 |
| Leviticus | 2700 | 2800 | 2300 |
| Numbers | 3530 | 3650 | 3000 |
| Deuteronomy | 3100 | 3300 | 2700 |
| Joshua | 2100 | 2000 | 1750 |
| Judges | } 2450 { | 2000 | 1750 |
| Ruth | 250 | 250 |
| 1 Kingdoms | } 2240 { | 2500 | 2300 |
| 2 Kingdoms | 2000 | 2200 | |
| 3 Kingdoms | } 2203 { | 2600 | 2250 |
| 4 Kingdoms | 2400 | 2250 |
|
| 1 Paralip. | } 5500 { | 2040 | |
| 2 Parlip. | 2100 | ||
| 1 Esdras | } 5500 { | 1500 | |
| 2 Esdras | |||
| Psalms | 5100 | 5000 | 5000 |
| Proverbs | 1700 | 1600 | |
| Ecclesiastes | 750 | 600 | |
| Song | 280 | 300 | |
| Job | 1800 | 1600 | 1700; |
| Wisdom | 1100 | 1000 | |
| Sirach | 2800 | 2500 | |
| Esther | 350 | 1000 | 700 |
| Judith | 1700 | 1300 | 1100 |
| Tobit | 700 | 1000 | 900 |
| Hosea | 530 | ||
| Amos | 410 | ||
| Micah | 310 | ||
| Joel | 90 | ||
| Obadiah | 70 | ||
| Jonah | 150 | ||
| Nahum | 140 | ||
| Habakkuk | 160 | ||
| Zephaniah | 140 | ||
| Haggai | 110 | ||
| Zechariah | 660 | ||
| Malachi | 200 |
| (Dodecapropheton | 3000 | [2970] | 3800) |
| Isaiah | 3800 | 3600 | 3580 |
| Jeremiah | 4000 | 4070 | 4450 |
| Baruch | 700 | ||
| Ezekiel | 4000 | 3600 | 3340 |
| Daniel | 2000 |
1600 | 1350 |
| 1 Maccabees | } 7300 { | 2300 | 2300 |
| 2 Maccabees | 2300 | 1800 | |
| 3 Maccabees | |||
| 4 Maccabees | 1000 |
The figures given above correspond to those in the lists printed in c. i., which follow the text of Preuschen (Analecta, pp. 156 f., 142 ff., 138 f.). Some variants and suggested rectifications may be seen in Zahn, Gesch. d. NTlichen Kanons, ii., pp. 295 ff., 143 ff., and Sanday, Studia Biblica, iii., pp. 266 ff.
Many MSS. of the Greek Bible contain more or less
complete stichometries of the several books of the canon.
Either the total number of stichi is registered at the end of the
book, or a record is kept throughout the book by placing a
figure or figures in the margin at the end of each centenary of
lines. Some of our oldest MSS: reproduce in this form the
stichometry of their archetypes; in other cases, a stichometry
which has been copied into the margin by a second or later
hand. Thus in Cod. B, the margins of 1—4 Regn. and Isaiah
present a nearly complete record
(3808); see Cozza, Sacr. bibl.
vet. fragm. iii. p. xv.
, which occurs also in B. On this symbol, see
J. Woisin, De Graecorum notis numeralibus, n. 67 (Kiel, 1886).
Stichometrical variation is doubtless chiefly or largely due
to divergent types of text. But other causes of disparity were
at work. It was easy for scribes to misread the letters which
represented the number of the lines, especially when they were
mechanically copied from an archetype. The older signs may
have been sometimes misunderstood
The following stichometry is derived chiefly from Dr E.
Klostermann's Analecta
| Genesis | 4308 |
H.-P. 30, 52, 85; Barb. iii. 36; Vat. gr. 746; Pal. gr. 203; Athos, Pantocr. 24, Laur. γ 112; Athens, Nat. 44 |
| Exodus | 3400 | H.-P. 30, 52, 85; Barb. iii. 36; Athens, Nat. 44 |
| Leviticus | 2700 | H.-P. 30, 52, 54, 85; Barb. iii. 36; Paris, Reg. gr. 2; 2000, Athens, Nat. 44 |
| Numbers | 3535 |
H.-P. 30, 52, 85; Barb. iii. 36; Vat. gr.2122; Athens, Nat. 44; Paris, Reg. gr. 2 |
| Deuteronomy | 3100 | H.-P. 30, 52, 54, 85; Barb. iii. 36; Vat. gr. 2122; Paris, Reg. gr. 2 |
| Joshua | 2100 | H.-P. 30, 54, 85; Barb. iii. 36; Paris, Reg. gr. 2 |
| Judges | 2100 |
Barb. iii. 36; 2156, Paris, Reg. gr. 2; Athos, Pantocr. 24 |
|
| Ruth | 300 | Barb. iii. 36; Paris, Reg. gr. 2 |
|
| 1 Kingdoms | 2500 | Barb. iii. 36 (500, Ven. Marc. gr. xvi) |
|
| 2 Kingdoms | 2343 | Barb. iii. 36; 2042, Ven. Marc. gr. xvi |
|
| 3 Kingdoms | 2400 | Barb. iii. 36; Ven. Marc. gr. xvi |
|
| 4 Kingdoms | 2600 | Barb. iii. 36; Ven. Marc. gr. xvi |
|
| 1 Paralip. | 2000 | Barb. iii. 36 | } 5000, Ven. Marc. gr. xvi |
| 2 Paralip. | 3000 | Barb. iii. 36 | |
| 1 Esdras | 1300 | Barb. iii. 36 | } 3100, Ven. Marc. gr. xvi |
| 2 Esdras | 1800 | Barb. iii. 36 | |
| Psalms | 5100 | Barb. iii. 36 |
|
| Proverbs | 1750 | H.-P. 16l, 248; Barb. iii. 36 |
|
| Ecclesiastes | 750 | H.-P. 161, 248; Barb. iii. 36; 753, H.-P. 253 |
|
| Song | 286 | H.-P. 161, 248; Barb. iii. 36; 353, H.-P. 253 |
|
| Job | 2200 | (including asterisked lines, 1600 without them) H.-P. 161(?), 248; Barb. iii. 36 |
|
| Wisdom | 1250 | Barb. iii. 36; Ven. gr. i. 13 |
|
| Sirach | 2650 | Barb. iii. 36; Ven. gr. i. 13 |
|
| Esther | 750 | Barb. iii. 36; Ven. Marc. gr. xvi, Ven. gr. i. 13 |
|
| Judith | 1300 | Barb. iii. 36; Ven. Marc. gr. xvi |
|
| Tobit | 750 | Barb. iii. 36; Ven. Marc. gr. xvi, Ven. gr. i. 13 |
|
| Hosea | 750 | H.-P. 86 |
|
| Joel | 210 | H.-P. 86 |
|
| Habakkuk | 150 | H.-P. 86 |
|
| Zephaniah | 160 | H.-P. 86 |
|
| Haggai | 120 | H.-P. 86 |
|
| Zechariah | 670 | H.-P. 86; 776, H.-P. 231 |
|
| Malachi | 190 | H.-P. 86; 204,
H.-P. 231 |
|
| Isaiah | 3700 | H.-P. 231; 3820, Barb. iii. 36 |
|
| Jeremiah | 4500 | H.-P. 231; 3800, Barb. iii. 36 |
|
| Baruch | 514 | H.-P. 231; 350, Barb. iii. 36 |
|
Lamentations (see next page). |
ΗΦ (?) | H.-P. 86; μ (?) H.-P. 231; 860, Barb. iii.36 |
|
| Ep. of Jeremiah | 200 | Barb. iii. 36 |
|
| Ezekiel | 4500 | H.-P. 231; 4000, Barb. iii. 36 |
|
| Daniel | 1800 | H.-P. 231; 1720, Barb. iii. 36 |
|
| Susanna | 224 | H.-P. 231 |
|
2. No complete system of capitulation is found in any
of our existing uncial MSS. of the Greek Old Testament.
Yet even the Vatican MS., which is written continuously except
in the poetical books, bears traces of a system of chapter-divisions
which is older than itself
| Proverbs | 61 | 16 | Zephaniah | 5 | ||
| Ecclesiastes | 25 | 7 | Haggai | 3 | ||
| Song | 40 | 5 | Zechariah | 18 | ||
| Job | 33 | Malachi | 6 | |||
| Hosea | 11 | Isaiah | 74 | |||
| Amos | 6 | Jeremiah | 100 | 98 | ||
| Micah | 7 | Baruch | 9 | |||
| Joel | 3 | Lamentations | 85 |
|||
| Obadiah | 1 | Ep. of Jeremiah | 6 | |||
| Jonah | 3 | Ezekiel | 56 | |||
| Nahum | 3 | Daniel | [21] | 21 |
||
| Habakkuk | 4 |
The figures in the left-hand column are prima manu; those
on the right are in a hand of perhaps the eleventh century
(? that of 'Clement the Monk,' the industrious instaurator who
has left his name on pp. 238 and 264 of the MS.; the latter can be detected
here and there under the large coarse characters of the
later hand, and towards the end of Jeremiah and throughout
Cod. A is broken into paragraphs throughout the prose books, the beginning of each paragraph being indicated not only by paragraph-marks, but by the use of a capital letter which projects into the margin. Besides the paragraphing certain books—Deuteronomy, Joshua, 3—4 Kingdoms, Isaiah—retain traces of a capitulation imperfectly copied from the archetype. In Deuteronomy chapter-marks occur at cc. i. 1, 9, 19; 40; ii. 1, 7, 14; in Joshua they begin at ix. 1 (ιβ) and proceed regularly (x. 1, 16, 29, 31, 34, 36, 38; xi. 1, &c.) down to xix. 17 (λη); in 3 Regn. the first numeral occurs at c. viii. 22 (κβ), and the last at xxi. 17 (νθ); 4 Regn. returns only one or two numbers (e.g. θ stands opposite to c. iii. 20). In Isaiah, again, the entries are few and irregular; β appears at c. ii. 1, and θ at xxi. 1.
Cod. א seems to have no chapter-marks prima manu, but
in Isaiah they have been added by אc.c
throughout the book
Jeremiah, the Epistle of Jeremiah, and Ezekiel are capitulated
in cod. Q, and in the two last-named books the capitulation
of Q agrees with that of B. In Jeremiah, where the
agreement is less complete, the chapters in Q do not proceed
beyond c. xxiv., a circumstance which suggests a Hexaplaric
origin
Cod. M like cod. B exhibits two systems of capitulation
| Marginal Capitulation. | Capitulation accompanied by titles. | ||
| Genesis | 106 | 99 | |
| Exodus | 84 | 110 | |
| Leviticus | 54 | 61 | |
| Numbers | 53 | 51 | |
| Deuteronomy | 65 |
94  ,  , &c.,
and the exploits of the successive judges by  ,
and so forth. |
Cod. Sin. I. (x.) is divided into κεφάλαια which number as
follows: Genesis, 150; Exodus, 88; Leviticus, 63; Deuteronomy, 69;
Joshua, 30; 1 Regn., 66; 2 Regn., 63
A list of sections quoted by Dr Klostermann
| Genesis | 26 | 3 Kingdoms | 16 | Habakkuk | 2 | ||
| Exodus | 8 | 4 Kingdoms | 17 | Zephaniah | 3 | ||
| Leviticus | 12 | Hosea | 5 | Haggai | 3 | ||
| Numbers | 21 | Amos | 6 | Zechariah | 13 | ||
| Deuteronomy | 35 | Micah | 6 | Malachi | 2 | ||
| Joshua | 8 | Joel | 4 | Isaiah | 43 | ||
| Judges | 4 | Obadiah | 2 | Jeremiah | 41 | ||
| 1 Kingdoms | 15 | Jonah | 3 | Ezekiel | 21 | ||
| 2 Kingdoms | 11 | Nahum | 2 | Daniel | 9 |
It is clear that no induction can be drawn from the facts
which are at present within our reach; nor can the various
systems of capitulation be safely classified until some scholar
has collected and tabulated the chapter-divisions of a large
number of MSS. of varying ages and provenance
The 'titles' deserve separate consideration. In the few instances where we are able to institute a comparison these headings seem to be independent. In Numbers, e.g., the following table shews little correspondence between those in codd. K, M, even when the chapters coincide.
| Cod. K. | Cod. M. | |
| Num. | ||
| vii. 10. | Τὰ δῶρα τῶν ἀρχόντων. | Περὶ τῶν δώρων ὧν προσήνεγκαν οἱ [ι]βʹ ἄρχοντες. |
| viii. 5. | Περὶ τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ τῶν Λευ[ιτῶν]. | Ἀφπροσμὸς τῶν Λευειτῶν εἰς τὸ λειτουργεῖν Κυρίῳ. |
| xi. 16. | Περὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων
ληψομένων . |
Περὶ οʹ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν προφητευσάντων. |
| xii. 1. | Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μαρία κατὰ Μωυσῆν. | Περὶ τῆς λέπρας Μαριὰμ ἣν ἔσχεν ὑβρίσασα τὴν γυναῖκα Μωσῆ. |
| xiii. 1. | Περὶ τῶν κατασκεψαμένων τὴν γῆν. | Περὶ τῶν ἀποσταλέντων κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν γῆν. |
| xiv. 23. | Περὶ Χά[λεβ] υἱοῦ [Ἰεφοννή]. | |
| xiv. 34. | Ὅτι ὅσας ἡμέρας κατεσκέψαντο τὴν γῆν, τοσαῦτα ἔτη ἐποίησαν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. |
|
| xvi. 1. | Περὶ Κόρε καὶ Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβιρὼν καὶ Αὐνάν. |
Περὶ τῆς ἐπαναστάσεως τῆς κατὰ Μωσῆν παρὰ τοῦ Κόρε συναγωγῆς. |
| xvii. 1. | Περὶ τῆς ῥάβδου Ἀαρὼν τῆς βλαστησάσης. |
|
| xxi. 21. | Περὶ Σηὼν βασιλέως Ἀμορραίων. | Περὶ τῶν ἀποσταλέντων πρὸς Σηών, καὶ πῶς ἐνίκησεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰσραήλ. |
| xxxiii. 1. | Ἔπαρσις καὶ σταθμοὶ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ. |
Πῶς διώδευσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ. |
| xxxiii. 3. | Περὶ τοῦ νυχθήμερον. | |
| xxxv. 9 | Περὶ τῶν πόλεων τῶν φυγαδευτηρίων. |
Περὶ φονέως. |
The following τίτλοι for
α. περὶ τῆς γεννήσεως Μωυσέως.
β. πρώτη ὀπτασία πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐν τῇ βάτῳ.
γ. περὶ τῆς συναντήσεως μετ᾿ (?) Ἀαρών.
δ. εἴσοδος (?) Μωυσέως καὶ Ἀαρὼν πρὸς Φαραώ.
ε. περὶ τῶν μαστιγωθέντων γραμματέων.
ς. περὶ τῆς ῥάβδου τῆς στραφείσης εἰς ὄφιν.
ζ. πρώτη πληγή· μεταστροφὴ τοῦ ὕδατος εἰς αἷμα.
η. δευτέρα πληγή, τῶν βατράχων.
θ. τρίτη πληγή, τῶν σκνιπῶν. Κτλ.
Examples occur of longer headings, which aim at giving a
comprehensive summary or a brief interpretation. (a) The
preface to Hesychius's colometrical arrangement of the Minor
Prophets is followed by a complete set of τίτλοι for the Twelve
Prophets and Isaiah
3. One class of sections calls for separate treatment.
In Part I. c. v. (p. 168 f.) some account has been given of
MSS. which consist of lessons taken from the Old Testament.
Few of these lectionaries are older than the eleventh century,
and only one goes back to the sixth or seventh. But the
choice of passages for public reading in the services of the
Church must have begun at a much earlier period. The
public reading of the O. T. Scriptures. was an institution
inherited by the Church from the Synagogue (
In Hom. in
The lections to which Origen refers were doubtless those
which were read in the pre-anaphoral portion of the Liturgy in
the hearing of the catechumens as well as the faithful. In the
liturgy of Apost. Const. ii., the Pentateuch, Joshua, Judges, the
Kingdoms, the Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah, Job, the Salomonic
books, and the sixteen Prophets, are all mentioned as books
from which the Old Testament lection might be taken; i.e.
all the books of the Hebrew Canon, with the exception of the
Before the formation of Lectionaries the liturgical lessons
were marked in the margins of Church Bibles by the words
ἀρχή, τέλος,
written opposite to the beginning and end of the
περικοπή
The Psalter obviously needed no capitulation, nor was it
ever read by the ἀναγνώστης in the lessons for the day. But
special Psalms were recited or sung in the Church, as they had
 |
 |
||||||||
| Ὀρθρινοὶ |
γʹ | ξβʹ | αμʹ | ρμαʹ | Λυχνικοὶ |
γʹ | ρκθʹ | ρκʹ | ιβʹ |
| Ὥρ[α] | αʹ | ψαλμὸς | ηʹ | Ὥρ[α] | αʹ | ψαλμὸς | οδʹ | ||
| " | βʹ | " | κθʹ | " | βʹ | " | κθʹ | ||
| " | γʹ | " | αʹ | " | γʹ | " | νδʹ | ||
| " | δʹ | " | μαʹ | " | δʹ | " | ςʹ | ||
| " | εʹ | " | νʹ | " | εʹ | " | δʹ | ||
| " | ςʹ | " | οʹ | " | ςʹ | " | μʹ | ||
| " | ζʹ | " | ξθʹ | " | ζʹ | " | ναʹ | ||
| " | ηʹ | " | δʹ | " | ηʹ | " | πʹ | ||
| " | θʹ | " | ριαʹ | " | θʹ | " | πζʹ | ||
| " | ιʹ | " | ρμʹ | " | ιʹ | " | ζοʹ | ||
| " | ιαʹ | " | ρηʹ | " | ιαʹ | " | καʹ | ||
| " | ιβʹ | " | ρκʹ | " | ιβʹ | " | κςʹ | ||
The existing order of the Orthodox Eastern Church divides
the Psalter into 20 sections known as καθίσματα, each of which
is broken by the recitation of a Gloria into three στάσας. The
larger sections are i.—viii., ix.—xvi,, xvii.—xxiii., xxiv.—xxxi.,
xxxii.—xxxvi., xxxvii.—xlv., xlvi.—liv., lv.—lxiii., lxiv.—lxix.,
lxx.—lxxvi., lxxxvii.—lxxxiv., lxxxv.—xc., xci.—c., ci.—civ.,
cv.—cviii., cix.—cxvii., cxviii., cxix.—cxxxi., cxxxii.—cxlii.,
cxliii.—cl. In the later liturgical Greek Psalter the cathismata
are divided by an ornamental band or some other mark of
separation, and the staseis by a marginal 
(δόξα, i.e. the Doxology, which
was repeated at the end of each)
(1) A few other text-divisions, peculiar to certain contexts
or books, may be specified here. In Isaiah it was not unusual
to mark in the margin the place where each of the books of
Origen's commentary ended (τόμος αʹ—λςʹ, cf. Eus. H.E. vi. 36).
Both in Isaiah and in Daniel certain prophetic ὁράσεις were distinguished.
Thus cod. Qmg places 
opposite to
at c. xvii. 1. In Daniel cod. A marks 12
ὁράσεις,
which begin respectively at
In the Song a marginal enumeration distinguishes the
speeches of the interlocutors, and some MSS. (e.g. א and V)
add marginal notes after the manner of stage-directions, such as
ἡ νύμφη πρὸς τὸν νυμφίον, ταῖς νεανίσιν ἡ νύμφη, αἱ νεανίδες τῷ
νυμφίῳ
Small departures from the continuous or slightly paragraphed
writing of the oldest MSS. are found in a few contexts which
lend themselves to division. Thus even in cod. B the blessings
of the tribes in —
. A similar treatment but without marginal enumeration is
accorded to
(2) It would be interesting, if sufficient materials were available,
to pursue the subject of text-division with reference to the
daughter-versions of the LXX. On the stichometry and capitulation
of the Latin Bible much information has been brought
together by M. Berger (Histoire de la Vulgate, p. 307 ff.) and
Wordsworth-White (Epilogus, p.733 ff.); for the stichometry see
also Dr Sanday in Studia Biblica, iii. p. 264 f. But it remains
On the capitulation of the Coptic versions the student will find something in Wilkins, Pentat. praef., ad fin., and Lagarde, Orientalia, p. 125 ff.; on the Egyptian lectionary, he may consult the list of authorities collected by Brightman, Ancient Liturgies, p. lxix. For the Ethiopic version, cf. Dillmann's Ethiopic Pentateuch, I. ii., pp. 163 f., 173. The stichometry of the Syro-Hexaplaric is discussed by Lagarde, Mittheilungen, iv. (1891), p. 205 f. A list of Church lessons, taken from the Palestinian-Syriac lectionary recently discovered by Mrs Lewis and Mrs Gibson, is given by Nestle in Studia Sinaitica, vi. p. xxix. ff.
4. In connexion with the subject of text-division it will be
convenient to mention the expositions which accompany and
often break up the text in MSS. of the Greek Bible. The
student will have observed that many of the codices enumerated
in Part I. c. v. (pp. 148—168) contain commentaries,
either original (comm.), or compiled (cat.). Of the Greek
commentators something will be said when we come to consider
the use of the LXX. by the Greek fathers; in this place
we will limit ourselves to the relatively late compilations which
are based on the exegetical works of earlier writers
Such expositions were formerly described as ἐκλογαί or
παραγραφαί, or as ἐπιτομαὶ ἑρμηνειῶν, or ἐξηγήσεις ἐρανισθεῖσαι
ἀπὸ διαφόρων πατέρων, or συνόψεις σχολικαὶ ἐκ διαφόρων
ὑπομνημάτων συλλεχθεῖσαι, or by some similar periphrasis. The
use of the technical term catena (σειρά) is of comparatively
modern date. Catena aurea is a secondary title of the great
The catenists drew their materials from all sources within
their reach. They laid under contribution Jewish writers such
as Philo and Josephus, heretics like Basileides, Valentinus, and
Marcion, suspects like Origen, Eusebius of Caesarea, Apollinarius,
and Theodore of Mopsuestia, as well as the accepted
teachers and Saints of the Catholic Church. Their range
extended from the first century to the fifth or sixth, and they
had access to a number of writers whose works have since
disappeared. Hence their value in the eyes of patristic
scholars and editors. But they are not without importance for
the purposes of the biblical student. The text embedded in the
commentary may be late
The catena is usually written in the broad margins which
surround the text, or it embodies the text, which in that case is
usually distinguished from it by being written in uncials or
in coloured ink, or enclosed within marks of quotation. The
names of the authors who have been pressed into the service
of the catenist are commonly inserted in the margin at the
, 
,
, 
,
, 
,
. If a second passage from the same author occurs
in the same context it is introduced as 
;
an anonymous writer is 
.
Unfortunately in the copying of catenae
such attributions have often been omitted or misplaced, or even
erroneously inserted, and as to this particular the student
must be on his guard against a too unsuspecting acquiescence
in the witness of his MS. Nor can he place implicit confidence
in the verbal accuracy of the excerpts. The catenists
evidently regarded themselves as free, while retaining the
substance; to abbreviate and otherwise modify the language
of their authors.
The following is a list of the chief Greek catenae of the Old Testament which have appeared in type. Octateuch, Historical books: the Catena of Nicephorus, 2 vols., Leipzig, 1772—3; Psalms: B. Corderii expositio Graecorum patrum, 3 vols., Antwerp, 1643; Proverbs: Commentary of Procopius first printed by Mai, and in Migne, P. G. lxxxvii.; Song: Commentary ascribed to Eusebius and Polychronius (Meursius, Leyden, 1617); Job: Catena of Nicetas of Serrae (P. Junius, i.e. Patrick Young, London, 1636); Isaiah: Commentary of Procopius (J. Curterius, Paris, 1580); Jeremiah, with Lamentations and Baruch: Catena published by M. Ghisler, 3 vols., Leyden, 1623; Daniel: Catena published by A. Mai in Script. vet. nov. coll. 1. On these see Ch. Q. R. i. 99, pp. 36—42.
The nineteenth century has added little to our collection of printed Greek catenae on the Old Testament, and the earlier editions do not always adequately represent the witness of the best MSS. Meanwhile a great store of MS. catenae awaits the examination of Biblical scholars. Some of these are at Athos, Athens, Smyrna and Jerusalem, but there is an abundant supply in libraries more accessible to Western students, at St Petersburg, Rome, Paris, and London. Perhaps no corner of the field of Biblical and patristic research offers so much virgin soil, with so good a prospect of securing useful if not brilliant results.
The following LXX. MSS. amongst others contain catenae on one or more of the books which form their text: H.-P. 14, 17, 24, 25, 31, 33, 52, 57, 73, 77, 78, 79, 83 87, 90, 91, 97) 98, 99; 109, 112, 128, 135, 147, 181, 209, 238, 240, 243, 264, 272, 292, 302, 309; London B.M. Add. 35123, Lambeth 1214; Paris, Coisl. gr. 5, 7, Reg. gr. 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 161; Zurich c. 11; Basle gr. iv. 56, vi. 8; Esc. Σ. i. 16; Leyden, 13; Munich gr. 82; Athos Vatop. 15, Ivér. 15; Athens, nat. 43; Constantinople 224; Smyrna, Ev. sch. 1; Patmos, 216, 217; Sinai 2; Jerusalem H. Sep. 3. Scholia are to be found in H.-P. 14, 16, 38, 52, 56, 64, 70, 77, 79, 93, 128, 130, 131, 135, 159, 256, 310; Paris Ars. 8415, Coisl. gr. 184.
On the Paris O. T. catenae see H. Lietzmann, Catenen, p. 37 ff. Some of the Vatican catenae are handled by Pitra, analecta sacra 11, Klostermann, analecta, passim; a full and valuable account of Roman MS. catenae on the Prophets is given by Faulhaber (die Propheten Catenen). For lists of the catenae in the great libraries of Europe and the East, the student must consult the published catalogues, e.g. Montfaucon, Omont (Paris), Stephenson (Vatican), Lambeccius (Vienna), Lambros (Athos), Papadopulos (Jerusalem). The more important MSS. are enumerated by Harnack-Preuschen, and Heinrici, and in the older work of Fabricius-Harles. A Catenarum graecarum catalogus by G. Karo and H. Lietzmann is in progress (Nachrichten der K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen (Philologisch-hist. Klasse), 1902 ff.
5. Besides catenae and detached scholia the margins of LXX. MSS. frequently contain notes of various kinds, written oftentimes in perplexing abbreviations. Lists of abbreviations are given by the principal palaeographical authorities, such as Montfaucon's Palaeographia Graeca, Gardthausen's Griechische Paläographie, and Sir E. Maunde Thompson's Handbook of Greek and Latin Palaeography; but the subject can only be mastered by working upon the MSS. themselves or their facsimiles. It may be useful, however, to print here a few of the abbreviated notes and symbols which occur in the apparatus of the Cambridge manual LXX., or are of frequent occurrence in the principal codices.
= Ἀκύλας.
, 
= Σύμμαχος.
θʹ, θεʹ = Θεοδοτίων.
= οὐ κεῖται παῤ Ἐβραίοις.
= οἱ ὠβελισμένοι (στίχοι) οὐ κεῖνται παῤ Ἐβραίοις.
= ὁμοίως τοῖς ἐβδομήκοντα.
= οἱ τρεῖς,
i.e. Aquila, Symmachus,
= οἱ λοιποί.
ΜΟΝ =
μόνος.
= ὡραῖον,
or 
= Ὠριγένης.
For ΠΙΠΙ see above, p. 39 f.
= σημείωσαι, σημειωτέον, σημεῖον.
ΓΡ = γράψον or γράφεται.
= ἀρχή.
τεʹ = τέλος.
= στίχος.
κεʹ = κεφάλαιον.
= κάθισμα.
= ἀνάγνωσμα.
= διώρθωται (i.e. 'corrected thus
far'), a mark inserted by the διορθωτής usually at the end of a
book. For further particulars see Field, op. cit., p. xciv. sqq
LITERATURE.
Stichometry, colometry, &c.
Kitto, Cyclopaedia of Biblical Literature, art. Verse; Herzog-Plitt, art. Stichometrie; Gregory, i. p. 112 f.; Scrivener-Miller, i., p. 52 ff.; Gardthausen, Paläographie, p. 127 ff.; E. M. Thompson, Handbook, p. 78 ff.; Zahn, Gesch. d. Kanons, ii. p. 295 ff.; Sanday in Studia Biblica, iii. p. 261 ff.; J. R. Harris, Stichometry, passim; Wordsworth-White, Epilogus, p. 733 ff. (Oxford, 1898).
Capitulation.
Schürer, II. ii. 79 ff.; Buhl, Kanon u. Text d. A. T., p. 222; Ryle, Canon of the O. T., p. 235; Morinus, Exerc. Bibl. xvii. 3; Dathius, De ordine pericoparum (opusc. iv.); Zacagni, Collectanea, praef, pp. lxvii., lxxxi.; Montfaucon, Biblioth. Coisl., p. 1 ff.; the Benedictine Prolegomena in div. S. Hieron. biblioth. iv. (reprinted in Migne, P. L. xxviii. 101 sqq.); Suicer, Thes. eccl. s.vv. κεφάλαιον, περικοπή; Herzog-Plitt, art. Perikopen; Gregory, i. p. 120 ff.; Scrivener-Miller, i. p. 56 ff.; Thomasii opp. i.; Berger, Histoire de la Vulgate, p. 323 ff.
Lections.
Suicer, Thes. eccl. s.vv. ἀνάγνωσμα, ἀνάγνωσις, γραφή; Brill, De lectionariis or. et occ. eccl. (Helmstadt, 1703); Neale, Hist. of the H. Eastern Church, i. p. 369; Herzog-Plitt, artt. Lectionen, Perikopen; D.C.A., art. Lections; Burgon, Last twelve verses of St Mark, p. 191 ff.; E. Ranke, Das kirchl. Perikopen-system der röm. Liturgie (Berlin, 1847).
Acrostics.
P. A. de Lagarde, Symmicta i. 107; C. Taylor in Hastings'
Encycl of Religion and Ethics, i. p. 75; G. Bickell, art. Acrostic
in Oxford New English Dict.; I. Abrahams, art. Acrostics in
Jewish Encycl.; Driver, Introd. to Lit. of O. T., ch. vii.
T. Ittig, De bibliothecis et catenis patrum (Leipzig, 1707); J. C. Wolf, De catenis Gr. patrum (Wittenberg, 1742); Fabricius-Harles, viii. p. 637 ff.; J. G. Dowling, Notitia scriptorum ss. patrum (Oxford, 1839); Walch-Danz, Biblioth. patristica (Jena, 1834), p. 247 ff.; Harnack-Preuschen, Gesch. d. altchr. Litteratur, i. p. 835 ff.; G. Heinrici, in Hauck, Real-Encyklop. iii., art. Catenen; L. Eisenhofer, Procopius von Gaza, Freiburg, 1897; P. Batiffol, in Vigouroux' D. B. ii., p. 482 ff., art. Chaînes Bibliques; Lietzmann, Catenen (Freiburg i. B., 1897); M. Faulhaber, Die Propheten-Catenen nach römischen Handschriften, in Biblische Studien, iv. 2, 3 (Freiburg i. Breisgau, 1899) The two last-named works are indispensable to students who desire to prosecute research in this field. The whole subject is summarised with admirable clearness and precision in the Church Quarterly Review for Apr. 1900, pp. 29—48.
PART III.
LITERARY USE, VALUE, AND TEXTUAL CONDITION
OF THE GREEK OLD TESTAMENT.
OLD TESTAMENT.
[blank page]
PART III.
CHAPTER I.
LITERARY USE OF THE LXX. BY NON-CHRISTIAN HELLENISTS.
1. A HAPPY accident has preserved fragments of the lost
literature produced by the Hellenised Jews of Alexandria
between the inception of the Alexandrian Version and the
Christian era. The Greek historiographer, Alexander Cornelius—better
known as Polyhistor (ὁ πολυΐστωρ), from his
encyclopaedic learning—wrote a treatise On the Jews which
contained extracts from Jewish and Samaritan Hellenistic
writings
The following references will enable the student to find the fragments: (1) Demetrius: Clem. Al. strom. i. 141. Eus. pr. ev. ix. 19(?), 21, 29. (2) Eupolemus: Clem. Al. strom. i. 141. Eus. pr. ev. ix. 17, 26 (= Clem. Al. strom. i. 153), 30—34, 39. (3) Artapanus: Eus. pr. ev. ix. 18, 23, 27. (4) Aristeas: Eus. pr. ev. ix. 25. (5) Philo the poet: Eus. pr. ev. ix. 20, 24, 37 (cf. Clem. Al. strom. i. 154). (6) Theodotus: Eus. pr. ev. ix. 22. (7) Ezekiel the poet: Eus. pr. ev. ix. 28 (= Clem. Al. strom. i. 155), 29. (8) Aristobulus: Eus. pr. ev. viii. 10; ix. 6 (= Clem. Al. strom. i. 22); xiii. 12. (9) Cleodemus or Malchas: Eus. pr. ev. ix. 20.
Several of these fragments bear traces of a knowledge and use of the Greek Bible, and this evidence is not the less convincing because, with one exception, the purpose of the writers has kept them from actual quotation. They wished to represent their national history in a form more acceptable to their pagan neighbours; but while avoiding the uncouth phraseology of the Greek Bible they frequently betray its influence. A few extracts will make this plain.
Demetrius: (a) τὸν θεὸν τῶ Ἀβραὰμ προστάξαι
αὐτῷ· τὸν δὲ ἀναγαγόντα τὸν παῖδα ἐπὶ τὸ
ὄρος πυρὰν νῆσαι καὶ 
τὸν Ỳσαάκ· 
δὲ μέλλοντα
κωλυθῆναι ὑπὸ 
αὐτῷ πρὸς τήν
παραστήσαντος
,
ἔνθεν παραγενέσθαι
. . . καὶ τελευτῆσαι Ῥαχὴλ
τὸν Βενιαμίν
ἐπὶ κατοικίαν πέμψαι· διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ
εἰπεῖν
Μωσῆν
γῆμαι
ἐκεῖ γλυκὺ ἀλλὰ
τοῦ θεοῦ εἰπόντος,
τι
τὴν πηγήν, καὶ γενέσθαι γλυκὺ
. ἐκεῖθεν δὲ
ἐλθεῖν, καὶ εὑρεῖν ἐκεῖ
μὲν
δὲ
Eupolemus: 
ἔκτισεν, ὃς εἵλετο ἄνθρωπον
χρηστὸν ἐκ χρηστοῦ ἀνδρός . . . καὶ ἀρχιτέκτονά
ἄνθρωπο Τύριον ἐκ μητρὸς Ἰουδαίας
ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Δάν
Aristeas: τὸν Ἠσαὺ γήμαντα Βασσάραν
γεννῆσαι Ἰώβ·
δὲ τοῦτον
χώρᾳ
γενέσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν
καὶ πολύκτηνον, κτήσασθαι γὰρ αὐτὸν
μὲν
δὲ
,
Ezekiel (in his tragedy ἡ Ἐξαγωγή):
Μαριὰμ δ᾿ ἀδελφή μου κατώπτευεν πέλας·
κἄπειτα θυγάτηρ βασιλέως
ὁμοῦ
κατῆλθε λουτροῖς, χρῶτα φαιδρῦναι νέον.
δ᾿ εὐθὺς καὶ λαβοῦσ᾿
,
ἔγνω δ᾿ Ἐβραῖον ὄντα· καὶ λέγει τάδε
Μαριὰμ ἀδελφὴ προσδραμοῦσα βασιλίδι·
σοι παιδὶ τῷδ᾿ εὕρω ταχὺ
; ἡ δ᾿ ἐπέσπευσεν κόρην·
μολοῦσα δ᾿ εἶπε μητρί, καὶ παρῆν ταχὺ
αὐτή τε μήτηρ κἄλαβέν μ᾿ ἐς ἀγκάλας.
εἶπεν δὲ θυγάτηρ βασιλέως Τοῦτον, γύναι,
ἀπο
σέθεν.
* * * *
οὐκ
πέφυκα, γλῶσσα δ᾿ ἐπρί μου
δύσφραστος, 
,
ὥστε μὴ λόγους
ἐμοὺς γενέσθαι βασιλέως
ἐναντίον
Aristobulus: (a) 
ὁ
καὶ ἐν πᾶσι
.
2. Besides these fragments, some complete books have
survived the wreck of the pre-Christian literature of the Jewish
colony at Alexandria. They are included in the Alexandrian
Greek Bible, but may be employed as separate witnesses of
the literary use of the canonical translations. And the evidence
supplied by them is ample. Thus the writer of Wisdom
knows and uses not only Exodus (
3. The Jewish portions of the Sibyllines, notwithstanding
the epic form in which they are cast, exhibit clear signs of the
influence of the LXX. Thus in Sibyll. iii. 312
ἐξέχεας is a
reminiscence of
4. There remains one Alexandrian Jewish writer, the greatest of the succession, whose extant works happily are numerous and throw abundant light on the literary use of the Septuagint at Alexandria.
Philo's literary life probably coincided as nearly as possible
with the first forty or five and forty years of the first century
The following list of Philo's works may be useful for reference. Cohn and Wendland's order is followed so far as their edition has been published.
A. Exegetical works. De opificio mundi (
In his exegetical writings Philo quotes the LXX. directly,
announcing each citation by a formula such as φησί, εἶπεν,
5. The task of comparing Philo's quotations with the LXX. has been undertaken in Germany by C. F. Hornemann and C. Siegfried, and in England more recently by Professor Ryle; and from these investigations the student may derive a general acquaintance with the subject, although even the latest of them will need revision when the critical edition of Philo's works, now in course of being published, has reached completion. The following specimens will shew the extent to which Philo departs from the LXX.
The student who is at the pains to examine the readings
given above, will find that while some of them may be merely
recensional, or even due to slips of memory, the greater part
imply a different rendering of the Hebrew, or even in some
cases a different Hebrew text from that which is presupposed
by the LXX. (
Besides substantial variants, Philo's quotations shew many departures from the LXX. which may be ascribed to inaccuracy, defects of memory, or the writer's method of citing. Thus (a) he omits certain words with the view of abbreviating; (b) he substitutes for a portion of his text a gloss or other explanatory matter of his own; (c) he exchanges Hebraisms and words or phrases which offend him for others in accordance with a correct literary style; (d) he forms a fresh sentence out of two or more different contexts.
E.g. (a)
The majority of Philo's quotations from the LXX. are
modified in one or other of these ways. Philo entertained
the highest veneration for the Jewish canon, especially for
the law, which he regarded as a body of Divine oracles
6. The Alexandrian Version was also used by the Palestinian
Jew, Flavius Josephus, who represents Jewish Hellenistic
literature in the generation which followed Philo. He was
born at Jerusalem within the lifetime of the great Alexandrian
(A.D. 37—8). He was descended from a priestly family
His indebtedness to the LXX. appears in a variety of ways.
(a) He interprets proper names as they are interpreted by the
LXX. e.g. Ant. I. 1. 2 Εὕα . . . σημαίνει . . .
πάντων μητέρα ( כִּשְׁלשִׁם;
vi. 11. 4 ὑποθεῖσα τοῖς ἐπιβολιαίοις ἧπαρ
כבד αἰγός
(
כְּבִיר);
vi. 12. 4 Δώηγος δ᾿ ὁ Σύρος ὁ τὰς ἡμιόνους αὐτοῦ
βόσκων (
דֹּאֵג הָאֲדֹמִי וְהוּא נִצָּב
עַל־עַבְדֵי־שָׁאוּל);
vii. 2. 1 μόνον εὑρόντες . . . τὸν Ἰέσβωθον καὶ μήτε τοὺς φύλακας
παρόντας μήτε τὴν θυρωρὸν ἐγρηγορυῖαν (cf. ).
(c) Whilst retailing in his own words the story of the Hebrew
records, he falls from time to time into the peculiar phraseology
of the Alexandrian version. A few examples will make
this evident. Ant. i. 1 (
A recent examination, by A. Mez, of Basle. (3) In Judges
it is frequently, but not constantly, Lucianic; in 1, 3 Kingdoms
it agrees with Lucian so closely as to fall into the same omissions
and misconceptions; only in four instances, other than
proper names, does it contravene a Lucianic reading, and
three of these are numerical differences, whilst in the fourth
'Lucian' appears to have undergone correction, and the reading
of Josephus survives in cod. A. These investigations, so
far as they go, point to a probability that in these books the
Greek Bible of Palestine during the second half of the first
century presented a text not very remote from that of the recension
which emanated from Antioch early in the fourth.
While Philo the Alexandrian supports on the whole the text
of our oldest uncial cod. B, Josephus the Palestinian seems
to have followed that of an 'Urlucian.'
LITERATURE. Hellenistic writers before Philo: Text: C. Müller, Fragmenta historica Graeca iii. J. Freudenthal, Hellenistische Studien i., ii. (Breslau, 1875). Cf. Susemihl, Geschichte der griech. Litteratur in der Alexandrinerzeit, ii. p. 356 ff.; E. Schürer, Geschichte des jüdischen Volkes³, iii. p. 345 ff.; Oeconomus, ii. 76.
Philo: Text: L. Cohn and P. Wendland, Philonis Alexandrini
opera quae supersunt (Berlin, vol. i. 1896; vol. ii. 1897; vol. iii.
1898; vol. iv. 1902; vol. v. 1906—in progress). Cf. C. F.
Hornemann, Specimen exercitationum criticarum in versionem
Sibyllines. Text: A. Rzach, Oracula Sibyllina, Vienna, 1891. Cf. F. Blass in Kautzsch, Pseudepigraphen, p. 177 ff.
Josephus. Text: B. Niese, Fl. Josephi opera (Berlin, 1887—1895). Cf. Spittler, 1779, J. G. Scharfenberg, 1780; E. Schürer², E. T. 1. i. p. 77 ff.; A. Edersheim in D. C. B. iii. p. 441 ff.; C. Siegfried in Stade's Z. f. d. ATliche Wissenschaft, 1883, p. 32 ff.; H. Bloch, Die Quellen des Fl. Josephus in seiner Archäologia (Leipzig, 1879); A. Mez, Die Bibel des Josephus untersucht für Buch v.—vii. der Archäologia (Basle, 1895).
CHAPTER II.
QUOTATIONS FROM THE LXX. IN THE NEW TESTAMENT.
1. THE writings of the New Testament were the work of some nine authors, of different nationalities and antecedents. Six of them, according to the traditional belief, were Palestinian Jews; a seventh, though 'a Hebrew of Hebrew parentage,' belonged by birth to the Dispersion of Asia Minor; of the remaining two, one was possibly a Gentile from Antioch, and the other a 'Hellenist with Alexandrian proclivities.' Some diversity of practice as to the literary use of the Greek Old Testament may reasonably be expected in a collection of books having so complex an origin.
With few exceptions, the books of the New Testament
abound in references to the Old Testament and in quotations
from it. An exhaustive list of these may be seen at the end
of Westcott and Hort's New Testament in Greek (Text, p.
581 ff.), and in their text the corresponding passages are
distinguished by the use of a small uncial type. But this
device, though otherwise admirable
By passages formally cited we understand (1) those which are cited with an introductory formula, such as τοῦτο γέγονεν ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθέν (Mt.), οὕτως or καθὼς γέγραπται, or γέγραπται simply (Mt., Mc., Lc., Paul), γεγραμμένον ἐστίν (Jo.), Μωυσῆς (Δαυεὶδ) λέγει or εἶπεν, λέγει or εἶπεν ἡ γραφή (Jo., Paul), or τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Hebrews); (2) those which, though not announced by a formula, appear from the context to be intended as quotations, or agree verbatim with some context in the O. T.
Table of O. T. passages quoted in the N. T.
| Gen. | Mt. | ||
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
| |
1 Cor. |
|
|
| |
Mt. |
|
|
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
|
|
Acts |
|
|
| |
|||
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
| |
Jas. | ||
| |
Acts |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Gal. |
|
|
| |
Rom. | ||
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
| Exod. |
|
Acts |
|
|
|
Mt. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
| John |
|
||
|
|
Lc. |
|
|
| John |
|
||
| |
2 Cor. |
|
|
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
| Mt. |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Acts |
|
|
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Acts |
|
|
| |
1 Cor. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
| Lev. | 1 Pet. |
|
|
|
|
Lc. |
|
|
| Rom. | |||
|
|
Mt. |
|
|
| 2 Cor. |
|
||
| Num. |
|
2 Tim. |
|
| Deut. |
|
Mc. |
|
|
|
Mt. |
|
|
| |
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
|
|
Acts | ||
|
|
Mt. | ||
|
|
Gal. |
|
|
|
|
Mt. | ||
|
|
1 Cor. | ||
|
|
Gal. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
| |
Heb. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
| Heb. |
|
||
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
| |
|||
| |
Heb. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| 2 Regn. |
|
2 Cor. | |
| 3 Regn. |
|
Rom. |
|
| Psalm |
|
Acts |
|
| |
|||
|
|
Mt. |
|
|
| |
1 Cor. | ||
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
Acts |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Mt. | ||
| |
|
||
| |
Jo. |
|
|
| |
Heb. |
|
|
|
|
1 Cor. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
1 Pet. |
|
|
| Jo. |
|
||
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
|
|
Jo. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
1 Pet. |
|
|
|
|
Eph. |
|
|
|
|
Jo. | ||
| |
Rom. |
|
|
| |
Acts |
|
|
|
|
Mt. |
|
|
|
|
Jo. |
|
|
|
|
Acts |
|
|
|
|
Mt. | ||
|
|
1 Cor. |
|
|
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
Acts |
|
|
|
|
Mt. |
|
|
| |
Heb. | ||
|
|
2 Cor. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
| |
Mt. |
|
|
| Prov. |
|
Heb. |
|
| |
Jas. | ||
|
|
1 Pet. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
2 Pet. |
|
|
| Job |
|
1 Cor. |
|
| Hos. |
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Mt. | ||
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 Cor. |
|
|
| Amos |
|
Acts |
|
|
|
|
||
| Mic. |
|
Mt. | |
| Joel |
|
Acts |
|
| Hab. |
|
|
|
|
|
Rom. | ||
| Zech. |
|
Jude |
|
|
|
Mt. | ||
|
|
|
||
| Mal. |
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
Mt. | ||
| Isa. |
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
Mt. | ||
|
|
|
||
|
|
Rom. | ||
| |
Heb. |
|
|
|
|
Mt. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 Cor. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
| |
Rom. | ||
|
|
|
||
| |
Mt. | ||
| |
1 Cor. |
|
|
|
|
Mt. | ||
| |
1 Pet. |
|
|
| |
Rom. | ||
|
|
Mt. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
Acts |
|
|
| |
2 Cor. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| |
2 Cor. |
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
Jo. | ||
| |
Mt. |
|
|
| |
1 Pet. |
|
|
| |
Acts |
|
|
| |
Mc. | ||
|
|
Gal. |
|
|
| |
Jo. |
|
|
|
|
Acts |
|
|
|
|
Mt. | ||
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
Lc. |
|
|
|
|
1 Cor. |
|
|
|
|
Rom. |
|
|
|
|
Acts |
|
|
| |
Mc. |
|
|
| Jer. |
|
Mt. | |
| 1 Cor. | |||
|
|
Mt. |
|
|
|
|
Heb. |
|
|
| Dan. | Mt. |
Thus upon a rough estimate the passages directly quoted
from the Old Testament by writers of the New Testament are
160. Of these 51 belong to the Pentateuch, 46 to the Poetical
Books, and 61 to the Prophets. Among single books the Psalter
supplies 40 and
2. The table already given shews the extent to which the Old Testament is directly cited in the New. In that which follows the comparison is inverted, and the student will be able to see at a glance how the quotations are distributed among the several groups of writings of which the New Testament is made up.
(1) Quotations in the Synoptic Gospels.
| Mt. | Mc. | Lc. | O.T. | |||
| i. |
|
|
||||
| ii. |
|
|||||
| ii. |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
| iii. |
|
i. |
|
iii. |
|
|
| iv. |
|
iv. | |
|
||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|||||
| v. |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
| viii. |
|
|
||||
| ix. | |
|
||||
| xi. |
|
i. |
|
vii. |
|
|
| xii. |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|||||
| xiii. |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
| xv. |
|
vii. |
|
|||
| |
|
|||||
| ix. |
|
|
||||
| xix. |
|
x. |
|
|||
|
|
x. |
|
xviii. |
|
|
|
| xxi. |
|
|||||
|
|
xi. |
|
xix. |
|
||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
xii. |
|
xx. |
|
|
|
| xxii. |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
xx. |
|
|
||
| xxiv. |
|
xiii. |
|
|
||
| xxii. |
|
|
||||
| xxvi. |
|
xiv. |
|
|
||
| xxvii. |
|
|
||||
|
|
xv. |
|
|
|||
(2) Quotations in the Fourth Gospel.
| Jo. |
|
Isa. |
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
Exod. | ||
| |
Isa. |
|
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
Ezech. |
|
|
| |
Isa. |
|
|
| |
|
||
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
| |
Exod. | ||
| |
Zech. |
|
(3) Quotations in the Acts.
| Acts |
|
Ps. | |
|
|
Joel |
|
|
| |
Ps. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| Deut. |
|
||
| |
Gen. | ||
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
Gen. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| |
Exod. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| |
|
||
| |
Amos |
|
|
| |
Isa. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Ps. | ||
| |
|
||
| |
Isa. |
|
|
| |
Ps. |
|
|
| |
Hab. |
|
|
| |
Isa. |
|
|
|
|
Jer. | ||
|
|
Isa. |
|
(4) Quotations in the Catholic Epistles.
| James |
|
Lev. |
|
| |
Exod. |
|
|
| |
Gen. |
|
|
|
|
Prov. |
|
|
| 1 Peter |
|
Isa. |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
Prov. |
|
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
| 2 Peter |
|
Prov. |
|
| Jude | |
Zech. |
|
(5) Quotations in the Epistles of St Paul
| Rom. |
|
Hab. |
|
|
|
Isa. |
|
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| |
|
||
|
|
Gen. |
|
|
| |
Ps. |
|
|
| |
Gen. |
|
|
| |
|
||
|
|
Exod. |
|
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
Gen. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| |
|
||
| |
Mal. |
|
|
| |
Exod. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| |
Hos. |
|
|
| |
Isa. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| |
|||
|
|
Deut. |
|
|
| |
Isa. | ||
| |
|
||
| |
Ps. |
|
|
| |
Deut. |
|
|
| |
Isa. |
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
| |
3 Regn. |
|
|
| |
Isa. | ||
| |
Ps. | ||
| |
Isa. | ||
| |
|
||
|
|
Prov. |
|
|
|
|
Exod. | ||
|
|
Isa. |
|
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
| |
|||
| |
Deut. |
|
|
| |
Ps. |
|
|
| |
Isa. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| 1 Cor. |
|
|
|
| |
Jer. |
|
|
|
|
Isa. | ||
| |
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
Gen. |
|
|
|
|
Deut. |
|
|
|
|
Exod. |
|
|
| |
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
Isa. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
| |
Gen. |
|
|
| |
Isa. | ||
| 2 Cor. |
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
Isa. |
|
|
| |
Ezek. | ||
|
|
Exod. |
|
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
Jer. |
|
|
| Gal. |
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
Gen. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| |
Deut. |
|
|
| |
Hab. |
|
|
| |
Lev. |
|
|
| |
Deut. |
|
|
|
|
Isa. |
|
|
| |
Gen. |
|
|
|
|
Lev. |
|
|
| Eph. |
|
Ps. |
|
| |
Zech. |
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
Gen. |
|
|
|
|
Exod. |
|
|
| 1 Tim. |
|
Deut. |
|
| 2 Tim. |
|
Num. |
|
(6) Quotations in the Epistle to the Hebrews.
| Heb. |
|
Ps. | |
| |
|||
| |
|
||
| |
|
||
| |
|
||
| |
|
||
|
|
|
||
| |
|
||
| |
Isa. |
|
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
|
|
Gen. |
|
|
| Ps. |
|
||
|
|
Gen. |
|
|
|
|
Exod. |
|
|
| |
Jer. |
|
|
|
|
Exod. |
|
|
|
|
Ps. |
|
|
| |
Deut. |
|
|
| |
Hab. |
|
|
|
|
Gen. |
|
|
| |
|
||
| |
|
||
|
|
Prov. |
|
|
| |
Deut. |
|
|
| |
Exod. |
|
|
| |
Hagg. |
|
|
|
|
Deut. |
|
|
| |
Ps. |
|
Some interesting results follow from an inspection of these
lists. (1) The Synoptic Gospels have 46 distinct quotations
(
3. Hitherto no account has been taken of the relation
which the N. T. quotations bear to the Alexandrian version,
although for the sake of convenience the references to the
O. T. have been given according to the order and numeration
of the Greek Bible. We may now address ourselves to this
further question; and it may at once be said that every part of
the N. T. affords evidence of a knowledge of the LXX., and
that a great majority of the passages cited from the O. T. are
in general agreement with the Greek version. It is calculated
by one writer on the subject that, while the N. T. differs from
the Massoretic text in 212 citations, it departs from the LXX.
in 185
More may be learnt by patiently examining the details of
the evidence. This cannot be done here in full, but we may
Each group of the N. T. writings must be interrogated separately. (a) Beginning with the Synoptic Gospels, we observe that the quotations partly occur in narratives or dialogue which are common to the Synoptists or to two of them, and are partly due to the individual writer. Between these two classes of quotations there is a marked contrast. Citations belonging to the common narrative, or to sayings reported by all the Synoptists, or to two of them, with few exceptions adhere closely to the LXX., the differences being only textual or in the way of omission.
Some examples will make this clear. (1) Citations common to
Mt., Mc., Lc.
Thus it appears that of 14 quotations which belong to this
class only two (
In Mt. there are 16 quotations which are not to be found in
Mc. or Lc. (
It may be asked whether the quotations in the Synoptists which do not agree with our present text of the LXX., or with its relatively oldest type, imply the use of another Greek version. Before an answer to this question can be attempted, it is necessary to distinguish carefully between the causes which have produced variation. It may be due to (a) loose citation, or to (b) the substitution of a gloss for the precise words which the writer professes to quote, or to (c) a desire to adapt a prophetic context to the circumstances under which it was thought to have been fulfilled, or to (d) the fusing together of passages drawn from different contexts. Of the variations which cannot be ascribed to one or other of these causes, some are (e) recensional, whilst others are (f) translational, and imply an independent use of the original, whether by the Evangelist, or by the author of some collection of excerpts which he employed.
The following may be taken as specimens of these types of
variation. (a)
The three last-named causes of variation need to be considered at some length.
(1) A few of the Synoptic quotations are manifestly
composite. E.g.
(2) there is a considerable weight of evidence in favour
of the belief that the Evangelists employed a recension of
the LXX. which came nearer to the text of cod. A than to
that of our oldest uncial B. This point has been recently
handled in Hilgenfeld's Zeitschrift f. Wissenschaftliche Theologie
| Mt. | LXX. | Th. |
| ἰδoὺ ὁ παῖς μου ὃν ᾑρέτισα, ὁ αγαπητός μου ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου. | Ἰακωβ ὁ παῖς μου ἀντιλήμψομαι αὐτοῦ· Ἰσραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου, προσεδέξατο αὐτὸν ἡ ψυχή μου. | ἰδoὺ ὁ παῖς μου, ἀντιλήμψομαι αὐτοῦ· ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου. |
Such coincidences lend some probability to the supposition that Theodotion's version bears a relation to the recension of the Alexandrian Greek which was in the hands of the early Palestinian Church.
(3) Certain quotations in the First Gospel are either independent of the LXX., or have been but slightly influenced by it. These require to be studied separately, and, as they are but few, they are printed below and confronted with the LXX.
| καὶ σύ, Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα· ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου Ἰσραήλ. | καὶ σύ, Βηθλέεμ, οἶκος Ἐφράθα, ὀλιγοστὸς εἶ τοῦ εἶναι ἐν χιλιάσιν Ἰούδα· ἐξ οὗ μοι ἐξελεύσεται τοῦ εἶναι εἰς ἄρχοντα τοῦ Ἰσραήλ . . . καὶ ποιμανεῖ . . . |
| ουδαμως] μη D | εκ σου] εξ ου (B*)אC(D) | om γαρ א* | εξ ου | εκ σου B b?cAQ | εξελευσεται] + ηγουμενος A |
On the relation of the LXX. in this passage to the M. T. see above p. 338. Χιλιάσιν, ἡγεμόσιν answer to different vocalisations of אלפי, but οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ and ἡγούμενος ὅστις π. τὸν λ. μου are paraphrastic. The Evangelist has put into the mouth of the Scribes an interpretation rather than a version of the prophecy.
| γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλειλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα· καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς. | χώρα Ζαβουλών, ἡ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ τὴν παραλίαν καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλειλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν. ὁ λαὸς ὁ πορευόμενος ἐν σκότει, ἴδετε φῶς μέγα· οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν χώρᾳ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς λάμψει ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς. |
| οι καθημενοι D | και σκια] om και D* | Νεφθαλειμ] + οδον θαλασσης א c.aAQ (Aq. Th.) | παραλιαν] + κατοικουντες א c.aAQ | πορευομενος] καθημενος A | σκια] pr και א c.aAQΓ |
Here Mt. differs widely both from LXX. and M. T., yet he has points of agreement with both. The influence of LXX. is seen in γῆ Ζ., Γ. τῶν ἐθνῶν, χώρᾳ [καὶ] σκιᾷ. On the other hand ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, εἶδεν, αὐτοῖς agree with M.T. The writer quotes from memory, or from a collection of loosely cited testimonia.
| αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν | οὗτος τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν φέρει καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν ὀδυνᾶται. |
Mt.'s version is based upon Heb., from which the LXX. departs. Cf. Symm.: τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνέλαβεν καὶ τοὺς πόνους ὑπέμεινεν.
| ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου· ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα ἀπὸ καταβολῆς. | ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου· φθέγξομαι προβλήματα ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς. |
| καταβολης] + κοσμου א*CD |
V. 35
a in Mt. follows the LXX. verbatim,
while 35
b is an independent rendering of the Heb. The departure from the
LXX. in the second half of the text is not altogether for the sake of
exactness; if ἐρεύξομαι is nearer to אַבִּיעָה than
φθέγξομαι, ἀπὸ καταβολῆς
introduces a conception which has no place in מִנִּי־קֶדֶם,
and in this sense the Greek phrase is practically limited to the
N. T. (see Hort on
| Zach. xi. 13 | |
| καὶ ἔλαβον . . . τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέν μοι Κύριος. | καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Κάθες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ χωνευτήριον καὶ σκέψομαι εἰ δόκιμόν ἐστιν, ὃν τρόπον ἐδοκιμάσθην ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν. καὶ ἔλαβον . . . καὶ ἐνέβαλον αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον Κυρίου εἰς τὸ χωνευτηρίον. |
| εδωκεν A* vid εδωκα א | εδοκιμασθην B* fortאAQ |
Mt. has re-arranged this passage, and given its sense, without regard to the order or construction of the original. In doing this he has abandoned the LXX. altogether, and approximates to the Heb.; cf. Aq. ἡ τιμὴν ἣν ἐτιμήθην ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν.
In these five passages the compiler of the first Gospel has
more or less distinctly thrown off the yoke of the Alexandrian
version and substituted for it a paraphrase, or an independent
rendering from the Hebrew. But our evidence does not
encourage the belief that the Evangelist used or knew another
complete Greek version of the Old Testament, or of any
particular book. It is to be observed that he uses this liberty
only in quotations which proceed from himself, if we except
the references to the O. T. in the Sermon on the Mount (
(b) The Fourth Gospel quotes the LXX. verbatim, or with
slight variants, in cc.
(c) The quotations from the O. T. in the Acts are taken
from the LXX. exclusively. With the exception of the περιοχή
in כִּיּוּן). Similarly
in
| μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναστρέψω καὶ
ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν,
καὶ τὰ κατεσκαμμένα αὐτῆς ἀνοικοδομήσω
καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν, ὅπως ἂν ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ
κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν κύριον καὶ πάντα τὰ
ἔθνη ἐφ᾿ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς,
λέγει Κύριος ὁ ποιῶν
ταῦτα * * * |
μετὰ τὸ ἐκβαλεῖν με αὐτοὺς ἐπιστρέψω . . . ἀναστήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν . . . καὶ τὰ κατεσκαμμένα αὐτῆς ἀναστήσω καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω αὐτὴν καθὼς αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ αἰῶνος, ὅπως ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ᾿ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς, λέγει Κύριος ὁ ποιῶν ταῦτα. |
| κατεστραμμενα] κατεσκαμμενα ACD | κατεσκαμμενα] κατεστραμμενα
AbO |
| οπως] + αν A | ανθρωπων] + τον κυριον A |
The combination in this quotation of looseness with close adherence to the LXX. even where it is furthest from the Heb. (e.g. in ὅπως ἐκζητήσωσιν κτλ.) is significant, especially when it is remembered that the speaker is St James of Jerusalem.
(d) The Catholic Epistles use the LXX. when they quote
the O.T. expressly, and with some exceptions keep fairly close
to the Alexandrian Greek. Thus
(e) More than half of the direct quotations from the O.T.
in the Epistles of St Paul are taken from the LXX. without
material change (
In other passages St Paul departs still further from the
LXX., quoting freely, or paraphrasing, or fusing two distinct
passages into a single citation, or occasionally deserting the
Alexandrian version altogether. Examples of loose quotations
or of paraphrases will be found in
The following instances will shew how far reconstruction is carried in cases of conflation.
| αγαπωσιν] υπομενουσιν Clem. R. i. 34, 8. | |
In some cases a wide departure from the LXX. is probably to be explained by the supposition that the Apostle quotes from memory; e.g.:
| οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ γραφή . . . Κύριε, τοὺς προφήτας σου ἀπέκτειναν, τὰ θυσιαστήριά σου κατέσκαψαν, κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος καὶ ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου. ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός; Κατέλιπον ἐμαυτῷ ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας, οἵτινες οὐκ ἔκαμψαν γόνυ τῇ Βάαλ. | καὶ εἶπεν Ἠλειού . . . τὰ θυσιαστήριά σου καθεῖλαν καὶ τοὺς προφήτας σου ἀπέκτειναν . . . καὶ ὑπολέλειμμαι ἐγὼ μονώτατος καὶ ζητοῦσι τὴν ψυχήν μου . . . καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν . . . καταλείψεις ἐν Ἰσραὴλ ἑπτὰ χιλιάδας ἀνδρῶν, πάντα γόνατα ἃ οὐκ ὤκλασαν γόνυ τῷ Βααλ. |
The following quotation also is probably from memory
| ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γέγραπται ὅτι Ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν ἑτέρων λαλήσω τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ, καὶ οὐδ᾿ οὕτως εἰσακούσονταί μου, λέγει Κύριος | διὰ φαυλισμὸν χειλέων, διὰ γλώσσης ἑτέρας· ὅτι λαλήσουσιν τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ . . . καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ἀκούειν. |
Jerome, quoting these words from St Paul, rightly adds, "Quod mihi videtur iuxta Hebraicum de praesenti sumptum capitulo." Aquila's rendering is remarkably similar, ὅτι ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν ἑτέροις λαλήσω τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ. Theodotion unfortunately is wanting.
(f) The Ep. to the Hebrews is in great part a catena
of quotations from the LXX. "The text of the quotations
agrees in the main with some form of the present text of the
LXX.
for 
)
and
In the Epistles, as in the Gospels, the text of the LXX. which is employed inclines to cod. A rather than to cod. B. But its agreement with the A text is not without exception; and these are other elements in the problem which must not be overlooked. As in the Gospels, again, we notice from time to time a preference for Lucianic readings, or for the readings of Theodotion. It has been reasonably conjectured that the writers of the N.T. used a recension which was current in Palestine, possibly also in Asia Minor, and which afterwards supplied materials to Theodotion, and left traces in the Antiochian Bible, and in the text represented by cod. A. We shall revert to this subject in a later chapter; for the present it is enough to notice the direction to which the evidence of the N.T. seems to point.
4. We have dealt so far with direct quotations. But in
estimating the influence of the LXX. upon the N. T. it must
not be forgotten that it contains almost innumerable references
of a less formal character. These are in many cases likely to
escape notice, and it is not the least of the debts which we
owe to the Westcott and Hort text, that attention is called to
them by the use of uncial type. They will be found chiefly
(a) in the words of our Lord (e.g.
5. This summary by no means represents the extent of
the influence exerted upon the N.T. by the Alexandrian
Version. The careful student of the Gospels and of St Paul
is met at every turn by words and phrases which cannot be
fully understood without reference to their earlier use in the
Greek Old Testament. Books which are not quoted in the
N.T., e.g. the non-canonical books of Wisdom, Ecclesiasticus
and Maccabees, find echoes there, and not a few of the great
theological words which meet us in the Apostolic writings
seem to have been prepared for their Christian connotation by
employment in the Alexandrian appendix to the Canon
LITERATURE. F. Junius, Sacrorum Parallelorum libri iii.
(Heidelberg, 1588); J. Drusius, Parallela Sacra (Franeker,
CHAPTER III.
QUOTATIONS FROM THE LXX. IN EARLY CHRISTIAN WRITINGS.
"THE quotations from the LXX. in the Greek Fathers are
an almost unworked field
1. The earliest of non-canonical Christian writings, the letter addressed c. A.D. 96 by the Church of Rome to the Church of Corinth, abounds in quotations from the O.T.; and more than half of these are given substantially in the words of the LXX. with or without variants.
The following is a list of the exact or nearly exact quotations
of the LXX. in Clem. R. ad Cor.
The variants are often of much interest, as shewing
affinities to certain types of LXX. text. The following are
specially worthy of notice: BA
(ag. א
c.a ᾧ);
;
;
c.aA—a
doublet wanting in B, whose reading "appears to shew the hand of an Alexandrian reviser" (Toy, cf. Lagarde);
, ag. B
abאA,
δεῦτε καὶ διελεγχθ. (διαλεχθ.
Cclem), אAQ;
(a) A few readings imply correction from the Hebrew, or
rather perhaps a Greek text with affinities to the translations
of the second century; e.g.
(b) A large proportion of Clement's quotations are composite
(c) Special interest attaches to Clement's quotations of
passages which are also quoted in the N.T. The following
are the most instructive instances: (1)
| Clem. l.c. | ||
| μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ ἰσχυρὸς ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ᾿ ἢ ἐν τούτῳ καυχάσθω ὁ καυχώμενος, συνίειν καὶ γινώσκειν ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι Κύριος ὁ ποιῶν ἔλεος καὶ κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. | μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ φρόνιμος ἐν τῇ φρονήσει αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ δυνατὸς ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ᾿ ἢ ἐν τούτῳ καυχάσθω ὁ καυχώμενος, συνίειν καὶ γινώσκειν τὸν κύριον, καὶ ποιεῖν κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐν μέσῳ τῆς γῆς. |
μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ,
υηδὲ ὁ ἰσχυρὸς ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ,
υηδὲ ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτοῦ·
ἀλλ᾿ ἢ †ὁ καυχώμενος ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω† |
(4)
| Clem. l.c. | ||
|
ἐγγίζει μοι ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτῶν τιμῶσίν με, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ. om ἐν τῷ στόμ. αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν אAQ. |
ὁ λαὸς οὗτος (οὗτος ὁ λαὸς Mc.) τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ. ἀπέχει] Mc. ἀφέστηκεν D ἄπεστιν L 2 pe |
Οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἄπεστιν ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ. τοῖς χείλεσιν] τῷ στοματι C clem. ἄπεστιν] ἀπέχει C clem. |
Through constant citation, the context has taken more than
one type; Clement's is close to that of the Evangelists,
but has not been borrowed from them in their present form,
as ἄπεστιν shews. (10)
The general result of this examination is to shew (a) that
Clement's text of the LXX. inclines in places to that which
appears in the N.T., and yet presents sufficient evidence of
independence; (b) that as between the texts of the LXX.
represented by B and A, while often supporting A, it is less
constantly opposed to B than is the New Testament; and
(c) that it displays an occasional tendency to agree with
Theodotion and even with Aquila against the LXX. It seems
in fact to be a more mixed text than that which was in the
hands of the Palestinian writers of the N.T. These conclusions
harmonise on the whole with what we know of the
circumstances under which Clement wrote. The early Roman
Church was largely composed of Greek-speaking Jews, the
freedmen of Roman families; and Clement himself, as Lightfoot
has suggested
2. Whatever the history of the so-called Second Epistle of
Clement to the Corinthians, whether it is of Roman or of
Corinthian origin, like the genuine Epistle it makes extensive
use of the Greek Old Testament. The following quotations
occur:
3. Another second century document, indisputably Roman,
the Shepherd of Hermas, contains no quotation from the LXX.
But
4. The Old Testament is quoted in the Epistle of
Barnabas even more profusely than in the Epistle of Clement,
The following analysis of the quotations in Barnabas may be
found useful. (a) Exact or nearly exact:
As the Epistle of Barnabas is not improbably a relic of the earliest Alexandrian Christianity, it is important to interrogate its witness to the text of the LXX. This can best be done, as we have seen, by examining its quotations from the Psalms and Isaiah.
|
μου, א
c.a RU
(ag. μοι 1º BאA).
(ag. δέδωκα BQ
mg),
;
The leaning in Isaiah towards the text of Q especially
when found in company with A or אA, is noteworthy, and it
is worth mentioning that in
5. The Asiatic Christian writers of the second century,
Ignatius of Antioch and Polycarp of Smyrna, afford a striking
contrast to Clement of Rome and Barnabas of Alexandria, in
the rarity of their appeals to the Old Testament. (a) The
genuine Epistles of Ignatius quote it only twice with a formula
citandi (
6. Irenaeus may be taken next, for though he belonged
to the next generation and his literary activity was connected
with the West, his copies of the Old Testament writings were
doubtless of Asiatic provenance. His method of quotation
however differs widely from that of the earlier writers. He
is a theologian and a controversialist, and he quotes the
Scriptures to refute an antagonist or to support the traditional
faith. Accordingly his citations are, with few exceptions,
either exact extracts, or but slightly abridged and adapted,
and he is almost wholly free from the habit of loose paraphrase.
How copiously he cites, especially in Adv. haereses
iii. iv., will appear from the following list
The Latin version, in which the greater part of these
quotations are clothed, appears to be exact where it can be
tested (cf. e.g.
א ἐγενν.); ), o, ἑλίξεις B(א
c.a)AR(T)); Q); ); , a hexaplaric addition,
cf. Field, ad loc.); 
);
, ag. αὐτόν BQ
corr),
locutus sum super eos
(ἐπ᾿
αὐτούς AQ, πρὸς αὐτ. Bא).
A special interest attaches to Irenaeus' extracts from Daniel
7. Like Irenaeus, Justin quotes profusely, and his aim as
an apologist and a controversialist compels him to cite his
documents with some regard to verbal accuracy. For the
criticism of the LXX. his writings afford even richer materials
In the following list of Justin's quotations from the LXX. account has been taken only of his undoubted writings. A. = the First Apology, D. = the Dialogue; the Second Apology contains nothing to our purpose.
From the circumstances of Justin's life we are prepared to find in his writings an eclectic text of the LXX. Of Palestinian birth but of Greek parentage, he seems to have divided his maturer life between Ephesus and Rome; and each of these associations may have supplied textual peculiarities. The general result may be gathered from a few specimens of the readings exhibited by Justin's longer extracts from the O.T.
| τὸ ὄνομα.
.
QΓ | αἱρετιεῖ] ἐκλέξεται "86 in textu ex alio videlicet interprete" (Field).
)
To shew Justin's relation to the two recensions of Daniel,
it is necessary to place some verses side by side with the
corresponding contexts of the LXX. and Theodotion
| Justin, Dial. 31 | Ibid., Th. | |
ἐθεώρουν ἕως ὅτου θρόνοι ἐτέθησαν, καὶ παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν ἐκάθητο
|
ἐθεώρουν ἕως ὅτε θρόνοι ἐτέθησαν, καὶ παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν ἐκάθητο |
ἐθεώρουν ἕως ὅτου θρόνοι ἐτέθησαν, καὶ παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν ἐκάθητο, καί τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ χιὼν λευκόν, καὶ ἡ θρὶξ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ἔριον καθαρόν· ὁ θρόνος αὐτοῦ φλὸξ πυρός, οἱ τροχοὶ αὐτοῦ πῦρ φλέγον. ποταμὸς πυρὸς εἷλκεν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ· χίλιαι χιλιάδες ἐλειτούργουν αὐτῷ, καὶ μύριαι μυριάδες παριστήκεισαν αὐτῷ· κριτήριον ἐκάθισεν, καὶ βίβλοι ἠνεῴχθησαν. ἐθεώρουν τότε ἀπὸ φωνῆς τῶν λόγων τῶν μεγάλων ὧν τὸ |
τῶν μεγάλων λόγων ὧν τὸ κέρας λάλεῖ, καὶ
 |
τότε
|
κέρας ἐκεῖνο ἐλάλει, ἕως ἀνῃρέθη τὸ θηρίον καὶ ἀπώλετο, καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἐδόθη εἰς καῦσιν πυρός. καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν θηρίαων ἡ ἀρχὴ μετεστάθη, καὶ μακρότης ζωῆς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἕως καιροῦ καὶ καιροῦ. ἐθεώρουν ἐν ὁράματι τῆς νυκτὸς, καὶ ἰδοὺ μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἕως τοῦ παλαιοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἔφθασεν· καὶ προσήχθη αὐτῷ. καὶ αὐτῷ ἐδόθη ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία, καὶ πάντες οἱ λαοί, φυλαί, καὶ γλῶσσαι δουλεύσουσιν αὐτῷ· ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ ἐξουσία αἰώνιος ἥτις οὐ παρελεύσεται, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ οὐ διαφθαρήσεται. |
.
The student will notice that Justin's O.T. text is a mixed one.
(a) In Genesis it contains many readings of D or DE where
those later uncials depart from A; (b) in Deuteronomy it occasionally
supports A or AF against B, and (c) in the Psalms
the group ART, with the concurrence sometimes of א, sometimes
of א
c.a; (d) in the Prophets it not seldom agrees with Q
(AQ, אAQ). In the Minor Prophets it is startling to find in
Justin more than one rendering which is attributed to Symmachus;
and as it is in the highest degree improbable that
Justin's Daniel text requires separate notice. It will be
seen to be in fundamental agreement with the LXX., but not
without a fair number of Theodotion's readings. Ἐλειτούργουν
meets us here, as in Clement of Rome, and the phrases τὰ
λοιπὰ θηρία μετεστάθη τῆς ἀρχῆς,
μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν ἐρχόμενος, ἕως τοῦ παλαιοῦ, προσήγαγον αῦτον,
are undoubtedly due to
Theodotion, or rather to the version on which he worked. On
the other hand ἔχων περιβολὴν, τὸ τρίχωμα, πῦρ φλέγον, ἀπετυμπανίσθη, χρόνος ζωῆς, οἱ παρεστηκότες,
and the whole of
In a few instances Justin shews a disposition to criticise
the LXX. reading. E.g. in
8. Hippolytus of Portus, as we learn from the inscription
on the chair of his statue and from other ancient
sources, was the author of a large number of Biblical
commentaries
.
o
The text of Hippolytus, it will be seen, like most of the
patristic texts, leans slightly to AF in the Pentateuch, א or
א
c.a in the poetical books, and AQ in the Prophets. At the
9. Our last witness is Clement of Alexandria. Clement had learnt the Christian faith during his early travels in Asia Minor and Magna Graecia, and he may have received copies of O.T. writings from his first Christian masters. Hence it must not be too hastily assumed that the text of his O.T. quotations is purely Alexandrian. On the other hand it is reasonable to suppose that during the period of his literary activity he was familiar with the Alexandrian text and used it when he quoted from his MS. On the whole therefore we may expect his quotations to be fairly representative of the Biblical text current at Alexandria during the generation preceding the compilation of the Hexapla.
Clement quotes both the Jewish and the Christian scriptures
profusely, but his extracts seldom extend beyond two or
three verses, and are often broken by comments or copied
with considerable freedom. His purpose was didactic and
not polemical; even in the λόγος προτρεπτικός he aims to
persuade rather than to compel assent, whilst the Paedagogus
and the Stromateis are addressed exclusively to persons under
instruction, to whom the Scriptures were a familiar text-book.
Hence he is exact only when verbal precision is necessary;
often it is sufficient for his purpose to work into his argument
a few words from a Scriptural context, giving the sense of the
rest in his own words. Still it is possible even in these broken
references to catch glimpses of the text which lay before him,
and in the dearth of early Christian literature emanating from
Alexandria, these are of no little value to the student of the
Greek Bible
(a) , ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς B
abAF)
οὐ ποιήσετε (ποιηθήσεται B)
Th.
).
), with the addition
καό ἥμισυ τῆς
ἑβδομάδος καταπαύσει θυμίαμα θυσίας καὶ πτερυγίου ἀφανισμοῦ ἕως
συντελείας καὶ σπουδῆς τάξιν ἀφανισμοῦ (cf. B
abAQ).
10. This examination has been but partial, even within
the narrow field to which it was limited. It has dealt only
with direct quotations, and in the case of Hippolytus and
Clement of Alexandria, only with a few of these. Moreover,
the student who wishes to examine the whole of the evidence
must not limit himself to the few great writers who have been
named. Even if he adds the writings of Aristides, Tatian,
Athenagoras, Theophilus, and the anonymous Teaching and
Epistle to Diognetus, there will still remain the fragments
collected in the Relliquiae Sacrae and by the researches of
Pitra, and the Pseudo-Clementine, apocryphal, and Gnostic
literature of the second century. Still more important help
may be obtained from Latin Christian writers who quote the
O.T. in the Old Latin version, e.g. Cyprian, Lucifer, Vigilius
of Thapsus, the Donatist Tyconius, and the author of the
Speculum
Much useful and interesting work might be done by following
the lines of Dr Hatch's attempt to collect and compare
the early evidence in reference to particular texts and constantly
11. With Origen the science of Christian Biblical criticism
and hermeneutics may be said to have begun. In the Old
Testament his interest was peculiarly strong; it supplied him
with the amplest opportunities of exercising his skill in allegorical
interpretation; and his knowledge both of the original and of
the Greek versions prepared him to deal with the difficulties
of his text. Unhappily there is no class of his writings which
has suffered so severely. Of his great commentaries on the
Old Testament, only fragments have survived; and the
Homilies, with the exception of one on the Witch of Endor,
and nineteen on the book of Jeremiah, have reached us only
in the Latin translations of Rufinus and Jerome. But even
fragments and versions of Origen are precious, and the following
list of his O.T. remains
Genesis. Fragments of Commentary (t. i., iii.), and notes
from catenae. Homilies (17) in Latin, tr. by Rufinus. Exodus.
Fragments of Commentary, and notes. Homilies (13) in Latin,
12. It is impossible within the limits of an Introduction to enumerate all the ecclesiastical writers who during the golden age of patristic literature quoted or commented upon the Greek Old Testament. But the student who is not a specialist in this field may be glad to have before him the names and dates of the principal Greek Fathers, with some notice of such of their extant works as are concerned with O.T. exegesis. The Roman numerals in brackets direct him to the volumes of Migne's Patrologia Graeca, in which the authors are to be found; in the case of a few writings which are not included in the Patrologia and some others, references are given to other editions.
Acacius of Caesarea, † 366. Fragments in catenae.
Ammonius of Alexandria, c. 460. Fragments on Genesis and Daniel. (lxxxv.)
Anastasius of Antioch, † 598. (lxxxix.)
Anastasius of Sinai, cent. vi.—vii. (lxxxix.)
Apollinarius of Laodicea (the younger), †c. 393. (xxxiii., cf. Dräseke's edition in Texte u. Unters. vii.)
Apostolical Constitutions, cent. iii.—iv. (ed. Lagarde).
Asterius of Amasea, c. 400. (xl.)
Athanasius of Alexandria, † 373. On the Psalms; Titles of the
Psalms
Basil of Caesarea, †379. Homilies on the Hexaemeron, the
Psalms and
Basil of Seleucia, c. 450. Homilies on the O.T. (lxxxv.)
Cosmas Indicopleustes, c. 550. (lxxxviii.)
Cyril of Alexandria, † 444. Works on the Pentateuch (περὶ τῆς ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ προσκυνήσεως, and γλαφυρά), comm. on Isaiah, comm. on the xii. Prophets; fragments on Kingdoms, Psalms, Proverbs, Canticles, and the minor Prophets. (lxviii.—lxxvii.)
Cyril of Jerusalem, † 386. (xxxiii.)
Didymus of Alexandria, † 395. Fragments on the Psalms and in the catenae. (xxxix.)
Diodorus of Tarsus, † c. 390. Fragments from the catenae. (xxxiii.)
Dionysius the Pseudo-Areopagite, cent. v. (iii.—iv.)
Dorotheus the Archimandrite, cent. vi.—vii. (lxxxviii.)
Ephraem the Syrian, † 373. Fragments of Commentaries on the Pentateuch, the historical and the poetical books. (Rome, 1732 ff.)
Epiphanius of Salamis, † 403. (xli.—xliii.)
Eusebius of Caesarea, † 339. Commentary on the Psalms; notes on Isaiah; fragments of other O.T. commentaries; books περὶ τῶν τοπικῶν ὀνομάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ and περὶ τῆς τοῦ βιβλίου τῶν προφητῶν ὀνομασίας.
Eusebius of Emesa, † 359. Fragments in the catenae of a comm. on Genesis. (lxxxvi.)
Eustathius of Antioch, † 337. On the Witch of Endor, ag. Origen. (xviii.)
Evagrius of Pontus, † 398. Fragments in catenae.
Gennadius of Constantinople, † 471. Fragments on Genesis, Exodus, the Psalms &c. (lxxxv.)
Gregory of Nazianzus, † 389. (xxxv.—xxxviii.)
Gregory of Neocaesarea, † c. 270. (x.)
Gregory of Nyssa, † 395. (xliv.—xlvi.)
Hesychius of Jerusalem, † c. 438. (xciii.)
Isidore of Pelusium, † c. 450. (lxxviii.)
John Chrysostom, † 407. Homilies on
1 Regn., Psalms (iii.—xii., xlviii.—xlix., cviii.—cxl.); a commentary on
John of Damascus, † c. 760. (xciv.—xcvi.)
Julianus of Halicarnassus, † 536. Fragments in catenae.
Macarius Magnes, cent. iv. (ed. Blondel).
Maximus Confessor, † 662. (xc.—xci.)
Methodius of Olympus, cent. iii.—iv. (xviii.)
Nilus of Sinai, † c. 430. (lxxix.)
Olympiodorus of Alexandria, † cent. vi. (xciii.)
Peter of Alexandria, † 311. (xviii.)
Philo of Carpasia, c. 380. Commentary on Canticles. (xl.)
Photius of Constantinople, † c. 891. (ci.—civ.)
Polychronius of Apamea, † 430. Fragments on the Pentateuch, Job, Proverbs, Canticles, and Daniel; comm. on Ezekiel.
Procopius of Gaza, cent. vi. Commentaries on Genesis—Judges, 1 Regn.—2 Chr., Prov., Cant., Isaiah. (lxxxvii.)
Severianus of Gabala, † c. 420. Fragments of commentaries in the catenae. (lxv.)
Severus of Antioch, † c. 539. Fragments in the catenae.
Theodore of Heraclea, † c. 355. Fragments of comm. on Isaiah. (xviii.)
Theodore of Mopsuestia,† 428. Fragments of commentaries on Genesis (Syriac and Latin), the rest of the Pentateuch and the historical books: comm. on the Psalms in Syriac and large fragments in Greek: a commentary on the xii. Prophets. (lxvi.)
Theodoret of Cyrrhus, † c. 458. Εἰς τὰ ἄπορα τῆς θείας γραφῆς, questions on the Pentateuch and historical books. Commentaries on the Psalms, Canticles, the xii. Prophets, Isaiah, Jeremiah (including Baruch and Lam.), Ezekiel, Daniel. (lxxx.—lxxxiv.)
Titus of Bostra, † c. 370. (xviii.)
Victor of Antioch, cent. v.—vi. (?).
LITERATURE. T. Ittig, De bibliothecis et catenis patrum (Leipzig, 1707). J. G. Walch, Bibliotheca patristica, ed. J. T. L. Danz (Jena, 1834). J. G. Dowling, Notitia Scriptorum ss. Patrum (Oxford, 1839). Oeconomus, vol. iv. (Athens, 1849). J. Nirschl, Lehrbuch der Patrologia u. Patristik (Mainz, 1881). O. Bardenhewer, Patrologie (Freiburg i. B., 1894). Fessler-Jungmann, Institutiones Patrologiae (1890). H. Hody, De textibus Bibliorum, p. 277 ff. Schleusner, Opuscula critica ad versionem Graecam V. T. pertinentia (Leipzig, 1812). Credner, Beiträge zur Einleitung in die biblischen Schriften, vol. ii. (Halle, 1834). R. Gregory, Prolegomena (de scriptoribus ecclesiasticis, p. 1131 ff.). Scrivener-Miller, ii. p. 167 ff. Hatch, Biblical Essays, p. 131 ff.
CHAPTER IV.
THE GREEK VERSIONS AS AIDS TO BIBLICAL STUDY.
I. No question can arise as to the greatness of the place
occupied by the Alexandrian Version in the religious life of
the first six centuries of its history. The Septuagint was the
Bible of the Hellenistic Jew, not only in Egypt and Palestine,
but throughout Western Asia and Europe. It created a
language of religion which lent itself readily to the service of
Christianity and became one of the most important allies of
the Gospel. It provided the Greek-speaking Church with an
authorised translation of the Old Testament, and when Christian
missions advanced beyond the limits of Hellenism, it served
as a basis for fresh translations into the vernacular
The Septuagint has long ceased to fulfil these or any similar functions. In the West, after the fourth century, its influence receded before the spread of the Latin Vulgate; in the East, where it is still recited by the Orthodox Church in the ecclesiastical offices, it lost much of its influence over the thought and life of the people. On the other hand, this most ancient of Biblical versions possesses a new and increasing importance in the field of Biblical study. It is seen to be valuable alike to the textual critic and to the expositor, and its services are welcomed by students both of the Old Testament and of the New.
A. As the oldest version of the Hebrew Bible, the Septuagint claims especial attention from Old Testament scholars. It represents a text and, to some extent, an interpretation earlier than any which can be obtained from other sources.
1. (a) The printed Hebrew Bibles give on the whole the Massoretic text, i.e. a text which has passed through the hands of the Massorets, a succession of Jewish scholars who endeavoured to give permanence to the traditional type.
Massora (מַסּוֹרֶת, מָסוֹרָה, traditio) is
already mentioned in the saying of R. Akiba, Pirqe Aboth, iii. 20 מסורה סייג לתורה,
'tradition is a fence to the Law'
The attitude of Christian scholars towards the Jewish
traditional text has varied with the progress of Biblical learning.
Mediaeval Europe knew the Old Testament almost exclusively
through Jerome's Latin, as the Ancient Church had
known it through the LXX.
The views of Louis Cappelle were set forth in Arcanum punctuationis
revelatum, Amsterdam, 1624; Critica sacra, Paris,
1650; those of J. Morin in Exercitationes ecclesiasticae in utrumque
Samaritanorum Pentateuchum (Paris, 1631), and Exercitationes
de hebraici graecique textus sinceritate (Paris, 1633). The
younger Buxtorf answered Cappelle in his treatises De punctorum
origine (1648) and Anticritica (1653): see Schnedemann,
Die Controverse des L. Cappellus mit den Buxtorfen (Leipzig, 1879),
Loisy, Histoire critique, p. 167 ff. The formula consensus ecclesiarum
Helveticarum (1675) declared (can. ii., iii.): "Hebraicus
Veteris Testamenti codex quem ex traditione ecclesiae Iudaicae,
cui olim oracula Dei commissa sunt, accepimus hodieque retinemus,
turn quoad consonas tum quoad vocalia, sive puncta ipsa
sive punctorum saltem potestatem, et tum quoad res tum quoad
Reference has been made to the place occupied by the
Samaritan Pentateuch in this controversy. A Samaritan
recension of the Law was known to Origen, who quoted it in
the Hexapla (
On the Samaritan Pentateuch the reader may consult J. Morinus, Exercitationes ecclesiasticae in utrumque Samaritanorum Pentateuchum; L. Cappellus, Critica sacra, iii. c. 20; Walton, prolegg: (ed. Wrangham, Camb. 1828), ii. p. 280 ff.; R. Simon, Histoire critique du Vieux Testament, i. c. 12; Eichhorn, Einleitung, ii. § 383 ff.; Gesenius, De Pentateuchi Samaritani origine indole et auctoritate comm. (Halle, 1815); S. Kohn, De Pentateucho Samaritano eiusque cum versionibus antiquis nexu (Leipzig, 1865); Samareitikon u. Septuaginta, in MGJS., 1893; E. Deutsch, Samaritan Pentateuch, in Smith's D. B. iii. 1106 ff.; E. König, art. Sam. Pentateuch, Hastings' D. B. suppl. vol. p. 71; J. W. Nutt, Introduction to Fragments of a Sam. Targum (London, 1872); J. Skinner in J. Q. R. xiv. 26; P. Glaue and A. Rahlfs, Mitteilungen des Sept. Unternehmens, ii. (Berlin, 1911), for fragments of Gr. transl. of Sam. Pentateuch.
The prevalent belief in the originality of the Massoretic
text appeared to receive confirmation from the researches of
Kennicott
(b) It is the business of the textual critic to get behind
this official text, and to recover so far as he can the various
recensions which it has displaced. In this work he is aided
by the Ancient Versions, but especially by the Septuagint.
Of the Versions the Septuagint alone is actually earlier than
the fixing of the Hebrew text. In point of age, indeed, it
must yield to the Samaritan Pentateuch, the archetype of
Some of the difficulties which beset the use of the LXX. as
a guide to the criticism of the text have been stated already
when its character as a version was discussed
The following list of passages in which the LXX. reflects a
Hebrew text different from will enable the student to practise
himself in the critical use of the Version.
does not give the words of Cain, though וַיּׂאמֶר
leads the reader to expect them. supplies Διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πεδίον
(נֵלְכָה הַשּׂדֶה),
and this is supported by Sam., Targ. Jer., Pesh., Vulg.
אביך (τοῦ πατρός σου);
so Sam., cf. v. 30.
πάντας τοὺς σιτοβολῶνας
אׂצְרֹת בָּר
את כל אשר בהם בר).
ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ,
perhaps reading אֲשֶׁר לוֹ =) שלו) for
שִׁילֹה; but see Ball in Haupt,
Sacred Books, ad loc., and cf. the
Greek variant ᾧ ἀπόκειται.
μεριμνάτωσαν . . . μεριμνάτωσαν וישׁעו . . . ישׁעו.
καὶ συνέδησεν (ויאסר).
omits the second clause: so Sam.
θρὶξ ξανθίζουσα
(שֵֹעָר שָׁחֹר).
prefixes
καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ὤγ (אֶת־עוֹג וַיּרְא);
cf. vv. τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν μετ᾿ αὐτοὺς ὑμᾶς,
i.e. בזרעם אחריכם; so Sam.
+ Θεκὼ . . . πόλεις ἕνδεκα καὶ αἱ κῶμαι αὐτῶν.
The omission of these names in is
doubtless due to homoioteleuton.
, as the context seems to require, ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τετάρτῃ
(הרביעי); but see Moore in Haupt, Sacred Books, ad loc.
6 supplies a long lacuna in
(καὶ ἐνκρούσῃς . . . τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐποῦ) caused by homoioteleuton; on the two Greek renderings
of the passage see Moore in Haupt, ad loc.
εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐγὼ πορεύομαι
(
אֶת־בֵּית יְהוָה אֲנִי הׄלֵךְ).
The final letter of ביתי has probably been taken by for an abbreviation
of יהוה.
o
ἐν μόσχῳ τριετίζοντι, dividing and pronouncing בְּפַר מְשֻׁלָּשׁ.
supplies בחרב
(ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ) which seems to have. lost.
ὅτι κακολογοῦντες θεὸν υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, reading אלהים for להם.
is irrelevant in this place, and must either be connected with has
the appropriate introduction, καὶ ἐγενήθη . . . εἰς πόλεμον
(ויהי בימים
has καὶ μέσον τῆς χώρας αὐτῆς ἀνεφύησαν μύες.
Cf. καὶ οὐκ ἠσμένισαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰεχονίου ἐν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν Βαιθσάμυς,
where the first six words represent an
original of which preserves only three letters. Restoration is
complicated by the fact that ἀσμενίζειν is ἅπ. λεγ. in the
LXX.
Klostermann suggests ולא חרו
בני יכניהו
שָׁאוּל
עַל־הַגָּג
וַיַּשְׁכִּמוּ
וַיְרַבֵּר עִם.
, more in harmony with the context,
καὶ διέστρωσαν τῷ Σαοὺλ (וירבדו לשאול)
ἐπὶ τῷ δώματι, καὶ ἐκοιμήθη
(וַיִּשְׁכָּב).
+
καὶ προσάγουσιν τὴν φυλὴν Ματταρεκαὶ προσάγουσιν τὴν φυλὴν Ματταρεὶ εἰς ἄνδρας,
a clause necessary to the sense.
καὶ ὑπόδημα
(cf. compare
supplies
καὶ ἐταπείνωσεν αὐτοὺς Αἴγυπτος, omitted by through homoioteleuton.
προσάγαγε τὸ εφουδ.
"The Ephod, not the ark, was the organ of divination" (Driver).
הָבָה תָמִים.
Luc,
supplying the lacuna, Τί ὅτι οὐκ ἀπεκρίθης τῷ δούλῳ σου σήμερον;
εἰ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἢ ἐν Ἰωναθὰν τῷ υἱῷ μου ἡ ἀδικία;
Κύριε ὁ θεὸς Ἰσραήλ, δὸς δήλους
(אוּרִים)·
καὶ εἰ τάδε εἴποις Ἐν τῷ λαῷ ἡ ἀδικία, δὸς ὁσιότητα
(תֻּמִּים).
Similarly in
preserves the words ὃν ἂν κατακληρώσηται . . . τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ,
which has lost through homoioteleuton. See the note in Field,
Hexapla, i. p. 510.
παρὰ τὸ ἐργὰβ ἐκεῖνο =
אֵצֶל הָאַדְגָּב הַלָּז,
'beside yonder cairn.' Similarly , substitutes
καὶ ἰδοὺ ἡ θυρωρὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἐκάθαιρεν πυρούς, καὶ ἐνύσταξεν καὶ
ἐκάθευδεν—words which
explain the incident that follows.
,
ὃν τρόπον ἐπιστρέφει ἡ νύμφη πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς· πλὴν ψυχὴν ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς σὺ
ζητεῖς.
In the archetype of the eye of the scribe has passed from
איש to אישה, and the sentence thus mutilated has been re-arranged.
Luc here preserves the true text,
εἰς γῆν Χεττιεὶμ Καδής
ὁ Θεσβείτης ἐκ Θεσβὼν τῆς Γαλαάδ
(מִתּשָׁבֹּן ג׳ ?).
ἐπὶ τῶν λόγων τῶν ὁρώντων
החוזם).
ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ.
(במצרים).
εἶπα
(אָמַרְתְּי)
is manifestly right, and has been admitted into the text by the English Revisers.
ὤρυξαν (כארו = כרו).
) is apparently read by as
לוֹ, and then
connected with the previous verse. See Cheyne, Book of Psalms, p. 379, and Abbott, Essays, p. 25.
Wellhausen (Haupt, ad loc.) would retain without the puncta extraordinaria.
+
[καὶ] ὁ θεός μου, as
in οἱ τάφοι αὐτῶν οἰκίαι αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.
προσέθηκαν
(יוֹסִיפוּ).
καὶ συνπαραμενεῖ
(ויאריך) τῷ ἡλίῳ.
τούτῳ οὐ συνήσθιον
(אֹתוֹ לֹא אֹכֵל).
is repeated from
restores the latter (ὁ δὲ ἐλέγχων μετὰ παρρησίας εἰρηνοποιεῖ),
and thus supplies the contrast to 10
a which is required to complete the couplet.
πονηρία[ι] αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐτάκη[σαν]
(ורעם לא נָמַק).
μὴ εὐχαὶ . . .;
(הָנְדָרִים);
see however Streane, Double text, p. 133.
ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ λῆμμα
(dividing and pronouncing הַמַּשָּׂא
אַתֶּם).
ἐν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ μηνί, μιᾷ τοῦ μηνός
(הַשְּׁבִיעי בְאֶחָד לַחֹדֶשׁ).
τὸν ὦμον = הַזְּרוֹעַ.
(c) In dealing with such differences between the Greek
version and the traditional Hebrew text the student will not
start with the assumption that the version has preserved the
true reading. It may have been preserved by the official
Hebrew or its archetype, and lost in the MSS. which were
followed by the translators: or it may have been lost by both.
Nor will he assume that the Greek, when it differs from the
and agree,
but, as we have said, not an absolute certainty that they are
correct, since they may both be affected by a deep-seated
corruption which goes back to the age of the Ptolemies.
When they differ, will usually deserve to be preferred when
it (a) fills up a lacuna which can be traced to homoioteleuton
in the Hebrew, or (b) removes an apparent interpolation, or
(c) appears to represent a bona fide variant in the original,
which makes better sense than the existing text. Its claims in
these cases are strengthened if it has the support of other
early and probably independent witnesses such as the Samaritan
Pentateuch and the Targum, or of Hebrew variants which
survive in existing MSS. of the Massoretic text, or in the Q'ri
For guidance as to the principles on which the LXX. may be employed in the criticism of the Hebrew Text the student may consult Lagarde, Anmerkungen zur griech. Übersetzung der Proverbien, p. 1 ff.; Wellhausen, Der Text der Bücher Samuelis, p. 1 ff.; Robertson Smith, O. T. in the Jewish Church², p. 76 ff.; Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text of the Books of Samuel, p. xlviii. f.; H. P. Smith, Comm. on Samuel, pp. xxix. ff., 395 ff.; Toy, Comm. on Proverbs, p. xxxii. f. See also below, c. vi.
2. In the field of O.T. interpretation the witness of the
LXX. must be received with even greater caution. It is evident
that Greek-speaking Jews, whose knowledge of Hebrew
(a) The following specimens will serve to illustrate the exegesis of the LXX. in the historical books.
(b) The translated titles of the Psalms form a special and
interesting study. The details are collected below, and can be
studied with the help of the commentaries, or of Neubauer's
article in Studia Biblica ii. p. 1 ff., have been enumerated in Pt. II. c. ii.
(p. 250 ff.).
Ψαλμός, מִזְמוֹר passim (שִׁגָּיוֹן in
ᾨδή, שִׁיר passim
(מִזְמוֹר in
Ψαλμός ᾠδῆς, מִזְמוֹר שִׁיר
Προσευχή, תְּפִלָּה (
Ἀλληλουιά, הַלְלוּ־יָהּ (
Αἴνεσις, תְּהִלָּה (
Στηλογραφία, εἰς στηλογραφίαν, מִכְתָּם (
Εἰς τὸ τέλος, לַמְנַצֵּחַ (
Ἐν ὕμνοις, בִּנְגִינוֹת (
Ἐν ψαλμοῖς, בִּנְגִינות (
Ὑπὲρ τῆς κληρονομούσης, (?) אֶל־הַנְּחִילוֹת (
Ὑπὲρ τῆς ὀγδόης, עַל־הַשְּׁמִינִית (
Ὑπὲρ τῆς λό γων Χουσεὶ υἱοῦ Ἰεμενεί, עַל־דִּבְרֵי־כוּשׁ
בֶּן־יְמִינִי (
Ὑπὲρ τῶν ληνῶν, עַל־הַגִּתִּית (
Ὑπὲρ τῶν κρυφίων τοῦ υἱοῦ, עַל־מוּת לַבֵּן (
Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀντιλήμψεως τῆς ἑωθινῆς, עַל־אַיֶּלֶת הַשַּׁחַר (
Ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων, עַל־שׁשַׁנִּים (
Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ (ᾠδή), שׁיר) יְדִידות) (
Ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων μεμακρυμμένου, עַל־יונַת אֵלֶם רְחׂקִים (
Ὑπὲρ Ἰδιθούν, עַל־יְדוּתוּי (
Ὑπὲρ μαελὲθ (τοῦ ἀποκριθῆναι), (עַל־מָחֲלַת (לְעַנּוֹת
(
Εἰς ἀνα̩μνησιν, לְהַזְכִּיר (
Εἰς ἐξομολόγησιν לְתוֹדָה (
Εἰς συνεσιν, συνέσεως, מַשְׂכִּיל (
Μὴ διαφθείρῃς, אַל־תַּשְׁחֵת (
Τοῦ ἐνκαινισμοῦ τοῦ οἴκου, חֲנֻכַּת־הַבַּיִת (
Τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν, הַמַּעֲלוֹת (
It may be added that סֶלָה
(c) Exegetical help is sometimes to be obtained from a guarded use of the interpretation affixed by the LXX. (1) to obscure words, especially ἅπαξ λεγόμενα, and (2) to certain proper names. Some examples of both are given below.
(1)
(2) Abarim, mountains of, הַר־הָעֲבָרִים τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἐν τῷ πέραν,
B. The Septuagint is not less indispensable to the study
of the New Testament than to that of the Old. But its
importance in the former field is more often overlooked, since
its connexion with the N.T. is less direct and obvious, except
in the case of express quotations from the Alexandrian
version
1. The influence of the LXX. over the writings of the N.T. is continually shewn in combinations of words or in trains of thought which point to the presence of the version in the background of the writer's mind, even when he may not consciously allude to it.
This occurs frequently (a) in the sayings of our Lord, where,
if He spoke in Aramaic, the reference to the LXX. is due to the
translator: e.g.
These are but a few illustrations of a mental habit everywhere
to be observed in the writers of the N.T., which shews
them to have been not only familiar with the LXX., but
saturated with its language. They used it as Englishmen use
2. To what extent the vocabulary of the N.T. has been
influenced by the LXX. is matter of keen controversy. In
a weighty essay On the Value and Use of the Septuagint Dr
Hatch has maintained that "the great majority of N.T. words
are words which, though for the most part common to Biblical
and to contemporary secular Greek, express in their Biblical
use the conceptions of a Semitic race, and which must consequently
be examined by the light of the cognate documents
which form the LXX.
(a) "The great majority of N.T. words are . . . common to
Biblical and contemporary secular Greek." This is certainly
true. Thus Dr H. A. A. Kennedy
ἀγαθοποιεῖν, ἀγαθωσύνη, ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι, ἀγαλλίασις, ἁγιάζειν,
ἁγιασμός, ἁγιωσύνη, αἴνεσις, ἀκρογωνιαῖος, αἰχμαλωτεύειν, ἀλίσγημα,
ἁλληλουιά, ἀλλογενής, ἀμέθυστος, ἀμήν, ἀμφιάζειν, ἀναζωννύειν,
ἀναθεματίζειν, ἀνεξιχνίαστος, ἀνθρωπάρεσκος, ἀνταπόδομα, ἀποδεκατοῖν,
ἀποκάλυψις, ἀποκεφαλίζειν, ἀποφθέγγεσθαι, βάτος, βδέλυγμα,
βεβηλοῦν, βροχή, γέεννα, γνώστης, γογγύζειν, γυμνότης,
δεκατοῦν, δεκτός, διαγογγύζειν, δολιοῦν, δότης, δυναμοῦν, ἑβδομηκοντάκις,
εἰρηνοποιεῖν, ἐκζητεῖν, ἐκμυκτηρίζειν, ἐκπειράζειν, ἐκπορνεύειν,
ἐκριζοῦν, ἐλεγμός, ἔλεγξις, ἐμπαιγμός, ἐμπαίκτης, ἔναντι,
ἐνδιδύσκειν, ἐνδοξάζειν, ἐνδυναμοῦν, ἐνευλογεῖν, ἐνκαινίζειν, ἔνταλμα,
ἐνταφιάζειν, ἐνώπιον, ἐνωτίζεσθαι, ἐξάπινα, ἐξαστράπτειν, ἐξολεθρεύειν,
ἐξουδενοῦν, ἐξυπνίζειν, ἐπαύριον, ἐπισκοπή, ἐπαναπαύειν,
ἐπιγαμβρεύειν, ἐπιφαύσκειν, ἐρήμωσις, εὐδοκία, ἐφημερία, ἥττημα,
Since the publication of Dr Kennedy's book some of these
words (e.g. γογγύζειν, λειτουργικός
(b) On the other hand it must not be forgotten that the Greek vocabulary of Palestinian Greek-speaking Jews in the first century A.D. was probably derived in great part from their use of the Greek Old Testament. Even in the case of writers such as St Luke, St Paul, and the author of the Epistle to the Hebrews, the LXX. has no doubt largely regulated the choice of words. A very considerable number of the words of the N.T. seem to have been suggested by that version, or in any case may be elucidated from it.
E.g.: ἀγαθωσύνη, ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι, ἁγνίζειν, ἀγρυπνεῖν, αἱνιγμα,
αἱρετίζειν, ἀλαζονεύεσθαι, ἀλλογενής, ἀδιαλείπτως, ἀμάραντος, ἀμέριμνος,
ἀμφίβληστρον, ἄμφοδον, ἀπελπίζειν, ἀπερίτμητος, ἁπλότης,
ἀπόκρυφος, βδέλυγμα, γλωσσόκομον, γνωρίζειν, διάδημα, δίδραχμα,
δίστομος, διυλίζειν, δωρεάν, ἐναγκαλίζεσθαι, ἐνταφιάζειν, ἐνωτίζεσθαι,
ἑορτάζειν, ἐξέφνης, ἐξουδενοῦν, εὔκολος, εὐοδοῦν, θεοσέβεια, ἱκανοῦσθαι,
ἱκανός, ἰκμάς, ἱστορεῖν, καμμύειν, κατάγελως, καταδυναστεύειν,
κατακλυσμός, κατακυριεύειν, καταποντίζειν, καταφιλεῖν, καυχᾶσθαι,
κλάσμα, κοράσιον, κόφινος, λιθόστρωτος, λικμᾷν, μεσονύκτιον, μογιλάλος,
μυκτηρίζειν, νεομηνία, νῖκος, νυστάζειν, οἰκουμένη (ἡ), ὁμοθυμαδόν,
(c) The influence of the LXX. is still more clearly seen in the N.T. employment of religious words and phrases which occur in the LXX. at an earlier stage in the history of their use. The following list will supply illustrations of these:
ἀγάπη, ἀγαπητός, ἁγιάζειν, ἁγιασμός, ἀδελφός, ἀδόκιμος, αἵρεσις,
αἰσθητήριον, ἀκρογωνιαῖος, ἀνάθεμα, ἀναζωπυρεῖν, ἀνακαινίζειν, ἀναστροφή,
ἀνατολή, ἀνεξιχνίαστος, ἀπαρχή, ἀπαύγασμα, ἄφεσις, ἀφορίζειν,
βαπτίζειν, βεβαίωσις, βλασφημεῖν, γαζοφυλάκιον, γέεννα,
γραμματεύς, γρηγορεῖν, δαιμόνιον, διαθήκη, δόγμα, ἔθνη, εἰρηνικός,
εἰρηνοποιεῖν, ἐκκλησία, ἔκστασις, ἐλεημοσύνη, ἐνέργεια, ἐξομολογεῖσθαι,
ἐξουσία, ἐπερώτημα, ἐπίσκοπος, ἐπισυνάγειν, ἐπιφάνεια,
ἐπιχορηγεῖν, ἑτοιμασία, εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, εὐαρεστεῖν, εὐδοκία, εὐλάβεια,
ζηλωτής, ζωγρεῖν, ζωογονεῖν, θέλημα, θρησκεία, ἱλασμός, ἱλαστήριον,
Ἰουδαισμός, καταλλαγή, κατάνυξις, κήρυγμα, κυβέρνησις, Κύριος,
λειτουργεῖν, λόγος, λοιμός, λυτροῦσθαι, μεγαλειότης, μεγαλωσύνη,
μεταμέλεια, μεεωρίζεσθαι, μονογενής, μορφή, μυστήριον, νεόφυτος,
ὁλόκληρος, ὀρθοτομεῖν, ὁσιότης, παραβολή, παράδεισος, πάροικος, πειρασμός,
περιούσιος, περιοχή, περιποιεῖσθαι, πίστις, πληροφορεῖσθαι,
πλήρωμα, πνεῦμα, πρεσβύτερος, προσάγειν, ῥύεσθαι, σάρξ, σκάνδαλον,
σκληροτράχηλος, σεμνός, συνείδησις, σφραγίζειν, σωτηρία,
τάρταρος, ὑπόστασις, ὑστέρημα, Ὕψιστος, φιλάνθρωπος, φῶς, χαρακτήρ, χειρόγραφον, χριστός.
Many of the characteristic phrases of the N.T. also have their roots in the LXX., e.g.
εἰκὼν θεοῦ (
The non-canonical books have their full share in the contribution which the Septuagint makes to the vocabulary of the N.T. Many Biblical words either occur for the first time in the O.T. 'Apocrypha,' or reach there a further stage in the history of their use, or appear in new combinations. The following examples will repay examination: αἰών, ἀπαύγασμα, ἀποκάλυψις, ἀποστολή, ἀσύνετος, ἄφεσις, βαπτίζειν, βασιλεία (τοῦ θεοῦ), δαιμόνιον, διακονία, διαπονεῖσθαι, δικαιοῦν, ἔκβασις, ἐκλεκτός, ἐμβατεύειν, ἐπίσκοπος, ἐπιστροφή, ἐπιτιμία, ἐπιφάνεια, εὔσπλαγχνος, εὐχαροστία, ἴδιος, ἱλασμός, ἱλαστήριον, κανών, κλῆρος, κληροῦν, κοινός, κοινοῦν, κόσμος, κτίσις, λειτουργία, λειτουργός, μυστήριον (τοῦ θεοῦ), νόμος, παρουσία, πεντηκοστή, σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα, σκανδαλίζειν, συμπάθεια, συμπαθεῖν, σωτήρ, χάρις καὶ ἔλεος, χριστός.
(d) "The great majority of N.T. words and phrases
express . . . the conceptions of a Semitic race, and . . . must consequently
be examined by the light of . . . the LXX." But the
connotation will usually be found to have undergone considerable
changes, both in ordinary words and in those which
are used in a religious sense. In order to trace the process
by which the transition has been effected the N. T. student
must begin with an investigation into the practice of the
LXX. Such an enquiry may be of service in determining the
precise meaning which is to be given to the word in the
N.T., but it will more frequently illustrate the growth of
religious thought or of social life which has led to a change
of signification. Dr Hatch indeed laid down as "almost
self-evident" canons the two propositions (1) that "a word
which is used uniformly, or with few and intelligible exceptions,
as the translation of the same Hebrew word, must be held to
have in Biblical Greek the same meaning as that Hebrew
word"; and (2) that "words which are used interchangeably as
translations of the same Hebrew word, or group of cognate
words, must be held to have in Biblical Greek an allied or
virtually identical meaning
Thus on the whole it is clear that caution must be used in
employing the practice of the LXX. to determine the connotation
of N.T. words. On the one hand the interpreter ought
not to be led astray by visions of the solidarity of 'Biblical
Greek,' for the Greek of the N.T., though in fact largely derived
from the Greek of the LXX., has in not a few instances
cast off the traditions of its source under the inspiration of
another age. On the other hand, the student of the N.T. will
make the LXX. his starting-point in examining the sense of all
words and phrases which, though they may have been used in
classical Greek or by the κοινή, passed into Palestinian use
through the Greek Old Testament, and in their passage received
the impress of Semitic thought and life. Bishop Pearson's
judgement on this point is still fully justified: "LXX.viralis
versio . . . ad Novum Instrumentum recte intelligendum et accurate
explicandum perquam necessaria est . . . in illam enim omnes
idiotismi veteris linguae Hebraicae erant transfusi . . . multa
itaque Graeca sunt in Novo Foedere vocabula quae ex usu
Graecae linguae intelligi non possunt, ex collatione autem
Hebraea et ex usu LXX. interpretum facile intelliguntur
II. The Greek versions of the second century A.D. are in many respects of less importance to the Biblical student than the Septuagint. Not only are they later by two to four centuries, but they exist only in a fragmentary state, and the text of the fragments is often insecure. But there are services which they can render when rightly employed, and which the careful student will not forget to demand.
1. Each of these versions has characteristics of its own, which must be taken into account in estimating its value.
(a) Aquila represents the official Hebrew text in its
earliest stage, and his extreme literalness and habit of translating
ἐτυμολογικῶς
2. All the post-Christian translators of the O.T., but especially Aquila,
Symmachus, and the author of the Quinta
אֵל נַעֲרָץ בְּסוֹד קְדֹשִׁים Οʹ ὁ θεὸς δοξαζόμενος ἐν βουλῇ ἁγίων, Ἀ. Ἰσχυρὸς καισχυρευόμενος ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ ἁ., Σ. θεὲ ἀήττητε ἐν ὁμιλίᾳ ἀ.
At other times their rendering lies far
apart from that of the LXX., manifesting complete dissent from
the Alexandrian version, e.g.
(b) Dr Hatch points out
(c) Many of the words of the N.T. which are not to be
found in the LXX. occur in the fragments of the later Greek
versions, and receive important illustration from their use of
them. Indeed, in not a few instances these versions supply
the only or the best explanation of rarer words or connotations.
The following are examples. Ἀδημονεῖν, Ἀ.,
On the whole, perhaps, no sounder advice could be given to a student of the language of the N.T., than to keep continually at hand the Septuagint, the remains of the Hexapla as edited by Field, and the Oxford Concordance which forms a complete index to both. It is only when he has made some way with the evidence of the Greek versions of the Old Testament that he will be in a position to extend his researches to non-Biblical literature, such as the papyri, the remains of the Hellenistic writers, and the great monuments of the later Greek.
LITERATURE (on the general subject of the chapter). J. Pearson, Praefatio Paraenetica (ed. E. Churton), p. 16 sqq.; H. Hody, de Bibl. textibus orig., III. c. ii., p. 293; J. F. Fischer, Prolusiones de versionibus Graecis librorum V. T. (Leipzig, 1772) ; Z. Frankel, Vorstudien zur Septuaginta (Leipzig, 1841), p. 263 ff.; E. W. Grinfield, N. T. Gr., editio Hellenistica (London, 1843); Scholia Hellenistica in N. T. (London, 1848); An Apology for the Septuagint (London, 1850); W. R. Churton, The Influence of the LXX. Version of the O. T. upon the progress of Christianity (Cambridge, 1861); W. Selwyn, art. Septuagint, in Smith's D.B., iii. (London, 1863); W. H. Guillemard, The Greek Testament, Hebraistic edition [St Matthew] (Cambridge, 1875); E. Hatch, Essays on Biblical Greek, i.—iii. (Oxford, 1889); S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text of Samuel, Intr., p. xxxvi. ff. (Oxford, 1890); A. f. Kirkpatrick, The Divine Library of the O. T., p. 63 ff. (London, 1891); The Septuagint Version, in Expositor, V. iii., p. 263 ff. (London, 1896); T. K. Abbott, Essays chiefly on the original texts of the O. and N. Testaments (London, 1891); A. Loisy, Histoire critique du texte et des versions de la Bible (Amiens, 1892); H. A. A. Kennedy, Sources of N. T. Greek, or the Influence of the LXX. on the vocabulary of the N. T. (Edinburgh, 1895); H. L. Strack, in Hastings, D. B. iv. p. 731.
CHAPTER V.
INFLUENCE OF THE LXX. ON CHRISTIAN BIBLICAL LITERATURE.
1. THE Church inherited from the Hellenistic Synagogue
an entire confidence in the work of the Alexandrian translators.
It was a treasure common to Jew and Christian, the
authorised Greek Bible to which at first both appealed. When
after the beginning of the second century a distrust of the
LXX. sprang up among the Jews
Iren. iii. 21. 3 f. "quum . . . Deus . . . servavit nobis simplices
scripturas in Aegypto . . . in qua et Dominus noster servatus est . . .
et haec earum scripturarum interpretatio priusquam Dominus
noster descenderet facta sit et antequam Christiani ostenderentur
interpretata sit . . . vere impudorati et audaces ostenduntur
qui nunc volunt aliter interpretationes facere, quando ex ipsis
2. Under these circumstances the Septuagint Version of the Old Testament
necessarily influenced the literature and thought of the Ancient Church in no
ordinary degree. How largely it is quoted by Greek Christian writers of the
first four centuries has already been shewn
The following examples of Christian interpretation based upon
the LXX. will shew how largely that version influenced the
) ἔχεις Ἰησοῦν· ὅτι δὲ ὁ σταυρὸς ἐν τῷ Τ
ἤμελλεν ἔχειν τὴν χάριν λέγει καὶ τριακοσίους Τ.
Cf. Clem. Al. strom. vi. 11. Hil. syn. 86. Ambr. de fide i. prol.
From these specimens it is clear that the Ancient Church was profoundly
influenced by the Greek Old Testament in a variety of ways. Two may be mentioned
here. (1) The Alexandrian Greek with its daughter-version, the Old Latin,
supplied the basis of a practical interpretation which, notwithstanding numerous
errors of text and of treatment, ministered to the religious life of the
Christian Society. It was from the LXX. version and not from the official Hebrew
of the Synagogue that the pre-Hieronymian Church derived her devotional use of
the Old Testament, as it is on the whole the Greek and not the Hebrew Bible
which still supplies the Roman Breviary and the Anglican Prayer-book with the
substance of their liturgical Psalters. The Alexandrian School based its
exegetical work upon the LXX., and the errors and obscurities of the version
often yielded materials peculiarly adapted to the requirements of the
allegorists; whilst the School of Antioch was no less
whole-hearted in its devotion to the old Alexandrian version
3. Familiarity with the LXX. is not less essential to the student of the
devotional life of the Early Church. The Greek Liturgies, especially perhaps in
the oldest parts, are steeped in the language of the Greek Old Testament. (a)
The prayers of the Psalter are worked into their text, often with little or no
change; e.g. St Clement (B. 5)
4. The Greek terminology of Christian Doctrine is largely indebted to the Alexandrian translators. It is true that in this case most of the technical language of theology has passed through the New Testament and received there a fuller preparation for the use of the Church: and the influence of Greek philosophy and of Gnostic speculation must also be borne in mind by the student of the language of dogma. But it is perhaps even more important that he should trace it back to its source in the Greek Old Testament, which was far more familiar to Christian teachers of the first three centuries than the writings of Plato or of the schools of Basileides and Valentinus. The patristic use of such terms as ᾅδης, ἀνάστασις, εἰκών, ἐκκλησία, ἐφόδιον, θυσία, θυσιαστήριον, Κύριος, λόγος, μονογενής, ξύλον, οὐσία, παντοκράτωρ, παντοδύναμος, παράδεισος, πνεῦμα ἅγιον, πίστις, προσφορά, σάρξ, σοφία, ὑπόστασις, φύσις, φῶς, χάρις, can best be understood by the student who begins by investigating their use in the Septuagint.
Indirectly, but not less extensively, the earliest Latin
theology drew a store of theological language from the LXX.
Such words as aeternalis, altare, benedictio, congregatio, converti,
daemonium, eleemosyna, exomologesis, glorificare, hostia,
iustitia, misericordia, oblatio, propitiatio, sacerdos, sacrificium,
salvare, testamentum, unicus, viaticum, are examples which
might easily be multiplied. In the case of some of these terms (e. g.
sacerdos = episcopus, sacrificium = eucharistia) the
choice contributed largely to the development of doctrine, and
it is reasonable to suppose that they entered the vocabulary
5. One great monument of ancient Christianity, which
still exercises a direct influence over the vast Latin communion,
seemed at one time likely to serve as a counteracting
force to the Septuagint. It was the deliberate purpose of Jerome
to set aside in the West the authority of a daughter-version
of the LXX., and to
establish in its place, by means of his new Latin Bible, that of the official
Hebrew text. Nevertheless, through a variety of causes, the Vulgate, as it is
now read by the Latin Church, perpetuates many of the characteristic features of
the LXX. (a) The Psalter of the Vulgate,
as we have seen, is taken from Jerome's second revision of
the Old Latin, and not from his Psalterium Hebraicum, or translation
of the Hebrew text; and the books of Wisdom, Sirach,
Baruch, and 1, 2 Maccabees, are given in the Old Latin
forms
The influence of the other Greek versions over Jerome's
great work, if less subtle and widely diffused, has been more
direct, and in the matter of interpretation more important.
Thus it was from Aquila that Jerome borrowed the following
readings
The subject is too large to be adequately handled in a single
chapter. But enough has been said to indicate the nature
and extent of the influence which the Greek versions and
the Septuagint in particular have exercised over Christian
thought and letters, both in East and West, and the consequent
LITERATURE (on the general subject of the chapter). J. Pearson, Praefatio paraenetica ad V. T. Graecum (ed. E. Churton, Cambridge, 1855), H. Hody, de Bibliorum textibus, III. iii. sqq. J. G. Rosenmüller, Historia interpretationis librorum sacr. in ecclesia Christiana (1795—1814). W. R. Churton, The influence of the Septuagint version upon the Progress of Christianity (Cambridge, 1861). F. W. Farrar, History of Interpretations (London, 1886). A. F. Kirkpatrick, The Septuagint Version (in Expositor, V. vi. 1896).
CHAPTER V.
TEXTUAL CONDITION OF THE LXX., AND PROBLEMS ARISING OUT OF IT.
1. WHEN the work of the Seventy-two had been accomplished,
the Jews of Alexandria (so the legend goes) were
bidden to invoke curses, after their manner, upon any who
should dare to add to the version or take from it, or alter it
in other ways (Aristeas ad fin.: ἐκέλευσαν διαράσασθαι, καθὼς ἔθος αὐτοῖς ἐστιν, εἴ τις διασκευάσει προστιθεὶς ἢ μεταφέρων τι τὸ σύνολον τῶν γεγραμμένων ἢ ποιούμενος ἀφαίρεσιν).
The imprecation, it has been acutely observed, may point to an early
deterioration of the text of the Greek Pentateuch, which the
Pseudo-Aristeas desired to check. This inference is insecure,
for the story is sufficiently explained by a reference to such
passages as
E.g. in quis rer. div. her. 56 Philo quotes AF
in Deut. l.c..
Justin, as we have seen
Accidental corruptions
In these criticisms Origen makes no attempt to distinguish between supposed
errors which are properly textual, and those
which belong to the translation itself. His sole criterion of
error was divergence from the official Hebrew, and he assumed
that all divergences were textual only, the translation having
been originally exact. Nevertheless there can be little doubt
that in the course of four centuries many actual corruptions
such as he describes must have accumulated in the MSS. of
the LXX. The κοινὴ ἔκδοσις
2. Of the Hexaplaric, Lucianic, and Hesychian recensions
some account has been given already
As to the first of these processes, the materials from which it is proposed to recover the recensions are fairly abundant and varied, but there is much uncertainty as to the attribution of some of them; whilst others present a particular recension only in certain books or portions of books, or with more or less of mixture. The principal authorities for each recension have already been mentioned, but it may be well to collect them here in a compact form.
Hexaplaric
Lucianic
Hesychian
The fragments of the Hexapla have been collected by the labours of a
succession of scholars such as P. Morinus, Drusius,
Montfaucon, and especially Field, in whose Origenis Hexaplorum
quae supersunt may be found all the remains of
This scheme is worthy of the great scholar who initiated it,
and it was the first serious effort to grasp the problem of scientific
reconstruction. But its progress has been checked and
perhaps finally stopped by its author's premature death, and
its successful accomplishment under any circumstances was at
least problematical. So long as no MS. or version presents
an unmixed text of either Lucian or Hesychius, and much
uncertainty remains as to the exact sources from which
they are to be recovered, restorations of this kind cannot
be regarded as more than tentative or provisional. Meanwhile,
such attempts are not free from danger. Since the
publication of Lagarde's edition, there has been a tendency
on the part of Biblical students to cite it as 'Lucian,' without
reserve. Lagarde himself is careful not to claim finality for
his work; he describes it as "editionem . . . in gravioribus
omnibus satis fidam," and looks forward to a more exact
3. Perhaps a more lasting service was rendered to the
textual criticism of the Septuagint by the axioms and principles
which Lagarde's long study of the problem enabled him to lay
down for the guidance of the student and the future editors.
His early book Anmerkungen zur griechischen Übersetzung der
Proverbien (1863) starts with the following axioms: (1) Since
the MSS. of the LXX. are all directly or indirectly the result of
an eclectic process, any attempt to restore the original text
must also proceed on eclectic principles; and the critic must
chiefly depend upon (a) his acquaintance with the style of the
Lagarde's own words are as follows: Anmerkungen, p. 3:
"nur drei axiome schicke ich voraus: I. die manuscripte der
griechischen übersetzung des alten testaments sind alle entweder
unmittelbar oder mittelbar das resultat eines eklektischen verfahrens:
darum muss, wer den echten text wiederfinden will,
ebenfalls eklektiker sein. Sein maasstab kann nur die kenntniss
des styles der einzelnen übersetzer, sein haupthilfsmittel muss
die fähigkeit sein, die ihm vorkommenden lesarten auf ihr
semitisches original zurückzuführen oder aber als originalgriechische
verderbnisse zu erkennen. II. wenn ein vers oder
verstheil in einer freien und in einer sklavisch treuen übertragung
vorliegt, gilt die erstere als die echte. III. wenn sich
zwei lesarten nebeneinander finden, von denen die eine den
masoretischen text ausdrückt, die andre nur aus einer von ihm
abweichenden urschrift erklärt werden kann, so ist die letztere
für ursprünglich zu halten." Libr. V. T. can. i. p. xvi.: "tenenda
tria esse aio: [1] editionem veteris testamenti graeci curari non
posse ad unius alicuius codicis auctoritatem, sed conlatis integris
codicum familiis esse curandam: nam familiis non accedere
auctoritatem a codicibus, sed codicibus a familiis: [2] unius
alicuius familiae editionem nihil esse nisi procedendi ulterius
adminiculum: [3] errare qui si quando ipsa manus veterum interpretum
inventa sit, in ea legenda adquiesci debere perhibeant,
quum conlatis vetera emendandi periculis omnibus indagandum
sit quae explicationis veteris testamenti per quatuor saecula fata
4. These principles have been stated at length, because they are fruitful in themselves, and they mark an important step in the progress of LXX. textual criticism. But it is obvious that they do not form a complete and coherent code of critical canons. Indeed, Lagarde's later axioms to some extent limit and correct the earlier, for the recognition of the principle of grouping the MSS. and taking their evidence according to families evidently serves as a check upon the extreme eclecticism recommended in the first axiom of 1863. Nevertheless the series forms an excellent starting-point for a brief discussion of the problems which lie before the future critical editor of the LXX. and the principles by which he must be guided.
By a singular accident the first two printed editions
of the Greek Old Testament exhibit on the whole the
Lucianic and Hesychian texts respectively
Cod. B, as was pointed out by Dr Hort
If we accept Dr Hort's view, which at present holds the field,
the Vatican MS. in the O. T. as a whole carries us back to the
third century text known to Origen, and possibly to one much
earlier. In other words, not only is the Vatican MS. our
oldest MS. of the Greek Bible, but it contains, speaking quite
generally, the oldest text. But it would be an error to suppose
that this is true in regard to every context or even every book,
, καὶ ἐπάνω.
The process of corruption is evident (
, 
, 
). In Sirach instances are especially abundant, e.g.
Cod. A, the great rival of cod. B, "exhibits a text which
has been systematically corrected so as to agree more closely
with the Hebrew
Yet A is very far from being, even in the earlier books, a
mere reproduction of the Eusebian recension. It has been
extensively hexaplarised, but it possesses a large element of
ancient readings which are not Hexaplaric, and which it shares,
to a great extent, with the Lucianic family. Moreover, as we
have already seen, the citations of the LXX. in the N. T. and
by Christian writers of the first three centuries, often support
the readings of A with a remarkable unanimity
As to cod. א it is more difficult to form a judgement. We
are still dependent for its text on Tischendorf's facsimiles.
Moreover, with the exception of a few fragments of Genesis and
Numbers, larger portions of 1 Chronicles and 2 Esdras, and the
Books of Esther, Judith and Tobit, 1 and 4 Maccabees, this
MS. is known to us only in the poetical and prophetical books.
Notes at the end of 2 Esdras and Esther claim for the MS. that
in those books it was corrected by the aid of a copy of the
Hexaplaric text written under the supervision of Pamphilus
Thus if a single uncial MS. is to be adopted as a standard
of comparison, it is obvious that either A or B must be chosen
for the purpose, and B is to be preferred as being freer from
Hexaplaric interpolations and offering generally a more neutral
text. The latter MS. has therefore been employed by recent
editors, and this course is probably the best that can be
5. There remains the alternative of constructing a critical
text. This can only be done by the scientific use of all existing
materials
(a) The first business of the critic of the LXX. is to review
the documentary evidence which is available for his use. This
has been already described at some length (MSS., pp. 122—170;
Versions, pp. 87—121; Citations, pp. 369—432). The
preliminary work of preparing these materials for use is still in
progress. We now have access to photographic reproductions
(b) When an editor has been found who is competent
to undertake reconstruction, he will probably desire to limit
himself to that one task, after the example of the editors of
the New Testament in Greek
(c) In operating upon the groups thus obtained the critical
editor will possess two chief aids towards the discrimination
of ancient elements from those which are later or recensional.
(1) While the East in Jerome's time was divided between the
Lucianic, Hesychian, and Hexaplaric texts, the great Western
dioceses, Carthage, Milan, and Rome, read the LXX. under
the guise of a Latin version, beneath which originally lay a
Greek text anterior to the Hexapla itself. Consequently, the
Old Latin, in its purest types, carries us behind all our existing
MSS., and is sometimes nearer to the Septuagint, as the
Church received that version from the Synagogue, than the
oldest of our uncial MSS. Readings which have disappeared
from every known Greek MS. are here and there preserved by
the daughter-version, and in such cases the 0. L. becomes a
primary authority for the Greek text
(d) By such means the critic may often satisfy himself that he has reached the text of the Septuagint as it was found in Christian MSS. of the third, perhaps even of the second century. It is another question how far the κοινή ἔκδοσις of the Christian Church was identical with the pre-Christian text or texts of Alexandria and Jerusalem. Early citations from the LXX. suggest a diversity of readings and possibly the existence of two or more recensions in the first century, and lead us to believe that many of the variations of our MSS. have come down from sources older than the Christian era.
Here our documentary evidence fails us, and we have to fall
back upon the 'internal evidence of readings.' The variants
which remain after eliminating Hexaplaric matter, and recensional
changes later than the Hexapla, resolve themselves
into two classes; viz. (1) readings which affect merely the Greek
text, such as (a) corruptions obvious or possible, or (b) doublets,
whether brought together in a conflate text, or existing in
different MSS.; and (2) readings which presuppose a difference
in the original. In dealing with both classes much help may
be obtained from Lagarde's earlier axioms
6. It cannot be doubted that the future will produce a
school of critics competent to deal with the whole question
of Septuagint reconstruction, and that a critical edition of
the Old Testament in Greek will hereafter take its place
on the shelves of the scholar's library by the side of the
present New Testament in Greek or its successor. Meanwhile
some immediate wants may be mentioned here. (1) Several
important uncial MSS. still need to be reproduced by photography,
particularly codd. א, F, R, V, T; and the process
might well be extended to some of the weightier cursives.
(2) Texts of which photographs have been published, or of
which verified transcripts or collations exist, deserve in some
cases detailed examination, with the view of determining their
precise character in the several books or groups of books,
and their relation to one another and to a common standard;
such as the text of B. (3) The stores of fresh Hexaplaric
matter which have accumulated during the interval of years
since the publication of Field's great book
LITERATURE. W. Selwyn, art. Septuagint, in Smith's D. B.
iii. (London, 1863). P. de Lagarde, Anmerkungen zur gr.
Übersetzung der Proverbien (Leipzig, 1863); Genesis Graece
(Leipzig, 1868); Ankündigung einer neuen Ausgabe der gr.
Übersetzung des A. T. (Göttingen, 1882); Librorum V. T. canonicorum
pars prior (Göttingen, 1883); review of Cornill's Ezechiel
in Gött. gelehrte Anzeigen, June 1, 1886 (reprinted in Mittheilungen,
ii. 49 ff., Göttingen, 1887). J. Wellhausen, Der Text
der Bücher Samuelis (Göttingen, 1871); art. Septuagint in
Encycl. Brit.
9 (London, 1886). C. H. Cornill, Das Buch des
Propheten Ezechiel (Leipzig, 1886); in Gött. gelehrte Nachrichten
xxx. (1888, 8, p. 194 ff.). A. Ceriani, Le recensioni dei LXX. e la
versione latina detta Itala in Rendiconti del R. Istituto Lombardo
II. xix., xxi. (1883—4); review of the O. T. in Greek in Rendiconti
ADDITIONAL NOTES.
P. 10ff. The 'Letter of Aristeas' can now be read in Mr H. St J. Thackeray's English translation (J.Q.R. XV. April 1903, and separately reprinted by Macmillan, 1904), which is furnished with a short introduction and notes, taking account of Wendland's edition and translation. The ostensible date of the writing is about 250 B.C.; or earlier, for Philadelphus is apparently spoken of as still living, and the references to his father (§§ 12, 22) would suggest that his reign was not very far advanced. Nor is anything said to imply the death of Eleazar, whose high priesthood is usually dated 292—277 B.C. (see §§ 125, 321). The writer professes, as a Greek at Philadelphus' court (§ 40, cf. 173), to regard the Jews, their country, and their customs, from an outsider's point of view (§§ 3, 6, 112, etc.). But it remains generally agreed, that he betrays himself to be in reality a Jew, writing at a later time. There is, however, some difference of opinion as to the actual date of writing. Schürer, placing it as early as 200 B.C., is supported by Herriot (Philon le Juif); Wendland from 96 to 63, rather towards the earlier date; Willrich (in Judaica, 1900) as late as A.D. 33; but this view is not generally accepted. Hart (Ecclesiasticus in Greek, 243 ff., 263 ff.) finds evidence that the author knew and used the Prologue to the Greek Sirach; which, however, he dates early, some little time after 247 B.C. Wendland also sees some connexion, but accepts the more usual date of the years following 132 B.C. for Ecclesiasticus. Thackeray, who thinks that Hart makes too much of some identities of language, pronounces, on the strength of some linguistic details, as well as on internal grounds, for a date not earlier than the middle of the second century B.C., and perhaps between 140 or 130 B.C. for the earlier, and 80 B.C. for the later limit. Probably 100—80 B.C. fairly represents the resultant of his view and Wendland's.
On the other hand, Mr L . Abrahams (J.Q.R. XIV. p. 321 ff.,
Jan. 1902) defends a date practically the same as Schürer's. He
points out that the writer, though a Jew, draws his historical information,
and his description of Palestine, from non-Jewish sources,
and his 'Table-discourses,' §§ 187—292, from Greek learning and
not from Jewish gnomic wisdom. (On this latter point, however,
opinions will still differ, as in the case, e.g., of Ecclesiastes.) He
adds further, that, though there may be error, if not fraud, in the
part assigned to Demetrius Phalereus, yet the 'Letter' has been
exposed, through the additions made to the story by Christian
P. 23. That Aristeas speaks only of the Law may be seen in §§ 3, 10, 46, 171, 176; while the statement of Epiphanius is implicitly contradicted by § 302.
P. 24. If the usual dates for Ecclesiasticus and its Prologue are accepted, a little time must be allowed after B.C. 132, the date of the writer's arrival in Egypt, before he could produce his work. Nor need the collections of the Prophets and Hagiographa, though in existence, have been finally completed when he wrote. See Thackeray, Grammar of O. T. in Greek, pp. 13, 15 ff.; also in J. Th. Stud. VIII. 262 ff.
P. 34 f. Besides these portions of Aquila, the Amherst Papyrus,
I. iii. c., contains
P. 39, note 4. On the possible connexion of abbreviations in MSS. with these methods of writing the Divine Name, see L. Traube, Nomina Sacra (Munich, 1907): Bd 2 of Quellen und Untersuchungen zur lateinischen Philologie des Mittelalters.
P. 47 f. The appearance of Theodotion's renderings before his reputed time (as in the N.T. quotations) is not yet satisfactorily explained; see Thackeray, Gramm. O. T. in Greek, p. 15: 'Critics have . . . been forced to the conclusion that there must have been, in addition to the loose Alexandrian paraphrase, a third version, resembling that of A, but made before his time and in use in Palestine in the first century B.C.' Nestle, in ZNTW, Nov. 1907, remarks on Schürer's Dilemma, p. 48, note 3: '"entweder . . . vor Theodotion gegeben" muss dahin ergänzt werden "oder ist das Dilemma falsch gestellt, and hat Theodotion das N.T. benützt, nicht umgekehrt"'
P. 55, cf. p. 63. Prof Burkitt, on 'The so-called Quinta of
4 Kings' (Proc. Soc. Bibl. Archaeology, June 1902), says: 'I venture
therefore to make the conjecture that the Quinta in 4 Kings is . . .
a collection of variants set in the margin of the Hexapla, and that
P. 66. On Eusebius, and the Quinta and Sexta, see Mercati, Studi e Testi 5, v. p. 51 ff.; on the Hexapla see also Kenyon, Our Bible and the Ancient MSS., p. 54 ff., and appendix, p. x, in third edition.
P. 69 ff. For twenty years after Field's great work on the Hexapla appeared, the question of the existence of critical marks in the Hexapla itself remained as he left it. With this is bound up the further question of Origen's actual method; whether the LXX. text in the Hexapla was a revised one, or unrevised. Field pronounced for the former alternative, and for the presence of the critical marks in the Hexapla. His words are (vol. I. p. lii):
'Non desunt quidem qui existiment Origenem priorem viam iniisse: videlicet, ut distinctiones praedictas non in editionem hexaplarem introduceret, sed in aliam seorsim adornatam, qualem hodieque exhibent codex Graecus Sarravianus, et versio P. Telensis Syrohexaplaris. Sed, ut Hieronymi declarationem taceamus, in scholiis Graecis innumera exstant loca, quae contrarium aperte probant; nempe ed. τῶν Οʹ; hexaplarem non diversam fuisse ab ea quam in exemplaribus modo memoratis hodie manu terimus.'
(Jerome's words are to be found on page 69, note 3, of this book.)
Of late, however, fresh doubts have arisen, perhaps stimulated by the discovery of the Cairo and Milan fragments of copies of the Hexapla itself. The work was so huge (see p. 74) that it had scarcely been suspected that copies had been made; but it is not proved that the fragments represent more than portions, or single books.
Mercati, the discoverer of the Milan palimpsest, gives the first hint of doubt (1896, Atti d. Accad. d. Scienze, Torino, XXXI. p. 656):
'Aggiungasi the Origene l’aveva arrichitta di prolegomeni a di scolii, per non dire degli obeli a degli asterischi, coi quali s’ ingegnò di rendere anche più visibili le singole parole a particelli crescenti o mancanti nei LXX., rispetto all’ Ebraico, se pure questa operazione non fu ristretta alle Tetraple od al testo dei LXX., estratto dall’ una delle due collezioni mentovate, secondo che altri ha voluto,' with a note 'E veramente distribuito il testo, come lo è nel palimpsesto Ambrosiano delle Esaple non rimane più tanto necessaria questa aggiunta d’ obeli a di asterischi per quanto riguarda l’Esaple, cfr. i prol. dal Field.'
Lietzmann, in his review of the first edition of this work (G.G.A. May 1902), raises some similar points; the following is an English rendering of some of his remarks:
'Had the Urhexapla, in its LXX. column, the κοινή without corrections or additions, or a text already revised, [and] provided with obeli and asterisks; that is, with the additions from Theodotion? One inclines to take the former view as correct, reflecting that the Hexapla was meant to be the foundation for [future] critical work. Swete depends on Field. . . . Field refers to "iunumera loca," but quotes none expressly; and to the difficulty in regard to the transpositions, . . . which he does not thresh out. . . . Eusebius and Jerome say nothing about critical marks in the fifth column; Jerome, indeed, says something which points the other way (praef. Dan., ep. 57, 11, and ep 106). Still the other view may be right . . . but caution is still imperatively needed.'
The arguments, then, appear to run much as follows:
(1) No critical marks have been found in the fragments discovered; and this though Jerome has them in the 'Gallican' Psalter, and the 'codices hexapl.' have them. (2) Eusebius and Jerome do not mention them. (3) Field gives practically no examples to support his view. (4, Mercati) The marks were less needed in the Hexapla, where the texts could be seen side by side. (5, Lietzmann) The Hexapla, as a foundation for critical labour, should preferably have had the pure text. (6) The variety of numbers named, Tetrapla, Quintupla, etc., up to eight, indicates a variety of works and copies at any rate in Psalms. (7) The Milan fragment is not an exact copy; its last column is not Theod., but Quinta. It had, however, notes and a catena, descending from Origen himself.
To these arguments it may be replied (1) that critical marks
may have disappeared in the copies as they notoriously did in other
cases, in course of transmission. But as Jerome certainly knew of
them, he might well use them. (2) The passages referred to by
Field may be taken as mentioning them. (3) In default of specific
quotations, Field's long work at the Hexapla gives great weight to
his impressions. As the question was not specially prominent in
his day, he may have thought he had said enough; but he can
hardly have used a phrase such as 'innumera loca' at random.
Lietzmann says he finds only one passage in the margin of the
MS. Vat. 754 on
On the whole, the arguments against Field's view are not yet completely convincing, even if he based it on impressions rather than definite proof. It may however be well to keep the other possibility in mind, and to suspend judgement, at least until the Milan fragments have been published in full and duly considered.
Perhaps it is worth while to add, that Professor K. Lake, in his Introduction to the photograph of the Sinaitic N.T., suggests that there may have been only one MS., that of Pamphilus, between a corrector of Cod. F—A = Sin and the original Hexapla; in which case the texts of א and B do not bear witness to a purely pre-Hexaplar text in the Hexapla generally.
P. 76. An enlarged edition of the collection of Nobilius was embodied in the Latin translation of the Editio Sixtina (1588), reprinted by P. Morinus, 1624. Montfaucon's work was abridged by Bahrdt (2 vols., Leipzig, 1769). The Oxford concordance, suppl. fasc. ii., takes account of fresh matter available since the appearance of Field's work, which however is not likely, so far as it extends, to be superseded for years to come.
P. 82. On 'Lucian' as the κοινή see A. Rahlfs, Septuaginta-Studien,
II> pp. 134, 170 f. Jerome's words (
'In quo illud breviter admoneo ut sciatis aliam esse editionem quam Origenes et Caesariensis Eusebius omnesque Graeciae tractatores κοινή, id est communem appellant, atque vulgatam, et a plerisque nunc Λουκιανὸς dicitur; aliam Septuaginta interpretum quae in Ἑξαπλοῖς codicibus reperitur et a nobis in Latinum sermonem fideliter versa est, et Jerosolymae atque in Orientis ecclesiis decantatur.'
P. 85. Since the publication of Lagarde's work (see page 188) the Lucianic Text has received much attention. See A. Rahlfs, Sept.-Studien, II. III., Göttingen, 1907, 1911; F. C. Burkitt, Rules of Tyconius, pp. cviii., cxvi f.; The O.L. and the Itala, p. 9; art. Text and Versions in Encycl. Bibl. vol. IV.; W. O. E. Oesterley, Studies in . . . the Book of Amos; C. F. Burney, Notes on Heb. Text of Books of Kings, 1903.
P. 93, also 104, 107, etc. For references to the symbols used in
the larger Cambridge LXX. for materials in the Old Latin and other
P. 96. L’ancienne Version Latine du Cantique I—III. 4 is treated by D. A. Wilmart in Revue Benedictine XXVIII. 11—36.
P. 97. There has now appeared Die Konstanz-Weingartener Propheten fragmenta in phototypischen Reproduction (W. N. Du Rieu; introd. Paul Lehman), 1912.
P. 100. A discovery of much interest has lately been made at Monte Cassino, where Dom Amelli has found a revised Latin Psalter, of a kind hitherto unknown, and edited it (Collectanea Biblica Latina cura et studio Monachorum S. Benedicti. Vol. I. Liber Psalmorum iuxta antiquissimam latinam Versionem . . . ex Casinensi Cod. 557 curante D. Ambrosio M. Amelli O.S.B. Rome, 1912).
The MS., of the twelfth century, contains the Psalter in four versions (cf. the fourfold Psalters noted below, on p. 165); (i) Jerome's 'Hebrew' Psalter, (ii) the 'Gallican,' and (iv) the 'Roman'; (iii) is the newly discovered revision. It appears to have been made upon an Old Latin or non-Vulgate foundation, with renderings apparently from the Hebrew, and even some transliterations. Professor Burkitt (in J. Th. St. XIV. 55) thinks that the various renderings, following in turn Aq., Symm., and especially Theodotion, are best accounted for if the reviser worked from a copy of the Hexapla. In this case the transliterations, if not due to Theodotion, may have been taken from the column containing the Hebrew in Greek characters; and similarly can be explained a few places where the reviser follows the LXX. against the three later versions. Professor Burkitt, indeed, thinks it possible that the work might have been done by one ignorant of the actual Hebrew letters. Perhaps this is rather far to go; but it is pointed out that among the 'readings derived from the Hebrew text' no case of confusion between ד and ר is recorded: certainly an unusual circumstance. It is possible, however, that the reviser may not have been exactly ignorant of Hebrew or the Hebrew script, even though when at work he 'only used the Greek transliteration found in MSS. of the Hexapla.'
P. 107. The store of available Coptic material for the O.T.
has been much enriched of late years. The Coptic Version of
certain O.T. books from a Papyrus, edited by Sir Herbert Thompson
(Oxford, 1908), gives a fragment of Job xxxix, and large portions
of Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Canticles, Wisdom and Sirach. The
papyrus (Pap. Or. 5984) was acquired by the British Museum
in 1901. The leaves, preserved in 62 frames between glass, are of
A Coptic Palimpsest, by the same transcriber and editor (1911), is dated by him in the earlier half of the seventh century. [B.M. Add. 17183, obtained from the Nitrian valley in 1847.] The upper writing is Syriac. This MS., a parchment, was noticed by Lagarde, Orientalia, 1879; and small portions had previously appeared. It contains Josh., Judg., Ruth, Judith, Esther; originally 228 1eaves, of which 42 are missing. The writing is a plain square uncial. The text in Joshua shows independence: in Judg. and Ruth the text is akin to B.
Dr E. A. Budge has edited and transcribed Pap. Or. 7594
(Coptic Biblical Texts in the Dialect of Upper Egypt, 1912) containing
Deuteronomy, with gaps, Jonah all but complete, as well as
the Acts of the Apostles. There are papyrus fragments in the
cover, one of which contains
In the Catalogue of Coptic MSS. in the British Museum, by W. E. Crum, Nos. 1—59 and 932—955 contain portions of the O.T. in Sahidic; 59 is Habak. iii, 940 is a complete volume, containing 151 Psalms. Nos. 493—496 are Middle Egyptian O.T., and 712—731 Bohairic. 712 gives 364 leaves of the Pentateuch.
Other works are: P. J. Balestri, Sacrorum Bibliorum fragmenta Copto-Sahidica Musei Borgiani, Rome, 1904: J. Goettsberger, Die Syro-Koptischen Bibel-citate . . . aus den Scholien des Barhebräus in ZATW. XXI. (1901) p. 128 ff.; F. E. Brightman in J. Th. Stud. II. p. 275 f., and S. Gaselee in J. Th. Stud. XI. p. 246 ff. Fragments in Coptic, chiefly of Pss., have also been found on ostraca: see W. E. Crum, Coptic Ostraca from the collections of the Egypt Exploration Fund, etc. (London, 1902).
P. 108. The earlier editions of this book stated that 'of the
Sahidic fragments, those that belong to the book of Job yield a
pre-Origenic text': but Professor Burkitt, in the article referred to
in note 4, has come to the conclusion that the facts require this to
be modified, as it now appears. L. Dieu, however, in Muséon, 1912,
P. 110. To list of books add: F. O. Kramer, Die aethiopische Übersetzung des Zacharias: Text zum ersten Male herausgegeben, Prolegomena, Kommentar: eine Vorstudie zur Geschichte und Kritik des Septuaginta-textes, Heft I. Leipzig, 1908.
P. 116. Add: P. A. de Lagarde, Libri V. T. Apocryphi Syr., Leipzig, 1861; A. M. Ceriani, Trans. Syra Pescitto V. T. ex Cod. Ambros., Milan, 1876—79.
P. 119. Add: J. Goettsberger, Die Syro-armenischen . . . Bibelcitate . . . des Barhebräus, ZATW. XXI. 1901, pp. 101—127.
P. 125. CODEX ALEXANDRINUS. Professor Burkitt, in J. Th. Stud. XI. (p. 603), suggests that there is no reason for identifying the Athanasius who signs the Arabic note at the beginning of the MS. with the Patriarch (III.) of that name, since he does not sign in Patriarchal style. He concludes that the MS. was not necessarily in Egypt before 1616; that it came from Athos, and is therefore Constantinopolitan, not Alexandrian. The question must probably be regarded as an open one, until more general attention has been paid to it; but Professor Burkitt's suggestion is apparently regarded with favour by Professor Souter (see his note in the Novum Test. Graece, Oxford, 1910, p. vii.).
P. 130. CODEX SINAITICUS. The N.T. of this MS. has now been issued in collotype reproduction (by H. and K. Lake, Oxford, 1911). Professor K. Lake's Introduction draws attention to several interesting details. According to him, the MS. was at Caesarea between the beginning of the fifth and that of the seventh century A.D. He quotes Harnack's remark on the resemblance of its Psalter to the Psalms in the (Coptic) text of the Pistis Sophia: 'Dieser Text steht dem Cod. Sin. wie ein Zwillingsbruder nahe.' With regard to the four hands distinguished by Tischendorf in the MS., Professor Lake considers that the corrector A¹ is probably, and A² almost certainly, identical with the scribe D, and that Cod. Vaticanus was not written by this scribe. The corrector, C, of the FA portion of the MS. used, he thinks, a copy corrected by Pamphilus himself, which alone 'intervenes between [him] and the original Hexapla.' See above, on p. 69 ff.
P. 132. CODEX ZUQNINENSIS. Two Syriac MSS., Vat. Syr.
162, at Rome, 122 leaves, and B.M. Add. 14665 foll. 1—7, five leaves,
contain, under a valuable chronicle, including that of 'Joshua the
Z¹, cent. vi, portions of Judges xvi—xxi. The text is Lucianic, to be compared with K 54 59 75 82.
Z², cent. vi, portions of 3 Reg. ii—viii. and xxi. Lucianic, akin to 82 93 rather than 19 108. (Part in Brit. Mus.)
Z³, cent. v, a single leaf, in Brit. Museum, containing 3 Reg. viii. 58—ix. 1. Egyptian, not Lucianic, in text. This is referred to on p. 141 as Zd. Doubly palimpsest; the liturgical writing above the biblical text and below the Syriac, is, according to Tisserant, not, as was thought, Coptic but Greek.
Z4, cent. vi, large portions of Pss. viii—xxxvii. Lucianic? the text is said to be of a character between A and אc.a.
Z5, sloping uncials of cent. vii—viii. Large fragments of Ezek. i, iii—ix, xxii—xxvi, xxviii, xxxv—xlviii. Lucianic. (Part in. Brit. Mus.)
Z6, cent. vi—vii. Fragments of later chapters of Ezek., and
The MSS. are named from Zuḳnīn, a village near Amid. The Biblical fragments have been transcribed and edited with great care by Eugène Tisserant in Studi e Testi 23 (Cod. Zuqninensis rescriptus Veteris Test., Rome, 1911).
P. 141. Θ. WASHINGTON CODEX. For full information, see the Introduction by Professor H. A. Sanders, to the reproduction of the MS. (University of Michigan Studies, Humanistic Series, Vol. 8).
This is an uncial MS. containing Deuteronomy and Joshua,
almost entire. It was bought, on Dec. 19, 1906, y Mr C. L.
Freer, at Gizeh, from a dealer named Ali. (Three other MSS.
were bought at the same time, containing the Psalms, the Gospels—-Gregory's
and Souter's W—and the Pauline Epistles.) It is
intended that it shall find a home in the Smithsonian Institute at
Washington; meantime it remains at Detroit, Michigan. Professor
Sanders remarks that many stories have been told of it, which are
untrue; that it had not been often shown before the purchase was
made. When first examined in America, the desert sand was still
in the folds. The vellum is 'moderate'; the hand an upright,
square uncial. The size of the leaves varies, from 30 to 31˙9 x 25˙5
to 26˙1 centimetres: average, 30˙6 x 25˙8, or about 12 x 10 1/6 inches.
There is a lacuna in Deuteronomy from
P. 141. C. Poetical Books.
Here may be noticed the Leipzig papyrus (Univ. Lib. Pap. 39),
called λ by Heinrici (Beiträge zur Geschichte and Erklärung des
N. T., IV. Leipzig, 1913), and L by Rahlfs, Sept.-Studien, II. p. 5.
It comes from Ashmunên, in Middle Egypt, and contains
P. 144. In 1904, at Turin, there was destroyed by fire an uncial MS. of the Psalms; which is now represented only by a few photographs, fortunately taken a few weeks before, and now in the possession of Professor Swete and Dr Oesterley (who writes of this 'Lost Uncial Codex' in Exp. Times, vol. XVII. p. 353 ff., May 1906). It was a well-written MS. of the eighth or ninth century, with a catena, which included passages from Modestus and Cosmas Indicopleustes, but not Cyr., Epiph., Greg. Nyss., Greg. Naz. Its text bore some resemblance to that of Cod. R. A brief description was contained in Pasini's Codices Manuscripti Bibliothecae Regii Taurinensis Athenaei (Turin, 1749).
P. 145. Y. CODEX TAURINENSIS.
This MS. has been transcribed by Dr Oesterley, and published with select apparatus (J. Th. Stud. VI.—VIII., reprinted by H. Frowde, 1908). It is not an uncial, only the headings being in uncial letters. The body of the MS. is written in a fairly upright cursive hand, many letters not joined; the writing is continuous, with capitals sometimes at the beginning, sometimes in the middle of lines or words. The MS. was damaged in a fire in 1666, but escaped with slight damage in 1904 (see above); it is now said to consist of 93 leaves of fine vellum, with a polished surface. The date is given as the ninth or tenth century.
P. 146. A portion of the same MS. as Γ is at Rome (Vat. Gr. 1658). From this (not palimpsest) come the readings for Zach. iv. 3—viii. 16 in The O.T. in Greek, vol. iii.
P. 146 ff. Among the fragments more recently discovered, the following may be noticed: several have been used for the apparatus of the larger Cambridge LXX., see below, on p. 170:
Old Latin of
Psalms (Lxx. numbering): information largely derived from A. Rahlfs, Septuaginta-Studien, II.
P. 154. To (A) add: London, B. M. Curzon 66. Octateuch, cat. Petersburg, Imp. Lib. cxxii. Gen. (part), cat. and cant. Rome, Vat. Reg. Gr. 7. Octateuch, cat. Venice, Gr. 15. Octateucb, cat. London, Burney 34. Pentateuch, Rome, Reg. Pii H. 20.
P. 158. The cursive 67, Mr Thackeray points out, is a near
P. 162. The Barberini MSS. have apparently been renumbered since the time of Holmes and Parsons, who gave their 226 and 227 as Barber. 1 and 2. The present Barber. 1 and 2 are not Psalters; this information comes from Dr Mercati to the Rev. J. Mearns, who suggests that when the collations were received at Oxford, the MSS. were without numbers, and were simply distinguished as 1 and 2 by the editor. He thinks the present Barberini catalogue may date from 1830 or somewhat earlier, but not from as early as 1790.
P. 163. Mr Thackeray notes that 272 ends with
P. 165. To list (C) add Psalms, Rome, Vat. Gr. 754, from Rahlfs, II. p. 23. Also:
Leipzig, Univ. Lib. Tisch. V, complete from
Paris, Bibl. Nat. N. acq. Lat. 2195.
This and the following are akin to W and Z on p. 164, note 1. W contains four texts, viz., Jerome's 'Gallican,' 'Roman,' and 'Hebrew' Psalters, and the Greek; this MS. has them in the same order.
Valenciennes, no. 14. Another fourfold Psalter. Paris, Bibl. Nat. Lat. 15198. Threefold, 'Heb.' 'Rom.' Greek. Paris, Bibl. Nat. Suppl. Gr. 188. Latin interlinear version. Camb., C.C.C. 468. Also a Latin text.
P. 166. 62 and 147 have something in common; they form, in
fact, a sub-group, akin to, but distinct from, the Lucianic MSS. of
the Prophets generally. See Burkitt, Tyconius, p. cviii, and
Oesterley, Studies in . . . Amos, pp. 9ff., 17 ff. They are also among
the four MSS. which give a peculiar version of
P. 170. The symbols used by the editors of the larger Cambridge LXX. are here brought together, so far as they are yet published:
I. Uncial MSS.:
(a) Bibles originally complete, or believed to have been so: AB[C]S, as on p. 124.
(b) Containing the Octateuch, or parts of it: DEFGHKLMΘ.
II. Cursives, quoted by small letters:
| a = | Holmes and Parsons' 15. | n = | H.-P. 75. |
| b′ = | " " 19. | o = | " 82. |
| b = | " " 108. | p = | " 106. |
| [b = agreement of b′ + b]. | q = | " 120. | |
| c = | H.-P. 38. | r = | " 129. |
| d = | " 44. | s = | " 131. |
| e = | " 52. | t = | " 134. |
| f = | " 53. | u = | Jerusalem, Holy Sepulchre, 2 (p. 154). |
| g = | " 54. | ||
| h = | " 55. | v = | Athos, Pantocrator. 24 (p. 153). |
| i = | " 56. | ||
| j = | " 57. | w = | Athens, Bibl. Nat. 44 (p. 154). |
| k = | " 58. | x = | London, B. M. Curzon 66. |
| l = | " 59. | y = | H.-P. 121. |
| m = | " 72. | z = | " 85. |
| a2 = | { | St Petersburg, Imp. Library, 62 (p. 153) London, B. M. Add. 20002 (p. 152) |
} | continuation of E. |
| b2 = | H.-P. 29. | |||
| c2 = | " 135. | |||
| d2 = | " 61. | |||
III. Cursives, quoted occasionally on the authority of H.-P., and by their numbers:
14, 16, 18, 20, 25, 30—32, 37, 64, 68, 71, 73, 74, 76, 77—79, 83, 84, 105, 107, 118, 125—128, 130, 132, 133, 136.
IV. Fragments: generally papyrus, unless otherwise stated:
U2 = Amh. Pap. I. iii c.
U3 = Brit. Mus. Pap ccxii.
U4 = Oxyrh. Pap. 656.
U5 = Amh. Pap. cxci.
U6 = Amh. Pap. cxcii.
Δ2 = Vellum fragments in binding of Paris, Bibl. Nat. Gr. 1397.
Δ3 = Strassburg, Pap. Gr. 748: vellum fragm. of
Δ4 = Geneva, 99 vellum fragm. of
Δ5 = Palimpsest fragm.
Δ6 = Vellum fragm.
Δ7 = Vellum fragm. from Sinai,
V. Versions:
= Armenian: Zohrab's edition, Venice, 1805: p. 119.
-ed. = Z.'s text, -cod or -codd variants in his notes.
= Bohairic: p. 107.
¹ =Lagarde's edition, Leipzig, 1867.
w = Wilkins' ed., London, 1731.
p = Paris, Bibl. Nat. Copt. 1 (for Genesis).
v = Rome, Vat. Copt. 1 (for Deut.).
v = Sahidic: p. 107.
c = Ciasca's edition, Rome, 1885.
m = Maspéro's ed., Paris, 1892.
-cod = Ciasca's Bodleian MS.
p = Paris, Bibl. Nat. Copt. 1296 (fragm.).
b = B.M. Or. 5287 (fragm.).
t = B.M. Add. 17183 (Thompson, A Coptic Palinapsest).
= Ethiopic: p. 110.
c = Dillmann's Codex C.
f = " " F.
p = Paris, Bibl. Nat. Eth. 3 (Zotenberg).
= Old Latin: pp. 88, 93 ff.
b = Vienna palimpsest, ed. I. Belsheim, 1885.
r = Lyons octateuch, ed. U. Robert, 1881, 1900.
v = Variae Lectiones, C. Vercellone, Rome, 1860.
w = Würzburg Palimpsest (fragm.), ed. E. Ranke, Vienna, 1871.
z = Munich Palimpsest (fragm.), ed. L. Ziegler, 1883.
= Palestinian Aramaic: p. 114.
¹ = a Palestinian Syriac Lectionary, ed. Mrs A. S. Lewis, Stud. Sin. vi.
c = Cod. Clinaei Rescriptus, ed. Mrs Lewis, Hor. Sem. viii.
d = Christlich-palästinisch-aramaische Texte, ed. H. Duensing.
g = fragm. in Anecdota Oxoniensia (Sem. Series, I. v, ix.), ed. G. H. Gwilliam and J. F. Stenning.
p = St Petersburg fragm. in Anecdota Syriaca, ed. J. P. N. Land, 1875.
t = Palestinian Syriac Texts, from Palimpsest Fragments in the Taylor-Schechter collection: ed. Mrs A. S. Lewis and Mrs M. D. Gibson.
s = Christlich-palästinische fragmenta, ed. F. Schulthess.
= Syro-hexaplar: pp. 113, 116.
-ap-Barh = quotations in the Auṣsar Rāzē (Horreum Mysteriorum) of Bar-hebraeus.
m = readings supplied by A. Masius from his MS.
P. 173. See J. Dahse, Zur Herkunft des alttestamentlichen Textes der Aldina, in ZATW. XXIX. p. 177 ff. (1909).
P. 182. Field's Cambridge edition of 1665 was reissued by John Hayes in 1684,
still under Field's name. 'page for page, and
P. 186. The text of Holmes and Parsons seems to have been based to some extent on that of Bos; as Nestle in Hastings' D.B. (IV. 449) says, 'The text in the work is a reprint of b [the Sixtine]; but as it seems, after a copy of Bos, corrected, but not everywhere, according to an original copy.' H. Lietzmann, reviewing the first edition of this Introduction in G.G.A. May 1902, pleads for a 'friendly word' on Lambert Bos's edition, with its variants from the Aldine and Complutensian, and collection of the Hexaplaric material then known; as useful even now, and 'nicht antiquiert.'
P. 192. Professor Meinhold and Professor Lietzmann have issued Amos in Hebrew, a corrected text, side by side with the text of Q (Materials for Theological Lecturers and Students, Nos. 15, 16, Cambridge, 1906).
P. 200. Professor A. R. S. Kennedy, in Exp. Times, XXII. 9, p. 321 ff. June 1911, points out that a Heb. MS. at Edinburgh, which he regards as important, has the order Jer. Ezek. Isa.
P. 239. Mr Thackeray thinks that 3 Regn xxii. may have originally been joined to 4 Regn. Thus xx. and xxi. would have been at the end of the book, where transposition might have more easily taken place than in the middle.
P. 242. With regard to the order of Jeremiah's prophecies in
and , Mr Thackeray has investigated the Greek text, and
finds evidence that the book was divided between two translators
(J. Th. Stud. IV. 14, p. 253 ff., Gramm. of O. T. in Gr., p. 11 ff.).
He places the division between Jer. α and β at the end of chap.
xxviii.; and L. Köhler (Beobachtungen am hebräischen and griech.
Text von Jeremia, Leipzig, 1908) substantially agrees, but places
the division about a chapter later. Thackeray also finds signs of
division in Ezekiel, and—so far as concerns transcription—in
Exodus and Leviticus. In the Books of Kingdoms he distinguishes
translators of different dates. In Isaiah, on the contrary, he finds
no clear trace of division, though Mr Gray (J. Th. Stud. XII. 46,
p. 286) thinks otherwise. On these questions see also Schäfer in
Theologie und Glaube, 1909, 3, Ist das Buch Ezekiel in der Septuaginta
von einem oder mehreren Dolmetscher übersetzt? and Mr
Thackeray's other articles in J. Th. Stud., IV. p. 398 ff., 578 ff., VIII.
p. 262 ff., IX. p. 88 ff.
P. 247. Mr H. St J. Thackeray (in J. Th. Stud. XI. 44, July
1910) has closely examined the passage
| שמש הודיע בשמים | |
| to read | שמש הור יעב שמים |
The Lucianic alteration may have been caused by the awkwardness of the preposition which now disappears. Reading ἐκ γνόφου, he takes ἐκ as = מ, preferably meaning 'without,' 'away from'; and the result is a fairly consistent stanza, of a character which modern critics would accept as older in form than that of the M.T. in vv. 12, 13, and as better placed here:
'Sun, glory beclouds the heaven:
Jahve bath promised to dwell without the thick darkness.
Build Thou my house, A celestial Palace for Thyself.'
Possibly, according to Mr Thackeray, this represents a development
from an original 'popular incantation in times of eclipse,' as
There remains the difficult line τοῦ κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ καινότητος.
The link between καινότης and what might be expected to correspond
from the M.T. in
For the Sabbath. On Alamoth ('for soprano voices').
Mr Thackeray is inclined to connect 'Jashar' with שיר 'sing'
rather than with ישר 'upright'; in which case the LXX. βιβλίον τῆς
ᾠδῆς here is more right than had been supposed. He points to the
opening words, 'Then sang . . .' of
Another illuminating discovery, by the same writer, on a
kindred matter, concerns the difficult 'Psalm of Habakkuk' (
In
The details must be sought in his paper; here it can only be
pointed out that he shows how ἐχόρτασας (= שַבַּעְתָּ) and βολίδας
(= מטות) support the consonants of M.T., while LXX. λέγει suggests
אמר. (Κύριος is obelized in Syro-hex.) He deduces that we have
here a lectionary note, which has been merged in the text: WEEKS
(or SEVEN)—RODS—SAITH. 'Weeks' is the key or catchword
for the lesson from the Law, to be read when
P. 251. On the titles of the Psalms, see also F. W. Mozley, The Psalter of the Church, p. 46 ff.
P. 256. See Professor Burkitt in Encycl. Bibl. on the Sahidic
Job, as above, on p. 108. A passage worthy of special attention is
P. 258. Willrich would assign the final note to Esther in the LXX. (xi. in A.V.) to B.C. 48—7,
P. 261. See Nestle on The Song of the Three Holy Children in Greek Bibles (Exp. Times, XII. p. 527 f.); and W. H. Daubney, The Song of the Three, ibid. 287.
P. 262 ff. The more recent volumes of the 'Westminster Commentaries' and the International Critical Commentary are usually worth consulting, but they vary considerably in the amount of attention bestowed on the LXX. Many of the small volumes in the Century Bible series deal here and there with the readings of the LXX.; e.g. Professor Bennett's Genesis and Professor Skinner's 1 and 2 Kings. To these should be added:
Joshua. M. Gasten, Das Buch Josh. in Heb.-Samaritan Rezension. Entdeckt u. zum ersten Male herausgegeben S. A. (aus ZDMG.) 62, p. 109 ff. The Samaritan Book of Joshua and the Septuagint, in Proc. Soc. Bibl. Arch. XXXI., April 1909.
Judges and Ruth. J. S. Black and A. W. Streane, in Smaller Cambridge Bible for Schools.
3, 4 Kingdoms. A. Rahlfs, Septuaginta-Studien, I. and III.
1, 2 Chronicles, Ezra-Nehemiah. C. C. Torrey, Apparatus for the Criticism of Chronicles-Ezra-Nehemiah, in O. T. and Semitic Studies, XI. p. 55 ff. Ezra Studies, Chicago, 1910.
Psalms. F. W. Mozley, The Psalter of the Church, Cambridge, 1905.
Ecclesiastes. A. H. McNeile, An Introduction to Ecclesiastes, Cambridge, 1904; L. Levy, Das Buch Qoheleth, ein Beitrag zur Geschichte des Sadduzkäismus, krit. untersucht, übers. u. erklärt, Leipzig, 1912.
Canticles. W. Riedel, Ausliegung des Hohenlieder, 1898; W. W. Cannon, The Song of Songs, Cambridge, 1913.
Esther. G. Jahn, Das Buch Ester nach LXX. hergestellt, übers. u. krit. erklärt, 1901; L. B. Paton, A Text-crit. Apparatus to the Book of Esther (0. T. and Semitic Studies, XI. p. 3ff.).
Dodecapropheton. P. Riessler, Die Kleinen Propheten oder das Zwölfprophetenbuch, Rottenburg, 1911; W. O. E. Oesterley, Codex Taurinensis, 1908.
Amos. W. O. E. Oesterley, Studies in the Greek and Latin Versions of the Book of Amos, Cambridge, 1902; J . Meinhold and H. Lietzmann, Amos the Prophet (Heb. and Greek texts), 1906.
Nahum. A. B. Davidson in Camb. Bibl. for Schools.
Habakkuk. W. R. Betteridge, The Interpretation of Prophecy in
Habakkuk, in A. J. Th. VIII. Oct., 1904; H. St J. Thackeray, in
J. Th. Stud. XII. 46, Jan. 1911; M. L. Margolis, The Character of the
Anonymous Version of
Zephaniah. S. Zandstra, The Witness of the Vulgate, Peshitta, and Septuagint to the Text of Zephaniah, New York, 1909.
Isaiah. R. R. Ottley, Isaiah according to the Septuagint, 2 vols., Cambridge, 1904, 1906.
Ezekiel. G. Jahn, Das Buch Ezechiel nach LXX., 1905.
Daniel. G. Jahn, Das Buch Daniel nach LXX., 1904; W. H. Daubney, The Three Additions to Daniel, Cambridge, 1906.
P. 267. Sir H. Howorth has expressed his views further in
Proc. Soc. Bibl. Arch. 23, 24, and J. Th. Stud. V. 19, and holds
that Chronicles also is the work of Theodotion. Thackeray is
now (Gramm. of O.T. in Greek, p. xx) inclined to agree with
regard to 2 Esdras, but has his doubts about Chronicles. See,
however, Torrey, Ezra Studies, p. 66 ff., and Apparatus for Text.
Crit. of Chronicles-Ezra-Nehemiah. Thackeray is also of opinion
that the hand of the writer of 1 Esdras may 'be traced in the
P. 268. On the style of Wisdom, see Thackeray on Rhythm in Wisdom, J. Th. Stud. VI. p. 232 ff.; with which may be coupled his article on The Poetry of the Greek Book of Proverbs, ibid. XIII. 49, p. 46 ff. He dates Wisdom, on grounds of spelling, between 132 and 100 B.C. (Gramm. O.T.G. p. 62).
P. 270. Mr J. H. A. Hart (Ecclesiasticus in Greek, p. 259 ff.) fixes the date of the grandson's arrival in Egypt as 247 B.C., interpreting the Greek phrase as 'in the eight-and-thirtieth year, under King Euergetes'; i.e. in the thirty-eighth year of Philadelphus, in which he had been succeeded by Euergetes I. He urges that under Euergetes II. no Jew could have worked in Egypt. (See above, on p. 10 ff.) Dr Oesterley combats this view in his Introduction to the book in Camb. Bible for Schools; but it deserves careful examination. It is curious that the names, which might have been expected to fix the date of composition of the book, admit of alternative explanations.
P. 271. Professor Margoliouth's theory concerning the extant Hebrew of Ecclesiasticus cannot be said to be gaining ground. Yet, on the other hand, there is a tendency to agree that the Hebrew text, as we possess it, is not the original of the Greek, which, assuming it to be translated from Hebrew, must have followed two other recensions. The A. V. follows mainly the text of 248 and the cursives resembling it; the R. V. that of the uncials, which is considerably shorter. The Hebrew now extant comes from four MSS. dating about the eleventh century. They include the greater part of the book, from iii. 6 onward, except xxvii. 6—xxx. 11. Some verses occur in two MSS., a few even in three; there is some variety, and considerable corruption in some places.
P. 273. Mozley, Psalter of the Church, p. xii, remarks on
Jerome's method: 'So that nether his eyes saw the page of the
original, nor his fingers held the pen.' Oxyrh. Pap. 1076, containing
P. 275. Baruch α (
P. 279, note 2. Wendland (Aristeas, p. 133) says: 'equidem censeo Πτολεμαϊκά esse Aristeae, qui ex Ptolemaei ephemeridibus se hausisse testatur.'
P. 283. It is possible that the Odes of Solomon, of which the Syriac text was discovered by Dr Rendel Harris, and published in 1910 (ed. 2, 1911), have no real title to be mentioned here, as they may be Christian productions of a time which would remove them from any list of O.T. apocryphal writings. In view, however, of their possibly close connexion with the Psalms of Solomon, they may receive a passing notice. The Syriac text contained 17 (or 18) Psalms and 42 Odes. These latter have been variously estimated and explained; some, at first, thinking them to be the work of a Jewish Christian, others to be Jewish, but with Christian interpolations. The question turns mainly on the fourth and sixth Odes. The latest published theory is that of the Bishop of Ossory, who holds them to be hymns sung by (Eastern) Christians on the occasion of their public baptism. In this case, the date would be about the end of the first century A.D., while the view that their origin was Jewish admits a date as early, perhaps, as 100 B.C. Dr Bernard's view, which has already gained some adherents, is published in the Cambridge Texts and Studies, vol. VIII. no. 3; and the Syriac text of the Odes has also been published separately.
P. 285. To the list in the footnote may be added the Story of Aḥiḳar (from the Syriac, Arabic, Armenian, Ethiopic, Greek, and Slavonic Versions, edited by F. C. Conybeare, J. Rendel Harris, and Agnes Smith Lewis, Cambridge, 1898), and The Book of the Secrets of Enoch (or 2 Enoch), though extant only in a Slavonic version. It may be convenient also to refer here to the Pistis Sophia, a Gnostic work known from a Coptic MS. in the British Museum (ed. J. H. Petermann, Berlin, 1851; and examined by A. Harnack, in O. von Gebhardt's and A. Harnack's Texte und Untersuchungen, Band VII. 2, Leipzig, 1892); the canonical Psalter is freely quoted in it, with a text bearing marked resemblances to that of Cod. א; and until Dr Rendel Harris's recent discovery, the Odes of Solomon were chiefly known from its quotation of them.
LITERATURE of the non-Canonical Books, add:
1 Esdras. P. Riefster, D. text-krit. Wert des 3 Ezra-buches, in Bibl. Zeitung, 5, p. 146.
Wisdom of Solomon. J. A. F. Gregg, in Camb. Bible for Schools.
Wisdom of the Son of Sirach. J. H. A. Hart, Ecclesiasticus in Greek, Cambridge, 1909; W. O. E. Oesterley in Camb. Bible for Schools, 1912. N. Schmidt in Temple Bible; R. Smend, Griechisch-syrisch-hebräischer Index zur Weisheit d. Jes. Sirach, 1907. On the Heb. text; J. Knabenbauer, Comm. in Ecclesiasticum, Paris, 1902; R. Smend, Die Weisheit d. Jes. Sir. erklärt, Berlin, 1906, also a Germ. translation, 1906; H. L. Strack, Die Sprüche Jesus d. S. Sirachs, Leipzig, 1903; A. Fuchs, Textkr. Untersuchungen zum Heb. Ekkl., in Bibl. Studien, 1907; Ecclesiasticus Hebraice . . ., Freiburg, 1905; articles in Encycl. Bibl. and Jewish Encycl.
Facsimiles of the Fragments hitherto recovered of the Book of Ecclesiasticus in Hebrew have been published jointly by the Universities of Oxf. and Camb.
Judith. H. Willrich in Judaica, 1900, pp. 1—39.
Tobit. Zunz, Die gottesdienstlichen Vorträge der Juden, 1832; M. Löhr, Alexandrinus and Sinaiticus zum Buche Tobit, in ZATW. XX. p. 243 ff. (1900); J . H. Moulton, The Iranian background of Tobit, in Exp. Times, XI. p. 257 ff.; E. Cosquin in D. B. IV. p. 785 ff.; also articles in Revue Biblique, Jan. 1899, in Jewish Encycl. XII. p. 171 (C. H. Toy) and Encycl. Bibl. (W. Erbt).
Baruch. A. M. Amelli, De libri Baruch vetustissima latina versione, Montecassino, 1902.
1—4 Maccabees. W. Fairweather and J. S. Black, 1 Maccabees, in Camb. Bible for Schools; B. Niese, Kritik der beiden Makkabäerbücher, Berlin, 1900; R. Laqueur, Kritische Untersuchungen zum zweiten Makkabäerbuch, Strassburg, 1904; G . Mercati, Frammenti Urbinati d’ un’ antica versione latina del libro II. de’ Maccabei, in Revue Biblique, II. p. 184 ff.; I. Abrahams in J. Q. R. 1896, p. 39, 1897, p. 39; H. Willrich, Jason von Kyrene and das ii Makkabäerbuch, in Judaica, 1900, pp. 131 ff.; A. Schlatter, Jason von Cyrene, Munich, 1891; A. Büchler, Die Tobiaden and die Oniaden im II Makkabäerbuch, Vienna, 1899.
Pseudepigrapha. R. H. Charles and A. Cowley, An early source of the Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs, J. Q. R. XIX. p. 566 ff.
General. L. E. T. André Les Apocryphes de l’Ancien Testament, Florence, 1903; A. Bertholet, Apocryphen, in K. Budde's Geschichte der alt-hebräischen Literatur, Leipzig, 1906; arts. in Encycl. Bibl. and Schaff-Herzog Encycl.
In 1913 appeared the two great volumes of the Oxford
Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha, edited by Prof R. H. Charles.
This contains translations, with critical and explanatory notes
and full Introductions, of all the books of the Apocrypha, 3 and 4
Maccabees, 1 and 2 Enoch, 2 and 3 Baruch, The Book of Jubilees,
The Testaments of the XII. Patriarchs, The Letter of Aristeas,
The Sibylline Oracles, The Story of Aḥiḳar, and a few other works.
The editor has had the assistance of various eminent scholars,
P. 289. During the last ten to twenty years, students have
devoted great and increasing attention to the Greek language of
those centuries during which the books of the Greek Bible, translated
or original, appeared. Large quantities of papyri, literary
and familiar, have been discovered and examined; including many
Biblical fragments. The Oxyrhynchus, Tebtunis, Amherst, Rylands,
and other collections—many of them edited with admirable
skill by Drs Grenfell and Hunt—form a rich store, which will
doubtless continue to grow. The study of these materials has
brought about a certain shifting in the estimate formed of the
language of the Greek Bible, to which Professor Deissmann and
Professor Moulton have given a strong impulse. They urge that
the difference between the language of the Greek Old and New
Testaments, and other contemporary Greek, is shown by the study
of the papyri to be, lexically and grammatically, almost non-existent;
they bring forward parallels from the papyri to almost
every construction and phrase formerly termed a 'Hebraism'; and
account for them as colloquial, ordinary, or illiterate Greek of the
period, rather than as Semiticised, or as specially Egyptian or
Alexandrian. They make an exception as regards what they call
'translation Greek'; but the student whose interest lies mainly
in the Septuagint may think that so large a portion of it comes
under this head, that the exception may carry them further from
their main position than they are in fact prepared to go. Against t
heir view Wellhausen (in his Einleitung in die drei erste Evangelien,
1905) speaks strongly for Aramaism in the N.T. itself; and
others (e.g. G. C. Richards in his review of Moulton's prolegomena
to his Grammar of the New Test. in Greek, in J. Th. Stud. X. 38,
p. 283 ff. Jan. 1909) feel the Semitic tone or cast of much of the
Greek Bible, and of particular expressions in it, to be so marked,
that even the appearance of parallel or identical expressions in the
papyri does not entirely convince them that Semitic influence is out
of the question as the cause that produces them where they stand,
and in the quantity that is present. On the whole, there is
a natural tendency for those who are mainly New Testament
scholars and Greek philologists to favour what may be called the
purely Greek theory, while the Semitic influence is more prominent
in the minds of those whose life's study has been chiefly concerned
with Hebrew and Aramaic. But a general survey of the question
suggests that the difference is rather a matter of terms and of
aspect than of real divergence as to the main mass of facts. The
balance is very fairly held by the author of the Grammar of the
The present writer must content himself with a reference to his Isaiah according to the Septuagint, vol. I. p. 35 ff., 'Methods of Rendering,' for a slightly different view of the subject. But it may be of interest to quote a passage from a book published so long ago as 1875 (A. Carr, Notes on St Luke, Introduction, p. 9 ff.) to show how far it was possible even then, before the discovery and study of the papyri had made much progress, to estimate the nature of the Greek of the Alexandrian and New Testament periods. Most of the following passages might have been written yesterday.
'When the books of the New Testament were written, Greek
had become the literary language of the world. . . . The Greek
dialect which the Evangelists and Apostles adopted or found is
a far less exact representative of thought than the Greek that was
handled by Thucydides or Euripides—the middle voice is rapidly
disappearing, the dual number is never employed, the tenses of
verbs are losing their distinctive force, and the aorist is beginning
to be used . . . to the exclusion of the synthetic perfect. . . . The Attic
dialect . . . was in a sense limited and peculiar. Its fastidious nature
made it impatient of foreign intrusion. Hellenistic Greek, on the
contrary, was all-embracing in its sympathies. . . . The purest Attic
appears on the same page with an antiquated Aeolic form or a
It will be seen that Hellenistic Greek did not grow degenerate in the lips of natives, but was corrupted by foreigners; and, just as the waters of a stream are coloured by the soil over which they flow, so the Greek language in the New Testament is strongly influenced by Aramaic forms of expression. It is, indeed, often simply Aramaic thinly disguised by a Greek dress. But, on the other hand, there has been, perhaps, too great a tendency to set down every idiom that offends the scholar's ear as a Hebrew mode of expression. This strangeness of idiom is frequently to be referred to other causes. Sometimes it is the influence of Latin; sometimes the idiom will be found to be Greek as well as Hebrew, but Greek of a kind that had been heretofore confined to the speech of the vulgar.'
P. 314. Literature. Add:
G. A. Deissmann, Licht vom Osten, 1907; English trans. by L. R. M. Strachan, London, 1910; Bible Studies (including Bibel-Studien and Neue Bibel-Studien), tans. A. Grieve, Edinburgh, 1901; Philology of the Greek Bible, 1908; R. Helbing, Grammatik der Septuaginta, i. Laut- und Wortlehre, 1907; H. St J. Thackeray, Grammar of the Old Test. in Greek, vol. I. Introd., Orthography and Accidence, Cambridge, 1909; J. Psichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante, in Revue des Études Juives, Tome LV. No. 110, Paris, 1908; R. Meister, Prolegomena zu einer Grammatik der Septuaginta, in Wiener-Studien, XXVII. 2; Beiträge zur Lautlehre der LXX., Vienna, 1909; G. N. Hatzidakis, Einleitung in die neugriechische Grammatik, Leipzig, 1892; A. Thumb, Handbook of the Modern Greek Vernacular, trans. S. Angus, Edinburgh, 1912; art. Hellenistic Greek in Funk and Wagnall's American Standard Bible Dictionary; J. Wackernagel, Hellenistica, Göttingen, 1907; U. von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, Ueber die Entstehung der griechischen Schriftsprache, Leipzig, 1879.
On the grammar of the New Testament: J. H. Moulton, A Grammar of N. T. Greek, Prolegomena, ed. 3, 1908; N. T. Greek in the Light of Modern Discovery, in Camb. Biblical Essays, 1909; F. Blass, Philology of the Gospels, 1898; J. de Zwaan, Syntaxis der Wijzen en Tijden in het Grieksche Nieuwe Testament, Haarlem, 1906.
In connexion with Semitism in N.T. Greek: J. Wellhausen, Einleitung in die drei ersten Evangelien, Berlin, 1905; G. C. Richard's review of Moulton's Prolegomena, Gramm. of N. T. Greek, in J. Th. Stud. X. 38, pp. 283 ff. Monographs and articles on special points extend over a wide range: e.g. H. F. Allen, The Infinitive in Polybius compared with the Infin. in Biblical Greek, Chicago, 1907; H. A. Redpath on The Present Position of the Study of the LXX. and on The Geography of the LXX., in A. J. Th. VII. (Jan., Apr. 1903).
The Oxford Concordance to the Septuagint was completed in 1906.
Introductory: Selections from the Septuagint according to the text of Swete, by F. C. Conybeare and St G. Stock, Boston, 1905.
The publications of papyri have become very numerous; among them are:
British Museum Papyri, ed. F. G. Kenyon, 1893.
Paris Papyri. (in Notices et Extraits), ed. Brunet de Presle, 1858, 1865.
Berlin, Griechische Urkunden, ed. U. Wilcken, 1895, 1898, 1903, ed. W. Schubart, 1911.
Flinders Petrie Papyri, ed. J. P. Mahaffy (in Proc. R.I.A.), 1891, etc.
Papyri Graeci Regii Taurinensis Musei Aegyptii, ed. Peyrow, Turin, 1826.
Geneva Papyri, ed. J. Nicole, 1896, 1900.
Corpus Papyrorum Raineri, ed. C. Wessely, Vienna, 1895.
Florence Papyri, ed. Vitelli, Milan, 1905.
Die Septuaginta Papyri . . . der Heidelberger Papyrus Sammlung, ed. G. A. Deissmann, 1905.
Papyri Graeci Musei antiquarii publici, ed. C. Leemans, Leyden, 1843.
Papyrus Grecs de l’Université de Lille, ed. P. Collart and J. Lesquier, Paris, 1908.
Karanis Papyri, ed. E. J. Goodspeed, Chicago, 1900.
Eine Mithras-Liturgie, ed. A. Dieterich, Leipzig, 1903.
Pathyris Papyri, ed. de Ricci (Archiv II. p. 514).
Griech. Pap. der k. Bibl. zu Strassburg, ed. F. Preisigke, 1907, 1912.
Griech. Papyri zu Giessen, ed. E. Kornemann and P. M. Meyer, Leipzig and Berlin, 1912.
And the various publications of the Egypt Exploration Fund, chiefly edited by B. P. Grenfell and A. S. Hunt:
The Oxyrhynchus Papyri, edited with translations and notes. Nine parts up to 1912.
Fayûm Towns and their Papyri, 1900; The Amherst Papyri, 1900, 1901; The Tebtunis Papyri (Univ. of California Publications), two parts; the Hibeh Papyri, 1906.
Also Catalogue of the Greek Papyri in the John Rylands Library, Manchester, ed. A. S. Hunt, 1911.
Here may be mentioned also ΛΟΓΙΑ ΙΗΣΟΥ, from an early Greek Papyrus; New Sayings of Jesus, and Fragment of a lost Gospel; Fragment of an uncanonical Gospel from Oxyrhynchus; An Alexandrian erotic Fragment, and other Greek Papyri, chiefly Ptolemaic; New Classical Fragments and other Papyri.
Coptic Ostraca, from the collections of the E. E. Fund, etc. . . . texts edited . . . by W. E. Crum, London, 1902.
In connexion with the study of these papyri, various selections and aids have appeared.
S. Witkowski, Epistulae privatae Graecae quae in papyris aetatis Lagidarum servantur, Leipzig, 1905; H. Lietzmann, Greek Papyri (Materials for Theol. Lect. and Students, No. 14), Cambridge, 1905; G. Milligan, Selections from the Greek Papyri, Cambridge, 1910.
F. G. Kenyon, Palaeography of Greek Papyri, 1899; E. Mayser, Grammatik der griechischen Papyri aus der Ptolemäerzeit, Leipzig, 1906; W. Crönert, Memoria Graeca Herculanensis, Leipzig, 1903; L. Mitteis and U. Wilcken, Grundzüge and Chrestomathie der Papyruskunde, 4 vols., Leipzig and Berlin, 1912.
The publications on the kindred study of Inscriptions are widely scattered, largely in periodicals, and so numerous that only a small selection can be mentioned here:
E. S. Roberts and E. A. Gardner, Introduction to Greek Epigraphy, vol. 1 (out of print), vol. 2, 1905; W. Larfeld, Handbuch der Griechischen Epigraphik, Leipzig, vol. I., 1908, vol. 2, 1902; E. Schwyzer (formerly Schweizer), Grammatik der pergamenischen Inschriften, Berlin, 1898, and a new edition of K. Meisterhans' Grammatik der attischen Inschriften, Berlin, 1900; E. Nachmanson, Laute and Formen der magnetischen Inschriften, Upsala, 1903; O. Kern, Die Inschriften von Magnesia am Maeander, Berlin, 1900; F. Hiller von Gaertringen, Inschriften von Priene, 1906.
The Berlin Inscriptiones Graecae now extend to twelve volumes; there are also four vols. of Inscr. Gr. ad res Romanas pertinentes, Paris; and the Recueil d’Inscriptions grecques, ed. C. Michel (Brussels, 1900, suppl. i. 1911).
(The study of the Inscriptions is important, because they range over the whole of the Greek-speaking territory, while papyri are chiefly confined to Egypt. Hence they. are used to establish the position that the κοινή was, in the main, homogeneous and free from dialectical differences. Their style is, naturally, more elevated than that of letters and local documents, but they belong to the κοινή, and are not altogether remote from the more 'vulgar' Greek which is found in the bulk of papyri.)
P. 317. γένοιτο also occurs in
P. 319. The spelling of the Hebrew Bible is perhaps based on that of a MS., no longer extant, of about A.D. 135.
P. 321. Other cases of possible confusions are between:
כ and ד, see
ר and ו,
ר and ה,
ם and מ,
Cf. the strong remarks in Driver's Hebrew Tenses (p. xiii. in first ed.) on the worthlessness of LXX.'s evidence as between ו and י, with numerous instances.
P. 324. With Iἐν ἐμοί of
(b). On transliteration, Thackeray (Gramm. O.T.G. p. 31)
points out that it is rare in the Pentateuch, Isaiah, Jerem. α, and
the Minor Prophets; and absent altogether from Ezek. β, Proverbs,
Psalms (except in titles, and ἀλληλουιά), and from Job, apart from
the Hexaplar additions from Theodotion. In Isaiah, moreover,
only two instances occur, of which σωρήχ,
P. 327. The LXX. appear to avoid the familiar metaphor of a 'Rock' in nearly all cases;
See
P. 330.
1. πολὺς ἔσται. Heb. has here Hiphil inf. abs., used predicatively.
2. ἀπολύομαι. For this sense of the verb, cf. Soph. Antig. 1265,
1314; also in Polybius. Can הָלַרְ have the sense of 'depart this life'?
See
3. κληρονομήσει. This sense is found also in the later literary Greek.
4. Ἐκ σοῦ. Cf.
P. 333.
P. 336.
Consult throughout this passage Burney's Notes on the Hebrew Text of the Books of Kings.
P. 340. Literature.
Add: M. L. Margolis, Studien in griech. A. T., ZATW., 27, p. 212; H. A. Redpath, Mytholog. Terms in the LXX., in A. J. Th. 9, I. p. 34 (Jan. 1905).
P. 360. It was pointed out by the late Dr C. Taylor that in
P. 366. Add: E. Lindl, Die Octateuch-Catene des Prokop von Gaza and die Septuagintaforschung, Munich, 1902.
P. 380. Add: J. Herriot, Philon le Juif, Paris, 1898.
P. 387. The phrase χλωρὸς χόρτος,
P. 398. In
P. 418. Rahlfs (Sept.-Studien, II. p. 206) regards Justin's quotations as having been corrected by scribes from texts of the LXX.; as also those of the Fathers, e.g. Theodoret (p. 175) and Clem. Rom. (p. 201). He refers to Hilgenfeld, in Baur and Zeller's Theolog. Jahrbücher, 1850, and Bousset, Die Evangeliencitate Justins d. Märtyrers, p. 19 ff.: also Hatch, Essays in Bibl. Greek, p. 186 ff.
P. 424. The question has been raised (in correspondence, by
Mr R. B. Girdlestone) whether there are to be found any distinctively
Jewish, as opposed to Christian, MSS. of the LXX. It
is not easy to answer categorically. But, in view of the dates
when the translation appears to have been made, and the fact that
the latest books to be translated offer, in general, the smallest
opportunities for changes to be made by Christian
hands, it would seem that the translation, originally purely Jewish, can have
suffered very little in this way. (See p. 30 ff.) For instance, the
famous addition in
The just conclusion seems to be that, previous to Origen, the text was scarcely affected, if at all; and Origen's intentions were certainly not such as to impair the Hebraica veritas; so that if any Christian additions have slipped here or there into the text, they are probably few and slight; there is no trace of anything that approaches to deliberate Christianising of the text. The times when such a thing might have been possible were not those when the LXX. text passed through its main vicissitudes. See Kenyon, Our Bible and the Ancient Manuscripts, p. 89 ff., and his conclusion that 'the vast majority of the differences between the Hebrew and the Greek throughout the Old Testament could have had no possible partisan motive whatever.'
See also page 479.
P. 427. Mr Thackeray (J. Th. Stud. XIII. 49), writing on The Poetry of the Greek Book of Proverbs, finds an astonishing number of metrical and quasi-metrical passages. He now adds that 'Clem. Alex.'s text of Proverbs . . . occasionally preserves the metrical and probably original forms which have disappeared from other texts, e.g.:
Clem. Al. Strom. II. 19, 483p
χρηστοὶ δὲ ἔσονται οἰκήτορες γῆς,
? orig. text χρηστοὶ δ᾿ ἔσονται τῆσδε γῆς οἰκήτορες ,
Cf. Cod. V, Arm. and Clem. Rom.; also the readings of אA.
Strom. I. 29, 247p
ὁδοὺς γὰρ βιότητος ἐλέγχει παιδεία,
? orig. παιδεία γὰρ ὁδοὺς βιότητος ἐλέγχει.
βιότης = βιὸς is else a ἅπαξ λεγ. in
Similarly Chrysostom is possibly right in reading, in
ἢ παράθεσις μόσχων μετὰ ἔχθρας
ἢ βοῦς ἀπὸ φάτνης.᾽
P. 432. Literature: add Constantinus Oikonomus, vol. IV.
P. 442. There is an excursus on
P. 448. Ὑπὲρ τῶν λρυφίων τοῦ υἱοῦ. See Mr Thackeray's paper in J. Th. Stud. XI. 44, referred to above, on p. 247.
P. 486. In 1907 Professor Rahlfs developed a provisional plan
for a scientific edition of the LXX.: the Academy of Berlin, the
Royal Society of Göttingen, and the Prussian Ministerium of
Instruction to cooperate. MSS. were to be collated, in Greek,
Coptic, Ethiopic, Syriac, Armenian, Georgian and Slavonic. The
See also a brief account by Dr Nestle in A. J. Th. XIV. 2 (April 1910); as well as his Die grosse Cambridger Septuaginta (Verhandlungen der XIII. Internationalen 0rientalistenkongresses, 1902).
P. 490. Both A and B, as has been seen, show here and there
signs of considerable Hexaplaric addition. It is therefore fortunate
that, owing to the varying character of the books in our great Greek
Bibles, this influence seldom affects both MSS. equally in the same
passages. On Job, see Burkitt, 0. L. and Itala, pp. 6 ff., 32 ff.
Even within the same book, Rahlfs finds the character of A different
in what remains of
L. Dieu (Muséon, 1912, p. 223 f.) who has investigated the text of Job from various points of view—see above, on p. 108—considers that A in that book is mainly Lucianic. This he deduces from the intrinsic character of its text ('corrections d’après 1’hébreu, doublets, remaniements d’après des passages parallèlles, corrections destinées à éclaircir le sens ou compléter la phrase, tendances à l’atticisme': cf, Rahlfs, Sept. Stud. II. p. 230, 236, III. p. 158, 172, 281 ff.), as well as from its associates, which are here rather curious; an anonymous Arian commentary on ch. i.—iii., known only in a Latin translation; a commentary formerly attributed to Origen, but assigned by Dr H. Usener to Julian of Halicarnassus; and another, in the Laurentian Library at Florence, attributed, though somewhat doubtfully, to Chrysostom. To these are to be added V, in the first, the cursives 249 and 254, in the second, and 55, 68, 106, 261 in the third degree of closeness. Some of these, especially 68 and 106, are held to give a Hesychian text in other books; and in Isaiah, for instance, 106 goes very closely with A, and is, perhaps, the more markedly Hesychian. For 55, see Rahlfs, II. p. 235.
M. Dieu considers that A's text in Job is nearer to the original than that of אB; he calls the Sahidic to witness; but see above, on pp. 85, 108. He also adduces in support the marginal readings of Cod. Gothicus Legionensis: see Rahlfs, III. 158, and Notices et Extraits, XXXIV. pp. 134 ff.
P. 497. Add:
O. Procksch, Studien zur Geschichte der Septuaginta, in Kittel's Beiträge zur Wissenschaft vom A. T. Heft 7, Leipzig, 1910; G. Jahn, Beiträge z. Beurteilung der Septuaginta. Ein Wurdigung Wellhausencher Textkritik, 1902; Ester (1901), Daniel (1904), Ezechiel (1905); J. Dahse, Textkritische Studien, in ZATW. 1908, pp. 18 ff., 161 ff.
APPENDIX
THE LETTER OF ARISTEAS
[blank page]
INTRODUCTION.
The so-called letter of Aristeas to Philocrates appeared first in
print in a Latin translation by Matthias Palmerius of Pisa (Rome,
1471). The editio princeps of the Greek text was not published
until 1561, when Simon Schard brought out at Basle a text based
on a MS. hitherto supposed to be lost, with a few readings taken
from a second (Vatican) MS. Wendland in his recent edition
(1900) has made it practically certain that Schard's principal MS.
was Codex Monacensis 9, which at that time was at Tübingen
and easily accessible to him. As to his second MS., there exists
in the Library at Basle (MS. O. IV. 10, no. 21 in Omont's Catalogue
of Swiss MSS.) a MS. presented to it by Schard, which
is beyond a doubt a copy of the Vatican MS. denoted by K in
the present text; and a list of readings appended to Schard's
edition under the heading 'castigationes in Aristeam juxta exemplar
Vaticanae' appears to be a scanty selection of the readings
of K. Schard's edition was followed by others in the seventeenth
century based upon his work; but it does not appear that
any fresh collation of MSS. was undertaken
The first step towards a critical edition of the text was taken by Moriz Schmidt, who in 1870 brought out in Merx's Archiv (Band 1.) a text based on a complete collation of two Paris MSS., which he denoted by B and C, and a partial collation of a third, A, which was used to supply the opening of the letter which was missing in B and C. Schmidt's edition, though a valuable beginning, is far from satisfactory. A full use was not made of the evidence for the text afforded by the paraphrase of Josephus and the extracts of Eusebius. Moreover a large number of MSS. of the letter is now known to exist; and fresh light has been thrown on the language by the papyri of the Ptolemaic period which have at various times been discovered in Egypt.
The valuable help which these papyri offer as an illustration of
the letter, shewing that the writer possessed an accurate knowledge
Another illustration of the text is afforded by a kindred work, also dealing
with the history of the Jews of Egypt under the Ptolemaic rule, the third Book
of Maccabees
Prof. Lumbroso further supplemented Schmidt's work upon the text by collating the Paris MS. A throughout, and also a MS. in the British Museum (F), and one at Venice (G); he a1so indicated the existence of five MSS. in the Vatican, but it does not appear that he has published any collations of these Roman MSS.
In 1893 the want of an edition of the letter was represented
to the present writer, and in a journey to Italy in the autumn of
that year he collated the five Vatican MSS. mentioned by Lumbroso
(HKLIM), and one in the library of the Barberini palace
(P), and revised the collations which had already been made
of the MSS. at Venice (G) and Paris (ABC); at Paris he also
collated the fragment Q and the MS. D, so far as was necessary
to establish the fact that it was a copy of A. He has since collated
a MS. at Florence (T) and another at Zurich (Z). On his
learning subsequently that Prof. Mendelssohn of Dorpat had for
many years been preparing an edition of the letter, which was
nearly ready, the work which he had begun was put aside. Prof.
Mendelssohn's death postponed the appearance of the expected
German edition; a fragment only, consisting of the text of about
The following genealogical table will show approximately how the MSS. which have been used are related to each other.
The MSS. denoted in the above table are as follows:
| H | Vat. 747, | M | Ottobon. 32. |
| A | Paris 128. | Q | Paris 950. |
| D | Paris 130. | T | Florence Laur. Acquisti 44. |
| F | Brit. Mus. Burney 34. | B | Paris 129. |
| L | Vat. 746. | C | Paris 5. |
| K | Vat. 383 | P | Barberini IV. 56. |
| R | Basle O. IV. 10 (Omont 21). | S | Vat. 1668 |
| I | Palat. 203. | Z | Zurich Bibl. de la Ville C. 11 (Omont 169). |
It will be seen that the MSS. fall into two main groups, which may for convenience be described as the A and B groups, the A group again falling into two smaller groups HKA and GIM, and the B group into two smaller groups TB and CPSZ. The real problem in fixing the text is to determine the relative value of the A and B groups. An examination of the readings shows, in the opinion of the present writer, that the B group, which was followed by Schmidt, while presenting a specious text, is in reality based on a recension, although in a few passages it has kept the original readings; in the A group no correction has taken place, and though the text which has here been handed down is by no means free from corruption, yet the true reading is in most cases rather to be looked for here than in the revised B text.
The group HA(DFL)K(R).
H, CODEX VATICANUS. Rome. Vat. Gr. 747, saec. xi. membr. foll. 260.
fol. 1. Aristeas.
12. Letter of Theodoret to Hypatius. καὶ ἄλλοι μὲν φιλομαθεῖς ἄνδρες—εἰς προοίμιον τῆς θεοπνεύστου γραφῆς.
13. Catena of Theodoret and other patristic writers on the Octateuch.
259. πόσαι παραδόσεις εἰσὶ τῆς θείας γραφῆς.
260. ποσάκις καὶ ποτε ἐπορθήθησαν οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ.
A beautiful MS., in clearly written cursive characters, which hang from ruled lines, containing coloured illustrations throughout (five in the Aristeas portion), ornamental red head-pieces and red initial letters in the margin. Single column, 48 lines in a page: size of page 14 x 10½ in., of writing 11¼ x 7¾ in.
The Catena is apparently by the same hand as the Aristeas, the LXX. text being in the same size of writing as the Aristeas, and the marginal Catena m smaller writing (80 lines in a page). There is one large omission in the Aristeas, two leaves of the MS. apparently having been lost. The verso of fol. 3 ends with τὴν τράπεζαν (p. 530. 8), and λείπει is written in an early hand at the foot of the page; fol. 4 begins with μὲν πεδινῶν (538. 11) and ÷ is written in the margin.
K, CODEX VATICANUS. Rome. Vat. Gr. 383, saec. xii.—xiii. membr. 319 foll.
fol. 1. Aristeas.
29. Theodoret to Hypatius.
19vo. Catena on Genesis.
187. Catena on Exodus.
Size of page 12¾ x 9 in., of writing 10½ x 7¼ in.: 38 lines in a page. The leaves at the beginning are soiled and worm-eaten. The words hang from ruled lines: the right-hand margin is irregular, the writing going beyond the perpendicular line in places. The writing is upright with very thick strokes, clear, but rather untidy.
R, CODEX BASILEENSIS. Basle. Codd. Gr. O.
IV. 10 (Omont
A, CODEX REGIUS. Paris. Bibl. Nat. Gr. 128, saec. xii. membr. 61O pagg.
p. 1. Aristeas.
26. Theodoret to Hypatius.
27. Preface to Genesis from Gregory of Nyssa, inc. ἐπειδήπερ εἰσαγώγιμον πρὸς θεογνωσίαν . . .
28. Catena on the Octateuch.
608. On the versions of Holy Scripture, the names of God, etc.
Single column: words hang from ruled lines, 47 lines in a page:
a neat writing in brown ink, initial letters in crimson: size of page
14½ x 10¾ in., of writing 11 x 7 in. A hand of the fourteenth century
(Lumbroso
Descendants of A(DFL).
D, CODEX REGIUS. Paris. Bibl. Nat. Gr. 130, saec. xv. chart. 288 foll.
fol. 1. Aristeas.
26vo. Theodoret to Hypatius.
27. Gregory of Nyssa's Preface.
28. Catena on Genesis and Exodus, 1—12.
The rest of the Catena and the remaining matter contained in A are to be found in MS. Paris 132, written by the same hand as D. Omont's Catalogue describes the MS. as 'copied by George Gregoropoulus'; Omont takes this apparently from the 1740 catalogue which says 'videtur a Gregoropulo exaratus'; the name of the scribe does not seem to occur in the MS. A clearly written MS. in a hand similar to that of M (of the same century). Page 13¾ X 9½ in.: writing 9 x 5½ in. Another hand has underlined in red ink passages where there are clerical errors and has corrected the text to that of A. This MS. was not collated throughout, as it appeared certain from an examination of a few passages that it was a copy of A (see below).
F, CODEX BURNEIENSIS. British Museum. Burney MS. 34, saec. xv. chart. 645 pagg.
Same contents as A, viz.
p. 1. Aristeas.
21. Theodoret to Hypatius.
22. Passages from Gregory of Nyssa's book on the six days of creation.
25. Catena on the Octateuch.
643. πόσαι παραδόσεις κ.τ.λ.
644. ποσάκις καὶ ποτε ἐπορθήθησαν οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ.
644. Evagrius Scitensis on the ten names of God.
645. Three chronological notes.
645. On the works of God in the six days.
L, CODEX VATICANUS. Rome. Vat. Gr. 746, pt. i., saec. xv. (partim saec. xi.—xii.?) membr. 251 foll.
fol. 1. Aristeas.
12. Theodoret to Hypatius.
13. Catena on Genesis and Exodus.
The portion of the MS. containing the Catena is certainly old
(eleventh or twelfth century) and possibly a copy of H or of an ancestor
of H. There are the same illustrations of O.T. history as in H, better
preserved but not so beautifully painted. The writing too is rougher,
not so neat as in H, but in the same style. The Aristeas (together with
the letter to Hypatius and the first page of the Catena) is supplied
by a much later hand on white shiny unruled parchment, the Catena
being on a browner parchment, and the letters there hanging from
ruled lines. The Aristeas is written in a single column: size of page
HKA. It is clear from their general agreement in readings that these MSS. form one group. Notice the omissions which they have in common:
(1) p. 564. 1. προς τουτ—ποιησεσιν επιτελοι (50 letters) om HKA(DFL) ins GIM and B group.
(2) p. 566. 10. εστιν επιτελεια—διατηρεις της (53 letters) om HKA(DFL) ins GIM and B group.
(3) p. 559. 19. καθως υπο—διοικειται κατα (51 letters) om HKA(DFL)GIM ins B group.
From the first two of these omissions it appears that HKA
must be derived from an original (γ) which omitted these lines,
an ancestor of γ having probably had lines of the length of 50
letters; from the evidence of GIM we deduce that this group, while
connected with the HKA group, is not derived from γ. H and A
are more closely connected than H and K; notice 551. 18 αναπτω
(σιν sup lin) H αναπτω A; 562. 20
απαν H (τ suprascr Hcorr)
απαν A.
ADFL. That these MSS. form a united group within the HKA group is shown by their almost universal agreement. Notice e.g. the readings 536. 1 χρωμενοι ADFL (συγχρωμενοι cett.), 537. 4 εισεληλυθεναι ADFL (εληλυθεναι cett.), 547. 3 ευλογιας ADFL (λογιας cett.), 569. 21 επαυεπαυσατο (sic) ADFL, and the omissions which they have in common:
| 539. 27. | ουτος δε εξεισιν—Αζωτιων χωραν | } | om ADFL. |
| 550. 21. | γαρ ων ανθρωπος—συνεστρωσε δε παντα | ||
| 554. 8. | προς ευφροπυνην—ελυθη τη δε |
That D is a direct transcript of A is proved by its omitting
exactly a line of A, so that on p. 558. 9 it reads μεταδορημενα (sic)
σοι διαμενη, where the lines in A are divided thus:
μεταδο|τικος ων και
μεγαλομερης ουδεποτ αν αρολιποι δοξης ινα δε τα προει|ρημενα
σοι διαμενη. Moreover, certain marginal notes in A, which are
there almost illegible, have been copied by D, where they are all
clear: e.g. on 553. 25 ὃ καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος εἶπεν ἐρωτηθεὶς πῶς ἐν ὀλίγῳ
These cases appear to put the parentage of these three MSS. beyond a doubt, and their evidence has therefore not been recorded in the apparatus. The few deviations from their parent MS. which they exhibit may be neglected.
The group GIM(Q).
This group presents few substantial variants from the HKA text. It differs chiefly from that text in matters of orthography, the frequent use of itacisms, etc. Its retention of two lines which are omitted by HKA (see above) proves that it is not derived from the immediate parent of those MSS., while its omission of another line in common with HKA is proof that both groups go back to a common ancestor rather higher up in the line.
G, CODEX VENETUS. Venice. Bibl. Marciana, Gr. 534, saec. xi. (circa, Zanetti's catalogue) membr. 296 foll.
fol. 1. Aristeas.
6vo. Theodoret to Hypatius.
7. Catena on the Octateuch.
296. πόσαι παραδόσεις εἰσὶ τῆς θείας γραφῆς.
Size of page 12¼ x 9½ in., of writing 9¾ x 7 in. It is written in
minuscules hanging from ruled lines in one column containing 67 closely
packed and closely written lines, the whole of the Aristeas being compressed
into 5¼ leaves. The Aristeas with the Theodoret seems to
have been tacked on to the MS. later, as there is a second numbering
of pages (α, β, γ, etc.) beginning on fol. 7, but it is by the same hand
as that which wrote, at any rate, the first few lines of the Catena;
the text of the Septuagint appears to have been the work of several
hands. The Aristeas is very much stained and blotted, especially the
first leaf, which has been in parts rewritten, but in places the writing
is utterly illegible. In the Venice Catalogue it is placed first in an
'Appendix Graecorum Codicum ex legato Jacobi Contareni, Jo. Bapt.
I, CODEX PALATINUS. Rome. Bibl. Vatic. Pal. Gr. 203, saec. xi. membr. 304 foll.
fol. 1. Aristeas.
22. Theodoret to Hypatius.
23vo. Catena on Genesis and Exodus.
304vo. ends in the middle of Exodus. At the end is written 'deest unum et alterum folium.'
It is written in double columns, the words hanging from ruled lines the size of page being 14¼ x 10½ in., of writing 11½ x 3½ in. The Aristeas and the Catena are by the same hand. The bookplate (apparently common to all the Palatine collection) has the words 'Sum de bibliotheca, quam Heidelberga capta spolium fecit et P. M. Gregorio XV trophaeum misit Maximilianus utriusque Bavariae Dux etc. S. R. I. Archidapifer et Princeps Elector, anno Christi MDCXXIII.'
M, CODEX OTTOBONIANUS. Rome. Bibl. Vatic. Ottobon. Gr. 32, saec. xv. chart. 70 foll.
| fol. 1—14. | Παλλαδίου περὶ τῶν τῆς Ἰνδίας ἐθνῶν καὶ τῶν Βραγμάνων. |
| 15,16 | blank |
| fol. 17—27 | τοῦ φιλοπόνου Ἰωάννου εἰς τὸ ἐπίλοιπον τῆς φυσικῆς ἀκροάσεως. |
| 28. | blank. |
| 29—44. | τοῦ φιλοσοφωτάτου καὶ ῥητορικωτάτου Κϋρου Θεοδωρούτου προδρόμου. |
| 45—70vo. | Ἀριστέας Φιλοκράτῃ. |
Size of page 14½ x 9½ in., of writing 9¼ x 5 in.; the writing is in
single column, bounded by two vertical lines, but no horizontal lines
are visible. The contents are all written by the same neat hand in
which the tall τ is the chief characteristic; the Aristeas sheets are rather
broader than the rest. On the first leaf is written a list of the contents
and the name of a former owner of the MS.: 'Anonymi Geographia,
Philosophia anonym., Palladius de rebus et moribus Indicis, Aristeas.
Ex codicibus Ioannis Angeli Ducis ab Altaemps
GIM agree in almost all cases, including omissions such as 528. 10 om ασφαλως GIM, mistakes such as 529. 14 καταθηκουσας GIM (καθηκ. cett.), 534. 1 μεγαλοις GIM (μεγαλοι cett.), 552. 26 δυναμενων GIM (δυναμεων cett.), and peculiarities of spelling and vocalization. They almost always insert ν ἐφελκυστικόν before consonants, write iota adscript, interchange ο and ω (προτευουσα, πασχωμεν [= πασχομεν], μεταφερον [= -ων]) and ιand η (φιλικοος, δαψηλως, τινικαυτα, προδιλως), and use itacisms such as βουλεσθε for βουλεσθαι, αιρειν for εριν.
It appears that G and I are copied from one and the same MS.; their contemporary date and a few cases where they are at variance (e.g. 520. 12 η παιδεια αυτη G, παιδειας διαγωγη I) make it improbable that either is a transcript of the other.
M is undoubtedly a direct copy of I. With the exception of some slight corrections or blunders on the part of M, they are in entire agreement. Notice e.g. 531. 5 προς την χρησιν την τραπεζαν IM (την τραπ. προς την χρ. cett.), 540.7 μετα IM (μεταλλα cett:), 541. 3 γεγραπται IM (γεγραφεναι cett.), 543. 25 βροτων IM (βρωτων cett.), 571. 24 γραφης IM (μεταγραφης cett.). At 573. 21 M omits the words και τα ακολουθα παντα, which form exactly a line in the double-column MS. I. The readings of M have therefore not been recorded in the apparatus.
We may mention here:
Q, CODEX REGIUS. Paris. Bibl. Nat. Gr. 950, saec. xiv. bombycinus, 576 pagg.
This MS. contains a very miscellaneous collection of fragments beginning with (p. 1) an anonymous fragment on the resurrection, (p. 2) a fragment of Athanasius on the heresy of Paul of Samosata, and including (p. 111) a fragment on the ten feasts of the Jews, and (p. 217) an anonymous work on the measurement of the earth. On p. 341 occur the letters of Abgarus and Christ, on p. 343 a fragment of Photius, 'de termino vitae et de Spiritus Sancti processione,' on pp. 351—371 the fragments of Aristeas, followed on p. 371 by the treatise already included περὶ τῶν δέκα ἐορτῶν (here given at greater length), and other fragments which need not be enumerated. The Aristeas fragments are not a sixth part of the letter; they are (p. 351) 520. 15 inc. κατασταθεις επι της—521. 9 υποχειρια ποιουμενος, and (p. 353) 529. 24 inc. δυο πηχεων το μηκος—537. 21 προκαθημενου προς θεωριαν. They are introduced by the heading επιστολης Αριστεως προς Φιλοκρατην εκφρασις. χρυσης τραπεζης ην εποιησεν ο βασιλευς Πτωλομαιος και απεστειλεν εις Ιερουσαλημ προς τον τοτε αρχιερεα Ελεαζαρον. Omont's catalogue merely calls the fragments 'De Ptolemaeo rege et lege mosaica'; the folio catalogue of 1740 more correctly describes them as 'fragmenta ex Aristea.'
There are 24 lines in a page; the writing is rough and untidy with thick strokes, and very rough red initial capitals. Some of its readings and spellings connect it with the GIM group e.g. 532. 28 (λιαν for λειαν), 534. 8 αναστασιν (for ανατασιν), 535. 4 σμιξιν (for σμηξιν), but its text bears a closer relation to that of the otherwise solitary Codex Monacensis. Its evidence has not been recorded in this edition.
The group TBCPSZ.
We now come to a group which presents considerable variations from those which we have considered. The readings of this group are at first sight attractive and have the appearance of representing a purer text. A closer examination will however, show that a certain amount of revision must have gone on here, not only in some common ancestor of the group, but also in the individual members of it. We find that various members of the group have sometimes corrected the text in different ways, that even where they are consistent in their readings, they seldom have the support of Eusebius, who has introduced other slight alterations of his own into the text, and again we find that in places the reading of the HKA and GI groups, which the B text has rejected, is corroborated by the usage of Alexandrian papyri which are contemporary or nearly contemporary with the pseudo-Aristeas. While, then, in some places it is possible that the B text has retained or has successfully restored the right reading, the text of this group is usually to be regarded with suspicion, as an ingenious attempt to remove the obscurities of a Greek which had become unintelligible. The group is here spoken of as the B group, because the MS. B is that on which Schmidt's text was based, and it is also the MS. which exhibits the greatest number of variants; but a far older member of the group and one which exhibits the Aristeas text entire has now come to light, namely the Florence MS. T, which we will describe first.
T, CODEX LAURENTIANUS. Florence. Bibl. Mediceo-Laurent. Acquisti 44.
According to the Catalogue of Rostagno the date of the Aristeas, Pentateuch and Catena is the tenth century, of Joshua and the remaining books about the thirteenth. It seems doubtful whether the former part is earlier than the eleventh century. The material is parchment: number of leaves 384: size of page 14½ x 12 in. There are quires of 8 leaves with signatures of the (?) thirteenth century. To the end of the Pentateuch the writing is in single column with 46 lines in a page; in the latter part there are two columns with 65 lines to a page. The writing hangs from ruled lines.
fol. 1. Aristeas to Philocrates.
11vo. Introduction to O.T. books: τὰ ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ βίβλῳ ἀναγεγραμμένα τεύχη . . . . . . διατί ἕκαστον τούτων οὕτως καλεῖται καὶ ἀπὸ μέρους τί περιέχει ἕκαστον . . .
14vo. Theodoret, εἰς τὰ ἄπορα τῆς θείας γραφῆς.
15. Pentateuch with Catena.
311. Joshua—Chronicles, Esdras 1—3, Esther, Judith, Maccabees 1—4, Tobit (to 3. 15).
It contains the inscription, 'Codicem a Liguria advectum proponente A. M. Bandinio comparavit Ferdinandus III magnus dux Etruriae et Bibl. Laurent. donavit die 3 Aug. MDCCXCVIII.'
B, CODEX REGIUS. Paris. Bibl. Nat. Gr. 129, saec. xiii. bombycinus, 539 foll.
προς |
|
| fol. 2 | Aristeas inc. (522. 12) ανων υποτιθεμενος λογον. |
| 15. | Catena on the Octateuch. |
It is written in double columns: size of page 13¼ x 9¼ in., of writing 10½ x 3¼ in.; the writing is enclosed by vertical lines, but there are no horizontal lines except at the top and bottom of the page. The Aristeas is in bad condition, being torn and stained. There are a few plain red initial letters. The writing is rather sloping, and fairly large and clear. Schmidt says, 'This MS. has been subsequently collated most carefully with its original by the rubricator, when the writer himself had already performed this duty quite conscientiously. Hence all corrections of the rubricator and of the first hand are equivalent to the authority of the original MS.' A later hand has added a few headings in the margin (περὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, etc.). The Catena is apparently by the same hand as the Aristeas, but has more ornamentation and red initials. In some places part of a leaf has been cut or torn away.
C, CODEX REGIUS. Paris. Bibl. Nat. Gr. 5, saec, xiii.—xiv. chart. et bombyc., 402 foll.
| fol. | 1. | Aristeas fragments. |
| 14. | Anonymous introduction to the books of the O.T. (inc. το μεν ουω βιβλιον). | |
| 45. | Catena on the Octateuch. |
The Aristeas is written in a single column: the size of page being 12½ x 9 in., of writing varying from 9 x 7 in. to 7¾ x 5¾ in. The Aristeas and the introduction to O.T. are by the same hand, a large square upright writing with thick strokes and red initials in the margin: the page is unruled. In the latter part of the MS., foll. 45—60 are written in double columns in a rougher hand; at fol. 61 the first hand begins again, and the remainder is sometimes in single, sometimes in double columns, text and commentary coming alternately and the order of books being confused (Judges, Joshua, Deuteronomy, Numbers). The fragments of Aristeas contained are less than half the letter; they are 528. 17 Σαββαταιος—532. 17 δυο μεν ησαν τη, 553. 10 ο δε ειπεν ευχομενος—563. 16 ηρωτα, 567. 7 -σιλευ κροτω δε—end.
P, CODEX BARBERINUS. Rome. Bibl. Barberina Gr. IV. 56, saec.? xiii. membr., 229 foll.
| fol. | 1. | Pseudo-Athanasian Synopsis (frag.). |
| inc. πασα γραφη ημων των Χριστιανων θεοπνευστος εστι, at end λειπει. |
| 2. | Fragment of Aristeas inc. (538. 10) πινοησαντες· της γαρ χωρας expl. (568. 1) περιβαλλοντας το ζην· ως (note λειπει). | |
| 10. | Catena on the Octateuch. | |
| 224. | Catena on the Apocalypse inc. δηλει (sic) τον της συντελειας καιρον. |
It is written in double columns in a very minute upright and neat hand, with about 60 lines packed into a column, the words hanging from ruled lines; the size of page is 9¾ x 7 in., of writing 8¼ x 3¾ in. At the bottom of fol. 1 is written 'Carob Strozzae Thomae filii 1635.'
S, CODEX VATICANUS. Rome. Vat. Gr. 1668, saec. ? xiii. membr., 358 foll.
It is written in single column, with 29 lines in a page, the size of page being 12¼ x 8½ in., and the writing hanging from ruled lines; there are quires of 8 leaves.
| fol. | 1—37vo. | Aristeas (complete). |
| 37vo.—358 | Catena on Genesis. |
On the recto of the first leaf is the note 'Emptus ex libris illmi Lelii Ruini epi Balneoregien. 1622.'
This MS. escaped notice when the other Roman MSS. were examined and has consequently not been collated in full; but some collations of selected passages kindly made by Mr N. McLean, Fellow of Christ's College, are sufficient to show that it belongs to this group.
Z, CODEX TURICENSIS. Zurich. Stadtbibliothek C. 11 (169
Omont's catalogue), saec. xiii. bombyc., 736 pagg.
p. 1. Aristeas.
p. 1 (= 21). Catena on the Octateuch.
p. 669. Ιερωνυμου επιστολη προς Δεξτρον επαρχον πραιτωρῑ απο ρωμαικ εις ελληνικα μεταβληθεισα ('S. Hieronymi liber de viris illustribus a Sophronio graece versus,' Omont). It is written in single column, the size of page being 13½ x 9 in., and the writing hangs from ruled lines. The Aristeas portion is badly preserved; a hole passes through the twenty pages which contain it, causing lacunae. There are several marginal readings, some of which are obviously conjectural (e.g. ισως φιλοφρονησεσι, ισως μαλλον). The Jerome is not by the hand which has written the remainder of the MS.
That the above MSS. form a single group appears primarily
from their omissions. The following lines are omitted by all
(1) 523. 9. εγκρατεις εγενοντο—και την χωραν (78 letters) om BTZ.
(2) 529. 11. βουλεσθαι και—δισταζειν δε (51 letters) om BCTZ.
(3) 532. 17. απο της βασεως—τορεια και (48 letters) om BTZ.
(4) 533. 13. θεσιν ηθελεν—ως αν τις (41 letters) om BTZ.
(5) 547. 12. και κακοποιουσι—τροφην αλλα (48 letters) om BPTZ.
(6) 548. 13. -τας ημερα θυσιαζειν—οι προσφερον- (46 1etters) om BPTZ.
(7) 552. 13. γενοιο—τη περι σεαυτον (47 letters) om BPTZ.
(8) 564. 25. θεου δε—τοις αξιοις (45 letters) om BPTZ.
(9) 566. 24. ησαν γαρ ικανοι πρεσβεις (20 letters) om BPTZ.
Also at 533. 4 the words προς την της αληθειας—τεθεντων (48
letters) are omitted by TtxtSZ (C and P do not contain the passage);
but they are inserted in the margin of T, apparently by the first
hand, and are found in B. These omissions show that an ancestor
of the group was written by a careless scribe who dropped several
lines (averaging 48 1etters) of his archetype. From the last instance
quoted, and from numerous other passages, it appears that B and
T bear a specially close relationship; indeed it is conceivable that
B is a copy of T, but in that case it has introduced several corrections
of its own, not found in the parent MS.
As to the value of the readings of this group, it appears that
the 'singular' readings of B are in nearly all cases due to a
correction of the text. Instances of these are 522. 18 the insertion
of εν λογω before βραχει, 525. 12
εαν ουν φανηταισοι εννομον B (εαν
ουν φανηται cett., εαν ουν φαινηται Eus.). The phrases εαν φαινηται
σοι and εαν φαινηται are abundantly attested by the Alexandrian
papyri in petitions of subordinates to high officials, but the insertion
of εννομον receives no support. Again we have 526. 13 χαριστηριον
B (χαριστικον cett. Eus.), 527. 18 ανδρες των τετιμημενων παρα σοι
Ανδρεας και Αριστεας B (Ανδρεασ των τετ. παρα σοι και Αρ. cett.: B
has misunderstood the genitive), 529. 18 οιδα γαρ ως δαψιλους της
υλης αυτοις ουσης B (ετι γαρ επι τα της ουσης
cett. Eus.), 538. 1 σχημα, B (χυμα = 'size' cett.: B has removed a characteristic word of
Aristeas, cf. 521. 17, 567. 11). The readings of BT, where the other
members of the group are opposed to them, are also generally to be
rejected: e.g. 525. 25 νομισματα BT (νομισματος cett. Eus. Jos.), 526. 25
δυναμενους BT (δυνατους cett. Eus.): they have occasionally corrected
the order of words, 551. 19 διατελοιη εχων BT (εχ. διατ. cett.),
A few instances where correction is seen at work may be
quoted. At 550. 10 HKAGI read παντα δυναμιν ειπε παρεσται καθηκοντως,
οις συγχρησησθε (-σεσθε), καμοι μεθ υμων. Παντα δυναμιν,
which is clearly wrong, is corrected by BTZ to πασαν δυναμιν,
by P to παντ(= πανθ)α δυναιμην; παρεσται is further corrected by
BT to παρεσταναι and καμοι to καμε, corrections which give a grammatical
but hardly an intelligible sentence. The slight alteration
of δ᾿ υμιν for δυναμιν (a correction of Mendelssohn, which had also
suggested itself to the present writer) restores sense to the passage,
and the B text is seen to be due to conjecture. Similarly at 555. 1
B and P have corrected in different ways the characteristic word
απεφηνατο ('answer'), B reading ειπε
and P απεκρινατο: a little
before (553. 21) B reads αποκρινεσθαι where the remaining MSS.
have αποφαινεσθαι. At 527. 1 BTZ read αρχισωματοφυλακα
(B at first wrote σωματοφυλακα: των αρχισωματοφυλακων cett.), thus
removing an idiomatic use of the genitive, frequently attested by
the papyri. The above instances will afford sufficient proof that a
good deal of recension has gone on in this group. At the same
time it is clear that in other places it has escaped the corruptions
which the other groups have undergone, though it is sometimes
difficult to say whether a reading of this group is primitive or due
to correction. The agreement of the group with Eusebius (where
his evidence exists) is, as was said, sometimes a test; but in the
majority of cases the B text is not corroborated by Eusebius, and
in a few instances where one or two members only of the group
agree with Eusebius, this appears to be due to a fortuitous coincidence
in emendation. Such a passage is 527. 4 γραφε BT Eus.
(γραφων cett.). In this instance Eusebius altered the form of the
sentence by reading γραφε and inserting γαρ
after κεχαρισμενος; in BT the change to
γραφε was due to κεχαρισμενος εση
having become
The extracts of Eusebius, consisting of about a quarter of the
letter, are contained in the eighth and ninth books of the Praeparatio
Evangelica (VIII. 2—5, 9, IX. 38). The Eusebian MSS. which
are to be followed in these books are, as Heikel
(1) προς τα δι μων επιζητηθεντα Eus.
(2) προς δι ημων επιζητηθεντα GIMZ*.
(3) προς ημων επιζητηθεντα HKADFL.
(4) προς δε ημων επιζητηθεντων BPTZcorr.
Eusebius preserves the true text; the τα then dropped out, and while in the HKA group the reading was still further corrupted, in the B group sense was restored to the passage by a conjectural emendation. Passages where Eusebius and Josephus unite as against the Aristeas MSS. are 524. 18 αναγραφης (αντιγραφης Ar.), 525. 5 τετυχηκε (τετευχε Ar.), 526. 8 omission of the negative, ? 528. 7 the perfect απεσταλκαμεν (Jos. has the perfect πεπομφαμεν: απεστειλαμεν Ar.), 572. 20 ποιητων Jos. Eus. B (ποιητικων or ποιητικως Ar. cett.); in such cases the patristic reading should generally be followed. On the whole the Eusebian evidence is of the greatest importance; it tends to show that the GI group, especially if supported by any member of the B group, is nearest to the primitive text.
Lastly, with regard to the evidence of Josephus, he gives in the
twelfth book of the Jewish Antiquities a paraphrase of about two-fifths
of the letter, omitting the central portion, namely the visit to
Palestine, the discourse with Eleazar and the seventy-two questions
and answers. He has taken the trouble to reshape nearly every
sentence, while retaining many of the characteristic words of
Aristeas. Under the circumstances it is not always possible to
reconstruct his text, and at some of the most difficult passages his
evidence is uncertain; in some cases the text was certainly unintelligible
to him. He is however often useful in enabling us to
detect the alterations which have been introduced into the text
Beside the MSS. of Aristeas above mentioned the following
are known to the present writer, which he has not had the opportunity
of collating: Codex Monacensis 9 (saec. xi.), quoted in
Wendland's edition, Codex Atheniensis 389 (circa saec. xv., chart.,
foll. 328, Aristeas and Catena)
The collations here given are not absolutely complete. Itacisms
and other orthographical details have not been generally
recorded, neither have all the slight omissions of the Codex O
of Eusebius; but apart from these no substantial variants have, it
is hoped, been omitted. The dates of the various correctors' hands
have not been accurately ascertained; the symbol B¹, T¹ has been
used to denote a correction probably by the first hand or a hand
nearly contemporary with the date of the MSS. B and T. Words
are enclosed within daggers † † where the MS. reading is left in
the text, although possibly corrupt: angular brackets 
denote
emendations of, or insertions introduced into, the reading of the
MSS.; square brackets [ ] signify that words found in the MSS.
are probably to be omitted.
ΑΡΙΣΤΕΑΣ ΦΙΛΟΚΡΑΤΕΙ |
||
Ἀξιολόγου διηγήσεωs, ὦ Φιλόκρατεs, περὶ τῆς γενηθείσης ἡμῖν |
1 | |
|
ἐντυχίαs πρὸς Ἐλεάζαρον τόν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀρχιερέα σύνεσταμένης, |
||
|
διά τὸ σὲ περὶ πολλοῦ πεποιῆσθαι, παρ᾿ ἕκαστα †ὑπομιμνήσκων†, |
||
|
συνακοῦσαι περὶ ὧν ἀπεστάλημεν καὶ διὰ τί, πεπείραμαι σαφῶς |
||
| 5 |
ἐκθέσθαι σοι, κατειληφὼς ἣν ἔχειs φιλομαθῆ διάθεσιν, ὅπερ μέ- |
2 |
|
γιστόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ, προσμανθάνειν ἀεί τι καὶ προσλαμβάνειν, |
||
|
ἤτοι κατὰ τὰs ἱστορίας, ἢ καὶ κατ᾿ αὐτὸ τὸ πρᾶγμα πεπειραμέινῳ. |
||
|
οὕτω γὰρ κατασκευάζεται ψυχῆs καθαρὰ διάθεσις, ἀναλαβοῦσα τὰ |
||
|
κάλλιστα· καὶ πρὸs τὸ πάντων κυριώτατον νενευκυῖα τὴν εὐσέ- |
||
| 10 |
βειαν ἀπλανεῖ κεχρημένη κανόνι διοικεῖ. Τὴν προαίρεσιν ἔχοντες |
3 |
| ἡμεῖς πρὸς τὸ περιέργως τὰ θεῖα κατανοεῖν, ἐαυτοὺς ἐπεδώκαμεν εἰς | ||
| τὸν προειρημένον ἄνδρα πρεσβείαν, καλοκαγαθίᾳ καὶ δόξῃ προτε- | ||
| τιμημένον ὑπό τε τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ κατακεκτημένον | ||
| μεγίστην ὠφέλειαν τοῖς σὺν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τοὺς ἄλλους | ||
| 15 | τόπους πολίταις, πρὸς τὴν ἐρμηνείαν τοῦ θείου νόμου, διὰ τὸ γεγρά- | |
| φθαι παῤ αὐτοῖς ἐν διφθέραις ἐβραϊκοῖς γράμμασιν. ἣν δὴ καὶ | 4 | |
| ἐποιησάμεθα ἡμεῖς σπουδῇ, λαβόντες καιρὸν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα περὶ | ||
| τῶν μετοικισθέντων εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς | ||
| τοῦ βασιλέως, πρώτως κεκτημένου τήν τε πόλιν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν | ||
| 20 | Αἴγυπτον παρειληφότος. Ἄξιόν ἐστι καὶ ταῦτά σοι δηλῶσαι. | |
| πέπεισμαι γάρ σε μᾶλλον ἔχοντα πρόσκλισιν πρὸς τὴν σεμνότητα | 5 | |
| καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων διάθεσιν τῶν κατὰ τὴν σεμνὴν νομο- | ||
| θεσίαν διεξαγόντων, περὶ ὧν
προαιρούμεθα δηλοῦν,
ἀσμένως σε |
||
|
2 ευτυχιαs GZ | συνισταμενοs Τ 3 υπομιμνησκeιν Wend. (σκων codd |
HKAGITZ | |
| omn 4 ων] ου K 6 προσμανμανοντι Z 7 om και I | κατ αυτο] κατα | ||
| ταυτο HKAGI | πεπειραμενων HKGIT 8 διαθεσις καθ. K. 9 κυριω- | ||
| τερον Κ 10 διοικ. την προαιρεσιν. Εχοντες codd corr Wend. 11 προε- | ||
| δωκ. TZ | εις] εις την προς Wend. 12 τετιμ. TZ 13 κατεκτημ. HAI | ||
| κατακτ. G txt KTZ 16 αυτου T 17 post σπουδη lacunam statuit | ||
| Wend. 19 om τα TZ 21 προσκλησιν codd 23 δηλουντεσ μεν ως | ||
| σε codd, txt ex conj Schmidt | ||
| ἀκούσεσθαι, προσφάτως παραγεγενημένον ἐκ τῆς νήσου πρὸς | ||
| ἡμᾶς, καὶ βουλόμενον συνακούειν ὅσα πρὸς ἐπισκευὴν ψυχῆς | ||
| ὑπάρχει. καὶ πρόρερον δὲ διεπεμψάμην σοι περὶ ὧν ἐνόμιζον | 6 | |
| ἀξιομνημονεύτων εἶναι τὴν ἀναγραφήν, ἣν μετελάβομεν παρὰ τῶν | ||
| 5 | κατὰ τὴν λογιωτάτην Αἴγυπτον λογιωτάτων ἀρχιερέων περὶ τοῦ | |
| γένους τῶν Ἰουδαίων. φιλομαθῶς γὰρ ἔχοντί σοι περὶ τῶν δυνα- | 7 | |
| μένων ὠφελῆσαι διάνοιαν δέον ἐστὶ μεταδιδόναι, μάλιστα μὲν πᾶσι | ||
| τοῖς ὁμοίοις, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον σοὶ γνησίαν ἔχοντι τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὐ | ||
| μόνον κατὰ τὸ συγγενὲς ἀδελφῷ καθεστῶτι τὸν τρόπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ | ||
| 10 | πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ὁρμῇ τὸν αὐτὸν ὄντα ἡμῖν. χρυσοῦ γὰρ χάρις ἢ | 8 |
| κατασκευή τις ἄλλη τῶν τετιμημένων παρὰ τοῖς κενοδόξοις ὠφέλειαν | ||
| οὐκ ἔχει τὴν αὐτήν, ὅσον ἡ παιδείας ἀγωγὴ καὶ ἡ περὶ τούτων | ||
| φροντίς. ἵνα δὲ μὴ περὶ τῶν προλεγομένων μηκύνοντες ἀδόλεσχόν | ||
| τι ποιῶμεν, ἐπὶ τὸ συνεχὲς τῆς διηγήσεως ἐπανήξομεν. | ||
| 15 | §Κατασταθεὶς ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως βιβλιοθήκης Δημήτριος ὁ |
9 § Jos Eus |
| Φαληρεὺς ἐχρηματίσθη πολλὰ διάφορα πρὸς τὸ συναγαγεῖν, εἰ | ||
| δυντόν, ἅπαντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην βιβλία· καὶ ποιούμενος | ||
| ἀγορασμοὺς καὶ μεταγραφὰς ἐπὶ τέλος ἤγαγεν, ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῷ, τὴν | ||
| τοῦ βασιλέως ορόθεσιν. παρόντων οὖν ἡμῶν ἐρωτηθείς Πόσαι | 10 | |
| 20 | τινὲς μυριάδες τυγχάνουσι βιβλίων; εἶπεν Ὑπὲρ τὰς εἴκοσι, | |
| βασιλεῦ· σπουδάσω δ᾿ ἐν ὀλίγῳ πρὸς τὸ πληρωθῆναι πεντή- | ||
| κοντα μυριάδας τὰ λοιπά. προσήγγελται δέ μοι καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων | ||
| νόμιμα μεταγραφῆς ἄξια καὶ τῆς παρὰ σοὶ βιβλιοθήκης εἶναι. | ||
| Τί τὸ κωλῦον οὖν, εἶπεν, ἐστὶ σε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; πάντα γὰρ ὑπο- | 11 | |
| 25 | τέτακταί σοι τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν. ὅ δὲ Δημήτριος εἶπεν | |
| Ἑρμηνείας προσδεῖται· χαρακτῆρσι γὰρ ἰδίοις κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίων | ||
| χρῶνται, καθάπερ Αἰγύπτιοι τῇ τῶν γραμμάτων θέσει, καθὸ καὶ | ||
| φωνὴν ἰδίαν ἔχουσιν. ὑπολαμβάνονται Συριακῇ χρῆσθαι· τὸ δ᾿ | ||
| 3 διεπεμψ. σοι] διεπεμψαμεθα G 6 σοι] μοι conj Schmidt 7 μα- | HKAGITZ | |
| λιστα] μαλλον G 8 γνησιως G 9 αλλα και τον τροπον Wend. | Jos Eus | |
| 12 παιδεια αυτη G παιδειας διαγ. I 14 ποιυμεν Z παθωμεν Gvid | | ||
| επανηξωμεν K 16 om ει δυνατον Eus 19 ουν ins Eus om Ar codd | ||
| 21 σποθδασω Eus πληρωσω Ar 22 προσηγγελται Eus (cf Jos | ||
| μεμηνυσθαι)] προσαγγελλεται codd | των] pr τα Eus 24 εστι σε] | ||
| αυτοι G | αποτετακται Eus 28 θπολαμβανονται] + δε Eus | ||
| οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἕτερος τρόπος. Μεταλαβὼν δὲ ἕκαστα ὁ βασιλεὺς | ||
| εἶπε γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅπως τὰ προειρημένα | ||
| τελείωσιν λάβῃ.¶ Νομίσας δὲ ἐγὼ καιρὸν εἶναι περὶ ᾧν πολ- | 12 ¶ Eus | |
| λάκις ἠξιώκειν Σωσίβιόν τε τὸν Ταραντῖνον καὶ Ἀνδρέαν, τοὺς | ||
| 5 | ἀρχισωματοφύλακας, περὶ τῆς ἀπρολυτρώσεως τῶν μετηγμένων ἐκ | |
| τῆς Ἰουδαίας ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ βασιλέως—ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἐπελθὼν | ||
| τὰ κατὰ κοίλην Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην ἅπαντα, συγχρώμενος εὐημερίᾳ | ||
| μετὰ ἀνδρείας, τοὺς μὲν μετῴκιζεν, οὕς δὲ ᾐχμαλώτιζε, φόβῳ πὰντα | ||
| ὑποχείρια ποιούμενος· ἐν ὅσῳ καὶ πρὸς δέκα μυριάδας ἐκ τῆς τῶν | ||
| 10 | Ἰουδαίων χώρας εἰς Αἴγυπτον μετήγαγεν, ἀφ᾿ ὧν ὡσεὶ τρεῖς μυριάδας | 13 |
| καθοπλίσας ἀνδρῶν ἐκλεκτῶν εἰς τὴν χώραν κατῴκισεν ἐν τοῖς | ||
| φρουρίοις (ἤδη μὲν καὶ πρότερον ἱκανῶν εἰσεληλυθότων σὺν τῷ | ||
| Πέρσῃ, καὶ πρὸ τούτων ἑτέρων συμμαχιῶν ἐξαπεσταλμένων πρὸς | ||
| τὸν τῶν Αἰθιόπων βασιλέα μάχεσθαι σὺν Ψαμμιτίχῳ· ἀλλ᾿ οὐ | ||
| 15 | τοσοῦτοι τῷ πλήθει παρεγενήθησαν, ὅσους Πτολεμαῖος ὁ τοῦ | |
| Λάγου μετήγαγε)· καθὼς δὲ προείπομεν, ἐπιλὲξας τοὺς ἀρίστους | 14 | |
| ταῖς ἡλικίαις καὶ ῥώμῃ διαφέροντας καθώπλισε, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν χύμα | ||
| πρεσβυτέρων καὶ νεωτέρων, ἔτι δὲ γυναικῶν, εἴασεν εἰς τὴν οἰκετίαν, | ||
| οὐχ οὕτως τῇ προαιρέσει κατὰ ψυχὴν ἔχων, ὡς κατακρατούμενος | ||
| 20 | ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, δἰ ἂς ἐπεποίηντο χρείας ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς | |
| ἀγῶσιν—ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐπεί τινα παρεύρεσιν εἰς τὴν ἀπόλυσιν αὐτῶν | ||
| ἀπελάβομεν, καθὼς προδεδήλωται, τοιούτοις ἐχρησάμεθα λόγοις | ||
| πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Μήποτε ἄλογον ᾖ ἐλέγχεσθαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν | 15 | |
| τῶν πραγμάτων, ὦ βασιλεῦ. τῆς γὰρ νομοθεσίας κειμένης πᾶσι | ||
| 25 | τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ἣν ἡμεῖς οὐ μόνον μεταγράψαι ἐπινοοῦμεν, ἀλλά καὶ | |
| διερμηνεῦσαι, τίνα λόγον ἕξομεν πρὸς ἀποστολήν, ἐν οἰκετίαις | ||
| ὑπαρχόντων ἐν τῇ σῇ βασιλείᾳ πληθῶν ἱκανῶν; ἀλλὰ τελείᾳ καὶ | ||
| πλουσίᾳ ψυχῇ ἀπόλυσον τοὺς συνεχομένους ἐν ταλαιπωρίαις, | ||
| κατευθύνοντός σου τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ τεθεικότος αὐτοῖς θεοῦ τὸν | ||
| 30 | νόμον, καθὼς περιείργασμαι. τὸν γὰρ πάντων ἐπόπτην καὶ κτίστην | 16 |
| 4 ηξιωσα σνεχως τους περι τον Ταρ. G 5 σωματοφυλακας Α | εκ] απο | HKAGI | |
| TZ 8 μετοικ. Z | ους] τους Gvid 11 εκλελεγμενων T | κατελιπεν G | TZ Jos | |
| 12 μεν] + ουν I | ικανως H | συνεληλ. | om συν T 14 Αιθ.] Αιγυττιων T | ||
| 15 τω πληθ. om TZ 18 νεωτ. και πρεσβ. I | δε] + και K 21 ετει] επι | ||
| GI 26 ικετειαις K 28 απολυσας G 29 σου] σοι TZ | ||
| θεὸν οὗτοι σέβονται, ὃν καὶ πάντες, ἡμεῖς δέ, βασιλεῦ, προσονομά- | ||
| ζοντες ἑτέρως Ζῆνα καὶ Δία· τοῦτο δ᾿ οὐκ ἀνοικείως οἱ πρῶτοι | ||
| διεσήμαναν, δἰ ὃν ζωοποιοῦνται τὰ πάντα καὶ γίωεται, τοῦτον | ||
| ἁπάντων ἡγεῖσθαί τε καὶ κυριεύειν. ὑπερηρκὼς δὲ σύμπαντας ἀνθρώ- | ||
| 5 | πους τῇ λαμπρότητι τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπόλυσιν ποίησαι τῶν ἐνεχομένων | |
| ταῖς οἰκετίαις. Οὐδὲ πολὺν χρόνον ἐπισχών, καὶ ἡμῶν κατὰ | 17 | |
| ψυχὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐχομένων, τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτοῦ κατασκευάσαι | ||
| πρὸς τὸ τοὺς ἅπαντας ἀπολυθῆναι (κτίσμα γὰρ ὂν θεοῦ τὸ γένος | ||
| τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ μεταλλοιοῦται καὶ τρέπεται πάλιν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ· | ||
| 10 | διὸ πολλαχῶς καὶ ποικίλως ἐπεκαλούμην τὸν κυριεύοντα κατὰ | |
| καρδίαν, ἵνα συναναγκασθῇ, καθὼς ἠξίουν, ἐπιτελέσαι· μεγάλην | 18 | |
| γὰρ εἶχον ἐλπίδα, περὶ σωτηρίας§ ἀνθρώπων προτιθέμενος λόγον, ὅτι | § B | |
| τὴν ἐπιτέλειαν ὁ θεὸς ποιήσει τῶν ἀξιουμένων· ὃ γὰρ πρὸς δικαιο- | ||
| σύνην καὶ καλῶν ἔργων ἐπιμέλειαν ἐν ὁσιότητι νομίζουσιν ἄνθρωποι | ||
| 15 | ποιεῖν, κατευθύνει τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς ἐπιβολὰς ὁ κυριεύων ἁπάντων | |
| θεός), ὁ δὲ διανακύψας καὶ προσβλέψας ἱλαρῷ τῷ προσώπῳ Πόσας | 19 | |
| ὑπολαμβάνεις μυριάδας ἔσεσθαι; ἔφη. παρεστὼς δὲ Ἀνδρέας | ||
| ἀπεφήνατο Βραχεῖ πλεῖον μυριάδων δέκα. ὁ δέ, Μικρόν γε, εἶπεν, | ||
| Ἀριστέας ἡμᾶς ἀξιοῖ πρᾶγμα. Σωσίβιος δὲ καὶ τῶν παρόντων | ||
| 20 | τινὲς τοῦτ᾿ εἶπον Καὶ γὰρ ἄξιόν ἐστι τῆς σῆς μεγαλοψυχίας, ὅπως | |
| χαριστήριον ἀναθῇ τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ τὴν τούτων ἀπόλυσιν. μεγίστως | ||
| γὰρ τετιμημένος ὑπὸ τοῦ κρατοῦντος τὰ πάντα καὶ δεδοξασμένος | ||
| ὑπὲρ τοὺς προγόνους, εἰ καὶ μέγιστα ποιήσεις χαριστήρια, καθῆκόν | ||
| ἐστί σοι. Διαχυθεὶς δὲ εὖ μάλα τοῖς ὀψωνίοις εἶπε προσθεῖναι, | 20 | |
| 25 | καὶ σώματος ἑκάστου κομίζεσθαι δραχμὰς εἴκοσι, καὶ περὶ τούτων | |
| ἐκθεῖναι πρόσταγμα, τὰς δὲ ἀπογραφὰς ποιεῖσθαι παῤ αὐτά, | ||
| μεγαλείως χρησάμενος τῇ προθυμίᾳ, τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν πᾶσαν ἐπιτελέ- | ||
| σαντος ἡμῶν προαίρεσιν, καὶ συναναγκάσαντος αὐτὸν ἀπολυτρῶσαι | ||
| μὴ μόνον τοὺς συνεληλυθότας τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τοῦ πατρός, ἀλλὰ καὶ | ||
1 ω βασιλευ TZ 2 ετερως AR codd] ετυμως hic hab Jos sed fort pro |
HKAGIBT | |
| ουκ ανοικειως | ζηνα· (al ζην· α) και δια τουπο δ codd (δ codd (δ om T) | Z Jos | |
| 3 τουτων Z 5 απολ. ποι.] αποποιησαι I 6 ικετιαις I 8 ον] ων Z 12 om γαρ | ||
| TZ | υποτιθεμενος B* (προστιθ. Bcorr) | στε Z 13 δικαιοσ.] ελεημοσυνην G | ||
| 15 βουλας B επιβουλ. T 16 διακυψας A ανακυψας G 18 Βραχει] pr | ||
| εν λογω B βραχυ K | ενδεκα Jos 19 αξιω G 24 εφη B 25 δραγμας I | ||
| εἴ τινες προῆσαν, ἢ μετὰ ταῦτα παρεισήχθησαν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν. | ||
| ὑπὲρ τὰ τετρακόσια τάλαντα τὴν δόσιν ἀπέφαινον εἶναι. καὶ τοῦ | 21 | |
| προστάγματος δὲ τὸ ἀντίγραφον οὐκ ἄχρηστον οἴομαι κατακε- | ||
| χωρίσθαι. πολλῷ γὰρ ἡ μεγαλομοιρία φανερωτέρα καὶ εὔδηλος | ||
| 5 | ἔσται τοῦ βασιλέως, τοῦ θεοῦ κατισχύοντος αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σωτηρίαν | |
| γενέσθαι πλήθεσιν ἱκανοῖς. ἦν δὲ τοιοῦτο Τοῦ βασιλέως προσ- | 22 | |
| τάξαντος—Ὅσοι τῶν συνεστρατευμένων τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ | ||
| Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην τόπους ἐπελθόντες τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων χώραν | ||
| ἐγκρατεῖς ἐγένοντο σωμάτων Ἰουδαϊκῶν καὶ ταῦτα διακεκομίκασιν εἴς | ||
| 10 | τε τήν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν ἢ καὶ πεπράκασιν ἑτέροις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ | |
| εἴ τινες προῆσαν ἢ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτά εἰσιν εἰσηγμένοι τῶν τοιούτων, | ||
| ἀπολύειν παρὰ χρῆμα τοὺς ἔχπμτας, κομιζομένους αὐτίκα ἑκάστου | ||
| σώματος δραχμὰς εἴκοσι, τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας τῇ τῶν ὀψωνίων | ||
| δόσει, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς τραπέζης. νομίζομεν | 23 | |
| 15 | γὰρ καὶ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν βούλησιν καὶ παρὰ τὸ καλῶς | |
| ἔχον ᾐχμαλωτεῦσθαι τούτους, διὰ δὲ τὴν στρατιωτικὴν προπέτειαν | ||
| τήν τε χώραν αὐτῶω κατεφθάρθαι καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων μεταγωγὴν | ||
| εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονέναι· ἱκανὴ γὰρ ἦν ἡ παρὰ τὸ πεδίον | ||
| γεγονυῖα ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὠφέλεια· διὸ παντελῶς ἀνεπιεικής | ||
| ἐστι καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καταδυναστεία. πᾶσιν οὖν ἀνθρώποις τὸ | 24 | |
| δίκαιον ἀπονέμειν ὁμολογούμενοι, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἀλόγως | ||
| καταδυναστευομένοις, καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἐκζητοῦντες τὸ καλῶς ἔχον πρός | ||
| τε τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν κατὰ πάντων εὐσέβειαν, προστετάχαμεν ὅσα | ||
| τῶν Ἰοθδαϊκῶν ἐστι σωμάτων
ἐν οἰκετίαις πανταχῆ
καθ᾿ ὁντινοῦν |
||
| 25 | τρόπον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ, κομιζομένους τοὺς ἔχοντας τὸ προκείμενον | |
| κεφάλαιον ἀπολύειν, καὶ μηδένα κακοσχόλως περὶ τούτων μηδὲν | ||
| οἰκονομεῖν· τὰς δ᾿ ἀπογραφὰς ἐν ἡμέραις τρισίν, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἡμέρας | ||
| ἐκκεῖται τὸ πρόσταγμα, ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς τοὺς καθεσταμένους περὶ | ||
| 2 υπερ Fort deperiit aliquid ante hoc verbum | τριακοσια TB (τ) | HKAGIBT | |
| 3 κατακεχωπισθαι BT* vid (-ησθαι)] κατακεχωρισται cett 6 του βασ. | Z Jos | |
| προστ. (cum praeced conj codd) ad decretum refert Wend. quasi titulum | ||
| habet Nestle 9 εγκρατεις—την χωραν 10 om BTZ 12 κομιζομενου T | ||
| 13 δραγμας BTZ | τους] + εχοντας BTZ 17 om των BTZ | ||
| 21 ομολογουμενως HKAGIT* vid -μενοις ZTcorr vid txt ex corr Schmidt | ||
| 23 παντα B 21 εστι] + των HAGI | οικεταις TZ | πανταχη ex conj] παντι μη HKAITZ παντα μη G παντι B παντι και We. | οντινα ουν KBT | ||
| 28 κατεσταμενους HKATZ κατεσταλμ. GI | ||
| τούτων, καταδεικνύντας εὐθὺ καὶ τὰ σώματα. διειλήξαμεν γὰρ καὶ | 25 | |
| ἡμῖν συμφέρειν καὶ τοῖς πράγμασι τοῦτ᾿ ἐπιτλεσθῆναι. τὸν δὲ | ||
| βουλόμενον προσαγγέλλειν περὶ τῶν ἀπειθησάντων, ἐφ᾿ ᾧ τοῦ φανέν- | ||
| τος ἐνόχου τὴν κυρίαν ἕξειν· τὰ δὲ ὑπάρχοντα τῶν τοιούτων εἰς | ||
| 5 | τὸ βασιλικὸν ἀναληφθήσειται. Εἰσδοθέντος τοῦ προστάγ- | 26 |
| ματος, ὅπως ἐπαναγνωσθῇ τῷ βασιλεῖ, τὰ ἄλλα πάντ᾿ ἔχοντος | ||
| πλὴν τοῦ Καὶ εἴ τινες προῆσαν ἢ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσηγμένοι εἰσι | ||
| τῶν τοιούτων, αὐτὸς τοῦτο ὁ βασιλεὺς προσέθηκε, μεγαλομοιρίᾳ | ||
| καὶ μεγαλοψυχίᾳ χρησάμενος, ἐκέλευσέ τε τῶν διαφόρων δόσιν | ||
| 10 | ἀθρόαν οὖσαν ἀπομερισαι τοῖς ὑπηρέταις τῶν ταγμάτων καὶ βασι- | |
| λικοῖς τραπεζίταις. οὕτω δοχθὲν ἐκεκύρωτο ἐν ἡμέραις ἑπτά· πλεῖον | 27 | |
| δὲ ταλάντων ἑξακοσίων ἑξήκοντα ἡ δόσις ἐγεγονει. πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ | ||
| τῶν ἐπιμαστιδίων τέκνων σὺν ταῖς μητράσιν ἐλευθεροῦντο. προσαν- | ||
| ενεχθέντος εἰ καὶ περὶ τούτων εἰκοσαδραχμία δοθήσεται, καὶ τοῦτ᾿ | ||
| 15 | ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ποιεῖν, ὁλοσχερῶς περὰ τοῦ δόξαντος ἅπαντ᾿ | |
| ἐπιτελῶν. | ||
| § Ὡς δὲ κατεπράχθη ταῦτα, τὸν Δημήτριον ἐκέλευσεν εἰσδοῦναι | 28 § Eus | |
| περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν βιβλίων ἀναγραφῆς. πάντα γὰρ διὰ | ||
| προσταγμάτων καὶ μεγάλης ἀσφαλείας τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τούτοις | ||
| 20 | διῳκεῖτο, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπερριμμένως οὐδ᾿ εἰκῇ. διόπερ καὶ τὸ τῆς | |
| εἰσδόσεως καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα κατακεχώρικα, καὶ τὸ | ||
| τῶν ἀπεσταλμένων πλῆθος καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου κατασκευήν, διὰ τὸ | ||
| μεγαλομοιρίᾳ καὶ τέχνη διαφέρειν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν. τῆς δὲ εἰσδό- | ||
| σεώς ἐστιν ἀντίγραφον τόδε Βασιλεῖ μεγάλῳ παρὰ Δημητρίου. | 29 | |
| 25 | προστάξαντός σου, βασιλεῦ, περὶ τῶν ἀπολιπόντων εἰς τὴν συμπλή- | |
| ρωσιν τῆς βιβλιοθήκης βιβλίων, ὅπως ἐπισυναχθῇ, καὶ τὰ διαπεπ- | ||
| τωκότα τύχῃ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπισκευῆς, πεποιημένος οὐ παρέργως | ||
| 3 εφ ω ex conj
(cf. |
HKAGIBT | |
| + ουν B δε Wend. cum cod Mon (Jos) 7 ει καὶ Κ | η] ει GIZ | εισιν | Z Jos Eus | |
| εισηγ. Wend. cum cod Mon 8 αυτος Wend. cum Jos] αυτο codd | ||
| 10 ουσαν] + δοσιν B 11 πλειων TZ 12 εξηκ. καὶ τετρακοσ. Jos | ||
| 13 ηλευθ. B 14 προσανεν.] + δε We. (cod Mon) 15 ολοσχ. ποι. ο β. B | ||
| 17 τω Δημητριω BT | εκδουναι Eusi et Joscodd aliq 18 αναγραφης Jos et | ||
| Eus] αντιγραφης Ar codd omn 19 ασφαλ.] ακριβειας Eus 20 διωκητο | ||
| Ar codd txt Eus (διωκειται Eusº) | καὶ 1º] ins Eus om Ar | το Eus] τα Ar | ||
| 21 εκδοσεως BTZ Euscodd aliq 24 αντιγραφον (-φα B) εστιν ουτως BT | ||
| 25 προστεταχοτος Eusº | απολειφθεντων Eus 26 της] + δια Eusº | ||
| τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἐπιμέλειαν, προσαναφέρω σοι τάδε. τοῦ νόμου | 30 | |
| τῶν Ἰουδαίων βιβλία σὺν ἑτέροις ὀλίγοις τισὶν ἀπολείπει· τυγχάνει | ||
| γὰρ Ἑβραϊκοῖς γράμμασι καὶ φωνῇ λεγόμενα, ἀμελέστερον δέ, καὶ | ||
| οὐχ ὡς ὑπάρχει, σεσήμανται, καθὼς ὑπὸ τῶν εἰδότων προσανα- | ||
| 5 | φέρεται· προνοίας γὰρ βασιλικῆς οὐ τέτευχε. δέον δέ ἐστι καὶ | 31 |
| ταῦθ᾿ ὑπάρχειν παρά σοι διηκριβωμένα, διὰ τὰ καὶ φιλοσαφωτέραν | ||
| εἶναι καὶ ἀκέραιον τήν νομοθεσίαν ταύτην, ὡς ἄν οὖσαν θείαν. διὸ | ||
| πόρρω γεγόονασιν οἵ τε συγγραφεῖς καὶ ποιηταὶ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἱστορικῶν | ||
| πλῆθος τῆς ἐπιμνήσεως τῶν προειρημένων βιβλίων, καὶ τῶν κατ᾿ | ||
| 10 | αὐτὰ πεπολιτευμένων [καὶ πολιτευομένων] ἀνδρῶν, διὰ τὸ ἁγνήν τινα | |
| καὶ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρίαν, ὥς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος ὁ | ||
| Ἀβδηρίτης. ἐὰν οὖν φαίνηται, βασιλεῦ, γραφήσεται πρὸς τὸν | 32 | |
| ἀρχιερέα τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, ἀποστεῖλαι τοὺς μάλιστα καλῶς | ||
| βεβιωκότας καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ὄντας ἄνδρας, ἐμπειρους τῶν κατὰ | ||
| 15 | τὸν νόμον τὸν ἑαυτῶν, ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως τὸ σύμξωνον ἐκ | |
| τῶν πλειόνων ἐξετάσαντες καὶ λαβόντες τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν | ||
| ἀκριβές, ἀξίως καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆ σῆς προαιρέσεως, θῶμεν | ||
| εὐσήμως. εὐτύχει διὰ παντός. Τῆς δὲ εἰσδόσεως ταύτης γενο- | 33 | |
| μένης, ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον περὶ | ||
| 20 | τούτων, σημάναντας καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν αἰχμα- | |
| λώτων. ἔδωλε δὲ καὶ εἰς κατασκευὴν | ||
| τραπέζης καὶ σπονδείων χρυσίου μὲν ὁλκῆς τάλαντα πεντήκοντα | ||
| καὶ ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ λίθων ἑκανόν τι πλῆθος— | ||
| ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς ῥισκοφύλακας τοῖς τεχωίταις, ὡν ἂν προαιρῶνται, | ||
| 25 | τὴν ἐκλογὴν διδόναι—καὶ νομίσματος εἰς θυσίας καὶ ἄλλα πρὸς | |
| τάλαντα ἑκατόν. δηλώσομεν δέ σοι περὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς, ὡς ἂν | 34 | |
| τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα διέλθωμεν. ἦν δὲ ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως | ||
| ἐπιστολὴ τὸν τύπον ἔχουσα τοῦτον Βασιλεὺς Πτολεμαῖος | 35 | |
1 εν] επι H | ταδε] τα δε cum seqq conj Ar Eus 5 τετυχηκε Jos |
HKAGIBT | |
| Eus | ετι Eus 10 αυτας Ar et Eusio. Fort βιβλων supra legendum | και | Z Jos Eus | |
| πολιτευομενων om Eus et Josvid 11 om φησιν Eusi 12 om ουν Eusº | | ||
| φαιν. Eus] φανηται Ar codd φανηται σοι εννομον B 14 om οντας Eus | ||
| 15 αφ Jos Eus] εφ HAGIBT 18 εκδοσεως Eusi 20 σημαναντα Ar | ||
| txt Eus et Josvid (δηλουντας) | γεναμενην GBvidTZ 23 ικανων I καλον | ||
| Eusi 24 χρηματοφυλ. Eus | om τοις Eusi | om αν BTZ | προαιρουνται B | ||
| 25 νομισματα BT txt codd cett Eus Jos | ||
| Ἐλεαζάρῳ ἀρχιερεῖ χαίρειν καὶ ἐρρῶσθαι. ἐπεὶ συμβαίνει πλείονας | ||
| τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν κατῳκίσθαι γενηθέντας ἀνα- | ||
| σπάστους ἐκ τῶν Ἱεροςολύμνω ὑπὸ Περσῶν, καθ᾿ ὃν ἐπεκράτουν | ||
| χρόνον, ἔτι δὲ καὶ συνεληλυθέναι τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον | ||
| 5 | αἰχμαλώτους,—ἀφ᾿ ὧν πλείονας εἰς τὸ στρατιωτικὸν σύνταγμα | 36 |
| κατεχώρισεν ἐπὶ μείζοσι μισθοφορίαις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς προόντας | ||
| κρίνας πιστοὺς φρούρια κτίσας ἀπέδωκεν αὐτοῖς, ὅπως τὸ τῶν Αἰγυ- | ||
| πτίων ἔθνος φόβον [μὴ] ἔχῃ διὰ τούτων· καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ παραλαβόντες | ||
| τὴν βασιλείαν φιλανθρωπότερον ἀπαντῶμεν τοῖς πᾶσι, πολὺ δὲ | ||
| 10 | μᾶλλον τοῖς σοῖς πολίταις—ὑπὲρ δέκα μυριάδας αἰχμαλώτων ἠλευ- | 37 |
| θερώκαμεν, ἀποδόντες τοῖς κρατοῦσι τὴν κατ᾿ ἀξίαν ἀργθρολὴν τιμήν, | ||
| διορθούμενοι καὶ εἴ τι κακῶς ἐπράχθη διὰ τὰς τῶν ὄχλων ὁρμάς, | ||
| διειληφότες εὐσεβῶς τοῦτο πρᾶξαι, καὶ τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ χαριστικὸν | ||
| ἀνατιθέντεσ, ὃς ἡμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ δόκῃ κρατίστῃ | ||
| 15 | παῤ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην διατετήρηκεν· εἴς τε τὸ στράτευμα τοὺς | |
| ἀκμαιοτάτους ταῖς ἡλικίαις τετάχαμεν, τοὺς δὲ δυναμένους καὶ περὶ | ||
| ἡμᾶς εἶναι, τῆς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν πίστεως ἀξίους, ἐπὶ χρειῶν καθεστά- | ||
| καμεν. βουλομένων δ᾿ ἡμῶν καὶ τούτοις χαρίζεσθαι καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς | 38 | |
| κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην Ἰουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς μετέπειτα, προῃρήμεθα τὸν | ||
| 20 | νόμον ὑμῶν μεθερμηνευθῆναι γράμμασιν Ἑλληνικοῖς ἐκ τῶν παῤ | |
| ὑμῶν λεγομένων Ἑβραϊκῶν γραμμάτων, ἵν᾿ ὑπάρχῃ καὶ ταῦτα παῤ | ||
| ἡμῖν ἐν βιβλιοθήκῃ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις βασιλικοῖς βιβλίοις. καλῶς | 39 | |
| οὖν ποιήσεις καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας σπουδῆς ἀξίως ἐπιλεξάμενος ἄνδρας | ||
| καλῶς βεβιωκότας πρεσβυτέρους, ἐμπειρίαν ἔχοντας τοῦ νόμου, καὶ | ||
| 25 | δυνατοὺς ἑρμηνεῦσαι, ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστξς φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως ἐκ τῶν πλείονων | |
| τὸ σύμξωνον εὑρεθῇ, διὰ τὸ περὶ μειζόνων εἶναι τὴν σκέψιν. | ||
| οἰόμεθα γάρ ἐπιτελεσθέντος τούτου μεγάλην ἀποίσεσθαι δόξαν. | ||
| 1 επει συμβ. KZ Eus] επισυμβαινει codd cett 2 κατοικεισθαι Ar codd | HKAGIBT | |
| κατωκεισθαι Eus txt Josvid | αναρπαστους HKA Eusedd txt GIBTZ Eusi | Z Jos Eus | |
| 4 συνεισελ. Gvid I Eusi 5 ων ] + και Eus 6 προοντας BcorrTZ Eus] | ||
| παροντας HKAGIB* vid 8 μη hab Ar codd omn om Jos Eus recte ut | ||
| videtur | εχει GI 11 αργυρ. κατ. αξ. Z 13 πρασσειν Eus | χαριστηριον | ||
| B txt codd cett Eus 14 δοξη] + τη Eus 16 και om GI 17 της] | ||
| pr και Eus | αξιως ZT? | επι χειρων κατεστακαμεν (-ησαμεν B) Ar codd | ||
| επικρινων κατεστησα Eus txt emend Schmidt 21 υμιν (-ωνi) εβρ. λεγ. Eus | ||
| 23 επιλεξας Eus txt Ar Jos 25 δυναμενους BT | ||
| ἀπεστάλκαμεν δὲ περὶ τούτων Ἀνδρέαν τῶν ἀρχισωματοφυλάκων | 40 | |
| καὶ Ἀριστέαν, τιμωμένους παῤ ἡμῖν, διαλεξομένους σοι καὶ κομί- | ||
| ζοντας ἀπαρχὰς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἀναθημάτων καὶ εἰς θυσίας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα | ||
| ἀργυρίου τὰλαντα ἑκατόν. γράφων δὲ καὶ σὺ πρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ ὧν ἐὰν | ||
| 5 | βούλῃ κεχαρισμένος ἔσῃ, καὶ φιλίας ἄξιόν τι πράξεις, ὡς ἐπιτελεσ- | |
| θησομένων τὴν ταχίστην περὶ ὧν ἂν αἱρῇ. ἔρρωσο. Πρὸς | 41 | |
| ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀντέγραψεν ἐνδεχομένως ὁ Ἐλεάζαρος | ||
| ταῦτα Ἐλεάζαρος ἀρχιερεὺς βασιλεῖ Πτολεμαέῳ φίλῳ | ||
| γνησίῳ χαίρειν. αὐτός τε ἔρρωσο καὶ ἡ βασίλισσα Ἀρσινόη, | ||
| 10 | ἡ ἀδελφή, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι καὶ ὡς βουλόμεθα, καὶ | |
| αὐτοὶ δὲ ὑγιαίνομεν. λαβόντες τὴν παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστολὴν μεγάλως | 42 | |
| ἐχάρημεν διὰ τὴν προαίρεσίν σου καὶ τὴν καλὴν βουλήν, καὶ συνα- | ||
| γαγόντες τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος παρανέγνωμεν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα εἰδῶσιν ἣν ἔχεις | ||
| πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν εὐσέβειαν. ἐπεδείξαμεν δὲ καὶ τὰς διάλας ἃς | ||
| 15 | ἀπέστειλας, χρυσᾶς εἴκοσι καὶ ἀργυρᾶς τριάκοντα, κρατῆρας πέντε, | |
| καὶ τράπεζαν εἱς ἀνάθεσιν, καὶ εἰς προσαγωγὴν θυσιῶν καὶ εἰς | ||
| ἐπισκευὰς ὧν ἂν δέηται τὸ ἱερὸν ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑκατόν, ἅπερ | 43 | |
| ἐκόμισεν Ἀνδρέας τῶν τετιμημένων παρὰ σοὶ καὶ Ἀριστέας, ἄνδρες | ||
| καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντες καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀγωγῆς καὶ | ||
| 20 | δικαιοσύνης ἄξιοι κατὰ πάντα· οἳ καὶ μετέδωκαν ἡμῖν τὰ παρὰ σοῦ, | |
| πρὸς ἃ λαὶ παῤ ἡμῶν ἀκηκόασιν ἁρμόζοντα τοῖς σοῖς γράμμασι. | ||
| πάντα γὰρ ὅσα σοι συμφέρει, καὶ εἰ παρὰ φύσιν ἐστίν, ὑπακουσό- | 44 | |
| μεθα· τοῦτο γὰρ φιλίας καὶ ἀγαπήσεως σημεῖόν ἐστι. μεγάλα γὰρ | ||
| καὶ σὺ καὶ ἀνεπίληστα τοὺς πολίτας ἡμῶν κατὰ πολλοὺς τρόπους | ||
1 τουτων Jos Eus] τουτου Ar | τον αρχισωματοφυλακα B (αρχι sup lin |
HKAGIBT | |
| prima manu) TZ Jos txt Ar codd cett Eusi (των σωμ.º) 2 Αρισταιον Jos | Z Jos Eus | |
| Eusº (-εαν Eusi cum Ar codd) | κομιζοντες Z 4 γραφε BT Eus txt codd | ||
| cett et Josvid | αν B Eusº (εαν Eusi cum codd cett) 5 κεχαρ.] και χαρισαμενος | ||
| Ar codd κεχαρισμενος γαρ Eus 7 ταυτ. την επ.] ταυτα Eusº | ||
| 8 ταδε Eusi
(ουτωςº) 9
ει αυτος τε ερρωσαι Eus txt (cf |
||
| Ar codd (-σαι Z) 12 συναγοντες K 13 ανεγνωμεν Gcorr vid Jos παρεγν. | ||
| IG*?B* + αυτην Eusº Jos 16 προαγωγην Z 17 προσδεηται Eus txt | ||
| Ar codd Jos 18 εκομιζον Ar codd -σεν Eusi (-ζεν cett) -σαν Jos | Ανδρεας] | ||
| ανδρες B | και] pr Ανδρεας Jos Eusº (-εαςi) 20 παρεδωκαν | ||
| B 21 γραμμασι] οραγμασι Eus 24 και συ BT (σοι G και σοι IZ cf | ||
| Jos τας σας ευεργεσιας)] om codd cett Eus | ανεπιληπτα A ] πολλους τροπους | ||
| Eus (cf Jos πολυμερως)] πολλοις HA πολυ K πολλους cett | ||
| εὐηργέτηκας. εὐθέως οὖν προσηγάγομεν ὑπὲρ θυσίας καὶ τῆς | 45 | |
| ἀδελφῆς καὶ τῶν τέκνων καὶ τῶ φίλων· καὶ ηὔξατο πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, | ||
| ἵνα σοι γένηται καθὼς προαιρῇ διὰ παντός, καὶ διασώζῃ σοι τὴν | ||
| βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ μετὰ δόξης ὁ κυριεύων ἁπάντων θεός, καὶ ὅπως | ||
| 5 | γένηταί σοι συμφερόντως καὶ μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἡ τοῦ ἁγίου νόμου | |
| μεταγραφή. παρόντων δὲ πάντων ἐπελέξαμεν ἄνδρας καλοὺς καὶ | 46 | |
| ἀγαθοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, οὓς καὶ ἀπεστείλαμεν | ||
| ἔχοντας τὸν νόμον. καλῶς οὖν ποιήσεις, βασιλεῦ δίκαιε, προστάξας, | ||
| ὡς ἂν ἡ μεταγραφὴ γένηται τῶν βιβλίων, ἵνα πάλιν ἀποκαταστα- | ||
| 10 | θῶσι πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀσφαλῶς οἱ ἄνδρες. ἔρρωσο.¶ Εἰσὶ δὲ πρώτης | 47 ¶Jos Eus |
| φυλῆς· Ἰώσηφος Ἐζεκίας Ζαχαρίας Ἰωάννης Ἐζεκίας Ἐλισσαῖος. | ||
| δεθτέρας· Ἰούδας Σίμων Σομόηλος Ἀδαῖος Ματταθίας Ἐσχλεμίας. | ||
| τρίτης· Νεεμίας Ἰώσηφος Θεοδόσιος Βασέας Ὀρνίας Δάκις. | ||
| τετάρτης· Ἰωνάθας Ἀβραῖος Ἐλισσαῖος Ἁνανίας Χαβρίας . . . | 48 | |
| 15 | πέμπτης· Ἴσακος Ἰάκωβος Ἰησοῦς Σαββαταῖος Σίμων Λευίς. | |
| ἕκτης· Ἰούδας Ἰώσηφος Σίμων Ζαχαρίας Σομόηλος Σελεμίας. | ||
| ἑβδόμης· §Σαββαταῖος Σεδεκίας Ἰάκωβος Ἴσαχος Ἰησίας Νατθαῖος. | 49 § C | |
| ὀγδόης· Θεοδόσιος Ἰάσων Ἰησοῦς Θεόδοτος Ἰωάννης Ἰωνάθας. | ||
| ἐνάτης· Θεόφιλος Ἄβραμος Ἄρσαμος Ἰάσων Ἐνδεμίας Δανίηλος. | ||
| 20 | δεκάτης· Ἰερεμίας Ἐλεάζαρος Ζαχαρίας Βανέας Ἐλισσαῖος Δαθαῖος. | 50 |
| ἑνδεκάτης· Σαμούηλος Ἰώσηφος Ἰούδας Ἰωνάθης Χαβεῦ Δοσίθεος. | ||
| δωδεκάτης· Ἰσάηλος Ἰωάννης Θεοδόσιος Ἄρσαμος Ἀβιήτης Ἐζε- | ||
| κῇλος. οἱ πάντες ἑβδομήκοντα δύο. Καὶ τὰ μὲν πρὸς τὴν | 51 | |
| τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴν
τοιαύτης ἐτύγχανεν ἀντιγραῆς ὑπὸ |
||
| 25 | τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον. | |
4 om εν BT | κθριευοντωων απαντων BT 5 om σαι Eus 6 om δε |
HKAGIBC | |
| Eus | επελεξαμεν Jos] επιλεξαμην (sic) Eusi εξελεξαμην Eusº επελεξαμεθα | TZ Jos Eus | |
| (απελ. BT om Z) Ar codd 7 απεσταλκαμεν Eus Josvid (πεπομφαμεν) | ||
| 10 οι ανδρ. ασφ. K om ασφ. GI 11 Ιωσηπος ιεζεκιας B 12 Ματθιας | ||
| ΚΑ | Σεχλεμιας Bvid 13 Ιωσηπος B* vid | Βασαιασ T Βασβιας Z | ||
| 14 Αζραιος B | post Χαβριας nomen excidit for Χελκιας (Epiphan. De | ||
| mens. et pond. 9 vers. Syr.) Wend. 15 Σαβατταιος I 16 Σιμων | ||
| Ιωσηφος HKA 17, 18 om Σedek.—Θεοδοσιος I om Σεδεκ.—Ιησους Αtxt | ||
| ins Amg om Ισαχος—Νατθαιος C 17 Ιεισιας GZ | Ματθαιος HKA | ||
| 18 Ιωναθαν B 19 Δανιλ TZ om C 20 Βαναιας BCTZ | Θαδδαιος Z | ||
| 22 δωδεκατος C 24 επιβολην AGICT* (-βουλ. T1) | υπο] υπερ codd | ||
§Ὡς δὲ ἐπηγγειλάμην καὶ τὰ τῶν κατασκευασμάτων διασαφῆσαι, |
§Jos | |
| ποιήσω. πολυτεχνίᾳ γὰρ διαφέροντα συνετελέσθη, τοῦ βασθκέως | ||
| πολλὴν ἐπίδοσιν ποιουμένου καὶ παῤ ἕκαστον ἐπιθεωροῦντος τοὺς | ||
| τεχωίτας. διὸ παριδεῖν οὐδὲν ἡδύναντο οὐδὲ εἰκῇ συντελέσαι. | ||
| 5 | πρῶτον δέ σοι τὰ περὶ τῆς τραπέζης ἐξηγήσομαι. Προεθυ- | 52 |
| μεῖτο μὲν οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὐπέροπλόν τι ποιῆσαι τοῖς μέτροις τὸ | ||
| κατασκεύασμα. προσέταξε δὲ πυθέσθαι τῶν ἀνὰ τὸν τόπον, πηλίκη | ||
| τίς ἐστιν ἡ προοῦσα καὶ κειμένη κατά τὸ ἑερὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις. | ||
| ὡς δὲ ἀπεφήναντο τὰ μέτρα, προσεπηρώτησεν, εἰ κατασκευάσει | 53 | |
| 10 | μείζονα. τινὲς μὲν οὖν καὶ τῶ ἱερέων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔλεγον μηδέν | |
| ἐπικωλύειν. ὁ δέ εἶπε βούλεσθαι καὶ πεωταπλῆν τοῖς μεγέθεσι | ||
| ποιῆσαι, διστάζειν δὲ μήποτε ἄχρηστος γένηται πρὸς τὰς λειτουρ- | ||
| γίας. οὐ γὰρ αἱρεῖσθαι τὸ
κεῖσθαι μόνον ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τὰ
παῤ |
54 | |
| αὐτοῦ, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον χάριν ἕξειν, ἐὰν τὰς καθηκούσας λειτουργίας | ||
| 15 | ἐπὶ τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κατεσκευασμένων οἷς καθῆκε ποιῶνται δεόντως. | |
| οὐ γὒρ ἕνεκεν σπάνεως χρυσοῦ τὰ προσυντετελεσμένα βραχύμετρα | 55 | |
| καθέστηκεν, ἀλλὰ φαίνεται πρός τινα λόγον, εἶπεν, οὕτως συνεστη- | ||
| κέναι τοῖς μέτροις. ἔτι γὰρ ἐπιταγῆς οὔσης οὐθὲν ἂν ἐσπάνιζε· | ||
| διόπερ οὐ παραβατέον οὐδὲ ὑπερθετέον τὰ καλῶς ἔχοντα. τῇ μὲν | 56 | |
| 20 | οὖν ποικιλίᾳ τῶν τεχνῶν ἐκέλευσεν ὅτι μάλιστα χρήσασθαι, σεμνῶς | |
| ἅπαντα διανοούμενος καὶ φύσιν ἔχων ἀγαθὴν εἰς τὸ συνιδεῖν πραγ- | ||
| μάτων ἔμφασιν. ὅσα δ᾿ ἂν ᾖ ἄγραφα, πρὸς καλλονὴν ἐκέλευσε | ||
| ποιεῖν· ὅσα δὲ διὰ γραπτῶν, μέτρα αὐτοῖς κατακολουθῆσαι. | ||
 γὰρ
 ,  δὲ
 |
57 | |
| 25 | συνετέλουν, 
στερεὰν πάντοθεν τὴν ποίησιν ἐργα- |
|
| 24 |
||
1 των] pr κατα GIC | επισκευασματων B σκευασμ. B 2 om ποιησω |
HKAGIB | |
| BU 3 επιθεωρουντας CTZ 4 ουδεν] ουδε B 6 om ουν C 7 om | CTZ Jos | |
| δε Z 11 κωλυειν BCTZ Jos | βουλεσθαι—δε 12 om BCTZ 12 μηποτε] | ||
| μητε GI 13 τα ins Schmidt 14 καταθηκουσας GI 16 ενεκα | ||
| B | προσσυν. A* (προσυν. Acorr) προτετ. B (συν suprascr pr man) 18 ετι γαρ | ||
| επιταγης bene conj Mend. cf § 103] οιδα γαρ ως δαψιλους της υλης αυτοις | ||
| B ετι γαρ επι τα (τας CT*Z) της codd cett | αν om H supra lin Z 22 εγγραφα | ||
| K 24 πηχεων] pr και ημισους Jos qui et post μηκος add (ex LXX. | ||
| vid) ενος δε το ευρος | ||
| σάμενοι, λέγω δὲ οὐ περί τι περιεπτυγμένου τοῦ χρυσοῦ, τὸν δὲ | ||
ἐλασμὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιδεδέσθαι.
δὲ ἐποίησαν  |
58 | |
 ·
τὰ δὲ  ,
τὴ ἀναγλυφὴν ἔχοντα σχοινί- |
||
| δων ἔκτυπον, τῇ τορείᾳ θαυμαστῶς ἔχουσαν ἐκ τῶν τριῶν μερῶν˙ | ||
| 5 | ἦν γὰρ τριγωνία. καὶ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον μέρος ἡ διατύπωσις τῆς ἐωεργείας | 59 |
| τὴν αὐτὴν διάθεσιν εἶχεν, ὥστε, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν μέρος στρέφοιτο, τὴν | ||
| πρόσοψιν εἶναι τὴν αὐτήν, κειμένου δὲ κατὰ τῆς στεφάνης τὸ μὲν | ||
| εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν τράπεζαν ¶ ἀπόκλιμα τὴν διατύπωσιν ἔχειν τῆς ὡραιό- | ¶ H | |
| τητος, τὸ δὲ ἐκτὸς κλίμα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ προσάγοντος εἶναι θεωρίαν. | ||
| 10 | διὸ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ὀξεῖαν εἶναι τῶν δύο κλιμάτων συνέβαινε, μετέωρον | 60 |
| ἐπικειμένη, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, τριγώνου κατεσκευασμένου, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν | ||
| μέρος στρέφοιτο. λίθων τε πολυτελῶν ἐν αὐτῷ διαθέσεις ὑπῆρχον | ||
| ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν σχοινίδων· ἕτερος παρὰ ἕτερον πλοκὴν εἶχον ἀμί- | ||
| μητον τῇ ποιήσει. πάντες δ᾿ ἦσαν διὰ τρημάτων κατειλημμένοι | 61 | |
| 15 | χρυσαῖς περόναις πρὸς τὴν ἀσφάλειαν. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν γωνιῶν αἱ | |
| κατακλεῖδες συνέσφιγγον πρὸς τὴν συνοχήν. ἐκ πλαγ͗ων δὲ κατὰ | 62 | |
| τὴν στεφάνην κυκλόθεν τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἄνω πρόσπψιν ᾠοθεσία κατε- | ||
| σκεύαστο διάλιθος, † ἐκτύπωσιν ἔχουσα προσοχῆς † συνεχέσιν ἀνα- | ||
| γλυφαῖς ῥαβδωταῖς, πυκνὴν ἐχούσαις τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα θέσιν περὶ | ||
| 20 | ὅλην τὴν τράπεζαν. ὑπὸ τὴν ἐκτύπωσιν τῶν λίθων τῆς | 63 |
| ᾠοθεσίας, στέφανον ἐποίησαν οἱ τεχωῖται πάγκαρπον, ἐν ὑπεροχῇ | ||
| προδήλως ἔχοντα βοτρύων καὶ σταχύων, ἔτι δὲ φοινίκων καὶ μήλων | ||
| ἐλαίας τε καὶ ῥοῶν καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων. τοὺς δὲ λίθους ἐργασά- | ||
| μενοι πρὸς τὴν τῶν προειρημένων καρπῶν διατύπωσιν, ἔχοντας | ||
1 χρυσου] ad hoc Acorr in mg add ου κατα τι μερος της τραπεζης |
HKAGIB | |
| συνεσταλμενου του χρυσου και ουχ ορωμενου· αλλα δια παντων | CTZ Jos | |
| επιλαμποντος· και κατα τας σωματικας διαστασεις τηοι | ||
| κατα βαθος και κατα μηκος και κατα πλατος ομοιως εχοντος· στερεα | ||
| γαρ ην δι ολου του σχηματος. το δε ειδος ως φησιν Θεοδωριτος (-ρητ. L) | ||
| τριγωνος κατα λογον αναγωγης υψηλοτερας και θειοτερας. Haec verba | ||
| L textui inseruit 3, 4 σχοινιδῶν GIBT* ?] σχοινιδον HKAC -ηδον | ||
| T1 ?Z (σχοινοειδη Jos) 4 εκτυπον T1 ? εκτοπον cett 5 τριγωνα | ||
| Wend. (cf Jos) 7 κειμενου δε κατα] κειμενης δε και B 11 κειμενην | ||
| BCTZ 12 εν αυτω] εν εαυτω GICZ εαυτω T 13 σχοινιδῶν (-ηδ. Z) codd | ||
| 16 κατακλειδαι C | συνεσφιγγον KA] + δε cett 18 εκτυπωσιν B] | ||
| εκτυπων (εκ τυπων GI) cett | Fort legendum προοχης (conj Schmidt) | | ||
| συνοχεσιν GIBC 19 εχουσας CZ 22 δε] + και A | ||
| ἑκάστου γένους τὴν χρόαν, ἀνέδησαν τῷ χρυσίῳ κύκλῳ περὶ ὅλην | ||
| τὴμ τῆς τραπέζης κατασκευὴν κατὰ κρόταφον. μετὰ δὲ τὴ τοῦ | 64 | |
| στεφάνου διάθεσιν, ὁμοίως κατά τὴν τῆς ᾠοθεσίας διασκευὴν κατε- | ||
| σκεύαστο, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς
ῥαβδώσεως καὶ διαγλυφῆς διὰ
τὸ |
||
| 5 | κατ᾿ ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη τὴν τράπεζαν πρὸς τὴν χρῆσιν πεποιῆσθαι, | |
| καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν μέρος αἴρωνται, ὥστε καὶ τὴν τῶν κυμάτων θέσιν καὶ τὴν | ||
| τῆς στεφάνης εἶναι κατὰ τὸ τῶν ποδῶν μέρος. ἔλασμα γὰρ ἐποίη- | 65 | |
| σαν καθ᾿ ὅλου τοῦ πλάτους τῆς τραπέζης στερεὸν δακτύλων τεσσάρων, | ||
| ὥστε τοὺς πόδας ἐνίεσθαι εἰς
τοῦτο, περόνας σὺν
κατακλεῖσιν |
||
| 10 | ἔχοντασ ἐσφίγχθαι κατὰ τὴν στεφάνην, ἵνα, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν αἴρωνται | |
| μέρος, ἡ χρῆσις ᾖ· τοῦτο δὲ κατὰ ἐπιφάνειαν θεωρεῖται ἀμφοτε- | ||
| ροδεξίου τῆς κατασκευῆς οὔσης. ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς τραπέζης | 66 | |
| μαίανδρον ἔκτυπον ἐποίησαν, ἐν ὑπεροχῇ λίθους ἔχοντα κατὰ μέσον | ||
| πολυτελεῖς τῶν πολυειδῶν,
ἀνθράκων τε καὶ σμαράγδων, ἔτι δὲ |
||
| 15 | ὄνυχος καὶ τῶν ἄλλων γενῶν τῶν διαφερόντων ἐν ὡραιότητι. | |
| μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ μαιάνδρου διάθεσιν ἐπέκειτο σχιστὴ πλοκή, | 67 | |
| θαυμασίως ἔχουσα, ῥομβωτὴν ἀποτελοῦσα τὴν ἀνὰ μέσον θεωρίαν· | ||
| ἐφ᾿ ᾗ κρυστάλλου λίθος καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἤλεκτρον ἐντετύπωτο, | ||
| ἀμίμητον θεωρίαν ἀποτελοῦν τοῖς θεωροῦσι τοὺς δὲ πόδας ἐποίησαν | 68 | |
| 20 | τὰς κεφαλίδας ἔχοντας κρινωτάς, ἀνάκλασιν κρύνων ὑπὸ τὴν τράπεζαν | |
| λαμβανόντων, τὰ δὲ τῆς ἐντὸς προσόψεως ὀρθὴν ἔχοντα τὴν πετά- | ||
| λωσιν. ἡ δὲ ἐπ᾿ ἐδάφους ἔρεισις τοῦ ποδὸς ἄνθρακος λίθου πάν- | 69 | |
| τοθεν παλιστιαία, κρηπῖδος ἔχουσα τάξιν κατὰ τὴν πρόσοψιν, ὀκτὼ | ||
| δὲ δακτύλων τὸ πλάτος ἔχουσα· ἐφ᾿ ὃν ἐπίκειται τὸ πᾶν ἔλασμα | ||
| 25 | τοῦ ποδός. κατεσκεύασαν δὲ ἐκφύοντα κισσὸν ἀκάνθῳ πλεκόμενον | 70 |
| ἐκ τοῦ λίθου, σὺν ἀμπέλῳ περιειλούμενον κυκλόθεν τῷ ποδὶ σὺν | ||
1, 2
ολην την] ολην T την ολην C
3 κατα] pr |
KAGIBC | |
| διασκευην] κατασκευην KBCTZ + η codd omn 4 δια το] και codd ωστε | TZ Jos | |
| Wend. et om in lin 6 5 προς την χρ. την τρ. I 6 ωστε—θεσιν om | ||
| BT | θεσιν ] + πεποιησθαι καθ ο αν μερος CZ 8 στερεων T 9 περονας | ||
| 14 πολυειδων ex Jos (λιθους . . . αξιολογους ωσπερ αστερας ποικιλης ) | ||
| ιδεας) conj Lumbroso] πθλιαδων codd 16 σχιστη] κτιστη B | ||
| 18 om ηλεκτρον C |εντετυπωτο Jos B1] ενετυπ. KAGIB* ενετετυπ. | ||
| Z ετετυπωτο C 21 ορθην] αρκουντως T 23 παλαισταιου BCTZ | ||
| 24 ον] ων C 25 κατεσκευασαν corr Wend. -σεν GIC -σε cett | ακανθη BT | ||
| 26 περιειλημενον G | ||
| τοῖς βότρυσιν, οἳ λιθουργεῖς ἦσαν, μέχρι τῆς κεφαλῆς. ἡ δ᾿ | ||
| αὐτὴ διάθεσις ἦν τῶν τεσσάρων [ποδῶν, πάντα ἐνεργῶς πεποιη- | ||
| μένα καὶ προσηγμένα, τῆς ἐμπειρίας καὶ τέχνης τὰς ὑπεροχὰς | ||
| ἀπαραλλάκτως ἔχοντα πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὥστε καὶ ῥιπίζοντος τοῦ | ||
| 5 | κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα πνεύματος κίνησιν ἐπιδέχεσθαι τὴν τῶν φύλλων | |
| θέσιν, πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας διάθεσιν τετυπωμένων ἁπάντων. | ||
| ἐποίησαν δὲ τριμερὲς τὸ στόμα τῆς τραπέζης, οἱονεὶ τρίπτυχον, | 71 | |
| πελεκίνοις συναρμοζόμενα γομφωτοῖς πρὸς ἑαυτὰ κατὰ τὸ πάχος τῆς | ||
| κατασκευῆς, ἀθέατον καὶ ἀνεύρετον τὴν τῶν ἁρμῶν κατασκευάσαντες | ||
| 10 | συμβολήν. ἡμιπηχίου δὲ οὐκ ἐλάσσονος ἦν τὸ πάχος τῆς ὅλης | |
| τραπέζης, ὥστε πολλῶν εἶναι ταλάντων τὴν ὅλην διασκευήν. ἐπεὶ | 72 | |
| γὰρ οὐ προῄρητο τοῖς μεγέθεσιν οὐδὲν προσθεῖναι ὁ βασιλεύς, ὅσον | ||
| ἔδει δαπανηθῆναι κατασκευαζομένων μειζόνων, ταῦτα ἀποδέδωκε | ||
| πλείονα· καὶ κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐπετελέσθη | ||
| 15 | θαυμασίως καὶ ἀξιολόγως ἔχοντα, καὶ ταῖς τέχναις ἀμίμητα, καὶ τῇ | |
| καλλονῇ διαπρεπῆ.
Τῶν δὲ κρατήρων δύο μὲν ἦσαν χρυσ
οῖ |
73 | |
| τῇ¶ κατασκευῇ, φολιδωτὴν ἔχοντες ἀπὸ τῆς βάσεως μέχρι τοῦ μέσου | ¶ C | |
| τὴν διασκευὴν τῇ τορείᾳ, καὶ τὴν τῶν λίθων ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν φολίδων | ||
| σύνδεσιν πολυτέχνως ἔχοντες. εἶτα μαίανδρος ἐπέκειτο πηχυαῖος | 74 | |
| 20 | ὕψει, τὴν δ᾿ ἐκτύπωσιν ἐνυπῆρχε διὰ λιθώσεως ποικίλης, ἐμφαίνων | |
| σὺν ὡραιότητι τὸ τῆς τέχνης φιλόπονον. ἐπὶ δὲ τούτου ῥάβδωσις, | ||
| ἐφ᾿ ᾗ διαπλοκὴ ῥόμβων, δικτυωτὴν ἔχουσα τὴν πρόσοψιν ἕως ἐπὶ τὸ | ||
| στόμα. τὸ δ᾿ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀσπιδίσκοι λίθων ἑτέρων παῤ ἑτέροις, τοῖς | 75 | |
| γένεσι παραλλαγὴν ἐχόντων, τετραδακτύλων οὐκ ἔλαττον, ἀνεπλή- | ||
| 25 | ρουν τὸ τῆς καλλονῆς ἐναργές. ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς στεφάνης τοῦ στόματος | |
| κρίνων τύπωσις σὺν ἀνθεμίσι καὶ βοτρύων σχοινιαὶ διάπλοκοι | ||
| διετυποῦντο κυκλόθεν. οἱ μὲν οὖν διὰ τοῦ χρυσοῦ τοιαύτην εἶχον | 76 | |
| τὴν κατασκευήν, χωροῦντες ὑπὲρ δύο μετρητάς· οἱ δ᾿ ἀργυροῖ λείαν | ||
1 οι] ο GI 2 εναργως BZ 3 προηγμενα Wend. 7 στομα] |
KAGIBC | |
| σχημα Jos 8 συναρμοζομενον KA 9 αθετον codd txt ex Jos (αορατον) | TZ Jos | |
| 10 ημιπηχοαιου B | ην KB] η cett 12 προειρητο GCTZ | οσων CTZ 13 om | ||
| μειζνονων C | απεδωκε Wend. cf autem § 173 14 απετελεσθη BCT | ||
| 15 την τεχνην C 16 χρυσοι (om codd) ex Jos (χρυσεοι) supplevi | ||
| 17, 18 απο της βασ.—τορεια και om BTZ 18 πορεια G 19 συνθεσιν | ||
| GI 25 ? ενεργες 26 σχοινιω codd txt ex Jos conj Schmidt 28 λιαν | ||
| GIZT* fort | ||
| εἶχον τὴν διασκευήν, ἔνοπτρον δὴ γεγονυῖαν πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο θαυμα- | ||
| σίως ἔχουσαν, ὥστε πᾶν τὸ προσαχθὲν ἀπαυγάζεσθαι σαφέστερον | ||
| μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοῖς κατόπτροις. οὐκ ἐφικτὸν δ᾿ ἐστὶν ἐξηγήσασθαι | 77 | |
| τὰ προσυντελεσθέντα πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἔμφασιν. ὡς γὰρ | ||
| 5 | ἐπετελέσθη, τεθέντων τῶν κατασκευασμάτων ἑτέρου παῤ ἕτερον— | |
| λέγω δὲ πρῶτον ἀργυροῦ κρατῆρος, εἶτα χρυσοῦ, πάλιν ἀργυροῦ καὶ | ||
| χρυσοῦ—παντελῶς ἀνεξήγητος ἐγένετο τῆς προσόψεως ἡ διάθεσις, | ||
| καὶ τῶν πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν προσιόντων οὐ δυναμένων ἀφίστασθαι διὰ | ||
| τὴν περιαύγειαν καὶ τὸ τῆς ὄψεως τερπονόν. ποικίλη γὰρ ἦν ἡ τῆς | 78 | |
| 10 | ἐπιφανείας ἐνέργεια. προσορώντων γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν τοῦ χρυσίου | |
| κατασκευήν, ψυχαγωγία τις ἦν μετὰ θαυμασμοῦ, συνεχῶς ἐφ᾿ ἕκαστον | ||
| ἐπιβαλλούσης τῆς διανοίας τεχνίτευμα. καὶ πάλιν ὅτε πρὸς τὴν | ||
| τῶν ἀργυρῶν προσβλέψαι τις θέσιν ἤθελεν, ἀπέλαμπε τὰ πάντα | ||
| κυκλόθεν, ὡς ἄν τις ἕστηκε, καὶ διάχυσιν ἐποίει μείζονα τοῖς θεω- | ||
| 15 | μένοις· ὥστε παντελῶς ἀνεξήγητον εἶναι τῶν ἐνηργημένων τὴν | |
| πολυτεχνίαν. Τὰς δὲ χρυσᾶς φιάλας διετόρευσαν στεφάνοις | 79 | |
| ἀμπέλου κατὰ μέσον, περὶ δὲ τὰ χείλη κισσοῦ τε καὶ μυρσίνης ἔτι | ||
| δ᾿ ἐλαίας ἀνέπλεξαν στέφανον ἔκτυπον, πολυτελεῖς ἐνέντες λίθους· | ||
| καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς δὲ τορείας διηλλαγμένως ἐπετέλεσαν, ἅπαντα φιλοτι- | ||
| 20 | μηθέντες εἰς ὑπεροχὴν δόξης τοῦ βασιλέως ποιῆσαι. καθόλου γὰρ | 80 |
| οὔτ᾿ ἐν τοῖς βασιλικοῖς ὑπῆρχε ῥισκοφυλακίοις τοιαύτη κατασκευὴ | ||
| τῇ πολυτελείᾳ καὶ τεχνουργίᾳ, οὔτ᾿ ἔν τινι ἄλλῳ. πρόνοιαν γὰρ οὐ | ||
| μικρὰν ἐποιεῖτο ὁ βασιλεύς, φιλοδοξῶν εἰς τὰ καλῶς ἔχοντα. | ||
| πολλάκις γὰρ τὸν δημόσιον χρηματισμὸν παρίει, τοῖς δὲ τεχνίταις | 81 | |
| 25 | παρήδρευεν ἐπιμελῶς, ἵνα καθηκόντως τῷ τόπῳ συντελέσωσιν, εἰς | |
| ὃν ἀπεστέλλετο τὰ τῶν ἔργων.¶ διὸ πὰντα σεμνῶς ἐγεγόνει, καὶ | ¶ Jos | |
| καταξίως τοῦ τε ἀποστέλλοντος βασιλέως καὶ τοῦ προστατοῦντος | ||
| ἀρχιερέως τοῦ τόπου. καὶ γὰρ τὸ τῶν λίθων πλῆθος ἄφθονον, καὶ | 82 | |
1 δη] δε TZ om BC 2 προσαχεν GI προσταχθεν Z 4 προσσυντ. B |
KAGIBTZ | |
| 4, 5 προς την—τεθεντων om Ttxt (insmg) Z 6 προτερον Z | Jos | |
| 13 προσβλεψεται T επιβλεψεται B 13, 14 θεσιν—ως αν τις om BTZ | ||
| 14 εστηκη Wend. 18 ενιεντες BTZ 19 τορειας KAcorr] πορειας cett | | ||
| διηλλαγμενας Β 22 και τεχν.] της τεχνοργιας B 23 εποιει KAGI | ||
| 24 παριει TZ] παρηει cett 25 επιτελεσωσιν Β* | ||
| μεγάλοι τοῖς μεγέθεσιν, οὐκ ἔλαττον πεντακισχιλίων· καὶ ταῖς τέχωαις | ||
| κρατιστεύοντα πάντα, ὧστε πενταπλασίως τοῦ χρυσοῦ τιμιωτέραν | ||
| εἶναι τὴν τῶν λίθων δόσιν καὶ τὴν τῶν τεχνῶν ἐνέργειαν. | ||
| Ὑπολαμβάνων οὖν καὶ τούτων τὴν ἀναγραφὴν ἀναγκαίαν εἶναι, | 83 | |
| 5 | δεδήλωκά σοι. τὰ δ᾿ ἑξῆς περιέχει τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον ὁδὸν | |
| ἡμῖν γενομένην· τὴν δὲ θέσιν τῆς ὅλης χώρας πρῶτον δηλώσω. | ||
| Ὡς γὰρ παρεγενήθημεν ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους, ἐθεωροῦμεν τὴν πόλιν μέσην | ||
| κειμένην τῆς ὅλης Ἰουδαίων ἐπ᾿ ὄρους ὑψηλὴν ἔχοντος τὴν ἀνάτασιν. | ||
| ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς κορυφῆς κατεσκεύαστο τὸ ἱερὸν ἐκπρεπῶς ἔχον· καὶ οἱ | 84 | |
| 10 | περίβολοι τρεῖς, ὑπέρ ἑβδομήκοντα δὲ πήχεις τῷ μεγέθει, καὶ τὸ | |
| πλάτος ἀκόλουθον καὶ τὸ μῆκος τῆς κατὰ τὸν οἶκον διασκευῆς | ||
| ὑπῆρχε, μεγαλομοιρίᾳ καὶ χορηγίᾳ κατὰ πάντα ὑπερβαλλούσῃ | ||
| διῳκοδομημένων ἁπάντων. καὶ τοῦ θυρώματος δὲ καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸ | 85 | |
| συνδέσμων κατὰ τὰς φλιὰς καὶ τῆς τῶν ὑπερθύρων ἀσφαλείας | ||
| 15 | ἔκδηλος ἦν ἡ τῶν χρημάτων γεγονυῖα ἀφειδὴς δαπάνη. τοῦ τε | 86 |
| καταπετάσματος ἡ διατύπωσις θυρώσει κατὰ πᾶν ὁμοιοτάτη ὑπῆρχε· | ||
| καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ὑποδρομὴν ἀδιάλειπτον κίνησιν | ||
| λαμβανούσης τῆς διφῆς, διὰ τὸ ἀπ᾿ ἐδάφους γινομένης τῆς ὑποδρο- | ||
| μῆς κατατείνειν
τὴν κόλπωσιν μέχρι τῆς ἄνω διατάσεως, ἡδεῖάν |
||
| 20 | τινα καὶ δυσαπάλλακτον τὴν θεωρίαν ἔχοντος τοῦ πράγματος. | |
| Ἥ τε τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου
κατασκευὴ
συμμέτρως ἔχουσαν
πρὸς τὸν |
87 | |
| τόπον καὶ τὰ θύματα διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐξαναλούμενα τὴν διοικοδομὴν | ||
| εἶχε, τῆς δ᾿ ἀναβάσεως τῆς πρὸς αὐτό, πρὸς τὴν εὐκοσμίαν ἔχοντος | ||
| τοῦ τόπου καθηκόντως τὸ κλίμα τῶν λειτουργούντων ἱερέων κεκα- | ||
| 1 μεγαλοις GI | ελαττον] + των KA 5 ημιν οδον B 6 δηλωσον GIZ -σαι K | KAGIBTZ | |
7 επι του τοπου BT¹ επι του και τοπους GI et sic cett sed cum lacuna |
||
post του et ς̀ (+ τους LD) τοπους. Txt ex papyris confirmatur |
||
| 8 Ιουδαιων KAGI] Ιουδαιας cett | ψιλην K | αναστασιν GI 9 ευπρεπως BT | ||
| 12 υπερβαλλ. B] υπερβαλουση Acorr περιβαλουση cett 13 και 1º] κακ | ||
| conj Schmidt 16 θυρωσι GI -σιν Z 17 αδιαληπτον KGIZ 18 απ] επ B | | ||
| γενμ. BTZ 19 κατα codd κατατεινειν conj Schmidt 20 εχειν ex εχοντος T* vid | ||
| 21 om κατασκευη T* (ins T¹) Z | συμμετρον εχουσα codd txt ex corr Mend. | ||
| 24 λειτουργουντων corr Mend.] λειτουργων (-γιων BT) των codd | ||
λυμμένων μέχρι τῶν σφυρῶν
 .
§ Ὁ δὲ οἶκος βλέ- |
88 § Eus | |
| πει πρὸς ἔω, τὰ δ᾿ ὀπίσθια αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἑσπέραν· τὸ δὲ πᾶν ἔδαφος | ||
| λιθόστρωτον καθέστηκε καὶ κλίματα πρὸς τοὺς κατήκοντας τόπους | ||
| ἔχει τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπιφορᾶς ἕνεκεν, ἣ γίνεται διὰ τὴν σμῆξιν τῶν | ||
| 5 | ἀπὸ τῶν θυσιῶν αἱμάτων. πολλαὶ γὰρ μυριάδεσ κτηνῶν προσά- | |
| γονται κατὰ τὰς τῶν ἑορτῶν ἡμέρας. ὕδατος δέ ἀνέκλειπτός ἐστι | 89 | |
| σύστασις, ὡς ἂν καὶ πηγῆς ἔσωθεν πολυρρύτου φυσικῶς ἐπιρρεούσης, | ||
| ἔτι δὲ θαυμασίων καὶ ἀδιήγητων ὐποδοχείων ὑπαρχόντων ὑπὸ γῆν, | ||
| καθὼς ἀπέφαινον πέντε σταδίων κυκλόθεν τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἱερὸν κατα- | ||
| 10 | βολῆς καὶ ἑκάστου τούτων σύριγγας ἀναρίθμους, καθ᾿ ἕκαστον | |
| μέρος ἑαυτὰ συναπτόντων τῶν ῥευμάτων· καὶ πάντα ταῦτα μεμο- | 90 | |
| λιβῶσθαι κατ᾿ ἐδάφους καὶ τοῦ τοίχου· ἐπὶ δὲ τούτων κεχύσθαι | ||
| πολύ τι πλῆθος κονιάσεως, ἐνεργῶς γεγενημένων ἁπάντων·¶ εἶναι | ¶ Eus | |
| δὲ πυκνὰ τὰ στόματα πρὸς τὴν βάσιν, ἀοράτων ἔχοντα τοῖς πᾶσι | ||
| 15 | πλὴν αὐτοῖς οἷς ἐστιν ἡ λειτουργία, ὡς ῥοπῇ καὶ νεύματι πάντα | |
| καθαρίζεσθαι τὰ συναγόμενα παμπληθῆ τῶν θυμάτων αἵματα. | ||
| πεπεισμένος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν τῶν ὑποδοχείων κατασκεὴν δηλώσω | 91 | |
| καθὼς ἐπιστώθην. προήγαγον γὰρ πλέον σταδίων τεσσάρων ἐκ τῆς | ||
| πόλεως, καὶ πρός τινα τόπον ἐκέλευσαν κατακύψαντα συνακοῦσαι | ||
| 20 | τοῦ γινομένου ψόφου τῆς ἀπαντήσεως τῶν ὑδάτων· ὥστε συμφανές | |
| μοι γεγονέναι τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἀγγείων, καθὼς δεδήλωται. | ||
| Τῶν δὲ ἱερέων ἡ λειτουργία κατὰ πᾶν ἀνυπέρβλτός ἐστι τῇ ῥώμῃ | 92 | |
| καὶ τῇ τῆς εὐκοσμίας καὶ σιγῆς διαθέσει. πάντεσ γὰρ αὐτοκελεύ- | ||
| στως διαπονοῦσι πολλῆς γινομένης κακοπαθείας, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τὸ | ||
| 25 | διατεταγμένον μέλει. καὶ ἀδιαλείπτως ὑπηρετοῦσιν, οἱ μὲν τὴν | |
| ξυλείαν, οἱ δὲ ἔλαιον, οἱ δὲ σεμίδαλιν, οἱ δὲ τὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων, ἕτεροι | ||
| 1 |
||
| 1 αποβλεπει Eus 2 ηω Eus 4 επιφορας] επιρροης Eus 6 ανεπιληπτος | KAGIBTZ | |
| B txt Eus (-λιπ.º) KT ανεκληπτος cett 9 επεφαινον Eus 10 εκαστου] εκ | Eus | |
| Eus 11 εαυτας Ar codd Eusio (-ταις Eusal txt Schmidt | ταυτα παντα Eus | | ||
| μεμολιβουσθαι Ar codd txt Eusio B1 12 τους τοιχους Eusº (των -ων Eusi) | | ||
| πολυ τι πλην. κεχ. K 13 om τι Eus | κονιας εως Ar codd Eusº | ενεργων Z | ||
| 15 ριπη Tcorr | ρευματι B 16 παμπληθει KABcorr 17 πεπεισμενοις | ||
| (-νως A) et αυτοις codd corr Schmidt 19 εκελευσαν B] εκελευσε | ||
| (-σεν GI) cett 25 μελλει GIBTZ 26 ετερος G | ||
| τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ὁλοκαυτοῦντεσ, ἰσχύι διαφερόντως συγχρώμενοι· | ||
| διαλαβόντες γὰρ ἀμφοτέραις τῶν μόσχων τὰ σκέλη, πλεῖον ὄντα | 93 | |
| ταλάντων δύο σχεδὸν ἑκάστου, ἀναρρίπτουσιν ἑκατέραις θαυμασίως | ||
| ὕψος ἱκανὸν καὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτάνουσι τῆς ἐπιθέσεως. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ | ||
| 5 | τῶν προβάτων ἔτι δ᾿ αἰγῶν τοῖς βάρεσι καὶ πιμελῇ θαυμασίως ἔχει. | |
| κατὰ πᾶν γὰρ ἐκλεγομένων οἷς ἐπιμελές ἐστιν ἀμώμητα καὶ τῇ | ||
| παχύτητι διαφέροντα, τὸ προειρημένον ἐπιτελεῖται. πρὸς δὲ τὴν | 94 | |
| ἀνάπαυσιν τόπος αὐτοῖς ἐστὶν ἀποτεταγμένος, οὗ καθίζουσιν οἱ | ||
| διαναπαυόμενοι. τούτου δὲ γινομένου, τῶν διαλελοιπότων ἐγείρονται | ||
| 10 | πρόθυμοι, οὐδενὸς ἐπιτάσσοντος τὰ τῆς λειτουργίας. ἥ τε πᾶσα | 95 |
| σιγὴ καθέστηκεν, ὥστε ὑπολαμβάνειν, μηθ᾿ ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐν τῷ | ||
| τόπῳ παρεῖναι, πρὸς τοὺς ἑπτακοσίους παρόντων τῶν λειτουργῶν— | ||
| καὶ τῶν προσαγόντων δὲ τὰ θύματα πολύ τι πλῆθος—ἀλλὰ φόβῳ | ||
| καὶ καταξίως μεγάλης θειότητος ἅπαντ᾿ ἐπιτελεῖται. Μεγύλην | 96 | |
| 15 | δὲ ἔκπληξιν ἡμῖν παρέσχεν, ὡς ἐθεασάμεθα τὸν Ἐλεάζαπρον ἐν τῇ | |
| λειτουργίᾳ τά τε το̰ στολισμοῦ καὶ τῆς δόξης, ἣ συνίσταται διὰ | ||
τὴν ἔνδυσιν σὗ φορεῖ
καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν λίθων·  |
||
γὰρ 
περὶ τὸν 
εἰσὶν αὐτοῦ, μέλους ἦχον ἀνιέντες
|
||
ἰδιάζοντα· παρ᾿
ἐκάτερον δὲ τούτων
πεποικιλμένοι
 , |
||
| 20 | τῇ χρόᾳ θαυμασίως ἔχοντες.
κατέζωστο δὲ διαφόρῳ 
δια- |
97 |
πρεπεῖ, διυφασμένῃ
καλλίστοις χρώμασιν. 
δὲ
 |
||
φορεῖ τὸ λεγόμενον  ,
ἐν ᾧ συνεσφιγμένοι
 , |
||
διαλλάσσοντες τοῖς γένεσι,
χρυσῷ κεκολλημένοι, 
τῶν φυλὰρ- |
||
χων
κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διάταξιν γενηθεῖσαν,
ἀπαυγά- |
||
| 25 | ζοντεσ ἕκαστος ἀνεξήγητον τῆς ἰδιότητος τὴν φυσικὴν χρόαν. ἐπὶ | 98 |
δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχει τὴν
λεγομένην
 ,
ἐπὶ δὲ ταύτης τὴν |
||
ἀμίμητον
 ,
τὸ καθηγιασμένον βασίλειον 
ἐπὶ |
||
| 17 ff |
||
| 26 |
||
|
1 χρωμενοι A 2 πλειων BT 3 ταλ. δυο] ταλαντου B 4 υψος] |
KAGIBTZ | |
| pr εις BT | ετιθεσ.] επιθυμιας Z (-εσεως sup ras in T) 5 προβ.] πραγμα- | ||
| των Ztxt (προβ. Zmg) | βαρέσι codd 6 οις τι πιμελες εστιν B 8 om | ||
| αυτοις ΒΤ 11 ωστε υπολαμβανειν conj Schmidt] ως τυπον λαμβανειν | ||
| codd | εν] επι A 12 τας επτακοσιας Z 16 η] ης BTZ | συνιστατο KA | ||
| 19 τουτον K 21 διυφασμενοι K 27 εκτυπον GI (-πων Z) | ||
γράμμασιν ἁγίοις ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ, κατὰ μέσον
τῶν |
||
| ὀφρύων, δόξῃ πεπληρωμένον, ὁ κριθεὶς ἄξιος τούτων ἐν ταῖς λει- | ||
| τουργίαις. ἡ δὲ συμφάνεια τούτων ἐμποιεῖ φόβον καὶ ταραχήν, | 99 | |
| ὥστε νομίζειν εἰς ἕτερον ἐληλυθέναι ἐκτὸς τοῦ κόσμου· καὶ διαβε- | ||
| 5 | βαιοῦμαι, πάντα ἄνθρωπον προσελθόντα τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῶν προειρη- | |
| μένων εἰς ἔκπληξιν ἥξειν καὶ θαυμασμὸν ἀδιήγητον, μετατραπέντα | ||
| τῇ διανοίᾳ διὰ τὴν περὶ ἕκαστον ἁγίαν κατασκευήν. Πρὸς | 100 | |
| γὰρ τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν ἁπάντῶν ἐπὶ τὴν παρακειμένην ἄκραν τῆς πόλεως | ||
| ἀναβάντες ἐθεωροῦμεν· ἣ κεῖται μὲν ἐν ὑψηλοτάτῳ τόπῳ, πύργοις | ||
| 10 | ἐξησφαλισμένη πλείοσι, μέχρι κορυφῆς εὐμήκεσι λίθοις ἀνῳκοδομη- | |
| μένων αὐτῶν, ὡς μεταλαμβάνομεν, πρὸς φυλακὴν τῶν περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν | ||
| τόπων· ἵνα, ἐὰν ἐπίθεσίς τις ἢ νεωτερισμὸς ἢ πολεμίων ἔφοδος | 101 | |
| γένηται, μηθεὶς δύνηται ὁδον εἰς τοὺς περιβόλους ποιήσασθαι τοὺς | ||
| περὶ τὸν οἶκον· ἐπικειμένων καὶ ὀξυβελῶν ἐπὶ τῶν πύργων τῆς | ||
| 15 | ἄκρας καὶ ὀργάνων ποικίλων, καὶ τοῦ τόπου κατὰ κορυφὴν ὄντος τῶν | |
| προειρημένων περιβόλων, ὡσανεὶ φυλασσομένων τῶν πύργων ὑπὸ | 102 | |
| τῶν πιστοτάτων ἀνδρῶν καῚ τῇ πατρίδι μεγάλας ἀποδείξεις δεδωκό- | ||
| τῶν· οἵτινες οὐκ εἶχον ἐξουσίαν ἐξιέωαι τῆν ἄκρας, εἰ μὴ ταῖς | ||
| ἑορταῖς, καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ μέρους, οὐδὲ εἰσοδεύειν εἴων οὐδένα. μετὰ | 103 | |
| 20 | ἀκριβείας δὲ πολλῆς εἶχον, εἰ καὶ τις ἐπιταγὴ γένοιτο διὰ τοῦ | |
| προκαθηγουμένου πρὸς θεωρίαν ¶ εἰςδέξασθαί τινας· οἷον καὶ καθ᾿ | ||
| ἠμᾶς ἐγεγόνει. μόλις γὰρ ἀνόπλους ὄντας ἡμᾶς δύο παρεδέξαντο | ||
| πρὸς τὸ κατανοῆσαι τὰ τῶν θυσιῶν. ἔλεγον δὲ καὶ δι ὅρκων πεπι- | 104 | |
| στῶσθαι τὸ τοιοῦτον· τοὺς γὰρ πάντας ὀμωμοκέναι, κατ᾿ ἀνάγκην | ||
| 25 | επιτελουμενους
θείως τὸ κατὰ τὸν ὁρισμὸν πρᾶγμα, ὄντας πεντα- |
|
| κοσίους μὴ παραδέξασθαι πλεῖον ἀνθρώπων πέντε κατὰ τὸ αὐτό· | ||
| τοῦ γὰρ ἱεροῦ τὴν πᾶσαν εἶναι φυλακὴν τὴν ἄκραν· καὶ τὸν κατα- | ||
| βαλλόμενον αὐτὴν τὴν προφυλακὴν τῶν εἰρημένων οὕτως ἠσφαλί- | ||
|
1 κατα] + το BTZ 2 δοξης BT | post πεπληρ. for excidit |
KAGIBTZ | |
| aliquid 3 εμφανεια IZ | ποιει B | φοβον] φημην Z 4 εισελ. A | | ||
| διαβεβαιουται B 6 ηκειν BT | ανεκδιηγ. BT 11 ως μεταλαμβανωσι | ||
| προφυλακης B 12 τις η η και νεωτ. BT (τις η και ν. Z) 13 δυνηται B] | ||
| δυναται cett 19 εις μερος BT εις μερους Zvid 21 προκαθημενου B*T* | ||
| txt B1T1 cett 25 επιτελουμενου codd (τελουμενους Zmg) | του B | ορκισμον | ||
| conj Mend. | πραγματος B | ||
| σθαι. Τῆς δὲ πόλεώς ἐστι τὸ χύμα συμμέτρως ἔχον, οἷον τεσσα- | 105 | |
| ράκοντα σταδίων ὄντος τοῦ περιβόλου, καθόσον εἰκάσαι δυνατόν. | ||
| ἔχει δὲ τὴν τῶν πύργων θέσιν θεατροειδῆ, καὶ φαινομένων διόδων— | ||
| τῶν ὑποκειμένων, τῶν δ᾿
ἐπάνωθεν—εἰθισμένως,
καὶ τὰς διὰ τούτων |
||
| 5 | διεξόδους. ἀνάκλασιν γὰρ ἔχει τὰ τῶν τόπων, ὡς ἂν ἐπ᾿ ὄρους τῆς | |
| πόλεως ᾠκοδομημένης. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ διαβάθραι πρὸς τὰς διόδους. οἱ | 106 | |
| μὲν γὰρ μετέωροι τὴν ὁδείαν, οἱ δ᾿ ὑπ᾿ αὐτὰς ποιοῦνται, καὶ μάλιστα | ||
| διεστηκότες τῆς ὁδείας, διὰ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἁγνείαις ὄντας, ὅπως μηδενὸς | ||
| θιγγάνωσιν ὧν οὐ δέον ἐστίν. Οὐκ ἀλόγως δὲ τὴν πόλιν | 107 | |
| 10 | συμμετρίᾳ καθηκούσῃ κατεσκεύασαν οἱ πρῶτοι, σοφῶς δὲ §ἐπινοή- | § P |
| σαντες. τῆς γὰρ χώρας πολλῆς οὔσης καὶ καλῆς, καί τινων §μὲν | § H | |
| πεδινῶν, τῶν κατὰ τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν λεγομένην, καὶ τῶν συναπτόντων | ||
| τῇ τῶν Ἰδουμαίων χώρᾳ, τινῶν
δὲ ὀρεινῶν, τῶν συναπτόντων |
||
| τῇ τῶν Ἰουδαίων χώρᾳ, χρὴ
πρὸς τὴν γεωργίαν καὶ τὴν ἐπιμέ- |
||
| 15 | λειαν τῆς γῆς γίνεσθαι συνεχῶς, ἵνα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὗτοι τὴν εὐ- | |
| καρπίαν ἔχωσιν· οὗ καὶ
γινομένου γεωργεῖται πάντα
μετὰ
δαψιλείας |
||
| πολλῆς ἐν πάσῃ προειρημένῃ χώρᾳ. τῶν δὲ πόλεων ὅσαι | 108 | |
| μέγεθος ἔχουσι καὶ τὴν ἀκόλουθον εὐδαιμονίαν, ταύταις συμ- | ||
| βέβηκεν εὐανδρεῖν, ἀμελέῖσθαι δὲ τῆς χώρας, πάντων ἐπὶ τὸ κατὰ | ||
| 20 | ψυχὴν ἱλαροῦσθαι νενευκότων, καὶ τῇ κατασκευῇ πάντας ἀνθρώπους | |
| ἐπὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς εὐκαταφόρους εἶναι. τοῦτο δὲ ἐγίνετο περὶ τὴν | 109 | |
| Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὑπερβάλλουσαν πάσας τῷ μεγέθει καὶ εὐδαιμονίᾳ | ||
| τὰς πόλεις. οἱ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας εἰς αὐτὴν ἀποξενούμενοι κατα- | ||
| μένοντες ἐφ᾿ ἱκανὸν εἰς ἐλάττωσιν ἦγον τὰ τῆς ἐργασίας. ὅθεν ὁ | 110 | |
| 25 | βασιλεύς, ἵνα μὴ καταμένωσι, προσέταξε μὴ πλέον εἴκοσιν ἡμερῶν | |
| παρεπιδημεῖν· καὶ τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν ὁμοίως δἰ ἐγγράπτων | ||
| διαστολὰς ἔδωκεν, ἐὰν ἀναγκαῖον ᾖ κατακαλέσαι, διακρίνειν ἐν | ||
| ἡμέραις πέντε. πρὸ πολλοῦ δὲ ποιούμενος καὶ χρηματιστὰς καὶ | 111 | |
| 1 χυμα] σχημα B 2 οντος] εντος Z 4 ειθισμενως conj Redpath | HKAGIBP | |
| (usitato more theatri) ηθισμενων KGIT* vidZ ειθισμενων cett 5 εξοδους B | TZ | |
| 8 διεστηκοτας KGITZ (-κυιας edd) | της] τας K | μηδενι BZ 11 πεδινων | ||
| μεν P 12 λεγομενων codd omn 13, 14 των—γεωργιαν] τω προς τη | ||
| γεωργια B των πρ. την γεωργιαν cett verba ex conj addidi 15 om | ||
| και P 16 παντα μετα Mend.] μεν παντα codd 19 ευανδρειν] ευ | ||
| (sequente lacuna) B 20 και] και τω vel δια το conj Schmidt | ||
| 22 υπερβαλλουσα HA*GIT*Z 23 επιξενουμενοι BP | ||
| τοὺς τούτων ὑπηρέτας ἐπέταξε κατὰ νομούς, ὅπως μὴ πορισμὸν | ||
| λαμβάνοντες οἱ γεωργοὶ καὶ προστάται τῆς πόλεως ἐλαττῶσι τὰ | ||
| ταμιεῖα, λέγω δὲ τὰ τῆς γεωργίας πρόσφορα. Παρεξέβημεν | 112 | |
| δὲ ταῦτα διὰ τὸ καλῶς ἡμῖν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον ὑποδεδειχέναι τὰ | ||
| 5 | προειρημένα. μεγάλη γὰρ ἐστ͖ν ἡ τῶν γεωργουμένων φιλοπονία. | |
| καὶ γὰρ ἐλαϊκοῖς πλήθεσι σύνδενδρός ἐστι καὶ σιτικοῖς καρποῖς | ||
| αὐτῶν ἡ χώρα καὶ ὀσπρίοις, ἔτι δὲ ἀμπέλῳ καὶ μέλιτι πολλῷ. τὰ | ||
| μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἀκροδρύων καὶ φοινί͗κων οὐδ᾿ ἀριθμεῖται παῤ αὐτοῖς. | ||
| κτήνη τε πολλὰ παμμιγῆ, καὶ δαψιλὴς ἡ τούτων νομή· διὸ καλῶς | 113 | |
| 10 | ἔβλεψαν, ὅτι πολυανθρωπίας οἱ τόποι προσδέονται, καὶ τὴν κατα- | |
| σκευὴν τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῶν κωμῶν ἔθεντο κατὰ λόγον. πολὺ δὲ | 114 | |
| πλῆθος καὶ τῶν ἀρωμάτων καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν καὶ χρυσοῦ παρα- | ||
| κομίζεται διὰ τῶν Ἀράβων εἰς τὸν τόπον. ἐργάσιμος γὰρ καὶ πρὸς | ||
| τὴν ἐμπορίαν ἐστὶ κατεσκευασμένη ἡ χώρα, καὶ πολύτεχνος ἡ πόλις, | ||
| 15 | οὐ σπανίζει δὲ οὐδὲν τῶν διακομιζομένων διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης. ἔχει | 115 |
| γὰρ καὶ λιμένας εὐκαίρους χορηγοῦντας, τόν τε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσκαλῶνα | ||
| καὶ Ἰόππην καὶ Γάζαν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Πτολεμαίδα τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ | ||
| βασιλέως ἐκτισμένην. μέση δὲ κεῖται πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους | ||
| τόπους, οὐκ ἀπέχουσα τούτων πολύ. ἔχει δὲ πάντα δαψιλῆ κάθυγρος | ||
| 20 | οὖσα πάντοθεν ἡ χώρα καὶ μεγάλην ἀσφάλειαν ἔχουσα. περιρρεῖ | 116 |
| δ᾿ αὐτὴν ὁ λεγόμενος
Ἰορδάνης ποταμὸς ἀείρρους. τῆς
δὲ χώρας |
||
| οὐκ ἔλαττον ἑξακισχιλίων μυριάδων ἀρουρῶν κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον οὔσης | ||
| (μετέπειτα δὲ οἱ γειτνιῶντες ἐπέβησαν αὐτῆς) ἑξήκοντα μυριάδες | ||
| ἀνδρῶν ἔγκληροι καθειστήκεισαν ἑκατοντάρουροι. πληρούμενος δὲ | ||
| 25 | ὁ ποταμός, καθὼς ὁ Νεῖλος, ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὸν θερισμὸν ἡμέραις, | |
| πολλὴν ἀρδεύει τῆς γῆς· ὃς εἰς ἕτερον ποταμόν ἐκβάλλει τὸ ῥεῦμα | 117 | |
| κατὰ τὴν Πτολεμαίων χώραν, οὗτος δὲ ἔξεισιν εἰς θάλασσαν. | ||
| 23
εξηκ. μυρ. cf |
||
6 ε λαικοις (sic) H εν λαικ. GIT ευλαικ. B εν ελαικ. KAPZ 7 om |
HKAGIBP | |
| αθτων BPTZ 9 τε] τα HAGIZ 10 προσδεονται BPTZ] δεονται cett | TZ | |
| 14 εστθβ γ χ. κατεσκ. (κατασκ. T*) BPTZ | πολις] + εστιν P 16 τον B] | ||
| των cett τα edd 17 om του P 18 εκτισμενην] κατεσκευασμενην P | | ||
| ειρημ. BT 19 καθυγρατος GIPZ pr και P 21 verba inserui | ||
| 23 υπεβησαν P (cod Mon) απεβ. edd pr | μυριαδων T | ||
| 24 εκατονταρουροις codd txt ex papyris corr Mahaffy 26 πολυν B | | ||
| εμβαλλει GBPZ 27—2 p 540 ουτος δε—Αζ. χωραν om A | ||
| ἄλλοι δὲ χειμάρροι λεγόμενοι κατίασι, περιλαμβάνοντες τὰ πρὸς | ||
| τὴν Γάζαν μέρη καὶ τὴν Ἀζωτίων χώραν. περιέχεται δὲ ἀσφαλέίαις | 118 | |
| αὐτοφυέσι, δυσείσβολος οὖσα καὶ πλήθεσιν ἀπραγμάτευτος, διὰ τὸ | ||
| στενὰς εἶναι τὰς παρόδους, κρημνῶν παρακειμένων καὶ φαράγγων | ||
| 5 | βαθέων, ἔτι δὲ τραχείας οὔσης πάσης τῆς περιεχούσης πᾶσαν τὴν | |
| χώραν ὀρεινῆς. Ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν παρακειμένων ὀρέων | 119 | |
| τῆς Ἀραβίας μέταλλα χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου συνίστασθαι πρότε- | ||
| ρον. ἐκλέλειπται δὲ ταῦτα, καθ᾿ ὃν ἐπεκράτξσαν Πέρσαι χρόνον, | ||
| τῶν τότε προστατούντων ποιησαμένων διαβολήν, ὡς ἄχρηστος ἡ | ||
| 10 | κατεργασία γίνεται καὶ πολυδάπανος, ὅπως μὴ διὰ τὴν μεταλ- | 120 |
| λείαν τῶν εἰρημένων συμβῇ καὶ τὴν χώραν καταφθείρεσθαι, καὶ | ||
| σχεδὸν διὰ τὴν ἐκείνων δυναστείαν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι, παρεύρεσιν | ||
| λαβόντων εἰς τοὺς τόπους εἰσόδου, διὰ τὸ τὴν διαβολὴν γεγονέναι | ||
| ταύτην. | ||
| 15 | Ὅσον οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτων ἔδει, κεφαλαιωδῶς σεσήμαγκά σοι, |
|
| ὦ Φιλόκρατες ἀδελφέ· τὰ δὲ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἑπομένως δηλώσομεν. | ||
| Ἐπιλέξας γὰρ τοὺς ἀρίστους ἄνδρας καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντας, ἅτε δὴ | 121 | |
| γονέων τετευχότας ἐνδόξων, οἵτινες οὐ μόνον τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν | ||
| γραμμάτων ἕξιν περιεποίησαν αὑτοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν | ||
| 20 | ἐφρόντισαν οὐ παρέργως κατασκευῆς· διὸ καὶ πρὸς τὰς πρεσβείας | 122 |
| εὔθετοι καθεστήκεισαν, καὶ τοῦτ᾿ ἐπετέλουν ὅτε δέοι, καὶ πρὸς τὰς | ||
| ὁμιλίας καὶ τὰς ἐπερωτήσεις τὰς διὰ τοῦ νόμου μεγάλην εὐφυίαν | ||
| εἶχον, τὸ μέσον ἐζηλωκότες κατάστημα (τοῦτο γὰρ κάλλιστόν ἐστιν), | ||
| ἀποτεθειμένοι τὸ τραχὺ καὶ βάρβαρον τῆς διανοίας, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ | ||
| 25 | τὸ κατοίεσθαι καὶ νομίζειν ὑπερφρονεῖν ἑτέρους ὑπερβεβηκότες, τὴν | |
| δ᾿ ὁμιλίαν καὶ τὸ συνακούειν καὶ πρὸς ἕκαστον ἀποκρίνεσθαι δεόντως | ||
| παραδεδεγμένοι, καὶ πάντες ταῦτα συντηροῦντες καὶ μᾶλλον ἐν | ||
| τούτοις βουλόμενοι ὑπερφέρειν ἕτερος ἑτέρου, καὶ τοῦ καθηγουμένου | ||
2 ασφαλες HKAGI ασφαλως BPTZ txt ex conj Schmidt 5 βραχειας |
HKAGIBP | |
| I 7 μεταλα GP μετα I 8 Περσαι] pr οι I 11 προειρημενων G | TZ | |
| 15 om κεφαλ. P | σεσημακαμεν Z 16 δηλωσωμεν GIPZ 17 γαρ] ουν | ||
| HKA 18 τετευχοτως Pvid 19 εαυτοις BT 21 απετελουν Β | ||
| 22 δια] εκ B 27 παραδεδεγμενοι BPTZ] παραδεδειγμενοι cett | ||
| 28 θποφερειν KA | ετερου] ετερω PT*vid | ||
| πάντες ἄξιοι καὶ τῆς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀρετῆς. νοῆσαι δ᾿ ἦν, ὡς ἠγάπησαν | 123 | |
| τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον δυσαποσπάστως ἔχοντες, καὶ ἐκεῖνος αὐτούς· χωρὶς | ||
| καὶ τοῦ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα γεγραφέναι περὶ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως | ||
| αὐτῶν πολλὰ παρεκάλεσε τὸν Ἀνδρέαν ποιῆσαι, συναντιλαμβάνεσθαι | ||
| 5 | παρακαλῶν, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν
δυνώμεθα. καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελλομένων εὖ
φρον- |
124 |
| τίσειν
περὶ τούτων, ἔφη καὶ λίαν διαγωνιᾷν· εἰδέναι γάρ, ὅτι |
||
| φιλάγαθος ὢν ὁ βασιλεὺς πάντων μέγιστον ἡγεῖται τὸ μεταπέμ- | ||
| πεσθαι, καθ᾿ ὃν ἂν τόπον ὀνομασθῇ τις ἄνθρωπος διαφέρων ἀγωγῇ | ||
| καὶ φρονήσει παῤ ἑτέρους. μετείληφα γὰρ καλῶς αὐτὸν λέγειν, ὅτι | 125 | |
| 10 | περὶ ἑαυτὸν ἔχων ἄνδρας δικαίους καὶ σώφρονας τὴν μεγίστην ἂν | |
| φυλακὴν τῆς βασιλείας ἕξειν, συμβουλευόντων παρρησίᾳ πρὸ τὸ | ||
| συμφέρον τῶω φίλων· ὃ δὴ σύνεστι τοῖς ἀποστελλομένοις ὑπ᾿ | ||
| αὐτοῦ. καὶ δἰ ὅρκων ἐπιστοῦτο, μὴ προΐεσθαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, εἴ | 126 | |
| τις ἑτέρα χρεία πρὸς τὰ κατ᾿ ἰδίαν αὐτῷ κατεπείγοι, πρὸς δὲ τὴν | ||
| 15 | κοινὴν πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἐπανόρθωσιν ἐξαποστέλλειν αὐτούς. τὸ | 127 |
| γὰρ καλῶς ζῇν ἐν τῷ τὰ νόμιμα συντηρεῖν εἶναι· τοῦτο δὲ ἐπιτε- | ||
| λεῖσθαι διὰ τῆς ἀκροάσεως πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἢ διὰ τῆς ἀναγνώσεως. | ||
| προτιθέμενος οὖν ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια φανερὸς ἦν τὴν | ||
| διάθεσιν, ὃσ ἦν πρὸς αὐτπύς. | ||
| 20 | §
Ἄξιον δὲ ἐπιμνησθῆναι |
128 § Eus |
| αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰ δἰ ἡμῶν ἐπιζητηθέντα. νομίζω γὰρ τοὺς πολλοὺς | ||
| περιεργίαν ἔχειν τινὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ νομοθεσίᾳ περί τε τῶν βρωτῶν καὶ | ||
| ποτῶν καὶ τῶν νομιζομένων ἀκαθάρτων εἶναι κνωδάλων. τυνθανομένων | 129 | |
| 20 ff |
||
2 δυσαποσπ.] + αυτου B | εκεινος] + δηλονοτι ηγαπησεν B | αυτους] |
HKAGIBP | |
| + ος B αυτος sine puncto sequente Wend. 3 om και P | γεγραπται I 4 τον | TZ Eus | |
| ανδρα B 5 ευ φροντ. Wend] αφροντισειν codd 6 τουτου P | ||
| 7 φιλανος BT 9 αυτον καλως BTZ 10 αθτον BT | εχων] + ο Πτολεμαιος | ||
| B 11 εξει B 12 συνεστη Z 14 om ιδιαν B (in fin lin fort evanuit) | αυτων | ||
| BT 18 φανερως P 20 δια βραχεων ap Eus conj Vigerus] βραχεων codd et | ||
| Eus (bis scr Eusº) | επιδειχθεντων Eusi 21 προς ημων επιζητηθεντα | ||
| HKA προς δι ημων επιζητ. GIZ* προς δε ημων επιζητηθεντων | ||
| BPTZcorr txt Eus | νομιζειν γαρ τοις πολλοις Ar codd (B excepto) Eus | ||
| txt B 22 τινα εχειν BPT | περι] pr λεγω δε Eus | των 2º] om Eus | | ||
| βρωματων GIBPTZ txt cett Eus 23 om και BPTZ | ||
| γὰρ ἡμῶν, διὰ τί, μιᾶς καταβολῆς οὔσης, τὰ μὲν ἀκάθαρτα νομίζεται | ||
| πρὸς βρῶσιν, τὰ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἁφὴν (δεισιδαιμόνως γὰρ τὰ | ||
| πλεῖστα τὴν νομοθεσίαν ἔχειν, ἐ δὲ τούτοις † πάνυ † δεισιδαιμόνως) | ||
| πρὸς ταῦτα οὕτως ἐνήρξατο Θεωρεῖς ἔφη, τὰς ἀναστροφὰς | 130 | |
| 5 | καὶ τὰς ὁμιλίας, οἷον ἐνεργάζονται πρᾶγμα, διότι κακοῖς ὁμιλήσαντες | |
| διαστροφὰς ἐπιλαμβάνουσιν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ταλαίπωροι δἰ ὅλου τοῦ | ||
| ζῇν εἰσιν· ἐὰν δὲ σοφοῖς καὶ φρονίμοις συζῶσιν, ἐξ ἀγνοίας ἐπανορ- | ||
| θώσεως εἰς τὸν βίον ἔτυχον. διαστειλάμενος οὖν τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας | 131 | |
| καὶ δικαιοσύνης πρῶτον ὁ νομοθέτης ἡμῶν, καὶ διδάξας ἕκαστα περὶ | ||
| 10 | τούτων, οὐκ ἀπαγορευτικῶς μόνον ἀλλ᾿ ἐνδεικτικῶς, καὶ τὰς βλάβας | |
| προδήλους καὶ τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γινομένας ἐπιπομπὰς τοῖς αἰτίοις— | ||
| προϋπέδειξε γὰρ πάντων πρῶτον, ὅτι μόνος ὁ θεός ἐστι, καὶ διὰ | 132 | |
| πάντων ἡ δύναμις αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται, πεπληρωμένου παντὸς | ||
| τόπου τῆς δυναστείας, καὶ οὐθὲν αὐτὸν λανθάνει τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς γινο- | ||
| 15 | μένων ὑπ᾿ ἀνθρώπων κρυφίως, ἀλλ᾿ ὅσα ποιεῖ τις αὐτῷ φαβερὰ | |
| καθέστηκε, καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι—ταῦτ᾿ οὖν ἐξεργαζόμενος | 133 | |
| ἀκριβῶς καὶ πρόδηλα θεὶς ἔδειξεν ὅτι, κἂν ἐννοηθῇ τις κακίαν | ||
| ἐπιτελεῖν, οὐκ ἂν λάθοι, μὴ ὅτι καὶ πράξας, διὰ πάσης τῆς νομο- | ||
| θεσίας τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνατὸν ἐνδεικνύμενος. ποιησάμενος οὖν τὴν | 134 | |
| 20 | καταρχὴν ταύτην, καὶ δείξας ὅτι πάντες οἱ λοιποὶ παῤ ἡμᾶς | |
| ἄνθρωποι πολλοὺς θεοὺς εἶναι νομίζουσιν, αὐτοὶ δυναμικώτεροι | ||
| πολλῷ καθεστῶτες ὧν σέβονται ματαίως—ἀγάλματα γὰρ ποιήσαντες | 135 | |
| ἐκ λίθων καὶ ξύλων, εἰκόνας φασὶν εἶναι τῶν ἐξευρόντων τι πρὸς τὸ | ||
| ζῇν αὐτοῖς χρήσιμον, οἷς προσκυνοῦσι, παρὰ πόδας ἔχοντες τὴν ἀναι- | ||
| 25 | σθησίαν. εἴ τι
γὰρ κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνό τις θεὸς
εἴη
κατὰ τὴν ἐξεύπεσιν, |
136 |
3 της νομοθεσιας B | πανυ] πασι B παλιν πανυ HKA παλιν cett Eus |
HKAGIBP | |
| 5 εργαζονται AIBP Euscodd det 6 δια του ζην Eusi δι ολου την ζωην Eusº | TZ Eus | |
| 8 ενετυχον BT | ουν Eus] δε εστι B om cett 9 πρωτον ο νομ. Eus.] ο | ||
| πρωτονομοθετης Ar codd 10 ενδικως Ar codd txt Eus 11 προδηλως I | ||
| ? προδηλωσας | υπο] επι P Euscodd | om του P Eus | γενομ. P Euscodd (γιγν. | ||
| Eusi) 12 πρωτον παντων Eus P | om ο BPTZ | η δυν. αυτ. δια παντ. | ||
| Eusº 13 δυναμις] + εστιν GIZ | παντος] pr του B 14 ουδεν B | των | ||
| επιγινομενων (-νωμ. Z) PT*Z (γης suprascr T1) 15 υπ] υπο των B | | ||
| κρυφεως GI κρυφαιως Eusi 16 εργαζομενος B εξεργασαμενος Eusº | ||
| 17 προδηλωθεις HKA 18 λανθανοι B λαθη P | δια πασης] δι ολης | ||
| Eusi εξ ολης Eusº 22 πολλω Eus P] πολλων Ar codd cett 23 και] η Eus | ||
| 25 ει τι HKAGvid I] ειτε Eus | θεος ειη ex conj] θειη codd Eus θεωθειη | ||
| conj Wend. | ||
| παντελῶς ἀνόητον· τῶν γὰρ ἐν τῇ κτίσει λαβόντες τινὰ συνέθηκαν | ||
| καὶ προσυπέδειξαν εὔχρηστα, τὴν κατασκευὴν αὐτῶν οὐ ποιήσαντες | ||
| αὐτοί· διὸ κενὸν καὶ μάταιον τοὺς ὁμοίους ἀποθεοῦν. καὶ γὰρ ἔτι | 137 | |
| καὶ νῦν εὑρεματικώτεροι καὶ πολυμαθέστεροι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν πρίν | ||
| 5 | εἰσι πολλοί, καὶ οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιεν αὐτοὺς προσκυνοῦτες. καὶ νομί- | |
| ζουσιν οὑ ταῦτα διαπλάσαντες καὶ μυθοποιήσαντες τῶν Ἑλλήνων | ||
| οἱ σοφώτατοι καθεστάναι. τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων πολυματαίων τί δεῖ καὶ | 138 | |
| λέγειν, Αἰγυπτίων τε καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων, οἵτινες ἐπὶ θηρία καὶ | ||
| τῶν ἑρπετῶν τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ κνωδάλων τὴν ἀπέρεισιν πεποίηνται, | ||
| 10 | καὶ ταῦτα προσκυνοῦσι, καὶ θύουσι τούτοις καὶ ζῶσι καὶ τελευ- | |
| τήσασι;— συνθεωρήσας οὖν ἕκαστα σοφὸς ὢν ὁ νομοθέτης, | 139 | |
| ὑπὸ θεοῦ κατεσκευασμένος εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τῶν ἁπάντων, περιέφραξεν | ||
| ἡμᾶς ἀδιακόποις χάραξι καὶ σιδηροῖς τείχεσιν, ὅπως μηθενὶ τῶν | ||
| ἄλλων ἐθνῶν ἐπιμισγώμεθα κατὰ μηδέν, ἁγνοὶ καθεστῶτες κατὰ σῶμα | ||
| 15 | καὶ κατὰ ψυχήν, ἀπολελυμένοι ματαίων δοξῶν, τὸν μόνον θεὸν καὶ | |
| δυνατὸν σεβόμενοι παῤ ὅλην τὴν πᾶσαν κτίσιν. ὅθεν οἱ Αἰγυπτίων | 140 | |
| καθηγεμόνες ἱερεῖς, ἐγκεκυφότες εἰς πολλὰ καὶ μετεσχηκότες | ||
| πραγμάτων, ἀνθρώπους θεοῦ προσονομάζουσιν ἡμᾶς· ὃ τοῖς λοιποῖς | ||
| οὐ πρόσεστιν, εἰ μή τις σέβεται τὸν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν θεόν, ἀλλ᾿ εἰσὶν | ||
| 20 | ἄνθρωποι βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ σκέπης· ἡ γὰρ πᾶσα διάθεσις | 141 |
| αὐτῶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα καταφεύγει. τοῖς δὲ παῤ ἡμῶν ἐν οὐδενὶ ταῦτα λε- | ||
| λόγισται, περὶ δὲ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυναστείας δἰ ὅλου τοῦ ζῇν ἡ σκέψις | ||
| αὐτοῖς ἐστιν. ὅπως οὖν μηθενὶ συναλισγούμενοι μηδ᾿ ὁμιλοῦν- | 142 | |
| τες φαύλοις διαστροφὰς λαμβάνωμεν, πάντοθεν ἡμᾶς περιέφραξεν | ||
| 25 | ἁγνείαις καὶ διὰ βρωτῶν· καὶ ποτῶν καὶ ἁφῶν καὶ ἀκοῆς καὶ ὁράσεως | |
1 ανοητον Eus] ανοητοι codd 2 ευχρηστοτατην (+ την Eusº) κατ. Eus |
HKAGIBP | |
| 3 om αυτοι P 4 ευρημ. AB ευρετικωτεροι Eus 5 φθανοιεν Eus] | TZ Eus | |
| φθασειαν B (-σοιαν T) φθανοισαν cett 7 των] + μεν Eus | δει] δη HAGI | ||
| 9 κνωδ.] pr επι Eusi | απερ εισι PT*Z 11 ουν] τοιγαρουν Eusi | om | ||
| εκαστα P | ο νομ. υπο θ. σοφ. ων P 12 κατεσκευασμενα H (α 3º sup lin) | ||
| Euscodd det 13 μηδενι Eus Z μηθεν HKAGI 14 και σωμα και ψυχην | ||
| Eusº 15 απολελυμενοι Eus P] -μενων cett 16 πασαν την κτ. P | | ||
| Αιγυπτιων οι Eus 18 εις πραγματα I 19 τις] τι HA (ς postea suprascr | ||
| H*vidA*vid) KGI 21 ημιν BTZ Eusº 22 om δε HAGI | om της του | ||
| Eusi 23 αυτων B* | ουν Eus] τε εν B εν cett | μηδενι BP Eus | | ||
| συναλισγομ. T Eus ex quo συμμισγομ. Wend. 24 φαυλω Eusº γαμοις P | | ||
| λαμβανοιμεν Eus | περιεφραξαν Eusº 25 αφης Eusº | ||
| νομικῶς. τὸ γὰρ καθόλου πάντα πρὸς τὸν φυσικὸν λόγον ὅμοια | 143 | |
| καθέστηκεν, ὑπὸ μιᾶς δυνάμεως οἰκονομούμενα, καὶ καθ᾿ ἓν ἕκαστον | ||
| ἔχει λόγον βαθύν, ἀφ᾿ ὧν ἀπεχόμεθα κατὰ τὴν χρῆσιν, καὶ οἷς | ||
| συγχρώμεθα. χάριν δὲ ὑποδείγματος ἓν ἢ δεύτερον ἐπιδραμών σοι | ||
| 5 | σημανῶ. Μὴ γὰρ
εἰς τὸν καταπεπτωκότα λόγον ἔλθῃς, ὅτι  |
144 |
καὶ  ἢ
τῶν τοιούτων χάριν περιεργίαν ποιούμενος ἐνομοθέτει |
||
| ταῦτα Μωϋσῆς· ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἁγνὴν ἐπίσκεψιν καὶ τρόπων ἐξαρτισμὸν | ||
| δικαιοσύνης ἕνεκεν σεμνῶς πάντα ἀνατέτακται. τῶν γὰρ πτηνῶν, | 145 | |
| οἷς χρώμεθα, πάντα ἥμερα καθέστηκε καὶ διαφέρει καθαριότητι, | ||
| 10 | πυροῖς καὶ ὀσπρίοις χρώμενα πρὸς τὴν τροφήν, οἷον περιστεραὶ | |
τρυγόνες 
πέρδικες ἔτι δὲ χῆνες καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα τοιαῦτα. |
||
| περὶ ὧν δὲ ἀπηγόρευται πτηνῶν, εὑρήσεις ἄγριά τε καὶ σαρκοφάγα | 146 | |
| καὶ καταδυναστεύοντα τῇ περὶ ἑαυτὰ δυνάμει τὰ λοιπά, καὶ τὴν | ||
| τροφὴν ἔχοντα δαπάνησιν τῶν προειρημένων ἡμέρων μετὰ ἀδικίας· | ||
| 15 | οὐ μόνον δὲ ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄρνας καὶ ἐρίφους ἀναρπάζουσι, | |
| καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δὲ ἀδικοῦσι νεκρούς τε καὶ ζῶντας. παράσημον | 147 | |
οὖν ἔθετο διὰ τούτων,
προσονομάσας, ὅτι δέον ἐστὶ κατὰ |
||
| ψυχήν, οἷς ἡ νομοθεσία διατέτακται, δικαιοσύνῃ συγχρῆσθαι καὶ | ||
| μηδένα καταδυναστεύειν, πεποιθότας ἰσχύι τῇ καθ᾿ ἑαυτούς, μηδὲ | ||
| 20 | ἀφαιρεῖσθαι μηδέν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκ δικαίου τὰ τοῦ βίου κυβερνᾷν, ὡς τὰ | |
| τῶν προειρημένων πτηνῶν ἥμερα ζῷα τὰ φυόμενα τῶω ὀσπρίων ἐπὶ | ||
| γῆς δαπανᾷ, καὶ οὐ καταδυναστεύει πρὸς τὴν ἐπαναίρεσιν τῶν συγ- | ||
| γενικῶν. διὰ τῶν τοιούτων οὖν παραδέδωκεν ὁ νομοθέτης σημειοῦ- | 148 | |
| 5 f |
||
1 νομικης G Eusº -κοις P | το] τω T Eusi 2 δυναμεως] + οικονομικως |
HKAGIBP | |
| P | εκαστα Eusº 3 λογον εχει BT | απεσχομεθα KAI 5 εισελθης | TZ Eus | |
| Eusi (ελθηςº) 6 περιεργιας Eus περιεργασιαν Z 7 Μωσης AP Eus | | ||
| τροπων] + εξαιρετον Eusº 8 παντα] ταυτα BPTZ | πετεινων Eus | ||
| 9 καθεστηκε και Eus] καθεστηκεν α B καθεστηκε cett | καθαροτητι | ||
| HKBPTZ 10 χρωμεθα K ] om την K Eusº 11 ατταγοι Eusi | om ετι K | ||
| 12 πετεινων Eus 13 περι] παρ K | αυτα Eus εαυτων GI | τα πολλα Z* | ||
| (τα λ. Zcorr) των λοιπων B 14 δαπανησιν] pr την Eus 15 αρπαζουσι Eus | ||
| 17 δεον] δε Eusi 19 μηδενι IB μηδενος T | πεποιθοτας Eus] -θοσιν B | ||
| -θοτες (-θωτ. P) cett | τη εαυτων Eusº 20 μηθεν Eusº | εκ δικαιοτατου | ||
| βιου Eus | διακυβερναν Eusº 21 ζωα ημερα B 22 επαναιρεσιν] + ουτε | ||
| των υποβεβηκοτων ουτε Eusi (om 20 ως τα—22 συγγεν. Eusº) 23 των | ||
| τοιουτ.] τουτων Eusº | παρεδωκεν Eus P | ομοιουσθαι BT | ||
| σθαι τοῖς συνετοῖς, εἶναι δικαίους τε καὶ μηδὲν ἐπιτελεῖν βίᾳ, μηδὲ | ||
| τῇ περὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἰσχύι πεποιθότας ἑτέρους καταδυναστεύειν. ὅπου | 149 | |
| γὰρ οὐδ᾿ ἅψασθαι καθῆκε τῶν προειρημένων διὰ τὴν περὶ ἕκαστα διά- | ||
| θεσιν, πῶς οὐ φυλακτέον παντάπασι τοὺς τρόπους εἰς τοῦτο κατακλα- | ||
| 5 | σθῆναι; πάντα οὖν τὰ τῆς συγχωρήσεως ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τούτων καὶ τῶν | 150 |
κτηνῶν τροπολογῶν
ἐκτέθειται. τὸ γὰρ 
καὶ διαστέλλειν |
||
 σημεῖόν
ἐστι τοῦ διαστέλλειν ἕκαστα τῶν πράξεων |
||
| ἐπὶ τὸ καλῶς ἔχον· ἡ γὰρ ἰσχὺς τῶν ὅλων σωμάτων μετ᾿ ἐνεργείας | 151 | |
| ἀπέρεισιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους ἔχει καὶ τὰ σκέλη. μετὰ διαστολῆς οὖν | ||
| 10 | ἅπαντα ἐπιτελεῖν πρὸς δικαιοσύνην ἀναγκάζει † τὸ σημειοῦσθαι † διὰ | |
| τούτων· ἔτι δὲ καὶ διότι παρὰ πάντας ἀνθρώπους διεστάλμεθα. οἱ | 152 | |
| γὰρ πλείονες τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθρώπων ἑαυτοὺς μολύνουσιν ἐπιμισγό- | ||
| μενοι, συντελοῦντες μεγάλην ἀδικίαν, καὶ χῶραι καὶ πόλεις ὅλαι | ||
| σεμνύνονται ἐπὶ τούτοις.
οὐ μόνον γὰρ προάγουσι
τοὺς ἄρσενας, |
||
| 15 | ἀλλὰ καὶ τεκούσας ἔτι δὲ θυγατέρας μολύνουσιν. ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ | |
| τούτων διεστάλμεθα. περὶ ὃν δὲ ἐστὶν ὁ προειρημένος τῆς δια- | 153 | |
| στολῆς τρόπος, περὶ τοῦτον εἶναι καὶ τὸν τῆς μνήμης κεχαρακτή- | ||
ρ ικεν.
γὰρ 
καὶ 
σαφῶς |
||
| τοῖς νοοῦσιν ἐκτίθεται τὸ τῆς μνήμης. ἡ γὰρ ἀναμηρύκησις οὐθὲν | 154 | |
| 20 | ἕτερον, ἀλλὰ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ συστάσεως ἐπίμνησις. τὸ γὰρ ζῇν διὰ | |
| 6 |
||
1 om τε P Eusºvid 2 αυτους Eus | ετερων BT 4 ου] ουν KAIGtxt |
HKAGIBP | |
| (corr Gmg) 5 παντα ουν Eus] παντων (+ δε B) Ar codd | τα Eus] om Ar | TZ Eus | |
| codd | της συγχ. Eusi Ar codd] τα συγχωρηθεντα Eusº | ημιν] om Eusº | ||
| ημων ενεκα B txt Eusi Ar cett 6 εκτεθειται Eusi] εξεθετο B εκθεοιται (-τε | ||
| GI) Ar codd cett εκτεθεικε Eusº | διχηλιζειν K 7 οπλας B | σημεια B | | ||
| εκαστην P 10 το σημειουσθαι HKAGIZ (το σημ. και Eusi) το ομοιουσθαι | ||
| T (τω ομ. B) τω σημ. Eusº, pro απαντα 10—μολυνουσιν 12 exhibens | ||
| βιωσκομεν· τω σημειουσθαι οτι παρα παντας ανθρωπους | ||
| διαστελλομεθα· οι γαρ αλλοι μολυνουσιν εαυτους. Fortasse legendum | ||
| ο σημειουται 12 ανθρωπων] om Eus 13 ολαι] οσαι B 14 επι τουτ. σεμν. | ||
| Eusº | προαγουσι conj Schmidt} προσαγουσι codd et Eus qui legit προς | ||
| αρσενας (αρρ.º) προσαγουσιν 15 δε] + και HKA Eusº 16 εσταλμεθα | ||
| BPTZ | ον] ων BPT 17 τροπος BPT Eus] τοπος cett | τουτων BPT | και τ. τ. μν. | ||
| ειναι Eusº | το την μνημην P | κεχαρακτηρικεναι (-τηκεναι Z) codd Ar txt | ||
| Eus 18 παντα] ειπας Eusi 19 εκτιθεται Eus] εκτιθεμαι (εκτιθημι P) | ||
| Ar codd | ουδεν B 20 αλλ η Eusº | συστασεως] pr της B | υπομνησις εστι | ||
| Eus | ||
| τῆς τροφῆς συνεστάναι νομίζει. διὸ παρακελεύεται καὶ διὰ τῆς | 155 | |
γραφῆς ὁ λέγων οὕτως·  |
||
 . κατανοούμενα
γὰρ καὶ  |
||
φαίνεται· πρῶτον μὲν ἡ σύμπηθις τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἡ |
||
| 5 | τῆς τροφῆς διοίκησις καὶ ἡ περὶ ἕκαστον μέλος διαστολή· πολλῷ | 156 |
| δὲ μᾶλλον ἡ τῶν αἰσθήσεων διακόσμησις, διανοίας ἐνέργημα καὶ | ||
| κίνησις ἀόρατος, ἥ τε ὀξύτης τοῦ πρὸς ἕκαστόν τι πράσσειν καὶ | ||
| τεχνῶν εὕρεσις ἀπέραστον περιέχει τρόπον. διὸ παρακελεύεται | 157 | |
| μνείαν ἔχειν, ὡς συντηρεῖται τὰ προειρημένα θείᾳ δυνάμει σὺν | ||
| 10 | κατασκευῇ. πάντα γὰρ χρόνον καὶ τόπον ὥρικε πρὸς τὸ διὰ | |
| παντὸς μνημονεύειν τοῦ κρατοῦντος θεοῦ καὶ συντηροῦντος. καὶ | 158 | |
| γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν ἀπαρξαμένους εὐθέως τότε † συγ- | ||
| χρῆσθαι † κελεύει. καὶ μὴν καὶ ἐκ τῶν περιβολαίων παράσημον | ||
ἡμῖν μνείας δέδωκεν, ὡσαύτως
δὲ καὶ 
καὶ θυρῶν |
||
| 15 | προστέταχε μὲν ἡμῖν τιθέναι τὰ λόγια, πρὸς τὸ μνείαν εἶναι θεοῦ· | |
καὶ 
δὲ διαρρήδην τὸ σημεῖον κελεύει  ,
|
159 | |
| σαφῶς ἀποδεικνὺς ὅτι πᾶσαν ἐνέργειαν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ἐπιτελεῖν | ||
| δεῖ, μνήμην ἔχοντας τῆς ἑαυτῶν κατασκευῆς, ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ τὸν περὶ | ||
θεοῦ φόβον.
κελύει δὲ  |
160 | |
| 20 | μελετᾷν τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ κατασκευάς, οὐ νόνον λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ διαλήψει | |
| 2 ff |
||
1 om και Eus 2 om ο Eus | κθριου] + του θεου Eus 3 και μεγ. |
HKAGIBP | |
| (+ και θαυμαστα P) και ενδ.] και ενδοξα και μεγαλα Eusi ενδοξα Eusº | TZ Eus | |
| 4 πρωτα Eusº | η συμπ. η του σ. Eusi ν του σ. συμπ. Eusº | και 2º] om | ||
| BPTZ 5 μερος Eusº 6 η των BP] η της των cett Eusi 8 επεραστον | ||
| περιεχει K Eus απεραντον παρεχει BPTZ txt HAGI 9 τα προειρ.] om BT + | ||
| συνεχομενα Eusi | θειας δυναμεως P | συν κατασκευη K] συγκατασκευη | ||
| (και συγκ. BT1Acorr) codd cett Eusi (om Eusº) 10 ποπον και χρονον Eusi | ||
| χρονων και τροπον P 11 και συντηρουντος] συντηρουντας και τας | ||
| αρχας και μεσοτητας και τελευτας Eusi (om και συντηρ.—κελευει | ||
| 13 Eusº) 12 ποτων] pr των GI | απαρξ.] αρξαμενους I αρπαζομενους | ||
| K om BT | συγχρησθαι Eus] συγχωρησαι Ar codd 14 επι] pr επι των | ||
| πολεων και οικησεων δια το σκεπαζεσθαι και Eus 15 προστεταχε | ||
| μεν] προστεταχεν Eus 16 το σημ. διαρρ. P | περιειληφθαι | ||
| PZ περι . . . ηφθαι (ras 3 litt) T 18 της εαυτων κατασκευης | ||
| Eus] αυτης B τοις P και τοις Z της codd cett (cum seqq conj) της ημων | ||
| συστασεως edd pr | om δε Z | περι] του P Eusº 19 διανισταμενους] | ||
| 20 + και πορευομενους Eus λογω μονον Eus | αλλα] + και KP Eus | ||
| θεωροῦντας τὴν κίνησιν καὶ ὑπόληψιν ἑαυτῶν, ὅταν εἰς ὕπνον | ||
| ἔρχωνται, καὶ τὴν ἔγερσιν, ὡς θεία τίς ἐστι καὶ ἀκατάληπτος τούτων | ||
| ἡ μετάθεσις. Δέδεικται δέ σοι καὶ τὸ περισσὸν τῆς λογίας τῆς | 161 | |
| κατὰ τὴν διαστολὴν καὶ μνείαν, ὡς ἐξεθέμεθα τὴν διχηλίαν καὶ τὸν | ||
| 5 | μηρυκισμόν. οὐ γὰρ εἰκῆ καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἐμπεσὸν εἰς ψυχὴν νενομο- | |
| θέτηται, πρὸς δ᾿ ἀλὴθειαν καὶ σημείωσιν ὀρθοῦ λόγου. διατάξας | 162 | |
| γὰρ ἐπὶ βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἁφὰς ἕκαστα, κελεύει | ||
| μηθὲν εἰκῆ μήτε πράσσειν μήτε ἀκούειν, μήτε τῇ τοῦ λόγου | ||
| δυναστείᾳ συγχρωμένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀδικίαν τρέπεσθαι. καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν | 163 | |
| 10 | κνωδάλων δὲ ταὐτὸν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν. κακοποιητικὸς γὰρ ὁ τρόπος | |
| ἐστὶ καὶ
καὶ
καὶ τῶν τούτοις ὁμοίων, ὅσα διηγόρευται. |
||
| πάντα γὰρ λυμαίνονται καὶ κακοποιοῦσι μύεσ, οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὴν | 164 | |
| ἑαυτῶν τροφήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ παντελῶς ἄχρηστον γίνεσθαι ἀν- | ||
| θρώπῳ, ὅ τι ἂν δή ποτ᾿ οὖν ἐπιβάληται κακοποιεῖν. τό τε τῆς γαλῆς | 165 | |
| 15 | γένος ἰδιάζον ἐστί· χωρὶς γὰρ τοῦ προειρημένου ἔχει λυμαντικὸν κατά- | |
| στημα· διὰ γὰρ τῶν ὤτων συλλαμβάνει, τεκνοποιεῖ δὲ τῷ στόματι. | ||
| καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ τοιοῦτος τρόπος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀκάθαρτός ἐστιν· | ||
| ὅσα γὰρ δἰ ἀκοῆς λαβόντες, ταῦτα τῷ λόγῳ σωματοποιήσαντες, | ||
| κακοῖς ἑτέρους ἐνεκύλισαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἐπετέλεσαν, | ||
| 20 | μιανθέντες αὐτοὶ παντάπασι τῷ τῆς ἀσεβείας μολυσμῷ. καλῶς δὲ | |
| ποιῶν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑμῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀναιρεῖ, καθὼς μεταλαμβά- | ||
| νομεν.—Ἐγὼ δ᾿ εἶπα Τοὺς ἐμφανιστὰς οἴομαί σε λέγειν· καὶ γὰρ | 167 | |
| αἰκίαις καὶ θανάτοις ἐπαλγέσιν αὐτοὺς περιβάλλει συνεχῶς.—Ὁ δέ | ||
| Τούτους γὰρ καὶ λέγω· ἡ γὰρ ἐπαγρύπνησις ἀνθρώπων ἀπωλείᾳ | ||
| 11 |
||
1 τα κινηματα Eusº | υποληψιν] pr την Eus 2 ερχονται GIZ 2 f. η |
HKAGIBP | |
| τουτων μεταθεσις Eus 3 ευλογιας fort recte A αλογιας P 4 εξεθεσθαι | TZ Eus | |
| Eusi | om τον Eusi 5 και Eus] om Ar codd 7 και ποτων GIPZ Eusi] | ||
| om Ar codd cett Eusº 8 τη Eus] om Ar codd 9 χρωμενους I 10 ff. εστιν | ||
| ο τροπος Eusº 12 λυμαινεται B | και κακοπ.—τροφην αλλα (13) | ||
| om BPTZ 13 εις το Eusi] om Ar Euscodd cett | γινεται BPZ 14 επιβαλληται | ||
| Eusº 17 τουτο] τουτ ουν Eusio | τοις ανθρωποις Eusi 19 ετεροις T | | ||
| ακαθαρσιαν] + τε Eus | απετελεσαν B* Eusi 21 ημων T Eusio | | ||
| αναιρειν GI 23 επαλγεσι (om αυτους) K | καραβαλλει Eusi (περιβ. Eusº) | ||
| 24 τουτους—επαγρυπνησις] τουτοις γαρ επαγρ. Eusi επαγρυπ. γαρ Eusº | | ||
| εις ανθρωπων απωλειαν Eus txt (cf Diod 14. 68 επηγρυπνηκως τη τουτων | ||
| απωλεια) ex Ar codd (ἀπώλειᾳ) | ||
| ἀνόσιος. ὁ δὲ νόμος ἡμῶν κελεύει μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ μηδένα | 168 | |
| κακοποιεῖν.
καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν, ὅσον ἐπὶ βραχὺ διεξῆλθον, |
||
| προσυποδείξας
σοι διότι πάντα κεκανόνισται πρὸς δικαιοσύνην, |
||
| καὶ οὐδὲν εἰκῆ κατατέτακται διὰ τῆς γραφῆς οὐδὲ μυθωδῶς, ἀλλ᾿ | ||
| 5 | ἵνα δἰ ὅλου τοῦ ζῇν καὶ ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἀσκῶμεν δικαιοσύνην | |
| πρὸς πὰντας ἀνθρώπους, μεμνημένοι τοῦ δυναστεύοντος θεοῦ. περὶ | 169 | |
| βρωτῶν οὖν καὶ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων ἑρπετῶν καὶ κνωδάλων καὶ πᾶς | ||
| λόγος ἀνατείνει πρὸς δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων συνανα- | ||
| στροφὴν δικαίαν. Ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν καλῶς ἐνόμιζε περὶ | 170 | |
| 10 | ἑκάστων ἀπολογεῖσθαι· καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν προσφερομένων ἔλεγε | |
| μόσχων τε καὶ κριῶν καὶ χιμάρων, ὅτι δεῖ ταῦτα ἐκ βουκολίων καὶ | ||
| ποιμνίων λαμβάνοντας ἥμερα θυσιάζειν, καὶ μηθὲν ἄγριον, ὅπως οἱ | ||
| προσφέροντες τὰς θυσίας μηθὲν ὑπερήφανον ἑαυτοῖς συνιστορῶσι, | ||
| σημειώσει κεχρημένοι τοῦ διατάξαντος. τῆς γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς | ||
| 15 | τοῦ παντὸς τρόπου τὴν προσφορὰν ποιεῖται ὁ τὴν θυσίαν προσάγων. | |
| καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν νομίζω τὰ τῆς ὁμιλίας ἄξια λόγου καθεστάναι· | 171 | |
| διὸ τὴν σεμνότητα καὶ φυσικὴν διάνοιαν τοῦ νόμου προῆγμαι δια- | ||
| σαφῆσαί σοι, Φιλόκρατες, δἰ ἣν ἔχεις φιλομάθειαν.¶ | ¶ Eus | |
§ Ὁ δὲ Ἐλεάζαρος ποιησάμενος θυσίαν καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπιλέξας |
172 § Jos | |
| 20 | καὶ πολλὰ δῶρα τῷ βασιλεῖ κατασκευάσας προέπεμψεν ἡμᾶς μετὰ | |
| ἀσφαλείας πολλῆς. ὡς δὲ παρεγενήθημεν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, προσ- | 173 | |
1 ανοσιον Eusº | λογω] νομω BTZ 1 f. κακοποιειν μηδενα Eus |
HKAGIBP | |
| 2 ουν] δε P | οσον—διεξηλθον] διεξηλθον βραχυ Eusº | διεξελθειν Ar codd | TZ Eus Jos | |
| (-ελθη P) Eusi 3 προσυποδειξαντα Ar codd Eusi δεικνυων Eusº | διοτι] | ||
| οτι Eusº 4 μυθωδως B Eus] θυμωδως codd cett | αλλ ινα] αλλα H | ||
| 6 μεμνημενους BPTZ 7 ουν] ον P | και 3º] ο Eus 8 αναστροφην P | ||
| 9 ? ενομιζετο 10 υπολογεισθαι G απολελογησθαι Eus | επι Ar codd Eusi] | ||
| και περι Eusº 11 om τε Eusi | δει Eus] αει Ar codd 12 λαμβανοντες | ||
| omissis ημερα—προσφεροντες (13) BPTZ | θυσιαζειν] κατασκευαζειν Eus | ||
| 13 συνιστορουσι P 14 κεχρημενοι Eus] κεχρημενου Ar codd 16 και | ||
| περι—σεμνοτητα (17)] om K | αξιολογου καθ. HAGTZ αζιολογως καθ. | ||
| P αξια καθεσταναι λογου Eusº 17 διο] δια Eus | και φυσ. διαν. | ||
| om Eus. | νομου] + ην Eus 18 om σοι BPTZ Eusº | Φιλοκρατες BT Eus] | ||
| Φιλοκρατη codd cett 20 παρασκευασας P 21 Αλεξανδ.] + και P | | ||
| προσαγγελλει G (-ελει I -ηγγελει ATZ) txt HKP (B προσηγγελλη) | ||
| ηγγέλη τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ τῆς
ἀφίξεως ἡμῶν. παρειμένοι
δ᾿ εἰς |
||
| τὴν αὐλὴν Ἀνδρέας τε καὶ ἐγώ, φιλοφρόνως ἡσπασάμεθα τὸν βα- | ||
| σιλέα καὶ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς ἀποδεδώκαμεν τὰς παρὰ τοῦ Ἐλεαζάρου. | ||
| περὶ πολλοῦ δὲ ποιούμενος τοῖς ἀπεσταλμένοις ἀνδράσιν ἐντυχεῖν, | 174 | |
| 5 | ἐκέλευσε τοὺς λοιποὺς πάντας ἀπολῦσαι τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν, | |
| καλεῖν δὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώποθς. οὗ πᾶσι παραδόξου φανέντος—διὰ τὸ | 175 | |
| κατὰ ἔθος εἶναι, πεμπταίους εἰς πρόσωπον ἔρχεσθαι βασιλεῖ τοὺς | ||
| περὶ χρήσιμον ἀφικνουμένους, τοὺς δὲ παρὰ βασιλέων ἢ πόλεων ἐν | ||
| ὑπεροχαῖς μόλις ἐν τριάκοντα εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν παρίεσθαι—τοὺς δὲ | ||
| 10 | ἥκοντας τιμῆς καταξιῶν μείζονος, καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν κρίνων τοῦ | |
| πέμψαντος, ἀπολύσας οὓς ἐνόμιζε περισσούς, ὑπέμενε περιπατῶν, | ||
| ἕως ἂν παραγινομένους ἀσπάσηται. παρελθόντων δὲ σὺν τοῖς | 176 | |
| ἀπεσταλμένοις δώροις καὶ ταῖς διαφόροις διφθέραις, ἐν αἷς ἡ | ||
| νομοθεσία γεγραμμένη χρυσογραφίᾳ τοῖς Ἰουδαϊκοῖς γράμμασι, θαυ- | ||
| 15 | μασίως
εἰργασμένου τοῦ ὑμένος ,
καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα συμβολῆς |
|
| ἀνεπαισθήτου κατεσκευασμένης, ὡς εἶδεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς ἄνδρας, | ||
| ἐπηρώτα περὶ τῶν βιβλίων. ὡς δὲ ἀπεκάλυψαν τὰ τῶν ἐνειλημάτων | 177 | |
| καὶ τοὺς ὑμένας ἀνείλιζαν, πολὺν ἐπιστὰς χρόνον καὶ προσκυνήσας | ||
| σχεδὸν ἑπτάκις εἶπεν Εὐχαριστῶ μέν, ἄνδρες, ὑμῖν, τῷ δ᾿ ἀποστεί- | ||
| 20 | λαντι μᾶλλον, μέγιστον δὲ τῷ θεῷ, οὗτινός ἐστι τὰ λόγια | |
| ταῦτα. ὁμοθυμαδὸν δὲ πάντων εἰπόντων ὑπὸ μίαν φωνήν, τῶν | 178 | |
| τε παραγεγονότων καὶ τῶν συμπαρόντων, Εὖ βασιλεῦ, προήχθη | ||
| δακρῦσαι τῇ χαρᾷ πεπληρωμένος. ἡ γὰρ τῆς ψυχῆς ἔντασις καὶ τὸ | ||
1 παρειμεν δ HGIZ παρημεν δ KAPT ως δε παρημεν B txt ex conj |
HKAGIBP | |
| Schmidt 3 επιδεδωκαμεν BZ Fort leg απεδωκ. (απεδοσαν Jos) | τας 2º | TZ Jos | |
| GIP] om cett 4 περι] pr και PTZ | ποιουμενος] + ο βασιλευς BP 5 απαντας | ||
| P 7 κατα εθνος HKAGIPT κατα εθνους Z απο εθνους B txt ex Jos | ||
| (παρα το εθος) 8 περι] + τι B | χρησιμον] fort χρηματισμον | om εν HP | ||
| 9 υπεροχης P | τριακοντα] λ ημεραις B 10 του] τους K 11 υπεμεινε B | ||
| txt cett cum Josvid (περιεμενεν) 12 παραγενομενους BT 14 om τοις Z | ||
| 15 εργασαμενου K (ειργ. I) ειργασμενης BTcorr (-ου T*) εργασμενης P | της | ||
| υμενου HKcorrGIBPTcorr του υμενου A | της] τοις P | συμπλοκης Z | ||
| 16 ανεπαισθητως BTcorr | κατεσκευασμενη HKAGI 17 επερωτα GIB*P | | ||
| ενειληματων Jos] ανειληματων (-λημμ. GIPTZ) Ar codd 20 ουτινος BT] | ||
| τινος cett (οט Jos) 21 ειποντων δε παντ. ομ. K 23 της χαρας BT | | ||
| εντασις PZ] εκστασις B ενστασις cett | ||
| τῆς τιμῆς ὑπερτεῖνον δακρύειν ἀναγκάζει κατὰ τὰς ἐπιτυχίας. | ||
| κελεύσας δὲ εἰς τάξιν ἀποδοῦναι τὰ τεύχη, τὸ τηνικαῦτα ἀσπασά- | 179 | |
| μενος τοὺς ἄνδρας εἶπε Δίκαιον ἦν, θεοσεβεῖς ἄνδρες, ὧν χάριν ὑμᾶς | ||
| μετεπεμψάμην, ἐκείνοις πρῶτον σεβασμὸν ἀποδοῦναι, μετὰ ταῦτα | ||
| 5 | τὴν δεξιὰν ὑμῖν προτεῖναι· διὸ πεποίηκα τοῦτο πρῶτον. μεγάλην | 180 |
| δὲ τέθειμαι τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ παραγεγόνατε, καὶ κατ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν | ||
| ἐπίσημος ἔσται πάντα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν χρόνον· συντέτυχε γὰρ | ||
| καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν νίκην ἡμῖν προσπεπτωκέναι τῆς πρὸς Ἀντίγονον | ||
| ναυμαχίας. διὸ καὶ δειπνῆσαι σήμερον μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν βουλήσομαι. | ||
| 10 | πάντα
δ᾿ ὑμῖν
εἶπε, παρέσται καθηκόντως, οἷς συγχρήσησθε, |
181 |
| κἀμοὶ μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν. τῶν δὲ ἀσμενισάντων ἐκέλευσε καταλύ- | ||
| ματα δοθῆναι τὰ κάλλιστα πλησίον τῆς ἄκρας αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὰ κατὰ | ||
| τὸ συμπόσιον ἑτοιμάζειν. | ||
Ὁ
δὲ |
182 | |
| 15 |
ἦν
ἐπὶ τούτων ἀποτεταγμένος, ἐκέλευσε τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν εἰς ἕκαστον |
|
| ἐπιτελεῖν. ἦν γὰρ οὕτω διατεταγμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἃ μὲν ἔτι | ||
| καὶ νῦν ὁρᾷς·
ὅσαι γὰρ πόλεις εἰσίν,
αἳ τοῖς αὐτοῖς
συγχρῶνται |
||
| πρὸς τὰ ποτὰ καὶ βρωτὰ καὶ στρωμνάς, τοσοῦτοι καὶ προεστῶτες | ||
| ἦσαν· καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἐθισμοὺς οὕτως ἐσκευάζετο, ὅταν παραγένοιντο | ||
| 20 | πρὸς τοὺς βασιλεῖς, ἵνα κατὰ μηθὲν δυσχεραίνοντες ἱλαρῶς διεξά- | |
| γωσιν· ὃ καὶ περὶ τούτους ἐγεγόνει. προσεχέστατος γὰρ ὢν | 183 | |
| ἄνθρωπος ὁ Δωρόθεος εἶχε τὴν τῶν τοιούτων προστασίαν. συνέ- | ||
| στρωσε δὲ πάντα τὰ δἰ αὐτοῦ χειριζόμενα, πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ὑποδοχὰς | ||
| διαμεμερισμένα. διμερῆ τε ἐποίησε τὰ τῶν κλισιῶν, καθὼς προσέ- | ||
1 τιμης] ψυχης AZ | υπερ τινων P 4 σεβασμον—πρωτον (5)] om Ptxt |
HKAGIBP | |
| ins Pmg | μεταδουναι Z | μετα pr και B 5 προτειναι] προδουναι B | TZ Jos | |
| 6 τιθεμαι B 8 τα] om PZ hab BvidT*sup lin cett 9 om και B | ημων | ||
| BZ | βουλησωμαι P 10 παντα δ υμιν ex conj Mend.] παντα δυναμιν | ||
| HKAGI παντα δυναιμην P πασαν δυναμιν BTZ | παρεσταναι BT | | ||
| συγχρησησθε HKGI] συγχρησεσθε (-σεσθαι Z) cett 11 καμε BT 12 τα 2º | ||
| om TZ 14 αρχεδεατρος (cf C. I. G. 4678) conj Letronne (ο επι της των | ||
| ξενων αποδοχης τεταγμενος Jos)] αρχιητρος codd | οσ ην] οσ (ως P) ων | ||
| codd 16 αποτελειν BT επιτελη P txt cett 17 αι τοις αυτοις] αις BT οις | ||
| cett txt ex Jos (οσαι τοις αυτοις χρωνται) correxi (οσ. γαρ πολ. εθεσιν | ||
| ιδιοις Wend.) 18 βρωτα και ποτα K | βρωματα BPTZ | στρωμνας BT] | ||
| στρωμναις cett | τοσουταις P τοσουτο Z 19 παραγενωνται BT | ||
| 20 μηδεν B 21 προσεχεστατα et om γαρ ων—παντα (23) A 21 f. | ||
| ων ανθρωπος] ανθρ. ων B ων P 23 αποδοχας P 24 διαμεμετρημενα | ||
| BPTZ | διμερη BZT (sed ras I litt int ε et ρ in T) Jos] διμετρη P διαμερη cett | ||
| ταξεν ὁ βασιλεύς· γοὺς γὰρ ἡμίσεις ἐκέλευσεν ἀνὰ χεῖρα κατα- | ||
| κλῖναι, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς μετὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κλισίαν, οὐδὲν ἐλλιπὼν εἰς | ||
| τὸ τιμᾷν τοὺς ἄνδρας. Ὡς δὲ κατεκλίθησαν, ἐκέλευσε τῷ | 184 | |
| Δωροθέῳ τοῖς ἐθισμοῖς οἷς χρῶνται πάντες οἱ παραγινόμενοι πρὸς | ||
| 5 | αὐτὸν ἀπό τῆς Ἰουδαίας, οὕτως ἐπιτελεῖν. διὸ τοὺς ἱεροκήρυκας | |
| καὶ θύτας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, οἷς ἔθος ἦν τὰς κατευχὰς ποιεῖσθαι, | ||
| παρῃτήσατο· τῶν δὲ παραγεγονότων σὺν ἡμῖν Ἐλισσαῖον ὄντα | ||
| τῶν ἱερέων πρεσβύτερον παρεκάλεσε ποιήσασθαι κατευχήν, ὃς | ||
| ἀξιολόγως στὰς εἶπε Πκγρώσαι σε, βασιλεῦ, πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν | 185 | |
| 10 | ὧν ἔκτισεν ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεός· καὶ δῴη σοι ταῦτ᾿ ἔχειν καὶ γυναικὶ | |
| καὶ τέκνοις καὶ τοῖς ὁμονοοῦσι πάντα ἀνέκλειπτα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς | ||
| χρόνον. Εἰπόντος δὲ ταῦτα τούτου κατερράγη κρότος μετὰ κραυγῆς | 186 | |
| καὶ χαρᾶς εὐφροσύνου πλείονα χρόνον· καὶ τὸ τηνικαῦτα πρὸς τὸ | ||
| τέρπεσθαι διὰ τῶν ἡτοιμασμένων ἐτράπησαν, τῶν λειτουργιῶν | ||
| 15 | ἁπασῶν διὰ τῆς τοῦ Δωροθέου συντάξεως ἐπιτελουμένων· ἐν οἷς καὶ | |
| βασιλικοὶ παῖδες ἦσαν, καὶ τῶν τιμωμένων ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως.¶ | ¶ Jos | |
Ὅτε δέ καιρόν ἔλαβεν ἐκ διαστήματος, ἠρώτησε τόν ἔχοντα τὴν |
187 | |
| πρώτην ἀνάκλισιν (ἦσαν γὰρ καθ᾿ ἡλικίαν τὴν ἀνάπτωσιν πεποιη- | ||
| μένοι) Πῶς ἂν τὴν βασιλείαν μέχρι τέλους ἄπταιστον ἔχων | ||
| 20 | διατελοῖ; βραχὺ δὲ ἐπισχὼν εἶπεν Οὕτως ἂν μάλιστα διευθύνοις, | 188 |
| μιμούμενος τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ παντὸς ἐπιεικές. μακροθυμίᾳ γὰρ | ||
| χρώμενος, καὶ βλιμάζων τοὺς ἀξίους ἐπιεικέστρον, καθώς εἰσιν | ||
1 εκελευσεν] προσεταξεν P | ανα χειρα Jos] αναρχα Ar codd 3 f. τον |
HKAGIBP | |
| Δωροθεον Jos 4 τους εθισμους BT | παραγενομενοι BPTZ 6 οις] ους H | TZ Jos | |
| 7 Ελισσαιον Jos] Ελεαζαρον codd 8 παρεκαλεσε A Jos (-σεν)] | ||
παρεκαλεσαν cett | ποιησεσθαι P
9 ειπε] ad hoc add † 
† Gtxt |
||
| Img ευχη Bmg | βασιλευς I 10 και 2º] om A 11 ζωης] + σου BPTZ | ||
| 12 om τουτου BTZ 18 γαρ] δε K | αναπτω A* (σιν sup lin in H) | ||
| 19 απταιστον μ. τελους I 19 f εχω διατελοι H*AGI εχων διατελοιη Hcorr | ||
| εχω διατελειν K διατελοιη εχων BT txt Z 20 μαλιστα] καλλιστα | ||
| P | διευθυνεις HK*A -νης P 22 βλημαζων codd (βληζων | ||
| suprascripto μα P). A* βλημαζων habuisse videtur, sed βλημ in ετοιμvid | ||
| mutatum est. Hinc δοκιμαζων F ετοιμαζων L κριματαζων D¹ (αζων | ||
| cum lacuna D*) 22 καθως] η καθως conj Schmidt | ||
| 189 | ἄξιοι, μετατιθεὶς ἐκ τῆς κακίας καὶ εἰς μετάνοιαν ἄξεις. Ἐπαι- | 189 |
| νέσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν ἐχόμενον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἕκαστα πράττοι; | ||
| ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίθη Τὸ δίκαιον εἰ πρὸς ἅπαντας διατηροῖ, ἑαυτῷ καλῶς | ||
| τὰ ἕκαστα πράξει, διαλαμβάνων ὅτι πᾶν ἐννόημα σαφές ἐστι θεῷ· | ||
| 5 | καταρχὴν δὲ θείου φόβου λαμβάνων ἐν οὐδενὶ διαπίπτοις. Καὶ | 190 |
| τοῦτον δὲ εὖ μάλα παραδεξάμενος ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Πῶς ἂν ὁμοίους | ||
| ἑαυτῷ ἔχοι τοὺς φίλους; κἀκεῖνος εἶπεν Εἰ θεωροίησαν πολλήν σε | ||
| πρόνοιαν ποιούμενον ὧν ἄρχεις ὄχλων· σὺ δὲ τοῦτο πράξεις ἐπι- | ||
| βλέπων ὡς ὁ θεὸς εὐεργετεῖ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, ὁ ὑγείαν | ||
| 10 | αὐτοῖς καὶ τροφὴν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ κατὰ καιρὸν παρασκευάζων | |
| ἅπαντα. Σθνεπιμαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτῳ τὸν ἐχόμενον ἡρώτα | 191 | |
| Πῶς ἂν ἐν τοῖς χρηματισμοῖς
καὶ διακρίσεσιν εὐφημίας
τυγχάνοι |
||
| καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποτυγχανόντων; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ πᾶσιν ἴσος γένοιο τῷ | ||
| λόγῳ καὶ μηδὲν ὑπερηφάνως μηδὲ τῇ περὶ σεαυτὸν ἰσχύι πράσσοις | ||
| 15 | κατὰ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων. τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσεις τὴν διάταξιν βλέπων | 192 |
| τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ· τὰ γὰρ ἱκετευόμενα συντελεῖσθαι τοῖς ἀξίοις, | ||
| τοῖς δὲ ἀποτυγχάνουσιν ἢ δἰ ὀνείρων ἢ πράξεων σημαίνεσθαι τὸ | ||
| βλαβερὸν αὐτοῖς, οὐ κατὰ τὰς
ἁμαρτίας οὐδὲ
κατὰ
τὴν μεγαλω- |
||
| σύνην τῆς ἰσχύος τύπτοντος αὐτούς, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπιεικείᾳ χρωμένου τοῦ | ||
| 20 | θεοῦ. Εὖ δὲ καὶ τοῦτον κατεπαινέσας ἠρώτα τὸν ἑξῆς Πῶς | 193 |
| ἂν ἐν ταῖς πολεμικαῖς χρείαις ἀὴττητος εἴη ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ μὴ | ||
| πεποιθὼς ὑπάρχοι τοῖς ὄχλοις μηδὲ ταῖς δυνάμεσιν, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεὸν | ||
| ἐπικαλοῖτο διὰ πάντων, ἵνα τὰς ἐπιβολὰς αὐτῷ κατευθύνῃ δικαίως | ||
| διεξάγοντι πάντα. Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ καὶ τοῦτον τὸν ἕτερον | 194 | |
| 25 | ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φοβερὸς εἴη τοῖ ἐχθροῖς; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ τῇ τῶν | |
| ὅπλων καὶ δυνάμεων παρασκευῇ
πολλῇ χρώμενος
εἰδείη
ταῦτα |
||
1
μετατιθεις] + τε B μετατιθης
A* 2 εκαστα |
HKAGIB | |
| 3 παντας P | διατηρει BPTZ -ροιη Acorr | εαυτω BPTZ (-το)] εαυτον cett | PTZ | |
| 4 πραξοι K 6 τουτο A | επηρωτα BT] επερωτα cett | ομοιως B 7 εαυτω] | ||
| εαυτου H om Z 10 κατασκευαζων P 12 διαρισεσιν Ztxt διαιρεσιν Zmg | | ||
| τυγχανω codd corr Schmidt 13 ισως BPT | γενοιο—σεαυτον (14) om | ||
| BPTZ 14 πραττεις P πρασοις H* (σ altera suprascr) K 18 κατα 2º] | ||
| om codd 19 αυτοις GI 21 ταις BPTZ | ειην Z | ο BPTZKcorr τω | ||
| cett 22 υπαρχοι K] υπαρχοις HAGI υπαρχεις BPTZ | οχλοις] οπλοις P | ||
| 23 επικαλη B | επιβουλας I 25 τη] τω T 26 οπλιων P | και δυναμεων] | ||
| om Z και δυναμενων G | ειδειη ex conj] ειη ει δε ειη (οιει B) codd | ||
| ὄντα κενὰ ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον πρὸς τὸ συμπέρασμα δρᾷν τι· καὶ | ||
| γὰρ ὁ θεὸς διδοὺς ἀνοχὰς καὶ ἐνδεικνύμενος τὸν τῆς δυναστείας | ||
| φόβον ἐγκατασκευάζει πάσῃ διανοίᾳ. Καὶ τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαι- | 195 | |
| νέσας εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἐχόμενον Τί κάλλιστον αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἂν | ||
| 5 | εἴη κἀκεῖνος ἔφη Τὸ γινώσκειν ὅτι θεὸς δυναστεύει τῶν ἁπάντων, | |
| καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν καλλίστων πράξεων οὐκ αὐτοὶ κατευθύνομεν τὰ βουλευ- | ||
| θέντα· θεὸς δὲ τελειοῖ τὰ πάντων καὶ καθηγεῖται δυναστεύων. Ἐπι- | 196 | |
| φωνήσας δὲ καὶ τούτῳ καλῶς λέγειν τὸν ἕτερον ἡρώτα Πῶς ἂν | ||
| ἀκέραια συντηρήσας ἅπαντα τοῖς ἐγγόνοις τὴν αὐτὴν παραδιδοῖ | ||
| 10 | διάθεσιν ἐπὶ τέλει; § ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εὐχόμενος ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν | § C |
| ἀγαθὰς ἐπινοίας λαμβάνειν πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα πράσσεσθαι, καὶ τοῖς | ||
| ἐγγόνοις παρακελευόμενος μὴ ἐκπλήττεσθαι τῇ δόξῃ μηδὲ τῷ | ||
| πλούτῳ· θεὸν γὰρ εἶναι τὸν χαριζόμενον ταῦτα, καὶ οὐ δἰ ἑαυτοὺς | ||
| ἔχειν τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ἁπάντων. Ἐπιμαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτοις | 197 | |
| 15 | τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς ἂν τὰ συμβαίνοντα μετρίως | |
| φέροι; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφησεν Εἰ πρόληψιν λαμβάνοις, ὅτι γέοναν | ||
| ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντες ἄνθρωποι μετασχεῖν τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν, | ||
| ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἀγαθῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα τούτων ἀμιγῆ | ||
| γενέσθαι· ὁ θεὸς δὲ τὴν εὐψυχίαν δίδωσιν, ὃν ἱκετεύειν ἀναγ- | ||
| 20 | καῖον. Φιλοφρονηθεὶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον καλῶς εἶπεν ἅπαντας | 198 |
| ἀποφαίνεσθαι· ἐπερωτήσας δὲ ἔτι ἕνα καταλήξω τὸ νῦν ἔχον, ἵνα | ||
| καὶ πρὸς τὸ τέρπεσθαι τραπέντες ἡδέως διεξάγωμεν. ἐν δὲ ταῖς | ||
| μετὰ ταῦτα ἓξ ἑξῆς ἡμέραις καὶ παρὰ τῶν λοιπῶν ἑξῆς μαθήσομαί | ||
| τι πλέον. εἶτ᾿ ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἄνδρα Τί πέρας ἀνδρείας ἐστίν; ὁ | 199 | |
| 25 | δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ τὸ βουλευθὲν ὀρθῶς ἐν ταῖς τῶν κινδύνων πράξεσιν | |
| ἐπιτελοῖτο κατὰ πρόθεσιν. τελειοῦται δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα σοι | ||
| καλῶς βουλευομένῳ, βασιλεῦ, συμφερόντως. § Ἐπιφωνησάντων | 200 § Jos | |
| δὲ πάντων καὶ κρότῳ σημηναμένων πρὸς τοὺς φιλοσόφους εἶπεν ὁ | ||
| βασιλεὺς (οὐκ ὀλίγοι γὰρ παρῆσαν τούτοις) Οἴομαι διαφέρειν τοὺς | ||
2 τον] τα recte ut vid Wend. 8 om και BPTZ | τουτο Z 9 εκγοωοις |
HKAGIB | |
| ABT 10 επι τελει P] επιτελειν BZcorr επιτελη T επιτελοι cett | CPTZ Jos | |
| 12 εκγονοις AB*T 13 om ου B 14 απαντων] pr των H | τουτους I | ||
| 16 φερει P | λαμβανεις BT | γεγονασιν BPT 18 αγαθων] pr των BT | ||
| 19 om δε C 20 τουτω P 21 αποκρινεσθαι B | om δε C 23 ημερας | ||
| GI | εξης 2º] om BPTZ 24 ειτ επηρωτα BCTZ (ειτα BC)] ειτ επερωτα | ||
| cett 27 βουλευομενω BT] βουλομενω cett 28 σημαναμενων CTZ | ||
| 29 ολιγοις Z | ||
| ἄνδρας ἀρετῇ καὶ συνιέναι πλεῖον, οἵτινες ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τοιαύτας | ||
| ἐρωτήσεις λαμβάνοντες, ὡς δέον ἐστὶν ἀποκέκρινται; πάντες ἀπὸ | ||
| θεοῦ τοῦ λόγου τὴν καταρχὴν ποιούμενοι. Μενέδημος δὲ ὁ | 201 | |
| Ἐρετριεὺς φιλόσοφος εἶπε Ναί, βασιλεῦ· προνοίᾳ γὰρ τῶ ὅλων | ||
| 5 | διοικουμένων, καὶ ὑπειληφότων ὀρθῶς τοῦτο, ὅτι θεόκτιστόν ἐστιν | |
| ἄνθρωπος, ἀκολουθεῖ πᾶσαν δυναστείαν καὶ λόγου καλλονὴν ἀπὸ | ||
| θεοῦ κατάρχεσθαι. τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως ἐπινεύσαντος τὰ περὶ τούτων | 202 | |
| ἔληξεν,§ ἐτράπησαν δὲ πρὸς εὐφροσύνην. ἐπιλαβούσης δὲ τῆς | § Jos | |
| ἑσπέρας τὸ συμπόσιον ἐλύθη. | ||
| 10 | Τῇ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν διάταξιν τὰ τῆς |
203 |
| ἀναπτώσεως καὶ συμποσίας ἐπετελεῖτο. καθὸ δὲ ἐνόμιζεν ὁ | ||
| βασιλεὺς εὔκαιρον εἶναι πρὸς τὸ πυνθάνεσθαί τι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, | ||
| ἐπηρώτα τοὺς ἑξῆς τῶν ἀποκεκριμένων τῇ προτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ. πρὸς | 204 | |
| τὸν ἑνδέκατον δὲ ἤρξατο τὴν κοινολογίαν ποιεῖσθαι· δέκα γὰρ ἦσαν | ||
| 15 | οἱ ἠρωτημένοι τῇ προτέρᾳ. σιγῆς δὲ γενομένης ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς | |
| ἂν πλούσιος διαμένοι; βραχὺ δὲ ἐπισχὼν ὁ τὴν ἐρώτησιν ἐκδεχό- | 205 | |
| μενος εἶπεν Εἰ μηδὲν ἀνάξιον τῆς ἀρχῆς μηδὲ ἀσελγὲς πράσσοι, | ||
| μηδὲ δαπάνῃ εἰς τὰ κενὰ καὶ
μάταια συντελοῖ, τοὺς
δὲ
ὑποτεταγμέ- |
||
| νους εὐεργεσίᾳ πρὸς εὔνοιαν ἄγοι γὴν ἑαυτοῦ· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς πᾶσιν | ||
| 20 | αἴτιος ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν, ᾧ κατακολουθεῖν ἀναγκαῖον. Ἐπαι- | 206 |
| νέσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦτον ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Πῶς ἂν τὴν ἀλήθειαν | ||
| διατηροῖ; ὁ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀπεκρίθη Γινώσκων ὅτι μεγάλην | ||
| αἰσχύνην ἐπιφέρει τὸ ψεῦδος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον | ||
| τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν· ἐξουσίαν γὰρ ἔχοντες ὃ βούλονται πράσσειν, τίνος | ||
| 25 | ἕνεκεν ἂν ψεύσαιντο; προσλαμβάνειν δὲ δεῖ τοῦτό σε, βασιλεῦ, διότι | |
| φιλαλήθης ὁ θεός ἐστιν. Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ εὖ μάλα καὶ | 207 | |
| τοῦτον ἐπιβλέψας εἶπεν Τί ἐστι σοφίας διδαχή; ὁ δὲ ἕτερος | ||
3 om του B | Μενεδιμος BT Βενεδημος Z | om δε BT 8 δε 1º B] δε |
HKAGIB | |
| τα cett | προς ευφροσ.—τη δε (10)] om A 13 πρωτη K | προς τον ενδεκ.— | CPTZ Jos | |
| προτερα (15) om Btxt ins Bmg 15 om οι KB | προτερα] προτερεα A* | ||
| (-ραια Acorr) + ημερα Bmg 16 διαμελλοι P 18 δαπανην Mend. | | ||
| συντελει BCT συντελη Z ασυντελει P | δε Mend. (et sic L)] om codd cett | ||
| 19 ευεργεσια] + δε B | αγει BT 21 επηρωτα BT] επερωτα cett | ||
| 22 διατηροιη BAcorr 23 επιφερει KB επιφεροι cett | ||
| 24 εξουσιαν—πρασσειν] om C | ο] ων B 25 αν ενεκεν Z | προσλαμβανειν | ||
| BT] προλαμβανειν cett σε] σοι A 26 om ο θεος P 27 post τουτον | ||
| fort επι τον μετ αυτον vel aliquid simile excidit | ||
| ἀπεφήνατο Καθὼς οὐ βούλει σεαυτῷ τὰ κακὰ παρεῖναι, μέτοχος δὲ | ||
| τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὑπάρχειν ἁπάντων, εἰ πράσσοις τοῦτο πρὸς τοὺς ὑποτε- | ||
| ταγμένους καὶ τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, εἰ τοὺς καλοὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς τῶν | ||
| ἀνθρώπων ἐπιεικέστερον νουθετοῖς· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους | ||
| 5 | ἅπαντας ἐπιεικείᾳ ἄγει. Ἐπαινέσας αὐτὸν τῷ μετ᾿ αὐτὸν | 208 |
| εἶπε Πῶς ἂν φιλάνθρωπος εἴη; κἀκεῖνος ἔφη Θεωρῶν ὡς ἐν | ||
| παλλῷ χρόνῳ καὶ κακοπαθείαις μεγίσταις αὔξει τε καὶ γεννᾶται τὸ | ||
| τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος· ὅθεν οὔτε εὐκόπως δεῖ κολάζειν, οὔτε αἰκίαις | ||
| περιβάλλειν· γινώσκων ὅτι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρὼπων ζῇν ἐν ὀδύναις τε καὶ | ||
| 10 | τιμωρίαις καθέστηκεν. ἐπινοῶν οὖν ἕκαστα πρὸς τὸν ἔλεον τραπήσῃ· | |
| καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἐλεήμων ἐστίν. Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ τοῦτον | 209 | |
| ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς Τίς ἀναγκαιότατος τρόπος βασιλείας; | ||
| Τὸ συντηρεῖν, εἶπεν, αὑτὸν ἀδωροδόκητον, καὶ νήφειν τὸ πλεῖον μέρος | ||
| τοῦ βίου, καὶ δικαιοσύνην προτιμᾷν, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους φιλοποιεῖ- | ||
| 15 | σθαι· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς φιλοδίκαιός ἐστιν. Ἐπισημήνας καὶ | 210 |
| τοῦτον πρὸσ τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Τί τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐστὶ κατάστημα; | ||
| ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ διαλαμβάνειν ὅτι πάντα διὰ παντὸς ὁ θεὸς ἐνεργεῖ | ||
| καὶ γινώσκει, καὶ οὐθὲν ἂν λάθοι ἄδικον ποιήσας ἢ κακὸν ἐργασά- | ||
| μενος ἄνθρωπος· ὡς γὰρ θεὸς εὐεργετεῖ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον, οὕτως καὶ | ||
| 20 | σὺ μιμούμενος ἀπρόσκοπος ἂν εἴης. Ἐπιφωνήσας δὲ τούτῳ | 211 |
| πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Τίς ὅρος τοῦ βασιλεύειν ἐστίν; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τὸ | ||
| καλῶς ἄρχειν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ μὴ τῷ πλούτῳ καὶ τῇ δόξῃ φερόμενον | ||
| ὑπερήφανον καὶ ἄσχημόν τι ἐπιθυμῆσαι, εἰ καλῶς λογίζοιο. πάντα | ||
| γὰρ σοι πάρεστιν ὡς οὐδέν. ὁθεὸς δὲ ἀπροσδεής ἐστι καὶ ἐπιεικής. | ||
1 απεφηνατο] ειπε B απεκρινατο P | βουλη HGCZ | om τα BCTZ |
HKAGIB | |
| 2 πρασσεις KBCP 2 f αμαρτ. και τους υποτεταγ. P 3 om τους 1º B | CPTZ | |
| 4 νουθετεις KBPT 6 om αν Z* in Zcorr 7 om τε I 8 ουτε 1º] | ||
| ουδε Z |
αικιαις (cf |
||
| 9 τον ανον HKB | om τε KB 11 δε] + και GI 12 om επυνθανετο | ||
| Ktxt ins post εξης Kmg | το] τον K | βασιλειας] pr της P 13 εαυτον P | ||
| 14 φιλοπονεισθαι H 16 om τον BT | om της B | καταστημα εστιν Z | ||
| 17 om δε K | διαπαντος] + οτι K | ενεργει και γινωσκει ο θσ P 19 θεος] | ||
| pr ο P | om ολον P 20 τουτον CPZ 22 εαυτου] + και βασιλευειν εστι K | ||
| 23 υπερηφανον] + τι BT*? (ras 2 litt) | om τι B | επιθυμησαι P] εννοησασθαι | ||
| B επινοησαιο Z επιθυμησαιο cett 24 ως ουδεν] οσα δεον conj Wend. | ||
| καὶ σὺ καθόσον ἄνθρωπος ἐννόει, καὶ μὴ πολλῶν ὀρέγου, τῶν δὲ | ||
| ἱκανῶν πρὸς τὸ βασιλεύειν. Κατεπαινέσας δὲ αὐτόν, ἐπηρώτα | 212 | |
| τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν τὰ κάλλιστα διαλογίζοιτο; ἀπεκρίθη δὲ ἐκεῖνος | ||
| Εἰ τὸ δίκαιον ἐπὶ παντὸς προβάλλοι συνεχῶς, καὶ νομίζοι τὴν | ||
| 5 | ἀδολίαν τοῦ ζῇν στέρησιν εἶναι· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς διὰ παντὸς τοῖς | |
| δικαίοις ἀγαθὰ προσημαίνει μέγιστα. Τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαινέσας | 213 | |
| εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἑξῆς Πῶς ἂν ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις ἀτάραχος εἴη; ὁ δὲ ἔφη | ||
| Δυσαπολόγητον ἡρώτηκας πρᾶγμα. συναναφέρειν γὰρ οὐ δυνάμεθα | ||
| ἐν τούτοις τοῖς κατὰ τὸν ὕπνον ἑαυτούς. ἀλλὰ περιεχόμεθα ἀλογίστῳ | ||
| 10 | κατὰ
τάδε
αἰσθήσει. πάσχομεν γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς |
214 |
| ὑποπίπτουσιν ὡς θεωρουμένοις· ἀλογιστοῦμεν δέ, καθόσον ὑπολαμ- | ||
| βάνομεν καὶ ἐπὶ πέλαγος καὶ ἐν πλοίοις ἢ πολεῖν, ἢ πέτασθαι φερο- | ||
| μένους καὶ διαίρειν εἰς ἑτέρους τόπους, καὶ τοιαῦτα ἕτερα, † καὶ ὁ ταῦθ᾿ | ||
| ὑπολαμβάνων μὴ καθεστάναι.† πλὴν ὅσον ἔμοιγε ἐφικτόν, οὕτω | 215 | |
| 15 | διείληφα· κατὰ πὰντα τρόπον σέ, βασιλεῦ, καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ τὰ | |
| πραττόμενα πρὸς εὐσέβειαν
ἐπανάγειν, ὅπως
ἑαυτῷ
συμοστορῇς. ὅτι |
||
| τὸ κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν συντηρῶν οὔτε χαρίζεσθαι προαιρῇ παρὰ λόγον, οὐδὲ | ||
| ἐξουσίᾳ χρώμενος τὸ δίκαιον αἴρεις. ἐπὶ πλεῖον γάρ, ἐν οἷς ἕκαςτος | 216 | |
| πράγμασιν ἐγρηγορὼς τὴν διαγωγὴν ποιεῖται, καὶ καθ᾿ ὕπνον ἐν τοῖς | ||
| 20 | αὐτοῖς ἡ διάνοια τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ἔχει, † ὡς δὲ † πάντα διαλογισμὸν | |
| καὶ πρᾶξιν ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα τρεπομένην κατευθύνει καὶ ἐγρηγορὼς | ||
| καὶ ἐν ὕπνῳ. διὸ καὶ περὶ σὲ διὰ παντός ἐστιν εὐστάθεια. Κατ- | 217 | |
| ευφημήσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον Ἐπεὶ σὺ δέκατος | ||
| τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἔχεις, ὡς ἂν ἀποφήνῃ, πρὸς τὸ δεῖπνον τραπησόμεθα. | ||
3 om τα B 4 ει] εις G ] προβαλοι P προβαλλει C προβαλοις G |
HKAGIB | |
| προβαλλοις I | νομιζει P 5 om του ζην Z 9 τους υπνους P 10 ταδε] | CPTZ | |
| τηδε HKAPT τι δε GICZ τα τηδε B (τα excurrit in mg sed prima manu) | | ||
| πασχωμεν GIP | om την I 11 υπολαμβανομεν BCPT] υπολαμβανομενοι | ||
| cett 12 και 1º] om B | πολειν KGIBT] πωλειν HCPZ πλειν A (ν πολ.] | ||
| περιπολειν Wend.) | πετασθαι] + ημας B 13 και ο ταυθ—βασιλευ | ||
| (15) om Btxt ins in mg Brubr | ο] om K το P 14 υπολαμβανειν KGICPZ | | ||
| καθισταναι I Locus perobscurus ? κατα ταυθ υπολαμβανομεν | ||
| καθεσταναι 15 τροπον παντα Z | σε] σοι KBT 16 εαυτω] εαυτου codd | ||
| 17 om το B 18 αιρεις] αναιρεις P αιρης Z ερεις A 19 ποιηται P | | ||
| η διανοια εν τοις αθτοις BT 20 ως δε codd] Fortasse ως δ εχει | ||
| vel οσ δ εχει 21 κατευθυνεις Zcorr 24 τραπησωμεθα GICPZ | ||
| ἠρώτα δὲ Πῶς ἂν μηδὲν ἀνάξιον ἑαυτῶν πράσσοιμεν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν | 218 | |
| Ἐπίβλεπε διὰ παντὸς εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ δόξαν καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχήν, ἴνα | ||
| τούτοις ἀκόλουθα καὶ λέγῃς καὶ διανοῇ, γινώσκων ὅτι πάντες ὧν | ||
| ἄρχεος [ερὶ σοῦ καὶ διανοοῦνται καὶ λαλοῦσιν. οὐ γὰρ ἐλάχιστόν | 219 | |
| 5 | σε δεῖ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν
φαίνεσθαι· τὸ γὰρ πρόσωπον,
ὃ δέον αὐτοῖς |
|
| ἐστιν ὑποκρίνεσθαι, τοῦτο συνθεωροῦντες ἀκόλουθα πάντα πράσ- | ||
| σουσι· σὺ δὲ οὐχ ὑπόκρισιν ἔχεις, ἀλλ᾿ ἀληθῶς βασιλεύεις, θεοῦ | ||
| δόντος σοι καταξίως τῶν τρόπων τὴν ἡγεμονίαν. Τοῦ δὲ | 220 | |
| βασιλέως εὖ μάλα συγκροτήσαντος μετὰ φιλοφροσύνης ἐπὶ πλείονα | ||
| 10 | χρόνον, τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καθυπνοῦν παρεκάλουν. καὶ τὰ μὲν πρὸς | |
| τούτους ὡς ἔληξεν, ἐπὶ τὴν ἑξῆς ἐτράπησαν τῆς συμποσίας | ||
| διάταξιν. | ||
Τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ, τῆς αὐτῆς διατάξεως γενηθείσης, ὅτε καιρὸν ὑπε- |
221 | |
| λάμβανεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶναι τοῦ πυνθάνεσθαί τι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἠρώτα | ||
| 15 | τὸν πρῶτον τῶν ἀπολιπόντων πὸς τὴν ἑξῆς ἐρώτησιν Τίς ἐστιν | |
| ἀρχὴ κρατίστη; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ κρατεῖν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ μὴ συγκατα- | 222 | |
| φέρεσθαι ταῖς ὁρμαῖς. πᾶσι γὰρ ἀνθρώποις φυσικὸν εἶναι τὸ πρός | ||
| τι τὴν διάνοιαν ῥέπειν· τοῖς μὲν οἶν πολλοῖς ἐπὶ τὰ βρωτὰ καὶ | 223 | |
| ποτὰ καὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς εἰκός ἐστι κεκλίσθαι, τοῖς δὲ βασιλεῦσιν ἐπὶ | ||
| 20 | χώρας κατάκτησιν, κατὰ τὸ τῆς δόξης μέγεθος· πλὴν ἐν πᾶσι | |
| μετριότης καλόν. ἃ δὲ ὁ θεὸς δίδωσι, ταῦτα λαμβάνων σύνεχε· | ||
| τῶν δ᾿ ἀνεφίκτων μὴ ἐπιθύμει. Τοῖς δὲ ῥηθεῖσιν ἀρεσθεὶς | 224 | |
| πρὸς τὸν ἐχόμενον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς εἴη φθόνου; διαλιπὼν δὲ | ||
| ἐκεῖνος ἔφη Πρῶτον εἰ νοήσαι, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς πᾶσι μερίζει δόξαν τε | ||
| 25 | καὶ πλούτου μέγεθος τοῖς βασιλεῦσι, καὶ οὐδεὶς περὶ ἑαυτόν ἐστι | |
1 αυτων CZ 3 λεγεις PZ 5 δει B] δια cett | ο δεον αυτοις conj |
HKAGIB | |
| Schmidt] ουδε αυτο (αυτος B) codd 6 τουτο] + γαρ GI | συν (in | CPTZ | |
| συνθεωρουντες sup lin T¹ 8 τον τροπον Ztxt | ηγεμονειαν H | ||
| 10 καθυπνουντας C υπνουν GI | παρεκ. καθ. Z | ||
| 11 τουτοις Z | εληξεν Schard] ελεξεν codd | επι] + τουτοις (post ras) Z | | ||
| ως εληξεν—εχομενη (13)] om H 13 υπελαβεν | ||
| CTZ 14 ηρωτα ex conj] πρωτα codd (επηρωτα Zcorr) 15 των απολιποντων | ||
| (-λειπ. P)] τον απολιποντα BCTZ + ηγε B | ερωτησιν] + εφη P | ||
| 18 om την διαν. Z | βρωματα P 19 κεκλεισθαι PB*vid 20 κατα] και | ||
| Wend. | om το C 21 om ταυτα P | β συνεχε α λαμβανων B* (corr B¹) | ||
| 23 τως] ως Z | διαλειπων I 24 ει νοησαις Zcorr P (-ησσ.) εννοησας B | ||
| 25 πλουτον HGI | παρ εαυτον Wend. | ||
| βασιλεύς· πάντες γὰρ θέλουσι μετασχεῖν ταότης τῆ δόξης, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ | ||
| δύνανται· θεοῦ γάρ ἐστι δόμα. Ἐπαινέσας δὲ τὸν ἄνδρα | 225 | |
| διὰ πλειόνων ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν καταφρονοίη τῶν ἐχθρῶν; | ||
| ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἠσκηκὼς πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εὔνοιαν καὶ κατεργα- | ||
| 5 | σάμενος φιλίας, λόγον οὐθενὸς ἂν ἔχπος· τὸ δὲ κεχαριτῶσθαι πρὸς | |
| πάντας ἀνθρώπους καὶ καλὸν δῶρον εἰληφέναι παρὰ θεοῦ τοῦτ᾿ ἔστι | ||
| κράτιστον. Συναινέσας δὲ τούτοις τὸν ἑξῆς ἐκέλευσεν | 226 | |
| ἀποκριθῆναι, πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰπών Πῶς ἂν δοξαζόμενος διαμένοι; εἶπε | ||
| δέ Τῇ προθυμίᾳ καὶ ταῖς χάρισι πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους μεταοτικὸς ὢν | ||
| 10 | καὶ μεγαλομερὴς οὐδέποτ᾿ ἂν ἀπολίποι δόξης· ἵνα δὲ τὰ προειρη- | |
| μένα σοι διαμένῃ, τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦ διὰ παντός. Εὐφη- | 227 | |
| μήσας δὲ τοῦτον ἕτερον ἡρώτα Πῶς τινα δεῖ φιλότιμον εἶναι; | ||
| ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Πρὸς τοὺς φιλικῶς ἔχοντας ἡμῖν οἴονται πάντες ὅτι | ||
| πρὸς τούτους δέον· ἐγὼ δ᾿ ὑπολαμβάνω, πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιδοξοῦντας | ||
| 15 | φιλοτιμίαν δεῖν χαριστικὴν ἔχειν, ἵνα τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ μετάγωμεν | |
| αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ καθῆκον καὶ συμφέρον ἑαυτοῖς. δεῖ δὲ τὸν θεὸν | ||
| λιτανεύειν, ἵνα ταῦτ᾿ ἐπιτελῆται· τὰς γὰρ ἀπάντων διανοίας | ||
| κρατεῖ. Ζθνομολογέσας δὲ τούτοις τὸν ἕκτον ἐκέλευσεν | 228 | |
| ἀποφήνασθαι πυνθανόμενος Τίσι δεῖ χαρίζεσθαι; ἐκεῖνος δ᾿ | ||
| 20 | ἀπεκρίθη Γονεῦσι διὰ παντός, καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς πεποίηται ἐντολὴν | |
| μεγίστην περὶ τῆς τῶν γονέων τιμῆς. ἑπομένως δὲ τὴν τῶν φίλων | ||
ἐγκρίνει διάθεσιν,
προσονομάσας  .
σὺ |
||
| δὲ καλῶς ποιεῖς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς φιλίαν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καθ- | ||
| ιστῶν. Παρακαλέσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἐπυνθάνετο καὶ τοῦ | 229 | |
| 25 | μετέπειτα Τί καλλονῆς ἄξιόν ἐστιν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εὐσέβεια. καὶ | |
| γὰρ αὕτη καλλονή τίς ἐστι πρωτεύουσα. τὸ δὲ δυνατὸν αὐτῆς | ||
2 δυναντ αν Z 5 φιλιαν Z 6 om και GI 8 ειπων] ειπεν GIC |
HKAGIB | |
| ειπας Z | πως] ως Z 9 προμηθεια K | μεταδοτ. ων προς τους αλλους B | CPTZ | |
| 10 απολειποι P 11 διαμενοι A 12 πως] προς Wend. | δει sup lin scr | ||
| Z*vid 13 οιονται] οιον και K 15 δει BP | εχειν] ειναι B | τροπω] | ||
| προσωπω CZ 17 επιτελειται C 18 συνομολογησασθαι P et (δε omisso) | ||
| Z* 19 om δ Z 20 απεκριθη] ειπε Z 21 επομενος P 22 εγκρινειν Z | ||
| 23 προς εαυτον] εαυτω P 24 και 1º] om B 26 om τις PZ προτερευουσα | ||
| H προτευουσα GI | βεστιν ααυτης B* (corr B¹) | ||
| ἐστιν ἀγάπη· αὕτη γὰρ θεοῦ δόσις ἐστίν· ἣν καὶ σὺ κέκτησαι πάντα | ||
| περιέχωμ ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ ἀγαθά. Λίαν δὲ φιλοφρόνως ἐπικρο- | 230 | |
| τήσας εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν πταίσας πάλιν τῆς αὐτῆς | ||
| κρατήσαι δόξης; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Σὲ μὲν οὐ δυνατόν ἐστι πταῖσαι, πᾶσι | ||
| 5 | γὰρ χάριτας ἔσπαρκας, αἳ βλαστάνουσιν εὔνοιαν, ἣ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν | |
| ὅπλων κατισχύουσα περιλαμβάνει τὴν μεγίστην ἀσφάλειαν· εἰ δὲ | 231 | |
| τινες πταίουσιν, ἐφ᾿ οἷς πταίουσιν, οὐκέτι χρὴ ταῦτα πρύσσειν, ἀλλὰ | ||
| φιλίαν κατακτησαμένους δικαιοπραγεῖν. θεοῦ δὲ δῶρον ἀγαθῶν | ||
| ἐργάτην εἶναι καὶ μὴ τῶν ἐναντίων. Συναρεσθεὶς δὲ τούτοις | 232 | |
| 10 | πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς γένοιτο λύπης ὁ δὲ ἔφησεν Εἰ | |
| μηδένα βλάπτοι, πάντας δὲ ὡφελοῖ, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ κατακολουθῶν· | ||
| τοὺς γὰρ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς καρποὺς ἀλυπίαν κατσκευάζειν. ἱκετεύειν δὲ | 233 | |
| τὸν θεόν, ἵνα μὴ τὰ παρὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἡμῶν ἀνακύπτοντα | ||
| βλάπτῃ, λέγω δὴ οἷον θάνατοί τε καὶ νόσοι καὶ λῦπαι καὶ τὰ | ||
| 15 | τοιαῦτα. αὐτῷ
δὲ σοὶ εὐσεβεῖ καθεστῶτο τούτων οὐδὲν ἂν |
|
| προσέλθοι. Καλῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἐπαινέσας τὸν δέκατον ἡρώτα | 234 | |
| Τί μέγιστόν ἐστι δόξης; ὁ δὲ εἶπε Τὸ τιμᾷν τὸν θεόν· τοῦτο δ᾿ | ||
| ἐστὶν οὐ δώροις οὐδὲ θυσίαις, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς καθαρότητι καὶ διαλήψεως | ||
| ὁσίας, καθὼς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα κατασκευάζεται καὶ διοικεῖται | ||
| 20 | κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ βούλησιν· ἣν καὶ σὺ διατελεῖς ἔχων γνώμην, ᾗ | |
| πάρεστι σημειοῦσθαι πᾶσιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπὸ σοῦ συντετλεσμένων καὶ | ||
| συντελουμένων. Μετὰ μείζονος δὲ φωνῆς πάντας αὐτοὺς ὁ | 235 | |
| βασιλεὺς ἡσπάζετο καὶ παρεκάλει, συνεπιφωνούντων τῶν παρόντων, | ||
| μάλιστα δὲ τῶν φιλοσόφων. καὶ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγωγαῖς καὶ τῷ λόγῳ | ||
| 25 | πολὺ προέχοντες αὐτῶν ἦσαν, ὃς ἂν ἀπὸ θεοῦ τὴν καταρχὴν ποιού- | |
| μενοι. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὁ βασιλεύς εἰς τὸ φιλοφρονεῖσθαι προῆλθε | ||
| διὰ τῶν προπόσεων. | ||
1 γαρ] δε B | θῡ δοσις BCPT] θεοδοσιος cett 2 αυτη] εαυτη K αυτω |
HKAGIB | |
| B* εαυτω B¹ txt cett 3 της αυτης παλιν P 5 εσπερκας HA | ευνοιαν] | CPTZ | |
| (+ ει δε τινες πταιουσιν· εφ οις πταιουσι K* (del rubricator) 8 | ||
| κτησαμενους BT | αγαθον CT*Z 9 συναρκεσθεις B 10 εφησεν] | ||
| εφη AP 11 βλαπτοι] λυπειται Zvid (fin ex corr) | ωφελει KT οφελοιη P | ||
| 12 αυτους K 13 om τα KBCTZ 14 βλαπτοι CPZ | λεγω δη (δε Z)] om P | | ||
| om αυτω—καθεστωτι] ευσεβει δε σοι οντι P 19 καθως—κατα (20)] | ||
| om HKAGI 22 δε μειζονος Z 25 προσεχοντες BZ | αυτω B* | ησαν P] | ||
| om cett 27 προποσεων BTHcorr] πραιποσιτων PKcorr προποσετων cett | ||
Τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῆς διατάξεως τοῦ συμποσίου |
236 | |
| γενομένης, καθὼς εὔκαιρον ἐγένετο τῷ βασιλεῖ, τοὺς ἑξῆς ἡρώτα τῶν | ||
| προαποκεκριμένων, εἶπε δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ Τὸ φρονεῖν εἰ διδακτόν ἐστιν; | ||
| ὃς δ᾿ εἶπε Ψυχῆς ἐστι κατασκευὴ διὰ θείας δυνάμεως ἐπιδέχεσθαι | ||
| 5 | πᾶν τὸ καλόν, ἀποστρέφεσθαι δὲ τἀναντία. Συνομολογήσας | 237 |
| δὲ τὸν ἐχόμενον ἡρώτα Τί πρὸς ὑγείαν μάλιστα συντείνει; ἐκεῖνος | ||
| δὲ ἔφη Σωφροσύνη· ταύτης δὲ οὐκ ἔστι τυχεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ θεὸς κατα- | ||
| σκευάσῃ τὴν διάνοιαν εἰς τοῦτο. Παρακαλέσας δὲ τοῦτον πρὸς | 238 | |
| τὸν ἕτερον ἔφη Πῶς ἂν γονεῦσι τὰς ἀξίας ἀποδῴη χάριτας; ὃς δὲ | ||
| 10 | εἶπε Μηδὲν αὐτοὺς λυπήσας· τοῦτο δ᾿ οὐκ ἔστιν, εἰ μὴ θεὸς τῆς δια- | |
| νοίας ἡγεμὼν γένοιτο πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα. Προσεπινεύσας δὲ | 239 | |
| τούτῳ τὸν ἑξῆς ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φιλήκοος εἴη; ἐκεῖνος δὲ εἶπε Δια- | ||
| λαμβ̩άνων ὅτι πάντα συμφέρει γινώσκειν, ὅπως ἂν πρὸς τὰ συμ- | ||
| βαίνοντα ἐκλεγόμενός τι τῶν ἡκροαμένων ἀμιθυπτοιθεὶς πρὸς τὰ τῶν | ||
| 15 | καιρῶν † ἂν ἀντιπράσσηται †, σὺν χειραγωγίᾳ θεοῦ· τοῦτο δ᾿ ἐστίν, | |
| αἱ τῶν πράξεων τελειώσεις ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαινέσας | 240 | |
| πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν μηθὲν παρά̩νομον πράσσοι; πρὸς τοῦτο | ||
| ἔφησε Γινώσκων ὅτι τὰς ἐπινοίας ὁ θεὸς ἔδωκε τοῖς νομοθετὴσασι | ||
| πρὸς τὸ σώζεσθαι τοὺς βίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀκόλουθος εἴης | ||
| 20 | ἂν αὐτοῖς. Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἕτερον εἶπε Τίς | 241 |
| ὠφέλεια συγγενείας ἐστίν; ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Ἐὰν τοῖς συμβαίνουσι | ||
| νομίζωμεν ἀτυχοῦσι μὲν ἐλαττοῦσθαι, καὶ κακοπαθῶμεν ὡς αὐτοί, | ||
| φαίνεται τὸ συγγενὲς ὅσον ἰσχῦόν ἐστι—τελουμένων δὲ τούτων καὶ | 242 | |
| δόξα καὶ προκοπὴ παρὰ τοῖς τοιούτοις ὑπάρξει· τὸ γάρ συνεργὲς | ||
2 γενομενου BT | τους] τοις I 3 αποκεκριμενων T 4 δια] και P |
HKAGIB | |
| 6 εκεινο B* εκεινος B¹ 7 εαν] ει A | κατασκευασει HAGCZ* 8 om δε | CPTZ | |
| BCPTZ 9 ειπε Z | αποδων G αποδωση Z | γονευσιν αποδωη τας αξ. χαρ. | ||
| B 10 λυπησας P] λυπησαι cett | της διανοιας ηγεμων bis scripsit K | ||
| 12 om αν C | ειη] pr αν Z | διαλαμβανειν B 13 συμφερειν T | ||
| 14 ανθυποτιθης T (Wend.) txt (αντ. GICA) cett | ||
| 15 αν αντιπρασσηται] αντιπρασσηται | ||
| G (αν τι πρασσ.) IB txt (fort recte) cett (ἃν ἀντ. Wend.) | συγχειραγωγια | ||
| A*GITZ | εστιν αι] εστι και P 16 η των πρ. τελειωσις T* | ? εισιν | ||
| υπ αυτου 17 πρασσοι παρα τον νομον BCPTZ 18 δεδωκε P 19 ειης] | ||
| pr αν BTZ* (post ras) 20 om αν BT | αυτον] τουτον P | ετερον] pr τον | ||
| HPZ 22 νομιζωμεν KAcorr Bcorr T] νομιζομεν cett | ατυχουσι KAcorr BPT | ||
| ατυχωσι cett | ως αυτοι BCcorr Tcorr] ως αυτον PC*T*vid ως αυτων cett | ||
| (? ωσαυτως) 23 οσον—συνεργες (24)] om Btxt ins Bmg | om και P | ||
| 24 υπαρχει GI | συγγενες BcorrT | ||
| εὐνόως γινόμενον ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ἀδιάλυτον πρὸς ἅπαντα—μετὰ δὲ εὐη- | ||
| μερίας, μηδὲν προσδεῖσθαι
τῶν ἐκείνων· ἀλλὰ δέον θεὸν
ἱκετεύειν, |
||
| πάντα ἀγαθοποιεῖν. Ὡσαύτως δὲ ἐκείνοις ἀποδεξάμενος | 243 | |
| αὐτὸν ἄλλον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἀφοβία γίνεται; εἶπε δέ Συνιστορούσης | ||
| 5 | τῆς διανοίας μηδὲν κακὸν πεπραχέναι, θεοῦ κατευθύνοντος εἰς τὸ | |
| καλῶς ἅπαντα βουλεύεσθαι. Τούτῳ δὲ ἐπιφωνήσας πρὸς | 244 | |
| ἄλλον εἶπε Πῶσ ἂν προχείρως ἔχοι τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν | ||
| Εἰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώτων ἀτυχήματα διὰ παντὸς ἐπιβλέποι· γινώσκων | ||
| ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀφαιρεῖται τὰς εὐημερίας, ἑτέρους δὲ δοξάζων εἰς τὸ | ||
| 10 | τιμᾶσθαι προάγει. Καλῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἀποδεξάμενος τὸν | 245 |
| ἑξῆς ἀποκριθῆναι παρεκάλει Πῶς ἂν μὴ εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν, μηδὲ ἐπὶ τὰς | ||
| ἡδονὰς τρέποιτο; ὁ δέ Προχείρως ἔχων, εἶπεν, ὅτι μεγάλης | ||
| βασιλείας κατάρχει καὶ πολλῶν ὄχλων ἀφηγεῖται, καὶ οὐ δεῖ περὶ | ||
| ἕτερόν τι τὴν διάνοιαν εἶναι, τῆς δὲ τούτων ἐπιμελείας φροντίζειν· | ||
| 15 | θεὸν δὲ ἀξιοῦν, ὅπως μηθὲν ἐλλίπῃ τῶν καθηκόντων. Ἐπαι- | 246 |
| νέσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον τὸν
δέκατον
ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἐπιγινώσκοι
τοὺς |
||
| δόλῳ τινὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν πράσσοντας; ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο πρὸς τοῦτο Εἰ | ||
| παρατηροῖτο τὴν ἀγωγὴν ἐλευθέριον οὖσαν, καὶ τὴν εὐταξίαν διαμέ- | ||
| νουσαν ἐν τοῖς ἀσπασμοῖς καὶ συμβουλίαις καὶ τῇ λοιπῇ συνανα- | ||
| 20 | στροφῇ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ, καὶ μηθὲν ὑπερτείνοντας τοῦ δέοντος ἐν ταῖς | |
| φιλοφρονήσεσι καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀγωγήν. θεὸς δὲ | 247 | |
| τὴν διάνοιαν
ἄξει
σοι, βασιλεῦ, πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα. Συγ- |
||
| κροτήσας πάντας τ᾿ ἐπαινέσας κατ᾿ ὄνομα, καὶ τῶν παρόντων ταὐτὰ | ||
| ποιούντων, ἐπὶ τὸ μέλπειν ἐτράπησαν. | ||
1 διαλυτον Z 2 θεον ins. Mend. 3 ις in εκεινοις sup |
HKAGIB | |
| ras T 4 πως ex οπως Tvid | om ειπε δε K 6 απαντας G | τουτο | CPTZ | |
| P 7 εχη τον βορθον λογον απροχειρως B | εχει CZ 8 επιβλεπει BP | ||
| 13 καταρχη Z | om οχλων B 15 ελλειπει B* ελλειπη Bcorr PT | ||
| 16 ερωτα codd | αν επιγινωσκοι] επιγινωσκοι B επιγινωσκει (-εις Z) cett | ||
| 17 δολον τινα Acorr | πρασσοντας προς αυτον BT | προς τουτο (τουτον B* | ||
| Tcorr vid απεφηνατο P 18 αυταξιαν KI (ευ sup ras H) 19 συμβουλιαις | ||
| (-ειαις GICZ)] συμβουλιας HK (-ειας) A* 20 μηδεν HKBP | | ||
| υπερτεινειν P υπερτεινοντ B* (ας add Bcorr) υπερτεινωνται Zcorr 22 | ||
| διανοιαν] δι ανοι C | εξει codd | συγκροτησας} + δε B ουν και P | ||
| cum praecedd conj cett ο δε βασιλευς συγκροτησας edd pr (cod Mon) | ||
| 23 τ (τε C) om P | τα αυτα Bvid T | ||
Τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ τὸν καιρὸν λαβὼν ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἑξῆς Τίς ἐστιν |
248 | |
| ἀμέλεια μεγίστη; πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ ἔφη Εἰ τέκνων ἄφροντίς τις εἴη, καὶ μὴ | ||
| κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀγαγεῖν
σπεύδοι
· εὐχόμεθα γὰρ ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸν |
||
| θεόν, οὐχ οὕτως περὶ ἑαυτῶν ὡς περὶ τῶν ἐγγόνων, ἵνα παρῇ πάντα | ||
| 5 | αὐτοῖς τὰ ἀγαθά. τὸ δὲ ἐπιδεῖσθαι παιδία σωφροσύνης μετασχεῖν, | |
| θεοῦ δυνάμει τοῦτο γίνεται. Φήσας δὲ εὐλογεῖν ἄλλον | 249 | |
| ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φιλόπατρις εἴη; Προτιθέμενος, εἶπεν, ὅτι καλὸν ἐν | ||
| ἰδίᾳ καὶ ζῇν καὶ τελευτᾷν. ἡ δὲ ξενία τοῖς μὲν πένησι καταφρόνησιν | ||
| ἐργάζεται, τοῖς δὲ πλουσίοις ὄνειδος, ὡς διὰ κακίαν ἐκπεπτωκόσιν. | ||
| 10 | εὐεργετῶν οὖν ἅπαντας, καθὼς συνεχῶς τοῦτ᾿ ἐπιτελεῖς, θεοῦ διδόντος | |
| σοὶ πρὸς πάντας χάριν, φιλόπατρις φανήσῃ. Τούτου δὲ | 250 | |
| ἀκούσας τοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἐξῆς
ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς ἂν
ἁρμόσαι γυναικί; |
||
| Γινώσκων
ὅτι μὲν θρασύ ἐστιν, ἔφη, τὸ θῆλυ γένος, καὶ δραστικὸν |
||
| ἐφ᾿ ὃ βούλεται πρᾶγμα, καὶ μεταπῖπτον εὐκόπως διὰ παραλογισμοῦ, | ||
| 15 | καὶ τῇ φύσει κατεσκεύασται ἀσθενές· δέον δ᾿ ἐστὶ κατὰ τὸ ὑγιὲς | |
| χρῆσθαι, καὶ μὴ πρὸς ἔριν ἀντιπράσσειν. κατορθοῦται γὰρ βίος, | 251 | |
| ὅταν ὁ κυβερνῶν εἰδῇ, πρὸς τίνα σκοπὸν δεῖ τὴν διέξοδον ποιεῖ- | ||
| σθαι. θεοῦ δ᾿ ἐπικλήσει καὶ βίος κυβερνᾶται κατὰ πάντα. Συν- | 252 | |
| ανθομολογησάμενος δὲ τούτῳ
τὸν ἑξῆς ἠρώτα Πῶς
ἂν
ἀναμάρ- |
||
| 20 | τητος εἴη; ὁ δὲ ἔφησεν Ὡς ἅπαντα πράσσων καὶ μετὰ διαλογισμοῦ | |
| καὶ μὴ πειθόμενος διαβολαῖς, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτὸς ὢν δοκιμαστὴς τῶν λεγο- | ||
| μένων καὶ κρίσει κατευθύνων τὰ τῶν ἐντεύξεων καὶ διὰ κρίσεως | ||
| ἐπιτελῶν ταῦτα ἀναμάρτητος, ἔφησεν, ἂν εἴης, ὦ βασιλεῦ. τὸ δ᾿ | ||
| ἐπινοεῖν ταῦτα καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἀναστρ͓φεσθαι θείας δυνάμεώς ἐστιν | ||
2 αφροντις τισ ειη P] αφροντις (αφροστις G) τισ ει GIK αφροντις τις η |
HKAGIB | |
| cett 3 σπευδοι] σπευδη B om cett (spat 5 vel 6 litt hab T) 4 εκγονων | CPTZ | |
| A | om παρη P 5 επιδεσθαι conj Wend. | παιδια P teste Wend. | | ||
| παιδειαν cett 7 προστιθεμενος B 8 ξενιτεια Wend. (ξενητια cod Mon) | ||
| 9 εκπεπτωκασιν C 11 φανησει P | om δε P 12 κατα το (κατα τον H)] | ||
| om P | om αν codd | αρμωσει P 13 γινωσκων] om codd ex conj supplevi | | ||
| θρασυ—γενος] φησι θρασυ το θηλυ γενος εστι P | εστιν εφη TBrubricator | ||
| (εστι B*)] εστι cett 14 om και P | μεταπιπτων GI | ευκολως P | ||
| 15 και] καν K | κατεσκευασθη P -σθαι CZ 16 εριν] αιρειν GI | ερριν PZ | ||
| 17 ο κυβερνων K] om P κυβερνων cett | ηδη H ιδη KA | διεξοδον BCTZ] | ||
| εξοδον cett 18 κατα] και τα I | παν C | συναντομ. AGICZ 19 τουτω] | ||
| τουτον PCZ | om αν codd 20 εφησεν Ως] εφη Σεμνως conj Mend. | | ||
| απαν H*A (απαντ Hcorr) | om και P | μετα partim sup ras I 23 om | ||
| εφησεν P | ||
| ἔργον. Διαχυθεὶς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις τὸν ἕτερον ἠρώτα | 253 | |
| Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς θυμοῦ γένοιτο; πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ εἶπε Γινώσκων ὅτι πάντων | ||
| ἐξουσίαν ἔχει, καὶ, εἰ χρήσαιτο θυμῷ, θάνατον ἐπιφέρει· ὅπερ ἀνω- | ||
| φελὲς καὶ ἀλγεινόν ἐστιν, εἰ τὸ ζῇν ἀφελεῖται πολλῶν, διὰ τὸ κύριον | ||
| 5 | εἶναι. πάντων δ᾿ ὑπηκόων ὄντων καὶ μηδενὸς ἐναντιουμένου, τίνος | 254 |
| χάριν θυμωθήσεται; γινώσκειν δὲ δεῖ, διότι θεὸς τὸν πάντα κόσμον | ||
| διοικεῖ μετ᾿ εὐμενείας καὶ χωρὶς ὀργῆς ἁπάσης· τούτῳ δὲ κατακο- | ||
| λουθεῖν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστί σε, ἔφησεν, ὦ βασιλεῦ. Καλῶς | 255 | |
| δὲ ἀποκεκρίσθαι φήσας τοῦτον ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ μετέπειτα Τί ἐστιν | ||
| 10 | εὐβουλία; Τὸ καλῶς ἅπαντα πράσσειν, ἀπεφήνατο, μετὰ διαλογι- | |
| σμοῦ, κατὰ τὴν βουλὴν
παρατιθέντα καὶ τὰ
βλαβερὰ τῶν κατὰ |
||
| τὸ ἐναντίον τοῦ λόγου διάστημα, ἵνα πρὸς ἕκαστον ἐπινοήσαντες | ||
| ὦμεν εὖ βεβουλευμένοι, καὶ τὸ προτεθὲν ἡμῖν ἐπιτελῆται. τὸ δ᾿ αὖ | ||
| κράτιστον, θεοῦ δυνατείᾳ πᾶν
βούλευμα τελείωσιν
ἕξει
σοι |
||
| 15 | τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἀσκοῦντι. Κατωρθωκέναι δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἰπὼν | 256 |
| ἄλλον ἠρώτα¶ Τί ἐστι φιλοσοφία; Τὸ καλῶς διαλογίζεσθαι πρὸς | ¶ C | |
| ἕκαστον τῶν συμβαινόντων, ἀπεφήνατο, καὶ μὴ ἐκφέρεσθαι ταῖς | ||
| ὁρμαῖς, ἀλλὰ τὰς βλάβας καταμελετᾷν τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐκβαι- | ||
| νούσας, καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὸν καιρὸν πράσσειν δεόντως μετριοπαθῆ καθε- | ||
| 20 | στῶτα. ἵνα δ᾿ ἐπίστασιν τούτων λαμβάνωμεν, θεραπεύειν δεῖ τὸν | |
| θεόν. Ἐπισημήνας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἕτερον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν | 257 | |
| ἀποδοχῆς
ἐν ξενιτείᾳ
τυγχάνοι; Πᾶσιν ἴσος γινόμενος, ἔφη, καὶ |
||
| μᾶλλον ἥττων ἢ καθυπερέχων φαινόμενος πρὸς οὓς ξενιτεύει. | ||
| κοινῶς γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὸ ταπεινούμενον προσδέχεται κατὰ φύσιν, καὶ τὸ | ||
| 25 | τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος τοὺς ὑποτασσομένους φιλανθρωπεῖ. Ἐπι- | 258 |
| μαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτοις ἄλλον
ἡρώτα Πῶς ἃ
ἂν κατασκευάσῃ καὶ |
||
2 γινωσκειν I 3 εχεις A | χρησαι τω P | θυμου HKAGICZ | επιφερειν |
HKAGIB | |
| B 6 δε P] om cett | διοτι] οτι KBT 7 τουτο PZ | κατακολουθειν] | CPTZ | |
| + σε P 8 σε] om P σοι Hcorr | om εφησεν ω K 10 πραττειν B | | ||
| μετα] + δε Z 11 τα κατα την ιδιαν βουλην παρατιθεντας B | om τα | ||
| codd | om των B 13 επιτελειται CPZ 14 τελειωσιν εξει σοι conj | ||
| Mend.] τεως συνεξει σοι BT ιν εξισοι Z τεως ιν (ινα C) εξισοι cett | ||
| 15 κατορθωκεναι HKGICZ | ειπας HGICZ 17 εκαστα BPTZ 19 τα] τας B* | ||
| 20 δειν B* δὲ (pro δεον ?) K txt cett 21 επισημανας P (-μειν. Z*) | ||
| 22 εν ξενιτ. Mend.] η ξενιτεια codd | τυγχανη PT -νει Z | γινομενος P] | ||
| γενομ. cett 23 ηττον GIZ* | ξενιτευη BT 24 om και B | ||
| 25 γενος] + και B | φιλοφρονει B 26 α αν] ἂν codd ἅν Wend. | ||
| μετὰ τοῦτο διαμένῃ; πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ εἶπεν Εἰ μεγάλα καὶ σεμνὰ ταῖς | ||
| ποιήσεσιν ἐπιτελοῖ, πρὸς τὸ φείσασθαι τοὺς θεωροῦντας διὰ τὴν | ||
| καλλονήν, καὶ μηθένα τῶν κατεργαζομένων τὰ τοιαῦτα παραπέμποι, | ||
| μηδὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀμισθὶ συντελεῖν ἀναγκάζοι τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν. | ||
| 5 | διανοούμενος γὰρ ὡς θεὸς πολυωρεῖ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, χορη- | 259 |
| γῶν αὐτοῖς καὶ ὑγείαν καὶ εὐαισθησίαν καὶ τὰ λοιπά καὶ αὐτὸς | ||
| ἀκόλουθόν τι πράξει τῶν κακοπαθειῶν ἀποδιδοὺς τὴν ἀντάμειψιν. | ||
| τὰ γὰρ ἐκ δικαιοσύνης τελούμενα, ταῦτα καὶ διαμένει. Εὖ | 260 | |
| δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἰρηκέναι φήσας τὸν δέκατον ἡρώτα Τί ἐστι σοφίας | ||
| 10 | καρπός; ὁ δὲ εἶπε Τὸ μὴ συνιστορεῖν ἑαυτῷ κακὸν πεπραχότι, τὸν | |
| δὲ βίον ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διεξάγειν. ἐκ τούτων γὰρ κρατίστη χαρὰ καὶ | 261 | |
| ψυχῆς εὐστάθειά σοι γίνεται, μέγιστε βασιλεῦ, καὶ ἐλπίδες ἐπὶ θεῷ | ||
| καλαὶ κρατοῦντί σοι τῆς ἀρχῆς εὐσεβῶς. Ὡς δὲ συνήκουσαν | ||
| πάντες ἐπεφώνησαν σὺν κρότῳ πλείονι. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πρὸς τὸ | ||
| 15 | προπιεῖν ὁ βασιλεὺς [λαμβάνειν] ἐτράπη, χαρᾷ πεπληρωμένος. | |
Τῇ δ᾿ ἑξῆς καθὼς πρότερον ἡ διάταξις ἦν τῶν κατὰ τὸν πότον |
262 | |
| ἐπιτελουμένων, καιροῦ δὲ γενομένου τοὺς ἀπολιπόντας ὁ βασιλεὺς | ||
| ἐπηρώτα. πρὸς τὸν πρῶτον δὲ ἔφη Πῶς ἂν μὴ τραπείη τις εἰς | ||
| ὑπερηφανίαν; ἀπεκρίθη δέ Εἰ τὴν ἰσότητα τηροῖ, καὶ παῤ ἕκαστον | 263 | |
| 20 | ἑαυτὸν ὑπομιμνήσκοι, καθὼς ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἀνθρώπων ἡγεῖται. καὶ | |
| ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους καθαιρεῖ, τοὺς δὲ ἐπιεικεῖς καὶ ταπεινοὺς | ||
| ὑψοῖ. Παρακαλέσας δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν ἑξῆς ἐπηρώτα Τίσι δεῖ | 264 | |
| συμβούλοις χρῆσθαι; τοῖς διὰ πολλῶν, ἔφη, πεπειραμένοις πραγ- | ||
| μάτων καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν συντηροῦσιν ἀκέραιον πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν | ||
| 25 | τρόπων ὅσοι μετέχουσιν αὐτῷ. θεοῦ δὲ ἐπιφάνεια γίνεται πρὸς τὰ | |
1 διαμενει Wend. | προς τουτ—επιτελοι (2)] om HKA 2 επιτελοιη P | |
HKAGIB | |
| τας θ. Z 3 μηδενα GI | παραπεμπει P 4 αμισθοι Z | αναγκαζει P | CPTZ | |
| 6 αυτος] αυτοις A 8 διαμενοι B 11 διεξαγειν P] διαγειν B διεξαγαγειν | ||
| cett | χαρα κρατιστη B 13 κρατουν Z* 15 πιειν AB | λαμβανειν | ||
| (-νην P)} hab codd omn Fort cf πιειν δουναι etc vel προποσιν pro | ||
| προπιειν legendum | χαρας KBP χαρα τι Z 16 το δ εξης B | καθως] + | ||
| και B | κατα των τοπων Z 17 γινομενου KAGI 18 επηρωτα BPT] επερτα | ||
| cett | τραπειη BT] τραποιη PZ τραπη K τραποι cett | om εις P 19 τηρει | ||
| BPT 20 υπομιμνησκει BPT 21 ο] ως B 22 ηρωτα B επερωτα Z txt cett | | ||
| δει ex δε vel δη fact in B 23 εφη P] om cett post πραγματων ins | ||
| Zcorr 24 f τον τροπον H 25 θεου—αξιοις (1, pag 565)] om BPTZ | ||
| τοιαῦτα τοῖς ἀξίοις. Ἐπαινέσας δὲ αὐτὸν ἄλλον ᾐρώτα Τίς | 265 | |
| ἐστι βασιλεῖ κτῆσις ἀναγκαιοτάτη; Τῶν ὑπροτεταγμένων φιλαν- | ||
| θρωπία καὶ ἀγάπησις, ἀπεκρίνατο. διὰ γὰρ τούτων ἄλυτος εὐνοίας | ||
| δεσμὸς γίνεται. τὸ δὲ γένεσθαι κατὰ προαίρεσιν ταῦτα ὁ θεὸς | ||
| 5 | ἐπιτελεῖ. Κατεπαινέσας δὲ αὐτὸν ἑτέρου διεπυνθάνετο | 266 |
| Τί πέρας ἐστὶ λόγου; κἀκεῖνος δὲ ἔφησε Τὸ πεῖσαι τὸν ἀντιλέγοντα, | ||
| διὰ τῆς ὑποτεταγμένης τάξεως τὰς βλάβας ἐπιδεικνύντα· οὕτω γὰρ | ||
| λήψῃ τὸν ἀκροατὴν οὐκ ἀντικείμενος, συγχρώμενος δὲ ἐπαίνῳ πρὸς | ||
| τὸ πεῖσαι. θεοῦ δὲ ἐνεργείᾳ κατευθύνεται πειθώ. Εὖ δὲ | 267 | |
| 10 | λέγειν φήσας αὐτὸν ἕτερον ἡρώτα Πῶς ἄν, παμμιγῶν ὄχλων ὄωτων | |
| ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ, τούτοις
ἁρ μόσαι;
Τὸ πρέπον ἑκάστῳ συνυποκρινό- |
||
| μενος, εἶπε, καθηγεμόνα λαμβάνων δικαιοσύνην· ὡς καὶ ποιεῖς θεοῦ | ||
| σοι διδόντος εὖ λογίζεσθαι. Φιλοφρονηθε̥ς δὲ τούτῳ πρὸς | 268 | |
| τὸν ἕτερον εἶπεν Ἐπὶ τίσι δεῖ λυπεῖσθαι; πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίθη Τὰ | ||
| 15 | συμβαίνοντα τοῖς φίλοις ὅταν θεωρῶμεν πολυχρόνια καὶ ἀνέκφευκτα | |
| γινόμενα. τελευτήσασι μὲν γὰρ καὶ κακῶν ἀπολελυμένοις οὐχ | ||
| ὑπογράφει λύπην ὁ λόγος· ἀλλὰ ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς ἀναφέροντες καὶ τὸ | ||
| πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς συμφέρον λυποῦνται πάντες ἄνθρωποι. τὸ δ᾿ ἐκφυγεῖν | ||
| πᾶν κακὸν θεοῦ δυνάμει γίνεται. Ὡς ἔδει δὲ φήσας αὐτὸν | 269 | |
| 20 | ἀποκρίνεσθαι πρὸς ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἀδοξία γίνεται; ἐκεῖνος δὲ | |
| ἔφησεν Ὅταν ὑπερηφανία καθηγῆται καὶ θράσος ἄληκτον, ἀτιμα- | ||
| σμὸς ἐπιφύεται καὶ δόξης ἀναίρεσις. θεὸς δὲ δόξης πάσης κυριεύει, | ||
| ῥέπων οὗ βούλεται. Καὶ τούτῳ δ᾿ ἐπικυρώσας τὰ τῆς ἀπο- | 270 | |
| κρίσεως τὸν ἑξῆς ἡρώτα Τίσι δεῖ πιστεύειν ἑαυτόν; Τοῖς διὰ τὴν | ||
| 25 | εὔνοιαν, εἶπε, συνοῦσί σοι, καὶ μή διὰ τὸν φόβον μηδὲ διὰ πολυ- | |
1 τις] τι I 2 βασιλει] βασιλικη A | κτισις GI 4 ταυτα κατα |
HKAGIB | |
| προαιρεσιν B 5 επιτελοι Z | ετερου] τον ετερον BTZ | επυνθανετο BZ | PTZ | |
| 7 επιδεικνυντας HGIPZ υποδεικνυντας K 8 ληψει AP ληψ Ztxt (ληψαι | ||
| Zmg) | αντικειμενον BPTZ 10 φησας] πεισας Ztxt ειπας Zmg | ετερον] pr | ||
| τον K 11 αρμοσει B* (-ση Bcorr) αρμοση cett 13 τουτο PZtxt (τουτον | ||
| Zmg fort recte cf 198) text cett 14 λυπησθαι P 15 ανευφευκτα HGI | ||
| ανεκφευτα T ανεφευκτα Z ανεκφυκτα B txt KAP 17 f το προς εαυτους] | ||
| προς το εαυτοις P 19 δυναμεως BT 20 αποκρινασθαι | ||
| GIBvid Tfort ex corr 21 καθηγειται GIA 22 αναιρεσις BPT] αιρεσις | ||
| cett | απασης P 23 τουτο Z | τα] τας GI 25 ειπε] εφη BT | ||
| ωρίαν, ἐπανάγουσι πάντα πρὸς τὸ κεφδαίνειν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀγα- | ||
| πήσεως σημεῖον, τὸ δὲ δυσνοίας καὶ καιροτηρησίας· ὃς γὰρ ἐπὶ | ||
| τὸ πλεονεκτεῖν ὁρμᾶται
προδότης πέφυκε. σὺ δὲ πάντας εὐνόους |
||
| ἔχεις θεοῦ σοι καλὴν βουλὴν διδόντος. Σοφῶς δὲ αὐτὸν | 271 | |
| 5 | εἰπὼν ἀποκεκρίσθαι, ἑτέρῳ εἶπε Τί βασιλείαν διατηρεῖ; πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ | |
| ἔφη Μέριμνα καὶ φροντίς, ὡς οὐδὲν κακουργηθήσεται διὰ τῶν ἀπο- | ||
| τεταγμέων εἰς τοὺς ὄχλους ταῖς χρείαις· καθὼς σὺ τοῦτο πράσσεις | ||
| θεοῦ σοι τὴν σεμνὴν ἐπίνοιαν διδόντος. Θαρσύνας δὲ τοῦτον | 272 | |
| ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Τί διαφυλάσσει χάριτα καὶ τιμήν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν | ||
| 10 | Ἀρετή. καλῶν γὰρ ἔργων ἐστὶν ἐπιτέλεια, τὸ δὲ κακὸν ἀποτρίβε- | |
| ται· καθὼς σὺ διατηρεῖς τὴν πρὸς ἅπαντας καλοκἀγθίαν παρὰ | ||
| θεοῦ δῶρον τοῦτ᾿ ἔχων. Κεχαρισμένως δὲ δαὶ τοῦτον ἀπο- | 273 | |
| δεξάμενος τὸν ἑνδέκατον ἐπηρώτα (διὰ τὸ δύο πλεονάζειν τῶν ἑβδο- | ||
| μήκοντα) Πῶς ἂν κατὰ ψυχὴν καὶ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις εἰρηνικῶς ἔχοι; | ||
| 15 | ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Διαλαμβάνων ὅτι κακὸν οὐδὲν εἴργασται τῶν ὑπο- | |
| τεταγμένων οὐθενί, πάντες δὲ ἀγωνιοῦνται περὶ τῶν εὐεργετημά- | ||
| των, εἰδότες, κἂν ἐκ τοῦ ζῇν ἀποτρέχωσιν, ἐπιμελητήν σε τῶν | ||
| βίων. οὐ γὰρ διαλείπεις ἐπανορθῶν ἅπαντας τοῦ θεοῦ σοι καλο- | 274 | |
| φροσύνην δεδωκότος. Ἐπισημήνας δὲ κρότῳ πάντας αὐτοὺς | ||
| 20 | ἀπεδέξατο φιλοφρονούμενος, καὶ προπίνων ἑκάστῳ πλεῖόν τι πρὸς | |
| τὸ τερφθῆναι
ἐτράπη ,
μετ᾿ εὐφροσύνης τοῖς ἀνδράσι συνὼν καὶ |
||
| χαρᾶς πλείονος. | ||
Τῇ ἑβδόμῃ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν, πλείονος παρασκευῆς γενομένης, |
275 | |
| προσπαραγινομένων πλειόνων ἑτέρων ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων (ἦσαν γὰρ | ||
1 επαναγουσι B] επαναγαγουσι Zcorr επαναγων P επαναγοντας cett | |
HKAGIB | |
| παντας P 3 το] τω B* (το Bcorr) T (ex το fact vid) | ορμαται bene Mend.] | PTZ | |
| ορα BTcorr οραται cett 4 διδουντος Z* | σοφως BT] σαφως cett 5 ειπας | ||
| GIZ | διατηροι G 8 θρασυνας KB 9 διαφυλασση I (-λαττει B) | ||
| 10 καλον γαρ εργον K | εστιν—διατηρεις την (11) om HKA | ||
| 12 κεχαρισμενος AZ* κεχαριτωμενως I 13 των B] τους cett | | ||
| εβδομηκοντα] ō KGIBT. Scholium hab τον ενδεκατον δε ερωτα | ||
| δια το δυο πλεοναζειν των εβδομηκοντα οπισθεν γαρ | ||
| ανα δεκα ηρωτα Bmg (rubicator) 16 ουθενι KPT] ουδενι B ουθεν | ||
| IIAGI | δε] γαρ B* 17 αποτρεχουσιν GIH (-σι) Z*vid 20 προπινων | ||
| B] προσπινων cett 21 ετραπη ins Mend. | τ. ανδ. συν. μετ ευφ. Z 23 δε | ||
| BPT] om cett 24 προσπαραγενομενων ετ. πλειονων K | om ησαν—πρεσβεις (1, pag 567) BPTZ | ||
| ἰκανοὶ πρέσβεις), ἐπηρώτησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς καιροῦ γενομένου τὸν | ||
| πρωτεύοντα τῶν ἀπολιπόντων τῆς ἐρωτήσεως Πῶς ἂν ἀπαραλό- | ||
| γιστος
εἴη ;
ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Δοκιμάζων καὶ τὸν λέγοντα καὶ τὸ |
276 | |
| λεγόμενον καὶ περὶ τίνος λέγει, καὶ ἐν πλείονι χρόνῳ τὰ αὐτὰ δἰ | ||
| 5 | ἑτέρων τρόπων ἐπερωτῶν. τὸ δὲ νοῦν ἔχειν ὀξὺν καὶ δύνασθαι | |
| κρίνειν ἕκαστα θεοῦ δώρημα καλόν ἐστιν· ὡς σὺ τοῦτο κέκτησαι, | ||
| βα§σιλεῦ. Κρότῳ δὲ ἐπισημηνάμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἕτερον | 277 § C | |
| ἐπηρώτα Διὰ τί τὴν ἀρετὴν οὐ παραδέχοντα τῶν ἀνθρώπων | ||
| οἱ πλείονες; Ὅτι φυσικῶς ἅπαντες, εἶπεν, ἀκρατεῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς | ||
| 10 | ἡδονὰς τρεπόμενοι γεγόνασιν· ὧν χάριν ἀδικία πέφυκε καὶ τὸ τῆς | |
| πλεονεξίας χύμα. τὸ δὲ τῆ ἀρετῆς κατάστημα κωλύει τοὺς ἐπιφε- | 278 | |
| ρομένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἡδονοκρασίαν, ἐγκράτειαν δὲ κελεύει καὶ δικαιο- | ||
| σύνην προτιμᾷν. ὁ δὲ θεὸς πάντων ἡγεῖται τούτων. Εὖ δὲ | 279 | |
| ἀποκεκρίσθαι τοῦτον εἰπὼν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἡρώτα Τίσι δεῖ κατακολου- | ||
| 15 | θεῖν τοὺς βασιλεῖς; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τοῖς νόμοις, ἵνα δικαιοπραγοῦντες | |
| ἀνακτῶνται τοὺς βίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων· καθὼς σὺ τοῦτο πράσσων | ||
| ἀένναον μνήμην καταβέβλησαι σεαυτοῦ, θείῳ προστάγματι κατα- | ||
| κολουθῶν· Εἰπὼν δὲ καὶ τοῦτον καλῶς λέγειν τὸν ἐχόμενον | 280 | |
| ἠρώτα Τίνας δεῖ καθιστάνειν στρατηγούς; ὃ δὲ εἶπεν Ὅσοι | ||
| 20 | μισοπονηρίαν ἔχουσι, καὶ τὴν ἀγωγὴν αὐτοῦ μιμούμενοι, πρὸς τὸ | |
| διὰ παντὸς εὐδοξίαν ἔχειν αὐτούς, τὰ δίκαια πάσσουσι· καθὼς σὺ | ||
| τοῦτο ἐπιτελεῖ, εἶπε, μέγιστε βασιλεῦ, θεοῦ σοι στέφανον δικαιο- | ||
| σύνης δεδωκότος. Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν μετὰ φωνῆς ἐπὶ τὸν | 281 | |
| ἐχόμενον ἐπιβλέψας εἶπε Τίνας δεῖ καθιστάνειν ἐπὶ τῶν δυνάμεων | ||
| 25 | ἄρχοντας; ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Τοὺς ἀνδρείᾳ διαφέροντας καὶ δικαιο- | |
| σύνῃ, καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιουμένους τὸ σώζειν τοὺς ἄνδρας ἢ τὸ | ||
1 επερωτησεν Z | γινομενου HAIPZ | τον] των Z* 2 απολειποντων P |
HKAGI | |
| 3 ειη ex corr] η codd omn | δοκιμαζοντα Z | το] τον codd omn 4 χρονων | BCPTZ | |
| G 5 επερωτων τροπων A 6 ως] ο HKA | τουτο bis scr T 8 επερωτα | ||
| Z | om ου C | των ανθρωπων BPT] τινες των ανθρωπων cett 9 ειπεν] | ||
| ωσπερ BT ειπερ CZ* 11 διαστημα CPZ (κατα- sup ras T) 12 και | ||
| δικ. κελευει B 14 αποκρινασθαι BPT -εσθαι Z | ειπας GICZ | ηρωτα] | ||
| αλλον ηρ. H ηρ. ετερον BT ηρ. τον εξης P txt KAGIC τον μετ αυτον ηρ. | ||
| edd pr 18 ειπας GIC ειπε Z 21 αυτοις H 22 ειπε μεγιστε BT] | ||
| om P ειπεν ο (sic) C ειπε (-πεν Z) cett | δικαιοσυνην C 26 το 2º] τω | ||
| ABCT (fort ex το T) | ||
| νικᾷν, τῷ θράσει παραβάλλοντας
τὸ ζῇν. ὡς¶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς εὖ |
¶ P | |
| ἐργάζεται πᾶσι, καὶ σὺ τοῦτον μιμούμμενος εὐεργετεῖς τοὺ ὐπὸ | ||
| σεαθτόν. Ὁ δὲ ἀποκεκρίσθαι φήσας αὐτὸν εὖ, ἄλλον ἠρὼτα | 282 | |
| Τίνα θαυμάζειν ἄξιόν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπον; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τὸν κεχορηγημένον | ||
| 5 | δόξῃ καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ δυνάμει, καὶ ψυχὴν ἴσον πᾶσιν ὄντα· καθὼς | |
| σὺ τοῦτο ποιῶν ἀξιοθαύμαστος εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ σοι διδόντος εἰς ταῦτα | ||
| τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν. Ἐπιφωνήσας δὲ καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον | 283 | |
| εἶπεν Ἐν τίσι δεῖ πράγμασι τοὺς βασιλεῖς τὸν πλείω χρόνον διά- | ||
| γειν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἐν ταῖς ἀναγνώσεσι καὶ ἐν ταῖς τῶν πορειῶν | ||
| 10 | ἀπογραφαῖς διατρίβειν, ὅσαι πρὸς τὰς βασιλείας ἀναγεγραμμέναι | |
| τυγχάνουσι πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν καὶ διαμονὴν ἀνθρώπων. ὃ σὺ | ||
| πράσσων ἀνέφικτον ἄλλοις δόξαν κέκτησαι θεοῦ σοι τὰ βουλή- | ||
| ματα συντελοῦντος. Ἐνεργῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον προσειπὼν | 284 | |
| ἕτερον ἠρώτα Τίνας δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὰς διαγωγὰς ἐν ταῖς ἀνέσεσι | ||
| 15 | καὶ ῥᾳθυμίαις; ὁ
δὲ ἔφη Θεωρεῖν ὅσα
παίζεται
μετὰ περι- |
|
| στολῆς καὶ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τιθέναι τὰ τοῦ βίου μετ᾿ εὐσχημο- | ||
| σύνης καὶ καταστολῆς
γινόμενα
βίῳ συμφέρον καὶ καθῆκον · |
||
| ἔνεστι γὰρ καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἐπισκευή τις. πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ ἐκ τῶν | 285 | |
| ἐλαχίστων αἱρετόν τι δείκνυται. σὺ δὲ πᾶσαν ἠσκηκὼς καταστολὴν | ||
| 20 | διὰ τῶν ἐνεργειῶν φιλοσοφεῖς διὰ καλοκἀγαθίαν ὑπὸ υειῦ τιμώ- | |
| μενος. Εὐαρεστήσας δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις πρὸς τὸν ἔνατον | 286 | |
| εἶπε Πῶς δεῖ διὰ τῶν συμποσίων διεξάγειν; ὁ δὲ ἔφησε Παραλαμ- | ||
| βάνοντα τοὺς φιλομαθεῖς καὶ
δυναμένους ὑπομιμνήσκειν τὰ
χρήσιμα |
||
| τῇ βασιλείᾳ
καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀρχομένων βίοις—ἐμμελέστερον ἢ μου- |
||
| 25 | σικώτερον οὐκ ἂν εὕροις τι τούτων· οὗτοι γὰρ θεοφιλεῖς εἰσι πρὸς τὰ | 287 |
| κάλλιστα πεπαιδευκότες τὰς διανοίας—καθὼς καὶ σὺ τοῦτο πράσσεις, | ||
| ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ θεοῦ σοι κατευθυνομένων ἁπάντων. Διαχυθεὶς | 288 | |
1 τω] τα P | παραβαλλοντας conj Schmidt] περιβαλλοντας codd |
HKAGI | |
| 2 πασι] παλιν B 5 ψυχηι πασιν ισον H 7 τουτο Z 8 δει] δε Z | | BCPTZ | |
| πλειονα A (πλειωι GI) 9 om εν 2º BT 12 πρασσων] πρασσων (-σως | ||
| K*) ως K | ανεφικτον Zmg] ουκ εφικτον K εφικτον cett 13 τελουντος H | ||
| συντελουμενος CZ | εναργως B | τουτω AB | προσειπας GICZ 14 ποιεν | ||
| K 15 om ο δε εφη K | οσα παιζεται (corr Schmidt)] οσα πλιζεται | ||
| HGICTZ* οσα οπλιζεται KAZmg οσ οπλ. B 16 τιθεμενος B 17 βιω— | ||
| καθηκον bene Wend.] βιοι (βιοις K) σωφρονων και κατεχων codd | ||
| 21 ενατον HB*] εννατον cett 22 om δει C | ||
| 23 d χρησιμα τη βασιλεια Mend.] χρηματα της βασιλειας codd | ||
| 24 τους των αρχ. βιους Β 27 σου Ztxt | ||
| δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ μετέπειτα Τί κάλλιστόν ἐστι | ||
| τοῖς ὄχλοις, ἐξ ἰδιώτου
βασιλέα κατασταθῆναι
ἐπ᾿
αὐτῶν, ἢ ἐκ |
||
| βασιλέως βασιλέα; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ ἄριστον τῇ φύσει. καὶ γὰρ | 289 | |
| ἐκ βασιλέων βασιλεῖς γινόμενοι πρὸς τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους ἀνήμε- | ||
| 5 | ροί τε καὶ σκληροὶ καθίστανται· πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον καί τινες τῶν | |
| ἰδιωτῶν καὶ κακῶν πεπειραμένοι καὶ πενίας μετεσχηκότες ἄρξαντες | ||
| ὄχλων χαλεπώτεροι τῶν ἀνοσίων τυράννων ἐξέβησαν. ἀλλὰ ὡς | 290 | |
| προεῖπον, ἦθος χρηστὸν καὶ παιδείας κεκοινωνηκὸς δυνατὸν ἄρχειν | ||
| ἐστί· καθὼς σὺ βασιλεὺς μέγας ὑπάρχεις, οὐ τοσοῦτον τῇ δόξῃ τῆς | ||
| 10 | ἀρχῆς καὶ πλούτῳ προσχών, ὅσον ἐπιεικείᾳ καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντας | |
| ἀνθρώπους ὑπερῆρκας τοῦ θεοῦ σοι δεδωρημένου ταῦτα. Ἐπὶ | 291 | |
| πλείονα χρόνον καὶ τοῦτον ἐπαινέσας τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἠρώτα Τί | ||
| μέγιστόν ἐστι βασιλείας; πρὸς τοῦτο εἶπε Τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἐν εἰρήνῃ | ||
| καθεστάναι τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους, καὶ κομίζεσθαι τὸ δίκαιον ταχέως | ||
| 15 | ἐν ταῖς διακρίσεσι. ταῦτα δὲ γίνεται διὰ τὸν ἡγούμενον, ὅταν | 292 |
| μισοπόνηρος ᾖ καὶ φιλάγαθος καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενος ψυχὴν | ||
| ἀνθρώπου σώζειν· καθὼς καὶ σὺ μέγιστον κακὸν ἥγησαι τὴν | ||
| ἀδικίαν, δικαὶως δὲ πάντα κυβερνῶν ἀένναον τὴν περὶ σεαυτὸν δόξαν | ||
| κατεσκευάσας, τοῦ θεοῦ σοι διδόντος ἔχειν ἁγνὴν καὶ ἀμιγῆ παντὸς | ||
| 20 | κακοῦ τὴν διάνοιαν. Καταλήξαντος δὲ τούτου κατερράγη | 293 |
| κρότος μετὰ φωνῆς καὶ χαρᾶς ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον. ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο, | ||
| ὁ βασιλεὺς λαβὼν ποτήριον ἐπεχέατο καὶ τῶν παρόντων ἁπάντων | ||
| καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων λόγων. § ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ εἶπε Τὰ μέγιστά μοι | § Jos | |
| γέγονεν ἀγαθὰ παραγενηθέντων ὑμῶν· πολλὰ γὰρ ὠφέλημαι, κατα- | 294 | |
| 25 | βεβλημένων ὑμῶν διδαχὴν ἐμοὶ πρὸ τὸ βασιλεύειν. ἑκάστῳ | |
| δὲ τρία τάλαντα προσέταξεν ἀργυρίου δοθῆναι καὶ τὸν ἀποκαταστή- | ||
1 om δε K 2 επ Mend.] υπ codd 3 τον Schmidt | αρεστον HKAGI |
HKAGIB | |
| 4 εκ] pr οι K | βασιλεων] βασιλεως B | om βασιλεις HA | γενομενοι | CTZ Jos | |
| K 5 om δε Z | κων ιδιωτων τινες BT 6 ιδιωτικων Z 8 παιδειας | ||
| KB (πεδιας B*) TZ (ex -ειαν)] παιδεια (-δια C) cett 9 βασιλευ T*vid | ||
| 11 υπερηρας KB* | επι πλειονα χρονον] cum praecedd conj Schmidt Wend. | ||
| (sic HKA). Cf autem §§ 220, 293 13 τουτο GICT*] τουτον HKABTcorr | ||
| 14 νομιζεσθαι C 17 κακον B] om cett 18 σεαυτου CBvid | ||
| 19 κατασκευασας HI | om εχειν Z | αμιγην C | ||
| 22 λαβων cum cod M restitui] λαλων codd cett | ||
| 23 τον ειρημενον λογον K | λογον Zmg | μεγιστα] παμμεγιστα | ||
| A 24 παραγεγενημενων B | ωφελημα GI | καταβεβληκοτων B | ||
| σοντα παῖδα.¶ συνεπιφωνησάντων δὲ πάντων, χαρᾶς ἐπληρώθη τὸ | ¶ Jos | |
| συμπόσιον, ἀδιαλείπτως τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς εὐφροσύνην τραπέντος. | ||
Ἐγὼ δὲ |
295 | |
| ἔχειν. τεθαυμακὼς γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τὰς | ||
| 5 | ἀποκρίσεις ἐποιοῦντο πολλοῦ χρόνου δεομένας, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἐρωτῶντος | 296 |
| μεμεριμνηκότος ἕκαστα, τῶν δὲ ἀποκρινομένων καταλλήλως ἐχόντων | ||
| τὰ πρὸς τὰς ἐρωτήσεις, ἄξιοι θαυμασμοῦ κατεφαίνοντό μοι καὶ τοῖς | ||
| παροῦσι, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις. οἴομαι δὲ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς | ||
| παραληψομένοις τὴν ἀναγραφὴν ἄπιστον φανεῖται. ψεύσασθαι μὲν | 297 | |
| 10 | οὖν οὐ καθῆκόν ἐστι περὶ τῶν ἀναγραφομένων· εἰ δὲ καὶ τι παρα- | |
| βαίην, οὐχ ὅσιον ἐν τούτοις· ἀλλ᾿, ὡς γέγονεν, οὕτως διασαφοῦμεν | ||
| ἀφοσιούμενοι πᾶν ἁμάρτημα. διόπερ ἐπειράθην ἀποδεξάμενος αὐτῶν | ||
| τὴν τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν παρὰ τῶν ἀναγραφομένων ἕκαστα τῶν | ||
| γινομένων ἔν τε τοῖς χρηματισμοῖς τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ταῖς συμ- | ||
| 15 | ποσίαις μεταλαβεῖν. ἔθος γὰρ ἐστι, καθὼς καὶ σὺ γινώσκεις, ἀφ᾿ | 298 |
| ἧς ἂν [ἡμέρας] ὁ βασιλεὺς ἄρξηται χρηματίζειν, μέχρις οὗ κατα- | ||
| κοιμηθῇ, πάντα ἀναγάφεσθαι τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ πρασσόμενα, καλῶς | ||
| γινομένου καὶ συμφερόντως. τῇ γὰρ ἐπιούσῃ τὰ τῆ πρότερον | 299 | |
| πεπραγμένα καὶ λελαλημένα πρὸ τοῦ χρηματισμοῦ παραναγινώ- | ||
| 20 | σκεται, καί, εἴ τι μὴ δεόντως γέγονε, διορθώσεως τυγχάνει τὸ | |
| πεπραγμένον.
πάντ᾿ οὖν ἀκριβῶς
παρὰ τῶν
ἀναγεγραμμένων, ὡς |
300 | |
| ἐλέχθη, μεταλαβόντες κατακεχωρίκαμεν, εἰδότες ἣν ἔχεις φιλομά- | ||
| θειαν εἰς τὰ χρήσιμα. | ||
§ Μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ὁ Δημήτριος παραλαβὼν αὐτούς, καὶ |
301 § Jos | |
| 25 | διελθὼν τὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ σταδίων ἀνάχωμα τῆς θαλάσσης πρὸς τὴν | |
| νῆσον, καὶ διαβὰς τὴν γέφυραν, καὶ προσελθὼν ὡς ἐπὶ τὰ βόρεια | ||
3 ει πεπλεονακα (cf Diod I. 90. 4) bene Mend.] ειπα πλειονα και codd |
HKAGIB | |
| 6 καταλληλως BT] αλληλως cett 7 τα] τας C 8 δε 2º] + ως B | CTZ Jos | |
| 9 απιστα K 12 αφοσιωμενοι HGICZ (αφωσιωμενοι A) 15 om και I | ||
| 16 om αν B | ημερας codd] omittendum vid ημερας ωρας Wend. ωρας Mend. | | ||
| αρξεται B 18 γενομενου I | τη 2º] om H 19 λαλημενα Z | παραναγιν. | ||
| BT] παραγινωσκεται cett 20 δεοντος CZ | γεγονε BT | γεγονος (-νως GI) | ||
| cett | om το πεπραγμενον BT 21 παντ] παντες C | παρα των Wend.] | ||
| παντων codd | παντ—μεταλαβοντες (22)] παντων ουν ακριβως των | ||
| αναγεγραμμενων μεταλαβοντες παντες BT 22 ελεγχθη Z | | ||
| κεχωρηκαμεν CZ κατακεχωρηκαμεν codd cett | ||
| 26 διαβας προς την γεφυραν Jos | προελθων Jos | om ως Z | ||
| μέρη, συνέδριον ποιησάμενος εἰς κατεσκευασμένον οἶκον παρὰ τὴν | ||
| ἠϊόνα,διαπρεπῶς ἔχοντα καὶ πολλῆς ἡσυχίας ἔφεδρον, παρεκάλει | ||
| τοὺς ἄνδρας τὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἐπιτελεῖν, παρόντων ὅσα πρὸς τὴν | ||
| χρείαν ἔδει καλῶς. οἱ δὲ ἐπετέλουν ἕκαστα σύμφωνα ποιοῦντες | 302 | |
| 5 | πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ταῖς ἀντιβολαῖς· τὸ δὲ ἐκ τῆς συμφωνίας γινόμενον | |
| πρεπόντως ἀναγραφῆς οὕτως ἐτύγχανε παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου. καὶ | 303 | |
| μέχρι μὲν ὥρας ἐνάτης τὰ τῆς συνεδρείας ἐγίνετο· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα | ||
| περὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος θεραπείαν ἀπελύοντο γίνεσθαι, χορηγουμένων | ||
| αὐτοῖς δαψιλῶς ὧν προῃροῦντο πάντων. ἐκτὸς δὲ καὶ καθ᾿ ἡμέραν, | 304 | |
| 10 | ὅσα βασιλεῖ παρεσκευάζετο, καὶ τούτοις ὁ Δωρόθεος ἐπετέλει· | |
| προστεταγμένον γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βασιλέως. ἅμα δὲ τῇ πρωΐᾳ | ||
| παρεγίνοντο εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν καθ᾿ ἡμέραν, καὶ ποιησάμενοι τὸν | ||
| ἀσπασμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀπελύοντο πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτῶν τόπον. ὡς δὲ | 305 | |
| ἔθος ἐστὶ πᾶσι τοῖς
Ἰουδαίοις,
ἀπονιψάμενοι
τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰς |
||
| 15 | χεῖρας, ὡς ἂν εὔξωνται πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἐτρέποντο πρὸς τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν | |
| καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου διασάφησιν.¶ Ἐπηρώτησα δὲ καὶ τοῦτο | 306 ¶ Jos | |
| Τίνος χάριν ἀπονιζόμενοι τὰς χεῖρας τὸ τηνικαῦτα εὔχονται; διεσά- | ||
| φουν δέ, ὅτι μαρτύριόν ἐστι τοῦ μηδὲν εἰργάσθαι κακόν· πᾶσα γὰρ | ||
| ἐνέργεια διὰ τῶν χειρῶν γίνεται· καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως μεταφέροντες ἐπὶ | ||
| 20 | τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πάντα. καθὼς δὲ προειρήκαμεν, | 307 |
| οὕτως καθ᾿ ἑκάστην εἰς τὸν τόπον, ἔχοντα τερπνότητα διὰ τὴν | ||
| ἡσυχίαν καὶ καταύγειαν, συναγόμενοι τὸ προκείμενον ἐπετέλουν. | ||
| συνέτυχε δὲ οὕτως, ὥστε ἐν ἡμέραις ἐβδομήκοντα δυσὶ τελειωθῆναι | ||
| τὰ τῆς μεταγραφῆς, οἱονεὶ κατὰ πρόθεσίν τινα τοῦ τοιούτου γεγενη- | ||
| 25 | μένου. § Τελείωσιν δὲ ὅτε ἔλαβε, συναγαγὼν ὁ Δημήτριος | 308 § Jos |
1 κατασκευασμενον CZ 2 ηιον (ηιων Z) αδιαπρεπως H*GICZ ηιον |
HKAGIB | |
| διαπρεπως A 3 τα της] τας BTZ 5 ταις αντιβολαις part sup ras B | | CTZ Jos | |
| γενομενον BCTZ 7 ενατης HC] θ K εννατης cett | συνεδριας BCTZ | ||
| 9 αυτοις KBT Jos] αυτων cett 10 Δοροθεος C 13 προς] εις BT (sed B | ||
| primum aliud scripsit quod postea erasit) | τον εαυτων KBT] εαυτων codd | ||
| cett τον αυτον Jos 14 απονιψαμενους AICvidZ απονιψαμενη B* -μενοις | ||
| cett 15 ευξωνται K] ηυξαντο (ευξ- GI) cett 16 επηρωτησα CT] | ||
| επηρωτα B επερωτησα cett | τουτον G 18 μηθεν K 20 ειρηκαμεν I | ||
| 21 τερπνοτητα BTZ (-νωτ.)] τερπω τινα HKA*GIC (τερπωλην τινα M | ||
| τερποτητα Acorr vid) 23 εβδομηκοντα συν δυσιν K εβδ. και δυσιν Jos | ||
| εβδομηκοντα δυο T οβ BZ 24 γραφης I 25 οτε δε ελαβε τελειωσιν B | ||
| τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὸν τόπον, οὗ καὶ τὰ τῆ ἑρμηνείας | ||
| ἐτελέσθη, παρανέγνω πᾶσι, παρόντων καὶ τῶν διερμηνευσάντων, οἵ- | ||
| τινες μεγάλης ἀποδοχῆς καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους ἔτυχον, ὡς ἂν | ||
| μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν παραίτιοι γεγονότες. ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὸν | 309 | |
| 5 | Δημήτριον ἀποδεξάμενοι παρεκάλεσαν μεταδοῦναι τοῖς ἡγουμένοις | |
| αὐτῶν, μεταγράψαντα τὸν πάντα νόμον. § καθὼς δὲ ἀνεγνώσθη τὰ | 310 § Eus | |
| τεύχη, στάντες οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ τῶν ἑρμηνέων οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ | ||
| τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πολιτεύματος οἵ τε ἡγούμενοι τοῦ πλήθους εἶπον | ||
| Ἐπεὶ καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως διηρμήνευται καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἠκριβωμένως, | ||
| 10 | καλῶς ἔχον ἐστίν, ἵνα διαμείνῃ ταῦθ᾿ οὕτως ἔχοντα, καὶ μὴ γένηται | |
| μηδεμία διασκευή. πάντων δ᾿ ἐπιφωνησάντων τοῖς εἰρημέ- | 311 | |
| νοις, ἐκέλευσαν διαράσασθαι, καθὼς ἔθος αὐτοῖς ἐστιν, εἴ τις | ||
| διακευάσει προστιθεὶς ἢ μεταφέρων τι τὸ σύνολον τῶν γεγραμ- | ||
| μένων ἢ ποιούμενος ἀφαίρεσιν, καλῶς τοῦτο πράσσοντες, ἵνα διὰ | ||
| 15 | παντὸς ἀένναα καὶ μένοντα φυλάσσηται. | |
Προσφωνηθέντων δὲ καὶ τούτων τῷ βασιλεῖ μεγάλως ἐχάρη· |
312 | |
| τὴν γὰρ πρόθεσιν, ἣν εἶχεν, ἀσφαλῶς ἔδοξε τετελειῶσθαι. παραν- | ||
| εγνώσθη δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ πάντα, καὶ λίαν ἐξεθαύμασε τὴν τοῦ | ||
| νομοθέτου διάνοιαν. καὶ πρὸς τὸν Δημήτριον εἶπε Πῶς τηλικούτων | ||
| 20 | συντετελεσμένων οὐδεὶς, ἐπεβάλετο τῶν ἱστορικῶν ἢ ποιητῶν ἐπι- | |
| μνησθῆναι; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Διὰ τὸ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν νομοθεσίαν | 313 | |
| καὶ διὰ θεοῦ γεγονέναι· καὶ τῶν ἐπιβαλλομένων τινὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ | ||
| πληγέντες τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἀπέστησαν. καὶ γὰρ ἔφησεν ἀκηκοέναι | 314 | |
| Θεοπόμπου, διότι μέλλων τινὰ τῶν προηρμηνευμένων ἐπισφα- | ||
1 και τα] κατα Z* 6 om δε Eusº | τα] pr ταυτα Eusº 9 om καλως |
HKAGIB | |
| Eusi | και 2º] om I | ακριβως Eus 10 διαμενη Eusi (διαμενει Eusº vid) txt | CTZ Jos | |
| ex Jos confirmatur (διαμειναι) | om μη Eusi | γινηται Eusi 12 εκελευσαν | Eus | |
| Jos Eusedd] εκελευσε (-σεν Eus) Ar codd Eusio | επαρασθαι Eus | καθω I | ||
| καθο A | εστιν αυτοις Eusº 13 μεταφερον GI | om τι Eusº 14 πρασσοντος | ||
| HKA txt codd cett Jos (πραττ.) Eus 15 και μενοντα] μενοντα | ||
| Eusº μενοντες Eusi vid 17 παρανεγνωσθη KBCT Eus] παρεγνωσθη HAGI | ||
| 19 τηλικουτων] + πραγματων fort recte Eus 20 επεβαλετο HKBCT Eus] | ||
| επελαβετο AGI | η] ουδε Eus | ποιητων B Eus Jos] ποιητικως HK ποιητικων | ||
| cett 22 επιβαλομενων Eusi | om του Eusº 23 επιβουλης H*vid KAGI | | ||
| εφησαν Eusº 24 Θεοπεμπτου Ar codd txt Jos Eus | προεπμηνευμενων | ||
| HKGIC | ||
| λέστερον ἐκ τοῦ νόμου προσιστορεῖν ταραχὴν λάβοι τῆς διανοίας | ||
| πλεῖον ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα· κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἄνεσιν ἐξιλάσκεσθαι τὸν | ||
| θεόν, σαφὲς αὐτῷ γενέσθαι, τίνος χάριν τὸ σθμβαῖνόν ἐστι. δἰ | 315 | |
| ὀνείρου δὲ σημανθέντος, ὅτι τὰ θεῖα βούλεται περιεργασάμενος εἰς | ||
| 5 | κοινοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκφέρειν, ἀποσχόμενον δὲ οὕτως ἀποκαταστῆναι. | |
| καὶ παρὰ Θεοδέκτου δὲ τοῦ τῶν τραγῳδιῶν ποιητοῦ μετέλαβον ἐγώ, | 316 | |
| διότι παραφέρειν μέλλοντός τι τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ | ||
| πρός τι δρᾶμα τὰς ὄψεις ἀπεγλαυκώθη· καὶ λαβὼν ὑπόνοιαν, ὅτι | ||
| διὰ τοῦτ᾿ αὐτῷ τὸ σύμπτωμα γέγονεν, ἐξιλασάμενος τὸν θεὸν ἐν | ||
| 10 | πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ἀποκατέστη. Μεταλαβὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεύς, | 317 |
| καθὼς προεῖπον, περὶ τούτων τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου, προσκυνήσας | ||
| ἐκέλευσε μεγάλην ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι τῶν βιβλίων καὶ συντηρεῖν | ||
| ἁγνῶς.¶ παρακαλέσας δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἑρμηνεῖς, ἵνα παραγίνωνται | 318 ¶ Eus | |
| πθκνότερον πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐὰν ἀποκατασταθῶσιν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν,— | ||
| 15 | δίκαιον γὰρ εἶπε τὴν ἐκπομπὴν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι· παραγενηθέντας δέ, | |
| ὡς θέμις, ἕξειν αὐτοὺς
φίλους, καὶ πολυωρίας
τῆς μεγίστης τεύξε- |
||
| σθαι παῤ αὐτοῦ. τὰ δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἐκπομπὴν αὐτῶν ἐκέλευσεν ἑτοι- | 319 | |
| μάζειν, μεγαλομερῶς τοῖς ἀνδράσι χρησάμενος. ἑκάστῳ γὰρ στολὰς | ||
| ἔδωκε τῶν κρατίστων τρεῖς καὶ χρυσίου τάλαντα δύο καὶ κυλίκιον | ||
| 20 | ταλάντου καὶ τρικλίνου πᾶσαν κατάστρωσιν. ἔπεμψε δὲ καὶ τῷ | 320 |
| Ἐλεαζάρῳ μετὰ τῆς ἐκπομπῆς αὐτῶν ἀργυρόποδας κλίνας δέκα καὶ | ||
| τὰ ἀκόλουθα πάντα καὶ κθλίκιον ταλάντων τριάκοντα καὶ στολὰς | ||
| δέκα καὶ πορφύραν καὶ στέφανον διαπρεπῆ καὶ βυσσίνων ὀθονίων | ||
1 προιστορειν HKAGI txt BCT Eus | λαβοι Eus] λαβειν Ar codd |
HKAGIB | |
| 2 τριακοντα] λ KA | ανεσιν Ar codd Jos] αιτησιν Eus 3 om το Eusº | CTZ Jos | |
| 4 σημανθεντος] μαθοντος Eus 5 δε ουτως] ωσαυτως BT δε αυτως CZ | Eus | |
| 8 οψις C | απεγλαυκωθη Eus Acorr] απεγλυκωθη HKA*GI επεγλυκωθη | ||
| B*CTZ* (-γλαυκ. Bcorr Zmg γλαυκωθειη Jos) 9 ταυτ Eusi | αυτω BAcorr | ||
| Eus] αυτο cett | om το συμπτωμα Eus 11 προειπε Eusio | περι—Δημητριου | ||
| em Cobet] περι τουτων τα περι του Δ. Eus περι των (om των C) του Δ. Ar | ||
| codd (ταυτα παρα του Δ. Jos) 12 συντηρεισθαι Eusº 13 αγνων CTZ* | ||
| αγνα B | τοις I | παραγινονται GIC 14 αποκαταστωσιν K | Ιουδαιαν] | ||
| ιδιαν A 15 om γαρ B (hab Jos) 16 ως θεμις] ωσαυθις Acorr | εξειν | ||
| Acorr (cod Mon ap Wend.)] εξεις H εξει cett | πολυωριας (cf 270) Mahaffy] | ||
| πολυδωριας codd et Jos | τευξασθαι BCTZ txt cett Jos 18 μεγαλοπρεπως | ||
| K | χαρισαμενος Wend. 19 κυλικιον ABT Jos] κυλιδιον cett κυλικειον hic | ||
| et 22 Wend. 22 τριακοντα] λ KA 23 στεφον T | ||
| ἱστοὺς ἑκατὸν καὶ φιάλας καὶ τρυβλία καὶ κρατῆρας χρυσοῦς δύο | ||
| πρὸς ἀνάθεσιν. ἔγραψε δὲ καὶ παρακαλῶν, ἵνα, ἐάν τινες τῶν | 321 | |
| ἀνδρῶν προαιρῶνται πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνακομισθῆναι, μὴ κωλύσῃ, περὶ | ||
| πολλοῦ ποιούμενος τοῖς πεπαιδευμένοις συνεῖναι, καὶ εἰς τοιούτους | ||
| 5 | τὸν πλοῦτον κατατίθεσθαι δαψιλῶς, καὶ οὐκ εἰς μάταια.¶ | ¶ Jos |
Σὺ δέ, καθὼς ἐπηγγειλάμην, ἀπέχεις τὴν διήγησιν, ὦ Φιλόκρατες. |
322 | |
| τέρπειν γὰρ οἴομαί σε ταῦτα ἢ τὰ τῶν μυθολόγων βιβλία. νένευκας | ||
| γὰρ πρὸς περιεργίαν τῶν δυναμένων ὠφελεῖν διάνοιαν, καὶ ἐν τούτοις | ||
| τὸν πλείονα χρόνον διατελεῖς. πειράσμαι δὲ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν | ||
| 10 | ἀξιολόγων ἀναγράφειν, ἵνα διαπορευόμενος αὐτὰ κομίζῃ τοῦ βουλή- | |
| ματος τὸ κάλλιστον ἔπαθλον. | ||
| 1 ιστους Jos] εις τους Ar codd | τρυβλια] + κα σπονδεια Jos | HKAGIB | |
| 3 προαιρουνται Z 4 om και HKGICZ | τοιουτοις I 7 σε] om B* ins | CTZ Jos | |
| B1 adnotat ισως μαλλον Zmg 9 πλειον KGICZ πρειω HA | διατελειν Z | ||
| | λοιπα bis scr C 10 κομιζει GI 11 om το καλλιστον Τ | ||
PART I.
INDICES
I. INDEX OF BIBLICAL REFERENCES.
II. INDEX OF SUBJECT-MATTER.
[blank page]
INDEX I.
GENESIS
i. 1 ff., 378; 2, 327, 449, 459, 465; 4 f., 395, 323; 6, 449, 459; 9, 326; 10, 459; 13 f., 134; 27, 53
ii. 2, 327, 413, 465; 4, 215; 7, 374
iii. 8, 449; 15, 449, 474; 20, 325, 377
iv. 1, 377, 445; 2, 305; 3 f., 472; 7, 446, 465; 8, 243, 442, 474; 21, 374; 24, 306
vi. 2, 57, 329, 449; 3, 446; 4, 305, 449; 5, 474; 14, 374 f.; 19, 307
vii. 19, 307
viii. 7, 306; 21, 449
ix. 25, 374 f.
x. 13—18, 22—29, 249
xi. 9, 325
xii. 1, 408; 9, 41, 326
xiv. 13, 325; 14, 465; 23, 445
xv. 1, 308; 1—6, 330 f.; 9 f., 378; 11, 322; 15, 478; 18, 374
xvi. 14, 478
xvii. 1, 376
xviii. 12, 374; 24—26, 134; 25, 52, 327
xix. 3, 475
xx. 14 f., 18
xxi. 6, 478
xxii. 2, 449
xxiii. 16, 305
xxiv. 10 f., 327; 20, 375
xxv. 6, 324; 27, 329
xxvi. 18, 329
xxvii. 30, 378; 46, 460
xxviii. 13, 307, 375
xxix. 9, 326
xxx. 1, 307; 10 ff., 236; 11, 446; 14 f., 18
xxxi. 21, 326; 29, 442; 46 ff., 234
xxxii. 23, f., 378; 25, 18
xxxiv. 10, 325; 14, 326
xxxv. 6, 324; 11, 376; 16 ff., 234; 17, 27, 307
xxxvi. 1, 307; 33 ff., 257
xxxvii. 3, 445
xxxiii. 9, 306
xxxix. 1, 378
xl. 17, 325; 43, 446
xli. 2 ff., 21: 13, 306; 34, 304; 45, 378; 56, 442
xliii. 16, 134
xliv. 2 ff., 21; 10, 442, 449; 19, 322
xlv. 16, 308; 34, 18
xlvi. 28, 378, 391
xlvii. 31, 445, 459
xlviii. 14, 445, 466; 17 f., 89
xlix. 3, 305; 3—27, 360; 6, 446; 10, 416, 442, 449, 465, 474; 19, 236, 322, 446
EXODUS
i. 11, 305; 12, 307 f.; 16, 446
ii. 5, 476; 14, 307, 307, 409; 15, 306
iii. 7, 308; 14, 327, 446
iv. 9, 305; 10, 371, 374; 16, 327; 21, 306
v. 9, 442; 13, 305, 459
vii. 2, 326, 449; 16, 69
viii. 8, 306; 21, 449
ix. 3, 371; 7, 306; 22, 449
xii. 8, 475; 23, 329; 26, 449; 40, 327; 43, 326
xiv. 13, 308; 25, 442
xv. 1—21, 253 f.; 3, 327; 17, 374, 472; 27, 305
xvi. 15, 377, 446; 23, 475; 24, 305; 36, 465
xvii. 6, 479; 11, 306, 15, 446; 16, 465
xviii. 11, 306
xix. 1, 215; 16 ff., 24, 331 f.
xx. 5, 475; 13—15, 234; 23, 374
xxi. 6, 446
xxiii. 2, 374; 20, 57; 30, 307
xxiv. 10 f., 53, 327
xxv. 29, 449; 40, 416
xxvii. 21, 329
xxviii. 15, 449; 26, 326
xxix. 9, 472; 23, 475
xxx. 1, 475; 6, 442
xxxi. 7, 329
xxxii. 21—24, 90; 32, 326, 446
xxxiii. 1—3, 412; 8, 305; 19, 465
xxxiv. 13, 449
xxxv.—xl., 234 ff.
xxxv. 8, 243
xxxvi. 4, 307; 8—34, 243
xxxvii. 19, 472; 26—28, 243
xxxix. 18, 449, 472
xl. 6—8, 11, 243
LEVITICUS
i. 3, 475
iv. 5, 466; 27—29, 90
vi. 2, 306
xi. 5, 475; 17, 21; 35, 475
xiii. 31, 442
xvi. 4, 475; 8 ff., 449
xviii. 5, 375
xix. 7, 327; 13, 305; 23, 374
xxi. 10, 308
xxii. 2, 472
xxiii. 3, 446; 11, 15, 17
xxiv. 7, 327, 472; 11, 475
NUMBERS
i. 2, 215; 24 ff., 236
iii. 24, 480
iv. 19, 472
v. 2, 375; 15, 475; 28, 479
vi. 22 ff., 236
vii. 15, 326
ix. 10, 307
xi. 2, 305; 9, 306; 25 f., 305; 29, 308
xii. 8, 327
xv. 14, 329
xvi. 5, 322; 21, 472
xxi. 1, 305; 11, 308
xxii. 6, 305
xviii. 7—10, 332; 19, 466; 21, 459
xxiv. 7, 319 n.; 9, 305; 17, 329, 416, 466; 23, 443; 24, 474
xxv. 8, 476
xxvi. 15 ff., 236
xxvii. 12, 449
xxxv. 2, 308
DEUTERONOMY
i. 17, 372; 22, 307
ii. 35, 305
iv. 1—23, 412; 37, 442
v. 17—19, 234; 22, 416
vi. 1—9, 332 f.
vii. 13, 40; 16, 308, 325
viii. 15, 372; 18, 375
ix. 5, 329
x. 16, 329, 449, 460
xi. 7, 305; 30, 41
xii. 8, 375
xiv. 12—18, 360; 16, 21; 17, 475; 23, 327
xvii. 18, 215
xix. 4, 479
xx. 19, 446
xxi. 8, 328; 16, 374
xxii. 16, 305; 29, 327
xxvi. 2, 475; 5, 322
xxviii. 35, 2; 66, 466
xxix. 18, 479
xxx. 4, 2; 20, 372
xxxi. 18, 308
xxxii. 1—43, 44, 253 f.; 4, 375; 6, 416 f.; 7, 466; 10, 305; 39, 372; 43, 243, 305
xxxiii. 12, 476
JOSHUA
iv. 24, 327
v. 2, 446; 3, 466
ix. 3 ff., 236 f.
x. 12—14, 333; 42, 476
xi. 10—14, 73
xiv. 12, 328
xv. 59, 442
xix. 47 f., 237, 244
xx. 4—6, 244
xxi. 36 f., 42 a—d, 244
xxiv. 30 a—33 b, 244
JUDGES
i. 19, 324; 35, 446
v. 8, 480; 15, 45; 16, 459; 28—30, 333 f.
vi. 2 f., 306; 18, 308
viii. 3, 305; 7, 324; 13, 446
ix. 26, 305; 42, 53
xii. 6, 446
xiv. 15, 443
xv. 14 ff., 446 f.; 10, 476
xvi. 13 f., 443
xviii. 30, 447
xix. 18, 443; 22, 449
RUTH
ii. 2, 306; 9, 14, 305; 22, 306
iii. 1, 306
1 KINGDOMS
i. 1, 322, 324; 1 ff., 298; 5, 326; 8, 306; 14, 327; 20, 377; 24, 26, 308, 324, 442; 28, 245
ii. 1—10, 253 f.; 6, 472; 9 f., 245 f., 409; 12, 449; 29, 321; 33, 442
iii. 6, 308; 13, 442; 14, 17, 308
iv. 1, 442; 10, 321
v. 6, 327 f., 443
vi. 11, 15, 325; 19, 443; 20, 321
vii. 4, 325
ix. 22, 377; 24, 476; 25, 443
x. 5, 447; 14, 305; 21, 443; 22, 308
xii. 2, 322; 3, 443; 8, 321, 443
xiii. 20, 459; 21, 447
xiv. 18, 41 f., 443
xv. 22, 417; 23, 41
xvii.—xviii., 245 f.
xvii. 37—43, 334 f.; 47, 475
xix. 13, 377
xx. 19, 443; 30, 447
xxi. 7, 321
xxii. 2 ff., 316; 9, 377
xxiii. 11—12, 246; 14, 325
xxvii. 10, 447
xxxi. 10, 447
2 KINGDOMS
i. 18, 449; 21, 447
ii. 2, 308
iii. 39, 305
iv. 6, 377, 443
vii. 12, 302
viii. 5, 306; 7, 378
x. 14, 305
xii. 21, 446
xvii. 3, 443
xix. 42, 405
xxii. 2—6, 316; 3, 306
xxiv. 6, 443; 15, 446
3 KINGDOMS
ii. 35 a—o, 46 a—l, 247
iv. 17 ff., 237
v. 13, 475
vii. 17, 475; 48, 475
viii. 17 f., 237; 39, 472; 53 a, 247, 514
x. 23—33, 238 f.
xi. 3—8, 239; 34, 451
xii. 24 a—z, 248 f.
xiii. 12, 447
xiv. 6, 305; 25, 3 f.
xvi. 7, 11, 26, 43, 51, 253; 23 a—h, 249
xvii. 1, 444
xviii. 22—28, 83 f.
xix. 14 ff., 401
xx., xxi., 239
xx. 10, 12, 39 f.
xxi. 10—13, 35
xxii. 38, 466
4 KINGDOMS
i. 2 f., 447; 18 a—d, 249
ii. 11—18, 335 f.; 14, 324, 476
v. 7, 306
vi. 5, 253
viii. 13, 447
xvi. 9, 41
xvii. 6, 3; 15, 45; 29, 307
xviii. 17—xx. 19, 316
xix. 25, 41
xxiii. 21—24, 36, 39 f.; 22 f., 447; 24—27, 31—33, 249
xxiv. 14 ff., 3
xxv. 11, 21 f., 3; 20 ff., 275
1 CHRONICLES
i. 10—16, 17 b—23, 249; 44 f., 257
iii. 1 f., 299
xxi. 12, 321; 15, 305
2 CHRONICLES
i. 3, 308
ii. 8, 475
iii. 1, 306
iv. 11, 475
xii. 2 f., 3
xx. 37, 305
xxix. 26, 253
xxxiii. 18, 253; 19, 444
xxxv. 10, 305; 19 a—d, 249
xxxvi. 2 a—c, 5 a—d, 249
1 ESDRAS
i. 1, 266
ii. 3 f., 378; 9, 48; 1—25, 266; 21, 378
iii. 1—v. 70, 266
iv. 7—24, 266; 41, ib.
xi. 2—8, 378
2 ESDRAS
xi. 9, 2
xv. 15, 327
xix. 30, 305
xxi., xxii., 249
4 ESDRAS
xiii. 39 ff., 3
xiv. 44, 221
PSALMS
i. 1—5, 413
ii. 11 f., 459; 12, 466
iii. 4, 326
iv. 7, 466
v. tit., 321; 10, 251
vi. 6, 251, 466
vii. 21, 460
viii. 4, 449
ix.—cxlvii., 239 f.
ix. tit., 466 f.; 17, 251
xiii. 1—3, 3 a—c, 251 f.
xv. 2, 444; 9, 326, 460
xvii. 3 ff., 316 f., 326; 45, 413
xxi. 2, 306; 7, 407, 467; 9, 409; 17, 321, 413, 444; 30, 467
xxv. 6, 472
xxvi. 13, 444
xxvii. 9, 472
xxx. 6, 472
xxxi. 1, 407
xxxii. 6, 467
xxxiii. 12 ff., 399, 407, 409
xxxiv. 2, 472
xxxv. 1, 251
xxxvi. 7, 460; 10 ff., 328; 35, 56; 36, 407
xxxix. 7, 327, 417, 479
xl. 3, 305; 14, 255
xli. 6, 444
xlii. 3, 472
xliii. 5, 322; 16, 52; 24, 53
xliv. 1, 467; 17, 417
xlv. 1—3, 62 f.; 3, 33
xlviii. 12, 444; 13, 21, 305
xlix. 10, 15, 417; 21 f., 407
l., 296; 12, 471; 14, 449, 471; 17, 407
li. 3, 305
lii. 6, 308
lv. 1, 475
lviii. 6, 472
lx. 3, 460
lxvii. 12—14, 18—22, 99; 26, 475
lxviii. 3, 52; 27, 444
lxxi. 5, 444; 18—20, 255
lxxii. 3, 475; 28, 306
lxxv. 7, 460
lxxvii. 2, 397; 70, 253
lxxviii. 2, 25; 3, 372; 8, 472
lxxix. 2, 472
lxxx. 4, 475
lxxxiii. 7, 319 n.
lxxxvi. 4 f., 66, 467
lxxxvii. 6, 467
lxxxviii. 5, 255; 8, 459; 21, 399, 407
xc. 6—13, 37, 40, 460
xci. 4, 475; 5—10, 38, 40; 13, 467
xcv. 5, 10, 467; 10, 424 n.
xcvi. 7, 243
xcviii. 5, 467
c. 5, 444
ci. 27, 417
cv. 48, 255
cvi. 20, 467 f.
cviii. 29, 475
cix. 1—4, 305, 336, 409, 413, 417, 468
cxii. 5 f., 472
cxiii. 11, 417
cxiv. 9, 472
cxv. 2, 460
cxvii. 23, 307
cxx. 8, 472
cxxxviii. tit., 2; 8, 408; 15 f., 449
cxxxix. 4, 251
cxl. 4, 319 n.
cxlvi. 2, 2
cli., 252 f.
PROVERBS
i. 28, 308
ii. 18, 449
iii. 5, 306; 11, 257; 12, 407, 409; 15, 308; 16, 255; 22a, 28 e, 255, 306
iv. 27 a—b, 255
vi. 8 a—c, 255
vii. 1 a, 255
viii. 21 a, 255; 22 ff., 57, 336 f., 468, 471; 30 f., 336 f.
ix. 12 a—c, 18 a—c, 255; 18, 460
x. 10, 444
xii. 11 a, 13 a, 255
xv. 18 a, 255, 306
xvi. 17, 255, 306
xvii. 6 a, 255
xviii. 22 a, 255
xxi. 16, 460; 25, 407
xxii. 8 a, 255; 20, 468; 28, 61
xxiv.—xxxi., 240 f.
xxiv. 22 a—c, 255
xxvi. 11, 255, 400
xxxi. 26, 255
ECCLESIASTES
i. 1, 215
ii. 17, 309
iii. 1—8, 360
iv. 9, 52
vii. 19, 460
JOB
ii. 9, 256
iv. 21, 407
v. 17 ff., 407
vi. 5, 305
ix. 9, 449
x. 4, 101
xiv. 12, 476
xviii. 20, 460
xix. 17, 101; 18, 321; 23—27, 257 f., 337 f.
xxi. 27, 460
xxvi. 5, 460; 14, 52
xxvii. 12, 329
xxix. 1, 308
xxx.13, 329; 30, 475
xxxviii. 26, 302
xl. 14, 468, 472
xlii. 7, 101; 17 a, b—e, 25, 256 f.
WISDOM
ii. 12, 372
vi. 7, 372
vii. 24, 268
viii. 7, 20, 268
ix. 15, 268
x. 6, 475
xi. 4, 372; 17, 263
xii. 8, 372
xv. 10, 372
xvi. 22, 371
xviii. 4, 305; 24, 475
SIRACH
prol., 217, 269 f.
vi. 26, 475
xx. 19, 475
xxi. 4, 475
xlix. 10, 217
l. 27, 269
ESTHER
B, C, D, 378
v. 4, 305
E, 378
F, 258
JUDITH
v. 19, 2
vii. 10, 305
viii. 6, 272
ix. 11, 472
x. 2 ff., 272; 5, 475
xi. 13, 272
xii. 7, 272
TOBIT
i. 14 ff., 3
v. 15, 308
xi. 14, 475
HOSEA
ii. 23, vi. 5, 319 n.
xii. 4, 468
AMOS
ii. 13, 476
v. 26, 398
ix. 6, 468; 11 f., 399
MICAH
iv., 316 f.
v. 1—4, 91, 338, 396
vii. 19, 417
JOEL
ii. 25, 471
JONAH
i. 3, 475
ii. 3—10, 253
NAHUM
iii. 8, 322
HABAKKUK
ii. 11, 468
iii. 1—19, 253; 2, 468; 3, 417, 449; 9, 515; 13, 56
ZEPHANIAH
i. 10, 449
ZECHARIAH
iii. 8, 474
vi. 12, 468
xi. 7, 322; 13, 397
xii. 10, 48, 398
xiii. 7, 413
MALACHI
ii. 3, 444; 11, 46; 13, 51
iii. 1, 395, 408
ISAIAH
i. 17, 417; 22, 468; 29, 305
ii., 316; 19, 372
iii. 9, 468 f.
iv. 2, 319 n.
v. 1—9, 253; 26, 414
vi. 9 f., 398
vii. 14, 30, 469 474
viii. 14, 401
ix. 1 f., 396 f.; 6, 469, 472; 8, 322; 14, 329
x. 23, 469
xi. 4, 417
xiii. 9, 305
xvii. 13, 460
xix. 19 f., 4
xxv. 8, 401; 9, 417
xxvi. 9—20, 253
xxviii. 11 f., 402; 16, 399
xxix. 4, 52; 10, 401; 11, 18, 91; 13, 321, 409, 417
xxx. 1 ff., 4; 4, 469
xxxiii. 24, 305
xxxvi. 1—xxxix. 8, 316
xxxviii. 8, 449; 10—20, 253; 21, 475
xxxix. 6 f., 299
xl. 2, 395; 3, 395, 398
xlii. 1, 395; 7, 415
xliii. 23, 417
xliv. 28, 399
xlv. 1, 14, 469
xlix. 6, 2
lii. 5, 414
liii. 1—12, 410; 3, 469; 4, 397; 5, 7, 413; 8, 469; 10, 319 n.
liv. 8, 476; 15, 469
lv. 3, 398
lvii. 15, 472
lviii. 6, 395
lix. 7 f., 251
lx. 17, 469
lxi. 1 ff., 395; 12, 413
lxii. 11, 395
lxiii. 1, 9, 469
lxiv. 3, 401
lxv. 1, 417; 15, 319 n.
lxvi. 2, 408
JEREMIAH
ii. 12, 413; 23, 326; 26, 307
v. 4, 305
vi. 23, 321; 29, 444
vii. 16, 301
ix. 23 f., 245, 409; 29, 479
xi. 15, 444; 19, 469
xii. 15, 399
xiii. 14, 2
xv. 4, 2
xviii. 15, 305
xix. 13, 475
xxiii. 33, 444
xxv.—li., 241 f.
xxvi. 15, 322; 25, 321
xxxiv. 17, 2
xxxvi. 1, 275
xxxviii. 13, 319 n.; 31—37, 338 f.; 37, 305; 40, 324
xxxix. 19, 472
xl. 14—26, 44
xliii. 31, 417
xlvi. 4—13, 45
xlix. 19, 476
li. 1 ff., 4
BARUCH
i. 10, 275; 15—18, 48
ii. 3, 275; 11—19, 48
iii. 4, 275; 38, 469
iv. 36—v. 9, 283
v. 2, 417; 30, 275
LAMENTATIONS
i. 1, 259
iv. 20, 469, 474
EZEKIEL
iii. 15, 460
vii. 3—9, 242
viii. 10, 476
ix. 9, 307
xi. 21, 460
xiii. 18, 305, 449
xvi. 21, 305
xx. 14, 302
xxii. 11, 305
xxxiii. 14, 407
xxxiv. 4, 414
xl. 17, 475
DANIEL
i. 2, 48
ii. 35, 48
iii. 26, 45; 52—90, 253
v. 23, 48
vi. 22, 47, 411
vii. 9 ff., 421 ff.; 9, 48; 10, 417, 497; 13, 43, 57 f.; 21, 48; 22, 319 ff.; 23, 26 f.
ix. 1, 318
x. 20, 48
xii. 1—4, 339; 2, 2; 7, 48; 9, 417
SUSANNA
54 f., 261
BEL
2, 475
1 MACCABEES
i. 4, 276
vii. 17, 23
xiii. 30, 277
xv. 23, 7
xvi. 23 f., 277
2 MACCABEES
i. 27, 2
ii. l ff., 275; 7, 13; 23, 7
vi. 19, 30, 277
vii. 6, 372
viii. 1, 475
3 MACCABEES
ii. 2, 472
vi. 18, 280
vii. 42, 280
4 MACCABEES
i. 18, 280 f.
ix. 9, 281
xiii. 15, 281
xv. 3, 281
xvii. 5, 281
xviii. 14 ff., 372; 23, 281
MATTHEW
ii. 6, 396
iv. 15 f., 396
v. 3 ff., 451; 18, 320
vi. 6, 451
viii. 17, 397
x. 21, 35, 451
xii. 18, 395
xiii. 35, 397
xv. 8, 440
xxi. 4, 395; 33, 451
xxiv. 30, 43
xxvi. 64, 48
xxvii. 9 f., 397; 33, 7
MARK
i. 2 f., 395
vii. 6, 409 f.; 32, 451
ix. 48, 451
xiv. 62, 48
xv. 29, 451
LUKE
iv. 18 ff., 356, 395
vii. 27, 395
xviii. 20, 234
xxiv. 44, 217
JOHN
i. 22, 398; 51, 451
vii. 35, 2
xii. 40, 398
xix. 37, 398
ACTS
ii. 9, 104; 10, 7; 20, 33, 215
vi. 9, 7, 104
vii. 43, 398
viii. 32 ff., 308
xi. 20, 7
xiii. 1, 7; 15, 356; 22, 398; 30, 215; 34, 398
xv. 16 ff., 399; 21, 356
xviii. 24, 104
JAMES
i. 1, 3
ii. 11, 234
1 PETER
i. 24, 399
ii. 6, 399; 9, 451
iii. 10 ff., 399; 14, 451
2 PETER
ii. 22, 400
ROMANS
iii. 13—18, 252; 20, 400
ix. 9, 17, 27, 400; 25, 215; 33, 401
x. 16, 215
xi. 2 ff., 8, 401
xii. 17, 451
xiii. 9, 234
xiv. 11, 400
xv. 11, 215
1 CORINTHIANS
ii. 9, 401
xiv. 21, 402
xv. 54 f., 48, 401
2 CORINTHIANS
iii. 3 ff., 451
viii. 21, 451
EPHESIANS
ii. 17, 451
iv. 8, 25, 400
v. 31, 400
vi. 3, 400
PHILIPPIANS
i. 19, 451
HEBREWS
i. 7, 12, 402
ii. 12, 402
iii. 9, 10, 402 f.
vi. 8, 451
viii. 8 ff., 402
x. 5 ff., 37, 402 f., 479
xi. 21, 402; 22, 215; 33, 48; 36, 217
xii. 15, 402, 479
APOCALYPSE
i. 7, 398
ix. 20, 48
x. 6, 48
xii. 7, 48
xiii. 7, 48
xix. 6, 48
xx. 4, 11, 48
INDEX II.
A, cod., 125 f., 202, 219, 252, 254, 282, 352, 354, 364, 454, 480 ff.; , 364
Abbas, Mar, 115
Abbott, T. K., 144, 456
Abbreviations in MSS. of LXX., 126, 364 f.
Abrahams, I., 498
Accidence of O.T. Greek, 302 ff.
Acrostics, 360
Acts, quotations in the, 388, 398 f.
Adrianus, 341
African canons, 219, 397
African O.L., 91
Africanus, correspondence of Origen with, 60 f., 255, 260 f.
Akhmîm codex, the, 283 ff.: Akhmimic dialect, 106
Akiba ben Joseph, R., 32, 434, 440
Alcalà, 171
Aldine edition of LXX., 173, 486; editions based on, 174
Alexander, at Jerusalem, 4; his policy towards the Jews, 4 f.
Alexandria, its Church, 104, 413; dialect, 289 f.; population, 291; libraries and museums, 10 f., 16 f., 22 f., 293; writers, 293, 312, 369 ff.
Alexandrine MS., 125 f., 352, 489 f., 505, 529
Ambrosian Octateuch, 135 f., 348
Amelli, A. M., 503
Amherst papyri, 499, 508, 509
Amphilochius, 205
Andreas Asolanus, 173
Anonymi dial. Timothei et Aquilae, 18, 31 ff., 206
Anthropomorphisms, 53, 327
Antioch, school of, 80
Apocalypse, use of LXX. in, 392; Theodotionic readings in, 48
Apocrypha, 224 f., 265 ff., 281 ff.; vocabulary of the, 310 ff.; 'apocrypha,' 423; Oxford edition, 520
Apostolic canons, the, 209, 219
Aquila, 30 ff., 38 ff., 53, 458, 476, 499, 508
Arabic version, 110 f.; colloquialisms in LXX., 319
Aramaic, 3, 8, 319
Arian controversy, use of LXX. in the, 470 f.
Aristarchus, 69 ff.
Aristeas, 25, 369 ff.
'Aristeas,' letter of, 2, 10 ff., 279, 371, 478; accepted as genuine in the ancient Church, 13 f.; introduction to, 533 ff.; text of, 551 ff.
Aristobulus, 1 f., 12 f., 369 ff.
Armenian version, 118 ff.
Artapanus, 369 ff.
Ashburnham House, fire at, 133
Asterisk, 70 ff.
Athanasius, 125, 203 f., 431; see Pseudo-Athanasius
Athias, Hebrew Bible of, 343
Augustine of Hippo, 9, 13, 88 f., 211, 223, 464
ἀγάπη, ἀγάπησις, 456
ἀκρίβασμα, -μύς, 45
ἀλαβάρχης, ἀραβάρχης, 6
ἀλιθεια, 21, 317
ἁλληλουιά, 250 f.
ἅλυσις χρυσῆ, 362
ἀμήν, 317
ἀνάγνωσμα, ἀναγνωστής, 168, 359
ἀντιβάλλειν, 75, 77
Ἀριττάρχεια σήματα, 69
ἀρχή, 358
ἀρχιμάγειρος, ἀρχιοινοχόος, 21
ἄχει, 21
א, cod., 75, 77, 129 ff., 201, 219, 252, 352, 496
אֵת (σύν), 39, 308, 317
עַלְמָה, 30
B, cod., 126 ff., 181, 201, 219, 348 ff., 351 f., 375, 486 ff.
Baber, H., 126
Babylonian Targum, 3
Bacon, Roger, 435
Barnabas, Ep. of, 48, 411 ff.
Barnes, W. E., 287
Baruch, book of, 48, 274 ff.
Bel, 260 f.
Ben Asher, R., 434
Ben Naphtali, R., 434
Bessarion, Cardinal, his MSS., 132, 173
'Biblical Greek,' 456
Blunders in the version of LXX., 329 f.
Bobbio Sacramentary, 213
Bodleian Genesis, 134 f.; Psalter, 141; fragment of Bel, 146; of Ezekiel, 148
Bohairic, 106 f.
Bomberg Bible, 343
Brooke, A. E., 135, 189, 489, 507
Budge, E. A., 504
Burkitt, F. C., 34, 41, 47, 82, 93, 488 f., 499, 503 ff., 514
Burney, C. F., 502, 526
Buxtorfs, the, 436
βιβλιογράφοι, 73
βύσσος, 21
C, cod., 128 f., 490
Caesarea, 74 f., 357
Caius Psalter, 162
Cambridge editions of LXX., 188 ff., 290, 496, 510 ff.
Canon of the Hebrew O.T., 198, 216, 219 f.; non-canonical books of the Greek O.T., 265 ff.
Canticles, the book, 216, 360
Canticles, the Ecclesiastical, 141 f., 253
Capitulation in MSS. of LXX., 351 ff.; in the versions, 360 f.
Cappellus, L., 436
capsae, 225
Carafa, Card. Ant., 174 ff.
Carthage, 88, 214, 493
Carr, A., 522
Cassiodorius, 211 f.
catena aurea, 361 f.; c. Nicephori, 362 f., catenae, 361 ff.
Catharine de’ Medici, 129
Catholic Epistles, quotations in, 389, 399 f.
Cells, story of the, 14
Ceriani, A., 39, 80, 108, 113, 496
Chapter-divisions, 342 ff.
Chase, F. H., 470
Cheyne, T. K., 4, 240
Chigi MS., 47 ff., 166, 348
'Chronicles,' 216; the book, 249
Church, use of the LXX. in the Ancient, 27, 87, 433, 462 ff.
cistae, 225
Citation, formulae of, 382, 408, 412; citations of LXX. in N.T.; see New Testament
Claromontane list, 213 f., 279, 346 ff.
Clement of Rome, 47, 406 ff.; of Alexandria, 13, 369 f., 426 ff.
Cleodemus, 370
codex, 229
Coislin Octateuch, 140, 353 f.
collatio Carthageniensis, 97
Colometry, 346
Commentaries, 361, 429 ff.
Complutensian Polyglott, the, 171 ff., 486; editions based on, 173
Concordance to the LXX., the Oxford, 290, 314, 495 n.
Constantinople, 85
Controversial use of the LXX., 470 f.
Conybeare, F. C., 31, 118 f.
'Coptic,' 105; MSS., 504
Cornill, C. H., 242, 486 f.
Corruptions of the text of LXX., early, 478 ff.
Cotton Genesis, 132 ff.
Critical text of the LXX., method of arriving at a, 491 ff.
Criticism (textual) of the O. T., how aided by LXX., 440 ff.
Crum, W. E., 504
cucurbita, 464
Cursive MSS., 148 ff.
Cyprian, 88 ff., 92, 97, 428
Cyprus, 10
Cyrene, Jewish settlement at, 7; Cyrenian source of 2 Macc., 278
Cyril of Jerusalem, 203 f.; C. of Alexandria, 231; C. and Methodius, 120; C. Lucar, 125
χῖ περιεστιγμένον, 71
D, cod., 132 ff.; Δ, 146
Damascus, John of, 207 f., 223
Daniel, book of, 43 f., 46 ff., 113 f., 260 ff., 311, 316, 356, 417, 421 ff.
Decalogue, the, 234 f., 360
Deissmann, G. A., 21
Demetrius of Phalerum, 2, 10 f., 18 f., 293; D. the Hellenist, 17 f., 369 f.; D. Ixion, 289
'Demotic,' 105 f.
Desiderata, 289 f , 495 f.
Deuteronomy, the book, 215
Dialect of Alexandria, 289 ff.; dialects of the Egyptian versions, 105 ff.
Dialogue between Timothy and Aquila, 31 f., 216
Dieu, L., 504, 529
Dillmann, A., 109
Dispersion, the Greek, 2 f.; the Eastern, 3; loyalty of the, 7 f.
Distribution of LXX. MSS., 123 f.
Doctrine, Christian, its terminology partly derived from LXX., 473 f.
Dogmatic interest detected in LXX., 327
Dorotheus, 81
'Double books,' 220
Doublets, 325
Driver, S. R., 68, 234 ff., 246, 321, 335, 341, 439, 441, 481, 489
Dublin fragments of Isaiah, 144
Δ, cod., 146
Δαήλ, 480
δεκαέξ (ἑκκαίδεκα), οἱ, 216
διασπορά, 2
δίδραχμον, 21
διορθοῦν, διορθοῦσθαι, διορθωτής, 73, 75, 77
δόξα, 359
δώδεκα (δεκαδύο), οἱ, 216
δωδεκαπρόφητον, τό, 123, 205 f., 216
E, cod., 134 f.; εʹ, 53
Ebedjesu, 208 f.
Ecclesiastes, the book, 316
Ecclesiasticus, the book, 269 ff., 518
Editions of Greek O.T., 171 ff.; of particular books, 190 ff.
Egypt, early settlements of Jews in, 3f.; evangelisation of, 104 f.
Egyptian versions, the, 104 ff.; recension of LXX., 78 ff.; words in LXX., 21
Eliezer ben Hyrcanus, R., 440
Emmanuel Psalter, 164
Enoch, book of, 110, 283 f.
Ephraemi codex rescriptus, 128 f., 490
Epiphanius, 31 f., 66 ff., 204 f., 431
Esdras, the Greek, 48 f., 265 ff., 310; fourth book of, 110, 285
Esther, the Greek, 20, 25, 75, 77, 229, 257 ff.
Ethiopic version, the, 109 f.
Euergetes II., 24, 270, 280
Eupolemus, 24 f., 369 f.
'European' O.L., 91
Eusebius, 64, 66, 73, 77, 125
Exegesis of LXX., 446 f., 449 f.
Exodus, book of, 215, 234 ff., 243
Ezekiel, the poet, 369 ff.
Ezra-Nehemiah, 25, 220, 265 ff.
ἑβδόμη ἑρμηνεία, ἡ, 55, 82, 85
Ἐβραῖος, ὁ, 56
εἰκοσιδύο, τά, 281
εἵν, 19
ἑκκαιδεκαπρόφητον, τό, 123, 216
ἐκκλησία, 317, 456
ἐκκλησιαστικὴ ἔκδοσις, 80
ἐκλογαί, 361
ἑλληνικὴ διάλεκτος, ἡ, 294
ἐναλλάττειν, 55
ἐνδιάθηκα, τά, 281
Ἐξαγωγή, ἡ, 215
ἑξαπλᾶ, 66
ἐξηγήσεις ἐρανισθεῖσαι, 361
ἔξω, τά, 281
ἐπικατασκευάζειν, 65
Ἐπινομίς, ἡ, 215
ἐπιτομαὶ ἑρμηνειῶν, 361
εὐαγγέλιον, 456
Εὐσεβίου, τό, 77
F, cod., 135 f., 348 f.
Fathers, the Christian, influence of LXX. upon, 462 ff., 464 ff.; their estimate of the LXX., 42 ff.
Fayûm, the, 7, 291
Festival in commemoration of the completion of the LXX., 13
Field, F., 41, 46, 82 f., 458, 500 ff.
Formula consensus eccl. Helv., 436 f.
Formulae of citation, 382, 408, 412
Fourth Gospel, quotations in the, 388, 398
Fragments, uncial, still unworked, 146 ff.
G, cod., 72 f., 78, 137 f.; , 234, 485 ff.; Γ, 146
Genesis, the book, 215, 234, 243
Genizah, the Cairo, 34
Georgian version, the, 120
Ginsburg, C. D., 431
Gothic version, the, 117 f.
Grabe, J. E., 125 f., 183 ff.; editions based on his text, 184
Graeco-Latin MSS., 141 f.
Graecus Venetus, 56 ff.
Grammar of LXX., proposed, 290
Grätz, E., 17
Greek Fathers, list of the, 430 ff.
Greek, modern, affinity of LXX. Greek to, 309
Greek of LXX., 9, 20 f., 289 ff., 452 ff.; of the Ptolemaic papyri, 21, 296 f.
Greek spoken in the West, 87
Greek versions of the O.T.: before LXX., 1 f.; the LXX., 9 ff.; of cent. ii. A.D., 30 ff., 457 ff.; mediaeval, 56 ff., 58
Gregory of Nazianzus, 205; the Great, 103
Grinfield, 15, 27
Grosseteste, Robert, 435
Grotta Ferrata palimpsest of the Prophets, 146
Grouping of books, 198 ff., 216 ff.; internal order of groups, 226 ff.
Gwynn, J., 48, 50
Γ, cod., 146
γειώρας, 19
גּוֹלָה, 3
H, cod., 138 f.
Hadrian, 31 f.
Haggada, 327 f.
Hagiographa, date of the Greek, 24 f.; distribution in the Greek Bible, 218, 228 f.; inferior position assigned to, 318
Halacha, 327
Haphtaroth, 343
Harding, Stephen, 435
Harris, J. R., 146 f., 274, 282, 345 ff., 411
Hart, J. H. A., 498, 518
Hatch, E., 256, 328, 406 ff., 428 f., 452, 455 ff., 460
Headings to chapters, 353 ff.
Hebraica veritas, 68, 86, 435
'Hebraisms,' 521 ff.
Hebrew Bible, editio princeps of the, 435 f.
Hebrew MSS. of the LXX., 22, 319 ff.; H. column of the Hexapla,
Hebrews, Ep. to the, quotations in, 391, 402
hedera, 464
'Hellenist,' 'Hellenistic,' 294 f.; LXX. the Hellenistic Bible, 29, 370 ff.
Heptapla, the, 66 f., 113
Heptastadion, the, 11
Heptateuchus, 227
Hermas, 47, 411
Hesychius, 78 ff.; Hesychian text, 80, 107 ff., 144 f., 150 ff., 482, 486
Hexapla, 61 ff., 64 ff., 74 ff., 113 f., 482 f., 500 ff.; Hexaplaric recension, 67 ff., 76 ff., 481 ff.; Hexaplaric texts, 78, 108 ff., 111, 112 ff., 119, 138, 140, 148 ff., 482; Jerome's Hexaplaric Latin version, 100 ff.
Hilary of Poitiers, 210, 471
Hippolytus, 277, 424 ff.
Hody, H., 15
Holmes, R., 185 ff., Holmes and Parsons, 122 f., 185 ff., 511, 513
Hort, F. J. A., 81, 91 f., 189, 257 f., 300, 486 ff., 491
Howorth, H., 267, 517
Hunt, A. S., 507
hypolemniscus, 71 f.
Hyvernat, H., 106, 111
ה local, 324
I, cod., 141, 353
Jacob of Edessa, 116
Jamnia, 320, 439 f.
Jashar, book of, 246
Jebb, R. C., 294, 309
Jeremiah, book of, 241 ff., 259 f.; Ep. of, 274 f.
Jerome, 9, 14, 23, 34, 40, 64, 74, 76 f., 78 f., 89, 98 ff., 273, 277, 435, 464, 500, 502
Jews in Egypt, 3 ff.; bilingual, 8; their loyalty to Jerusalem, 7, 22; Jewish order of O.T. Canon, 200, 231; Jews wrongly charged with corrupting text of LXX., 424, 479
Ignatius, 413 f.
Infinitive of purpose, 306
Innocent I., 211
Inspiration claimed for LXX., 14, 462 f.
Interpolations in text of LXX., 423 f.
Interpretation of O.T., 326 f.; use of LXX. for the, 445 ff.; patristic int. based on LXX., 463 ff., 470
Job, book of, 43 f., 69, 100 f., 108, 228, 255 ff., 318, 337, 480
John of Damascus, 207 f.
Josephus, 12 f., 26, 217, 220, 279 f., 298 f., 376 ff.
Joshua ben Chananya, R., 32, 440
Irenaeus, 9, 30, 42, 49, 414 ff.; I. (Minutius Pacatus), 289
Isidorus, 212
Jubilees, book of, 110, 285
Judges, book of, 215 ff., 316, 333 f., 488f.
Judith, book of, 103, 222 ff., 229, 272 f.
Junilius, 207
Justin, 30, 47, 417 ff., 464, 479
Justinian, 33
ἶβις, 21
ἰδιόγραφος (ψαλμός), 125, 252 f.
ἱστορικόν, τό, 205
K, cod., 139, 349, 354 f.
Kaisariyeh, 75
Kennedy, H. A. A., 88, 289 ff., 296, 452 f.
Kenyon, F. G., 73 f., 130, 225, 487, 500, 528
Kimchi, D., 57
Kingdoms, books of, 214 ff.; 1 K., 241 f.; 3 K., 237 ff., 246 ff.; 4 K., 249
Kirkpatrick, A. F., 318 ff., 441
Klostermann, E., 58, 132, 353
καθίσματα, 359
καλλιγράφοι, 73
κανόνες (ψαλμῶν), 125, 359
κερέαι, 320
κιβωτοί, κισταί, 225, 229
Κινώθ, 199
κοινή, ἡ, διάλβκτος, 294, 525; ἔ κδοσις, 68 f., 80, 82, 481, 493
κόμματα, 64, 344 ff.
κόνδυ, 21
κῶλα, 64 f., 344 ff.
כְּתוּבִים, 24
L, cod., 139
Lagarde, P. de, 109, 118 f., 121, 188, 206, 255, 442, 483 ff., 494, 502
Lake, K., 502, 505
Lamentations, book of, 226 ff., 259, 360
Langton, Stephen (Archbp), 343
Laodicene canons, 209, 219, 282
Latin versions, 88 ff., 493
Lections, lectionaries, 168 ff., 343, 356 ff.
Lee, F., 183
Leipzig fragments of Octateuch, 139
lemniscus, 71 f.
Leontius, 207 f., 218
Leontopolis, 8
Lexicography, 290, 302 if., 310; lexicon of LXX., proposed, 290
Libraries of Alexandria, 10 f., 16 ff., 22 f., 293
Library of Pamphilus, 75
Lietzmann, H., 501, 513
Lightfoot, J. B. (Bp), 105
Literature, 10, 27 f., 53, 76, 103 f., l08, 111, 117, 119 f., 121, 170, 194, 230, 262 ff., 285 ff., 314, 340 f., 365 f., 379 f., 404 f., 432, 438, 461, 477, 496 f.
Liturgical notes in titles of the Psalms, 250 f.
Liturgies, the ancient, use of the LXX. in, 471 ff.
London papyrus fragments of Psalter, 142 f.
Lucian, 80 ff., 85, 395 f., 483 ff.; Lucianic texts, 82 ff., 93, 116 ff., 121, 148 ff., 379, 395, 403, 482, 486
Ludovicus de Vives, 15
Lyra, Nicolaus de, 435
Λουκιανός, 80, 365
M, cod., 78, 140 f., 352 ff.; , 234
Maccabees, books of, 25, 276 ff., 312 f., 372
Macedonian words, 291 f.
magna est veritas, 266
Mahaffy, J. P., 5 ff., 21 ff., 279 f., 292
Malchas, 370
Malchion, 81
Manasseh, Prayer of, 253 f.
Manetho, 17
Marchalianus, cod., 77, 8o, 108, 144 f.
Margoliouth, D. S., 518
Martini, Raymundus, 435
Masius, Andreas, 113
Massora, Massoretic text, 234 ff., 322, 434 ff., 438 ff.; non-Massoretic text pre-supposed by LXX., 442 ff.
Materials at the disposal of the critical editor, 491 f.
McLean, N., 110, 119, 135, 189, 191, 489
Melito, 203, 221
Mercati, G., 62, 500 f.
Mesrop, 118, 120
Metaphors in LXX., 329
Methodius and Cyril, 120 f.
Methurgeman, 3, 20
metobelus, 70 ff.
Minutius Pacatus, 289
Moabite stone, the, 320 f.
Mommsen, Th., 5, 8, 212 f., 347
Montfaucon, B. de, 136
Morinus, J., 182, 436; P., 181 f.
Moses, Plato supposed to be indebted to, 1
Moses bar-Cephas, III; M. of Khoren, 118, 120
Mozley, F. W., 518
MSS. of LXX., uncial, 124 ff.;
Muratorian Fragment, 268
Museum, the Alexandrian, 16 f., 293
Μαλλαβαϊκά, τά, 222, 226 ff.; Μακκαβαῖος, 276
Μωσαϊκά, τά, 206
N, cod., 131 f., 202
Nathan, R. Isaac, 343
Nestle, E., 112, 127, 133, 169, 181, 187 f., 274, 319, 331, 410, 499
New Testament, the: use of LXX., 26, 381 ff.; tables of quotations from LXX., 382 ff.; number of quotations, 386, 391 f.; discussion of passages quoted, 392 ff.; LXX. indispensable to the study of the N.T., 450 ff.; vocabulary of N. T., how far indebted to LXX., 452 ff.
Nicephorus, stichometry of, 208 f., 346 ff.; catena of, 186, 362 f.
Nicomedia, 85
Nicopolis, 54 f.
Notation of MSS., 122 f.
Notes at end of Job, 256 f.
Number of books in O.T. canon, 219 ff.
Numerals confused, 321
Ναυή, Nave, 480
נְבִאִים, 217
0, cod., 144
obelus, 70 ff.
Octapla, the, 66 f.
'Odes,' the nine, 254
Oesterley, W. O. E., 507, 508
Old Latin version, the, 88 ff., 493
Olophernes, 272
Onkelos, 32
Order of books in Jewish lists, 200; in uncial Bibles, 201 f.; in patristic lists, 203 ff.; internal order of groups, 226 ff.; order of contents of books, 231 ff.
Origen, 30, 34, 46 f., 49, 53 f., 59 ff., 77, 203, 222, 242, 356 f., 429 f., 435, 464, 480, 500 f.
Orthography of LXX., 300 ff.
Oxyrhynchus papyri, 508 f.
ὀκταπλᾶ, 66
ὀκτασέλιδνν, τό, 66
ὀκτάτευχος, ἡ, 123
ὁράσεις (in Isaiah and Daniel), 360
ᾠδαί, 123, 253 f.
Ὠριγένης, , 72, 77, 365
P, 124, 164
Pachymius, 79
Pagnini, S., 343
Palaeography, Hebr., 32of.; Greek, 364
Palestinian Syriac version, 114 f.
Palimpsest MSS., 34 ff., 128 f., 138 f.; 145 ff.
Palladius, 50
Pamphilus, 74 f., 76 f.
Papyrus MSS., 142, 146, 225, 229, 507 f., 521, 523 ff.; 'transition to vellum,' effect of, 229 f.
Parashahs, 342 f.
Paris uncial Psalter, 143
Parsons, J., 185 f.
Passages in LXX. discussed, 330 ff.
Patristic quotations, 406 ff.; texts, editions of, 406, 492; commentaries, 430 ff.
Paul of Tella, 112 f.
Pauline Epistles, quotations in, 389 ff., 400 ff.
Pearson, J. (Bp), 457, 477
Pentapla, 67
Pentateuch, Greek, the original LXX., 23; Samaritan, 436 ff.
Peshitta, the, 112, 116
Pesukin, 342
Peter, Gospel of, 50
Petersburg, St, palimpsest of Numbers, 138
Pharisaic influence in LXX., 17, 281, 283
Pharos, 11
Philadelphus, 10 f., 16f., 293
Phileas of Thmuis, 79
Philo, 12 f., 25 f., 268, 298, 372 ff., 478 f.; the poet, 369
Philometor, 7, 17, 25
Philopator, 279
Philostorgius, 117
Philoxenus of Mabug, 115; Philoxenian version, 115 f.
Phrynichus, 296 f.
Pius V., 99
Points, the Hebrew, 321 f.
Polycarp of Smyrna, 414; the chorepiscopus, 115
Polyhistor, 369
Printed editions of LXX., 171 ff.
Prologue to Sirach, the, 24, 300, 319
Procksch, O., 529
Proper names, 304, 313, 449 f.
Proverbs, book of, 24o ff., 255, 366 f.
Psalms, 25, 98 ff., 191 f., 239 f., 250 ff., 316, 336, 358 f., 447 f.; titles of the, 25o f., 447 f.; books of the Psalter, 254 f.; Psalms of Solomon, 282 f.; Jerome's versions of the Psalms, 98 f.
Psalter of English Prayer-book, 99
Psalterium Romanum, Gallicanum, Hebraicum, 98 ff.
Pseudepigrapha, 265, 281 f., 519; Oxford edition, 521
Pseudo-Aristeas, see 'Aristeas'; Pseudo-Athanasius, 82, 85, 207, 282; Pseudo-Chrysostom, 205; Pseudo-Clement, 411; Pseudo-Gelasius, 211 f., 282
Ptolemies, list of the early, 5 f.
'Ptolemy and Cleopatra,' 25, 258
Π, Cod., 141
Παλαιστιναῖον, τό, 77
Πανάρετος, ἡ, 208
παραγραφαί, 361
παραινετικά, τ ά, 208
Παρλειπόμενα, 214, 216
παρθένος (in
πάσχα, φάσεκ, 317
περικοπή, 358
πεντασέλιδον, τό, 67
πεντάτευχος, ἡ, 123, 204 ff.
ΙΠΙΠ () 39 f.
προσευχὴ Ἀζαρίου, 253, 260; προσευχὴ Μαννασσή, 253 f.
προσήλυτος, ὁ (הַגֵּר), 32
προφητικόν, τό, 205; προφητικά, τά, 208
Πτολεμαϊκά, τά, 279, 519
φρουραί, 258
ψαλμὸς ἰδιόγραφος, 125, 141, 252 f.
פַּרְשִׁיּוֹת ,פְּסוּקִים, 342 f.
Q, cod., 66, 75, 77, 80, 108, 144 f., 348
Quinta, the, 53 ff., 66 f.
Quotations from LXX. by Jewish Hellenists, 369 ff.; in N.T., 381 ff.; in early Christian literature, 406 ff.
R, cod., 141 f., 495
Rahlfs, A., 135, 502, 507, 527 ff.
Recensions of the LXX., 76 ff., 85 f., 481 f.
Redpath, H. A., 135, 141, 147, 290, 495
Reuchlin, J., 436
Robinson, F., 105
'Rock,' metaphor of, 526
Roman edition of LXX., 174 ff., 486; editions based on, 182
Ruffinus, 210, 223
Ryle, H. E., 25 f., 215, 275, 283, 342, 374, 404
S (= א), 75, 77, 129 ff., 201, 219, 252, 352, 490; , , 364; ςʹ, 53
Sabatier, P., 92
Sahidic, 106 ff., 504
Samaritans in Egypt, 6, 437 ff., 441 f.; Samaritan Pentateuch, 436 ff.
Sanday, W., 218 ff., 360
Sanders, H. A., 506
Schürer, E., 499
scriptio defectiva, 321
Scrivener, F. H. A., 189
Selah, 449
Semitic words in LXX., 19, 306 ff.; Semitic idioms, 323 ff.
'Septima,' the, 53 ff.
'Septuagint,' the name, 9f.; early history of the version, 9 ff.; a collection of versions, 315 f.; was there any version anterior to it? 2; Origen labours upon it, 59 ff.; recensions, 76 ff.; versions based upon the LXX., 87 ff.; MSS. of LXX., 122 ff.; printed editions, 171 ff.; books contained in the Greek O.T., 197 ff.; language and style, 289 ff.; merits and defects, 315 ff.; use by pagan writers, 22; by Hellenists, 29 f., 369 ff.; in the N.T., 381 ff.; in the Fathers, 406 ff.; influence on Latin Vulgate, 103; its importance to students, 433 ff.; relation to Q'ri, 445; corruptions in text of, 478 ff.; textual problems, 480 ff.; reconstruction of the text, 492 ff.
Sequence, Hebrew and Greek, tables of, 231 ff.; discussion of, 234 ff.
Serapeion library, 16
Seventy-two, the number, 15
'Sexta,' the, 53 ff.
Shashanq (Shishak), 3f.
Sibyllines, the, 372, 380
Siloam inscription, the, 321
Sinaitic MS., the, 129 ff., 490, 505
Sinker, R., 315
Sirach, 269 ff., 372; prologue to, 20, 24, 300, 319; the Hebrew, 270 ff.; disturbed order of the Greek, 271 f.; literature, 286
Sixtine edition, 174 ff., 486; editions based on, 182
Sixtus V, 174 ff.; his letter, 180
'Sixty books,' the, 209 ff., 220, 281 f.
Slavonic version, the, 120 f.
Smith, H. P., 340, 441; W. R., 30 f., 246, 440
Solomon, Psalms of, 282 f., 288; Wisdom of, 267 ff., 285, 311 f.; Odes of, 519
Soter, 6, 19, 293
Speculum, the, 97, 100
Stephen, R., 343
Stichometry, 344 ff.; of Latin MSS., 360 f.; of Coptic MSS., ib.
Stoicism of 4 Macc., 280
Streane, A. W., 259
Susanna, 260 f.
Symmachus, 30, 49 ff., 52 ff., 458 f., 476, 483
Synagogue use of LXX., 29 f.
Synopsis, pseudo-Athanasian, 31, 82, 205; pseudo-Chrysostom's, 207; Lagarde's, 206
Synoptic Gospels, quotations in, 386 ff., 391 ff.
Syntax of O.T. Greek, 305
Syriac versions, 111 ff.
Syro-Hexaplar, 77, 112 ff., 356, 493 f.
σάββατα, 19
σαρβὴθ σαβανὲ ἔλ, 277
Σεγρί, 411
σειρά, 361
Σειράχ, 269
σελίς, 64
σκολιογραφεῖν, 75
Σουσάννα, Σωσάννα, 260
Σοφία, ἡ, 268
στάσεις, 142, 359
στιχηρά, τά, 219
στίχος, 344 ff.
συλλουκιανισταί, 85
συμβουλευτικόν, τό, 205, 219
σύν = אֵת acc., 39, 308, 317
σύνοψισ ἐν ἐπιτόμῳ, 206
Σύρος, 56, 116
σχῖνος, 261
סִירָא, 269
סֶלָה, 449
T, cod., 142, 495; θʹ, θεʹ, 364
Talmud, Aquila, quoted in the, 33
Targum, the Babylonian, 3
Taylor, C., 33, 41, 67, 271, 286, 527
Tertullian, 9, 284, 351
Tetragrammaton, the, 39 f., 320, 327
Tetrapla, the, 65 ff., 73, 113 f.
Text-division, systems of, 342 ff.
Thackeray, H. St J., 131, 267, 498 f., 509, 513 ff., 526, 528
Thecla the martyr, 125
Theodorus (Egyptian Bishop), 79; Theodore of Mopsuestia, 112, 115, 316, 432
Theodotion, 30, 42 ff., 45 f., 260 ff., 339 ff., 395 ff., 403, 417, 421 ff., 458 f., 483, 499
Theodotus, 369 f.
Thomas of Harkel, 112 f.
Thompson, Sir H., 503 f.
Timothy and Aquila, dialogue between, 31 f., 206
Tischendorf, A. F. C. von, 129 ff., 135, 138 f., 140 ff., 187 f.
Tisserant, E., 506
Titles of Psalms, 250 f., 447 ff.; of chapters, 354 ff.; of books, 198 f., 214 ff.
Tobit, book of, 273 f.
Transliteration, 46, 67, 324 f., 526
trifaria varietas, 86
Turin Prophets, 145, 508
Tyconius, 97
Θεγρί, 411
ταχυγράφοι, 73
τέλος, 358
τέσσαρες, οἱ, 123
τετραβασίλειον, τό, 206
τίτλοι, 354 ff.
τομοι (in Isaiah), 360
תּוֹרָה, 221
תִּקּוּן סוֹפְרִים, 434
V, cod., 132, 202, 495; U, 142 f.
'Variorum' LXX., proposed, 496
Vatican MS. (B), 126 ff., 486 ff.; do. (N), 131 f.; do. (X), 143
Venice MS. (V = 23), 132
Verona Psalter, 141 f.
Versions of the LXX., 87 ff., 493 f.
Versions of the O.T. (Greek) later than LXX., 29 ff.; their importance, 457 ff., 476
versus, 344
Vienna Genesis, 139, 185
Vives, L. de, 15
Ulfilas, 117
Uncial MSS. of LXX., 124 ff., 146 ff., 201 f.
Votaw, C. W., 306
vulgata editio, 68
Vulgate, Latin, 103, 474 ff., 476
ὕμνος τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, 261
W, cod., 143
Walton's Polyglott, 182
Washington codex (Θ), 506
Wendland, P., 498, 519
Westcott, B. F. (Bp), 60, 131, 252, 278, 402
Wigan, W., 183
Wisdom of Jesus, son of Sirach, 269 f., 286
Wisdom of Solomon, 267 ff., 285, 311, 371 f.
Wulfila, 117
X, cod., 143
Xenophon, Greek of, 294
Ximenes de Cisneros, F., 171 ff.
Y, cod., 145
Yebna, 439
Young, P., 183
Z, cod., 140 f., 144 f.; ζʹ, 53
Zugninensis, cod., 505
Zurich Psalter, 142
Indexes
Index of Scripture References
Genesis
1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1-5 1:1-5 1:2 1:2 1:2 1:2 1:2 1:3 1:4 1:4 1:5 1:6 1:6 1:7 1:7 1:8 1:9 1:9 1:10 1:13 1:13 1:13 1:14 1:14 1:14 1:14 1:15 1:19 1:20 1:26 1:26 1:26 1:26 1:26 1:27 1:27 1:27 1:27 1:28 1:28 1:28 1:30 2 2:1 2:2 2:2 2:2 2:2 2:2 2:2 2:4 2:5 2:7 2:7 2:7 2:7 2:8 2:16 2:23 2:23 2:24 2:24 2:24 2:24 3:4 3:8 3:15 3:15 3:15 3:17 3:20 3:22 3:30 4 4:1 4:1 4:2 4:3 4:3 4:4 4:7 4:7 4:7 4:8 4:8 4:8 4:9 4:10 4:10 4:21 4:21 4:24 5:2 5:3-30 5:4-13 5:24 5:24 5:29-6:2 6:2 6:2 6:2 6:3 6:4 6:4 6:5 6:7 6:14 6:14 6:16 6:19 7:19 8:7 8:21 8:21 9:5 9:24-27 9:25 9:25 9:27 10:4 10:13-18 10:22-29 11:1 11:4 11:6 11:9 12 12:1 12:1 12:1 12:1 12:3 12:3 12:3 12:9 12:9 12:17 13:14 13:14 13:27 14 14 14:13 14:14 14:14 14:14 14:17 14:17 14:18 14:22 14:23 15:1 15:1-6 15:1-6 15:4 15:5 15:5 15:5 15:5 15:6 15:6 15:6 15:6 15:6 15:8 15:9 15:11 15:13 15:13 15:15 15:18 15:18 16:8-12 16:9 16:14 17:1 17:1 17:4 17:5 17:5 17:9 17:14 17:23 18:2 18:10 18:10 18:12 18:13 18:14 18:24 18:24-26 18:25 18:25 18:31 19:1 19:3 19:11 19:19 19:23-25 19:24 19:27 19:31 21 21 21:6 21:10 21:10 21:12 21:12 21:12 22 22:1 22:1 22:2 22:2 22:16 22:16 22:18 22:18 23:4 23:15 23:16 23:17 23:19 23:19 24 24:10 24:13 24:20 24:62 25 25:6 25:9 25:17 25:19-22 25:20 25:20 25:21 25:23 25:23 25:25 25:27 25:27 25:32 26 26:3 26:4 26:4 26:18 26:34 27:10-19 27:11 27:13 27:14 27:15 27:18 27:19 27:27 27:30 27:40 27:46 28:10-19 28:12 28:13 28:13 28:19 29:9 30:1 30:10 30:11 31:10-13 31:13 31:15 31:21 31:29 31:31 31:42-46 31:45 31:46 31:46 31:46 31:47 31:48 31:48 31:48-50 31:48-54 31:50 31:51-54 31:53 32:22-30 32:22-30 32:23 32:24 32:26 32:28 32:29 32:30 34:10 34:14 35:6 35:6-10 35:11 35:16 35:16 36:1 36:2 36:32-35 36:33 37 37:3 37:3 37:4 37:9 37:24 37:27 38:8 38:9 38:14 39:1 40:3 40:3 40:4 40:4 40:7 40:7 40:17 41:2 41:13 41:19 41:34 41:43 41:45 41:45 41:56 42:28 43:15 43:16 44:2 44:13 44:24 45:16 46:28 46:28 46:28 47:31 47:31 47:31 47:31 48:9-11 48:14 48:14 48:14 49:3-27 49:6 49:8 49:8 49:8 49:8-12 49:9 49:10 49:10 49:10 49:10 49:10 49:10 49:10 49:10 49:10 49:12 49:18 49:19 49:19 49:19 49:19 49:20 49:30 50:13
Exodus
1 1:1 1:1 1:5 1:10 1:11 1:12 1:12 1:13 1:16 2 2:2-4 2:4 2:5 2:14 2:14 2:14 2:14 2:14 2:15 2:23 3:2-4 3:3 3:5 3:6 3:6-8 3:7 3:7 3:8 3:14 3:14 3:14 3:19 4:9 4:10 4:10 4:16 4:21 5:7 5:9 5:13 5:13 5:22 6:2-4 6:12 6:12 6:16 8:8 8:17 8:21 8:22 9:3 9:7 9:15 9:16 9:16 9:24 10:13 12 12:7 12:8 12:22 12:23 12:37 12:40 12:43 12:46 12:46 13:2 13:9 13:12 13:12 13:16 13:21 14:6 14:13 14:25 15 15 15:1 15:1 15:1 15:3 15:9 15:14 15:17 15:17 15:27 16:4 16:4 16:15 16:15 16:15 16:15 16:18 16:18 16:23 16:24 16:36 16:36 17:6 17:11 17:14 17:15 17:15 17:16 17:16 18 18:11 19:1 19:1 19:1 19:2 19:2 19:5 19:5 19:5 19:5 19:6 19:6 19:12 19:13 19:16 19:16-24 19:22 20:3 20:5 20:5 20:8 20:12 20:12 20:12 20:12-17 20:12-17 20:13 20:13 20:13 20:13 20:13 20:13 20:13-15 20:14 20:14 20:14 20:14 20:15 20:17 20:22 20:23 21:6 21:16 21:17 21:24 21:24 22:1-27 22:7 22:28 23:2 23:20 23:20 23:20 23:22 23:28 23:30 24:8 24:8 24:10 24:10 24:11 24:18 25 25 25 25:22 25:29 25:40 25:40 25:40 25:40 26:16 27:21 28:4 28:15 28:15-23 28:17 28:27-31 28:30 28:32 28:35 28:39 29 29:9 29:22-26 30:1 30:6 31 31:7 31:13 31:13 31:14 31:18 32:1 32:6 32:6 32:6 32:7 32:7 32:8 32:21-24 32:23 32:32 32:32 33:1 33:1-3 33:2 33:8 33:19 33:19 33:19 33:20 33:21 34 34:6 34:13 35 35:8 36:4 36:8 36:8-19 36:8-34 36:9-12 36:13-4 36:15-29 36:20-34 36:30-34 36:35 36:35-37 36:35-38 36:38-40 37:1-2 37:1-9 37:3-6 37:7-18 37:10-16 37:17-24 37:19 37:25-28 37:25-29 38:1-7 38:1-8 38:8 38:9-12 38:9-20 38:13-17 38:17 38:22-24 38:25-26 39:1-5 39:3 39:6-7 39:8-21 39:18 39:18 39:27-29 39:30-31 39:36 40:6-8 40:11 40:26-32 40:29
Leviticus
1:1 1:1 1:3 3:17 4:5 4:5 4:23 4:27-29 6:2 7:2 7:3 8:6 8:7 8:16 11 11 11:3 11:3 11:5 11:17 11:22 11:29 11:29 11:35 11:44 12 12:6 12:8 13:31 13:59 14:20 16:4 16:7 16:8 18:1 18:3 18:4 18:5 18:5 18:5 18:5 18:30 19:2 19:7 19:13 19:15 19:18 19:18 19:18 19:18 19:18 19:18 19:20 19:23 19:23 19:40 20:7 20:26 21:10 22:2 22:3 22:3-23:22 23:3 23:11 23:11 23:29 24:7 24:7 24:11 26:11 26:40 28:20 1909
Numbers
1 1:1 1:2 1:5-15 1:24 3:24 3:34 4:19 4:20 4:46 5:2 5:15 5:17 5:26 6:22 7:15 9:10 9:12 9:12 11:2 11:9 11:21 11:23 11:29 11:34-12:1 12:8 13:1 13:8 13:23 15 15:4 15:14 16:5 16:5 16:5 16:15 16:22 17 18:20 21:1 21:8 21:11 21:11 21:13 21:17 21:20 22:6 22:19 23:7-10 23:8 23:9 23:14 23:19 23:19 23:21 24:7 24:9 24:17 24:17 24:17 24:17 24:17 24:20 24:21 24:23 24:24 24:24 25:8 26 26:15 27:12 27:21 30:2 30:3 32:29 32:29 32:30 33:10 33:44 35:2 35:33 140
Deuteronomy
1 1:1 1:3-5 1:17 1:17 1:22 2:8 2:23 2:35 3:3 3:4 3:5 3:8-10 3:12 3:13 3:27 4:1-23 4:2 4:10 4:11 4:14 4:14 4:19 4:35 4:35 4:37 4:40 4:40 4:45 4:49 5:2 5:8 5:16 5:16 5:16 5:17 5:22 5:22 5:30 6:1-9 6:4 6:4 6:4 6:4 6:7 6:10 6:13 6:13 6:16 6:16 6:18 7:13 7:16 7:16 7:18 8:3 8:3 8:3 8:15 8:18 8:18 8:19 9:5 9:12 9:12 9:13 9:19 9:28 10:12 10:16 10:16 10:16 10:16 10:16 10:16 10:16 10:21 11:4-34:12 11:7 11:9 11:18 11:21 11:30 12:8 12:32 14 14:3-19 14:6 14:12 14:16 14:17 14:18 14:20 14:23 16:9 16:15 16:16 17:14-20 17:18 17:20 18:1 18:15 18:15 18:18 18:18 19 19:14 19:15 19:21 20:19 21:8 21:16 21:23 21:23 21:23 22:29 23:21 24:1 24:1 25:4 25:4 25:4 25:5 25:11 26:2 26:5 27:15 27:26 27:26 27:26 28 28:25 28:25 28:42 28:66 28:66 28:66 29:4 29:4 29:4 29:18 29:18 29:18 30:4 30:4 30:11-14 30:16 30:19 30:29 31:2 31:6 31:6 31:8 31:8 31:16-18 31:18 31:18 32:1 32:1 32:1 32:1 32:3-6 32:3-10 32:4 32:4 32:5 32:5 32:6 32:6 32:7 32:7-9 32:8 32:8 32:8 32:8 32:8 32:8 32:8-10 32:10 32:15 32:15 32:15 32:16 32:16 32:16-23 32:18 32:20 32:20 32:21 32:21 32:21 32:22 32:22 32:23 32:24 32:27 32:30 32:31 32:34 32:34 32:34 32:35 32:35 32:36 32:36 32:37 32:39 32:41 32:42 32:43 32:43 32:43 32:43 32:43 32:47 33:8 33:9 33:12 33:13 33:13-17 33:13-17 33:14 33:15 33:16 33:16 33:17 33:22 33:29 34:28 1911
Joshua
1:1 1:5 3:3 3:15 4:10 4:23-5:1 4:24 5:2 5:2 5:3 5:3 5:7 5:13 5:13-6:2 5:13-6:2 5:14 5:15 6:1 6:2 9:1 9:2 9:2 9:3 9:5 9:33 10:10 10:12 10:12-14 10:13 10:39 10:42 11 11:10-14 14:12 15 15:15 15:59 15:59 19:41-46 19:47-48 19:47-48 19:50 19:51 20:4-6 21:36 21:36-37 21:36-37 21:37 21:42 21:42 21:42 22:29 22:34 24:27 24:30 24:30-33 24:31 29:33 29:33
Judges
1:1 1:19 1:35 2:5 2:6 2:7 2:11 2:13 2:34 3:7 3:14 3:16 4:11 5:15 5:16 5:28-30 6:2 6:3 6:18 8:3 8:7 8:13 9:13 9:26 9:48 10 11:24 12:6 14 14:15 14:20 15 15:14 15:19 15:19 16:13 18:2 18:30 19:18 19:22 20:24
Ruth
1:4 2:2 2:9 2:9 2:14 2:14 2:19 2:22 3:1 3:9
1 Samuel
1:24 1:28 2 2:8 2:9 2:9 2:10 2:10 2:33 3:13 3:21 4:1 4:3 4:7 5:6 6:4 6:19 9:25 10:21 12:3 12:8 14:18 14:41 14:42 15:23 20:19 20:41 23:11-12
2 Samuel
1 Kings
1 1:1 1:1 1:2 1:5 1:8 1:9 1:14 1:20 1:24 1:26 1:26 2:6 2:10 2:10 2:10 2:10 2:10 2:11 2:12 2:14 2:29 3:6 3:14 4:10 4:17 4:21 5:6 6:11 6:15 6:20 7:4 9:22 9:24 10:5 10:14 10:22 10:23-33 11:3-8 11:29 12:2 12:2 12:2 12:3 12:8 12:24 13:14 13:20 13:21 14:1-20 14:25 15:20 15:22 15:22 16:7 16:11 16:12 16:14 16:26 16:43 16:51 17 17 17:1 17:12-31 17:36 17:37-43 17:38 17:40 17:41 17:43 17:47 17:50 17:55-18:5 18 18:10-11 18:17-19 18:22-28 18:30 19:13 20 20:9-17 20:10 20:10 20:12 20:30 21 21:4 21:6 21:7 22:9 22:40-52 22:41-44 22:47-50 23:14 27:10 29:6 31:10
2 Kings
1:2 1:18 1:19 1:21 2:2 3:1-3 3:39 4:6 4:10 5:24 6:5 7:8 7:12 7:14 7:14 7:14-16 8:5 8:7 10:4 10:14 11:27 12:21 12:31 13:18 16:2 16:9 16:10 17:6 19:25 19:42 20:6 20:20 22:2 22:2-6 22:3 22:3 22:16 22:32 22:50 23 23 23:3 23:12-27 23:15 23:19 23:21 23:21 23:24 23:24-27 23:31-33 24:1-4 24:13 24:14 24:15 25:11 25:20 25:21 26:20
1 Chronicles
1:17-23 1:20-16 1:44 1:51 2 6:20 6:50-9:27 9:27 11:22 11:22-19:17 14:14 19:17 21:1 21:12 21:15 83
2 Chronicles
1 1:3 2:8 2:8 2:12 3:1 3:1-2 4:11 6:2 9:10 9:10 12:2 19:2 20:37 29:26 33:18 33:18 33:19 35:1-36:21 35:10 35:18 35:19 36:2 36:5
Ezra
1 1 2 2:1-4:5 4:7-24 4:7-24 5 6 7:1-10:44
Nehemiah
Esther
Job
1:1 1:6 1:6 1:15-21 2:1 2:9 2:11 2:12 3:3 4:16 4:21 5:13 5:17 5:17 5:17-26 5:23 5:24-6:9 6:5 6:28 9:9 9:9 11:2 12:22 13:16 14:12 16:1 18:20 19 19:18 19:26 20:9 21:27 24:18 26:5 26:14 27:12 28:21 29:1 29:15 30:8 30:11 30:13 30:15 30:30 33:31 38:11 38:26 38:31 40:14 40:14 42:14 42:17 42:17 42:17 43:17
Psalms
1 1 1 1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:3 1:3-6 1:4 1:5 2 2:1 2:1 2:4 2:7 2:7 2:7 2:7 2:7 2:8 2:12 2:12 2:12 3:3 3:4 3:5 3:5 3:5 3:6 4 4 4 4 4:3 4:5 4:5 4:5 4:7 5 5 5 5 5:10 5:10 6 6 6:6 7 7 7:6 7:11 7:12 8 8:2 8:2 8:3 8:3 8:5-7 8:5-7 8:6 9 9 9 9 9:1 9:1 9:9 9:17 9:17 9:17 9:28 10 10 10:4 10:7 11 11 11:5 12:7 13 13:1-3 13:1-3 13:2 13:3 13:3 13:3 13:3 14 15 15:8-11 15:8-11 15:9 15:9 15:10 16 16 16:2 16:8 16:9 17 17 17:2 17:3 17:3-6 17:16 17:26 17:32 17:35 17:44 17:45 17:45 17:50 17:50 18 18 18:2 18:2 18:3 18:3 18:5 18:5 18:7 18:7 18:14 19:7 19:7 20:5 20:10 21 21 21:1 21:1-14 21:1-24 21:2 21:2 21:4 21:7 21:7 21:7 21:7 21:7 21:8 21:8 21:8 21:9 21:9 21:11 21:12 21:14 21:15 21:16 21:17 21:17 21:17 21:17 21:17 21:17 21:19 21:19 21:19 21:21 21:23 21:23 21:23 21:30 21:31 22 22:4 22:4 22:16 23 23:1 23:1 23:1 23:1 23:4 23:10 24 25:6 25:11 26 26 27:7 27:9 27:13 28 29 29 29 29 30 30 30 30:3 30:5 30:6 30:9 31 31:1 31:1 31:1 31:1 31:1 31:2 31:10 32 32:6 32:6 32:9 32:9 33 33:7 33:12 33:12 33:12 33:12-17 33:12-20 33:13 33:13 33:13 33:13-17 33:14 33:14 33:17 33:19 33:20 33:21 34:2 34:8 34:9 34:19 34:19 35 35:1 35:2 36 36:7 36:11 36:35 36:35 36:36 36:38 37 37 37 38 38 38:14 39 39 39:7 39:7 39:7 39:7-9 39:7-9 40:10 40:10 40:26 41 41 41:3 41:3 42 42:3 42:5 42:12 43 43:5 43:16 43:22 43:23 43:24 44 44 44 44:1 44:3 44:7 44:7 44:7 44:7 44:17 45 45 45:3 46 46:1-3 46:1-3 46:6-9 47 47 48 48:5 48:13 48:13 48:21 48:21 48:23 49 49 49:1 49:1 49:3 49:3 49:4 49:6 49:7 49:9 49:10 49:10 49:11 49:14 49:15 49:16 49:16 49:19 49:19 49:21 49:21 49:22 49:22 49:23 49:23 50 50:3 50:6 50:6 50:12 50:14 50:14 50:14 50:14 50:17 50:18 50:19 51 51 51 51 51:3 52 52:1-3 52:2-3 53 53 54 54:20 54:23 54:23 55 55 55:1 56:6 57:4 58:6 59 60 60:2 60:3 61 61:5 61:6 62:6 63 65 65 66 66 67 67 67:12-14 67:18-22 67:19 67:19 67:26 68 68:1 68:3 68:4 68:5 68:6 68:8 68:10 68:10 68:10 68:10 68:13 68:14 68:19 68:23 68:23 68:26 68:26 68:27 68:30-33 68:30-37 69 69 69:26 70 70:3-8 70:6 71:1-19 71:17-19 71:18-20 71:20 72:3 72:5 72:28 73 74 74 74 74 75 75 75:1 75:2 75:3 75:7 76 76 77 77:2 77:2 77:2 77:5 77:20-31 77:24 77:24 77:35 77:36 77:51-61 77:69 78 78 78:3 78:70 79 79 79 79:1 80 80 80 80:4 80:11-15 81 81 81:1 81:6 81:6 81:6 82 82 82:7 83 83 83:7 83:7 84:12 85 85:14 86 86:4 86:5 86:5 86:5 87 87 87 87:6 88 88:5 88:8 88:8 88:21 88:21 88:21 88:21 88:21 88:21 88:43 89 89:2 89:20 90 90 90:1 90:1-13 90:2 90:5-16 90:6 90:6-13 90:8 90:11 90:11 90:13 91 91:4 91:5-10 91:13 91:14 92 92:8 92:10 93 93 93:11 93:11 93:14 94 94:4 94:8-11 94:8-11 95 95:1 95:1 95:5 95:5 95:5 95:5 95:10 95:10 95:10 95:10 96 96:7 96:7 96:7 97 97:2 97:3 98 98 98:1 98:1-7 98:5 99 101 101:5 101:26 101:26-28 101:26-28 101:27 102:4 102:14 103 103:4 103:4 103:4 103:15 103:30 104 104 105 105:38-45 105:48 106 106:2-10 106:20 106:31 107 108:8 108:8 108:14 108:29 109 109:1 109:1 109:1 109:1 109:1 109:1 109:1 109:1 109:1 109:1 109:1 109:1 109:1-4 109:1-4 109:3 109:3 109:4 109:4 109:4 109:5 110 110 110 110:10 111 111:9 111:9 112 112:5 113 113:11 113:11 114 114:9 115 115:1 115:1 115:2 116 116 116:1 116:1 117 117 117:6 117:6 117:12 117:18 117:18 117:19 117:22 117:22 117:22 117:23 118:27-58 118:120 119 120:8 127:3 131:4 131:4 131:10 134 134 134:14 135 135 136 136:1 137 138 138:7 138:7 138:8 138:15 138:15 139 139:4 139:4 140:4 140:5 140:5 140:5 141 141 142 142:2 142:2 143 143:1-144:6 143:9 144 145 145 145:6 146 146 146 146 147 147:2 148 148 148 148 148:1 148:5 149 149 149 150 150 150:4 151 151
Proverbs
1 1 1:1 1:2 1:17 1:20 1:23 1:25 1:28 2:7 2:21 2:21 2:21 2:21 3:4 3:4 3:5 3:5 3:6 3:7 3:8 3:11 3:11 3:12 3:12 3:12 3:12 3:12 3:15 3:16 3:18 3:19 3:22 3:28 3:33 3:34 3:34 3:34 3:34 3:34 4:27 5:22 5:23 6 6:8 6:23 6:27 7:1 8:15 8:21 8:21-29 8:22 8:22 8:22 8:22 8:22 8:22-25 8:24 8:24 8:24-36 8:25 8:26 8:27 8:28 8:29 8:30-31 8:35 8:36 9:12 9:18 9:18 10:8 10:10 10:10 10:11-19 11:9 11:31 11:31 12:11 12:13 13:19 15:17 15:18 17:6 18:21 18:22 19:17 20:21 20:21 21:1 21:16 22:8 22:10 22:20 22:20 22:20 22:28 23:13 23:21 23:29 23:29 23:30 24 24:22 24:23 24:23-34 24:24-37 24:38-49 24:43 24:50-68 24:69-77 25:1-29:7 25:1-29:21 25:21 25:21 25:26 26:1 26:11 26:11 26:11 26:17 27:1 27:20 27:21 29:5 29:28-49 29:43 29:44 30:1-33 31:1-9 31:10-31 31:26
Ecclesiastes
1:1 1:2 2:17 3:1 4:9 5:15 7:17 8
Song of Solomon
Isaiah
1 1 1 1:2 1:2 1:3 1:3 1:7 1:8 1:9 1:9 1:9 1:9 1:10 1:11 1:11 1:12 1:16 1:16 1:16 1:16-20 1:17 1:17 1:17 1:18 1:19 1:22 1:22 1:23 1:23 1:29 2 2:3 2:3 2:5 2:17 2:19 3 3:9 3:9 3:9 3:9 3:9-11 3:9-15 3:10 3:10 3:10 3:16 3:20 3:24 4:2 4:16 5 5:1 5:1 5:2 5:2 5:6 5:12 5:18-25 5:20 5:21 5:21 5:26 6 6:2-3 6:3 6:3 6:3 6:5 6:9 6:9 6:9 6:9 6:10 6:10 6:10 6:10 6:11 7:1 7:10 7:10-16 7:14 7:14 7:14 7:14 7:14 7:14 7:14 8:1 8:3 8:4 8:12 8:12 8:14 8:14 8:17 8:17 9:1 9:1 9:1 9:6 9:6 9:6 9:6 9:6 9:7 9:8 9:14 10:3 10:12 10:13 10:14 10:16 10:17 10:22 10:22 10:23 11:1 11:1-3 11:4 11:4 11:6 11:6 11:10 11:10 12 12:2 13:6 13:9 13:9 13:9 13:22 14:1 14:4 14:11 14:12 14:14 14:16 14:19 14:20 14:21 15:6 16:1 17:10 17:13 19:10 19:19 19:24 21:2 22:13 22:13 25:1 25:8 25:8 25:8 25:8 25:8 25:9 26:2 26:9 26:10 26:19 26:20 27:6 27:9 28:10 28:11 28:11 28:11 28:13 28:16 28:16 28:16 28:16 28:16 28:16 28:16 29:1 29:4 29:10 29:10 29:10 29:11 29:13 29:13 29:13 29:13 29:13 29:13 29:13 29:13 29:13 29:14 29:14 29:18 30:1 30:1 30:1-5 30:2 30:4 30:25 30:29 31:9 31:9 32:1 32:2 32:8 33:13 33:13-19 33:20 33:24 34:4 35:1-7 35:3 35:4 35:5 35:9 36:1-39:8 37:27 37:38 38 38:3 38:8 38:10 38:10 38:10 38:10 38:10-20 38:21 39:2 39:3 39:6-7 39:13 40:1-17 40:3 40:3 40:3 40:3-5 40:3-5 40:6-8 40:6-9 40:9 40:12 40:13 40:13 40:13 40:15 40:17 41:4 41:8 42:1 42:1-4 42:1-4 42:5 42:5-13 42:6 42:6 42:7 42:10 42:16 42:19 43:2 43:5 43:7 43:10 43:10 43:10 43:15 43:18 43:20 43:23 43:23 44:8 44:13 44:20 44:28 45:1 45:2 45:7 45:11 45:13 45:14 45:14 45:21 45:23 45:23 45:23 45:23 46:9 46:9 48:22 48:22 49:1 49:5 49:6 49:6 49:6 49:6 49:6 49:6 49:6 49:8 49:8 49:8 49:15 49:16 49:17 50:4 50:6 50:6 51:4 51:6 51:23 52:5 52:5 52:5 52:5 52:5 52:7 52:7 52:7 52:7 52:10 52:11 52:11 52:13 52:13-53:8 52:13-53:12 52:14 52:15 52:15 52:15 52:15-53:1 52:16 53:1 53:1 53:1 53:1 53:1 53:1-12 53:2 53:3 53:3 53:4 53:4 53:4 53:4 53:5 53:5 53:5 53:5 53:5 53:6 53:6 53:7 53:7 53:7 53:7 53:7 53:8 53:8 53:8 53:8 53:8-12 53:9 53:9 53:9 53:10 53:10 53:11 53:12 53:12 53:12 54:1 54:1 54:1 54:1 54:8 54:11 54:13 54:13 54:15 55:3 55:3 55:3 55:3 55:3-13 56:7 56:7 57 57:1 57:1 57:1-4 57:2 57:5 57:15 57:16 57:19 58:1-11 58:2 58:4 58:5 58:6 58:6 58:6 58:6 58:6 58:9 58:11-14 58:13 58:14 59:7 59:7 59:8 59:20 59:20 60:6 60:17 60:17 60:17 60:17 60:17 61:1 61:1 61:1 61:1 61:1 61:1 61:1 61:1 61:1 62:2 62:10-63:6 62:10-63:6 62:11 62:11 62:11 62:12 62:12 63:1 63:1 63:3 63:5 63:9 63:9 63:14 63:15-64:12 64:3 64:4 64:4 64:10 65:1 65:1 65:1 65:1 65:1 65:1 65:2 65:2 65:8 65:9-12 65:17 65:17 65:17-25 65:19 65:21 65:22 65:25 66:1 66:1 66:1 66:1 66:1 66:1 66:2 66:2 66:2 66:3 66:5-11 66:12 66:13 66:18 66:22 66:23 66:24 66:24 66:24 66:24 66:24 66:24 88
Jeremiah
1 1:5 2:12 2:12 2:12 2:13 2:13 2:23 2:26 2:29 4:3 4:3 4:22 5:4 5:8 6:12-15 6:17 6:20 6:23 6:29 7:2 7:2 7:3 7:11 7:11 7:11 7:16 7:21 7:21 7:22 7:25 7:29 8:10-12 8:10-12 8:16 9:2 9:23 9:23 9:23 9:23 9:23 9:23 9:23 9:24 9:24 9:24 9:24 9:24 9:25 9:26 9:26 10:6 10:6 10:8 10:8 10:10 10:10 10:11 10:25 11:15 11:15 11:18 11:19 11:19 11:19 12:12 12:15 12:15 12:34 13:14 13:24 13:24 13:25 13:27 14:9 15:4 15:10 17:1 17:1-5 17:1-15 17:5 17:9 17:9 18:2 18:15 19:13 20:17 22:17 23:5 23:6 23:7 23:20 23:23 23:23 23:24 23:29 23:33 24:8-10 25 25:13 26:10 26:15 26:25 29:16-20 29:16-20 31:3 31:10 31:26 31:33 31:35 31:37 33:14-26 33:14-26 34:17 35:15 36:1 36:30 38:11 38:13 38:15 38:15 38:15 38:27 38:31 38:31 38:31-34 38:31-34 38:31-34 38:31-37 38:32 38:33 38:34 38:37 38:40 39:4-13 39:4-13 39:19 40:14-26 41:8 41:8 43:31 46:4-13 47:4 49:19 51:1 51:30 52:28-30 52:28-30
Lamentations
1:1 1:1 1:1 2 2:15 2:16 4:20 4:20 4:20 4:20 4:20
Ezekiel
2:1 3:5 3:15 3:17-19 7:3-4 7:3-9 7:7-8 8:10 9:9 11:21 13:18 13:18 14:20 16:3 16:10 16:21 16:52 18:9 20:12 20:14 20:19-26 20:23 20:40 22:11 23:43 24:4 25:16 28:25 31:6 32:27 36:12 36:26 37:1 37:4 37:7 37:12 37:27 38:2 40:16 40:17 41:16 42:5 42:6 42:14 45:20
Daniel
1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:2 1:2 1:6 1:17 1:18 2:1 2:1 2:5 2:18 2:23 2:35 2:41 3 3:1-3 3:2 3:23 3:23 3:23 3:23 3:24 3:24-45 3:24-90 3:26 3:26 3:44 3:46 3:46-51 3:52 3:52-90 4 4:14 4:19 4:29-34 5:5 5:13-23 5:23 6:2-5 6:12-4 6:22 6:22 6:22 6:23 7 7 7:7 7:8 7:9 7:9-14 7:9-28 7:10 7:10 7:10 7:10 7:10 7:13 7:13 7:13 7:14 7:14 7:20 7:21 7:22 7:24 7:24 8:11 8:13 8:23 9:1 9:7 9:13 9:24 9:24 9:27 10:6 10:20 11:31 11:35 12:1 12:1-4 12:2 12:2 12:2 12:3 12:3 12:4 12:7 12:7 12:9 12:9 12:9 12:9 12:11 12:11 12:13 12:13
Hosea
1 1:1 1:10 1:10 2:23 2:23 4:1 4:6 4:7 4:13 6:5 6:6 6:6 6:6 7:6 10:6 11:1 11:1 11:4 12 12:4 12:5 12:10 13:6 13:14 13:14 13:14 40:4
Joel
1:1 1:14 2:5 2:15 2:28 2:28-32 2:28-32 3:6 3:16 10
Amos
1:2 2:6 2:6-8 2:9-12 2:13 3:12 4:13 5:12 5:16 5:18 5:18-6:7 5:18-6:7 5:19 5:20 5:22 5:23 5:24 5:25 5:25 5:25-27 5:26 5:26 5:27 6:1 6:2 6:3 6:4 6:5 6:6 6:7 7:13 8:1 8:6 8:9 9:5 9:5 9:6 9:6 9:7 9:11 9:11 9:11 17
Obadiah
Jonah
1:3 1:9 1:9 1:14 2:3 2:3 3:6 3:7 3:8 3:10 4 4:4
Micah
1:5 2:3 2:7 2:8 3:5 4 4:1-7 5:1 5:1 5:1 5:1-4 5:2 5:2 5:2 5:2 5:2 5:2 5:3 5:3 5:4 5:5 7:6 7:19 7:19 13
Nahum
Habakkuk
1:5 1:5 1:12 1:16 2:3 2:3 2:4 2:4 2:11 2:11 2:11 2:20 3 3 3 3 3 3 3:1 3:1 3:1 3:2 3:2 3:3 3:3 3:3 3:3 3:3 3:9 3:13 3:13 3:13 3:19 4
Zephaniah
Haggai
Zechariah
2:6 2:10-3:2 2:11 3:1 3:2 3:2 3:8 4 6:12 6:12 7:9 7:10 7:11 8:7 8:16 8:16 8:17 8:17 9:9 9:9 9:9 9:9 9:9 11:7 11:13 11:13 11:13 11:15 12:10 12:10 12:10 12:10 12:10 12:10-12 12:12 13:2 13:7 13:7 13:7 16:1 32 40:3
Malachi
1 1:2 1:2 1:7 1:10 1:10 1:10 1:10-12 1:10-12 1:11 1:11 2:3 2:10 2:11 2:13 3:1 3:1 3:1 3:1 3:1 4:1 4:1 4:4 4:5 10
Matthew
1:23 1:23 1:23 2:5 2:6 2:6 2:6 2:6 2:6 2:15 2:15 2:15 2:15 2:15 2:16 2:18 2:18 2:18 3:3 3:3 3:3 4:4 4:4 4:4 4:6 4:6 4:6 4:7 4:7 4:7 4:10 4:10 4:10 4:15 4:15 4:15 4:15 5:3 5:18 5:21 5:21 5:21 5:27 5:27 5:27 5:31 5:31 5:31 5:33 5:33 5:33 5:38 5:38 5:38 5:38 5:38 5:43 5:43 5:43 5:43 6:6 7:23 8:17 8:17 8:17 8:17 8:17 9:13 9:13 9:13 9:13 10:21 10:35 11:5 11:10 11:10 11:20 11:21 11:23 12:7 12:7 12:7 12:7 12:18 12:18 12:18 12:18-21 12:18-21 13:14 13:14 13:14 13:14 13:15 13:32 13:35 13:35 13:35 13:35 13:35 15 15:4 15:4 15:4 15:4-6 15:8 15:8 15:8 15:8 15:8 15:8 17:17 18:16 18:17 19:4 19:5 19:5 19:5 19:5 19:7 19:18 19:18 19:19 21:4 21:4 21:4 21:4 21:5 21:13 21:13 21:13 21:13 21:16 21:16 21:16 21:16 21:33 21:33 21:42 21:42 21:42 22:24 22:32 22:32 22:37 22:37 22:37 22:37 22:39 22:39 22:39 22:44 22:44 22:44 22:44 22:44 23:35 24:15 24:15 24:15 24:21 24:29 24:30 24:39 26:31 26:31 26:31 26:64 27:9 27:9 27:9 27:9 27:32 27:43 27:43 27:46 27:46 40
Mark
1:1 1:2 1:2 1:2 1:3 1:3 1:3 1:14 4:12 4:29 4:32 6:3 6:23 6:30 7 7:6 7:6 7:6 7:6 7:6 7:10 7:10 7:10 7:10 7:32 9:48 9:48 9:48 9:48 9:48 10:4 10:6 10:6 10:6-8 10:7 10:7 10:19 10:19 10:19 10:21 11:17 11:17 11:17 11:17 12:1 12:10 12:10 12:10 12:19 12:26 12:26 12:29 12:29 12:29 12:29 12:29-33 12:31 12:31 12:31 12:32 12:32 12:32 12:36 12:36 12:36 12:36 13:14 13:14 13:14 13:19 14:27 14:27 14:62 15:28 15:28 15:29 15:34 15:34 16:8 16:19 22:36 23:24 35
Luke
2:22 2:23 2:23 3:4 3:4-6 3:4-6 4:4 4:4 4:4 4:8 4:8 4:8 4:10 4:10 4:10 4:12 4:12 4:12 4:16 4:18 4:18 4:18 4:18 4:18 4:18 7:27 7:27 7:27 8:10 9:41 10:15 10:27 10:27 10:27 10:27 10:27 10:27 10:27 10:28 12:14 12:22 12:52 12:53 13:19 13:27 17:27 18:16 18:20 18:20 18:20 19:46 19:46 19:46 19:46 20:9 20:17 20:17 20:17 20:28 20:37 20:37 20:42 20:42 20:42 21:22 21:24 21:25 22:37 22:37 22:69 23:30 23:35 23:46 24:44
John
1:23 1:23 1:23 1:51 2:17 2:17 2:17 6:31 6:31 6:31 6:45 6:45 6:45 7:35 7:35 7:42 8:17 9:24 10:34 10:34 10:34 12:15 12:15 12:38 12:38 12:38 12:38 12:40 12:40 12:40 13:16 13:18 15:25 15:25 15:25 19:24 19:24 19:36 19:36 19:36 19:37 19:37 19:37
Acts
1:2 1:11 1:17-21 1:20 1:20 1:20 2:9 2:9 2:10 2:10 2:17-21 2:25-28 2:25-28 2:30 2:34 2:34 2:34 3:22 3:22 3:25 3:25 4:25 4:25 6:1 6:9 7:3 7:3 7:3 7:6 7:6 7:27 7:27 7:27 7:27 7:32 7:33 7:35 7:37 7:40 7:40 7:42 7:42 7:43 7:49 7:49 8:32 8:32 8:32 8:32 11:20 11:20 13:1 13:15 13:20 13:22 13:22 13:22 13:33 13:33 13:33 13:33 13:34 13:34 13:34 13:35 13:41 13:41 13:47 13:47 15:15-17 15:16 15:16 15:16-18 15:21 18:2 18:24 23:5 28:26 28:26 28:27
Romans
1 1:17 1:17 1:17 1:34 2:24 2:24 2:24 3:4 3:4 3:4 3:10 3:10-18 3:10-18 3:13-18 3:20 3:20 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:6-8 4:7 4:7 4:17 4:17 4:18 4:18 4:18 4:22 7:7 7:7 7:7 8:36 8:36 8:36 9:7 9:7 9:7 9:9 9:9 9:12 9:12 9:12 9:13 9:13 9:13 9:15 9:15 9:15 9:16 9:17 9:17 9:17 9:17 9:25 9:25 9:26 9:26 9:27 9:27 9:27 9:29 9:29 9:33 9:33 9:33 9:33 9:33 10:5 10:6 10:6-8 10:6-9 10:11 10:15 10:15 10:16 10:16 10:16 10:16 10:16 10:18 10:18 10:18 10:19 10:19 10:19 10:20 10:20 10:20 11:1 11:2 11:3 11:3 11:3 11:4 11:8 11:8 11:8 11:8 11:8 11:9 11:9 11:9 11:26 11:26 11:26 11:26 11:34 11:34 11:34 12:17 12:17 12:19 12:19 12:20 12:20 12:20 13:9 13:9 13:9 13:9 13:9 14:11 14:11 14:11 15:3 15:3 15:3 15:9 15:9 15:9 15:10 15:10 15:11 15:11 15:11 15:11 15:12 15:12 15:12 15:21 15:21 15:21 42
1 Corinthians
1:19 1:19 1:19 1:31 1:31 1:31 1:31 1:31 2:9 2:9 2:9 2:16 2:20 3:19 3:20 3:20 6:16 6:16 6:16 9:9 9:9 10:7 10:7 10:7 10:26 10:26 10:26 14 14:21 14:21 14:21 15:2 15:27 15:32 15:32 15:32 15:45 15:45 15:45 15:54 15:54 15:54 15:54 15:54 15:55 25 26 33:5 34 34 42 55
2 Corinthians
3:3 4:13 4:13 4:13 6:2 6:2 6:2 6:16 6:16 6:16 6:17 6:18 8:15 8:15 8:15 8:21 9:7 9:9 9:9 10:9 10:17 10:17 10:17 10:17 13:1 13:2
Galatians
2:16 2:16 3:6 3:6 3:6 3:8 3:8 3:8 3:8 3:10 3:10 3:10 3:11 3:11 3:11 3:12 3:12 3:12 3:13 3:13 3:13 4:14 4:27 4:27 4:27 4:30 4:30 4:30 5:14 5:14 5:20 10
Ephesians
1:13 2:17 4:8 4:8 4:8 4:16 4:25 4:25 4:26 4:26 5:2 5:3 5:31 5:31 5:31 6 6:2 6:2 15:1 18:17
Philippians
1 Timothy
2 Timothy
Hebrews
1:5 1:5 1:5 1:5 1:5 1:6 1:6 1:7 1:7 1:7 1:8 1:8 1:8 1:10-12 1:10-12 1:12 1:13 1:13 1:13 1:13 2 2 2:6 2:6-8 2:6-8 2:12 2:12 2:12 2:13 2:13 2:13 2:16 3:5 3:7-11 3:7-12 3:9 3:10 4:4 4:4 4:4 5:5 5:6 5:6 5:6 5:6 6 6:7 6:8 6:13 6:13 6:13 7:1 7:11 7:15 7:17 7:17 7:21 7:21 8:5 8:5 8:5 8:8 8:8-12 8:8-12 8:8-13 9:19 9:20 9:20 10:5 10:5 10:5-7 10:5-10 10:6 10:16 10:29 10:30 10:30 10:30 10:30 10:37 10:37 11:5 11:5 11:5 11:12 11:17 11:18 11:18 11:18 11:21 11:21 11:21 11:21 11:22 11:28 11:31 11:33 11:37 12:5 12:5 12:5 12:5 12:6 12:12-21 12:15 12:15 12:15 12:15 12:19 12:20 12:20 12:21 12:26 12:26 13:5 13:5 13:6 13:6 13:6 13:11 13:20 31:25 31:26
James
1:1 2:8 2:8 2:8 2:11 2:11 2:11 2:11 2:23 2:23 2:23 2:23 2:23 4:6 4:6 4:6 4:6 5:20 7:35
1 Peter
1:1 1:16 1:20 1:24 1:24 1:24 2:6 2:6 2:6 2:7 2:8 2:9 2:18 2:22 2:24 3:10 3:10 3:10-12 3:10-12 3:14 4:8 4:18 4:18 4:18 5:5 5:5 5:5 5:7 5:7
2 Peter
1 John
Jude
Revelation
1:7 1:41 4 9:20 10:6 12:7 13:7 19:6 20:4 20:11 22:18 1903
Tobit
1:1 1:14 2:2 2:2 2:3 2:3 2:4 2:4 2:8 2:8 4:10 5:15 6:9 6:9-13:18 11:14 12:9 21
Judith
1 1:2 5:19 7:10 8:6 9:11 10:2 10:5 11:13 12:7 34
Wisdom of Solomon
2:12 3:9 6:7 6:18 6:19 7 7:24 8:7 8:20 9:15 10:6 11:4 11:17 11:22 12:8 12:12 13:2 13:3 15:10 16:22 18:4 18:24
Baruch
1:1-14 1:1-3:8 1:1-3:8 1:10 1:15-18 1:15-3:8 2:3 2:11-19 3:4 3:9-4:4 3:9-4:4 3:9-5:9 3:13 3:38 3:38 4:5-5:9 4:30 4:36 4:36-5:9 5:2
Susanna
Bel and the Dragon
1 Maccabees
1:4 5:53 7:17 8:17 13:30 15:23 16:23
2 Maccabees
1:10 1:27 2:1 2:23 2:23 3:15-39 5:20 6:12-16 6:18-7:42 6:19 6:23-28 6:30 7 7:14 8:1 9:20 11:28 12:43 13:19-26
1 Esdras
1 2:1-14 2:3 2:9 2:15-25 2:15-25 2:21 3 3:1-5:6 3:1-5:6 4:13 4:13 4:38 4:41 4:41 5:34 6 7 8:1-9:36 9:37-55 9:55
2 Esdras
4:17 5:10 6:21 9:9 9:9 9:9 11:9 15:13-16 15:15 16:14-17:3 17:13-45 18:13 18:15 19:10 19:29 19:30 21 21:16 21:20 21:21 21:28 21:32-35 21:39 22 22:4-6 22:9 22:15-21 22:38 22:40 22:41 80
3 Maccabees
Sirach
1:1 1:6 1:14 1:18 1:18 3 4:21 4:31 6:26 21:4 23 29:19 30:34 33:13 34:25 36:6 36:16 37:13 38:1 39:13 39:18 43:17 43:23 43:26 46:9 48:9 48:14 49:10 49:14 50:21 50:22
Index of Greek Words and Phrases
- ἀλώπεξιν: 1
- ἀναγεγραμμένων, ὡς : 1
- ἀναμάρ- : 1
- ἀνταπόδοσιν: 1
- ἀπο : 1
- ἀπονιψάμενοι : 1
- ἀρχεδέατρος: 1
- ἁρ μόσαι: 1
- ἁρμόσαι γυναικί; : 1
- ἂν : 1
- ἂν κατασκευάσῃ καὶ : 1
- ἄνθρωπο Τύριον ἐκ μητρὸς Ἰουδαίας ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Δάν: 1
- ἄξει: 1
- ἅν: 1
- Ἀστάρτη : 1
- Ἀ.: 1
- Ἄξιον δὲ ἐπιμνησθῆναι : 1
- ἐγενν.: 1
- ἐκεῖ γλυκὺ ἀλλὰ : 1
- ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Δοκιμάζων καὶ τὸν λέγοντα καὶ τὸ : 1
- ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Σύγχυσις: 1
- ἐκποιήσει: 1
- ἐλθεῖν, καὶ εὑρεῖν ἐκεῖ : 1
- ἐν ξενιτείᾳ: 1
- ἐν ταῖς ἀβαρκηνείν: 1
- ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ ἀνατελῶ τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀνατολὴν δικαίαν, ποιῶν κρίμα καί δικαιοσύνην ἐν τῇ γῇ. : 1
- ἐπὶ τούτων ἀποτεταγμένος, ἐκέλευσε τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν εἰς ἕκαστον : 1
- ἐπ᾿ : 1
- ἐτράπη: 1
- ἑαυτῷ: 1
- ἑλίξεις: 1
- ἔκλιναν γυναῖκες αὐτοῦ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ . . . 4 αἱ γυναῖκες αὐτοῦ ἐξέκλιναν τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ . . . 5 ἐπορεύθη Σαλωμὼν ὀπίσω τῆς Ἀστάρτης . . . 7 τότε ᾠκοδόμησεν Σ. ὑψηλὸν . . . τῇ Ἀστάρτῃ: 1
- ἔκτισεν, ὃς εἵλετο ἄνθρωπον χρηστὸν ἐκ χρηστοῦ ἀνδρός . . . καὶ ἀρχιτέκτονά : 1
- ἔχων περιβολὴν, τὸ τρίχωμα, πῦρ φλέγον, ἀπετυμπανίσθη, χρόνος ζωῆς, οἱ παρεστηκότες: 1
- ἕως ἂν ἔ. τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ: 1
- Ἐγὼ δὲ : 1
- Ἑλκιαού.: 1
- ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἐπιγινώσκοι : 1
- ἡ δ᾿ ἐπέσπευσεν κόρην· : 1
- ἦν: 1
- ἱκετεύειν, : 1
- Ἰδοὺ ἡμέραι ἔρχονται, φησὶ Κύριος, καὶ ἀναστήσω τὸν λόγον μου τὸν ἀγαθὸν ὃν ἐλάλησα ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰούδα. : 1
- Ἰωσιαού, : 1
- ὀβολός: 1
- ὁ : 1
- ὁμοῦ: 1
- ὃ δέον αὐτοῖς : 1
- ὃσ ἐν ποσίν μου: 1
- ὅσα προτεταγμένον ἔχουσι τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὧδε· ὅσα Ὠριγένην ἐπιγεγραμμένον ἔχει τούτῳ τῷ μονοσυλλάβῳ, : 1
- ὅτι ὑμεῖς πολλοί, καὶ ποιήσατε πρῶτοι, καὶ ἐπικαλεῖσθε ἐν ὀνόματι θεῶν ὑμῶν, καὶ πῦρ μὴ ἐπιθῆτε.: 1
- ὅτι μὲν θρασύ ἐστιν, ἔφη, τὸ θῆλυ γένος, καὶ δραστικὸν : 1
- ὅτι τάδε λέγει Κύριος, Οὐκ ἐξολοθρευθήσεται τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀνὴρ καθήμενος ἐπὶ θρόνον οἴκου Ἰσραήλ·: 1
- Ὁ δὲ Ἐλεάζαρος ποιησάμενος θυσίαν καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπιλέξας : 1
- Ὁ καπνός: 1
- Ὅσον οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτων ἔδει, κεφαλαιωδῶς σεσήμαγκά σοι, : 1
- Ὅτε δέ καιρόν ἔλαβεν ἐκ διαστήματος, ἠρώτησε τόν ἔχοντα τὴν: 1
- ὑποτεταγμέ- : 1
- ὡσεὶ χιόνα, καὶ : 1
- Ὡσῆε, Ἀμώς, Μιχαίας, Ἰωήλ, Ἀβδιού, Ἰωνᾶς, Ναούμ, Ἁμβακούμ, Σοφωνίας, Ἁγγαῖος, Ζαχαρίας, Μαλαχίας: 1
- ᾟ ἡμέρᾳ παρέδωκεν . . . ὑποχείριον: 1
- ᾧ: 1
- ᾧ ἀπόκειται: 1
- · χίλιαι χιλιάδες ἐλειτούργουν: 1
- · εὐχόμεθα γὰρ ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸν : 1
- ΑʹΣʹΘʹ: 1
- Αρισταιον: 1
- Βασαιασ: 1
- Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ: 1
- Βενεδημος: 1
- Θαδδαιος: 1
- Ιεισιας: 1
- Ιουδαιαν] : 1
- Κρῆτες, : 1
- Μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ὁ Δημήτριος παραλαβὼν αὐτούς, καὶ : 1
- Μωσῆν : 1
- Μωσης : 1
- Νικάνωρ Δωρόθεον προσκαλεσάμενος, ὃς : 1
- Οʹ ἐψξετασμοὶ καρδίας, Ἀ. ἀκριβολογίαι κ., Σ. ἐξιχνιασμοὶ κ. : 1
- Οʹ ὁ θεὸς δοξαζόμενος ἐν βουλῇ ἁγίων, Ἀ. Ἰσχυρὸς καισχυρευόμενος ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ ἁ., Σ. θεὲ ἀήττητε ἐν ὁμιλίᾳ ἀ.: 1
- Οʹ δράξασθε παιδείας, Α. καταφιλήσατε ἐκλεκτῶς, : 1
- Οʹ οἱ ἐργοδιῶκται, Ἀ. οἱ εἰσπρᾶκται.: 1
- Οʹ πειρατήριον, Ἀ. εὔζωνος, Σ. λόχος.: 1
- Οʹ τὰ ἔνδοξα, Ἀ. ἀλαλαγμός, Σ. σημασία, Θ. σαλπισμός.: 1
- Οʹ τὸ θέριστρον (Ἀ.Θ. ἄροτρον, Σ. ὕνιν) αὐτοῦ.: 1
- Οʹ τῆς ῥάβδου, Ἀ.Σ. τῆς κλίνης.: 1
- Προσφωνηθέντων δὲ καὶ τούτων τῷ βασιλεῖ μεγάλως ἐχάρη· : 1
- Σὺ δέ, καθὼς ἐπηγγειλάμην, ἀπέχεις τὴν διήγησιν, ὦ Φιλόκρατες. : 1
- Σεδεκ.—Ιησους: 1
- Τάδε λέγει Κύριος Εἰ διασκεδάσετε τὴν διαθήκην μου τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν διαθήκην μου τὴν νύκτα, τοῦ μὴ εἶναι ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα ἐν καιρῷ αὐτῶν· : 1
- Τὸ πρέπον ἑκάστῳ συνυποκρινό- : 1
- Τῇ ἑβδόμῃ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν, πλείονος παρασκευῆς γενομένης, : 1
- Τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῆς διατάξεως τοῦ συμποσίου : 1
- Τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ τὸν καιρὸν λαβὼν ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἑξῆς Τίς ἐστιν : 1
- Τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ, τῆς αὐτῆς διατάξεως γενηθείσης, ὅτε καιρὸν ὑπε- : 1
- Τῇ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν διάταξιν τὰ τῆς : 1
- Τῇ δ᾿ ἑξῆς καθὼς πρότερον ἡ διάταξις ἦν τῶν κατὰ τὸν πότον: 1
- Φιλοκρατες: 1
- Χελκιας: 1
- αἰγός: 1
- αἰσθήσει. πάσχομεν γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς : 1
- αἳ τοῖς αὐτοῖς: 1
- αὐτή τε μήτηρ κἄλαβέν μ᾿ ἐς ἀγκάλας.: 1
- αὐτῶν, ἢ ἐκ : 1
- αὐτῷ· τὸν δὲ ἀναγαγόντα τὸν παῖδα ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος πυρὰν νῆσαι καὶ : 1
- αγνων: 1
- αδιαληπτον: 1
- αζιολογως καθ.: 1
- αικιαις: 1
- αιρεσις: 1
- ακανθη: 1
- αλογιας: 1
- αμιγην: 1
- αμισθοι: 1
- αν: 1 2
- αναστροφην: 1
- ανειληματων: 1
- ανεσιν: 1
- ανεφευκτα: 1
- ανεφικτον: 1
- ανοητον: 1
- ανοσιον: 1
- αντικειμενον: 1
- αξιως: 1
- απαντας: 1
- απαντας : 1
- απεγλαυκωθη : 1
- απεγλυκωθη : 1
- απεδωκε: 1
- απεδωκ. (απεδοσαν: 1
- απεκριθη] ειπε : 1
- απεραντον παρεχει: 1
- απεσταλκαμεν: 1
- απεσχομεθα: 1
- απετελεσθη: 1
- απετελουν: 1
- απεφηνατο: 1
- απεφηνατο] ειπε: 1
- αποδωση: 1
- απολειποντων: 1
- απολελογησθαι: 1
- απολελυμενοι: 1
- απολυσας: 1
- απονιψαμενη: 1
- απταιστον μ. τελους: 1
- αρμωσει: 1
- αρπαζομενους: 1
- αρχεδεατρος: 1
- ασφαλες : 1
- ασφαλ.] ακριβειας: 1
- αυταξιαν: 1
- αυτη] εαυτη: 1
- αυτοις: 1
- αυτον] τουτον: 1
- αυτος: 1
- αυτους: 1
- αυτους : 1 2
- αυτω: 1
- αυτων: 1 2
- αφης: 1
- αφροντις τις η : 1
- αφροντις τισ ειη: 1
- αφροντισειν: 1
- β: 1 2
- βίῳ συμφέρον καὶ καθῆκον: 1
- βίβλοθς τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης ταύτας, τὰς ὑπὸ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα δύο ἑρμηνευ. τῶν ἑρμηνευθείσας . . . οὐ γὰρ εὑρεσιλογία καὶ κατασκευή σοφισμάτων ἀνθρωπίνων ἦν τὸ γινόμενον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου ἡ τῶν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι λαληθεισῶν θείων γραφῶν ἑρμηνεία συνετελεῖτο.: 1
- βίβλος,: 1
- βασιλει] βασιλικη: 1
- βασιλεων] βασιλεως: 1
- βιοι (βιοις: 1
- βλαβερὰ τῶν κατὰ : 1
- βλαπτοι: 1
- βλημαζων : 1
- βουλεσθαι—δε : 1
- βουλευομενω: 1
- βραχέων τῶν ὑποδειχθέντων ὑπ᾿ : 1
- βραχειας: 1
- βραχεων : 1
- βραχυ: 1
- γὰρ : 1
- γῆμαι : 1
- γαμοις: 1
- γαρ: 1
- γαρ] δε: 1 2
- γεγονος: 1
- γενέσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν : 1
- γεννῆσαι Ἰώβ· : 1
- γενομενου: 1
- γενομ.: 1
- γινεται: 1
- γινηται: 1
- γινομενος: 1
- γινωσκειν: 1
- γινωσκων: 1
- γραμμασι] οραγμασι: 1
- δ: 1
- δὲ: 1 2
- δὲ : 1 2
- δὲ ἐποίησαν : 1
- δὲ διαρρήδην τὸ σημεῖον κελεύει : 1
- δὲ σοὶ εὐσεβεῖ καθεστῶτο τούτων οὐδὲν ἂν : 1
- δὲ τοῦτον : 1
- δ᾿ ὑμῖν : 1
- δ᾿ εἰς: 1
- δ᾿ εὐθὺς καὶ λαβοῦσ᾿ : 1
- δαπανησιν: 1
- δαψιλείας : 1
- δε: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
- δε εστι: 1
- δε μειζονος: 1
- δε ουτως] ωσαυτως: 1
- δει: 1 2 3 4
- δεικνυων: 1
- δει] δε: 1
- δει] δη: 1
- δεονται: 1
- δηλουντεσ μεν ως: 1
- δη] δε : 1
- δια βραχεων: 1
- δια του ζην: 1
- διαθήκης: 1
- διακυβερναν: 1
- διακυψας: 1
- διαλαμβανειν: 1
- διαλειπων: 1
- διαλυτον: 1
- διαμενει: 1
- διαμερη: 1
- διαπαντος] + οτι: 1
- διαρισεσιν: 1
- διαστημα: 1
- διατηρει: 1
- διδουντος: 1
- διεξαγαγειν : 1
- διεξελθειν: 1
- διεξοδον: 1
- δικαιοσυνην: 1
- δικαιοσ.] ελεημοσυνην: 1
- δοξη] + τη: 1
- δραγμας: 1
- δυναμενους: 1
- δυναμεως] + οικονομικως : 1
- δυναμις] + εστιν: 1
- δυναντ αν: 1
- δυσαποσπ.] + αυτου : 1
- ε λαικοις: 1
- εἰ πεπλεόνακα, : 1
- εἰδείη : 1
- εἰπεῖν : 1
- εἰργασμένου τοῦ ὑμένος : 1
- εἴδωλα: 1
- εἴη: 1
- εἶναι : 1
- εἶπεν δὲ θυγάτηρ βασιλέως Τοῦτον, γύναι, : 1
- εἶπε, παρέσται καθηκόντως, οἷς συγχρήσησθε, : 1
- εαν] ει: 1
- εαυτας: 1
- εαυτοις: 1
- εαυτον: 1
- εαυτον : 1
- εαυτου] + και βασιλευειν εστι: 1
- εαυτων: 1
- εαυτω] : 1
- εβδομηκοντα συν δυσιν: 1
- εβρ. λεγ.: 1
- εγκρατεις—την χωραν: 1
- εγκρινειν: 1
- εδωκα : 1
- ει αυτος τε ερρωσαι: 1
- ει νοησαις: 1
- ει πεπλεονακα : 1
- ειη ει δε ειη: 1
- ειη] : 1
- ειθισμενων: 1
- ειθισμενως: 1
- ειπα πλειονα και: 1
- ειπας: 1 2
- ειπε: 1 2
- ειπερ: 1
- ειπε] εφη : 1
- ειπων] ειπεν: 1
- ειργασμενης: 1
- εις: 1
- εις το: 1
- εις τους: 1
- εις] εις την προς: 1
- εισελθης: 1
- εκ: 1
- εκ δικαιοτατου : 1
- εκδοσεως: 1
- εκεινος: 1
- εκεινος] + δηλονοτι ηγαπησεν: 1
- εκελευσαν : 1
- εκελευσε: 1
- εκελευσεν] προσεταξεν: 1
- εκομιζον: 1
- εκστασις: 1
- εκτεθειται: 1
- εκτιθεται: 1
- εκτισμενην] κατεσκευασμενην: 1
- εκτυπωσιν: 1
- ελεγχθη: 1
- ελεξεν: 1
- ελλειπει: 1
- εν: 1
- εν αυτω] εν εαυτω: 1
- εναργως: 1
- εναργως : 1
- ενδοξα: 1
- ενεργες: 1
- ενετετυπ. : 1
- ενετυπ. : 1
- ενιεντες: 1
- εννοησας: 1
- εννοησασθαι : 1
- εν] επι: 1
- εξεθεσθαι: 1
- εξει: 1
- εξεις: 1
- εξελεξαμην: 1
- εξηκ. μυρ.: 1
- εξης: 1
- εξοδους: 1
- επαγρυπ. γαρ : 1
- επαναγουσι: 1
- επαναγων: 1
- επαναιρεσιν] + ουτε: 1
- επεβαλετο: 1
- επερτα: 1
- επερωτα: 1
- επερωτησα: 1
- επερωτησεν: 1
- επερωτων τροπων: 1
- επηρωτα: 1 2
- επηρωτησα: 1
- επι: 1
- επι τελει: 1
- επι τον μετ αυτον: 1
- επιβαλληται : 1
- επιβαλομενων: 1
- επιβλεπει: 1
- επιβουλας: 1
- επιβουλ.: 1
- επιγινωσκει (-εις: 1
- επιδεδωκαμεν: 1
- επιδειχθεντων: 1
- επιθεωρουντας : 1
- επιθυμησαιο: 1
- επιλεξαμην: 1
- επιξενουμενοι: 1
- επισκευασματων: 1
- επιτελεσωσιν: 1
- επιτελη: 1
- επιτελοιη: 1
- επιφερει: 1
- επι] : 1
- επομενος: 1
- επυνθανετο : 1
- εργαζομενος: 1
- ερεις: 1
- εριν] αιρειν: 1
- ερχονται: 1
- ερωτησιν] + εφη: 1
- εστι: 1
- εστι σε] : 1
- εστιν αυτοις: 1
- εστι] + των: 1
- ετεροις: 1
- ετερου] τον ετερον: 1
- ετερως: 1
- ετι: 1
- ετι γαρ: 1
- ετοιμαζων: 1
- ευανδρειν] ευ : 1
- ευκολως: 1
- ευλαικ.: 1
- ευνοιαν] : 1
- ευξωνται: 1
- ευπρεπως: 1
- ευρετικωτεροι: 1
- εφ: 1
- εφη: 1
- εφησεν Ως] εφη Σεμνως: 1
- εχει: 1
- εχεις: 1
- εχη τον β: 1
- εχων διατελοιη: 1
- ζοντες ἑτέρως Ζῆνα καὶ Δία· τοῦτο δ᾿ οὐκ ἀνοικείως οἱ πρῶτοι : 1
- ζωῆς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἕως : 1
- ζωα ημερα: 1
- η: 1 2 3
- η των: 1
- ηγεμονειαν: 1
- ηδη: 1
- ηθισμενων: 1
- ηιον (ηιων: 1
- ημερας: 1 2
- ημιν]: 1
- ηρωτα: 1
- ηρωτα] : 1
- ηρ. ετερον: 1
- ησαν: 1
- ησαν—πρεσβεις : 1
- ηττον: 1
- η] ουδε: 1
- θ: 1
- θείως τὸ κατὰ τὸν ὁρισμὸν πρᾶγμα, ὄντας πεντα-: 1
- θεοδοσιος: 1
- θεον: 1
- θεος ειη: 1
- θεου—αξιοις: 1
- θεραφείν: 1
- θυγατρός Ἀνά. : 1
- θυμου: 1
- θυμωδως: 1
- θυρωσι: 1
- ιδιωτικων: 1
- ικετειαις: 1
- ικετιαις: 1
- ις: 1
- ισως: 1
- κέρας ἐκεῖνο: 1
- καὶ : 1 2
- καὶ ἀσπίδα πατήσεις.: 1
- καὶ ἐγένετο λόγος Κυρίου πρὸς Ἰερεμίαν λέγων: 1
- καὶ ἐν πᾶσι : 1
- καὶ ἐπάνω: 1
- καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα : 1
- καὶ διαστέλλειν : 1
- καὶ θυρῶν : 1
- καὶ πολύκτηνον, κτήσασθαι γὰρ αὐτὸν : 1
- καὶ σὺν τοῖς: 1
- καὶ τὰς διὰ τούτων: 1
- καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα συμβολῆς : 1
- καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν λίθων· : 1
- καὶ τῶν τούτοις ὁμοίων, ὅσα διηγόρευται.: 1
- καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι τοῖς Λευίταις οὐκ ἐξολοθρευθήσεται ἀνὴρ ἐκ προσώπου μου, ἀναφέρων ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ θύων θυσίαν.: 1
- καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀρχομένων βίοις—ἐμμελέστερον ἢ μου- : 1
- καίγε ἡ διαθήκη μου διασκεδασθήσεται μετὰ Δαυὶδ τοῦ δούλου μου, τοῦ μὴ : 1
- καθεστηκε: 1
- καθυπνουντας : 1
- καθω: 1
- καθως—κατα: 1
- καθως] η καθως: 1
- και: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
- και : 1
- και ενδ.] και ενδοξα και μεγαλα: 1
- και ο ταυθ—βασιλευ: 1
- και ποτων: 1
- και σοι: 1
- και συ: 1
- και συντηρουντος] συντηρουντας και τας : 1
- και τα] κατα: 1
- και τ. τ. μν. : 1
- και φυσ. διαν.: 1
- και]: 1
- και] και τω: 1
- καλλιστα: 1
- καλον : 1
- καλως : 1
- κατ αυτο: 1
- κατὰ: 1
- κατὰ τὴν ἐξεύπεσιν, : 1
- κατα: 1 2
- κατα εθνος: 1
- κατα ταυθ υπολαμβανομεν: 1
- κατα το (κατα τον: 1
- κατα των τοπων: 1
- κατακεχωρισται: 1
- κατακλεῖσιν : 1
- κατακολουθειν: 1
- κατασκευῇ, φολιδωτὴν ἔχοντες ἀπὸ τῆς βάσεως μέχρι τοῦ μέσου : 1
- κατασκευασας : 1
- κατασκευασμενον : 1
- καταστημα εστιν: 1
- κατα] και : 1
- κατεκτημ. : 1
- κατελιπεν: 1
- κατεργαζόμενοι ἀνωφελές: 1
- κατεσκευασμενα: 1
- κατ.: 1
- κειμενην: 1
- κειμενου δε κατα] κειμενης δε και : 1
- κεκλεισθαι: 1
- κενὰ κενοῖς: 1
- κεχαρισμενος : 1
- κεχαρ.] και χαρισαμενος : 1
- κρυφαιως: 1
- κυλιδιον: 1
- κων ιδιωτων τινες: 1
- λέγεσθαι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ οὐδὲ ἀκανόνιστα βιβλία, ἀλλὰ μόνα τὰ κανονικὰ τῆς παλαιᾶς καὶ καινῆς διαθήκης: 1
- λαβων: 1
- λαθη: 1
- λαλημενα: 1
- λαμβανεις : 1
- λεγεις: 1
- λεγομένη: 1
- λεγω δε: 1
- ληψ: 1
- λογον : 1
- λυπησας: 1
- μάστιξ: 1
- μὲν : 1 2
- μα-: 1
- μεν παντα: 1
- μενος ἐκ : 1
- μερος: 1
- μετὰ περι- : 1
- μετ᾿ εὐφροσύνης τοῖς ἀνδράσι συνὼν καὶ : 1
- μετα: 1
- μεταδουναι: 1
- μεταλα: 1
- μετατιθεις] + τε: 1
- μεταφερον: 1
- μετοικ.: 1
- μη: 1
- μηδεν: 1
- μηδενι: 1 2 3
- μηποτε] : 1
- μιᾷ συντεθεικώς, ἄλλην σελίδα ἀντιπαράθετον δἰ Ἑλληνικῶν μὲν γραμμάτων Ἐβραικῶν δὲ λέξεων πρὸς κατάληψιν τῶν μὴ εἰδότων Ἐβραικὰ στοιχεῖα . . . καὶ οὕτως τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπ᾿ αὒτοῦ ἑξαπλοῖς ἢ ὀκταπλοῖς τὰς μὲν δύο Ἐβραικὰς σελίδας καὶ τὰς ἓξ τῶν ἑρμηνευτῶν ἐκ παραλλήλου ἀντιπαραθεὶς μεγάλην ὡφέλειαν γνώσεως ἔδωκε τοῖς φιλοκάλοις. : 1
- μολοῦσα δ᾿ εἶπε μητρί, καὶ παρῆν ταχὺ: 1
- ν του σ. συμπ.: 1
- νομιζει: 1
- νομιζειν γαρ τοις πολλοις: 1
- νομιζομεν: 1
- νομιζωμεν: 1
- νομικης: 1
- ο: 1 2 3
- ο δε εφη: 1
- ο δεον αυτοις: 1
- ο νομ. υπο θ. σοφ. ων: 1
- οὐχ ὡς λίθου προσκόμματι συναντήσεσθε οὐδὲ ὡς πέτρας πτώματι: 1
- οι: 1 2
- οιονται] οιον και: 1
- οις: 1
- οις] ους: 1
- οι] ο : 1
- ολην την] ολην: 1
- ομοιουσθαι: 1
- ομοιως: 1
- οντινα ουν: 1
- οντος] εντος : 1
- ον] ων: 1
- οπλιων: 1
- οραται: 1
- οσ ην] οσ (ως: 1
- οσον—διεξηλθον] διεξηλθον βραχυ : 1
- ου κατα τι μερος της τραπεζης : 1
- ουδεν: 1
- ουδεν] ουδε: 1
- ουθεν : 1
- ουθενι: 1
- ουν: 1 2 3
- ο] : 1
- πέρδικες ἔτι δὲ χῆνες καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα τοιαῦτα. : 1
- πάντας τοὺς σιτοβολῶνας: 1
- παίζεται : 1
- παθωμεν: 1
- παιδειας : 1
- παιδια: 1
- παλιν: 1
- παμπληθει: 1
- παν: 1
- παντ—μεταλαβοντες (22)] παντων ουν ακριβως των : 1
- παντα δυναμιν : 1
- παντα ουν : 1
- παντα] ειπας: 1
- παντι: 1
- παντι μη: 1
- παρὰ τῶν : 1
- παρῆσαν αὐτῷ. καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία καὶ τιμὴ βασιλική, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τῆς γῆς κατὰ γένη καὶ πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῷ λατρεύουσα· καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ ἐξουσία αἰώνιος ἥτις οὐ μὴ ἀρθῇ, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἥτις οὐ μὴ φθαρῇ.: 1
- παραγεγενημενων: 1
- παραγενομενοι: 1
- παραγενωνται: 1
- παραδεδειγμενοι: 1
- παρανεγνωσθη: 1
- παραπεμπει: 1
- παρειμεν δ: 1
- παρεκ. καθ.: 1
- παρελύθησαν: 1
- παρεσταναι: 1
- παρηει: 1
- πεπειραμενων: 1
- πεπεισμενοις: 1
- πεποιθοτας: 1
- περὶ τούτων, ἔφη καὶ λίαν διαγωνιᾷν· εἰδέναι γάρ, ὅτι : 1
- περι: 1
- περι—Δημητριου : 1
- περιεργασιαν: 1
- περιεφραξαν: 1
- περι] του: 1
- περονας : 1
- πετασθαι] + ημας: 1
- πηχεων] : 1
- πθλιαδων: 1
- πιειν δουναι: 1
- ποιήματι: 1
- ποιεῖν, κατευθύνει τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς ἐπιβολὰς ὁ κυριεύων ἁπάντων : 1
- ποιεν : 1
- ποιηται: 1
- ποιητικων : 1
- ποιουμενος] + ο βασιλευς: 1
- πολις] + εστιν : 1
- πολλους: 1
- πολλους τροπους : 1
- πολυωριας: 1
- πορεια: 1
- που : 1
- πρὸς τὴν γεωργίαν καὶ τὴν ἐπιμέ- : 1
- πραγματων: 1
- πραιποσιτων: 1
- πραττεις: 1
- πρειω: 1
- προαγωγην: 1
- προαιρουνται: 1 2
- προβαλλει: 1
- προδότης πέφυκε. σὺ δὲ πάντας εὐνόους : 1
- προδηλως: 1
- προειπε: 1
- προειρημενων: 1
- προειρητο : 1
- προηγμενα : 1
- προιστορειν: 1
- προμηθεια : 1
- προοντας: 1
- προοχης: 1
- προπινων: 1
- προποσεων: 1
- προς δι ημων επιζητ.: 1
- προς ευφροσ.—τη δε: 1
- προς ημων επιζητηθεντα: 1
- προς την χρ. την τρ.: 1
- προσήγαγον : 1
- προσαχεν : 1
- προσδεηται: 1
- προσειπας: 1
- προσεχεστατα: 1
- προσεχοντες: 1
- προσκλησιν: 1
- προσλαμβανειν: 1
- προσονομάσας, ὅτι δέον ἐστὶ κατὰ : 1
- προσπαραγενομενων ετ. πλειονων: 1
- προστεταχε : 1
- προτειναι] προδουναι: 1
- προτετ. : 1
- πρωτη: 1
- πρωτον ο νομ.: 1
- πρωτον παντων: 1
- πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ποταμὸς πυρός· χίλιαι χιλιάδες ἐθεράπευον αὐτὸν καὶ μύριαι μυριάδες παρειστήκεισαν αὐτῷ· καὶ κριτήριον ἐκάθισε καὶ βίβλοι ἠνεῴχθησαν. ἐθεώρουν: 1
- πωλειν: 1
- πως: 1
- πως] ως: 1
- π. χ. ἐπέθηκεν ἐπί κτλ.: 1
- ρ: 1
- σέθεν.: 1
- σὺ : 1
- σὺν τὸ ῥῆμα: 1
- σύν: 1
- σαι: 1
- σαφῶς: 1
- σαφως: 1
- σεαυτου: 1
- σημαναντα: 1
- σημεια: 1
- σκηναῖς: 1
- σοὶ δώσω αὐτήν: 1
- σοι: 1 2
- σοι παιδὶ τῷδ᾿ εὕρω ταχὺ: 1
- σοι, βασιλεῦ, πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα. Συγ- : 1
- σοι] μοι: 1
- σου] σοι: 1
- σπεύδοι: 1
- σπευδοι] σπευδη: 1
- σποθδασω: 1
- στε: 1
- στερεων: 1
- στομα] : 1
- στρωμνας: 1
- συγχρῶνται : 1
- συγχρησεσθε : 1
- συγχωρησαι: 1
- συμβουλιας: 1
- συμοστορῇς. ὅτι : 1
- συμπλοκης: 1
- συμφερειν: 1
- συνεδριας: 1
- συνεληλ.: 1
- συνθεσιν : 1
- συντελη: 1
- συντηρεισθαι: 1
- συστασεως] pr της: 1
- σχιστη] κτιστη: 1
- σχοινιδῶν: 1
- σχοινιδον : 1
- σχοινιω : 1
- σωματοφυλακας: 1
- τ (τε : 1
- τάδε: 1
- τὴ ἀναγλυφὴν ἔχοντα σχοινί-: 1
- τὴν μεγαλω- : 1
- τὴν πηγήν, καὶ γενέσθαι γλυκὺ : 1
- τήνῳ τ᾿ ἐδόθη ἀρχὰ τιμά τε καὶ βασιλεία, πάντες τε λαοὶ ἔθνεα καὶ γλῶτται τήνῳ λατρευσείοντι· ἁ ἀρχύ εὑ ἀρχὰ αἰῶνος ὃς οὐ παρελευσείεται, ἅ τε βασιλεία εὗ ἅπερ οὐκ οἰχησείεται.: 1
- τὸ ζῇν. ὡς¶: 1
- τὸ θηρίον, καὶ ἀπώλετο τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐδόθη εἰς καῦσιν πυρός· καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ θηρία μετεστάθη: 1
- τὸ θηρίον, καὶ ἀπώλετο τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐδόθη εἰς καῦσιν πυρός. καὶ τοὺς κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ ἀπέστησε τῆς ἐξουσίας αὐτῶν, καὶ : 1
- τὸν Ἠσαὺ γήμαντα Βασσάραν : 1
- τὸν ὀντωτήν: 1
- τὸν θεὸν τῶ Ἀβραὰμ προστάξαι : 1
- τῆς ἐξόδοθ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, : 1
- τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ἔριον καθαρόν, ὁ θρόνος αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ φλὸξ πυρός, οἱ τροχοὶ αὐτοῦ πῦρ φλέγον: 1
- τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ἔριον λευκὸν καθαρόν· ὁ θρόνος ὡσεὶ φλὸξ πυρός, τροχοὶ αὐτοῦ πῦρ καιόμενον. ποταμὸς πυρὸς ἕλκων, καὶ : 1
- τῆς μεγίστης τεύξε- : 1
- τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰς : 1
- τῶν λόγων τῶν μεγάλων ὧν τὸ κέρας ἐλάλει· θεωρῶν ἤμην, καὶ : 1
- τῶν μεγάλων λόγων ὧν τὸ κέρας λάλεῖ, καὶ : 1
- τῷ λέγειν: 1
- τα: 1 2 3 4 5
- τα : 1
- τα κινηματα: 1
- τα προειρ.] : 1
- ταῦτα : 1
- ταδε] : 1
- ταις: 1
- ταυτα: 1
- τα] τας: 1
- τε: 1 2
- τε : 1
- τε εν: 1
- τερπω τινα: 1
- τετευχοτως : 1
- τετιμ.: 1
- τετυχηκε: 1
- τεως ιν (ινα: 1
- τη: 1 2
- την: 1
- τηρει: 1
- της: 1 2 3 4
- της διανοιας ηγεμων: 1
- της νομοθεσιας: 1
- της του: 1
- της χαρας: 1
- της] : 1
- της] τας : 1
- τη] τω: 1
- τι : 1
- τι δε: 1
- τιμης] ψυχης: 1
- τινα εχειν: 1
- τις] τι: 1
- το: 1
- το δ εξης: 1
- το σημ. διαρρ. : 1
- το συμπτωμα: 1
- το την μνημην : 1
- τοὺς : 1
- τοὺς ἄρσενας, : 1
- τούτοις, ὦ Φιλόκρατες, συγγνώμην : 1
- τοῦ θεοῦ εἰπόντος, : 1
- τοις: 1 2
- τοις ανθρωποις: 1
- τον: 1 2
- τον απολιποντα: 1
- τον αρχισωματοφυλακα : 1
- τον εαυτων: 1
- τον τροπον: 1 2
- τον] τα: 1
- τοπος: 1
- τορειας: 1
- τοσουτο: 1
- του: 1 2
- του ζην: 1
- του υμενου: 1
- τους: 1 2
- τους τοιχους: 1
- τους υπνους: 1
- τουτο: 1
- τουτο : 1
- τουτοις: 1
- τουτον: 1
- τουτου: 1
- τουτους: 1
- τουτους—επαγρυπνησις] τουτοις γαρ επαγρ.: 1
- τουτο] τουτ ουν : 1
- τουτων: 1
- του] τους: 1
- το] τον: 1
- το] τω: 1
- τραπη: 1
- τραπησωμεθα: 1
- τριακοντα] λ: 1
- τριακοντα] λ ημεραις: 1
- τροπω] : 1
- τυγχάνοι: 1
- τυγχάνοι; Πᾶσιν ἴσος γινόμενος, ἔφη, καὶ : 1
- τυγχανη: 1
- τω σημ.: 1
- των: 1 2 3 4
- των ανθρωπων: 1
- των απολιποντων : 1
- των λοιπων: 1
- των πρ. την γεωργιαν: 1
- των] : 1
- τω] τα: 1
- τ. ανδ. συν. μετ ευφ.: 1
- υμιν: 1
- υπαρχεις: 1
- υπαρχοι: 1
- υπεμεινε: 1
- υπερτεινοντ: 1
- υπερτεινωνται: 1
- υπολαμβανομεν: 1
- υπομνησις εστι: 1
- υποτιθεμενος λογον.: 1
- υπο] υπερ: 1
- φαίνεται· πρῶτον μὲν ἡ σύμπηθις τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἡ : 1
- φανερως: 1
- φανηται: 1
- φησας] πεισας: 1
- φησιν: 1
- φθανοιεν: 1
- φιλιαν: 1
- χώρᾳ: 1
- χαρα τι: 1
- χαριστηριον : 1
- χρήσιμα : 1
- χρηματοφυλ. : 1
- χρησιμον] fort χρηματισμον: 1
- χρονων: 1
- χρονων και τροπον: 1
- χρυσοι : 1
- χρυσου] : 1
- χρωμεθα: 1
- χρωμενους : 1
- ω βασιλευ: 1
- ων ] + και: 1
- ων] ου: 1
- ως: 1
- ως αυτοι : 1
- ως αυτον: 1
- ως δ εχει: 1
- ως δε παρημεν: 1
- ως ουδεν] οσα δεον: 1
- ως] ο: 1
- ωστε : 1
- ωστε—θεσιν: 1
- -ειαν: 1
- -εσθαι: 1
- -σαι: 1
- -σαν: 1
- -σεν: 1
- -σθαι: 1
- : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- : 1 2 3 4 5 6
- : 1
- γράμμασιν ἁγίοις ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ, κατὰ μέσον τῶν: 1
- δια: 1
- ουν: 1
- ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος: 1
- οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν: 1
- σοφαὶ ἀρχουσῶν: 1
- ʏειτουργεῖν: 1
- ἀέναος: 1
- ἀένναον μνήμην καταβέβλησαι σεαυτοῦ, θείῳ προστάγματι κατα-: 1
- ἀήρ, δανός: 1
- ἀγάπη, ἀγάπησις: 1
- ἀγάπη, ἀγαπητός, ἁγιάζειν, ἁγιασμός, ἀδελφός, ἀδόκιμος, αἵρεσις, αἰσθητήριον, ἀκρογωνιαῖος, ἀνάθεμα, ἀναζωπυρεῖν, ἀνακαινίζειν, ἀναστροφή, ἀνατολή, ἀνεξιχνίαστος, ἀπαρχή, ἀπαύγασμα, ἄφεσις, ἀφορίζειν, βαπτίζειν, βεβαίωσις, βλασφημεῖν, γαζοφυλάκιον, γέεννα, γραμματεύς, γρηγορεῖν, δαιμόνιον, διαθήκη, δόγμα, ἔθνη, εἰρηνικός, εἰρηνοποιεῖν, ἐκκλησία, ἔκστασις, ἐλεημοσύνη, ἐνέργεια, ἐξομολογεῖσθαι, ἐξουσία, ἐπερώτημα, ἐπίσκοπος, ἐπισυνάγειν, ἐπιφάνεια, ἐπιχορηγεῖν, ἑτοιμασία, εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, εὐαρεστεῖν, εὐδοκία, εὐλάβεια, ζηλωτής, ζωγρεῖν, ζωογονεῖν, θέλημα, θρησκεία, ἱλασμός, ἱλαστήριον, Ἰουδαισμός, καταλλαγή, κατάνυξις, κήρυγμα, κυβέρνησις, Κύριος, λειτουργεῖν, λόγος, λοιμός, λυτροῦσθαι, μεγαλειότης, μεγαλωσύνη, μεταμέλεια, μεεωρίζεσθαι, μονογενής, μορφή, μυστήριον, νεόφυτος, ὁλόκληρος, ὀρθοτομεῖν, ὁσιότης, παραβολή, παράδεισος, πάροικος, πειρασμός, περιούσιος, περιοχή, περιποιεῖσθαι, πίστις, πληροφορεῖσθαι, πλήρωμα, πνεῦμα, πρεσβύτερος, προσάγειν, ῥύεσθαι, σάρξ, σκάνδαλον, σκληροτράχηλος, σεμνός, συνείδησις, σφραγίζειν, σωτηρία, τάρταρος, ὑπόστασις, ὑστέρημα, Ὕψιστος, φιλάνθρωπος, φῶς, χαρακτήρ, χειρόγραφον, χριστός.: 1
- ἀγάπη, ἀσυνθεσία, ἀσφαλτόπισσα, βδέλυγμα, γένημα, δόμα, ἐργοδιώκτης, θλιμμός, καταπέτασμα, κρίμα, λατόμος, μέθυσμα, ὁλοκαύτωμα, ὁλοκαύτωσις, ὀρόφωμα, παντοκράτωρ, : 1
- ἀγῶσιν—ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐπεί τινα παρεύρεσιν εἰς τὴν ἀπόλυσιν αὐτῶν : 1
- ἀγαθὰς ἐπινοίας λαμβάνειν πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα πράσσεσθαι, καὶ τοῖς : 1
- ἀγαθή: 1
- ἀγαθὸς ὁ λόγος: 1
- ἀγαθὸς ὑπὲρ δέκα, : 1
- ἀγαθύνειν, ἀκουτίζειν, ἀνόμημα, ἀνταναιρεῖν: 1
- ἀγαθοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, οὓς καὶ ἀπεστείλαμεν : 1
- ἀγαθοποιεῖν, ἀγαθωσύνη, ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι, ἀγαλλίασις, ἁγιάζειν, ἁγιασμός, ἁγιωσύνη, αἴνεσις, ἀκρογωνιαῖος, αἰχμαλωτεύειν, ἀλίσγημα, ἁλληλουιά, ἀλλογενής, ἀμέθυστος, ἀμήν, ἀμφιάζειν, ἀναζωννύειν, ἀναθεματίζειν, ἀνεξιχνίαστος, ἀνθρωπάρεσκος, ἀνταπόδομα, ἀποδεκατοῖν, ἀποκάλυψις, ἀποκεφαλίζειν, ἀποφθέγγεσθαι, βάτος, βδέλυγμα, βεβηλοῦν, βροχή, γέεννα, γνώστης, γογγύζειν, γυμνότης, δεκατοῦν, δεκτός, διαγογγύζειν, δολιοῦν, δότης, δυναμοῦν, ἑβδομηκοντάκις, εἰρηνοποιεῖν, ἐκζητεῖν, ἐκμυκτηρίζειν, ἐκπειράζειν, ἐκπορνεύειν, ἐκριζοῦν, ἐλεγμός, ἔλεγξις, ἐμπαιγμός, ἐμπαίκτης, ἔναντι, ἐνδιδύσκειν, ἐνδοξάζειν, ἐνδυναμοῦν, ἐνευλογεῖν, ἐνκαινίζειν, ἔνταλμα, ἐνταφιάζειν, ἐνώπιον, ἐνωτίζεσθαι, ἐξάπινα, ἐξαστράπτειν, ἐξολεθρεύειν, ἐξουδενοῦν, ἐξυπνίζειν, ἐπαύριον, ἐπισκοπή, ἐπαναπαύειν, ἐπιγαμβρεύειν, ἐπιφαύσκειν, ἐρήμωσις, εὐδοκία, ἐφημερία, ἥττημα, : 1
- ἀγαθωσύνη, ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι, ἁγνίζειν, ἀγρυπνεῖν, αἱνιγμα, αἱρετίζειν, ἀλαζονεύεσθαι, ἀλλογενής, ἀδιαλείπτως, ἀμάραντος, ἀμέριμνος, ἀμφίβληστρον, ἄμφοδον, ἀπελπίζειν, ἀπερίτμητος, ἁπλότης, ἀπόκρυφος, βδέλυγμα, γλωσσόκομον, γνωρίζειν, διάδημα, δίδραχμα, δίστομος, διυλίζειν, δωρεάν, ἐναγκαλίζεσθαι, ἐνταφιάζειν, ἐνωτίζεσθαι, ἑορτάζειν, ἐξέφνης, ἐξουδενοῦν, εὔκολος, εὐοδοῦν, θεοσέβεια, ἱκανοῦσθαι, ἱκανός, ἰκμάς, ἱστορεῖν, καμμύειν, κατάγελως, καταδυναστεύειν, κατακλυσμός, κατακυριεύειν, καταποντίζειν, καταφιλεῖν, καυχᾶσθαι, κλάσμα, κοράσιον, κόφινος, λιθόστρωτος, λικμᾷν, μεσονύκτιον, μογιλάλος, μυκτηρίζειν, νεομηνία, νῖκος, νυστάζειν, οἰκουμένη (ἡ), ὁμοθυμαδόν, : 1
- ἀγγέλων θεοῦ: 1
- ἀγερωχία: 1
- ἀγορανομία: 1
- ἀγορασμοὺς καὶ μεταγραφὰς ἐπὶ τέλος ἤγαγεν, ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῷ, τὴν : 1
- ἀγροῦ : 1
- ἀγροῦ (ὑγροῦ : 1
- ἀγχιστεύς: 1
- ἀδή: 1
- ἀδελφῆς καὶ τῶν τέκνων καὶ τῶ φίλων· καὶ ηὔξατο πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, : 1
- ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῆς: 1
- ἀδιάπτωτος: 1
- ἀδικίαν, δικαὶως δὲ πάντα κυβερνῶν ἀένναον τὴν περὶ σεαυτὸν δόξαν : 1
- ἀδικίαις . . . ἁμαρτιῶν: 1
- ἀδολίαν τοῦ ζῇν στέρησιν εἶναι· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς διὰ παντὸς τοῖς : 1
- ἀεί: 1 2
- ἀενάων]: 1
- ἀηδίαι, : 1
- ἀθανασία: 1
- ἀθετήσω: 1
- ἀθετεῖν τὰ ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις φερόμενα ἀντίγραφα καὶ νομοθετῆσαι τῇ ἀδελφότητι ἀποθέσθαι μὲν τὰς παῤ αὐτοῖς ἐπιφερομένας βίβλους, κολακεύειν δὲ Ἰουδαίοις καὶ πείθειν ἵνα μεταδῶσιν ἡμῖν τῶν καθαρῶν: 1
- ἀθρόαν οὖσαν ἀπομερισαι τοῖς ὑπηρέταις τῶν ταγμάτων καὶ βασι-: 1
- ἀκέραια συντηρήσας ἅπαντα τοῖς ἐγγόνοις τὴν αὐτὴν παραδιδοῖ : 1
- ἀκόλουθόν τι πράξει τῶν κακοπαθειῶν ἀποδιδοὺς τὴν ἀντάμειψιν. : 1
- ἀκαριαῖος: 1
- ἀκαταμάχητος: 1
- ἀκηλίδωτος: 1
- ἀκηλίδωτος, ἀμβρόσιος, ἔξαλλος, ζωτικός, ἰοβόλος, κακόμοχθος, κινητικός, κρυσταλλοειδής, ὁμοιοπαθής, παντεπίσκοπος, πολυμερής, πρωτόπλαστος· ἀγερωχία, ἀπαύγασμα, ἀπόρροια, εἰδέχθεια, ἐνέργεια, εὐδράνεια, ῥεμβασμός, συλλογισμός· μετακιρνᾷν, μεταλλεύειν, προυφεστάναι: 1
- ἀκμαιοτάτους ταῖς ἡλικίαις τετάχαμεν, τοὺς δὲ δυναμένους καὶ περὶ : 1
- ἀκοίμητος: 1
- ἀκούσας τοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἐξῆς ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς: 1
- ἀκούσεσθαι, προσφάτως παραγεγενημένον ἐκ τῆς νήσου πρὸς: 1
- ἀκολούθως = κατά: 1
- ἀκρίβασμα, -μύς: 1
- ἀκρόπολις: 1
- ἀκριβάσματα: 1
- ἀκριβές, ἀξίως καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆ σῆς προαιρέσεως, θῶμεν : 1
- ἀκριβῶς καὶ πρόδηλα θεὶς ἔδειξεν ὅτι, κἂν ἐννοηθῇ τις κακίαν : 1
- ἀκριβασμός: 1
- ἀκριβείας δὲ πολλῆς εἶχον, εἰ καὶ τις ἐπιταγὴ γένοιτο διὰ τοῦ : 1
- ἀκροβυστίαν καρδίας: 1
- ἀκροβυστία, ἀναθεματίζειν, ὁλοκαύτωμα, σκανδαλίζειν, σπλαγχνίζειν.: 1
- ἀκρογωνιαῖος: 1
- ἀκρωτηριάζειν: 1
- ἀλέφ: 1
- ἀλήθεια: 1
- ἀλαβάρχης: 1
- ἀλαβάρχης, ἀραβάρχης: 1
- ἀλαζονεύεσθαι: 1
- ἀλιθεια: 1
- ἀλλὰ καὶ τεκούσας ἔτι δὲ θυγατέρας μολύνουσιν. ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ : 1
- ἀλλὰ μνείᾳ μνησθήσῃ : 1
- ἀλλὰ φόβῳ : 1
- ἀλλάξεις : 1
- ἀλλόφυλοι; : 1
- ἀλληλουιά: 1
- ἀλλογενής: 1
- ἀλλοτρί: 1
- ἀλλοφύλων] : 1
- ἀλλοφυλισμός: 1
- ἀλογιστία: 1
- ἀλοιφή, ἀναζυγή, ἀποσκευή, ἀποστολή, ἀποστροφή, ἀφή, διασκευή, δοχή, ἐκτριβή, ἐντολή, ἐπαγωγή, ἐπισκοπή, καταφυγή, ὁλκή, παραβολή, προνομή, προφυλακή, συναγωγή, τροπή.: 1
- ἀμάραντος: 1
- ἀμέλεια μεγίστη; πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ ἔφη Εἰ τέκνων ἄφροντίς τις εἴη, καὶ μὴ : 1
- ἀμήν: 1 2
- ἀμίμητον: 1
- ἀμίμητον θεωρίαν ἀποτελοῦν τοῖς θεωροῦσι τοὺς δὲ πόδας ἐποίησαν: 1
- ἀμόλυντος: 1
- ἀμαυροῦν, ἀποδεκατοῦν, ἀπολυτροῦν, ἀποτυφλοῦν, ἀσφαλτοῦν, διαβιοῦν, ἐκτυποῦν, ἐλαττονοῦν, ἐπιδιπλοῦν, ἐπιπεμπτοῦν, ἐρυθροδανοῦν, εὐοδοῦν, θανατοῦν, καταχρυσοῦν, κυροῦν, παλαιοῦν, παραζηλοῦν, περικυκλοῦν, συγκυροῦν.: 1
- ἀμνησικακία: 1
- ἀμπέλου κατὰ μέσον, περὶ δὲ τὰ χείλη κισσοῦ τε καὶ μυρσίνης ἔτι : 1
- ἀμφιάζω, γρηγορῶ, βέννω, κτέννω.: 1
- ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν σχοινίδων· ἕτερος παρὰ ἕτερον πλοκὴν εἶχον ἀμί- : 1
- ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ σκότους·: 1
- ἀνάγνωσμα: 1
- ἀνάγνωσμα, ἀνάγνωσις, γραφή: 1
- ἀνάγνωσμα, ἀναγνωστής: 1
- ἀνάγνωσμα. : 1
- ἀνάπαυσιν τόπος αὐτοῖς ἐστὶν ἀποτεταγμένος, οὗ καθίζουσιν οἱ : 1
- ἀνέβη ἐν μόσχῳ: 1
- ἀνέθη : 1
- ἀνέστη Ἰούδας ὁ καλούμενος Μ.: 1
- ἀνέφικτος: 1
- ἀνὴρ ἄφρων οὐ γνώσεται, : 1
- ἀνὴρ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ πολιτῶν τῆς Ἐφράμου κληρουχίας Ῥαμαθὰν πόλιν κατοικῶν ἐγάμει δύο γυναῖκας Ἅνναν τε καὶ Φεννάναν. ἐκ δὲ ταύτης καὶ παῖδες αὐτῷ γίνονται, τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν ἄτεκνον οὖσαν ἀγαπῶν διετέλει.: 1
- ἀνόσιος. ὁ δὲ νόμος ἡμῶν κελεύει μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ μηδένα : 1
- ἀνέθηκαν τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ἀσταρτεῖον: 1
- ἀνέστης καὶ ἔφαγες ἄρτον καὶ πέπωκας: 1
- ἀναίρεσις, ἀνάμνησις, ἀποκιδάρωσις, ἄφεσις, βεβαίωσις, γόγγυσις, γύμνωσις, δήλωσις, διάβασις, διασάφησις, ἐκδίκησις, ἔκστασις, ἔκχυσις, ἐπερώτησις, κατακάρπωσις, κατάλειψις, κατάσχεσις, κατοίκησις, ὁλοκάρπωσις, ὁλοκαύτωσις, ὁμοίωσις, πλήρωσις, πόρευσις, πρᾶσις, σύγκρασις, συνάντησις, συντίμησις, σύστασις, ταπείνωσις, ὑπερόρασις, ὑπέροψις, ὑπόστασις, φαῦσις, χαράκωσις, χήρευσις.: 1
- ἀναβάντες ἐθεωροῦμεν· ἣ κεῖται μὲν ἐν ὑψηλοτάτῳ τόπῳ, πύργοις : 1
- ἀναβαίνων: 1
- ἀναγίνωσκε τὰς θείας γραφάς, τὰς εἴκ͌οσι δύο: 1
- ἀναγίνωσκε τὰς θείας γραφάς, τὰς εἴκοςι δύο βίβλους τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης.: 1
- ἀναγνώσεις: 1
- ἀναγνώσματα: 1
- ἀναγνώστης: 1
- ἀναγνώστης = γραμματεύς: 1
- ἀναδενδράς, ἀναφάλακρος, ἀναφάλαντος, ἀρχισωματοφύλαξ, ἀρχιτεκτονεῖν, ἄχυρον, βασίλισσα, γένημα, διῶρυξ, ἐπιγονή, ἐργοδιώκτης, εὐίλατος, ἐφιδεῖν, ἐφιορκεῖν, θέριστρον, ὀλιγοψυχεῖν, ὀχύρωμα, ὀψώνιον, παιδίον, παραδεῖξαι, παρεπίδημος, περιδέξιον, περιοδεύειν, πράκτωρ, πρεσβύτεροι, στενοχωρεῖν, χῶμα.: 1
- ἀναιτίως: 1
- ἀνακτῶνται τοὺς βίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων· καθὼς σὺ τοῦτο πράσσων : 1
- ἀναλημπτέος: 1
- ἀναμέτρησις, γλύμμα, δικαίωμα, ἱεροψάλτης, ἱματισμός, καταλοχισμός, κτηνοτρόφος, μισοπονηρία, ὁλοσχερής, συμπλήρωσις, ὑπομνηματισμός.: 1
- ἀναμοχλεύειν: 1
- ἀναμφισβητήτως: 1
- ἀναπλήρωσις: 1
- ἀναποδισμός: 1
- ἀναπτώσεως καὶ συμποσίας ἐπετελεῖτο. καθὸ δὲ ἐνόμιζεν ὁ : 1
- ἀναστάσεως: 1
- ἀναστέσει: 1
- ἀναστήσεις τήν σάρκα μου ταύτην τὴν ἀναντλήσασαν ταῦτα πάντα: 1
- ἀναστήσεται: 1
- ἀναστήσει: 1
- ἀναστήσεται ἄνθρωπος: 1
- ἀναστρέφεσθαι: 1
- ἀναστροφή: 1
- ἀνατελεῖ ἄστρον ἐξ Ἰακώβ, καὶ ἀναστήσεται ἄνθρωπος ἐξ Ἰσραήλ.: 1
- ἀνατιθέντεσ, ὃς ἡμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ δόκῃ κρατίστῃ : 1
- ἀνατολή: 1
- ἀναφορά: 1
- ἀνδρῶν ἔγκληροι καθειστήκεισαν ἑκατοντάρουροι. πληρούμενος δὲ : 1
- ἀνδρῶν προαιρῶνται πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνακομισθῆναι, μὴ κωλύσῃ, περὶ : 1
- ἀνδριοῦν, δευτεροῦν, διοδεύειν, ἐνευλογεῖσθαι, ἐξολεθρεύειν, ἐξουθενεῖ: 1
- ἀνείκαστος: 1
- ἀνεκλιπής: 1
- ἀνεμοφθόρος, γλωσσότμητος, ἐργοδιώκτης, θανατηφόρος, θηριάλωτος, θηρόβρωτος, ἱπποδρόμος, ἰσχνόφωνος, κτηνοτρόφος, νυμφαγωγός, σιτοποιός, σφυροκόπος, τελεσφόρος, χαροποιός, διχοτομεῖν, ζωογονεῖν, κλοποφορεῖν, κρεανομεῖν, λιθοβολεῖν, λιμαγχονεῖν, νευροκοπεῖν, ὀρνιθοσκοπεῖν, συμβολοκοπεῖν, τεκνοποιεῖν, ψωραγριᾷν.: 1
- ἀνεξικακία: 1
- ἀνεπίστρεπτος: 1
- ἀνεπαισθήτου κατεσκευασμένης, ὡς εἶδεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς ἄνδρας, : 1
- ἀνθράκων τε καὶ σμαράγδων, ἔτι δὲ: 1
- ἀνθρώπου σώζειν· καθὼς καὶ σὺ μέγιστον κακὸν ἥγησαι τὴν : 1
- ἀνθρώπους ὑπερῆρκας τοῦ θεοῦ σοι δεδωρημένου ταῦτα. Ἐπὶ : 1
- ἀνθρώπων ἐπιεικέστερον νουθετοῖς· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους : 1
- ἀνθρώπων προτιθέμενος λόγον, ὅτι : 1
- ἀνθρώπων, : 1
- ἀνθυφαιρεῖν, ἀνταποδοῦναι, ἀποκαθιστᾷν, ἐνκαταλείπειν, ἐνπεριπατεῖν, ἐξαναστέλλειν, ἐπισυνιστᾷν, κατεμβλέπειν, παρεμβάλλειν, συναναλαμβάνειν, συναναστρέφεσθαι, : 1
- ἀνιεροῦν: 1
- ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου· ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα ἀπὸ καταβολῆς.: 1
- ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου· φθέγξομαι προβλήματα ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς.: 1
- ἀνομία, ἀνόμημα, ἀποστασία, ἀσεβής, ἄφρων: 1
- ἀνομίας, ἁμαρτίας: 1
- ἀνρίγραφον ἐπιστολῆς ἧς ἀπέστειλεν Ἰερεμίας πρὸς τοὺς ἀχθησομένους: 1
- ἀντὶ τῶν μήλων τοῦ μανδραγόρου.: 1
- ἀντὶ τούτου: 1
- ἀντίγραφον: 1
- ἀνταποδώσω, : 1
- ἀντεβλήθη δὲ ἡ βίβλος πρὸς τὸ ἐν Καισαρίᾳ ἀντίγραφον τῆς βιβλιοθήκης τοῦ ἁγίου Παμφίλου χειρὶ γεγραμμένον αὐτοῦ.: 1
- ἀντεβλήθη πρὸς παλαιότατον λίαν ἀντίγραφον δεδιορθωμένον χειρὶ τοῦ ἁγίου `άρτυρος Παμφίλου· πρὸς δὲ τῷ τέλει τοῦ αὐτοῦ παλαιοτάτου βιβλίου . . . ὑποσημείωσις τοῦ αὐτοῦ μάρτυρος ὑπέκειτο ἔχουσα οὕτως· : 1
- ἀντελάβετο, : 1
- ἀντιβάλλειν: 1 2
- ἀντιλήμπτωρ: 1
- ἀντιλεγόμενα: 1
- ἀντιπαρατάσσειν: 1
- ἀντιπρόσωπος, Ἀντιλίβανος, ἀρχιδεσμοφύλαξ, ἀρχιδεσμώτης, ἀρχιερεύς, ἀρχιμάγειρος, ἀρχιοινοχόος, ἀρχισιτοποιός, ἐπίπεμπτος, εὐπρόσωπος, κατάλοιπος, κατάξηρος, παράλιος, παρεπίδημος, περιδέξιον, περίλυπος, περίοικος, περίχωρος, ὕπανδρος, ὑπερμήκης.: 1
- ἀνυπόκριτος: 1
- ἀξιολόγων ἀναγράφειν, ἵνα διαπορευόμενος αὐτὰ κομίζῃ τοῦ βουλή-: 1
- ἀξιολόγως στὰς εἶπε Πκγρώσαι σε, βασιλεῦ, πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν : 1
- ἀξιομνημονεύτων εἶναι τὴν ἀναγραφήν, ἣν μετελάβομεν παρὰ τῶν: 1
- ἀπέρεισιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους ἔχει καὶ τὰ σκέλη. μετὰ διαστολῆς οὖν : 1
- ἀπέσταλκες : 1
- ἀπέστειλας, χρυσᾶς εἴκοσι καὶ ἀργυρᾶς τριάκοντα, κρατῆρας πέντε, : 1
- ἀπέστειλεν Κύριος ἐπὶ Ἰακώβ.: 1
- ἀπέστειλεν τοῦ ἰδεῖν, : 1
- ἀπέχει]: 1
- ἀπήμαντος: 1
- ἀπὸ γαστρός, : 1
- ἀπὸ δηγμοῦ δαιμ[ονίζοντος μεσημβρίας].: 1
- ἀπὸ κληροδοσιῶν, : 1
- ἀπὸ οἴνου,: 1
- ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν γενημάτων ὧν ὁ βασιλεὺς Φαραὼ ἐσθίει: 1
- ἀπὸ πρωίθεν [καὶ] ἕως ὥρας ἀρίστου.: 1
- ἀπὸ συμπτώματος καὶ δαιμονίου μεσημβρινοῦ.: 1
- ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπαύριον τοῦ σαββάτου: 1
- ἀπὸ τῆς δευτέρας: 1
- ἀπὸ τῶν θυσιῶν αἱμάτων. πολλαὶ γὰρ μυριάδεσ κτηνῶν προσά-: 1
- ἀπὸ τῷ ξύλῳ.: 1
- ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀργάβ: 1
- ἀπὸ τ. πλ.: 1
- ἀπὸ (ἐκ) μέσου: 1
- ἀπόκλιμα τὴν διατύπωσιν ἔχειν τῆς ὡραιό- : 1
- ἀπόκρισις, ἐπερώτησις, κρίμα, πρᾶγμα, τρόπος, φωνή: 1
- ἀπόκρυφα: 1
- ἀπόκρυφα τῆς παλαιᾶς,: 1
- ἀπόστησον | ἦχον] πλῆθος | ψαλμῶν· ὄργανον: 1
- ἀπότισιν: 1
- ἀπότομος, ἀποτόμως: 1
- ἀπότρεχε: 1
- ἀπό, : 1 2
- ἀπό] : 1
- ἀπώλειᾳ: 1
- ἀπώλεσεν] ἡχρείωσε.: 1
- ἀπ᾿: 1
- ἀπ᾿ αἰῶνος κέχυμαι, ἀπὸ κρατὸς, ἀπὸ προλήμματος γῆς. : 1
- ἀπένιψαν τὸ αἷμα ἐπὶ τὴν κρήνην Σαμαρείας . . . καὶ αἱ πόρναι ἐλούσαντο ἐν τῷ αἵματι:: 1
- ἀπέστειλεν : 1
- ἀπέστρεψεν λόγους αὐτῆς ἑαυτῇ: 1
- ἀπήγγειλεν Ἀβρὰμ τῷ περάτῃ: 1
- ἀπαγγελῶ: 1
- ἀπαλλάξῃ: 1
- ἀπαντησόμενος ἔξεισι καὶ καθ᾿ Ἡρώων πόλιναὐτῷ συωέβαλεν: 1
- ἀπαραλλάκτως ἔχοντα πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὥστε καὶ ῥιπίζοντος τοῦ : 1
- ἀπαχθέντας: 1
- ἀπεδέξατο φιλοφρονούμενος, καὶ προπίνων ἑκάστῳ πλεῖόν τι πρὸς: 1
- ἀπεθέρισα: 1
- ἀπειθεῖν ὑμᾶς ἐμοί: 1
- ἀπεκατέστησεν : 1
- ἀπεκρίθη: 1
- ἀπεκρίθη Γονεῦσι διὰ παντός, καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς πεποίηται ἐντολὴν : 1
- ἀπεκρίθησαν: 1
- ἀπεκρίνατο ἐν ῥήμασιν αὐτῆς: 1
- ἀπελάβομεν, καθὼς προδεδήλωται, τοιούτοις ἐχρησάμεθα λόγοις : 1
- ἀπελάκτισεν ὁ ἠγαπημένος: 1
- ἀπελεύσοκαι: 1
- ἀπεξενοῦσαι : 1
- ἀπερχόμενοι καλαμάσθωσαν: 1
- ἀπεστάλκαμεν δὲ περὶ τούτων Ἀνδρέαν τῶν ἀρχισωματοφυλάκων : 1
- ἀπεσταλμένοις δώροις καὶ ταῖς διαφόροις διφθέραις, ἐν αἷς ἡ : 1
- ἀπετρυγησαν: 1
- ἀπευθανατίζειν: 1
- ἀπεφήνατο Βραχεῖ πλεῖον μυριάδων δέκα. ὁ δέ, Μικρόν γε, εἶπεν, : 1
- ἀπεφήνατο Καθὼς οὐ βούλει σεαυτῷ τὰ κακὰ παρεῖναι, μέτοχος δὲ : 1
- ἀπηρείσατο αὐτὰ ἐν τῷ εἰδωλίῳ αὐτοῦ: 1
- ἀπιθμεῖν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι, ἐτάζειν, ἐκδικεῖν: 1
- ἀπογραφαῖς διατρίβειν, ὅσαι πρὸς τὰς βασιλείας ἀναγεγραμμέναι : 1
- ἀποδήσει] ἀποδεσμεύει.: 1
- ἀποδοκιμῶ : 1
- ἀποδοχῆς : 1
- ἀποδ.: 1
- ἀποθάνοι ἡ ψυχή μου ἐν ψυχαῖς δικαίων, καὶ γένοιτο τὸ σπέρμα μου ὡς τὸ σπέρμα τούτων.: 1
- ἀποθαυμάζειν: 1
- ἀποκαραδόκει: 1
- ἀποκαραδοκία: 1
- ἀποκεκρίσθαι τοῦτον εἰπὼν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἡρώτα Τίσι δεῖ κατακολου- : 1
- ἀποκρίθητε κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ : 1
- ἀποκρίνασθαι: 1
- ἀποκρίνεσθαι πρὸς ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἀδοξία γίνεται; ἐκεῖνος δὲ : 1
- ἀποκρίσεις ἐποιοῦντο πολλοῦ χρόνου δεομένας, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἐρωτῶντος : 1
- ἀποκρίθητε κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ: 1
- ἀποκριθῆναι: 1
- ἀποκριθῆναι, πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰπών Πῶς ἂν δοξαζόμενος διαμένοι; εἶπε : 1
- ἀπολύειν παρὰ χρῆμα τοὺς ἔχπμτας, κομιζομένους αὐτίκα ἑκάστου : 1
- ἀπολύομαι: 1
- ἀπολογία: 1
- ἀπονοεῖσθαι: 1
- ἀποριφήσονται: 1
- ἀπορρίψει: 1
- ἀποσημαίνειν: 1
- ἀποσκυθίζειν: 1
- ἀποστέλλω] πέμψω | πρίν] + ἤ | ἡμέραν] : 1
- ἀποστατίς: 1
- ἀποστροφῇ ἀποστρέψω : 1
- ἀποσυναγωγὸς ἔμεινε τριῶν ἐπισκόπων πολυετοῦς χρόνου: 1
- ἀποτεθειμένοι τὸ τραχὺ καὶ βάρβαρον τῆς διανοίας, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ : 1
- ἀποτυμπανίζειν: 1
- ἀποφήνασθαι πυνθανόμενος Τίσι δεῖ χαρίζεσθαι; ἐκεῖνος δ᾿ : 1
- ἀποφαίνεσθαι· ἐπερωτήσας δὲ ἔτι ἕνα καταλήξω τὸ νῦν ἔχον, ἵνα : 1
- ἀπροσωπολήμπτως, βάπτισμα (-μός), δαιμονίζεσθαι, πνευματικός, σαρκικός, ψευδόχροστος.: 1
- ἀπωλία, ἐνδία, παιδία, Σαμαρία, στρατία, : 1
- ἀπόστεῖλai τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει: 1
- ἀράσωμαι: 1
- ἀραβάρχης: 1
- ἀργυρίου τὰλαντα ἑκατόν. γράφων δὲ καὶ σὺ πρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ ὧν ἐὰν : 1
- ἀρετή: 1
- ἀρθρεμβόλος: 1
- ἀρχὴ κρατίστη; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ κρατεῖν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ μὴ συγκατα- : 1
- ἀρχὴη τοῦ κτίζεσθαι ἔσχε καὶ αὐτός.: 1
- ἀρχή: 1
- ἀρχή, τέλος: 1
- ἀρχή. : 1
- ἀρχῆς καὶ πλούτῳ προσχών, ὅσον ἐπιεικείᾳ καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντας : 1
- ἀρχηγενέτης: 1
- ἀρχιεύνουχος: 1
- ἀρχιερέα τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, ἀποστεῖλαι τοὺς μάλιστα καλῶς: 1
- ἀρχιερέως τοῦ τόπου. καὶ γὰρ τὸ τῶν λίθων πλῆθος ἄφθονον, καὶ : 1
- ἀρχιμάγειρος, ἀρχιοινοχόος: 1 2
- ἀρχιπατριώτης: 1
- ἀρχισωματοφύλακας, περὶ τῆς ἀπρολυτρώσεως τῶν μετηγμένων ἐκ: 1
- ἀρχισωματοφύλακες, οἱ ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν, χρηματισταί, οἱ ὑπηρέται τῶν ταγμάτων: 1
- ἀρχιτέκτων: 1
- ἀσάλευτα: 1
- ἀσεβής: 1
- ἀσεβεῖς, οἱ ἁμ.: 1
- ἀσεβοῦς: 1
- ἀσεβοῦσιν] + εἰς, : 1
- ἀσθενόψυχος: 1
- ἀσινής: 1
- ἀσμενίζειν: 1
- ἀσπασμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀπελύοντο πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτῶν τόπον. ὡς δὲ : 1
- ἀσυλία: 1
- ἀσυρής: 1
- ἀσφαλείας πολλῆς. ὡς δὲ παρεγενήθημεν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, προσ-: 1
- ἀσφαλτόπισσα, δασύπους, ἑτερόζυγος, καμηλοπάρδαλις, κολοβόρις, μακροήμερος, μακροχρόνιος, μικρόθυμος, ὁλόκληρος, ὁλοπόρφυρος, πολυέλεος, πολυχρόνιος, σκληροτράχλος, χοιρογρύλλιον.: 1
- ἀτέλεστος: 1
- ἀτίμητος: 1
- ἀφέθη : 1
- ἀφέστηκεν: 1
- ἀφ᾿: 1
- ἀφαίρεσις: 1
- ἀφαγνί: 1
- ἀφαιρέμα: 1
- ἀφαιρεῖσθαι μηδέν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκ δικαίου τὰ τοῦ βίου κυβερνᾷν, ὡς τὰ : 1
- ἀφανισμός, γογγυσμός, ἐνδελεχισμός, ἐνπορισμός, ἐξιλασμός, ἐπισιτισμός, ἱματισμός, καθαρισμός, μηρυκισμός, οἰωνισμός, ὁρισμός, ὁρκισμός, παροξυσμός, πειρασμός, σταθμός, στεναγμός, φραγμός, χωρισμός.: 1
- ἀφείλατο: 1
- ἀφείλετο: 1
- ἀφθόνως: 1
- ἀφικέσθαι ἕως πρός τινα, παρασιωπᾷν ἀπό τινος, προστιθέναι (τοῦ) ποιεῖν, λαλεῖν ἐν χειρί τινος, ἐχθὲς καὶ τρίτην, ἀπό γενεῶν εἰς γενεάς: 1
- ἀφικώμεθα: 1
- ἀφορίζειν, ἀφόρισμα, ἀφορισμός: 1
- ἀφοσιούμενοι πᾶν ἁμάρτημα. διόπερ ἐπειράθην ἀποδεξάμενος αὐτῶν : 1
- ἀφφώ: 1
- ἀχρήστων: 1
- ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος: 1
- ἁγίασμα, ἅγνισμα, ἀδίκημα, αἴνιγμα, ἄλλαγμα, ἀνάστεμα, ἀνόμημα, ἀνταπόδομα, ἀπόδομα, ἀσέβημα, αὔγασμα, ἀφαίρεμα, βδέλυγμα, διήγημα, δικαίωμα, διόρυγμα, διχοτόμημα, δόμα, ἐγκατάλιμμα, ἔδεσμα, ἐκκόλαμμα, ἐκτύπωμα, ἐπίθεμα, ἐπικάλυμμα, ἐπιτήδευμα, ἕψεμα, ἡμίσευμα, θήρευμα, θυμίαμα, θυσίασμα, ἱεράτευμα, κάρπωμα, κατάκαυμα, καταπέτασμα, καύχημα, κλέμμα, λέπισμα, ὁλοκαύτωμα. ὅραμα, ὀφείλημα, ὀχύρωμα, παράδειγμα, παράθεμα, παράρυμα, περίθεμα, περίψωμα, προσόχθισμα, πρόσταγμα, πρωτογένημα, στερέωμα, συνάντημα, συνκάλυμμα, σύστεμα, τάγμα, τίμημα, τόξευμα, φαλάκρωμα, φύλαγμα, φύραμα, χόρτασμα, χώνευμα.: 1
- ἁγίοις: 1
- ἁγιάζειν, αἱρετίζειν, ἀκουτίζειν, ἀναβιβάζειν, ἀναθεματίζειν, ἀπογαλακτίζειν, αὐγάζειν, ἀφαγνίζειν, ἀφανίζειν, ἀφορίζειν, βαδίζειν, γελοιάζειν, γρύζειν, δανίζειν, διαγογγύζειν, διασκεδάζειν, διασκορπίζειν, διαχωρίζειν, ἐκθερίζειν, ἐκκλησιάζειν, ἐκμυελίζειν, ἐκσπερματίζειν, ἐκτοκίζειν, ἐνταφιάζειν, ἐνυπνιάζειν, ἐνωτίζεσθαι, ἐξεικονίζειν, ἐξετάζειν, ἐξοπλίζειν, ἐξορκίζειν, ἐπικλύζειν, ἐπιραντίζειν, ἐπισκιάζειν, ἐπιστοιβάζειν, ἐπιφημίζειν, θυσιάζειν, καταβιάζειν, κατασκιάζειν, κατασοφίζειν, κληδονίζειν, κομίζειν, κουφίζειν, λεπίζειν, λευκαθίζειν, μακαρίζειν, μελίζειν, οἰωνίζειν, ὀνυχίζειν, ὀπτάζειν, ὀρθρίζειν, παραδειγματίζειν, παραδοξάζειν, παραλογίζειν, περιασπίζειν, : 1
- ἁγιόγραφα: 1
- ἁγνῶς.¶: 1
- ἁγνείαις καὶ διὰ βρωτῶν· καὶ ποτῶν καὶ ἁφῶν καὶ ἀκοῆς καὶ ὁράσεως : 1
- ἁλληλουιά: 1
- ἁλληλουιά, ἀμήν: 1
- ἁμάρτημα: 1
- ἁμαρτίας . . . ἀνομίας: 1
- ἁμαρτωλός: 1
- ἁμαρτωλοῦ: 1
- ἁπάντων ἡγεῖσθαί τε καὶ κυριεύειν. ὑπερηρκὼς δὲ σύμπαντας ἀνθρώ- : 1
- ἁπασῶν διὰ τῆς τοῦ Δωροθέου συντάξεως ἐπιτελουμένων· ἐν οἷς καὶ : 1
- ἁρμόζουσα: 1
- ἁρπᾷ : 1
- ἁρπ. ὡς λέων: 1
- ἁφή: 1
- ἁφημένος: 1
- ἂν: 1
- ἂν ἐν ταῖς πολεμικαῖς χρείαις ἀὴττητος εἴη ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ μὴ : 1
- ἂν αὐτοῖς. Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἕτερον εἶπε Τίς : 1
- ἂν πλούσιος διαμένοι; βραχὺ δὲ ἐπισχὼν ὁ τὴν ἐρώτησιν ἐκδεχό- : 1
- ἃ: 1
- ἃ ἐν μόνοις τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν εὕρομεν: 1
- ἃ ὁ ὀφθαλμός: 1
- ἃ ὡράθησαν: 1
- ἃ καὶ αὐτὰ ἐκ τοῦ τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν Ἐβραικοῦ μετεβάλομεν, : 1
- ἃν ἀντ.: 1
- ἄβατος, ἀποστολή, δεσμώτης, πεινῶσα.: 1
- ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ παλαῖσαι καὶ ἅψασθαι τοῦ πλάτους τοῦ μηροῦ τοῦ Ἰακώβ.: 1
- ἄγγελος μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ,: 1
- ἄγγελος, γραμματεύς, διάβολος, εἴδωλον, ἔθνη, ἐκκλησία, παντοκράτωρ, πεντηκοστή, προσήλυτος, χριστός.: 1
- ἄγγελος.: 1
- ἄγειν, ἀποστέλλειν, ἀποτίνειν, ἀφιέναι, δεικνύναι, δωρεῖσθαι, ἐᾷν, ἐκτιθέναι, ἐκτίνειν, ἐκχέειν, ἐλεᾷν, ἐμβάλλειν, ἐγκαταλείπειν, ἐπαίρειν, ἐπιβάλλειν, ἐπιτιθέναι, ἐπιχέειν, ἐφιστάναι, ἱστάναι, καταβάλλειν, καθιστάναι, κατατάσσειν, κρεμάζειν, παρατιθέναι, περιτιθέναι, ποιεῖν, προεκφέρειν, προσιέναι, προστιθέναι, στηρίζειν, συνάγειν, φέρειν.: 1
- ἄκρα γῆς, : 1
- ἄκρας καὶ ὀργάνων ποικίλων, καὶ τοῦ τόπου κατὰ κορυφὴν ὄντος τῶν : 1
- ἄκρον, ἀρχή: 1
- ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν κτλ.: 1
- ἄλλοι δὲ χειμάρροι λεγόμενοι κατίασι, περιλαμβάνοντες τὰ πρὸς: 1
- ἄλλον ἠρώτα¶ : 1
- ἄλλον εἶπε Πῶσ ἂν προχείρως ἔχοι τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν : 1
- ἄλλων ἐθνῶν ἐπιμισγώμεθα κατὰ μηδέν, ἁγνοὶ καθεστῶτες κατὰ σῶμα : 1
- ἄλογος.: 1
- ἄλφ, ἀλφά: 1
- ἄνδρας ἀρετῇ καὶ συνιέναι πλεῖον, οἵτινες ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τοιαύτας: 1
- ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν: 1
- ἄνθρωποι: 1 2
- ἄνθρωποι βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ σκέπης· ἡ γὰρ πᾶσα διάθεσις : 1
- ἄνθρωποι πολλοὺς θεοὺς εἶναι νομίζουσιν, αὐτοὶ δυναμικώτεροι : 1
- ἄνθρωπον: 1 2
- ἄνθρωπος ἄνθρωπος: 1
- ἄνθρωπος ἐν πληγῇ ὢν.: 1
- ἄνθρωπος ἐξ Ἰ.: 1
- ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα καὶ φραγμὸν αὐτῷ περιέθηκεν κτλ. : 1
- ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐξ Ἁρμαθάιμ . . ἐξ ὄρους Ἐφράιμ . . καὶ τούτῳ δύο γυναῖκες· ὄνομα τῇ μιᾷ Ἅννα καὶ τῇ μιᾳ Φεννάνα. καὶ ἦν τῇ Φεννάνᾳ παιδία, καὶ τῇ Ἅννα οὐκ ἦν παιδίον . . πλὴν ὅτι τὴν Ἅνναν ἠγάπα Ἐλκανὰ ὑπὲρ ταύτην.: 1
- ἄνθρωπος ὁ Δωρόθεος εἶχε τὴν τῶν τοιούτων προστασίαν. συνέ- : 1
- ἄνθρωπος τῷ: 1
- ἄνθρωπος, ἀκολουθεῖ πᾶσαν δυναστείαν καὶ λόγου καλλονὴν ἀπὸ : 1
- ἄνθρωπος.: 1
- ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, καὶ τίς γνώσεται αὐτόν;: 1
- ἄνομε: 1
- ἄν:: 1
- ἄξιοι, μετατιθεὶς ἐκ τῆς κακίας καὶ εἰς μετάνοιαν ἄξεις. Ἐπαι- : 1
- ἄπελθε: 1
- ἄπερ ἐπὶ ἄνθρωπων ἀναθέρειν πάσης ἀγνωμοσύνης ἀνάπλεων.: 1
- ἄπεστιν: 1 2
- ἄπεστιν] ἀπέχει: 1
- ἄρασαι: 1
- ἄρα, ὄντως, ἴσως, δἰ ὅλου, μόνον, οὕτως, ἀλλ᾿ : 1
- ἄρτοι ἐνώπιοι: 1
- ἄρχεος [ερὶ σοῦ καὶ διανοοῦνται καὶ λαλοῦσιν. οὐ γὰρ ἐλάχιστόν : 1
- ἄρχοντα: 1
- ἄρχοντα χωρῶν ἐγενήθη εἰς φόρους.: 1
- ἄρχοντας; ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Τοὺς ἀνδρείᾳ διαφέροντας καὶ δικαιο- : 1
- ἄρχοντας] ἐπισκόπους | ἐπισκόπους] διακόνους: 1
- ἄρχων: 1
- ἄρωμεν: 1 2
- ἄφηβος δ᾿ οὐ δυνήσεται δικαιωθῆναί, : 1
- ἄχει: 1 2
- ἄχρις οὐκ ἐποίησε γῆν, διόδους καὶ κεφαλὴν κόνεων τῆς οἰκουμένης.: 1
- ἄχρις, μέχρις: 1
- ἄχρις, μέχρις, οὕτως, ἄντικρυς.: 1
- ἄχρι, μέχρι: 1
- ἄχρονον, πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων· ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου κτλ.: 1
- ἄ. προκείμενοι : 1
- ἄ. τοῦ προσώπου: 1
- ἅ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, ὅσα ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν: 1
- ἅβρα, θῖβις, σίκλος· : 1
- ἅγιος: 1
- ἅγιος, ἁμαρτωλός, ἀρετή, ἀφόρισμα, ἄφρων, διάβολος, διαθήκη, δικαιοσύνη, ἐκκλησία, ἐλεημοσύνη, ἐξιλασμός, καρδία, Κύριος: 1
- ἅγιος] γῆ ἀγία. : 1
- ἅλσος, ἁλώπηξ, ἑνιαυτός: 1
- ἅλυσις χρυσῆ: 1
- ἅπαντα ἐπιτελεῖν πρὸς δικαιοσύνην ἀναγκάζει †: 1
- ἅπαντα διανοούμενος καὶ φύσιν ἔχων ἀγαθὴν εἰς τὸ συνιδεῖν πραγ- : 1
- ἅπαντας ἐπιεικείᾳ ἄγει. Ἐπαινέσας αὐτὸν τῷ μετ᾿ αὐτὸν : 1
- ἅπαντα. Σθνεπιμαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτῳ τὸν ἐχόμενον ἡρώτα : 1
- ἅπαξ καὶ δίς: 1
- ἅπαξ λεγόμενα: 1
- ἅπαξ λεγ.: 1
- ἅπασιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτου κτλ.: 1
- ἅπ. λεγ. : 1
- ἆσμα.: 1
- Ἀέναός ἐστιν ὁ ἐκλύειν με μέλλων: 1
- Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μαρία κατὰ Μωυσῆν.: 1
- Ἀβδειού: 1
- Ἀβδειού εʹ: 1
- Ἀβδηρίτης. ἐὰν οὖν φαίνηται, βασιλεῦ, γραφήσεται πρὸς τὸν : 1
- Ἀβδιού: 1
- Ἀβράμ : 1
- Ἀβραάμ . . . Βαρούχ, Ἁββακούμ, Ἐζεκιήλ, καὶ Δανιήλ, ψευδεπίγραφα: 1
- Ἀβραάμ, Ἰσραήλ, Δανιήλ.: 1
- Ἀγάπη: 1
- Ἀγάπησις: 1
- Ἀδάμ, Ἀβραάμ, Ἰωσήφ, Σαμουήλ, Δαυείδ, Ἀχαάβ, Ἠλειού, Ἐλεισαῖε, Δανιήλ.: 1
- Ἀδημονεῖν, Ἀ.: 1
- Ἀκύλας: 1
- Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὑπερβάλλουσαν πάσας τῷ μεγέθει καὶ εὐδαιμονίᾳ : 1
- Ἀλεξανδρεὺς . . . ὃς ἦν κατηχημένος ἐν τῇ πατρίδι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου,: 1
- Ἀλληλουιά, : 1
- Ἀμώς: 1 2 3
- Ἀμώς βʹ: 1
- Ἀμαλθείας κέρας, : 1
- Ἀνὰ μέσον: 1
- Ἀναθωθείτης,: 1
- Ἀνατολήν: 1
- Ἀνελήμφθη: 1
- Ἀνθρώπου: 1
- Ἀντωνῖνος ἀντέβαλεν, Πάμφιλος διόρθωσα.: 1
- Ἀντωνῖνος ὁμολογητὴς ἀντέβαλεν, Πάμφιλος διορθώσατο [τὸ] τεῦχος ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ.: 1
- Ἀξιολόγου διηγήσεωs, ὦ Φιλόκρατεs, περὶ τῆς γενηθείσης ἡμῖν : 1
- Ἀπό . . . ἕως: 1
- Ἀπόκρυφα: 1
- Ἀπ᾿, λέγων: 1
- Ἀπαλλάξῃ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν: 1
- Ἀπολέσῃ: 1
- Ἀπολύομαι ἄτεκνος: 1
- Ἀπομανῶσιν: 1
- Ἀπότρεχε, Δανιηλ· οὗτοι γὰρ οἱ λόγοι ἐμπεφραγμένοι εἰσίν, ἕως οἱ συνιέντες συνιῶσι καὶ οἱ λευκοὶ λευκανθῶσι: 1
- Ἀρετή. καλῶν γὰρ ἔργων ἐστὶν ἐπιτέλεια, τὸ δὲ κακὸν ἀποτρίβε- : 1
- Ἀριθμῶν: 1
- Ἀριθμοί: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
- Ἀριστάρχεια σήματα: 1
- Ἀριστέας ἡμᾶς ἀξιοῖ πρᾶγμα. Σωσίβιος δὲ καὶ τῶν παρόντων : 1
- Ἀριστέας Φιλοκράτῃ.: 1
- Ἀριστέας Φιλοκράτει: 1
- Ἀρισταῖος: 1
- Ἀριστοβούλῳ διδασκάλῳ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως.: 1
- Ἀριττάρχεια σήματα: 1
- Ἀρμαθάιμ: 1
- Ἀρμενία,: 1
- Ἀρταξέρξης: 1
- Ἀσάλευτον: 1 2
- Ἀσσαρὼθ : 1
- Ἀσσούηρος: 1
- Ἀφόρισαι: 1
- Ἀφαιροῦσιν αὐτὰ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ: 1
- Ἀφπροσμὸς τῶν Λευειτῶν εἰς τὸ λειτουργεῖν Κυρίῳ.: 1
- Ἀφφώ: 1
- Ἀφφουήρου: 1
- Ἀ.: 1
- Ἀ. : 1 2
- Ἀ. ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ παπυρεῶνος: 1
- Ἀ. ἕως ἂν κατατριβῇ ὁ οὐρανός: 1
- Ἀ. Σ. Θ.: 1
- Ἀ. παστώσει: 1
- Ἀ. πρὸς εὐπρέπειαν στερεάν: 1
- Ἀ. τριζήσω . . . τρίζει: 1
- Ἀ.Σ.Θ.: 1
- Ἁγγαῖος: 1 2 3 4
- Ἁδριανὸς ἔτη κά, οὗτινος τῷ δωδεκάτῳ ἔτει Ἀκύλας ἐγνωρίζετο . . . ὡς εἶναι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρόνου τῆς ἑρμηνείας τῶν οβʹ ἑρμηνευτῶν ἕως Ἀκύλα τοῦ ἑρμηνευτοῦ, ἤγουν ἕως δωδεκάτου ἔτους Ἁδριανοῦ, ἔτη υλʹ καὶ μῆνας δʹ.: 1
- Ἁλληλουιά: 1 2 3
- Ἁλληλουιά· Ἁγγαίου καὶ Ζαχαρίου: 1 2
- Ἁλληλουιά.: 1 2
- Ἁλλ.: 1 2 3
- Ἁμβακούμ: 1 2 3 4
- Ἁμβαούμ ηʹ: 1
- Ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδε: 1
- Ἄβραμος, Ἰσράηλος, Ἰώσηπος, : 1
- Ἄκουε κτλ.: 1
- Ἄλλαι δύο: 1
- Ἄλλαι δύο (τοῦ Ἔσδρα δύο, μία λογιζομένη, τῆς Ἐσθήρ): 1
- Ἄλλη πεντάτευχος, τὰ καλούμενα Γραφεῖα, παρά τισι δὲ Ἁγιόγραφα λεγόμενα (Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυή, βίβλος Κριτῶν μετὰ τῆς Ῥούθ, Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ, Βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ, Βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ): 1
- Ἅμμες φεκωδείμ: 1
- Ἅπαξ καὶ δίς: 1
- Ἆρά γε οὐκ ἴδες τί ὁ λαὸς ἐλάλησαν λέγοντες Αἱ δύο πατριαὶ ἃς ἐξελέξατο Κύριος ἐν αὐταῖς, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀπώσατο αὐτούς·; καὶ τὸν λαόν μου παρώξυναν τοῦ μὴ εἶναι ἔτι ἔθνος ἐνώπιόν μου. : 1
- ἐ: 1
- ἐὰν ἔσπειραν, : 1
- ἐὰν ὑποστείληται: 1
- ἐὰν ὦσιν πεντήκοντα δίκαιοι ἐν τῇ πόλει, ἀπολέσεις αὐτούς; οὐκ ἀνήσεις πάντα τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον ἕνεκα τῶν πεντήκοντα δικαίων, ἐὰν ᾦσιν ἐν αὐτῇ;: 1
- ἐὰν δὲ βρώσει βρωθῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἄθυτόν ἐστιν: 1
- ἐὰν καταβῶ: 1
- ἐὰν καταστρώσω, Ἀ. Σ. ἐὰν στρώσω: 1
- ἐὰν μέντοι σκοπούμενος μὴ ῥᾳδίως καταλαμβάνῇς ἃ ζητεῖς, ἐπίμενε μὴ κάμνων . . οὗ χάριν ὁ φιλομαθὴς τοῦ τόπου Συχὲμ ἐνείληπται, μεταληφθὲν δὲ τοὔνομα Συχὲμ ὠμίασις καλεῖται, πόνου σύμβολον, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς μέρεσι τούτοις ἀχθοφορεῖν ἔθος, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἑτέρωθι μέμνηται λέγων ἐπί τινος ἀθλητοῦ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον Ὑπέθηκε τὸν ὦμον εἰς τὸ πονεῖν, καὶ ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ γεωργός. ὥστε μηδέποτε, ὦ διάνοια, μαλακισθεῖσα ὀκλάσῃς, ἀλλὰ κἄν τι δοκῇ δυσθεώρητον εἶναι, τὸ ἐν σαυτῇ βλέπον διανοίξασα διάκυψον εἴσω.: 1
- ἐὰν φαίνηται: 1
- ἐὰν . . . προσγένηται, . . . , καὶ ποιήσει κάρπωμα: 1
- ἐὰν] + οὖν, : 1
- ἐάν φύγῃ] ὅταν ἐκφύγῃ, A | ἄρκτος | ὁ ὄφις: 1
- ἐβαπτίσθην εἰς ἀπεράντους καταδύσεις, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν στάσις· εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὰ βάθη τῶν ὑδάτων, καὶ ῥεῖθρον ἐπέκλυσέν με. : 1
- ἐβασίλευσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου: 1
- ἐβδόμη πάλιν καὶ τελευταία ἑρμηνεία ἡ τοῦ ἁγίου Λουκιανοῦ.: 1
- ἐβούλετο πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ πολυάνθρωπον Ἑλληνίδα συνοικίσας ἐπώνυμον ἑαυτοῦ καταλιπεῖν.: 1
- ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος εἷς: 1
- ἐγένετο μετὰ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα: 1
- ἐγὼ δὲ ἄλογός εἰμι: 1
- ἐγώ: 1
- ἐγώ ε: 1
- ἐγώ εἰμι: 1
- ἐγώ εἰμι καθίσομαι, : 1
- ἐγώ εἰμι πορεύσομαι: 1
- ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα καὶ ἐγένετο πρωί, ἡμέρα μία· : 1
- ἐγγίζειν: 1
- ἐγγόνοις παρακελευόμενος μὴ ἐκπλήττεσθαι τῇ δόξῃ μηδὲ τῷ : 1
- ἐγγίζει μοι ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτῶν τιμῶσίν με, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ.: 1
- ἐγγίζειν] ἐλπίζειν: 1
- ἐγενήθη ῥῆμα Κυρίου . . . λέγων,: 1
- ἐγενήθησαν: 1
- ἐγενήθη, Γ: 1
- ἐγκύκλιος: 1
- ἐγκαυχᾷ : 1
- ἐγκρίνει διάθεσιν, προσονομάσας : 1
- ἐγκρατεῖς ἐγένοντο σωμάτων Ἰουδαϊκῶν καὶ ταῦτα διακεκομίκασιν εἴς : 1
- ἐγνώρισεν: 1
- ἐγράλη ἐκ τοῦ ἑξαπλοῦ, ἐξ οὗ καὶ παρετέθη· ἀντεβλή͔θη δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν τετραπλοῦν.: 1
- ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν: 1 2
- ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεὸς ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τόπῳ θεοῦ: 1
- ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σὸς· ἐγώ ὁ θεός σου· αὐξάνου καὶ πληθύνου: 1
- ἐδέετο: 1
- ἐδόθη: 1
- ἐδεῖτο: 1
- ἐδοκίμασαν : 1
- ἐζήτει ἀνελεῖν, : 1
- ἐζήτησας : 1
- ἐζώσατο Δαυείδ: 1
- ἐθερά͜ευον: 1
- ἐθεράπευον: 1
- ἐθεώρουν ἐν ὁράματι τῆς νυκτὸς, καὶ ἰδοὺ μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενος: 1
- ἐθεώρουν ἕως ὅτε θρόνοι ἐτέθησαν, καὶ παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν ἐκάθητο : 1
- ἐθεώρουν ἕως ὅτου θρόνοι ἐτέθησαν, καὶ παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν ἐκάθητο : 1
- ἐθεώρουν ἕως ὅτου θρόνοι ἐτέθησαν, καὶ παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν ἐκάθητο, καί τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ χιὼν λευκόν, καὶ ἡ θρὶξ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ἔριον καθαρόν· ὁ θρόνος αὐτοῦ φλὸξ πυρός, οἱ τροχοὶ αὐτοῦ πῦρ φλέγον: 1
- ἐθισμός: 1
- ἐθυμώθην: 1
- ἐκ: 1
- ἐκ βασιλέων βασιλεῖς γινόμενοι πρὸς τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους ἀνήμε- : 1
- ἐκ βλαστοῦ μου υἱέ : 1
- ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐξεγέννησά σε.: 1
- ἐκ γνόφου: 1
- ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός : 1
- ἐκ λίθων καὶ ξύλων, εἰκόνας φασὶν εἶναι τῶν ἐξευρόντων τι πρὸς τὸ : 1
- ἐκ προφητείας Ἁμβακοὺμ υἱοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Λευί: 1
- ἐκ πρωίθεν ἕως μεσημβρίας.: 1
- ἐκ σοῦ . . . Ἰσραήλ: 1 2
- ἐκ στόματος τοῦ λ. καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς τῆς ἄρκου. Τοῦ ἀπεριτμήτου: 1
- ἐκ τῆς: 1
- ἐκ τῆς Ἐσθὴρ οὔτε ἡ τοῦ Μαρδοχαίου εὐχὴ οὔτε ἡ τῆς Ἐσθὴρ . . . παῤ Ἐβραίοις φέρονται· ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ αἱ ἐπιστολαί· ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ἡ τῷ Ἁμμὰν ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους γεγραμμένη, οὐδὲ ἡ τοῦ Μαρδοχαίου.: 1
- ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς: 1
- ἐκ τοῦ λίθου, σὺν ἀμπέλῳ περιειλούμενον κυκλόθεν τῷ ποδὶ σὺν : 1
- ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου ἀπὸ ἀναηάσεως Ἅρες: 1
- ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν θηρίων: 1
- ἐκέκραγον: 1
- ἐκέκραξα : 1
- ἐκέλευσαν διαράσασθαι, καθὼς ἔθος αὐτοῖς ἐστιν, εἴ τις διασκευάσει προστιθεὶς ἢ μεταφέρων τι τὸ σύνολον τῶν γεγραμμένων ἢ ποιούμενος ἀφαίρεσιν: 1
- ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς ῥισκοφύλακας τοῖς τεχωίταις, ὡν: 1
- ἐκέλευσε μεγάλην ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι τῶν βιβλίων καὶ συντηρεῖν : 1
- ἐκέλευσε μεγάλην ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι τῶν βιβλίων καὶ συντηρεῖν ἁγνῶς: 1
- ἐκέλευσε τοὺς λοιποὺς πάντας ἀπολῦσαι τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν,: 1
- ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ποιεῖν, ὁλοσχερῶς περὰ τοῦ δόξαντος ἅπαντ᾿ : 1
- ἐκόμισεν Ἀνδρέας τῶν τετιμημένων παρὰ σοὶ καὶ Ἀριστέας, ἄνδρες : 1
- ἐκάλεσεν Ἀδὰμ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ Ζωή: 1
- ἐκάλυψαν ἐντροπῇ: 1
- ἐκήρυξεν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ κήρυξ.: 1
- ἐκαθερίσθην, μιερός, τεσσεράκοντα.: 1
- ἐκδιηγῇ, : 1
- ἐκδικᾶται : 1
- ἐκείνου | Οὐλαμμαούς, : 1
- ἐκεῖ κλη: 1
- ἐκεῖ τὴν κιβωτόν: 1
- ἐκεῖθεν δὲ : 1 2
- ἐκεῖνος ἔφη Πρῶτον εἰ νοήσαι, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς πᾶσι μερίζει δόξαν τε : 1
- ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Πρὸς τοὺς φιλικῶς ἔχοντας ἡμῖν οἴονται πάντες ὅτι : 1
- ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ διαλαμβάνειν ὅτι πάντα διὰ παντὸς ὁ θεὸς ἐνεργεῖ : 1
- ἐκθέσθαι σοι, κατειληφὼς ἣν ἔχειs φιλομαθῆ διάθεσιν, ὅπερ μέ-: 1
- ἐκθεῖναι πρόσταγμα, τὰς δὲ ἀπογραφὰς ποιεῖσθαι παῤ αὐτά, : 1
- ἐκκεῖται τὸ πρόσταγμα, ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς τοὺς καθεσταμένους περὶ : 1
- ἐκκλησία: 1
- ἐκκλησιαστικὴ ἔκδοσις: 1 2
- ἐκλέξη: 1
- ἐκλήθη (καλεῖται, : 1
- ἐκλογὴ τοῦ νόμου: 1
- ἐκλογαί: 1 2
- ἐκπέμψατε: 1
- ἐκπηδήσεται, : 1
- ἐκστάσεως: 1
- ἐκστάσεως, ἀναστ̩σεως: 1
- ἐκσωθήσεται: 1
- ἐκτήσατο: 1
- ἐκτὸς ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς [σου ἐπιβλέ]ψεις, : 1
- ἐκτὸς τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ: 1
- ἐκτὸς τοῦ τοξικοῦ: 1
- ἐκτησάμην ἄνθρωπον διὰ τοῦ θεοῦ.: 1
- ἐκτριβῆναι αὐτοὺς ἕως ἔτι·: 1
- ἐλάλησαν χείλεσιν: 1
- ἐλάσσων, ἥσσων, ἄρσην, θαρσεῖν.: 1
- ἐλέει: 1
- ἐλέχθη, μεταλαβόντες κατακεχωρίκαμεν, εἰδότες ἣν ἔχεις φιλομά- : 1
- ἐλέγξει τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς: 1
- ἐλαίας τε καὶ ῥοῶν καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων. τοὺς δὲ λίθους ἐργασά-: 1
- ἐλασμὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιδεδέσθαι.: 1
- ἐλαχίστων αἱρετόν τι δείκνυται. σὺ δὲ πᾶσαν ἠσκηκὼς καταστολὴν : 1
- ἐλεγχέτω με δίκαιος καὶ παιδευσάτω.: 1
- ἐλεγχει, : 1
- ἐλειτούργουν: 1 2
- ἐλθάτω : 1
- ἐλπὶς καὶ κράτος, : 1
- ἐμ μέσῳ, ἐγ γαστρί.: 1
- ἐμίσησα σὺν τὴν ζωήν: 1
- ἐμβαλῶ: 1
- ἐμβριμᾶσθαι, Ἀ. : 1
- ἐμνήσθη δὲ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ Ἰσραὴλ τῶν νεκρῶν αὐτοῦ τῶν κακοιμημένων εἰς γῆν χώματος, καὶ κατέβη πρὸς αὐτοὺς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτοῖς τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ: 1
- ἐμοὺς γενέσθαι βασιλέως ἐναντίον: 1
- ἐμπεφραγμένοι: 1
- ἐμπορίᾳ] ἐμπειρίᾳ.: 1
- ἐμφυσιοῦν: 1
- ἐν: 1
- ἐν : 1
- ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐκτισεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν . . . γενέσθαι φῶς ἐκέλευσεν ὁ θεός . . . διεχώρισε τό τε φῶς καὶ τὸ σκότος . . . καὶ αὕτη μὲν ἂν εἴη πρώτη ἡμέρα, Μωυσῆς δ᾿ αὐτὴν μίαν εἶπε . . . τὸ τῶν τετραπόδων γένος ἄρρεν καὶ θῆλυ ποιήσας.: 1
- ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ τῇ τετράδι τῇ λεγομένῃ παρασκευῇ γραφαί τε ἀναγινώσκονται, καὶ οἱ διδάσκαλοι ταύτας ἐρμηνεύουσι . . . καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ ἔθος ἀρχαῖον· καὶ γὰρ Ὠριγένης τὰ πολλὰ ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις φαίνεται ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας διδάξας.: 1
- ἐν ἐλέει αἰωμίῳ: 1
- ἐν ἐμοί: 1 2
- ἐν ἡμῖη γὰρ αὐροῖς τρία μέτρα, τρία κριτήρια μηνύεται, αἴσιξσος . . . λόγος . . . νοῦς.: 1
- ἐν ὁδῷ πάσῃ ἣ ἄν: 1
- ἐν ὄρεσιν: 1
- ἐν ᾧ συνεσφιγμένοι: 1
- ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ: 1
- ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ: 1
- ἐν Μασερὲμ ἐν τοῖς στενοῖς: 1
- ἐν Νασείβ: 1
- ἐν αὐτῇ: 1
- ἐν αὐτῷ: 1
- ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν: 1
- ἐν γῆς χώματι: 1
- ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐν γῇ Χανάαν: 1
- ἐν γνόφῳ: 1
- ἐν δὲ τῷ ὀκτασελίδῳ: 1
- ἐν δὲ τῷ ὀκτασελίδῳ παρὰ μόνοις τοῖς οʹ ἔκειτο ὠβελισμένον: 1
- ἐν δὲ τῷ ᾅδῃ τίς ἐξομολογήσεταί σοι.: 1
- ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ: 1
- ἐν ηεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος.: 1
- ἐν θλίψεσιν: 1
- ἐν θλίψεσι: 1
- ἐν θλίψεσιν: 1 2
- ἐν καιρῷ,: 1
- ἐν κακοῖς: 1
- ἐν καρδίᾳ: 1
- ἐν καρδίᾳ: 1 2 3
- ἐν λόγοις σου: 1
- ἐν μέρει: 1
- ἐν μέσῳ, ἀνὰ μέσον, διὰ μέσου: 1
- ἐν μέσῳ δύο ζῴων γνωσθήσῃ.: 1
- ἐν μόσχῳ τριετίζοντι: 1
- ἐν οἴκῳ, ἐν ὁδῷ: 1
- ἐν οἴνῳ | ἰχνευόντων] κατασκοπούντων.: 1
- ἐν οὐκ ἀβύσσοις πέπλασμαι, ἐν οὐ πηγαῖς δεδοξασμένων ὑδάτων· : 1
- ἐν οὐρανῷ Κύριος· | εἶπεν τοῦ κατοικεῖν ἐκ γνόφου: 1
- ἐν πίθοις.: 1
- ἐν πάσαις, : 1
- ἐν πέτραις ἐνγλυφῆναι: 1
- ἐν σοὶ προσκυνήσουσιν.: 1
- ἐν συνεδρίῳ: 1
- ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἐβδόμῃ: 1
- ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τετάρτῃ: 1
- ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ, τούτοις : 1
- ἐν τῇ γῇ: 1
- ἐν τῇ διασπορᾷ: 1 2
- ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ βίβλῳ τῶν Μακκαβαϊκῶν ἀναγέγραπται: 1
- ἐν τῷ: 1
- ἐν τῷ ἀνατεῖλαι τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ὡς χόρτον: 1
- ἐν τῷ ἀνταλάσσεσθαι: 1
- ἐν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ μηνί, μιᾷ τοῦ μηνός: 1
- ἐν τῷ ὀγδόῳ καὶ τριακοστῷ ἔτει ἐπὶ τοῦ Εὐεργέτου βασιλέως: 1
- ἐν τῷ ὄξει, : 1
- ἐν τῷ ὄρει: 1
- ἐν τῷ Ὡσῆε λέγει: 1
- ἐν τῷ βλαστῆσαι ἀσεβεῖς ὁμοίως χλόῃ : 1
- ἐν τῷ νόμῳ: 1
- ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γέγραπται ὅτι Ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν ἑτέρων λαλήσω τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ, καὶ οὐδ᾿ οὕτως εἰσακούσονταί μου, λέγει Κύριος: 1
- ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου εὕροσάν με.: 1
- ἐν τῷ πεντασελίδῳ: 1
- ἐν τῷ πλάτει τῆς γῆς: 1
- ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ καί ἐν: 1
- ἐν τῷ στόμ. αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν : 1
- ἐν τῷ ταράσσεσθαι: 1 2
- ἐν τῷ ψακνῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ, : 1
- ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις σωθήσεται ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ κατασκηνώσει πεποιθυῖα· καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα ὃ καλέσει αὐτὴν : 1
- ἐν ταῖς διακρίσεσι. ταῦτα δὲ γίνεται διὰ τὸν ἡγούμενον, ὅταν : 1
- ἐν ταῖς δυναστείαις σου: 1
- ἐν τα̯ς ἐκκλησίαις οὐ πάνυ φέρεται ὡς θεῖα τὰ ἐπιγεγραμμένα τοῦ Ἑνὼχ βιβλία:: 1
- ἐν τούτοις τοῖς κατὰ τὸν ὕπνον ἑαυτούς. ἀλλὰ περιεχόμεθα ἀλογίστῳ : 1
- ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς: 1
- ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Σευήρου χρόνοις Σύμμαχός τις Σαμαρείτης τῶν παῤ αὐτοῖς σοφῶν μὴ τιμηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔθνους . . . προσηλυτεύει καὶ περιτέμνεται δευτέραν περιτομήν . . . οὗτος τοίνυν ὁ Σύμμαχος πρὸς διαστροφὴν τῶν : 1
- ἐν φιάλαις: 1
- ἐν χώρᾳ ζώντων: 1
- ἐν χειρὶ κρυφαίᾳ πολεμεῖ Κύριος ἐπὶ Ἀμαλὴκ ἀπὸ γενεῶν εἰς γενεάς.: 1
- ἐν χολῇ: 1 2
- ἐνάτης· Θεόφιλος Ἄβραμος Ἄρσαμος Ἰάσων Ἐνδεμίας Δανίηλος.: 1
- ἐνέργεια διὰ τῶν χειρῶν γίνεται· καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως μεταφέροντες ἐπὶ : 1
- ἐνώπιον αῦτοῦ· καὶ : 1
- ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου: 1
- ἐνέφραξεν τὰ στόματα τῶν λεόντων: 1
- ἐναγκάλισμα: 1
- ἐναλλὰξ [D ἐναλλάξας] τὰς χεῖρας: 1
- ἐναλλάττειν: 1
- ἐναλλαττούσας: 1
- ἐναντίον] ἐνώπιον : 1
- ἐναποσφραγίζειν: 1
- ἐνγαστρίμυθος, συνκατακληρονομεῖν, συνσεισμός, ἐνκαίνια, ἐνχειρίδιον.: 1
- ἐνδιάθηκα, τά: 1
- ἐνεθυμήθην: 1
- ἐνετείλατο: 1
- ἐνευροκόπησαν ταῦρον: 1
- ἐνθύμησις: 1
- ἐνιαύσιος: 1
- ἐνκακεῖν: 1
- ἐννέα καὶ ἕξ: 1
- ἐνοχλῇ: 1 2
- ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων: 1
- ἐντεῦθεν διαφόρως ἔχει τὰ ἀνατολικὰ βιβλία: 1
- ἐντυχίαs πρὸς Ἐλεάζαρον τόν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀρχιερέα σύνεσταμένης, : 1
- ἐν. αὐτοῦ ῶς παιδ. : 1
- ἐν. τῷ μ. κ. ἐν Θ.: 1
- ἐξ: 1
- ἐξ ἑτοίμου κατοικητηρίου σου: 1
- ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐξεπορ. | om οὐδὲ εἰσεπορεύετο: 1
- ἐξέστη, ἔφριξεν: 1
- ἐξέχεας: 1
- ἐξῆλθεν μὴ εὑροῦσα τὸν νυμφίον ἡ νύμφη καὶ ὡς ἐν νυκτὶ εὑρεθεῖσα ἀπὸ τῶν φυλακῶν τῆς πόλεως τραυματίζεται, καὶ αἴρουσιν αὐτῆς τὸ θέριστρον οἱ τειχοφυλακοῦντες.: 1
- ἐξῆλθες τοῦ σῶσαι τὸν λαόν σου διὰ Ἰησοῦν τὸν χριστόν σου: 1
- ἐξαγωγή: 1
- ἐξαιρεῖν, λυτροῦν, ῥύεσθαι: 1
- ἐξακριβοῦν: 1
- ἐξαναστήσονται ὄπισθεν αὐτῶν: 1
- ἐξαπόστειλον τὸ φῶς σου καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου: 1
- ἐξαπλοῖς: 1
- ἐξαποστειλάτωσαν ἐκ τῆς ἁγίου ψυχῆς: 1
- ἐξαποστελῶ αὐτούς, καὶ θύσωσι, : 1
- ἐξαρκέσει: 1
- ἐξεζήτησα: 1
- ἐξελεύσεται: 1
- ἐξεπίκραναν, : 1
- ἐξετρίβησαν τρίβοι μου: 1
- ἐξεχύθη, : 1
- ἐξηγήσεις ἐρανισθεῖσαι: 1
- ἐξηγήσεις ἐρανισθεῖσαι ἀπὸ διαφόρων πατέρων: 1
- ἐξηγεῖται: 1
- ἐξηράνθησαν: 1
- ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν.: 1
- ἐξησφαλισμένη πλείοσι, μέχρι κορυφῆς εὐμήκεσι λίθοις ἀνῳκοδομη- : 1
- ἐξιλασθήσεται, : 1
- ἐξοδίου σκηνῆς: 1
- ἐξολόθρευεν : 1
- ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ θεῷ: 1
- ἐξουδενοῦν,: 1
- ἐξουθένημα: 1
- ἐξουθένημα, : 1
- ἐξουσίᾳ χρώμενος τὸ δίκαιον αἴρεις. ἐπὶ πλεῖον γάρ, ἐν οἷς ἕκαςτος : 1
- ἐξουσίαν ἔχει, καὶ, εἰ χρήσαιτο θυμῷ, θάνατον ἐπιφέρει· ὅπερ ἀνω- : 1
- ἐπάλαιεν . . . καὶ ἥψατο τοῦ πλάτους οῦ μηροῦ Ἰακώβ: 1
- ἐπάνω] ὑπεράνω : 1
- ἐπὶ : 1
- ἐπὶ γάρ: 1
- ἐπὶ γῆς ἀναστήσαι: 1
- ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς κορυφῆς κατεσκεύαστο τὸ ἱερὸν ἐκπρεπῶς ἔχον· καὶ οἱ: 1
- ἐπὶ δὲ ταύτης τὴν : 1
- ἐπὶ καθέδραν,: 1
- ἐπὶ κατοικίαν πέμψαι· διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ : 1
- ἐπὶ νεανιοτήτων: 1
- ἐπὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς εὐκαταφόρους εἶναι. τοῦτο δὲ ἐγίνετο περὶ τὴν : 1
- ἐπὶ τά: 1
- ἐπὶ τὸ καλῶς ἔχον· ἡ γὰρ ἰσχὺς τῶν ὅλων σωμάτων μετ᾿ ἐνεργείας : 1
- ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον: 1
- ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς: 1 2
- ἐπὶ τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κατεσκευασμένων οἷς καθῆκε ποιῶνται δεόντως.: 1
- ἐπὶ τῶν λόγων τῶν ὁρώντων: 1
- ἐπὶ τῶν ν.: 1
- ἐπὶ τῷ δώματι, καὶ ἐκοιμήθη : 1
- ἐπὶ τούτῳ: 1
- ἐπὶ τοῖς ὁρίοις τῆς Ἰδουμαίας καὶ Ἀραβίας: 1
- ἐπὶ τοῖς κρίνοις, : 1
- ἐπὶ χορείᾳ: 1
- ἐπὶ [τὰ] σκῆπτρα λέγει: 1
- ἐπί: 1 2 3
- ἐπί λέαινα[ν]: 1
- ἐπί ταρσῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, : 1
- ἐπί χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, : 1
- ἐπί 1°] εἰς: 1
- ἐπίβλημα: 1
- ἐπίσημος ἔσται πάντα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν χρόνον· συντέτυχε γὰρ : 1
- ἐπίχαρις, : 1
- ἐπ᾿: 1
- ἐπ᾿ ἀσπίδα καὶ βασιλίσκον ἐπιβήσῃ.: 1
- ἐπ᾿ ἐμοί: 1
- ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς: 1
- ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς : 1
- ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ: 1
- ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ : 1
- ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς: 1
- ἐπ᾿] ἀπό: 1
- ἐπέβαλεν . . . ἐναλλὰξ τὰς χεῖρας: 1
- ἐπέλθῃ.: 1
- ἐπέσκεπται: 1
- ἐπέστρεψεν Γεδεὼν . . . ἀπὸ ἐπάνωθεν τῆς παρατάξεως Ἅρες: 1
- ἐπακουστός: 1
- ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς . . . ἦλθον γὰρ διχάσαι . . . θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς καὶ νύμφην κτλ. : 1
- ἐπαποστελῶ,: 1
- ἐπειδὴ μαθεῖν τὴν τῶν παλαιῶν βιβλίων ἐβουλήθης ἀκρίβειαν, πόσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν καὶ ὁποῖα τὴν τάξιν εἶεν . . . ἀνελθὼν εἰς τὴν ἀνατολὴν καὶ ἕως τοῦ τόπου ἔνθα ἐκηρύχθη καὶ ἐπράχθη . . . ἔπεμψά σοι.: 1
- ἐπειδήπερ εἰσαγώγιμον πρὸς θεογνωσίαν . . .: 1
- ἐπελάθεντο : 1
- ἐπεποίθησα: 1
- ἐπερωτήσατε διὰ τοῦ Βάαλ μυῖαν προσόχθισμα θεὸν Ἀκκαρών: 1
- ἐπερωτᾷν ἐν Κυρίῳ: 1
- ἐπερωτῶσιν: 1
- ἐπετελέσθη, τεθέντων τῶν κατασκευασμάτων ἑτέρου παῤ ἕτερον—: 1
- ἐπευλαβεῖσθαι: 1 2
- ἐπηρώτα Διὰ τί τὴν ἀρετὴν οὐ παραδέχοντα τῶν ἀνθρώπων : 1
- ἐπηρώτα περὶ τῶν βιβλίων. ὡς δὲ ἀπεκάλυψαν τὰ τῶν ἐνειλημάτων : 1
- ἐπηρώτα τοὺς ἑξῆς τῶν ἀποκεκριμένων τῇ προτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ. πρὸς : 1
- ἐπηρώτα. πρὸς τὸν πρῶτον δὲ ἔφη Πῶς ἂν μὴ τραπείη τις εἰς : 1
- ἐπιβαλλούσης τῆς διανοίας τεχνίτευμα. καὶ πάλιν ὅτε πρὸς τὴν : 1
- ἐπιβεβηκυίης : 1
- ἐπιγνοὺς ἀνέκαθεν τοὺς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ Ἰουδαίους . . . ἴσης πολιτείας παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων τετευχότας: 1
- ἐπιδόξως: 1
- ἐπιζητήσατε ἐν τῷ Βάαλ μυῖαν θεὸν Ἀκκαρών : 1
- ἐπιθήσετε ἐπὶ τὸ θέμα λίβανον καθαρὸν καὶ ἅλα: 1
- ἐπικαλοῖτο διὰ πάντων, ἵνα τὰς ἐπιβολὰς αὐτῷ κατευθύνῃ δικαίως : 1
- ἐπικατάρατος: 1
- ἐπικατασκευάζειν, 65: 1
- ἐπικειμένη, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, τριγώνου κατεσκευασμένου, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν : 1
- ἐπικωλύειν. ὁ δέ εἶπε βούλεσθαι καὶ πεωταπλῆν τοῖς μεγέθεσι : 1
- ἐπιλάμψει: 1
- ἐπιλαβοῦ ὅπλου καὶ θυρεοῦ καὶ ἀνάστηθι εἰς τὴν ´βοήθειάν μου: 1
- ἐπινίκιος·: 1
- ἐπινίκιος, : 1
- ἐπινοεῖν ταῦτα καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἀναστρ͓φεσθαι θείας δυνάμεώς ἐστιν : 1
- ἐπιραντίζειν, κολοβόρις, κατάρακτος,: 1
- ἐπιρωγολογεῖσθαι: 1
- ἐπισκέπτομαι, ἀποκρίνομαι, ἐπιστρέφω, προσκυνῶ, ἐνώπιον, πρόσκομμα, πειράζω, ἀκολουθῶ, κοιμῶμαι, ὅλος, κατοικῶ, καθέζομαι, καθίζω, τὰ ἱμάτια, ὑπ̩άγω . . .: 1
- ἐπισκευὰς ὧν ἂν δέηται τὸ ἱερὸν ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑκατόν, ἅπερ : 1
- ἐπισπεύδειν: 1
- ἐπιστέλλων περὶ ὧν ἄν θέλῃς ποιήσεις κεχαρισμένα: 1
- ἐπιστήμονος, ἐπιστήμης, ἐπιστημοσύνης.: 1
- ἐπιστημονίζειν: 1
- ἐπιστημονοῦν: 1
- ἐπιστολὴ τὸν τύπον ἔχουσα τοῦτον Βασιλεὺς Πτολεμαῖος : 1
- ἐπιστρέψατε: 1
- ἐπισφαλῶς: 1
- ἐπιτήδειος: 1
- ἐπιτίμησαι (1°) . . . διάβολε: 1
- ἐπιτελῶν ταῦτα ἀναμάρτητος, ἔφησεν, ἂν εἴης, ὦ βασιλεῦ. τὸ δ᾿ : 1
- ἐπιτελῶν.: 1
- ἐπιτελεῖν, οὐκ ἂν λάθοι, μὴ ὅτι καὶ πράξας, διὰ πάσης τῆς νομο- : 1
- ἐπιτελεῖν. ἦν γὰρ οὕτω διατεταγμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἃ μὲν ἔτι : 1
- ἐπιτελεῖ. Κατεπαινέσας δὲ αὐτὸν ἑτέρου διεπυνθάνετο : 1
- ἐπιτελοῖτο κατὰ πρόθεσιν. τελειοῦται δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα σοι : 1
- ἐπιτελουμένων, καιροῦ δὲ γενομένου τοὺς ἀπολιπόντας ὁ βασιλεὺς : 1
- ἐπιτομαὶ ἑρμηνειῶν: 1 2
- ἐπιφανείας ἐνέργεια. προσορώντων γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν τοῦ χρυσίου : 1
- ἐπιφημίζειν: 1
- ἐποίησα: 1
- ἐποίησαν δὲ τριμερὲς τὸ στόμα τῆς τραπέζης, οἱονεὶ τρίπτυχον, : 1
- ἐποίησεν Ἰησοῦς μαχαίρας πετρίνας ἀκροτόμους καὶ περιέτεμεν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ.: 1
- ἐποίησεν δὲ αὐτῷ χιτῶνα ποικίλον: 1
- ἐποιησάμεθα ἡμεῖς σπουδῇ, λαβόντες καιρὸν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα περὶ: 1
- ἐποργίζεσθαι: 1
- ἐπρονόμευσαν : 1
- ἐπροφήτευσαν : 1
- ἐπτάκις: 1
- ἐπτοήθη: 1
- ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς Τίς ἀναγκαιότατος τρόπος βασιλείας; : 1
- ἐπωνόμασεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Κύριός καταφυγή μου.: 1
- ἐρύθημα, : 1
- ἐραυνᾷν: 1
- ἐργάζεται πᾶσι, καὶ σὺ τοῦτον μιμούμμενος εὐεργετεῖς τοὺ ὐπὸ : 1
- ἐργάζεται, τοῖς δὲ πλουσίοις ὄνειδος, ὡς διὰ κακίαν ἐκπεπτωκόσιν. : 1
- ἐργάτην εἶναι καὶ μὴ τῶν ἐναντίων. Συναρεσθεὶς δὲ τούτοις : 1
- ἐργᾷ : 1
- ἐργαζόμενος: 1
- ἐργατεία: 1
- ἐργοδιώκτης,: 1
- ἐργοδιώκτης.: 1
- ἐρεῖς: 1
- ἐρεῖτε Ἄνδρες κτηνοτρόφοι ἐσμέν: 1
- ἐρεύξομαι: 1
- ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις: 1
- ἐρωμένη, ἡ: 1
- ἐρωτήσεις λαμβάνοντες, ὡς δέον ἐστὶν ἀποκέκρινται; πάντες ἀπὸ : 1
- ἐρύθημα ἱματίων ἐκ Βόσορ.: 1
- ἐς τὰ ἄχυρα πρὸς τὴν πλίνθον.: 1
- ἐσώθη: 1
- ἐσώθη] ἐχάρη: 1
- ἐσημειώθη ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου.: 1
- ἐσκέπασαν αὐτὸ μῆνας τρεῖς . . . ἔλαβεν αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ θῖβιν, καὶ κατέχρισεν αὐτὴν ἀσφαλτοπίσσῃ καὶ ἐνέβαλεν τὸ παιδίον εἰς αὐτὴν . . . καὶ κατεσκόπευεν ἡ ἀδελφὴ αὐτοῦ μακρόθεν μαθεῖν τί τὸ ἀποβησόμενον αὐτῷ.: 1
- ἐστήρικτο ἐπ᾿ αὐτήν· ὁ δὲ εἶπεν | ὁ θεός 1°]: 1
- ἐστὶ καὶ: 1
- ἐστὶν οὐ δώροις οὐδὲ θυσίαις, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς καθαρότητι καὶ διαλήψεως : 1
- ἐστί σοι. Διαχυθεὶς δὲ εὖ μάλα τοῖς ὀψωνίοις εἶπε προσθεῖναι, : 1
- ἐστί· καθὼς σὺ βασιλεὺς μέγας ὑπάρχεις, οὐ τοσοῦτον τῇ δόξῃ τῆς : 1
- ἐστίν | ὑμετέρων ὁρίων] ὁρ. ὑμῶν: 1
- ἐστηριγμένη: 1
- ἐστι βασιλεῖ κτῆσις ἀναγκαιοτάτη; Τῶν ὑπροτεταγμένων φιλαν- : 1
- ἐστι καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καταδυναστεία. πᾶσιν οὖν ἀνθρώποις τὸ : 1
- ἐστιατορία: 1
- ἐστιν ἀγάπη· αὕτη γὰρ θεοῦ δόσις ἐστίν· ἣν καὶ σὺ κέκτησαι πάντα : 1
- ἐστιν ὑποκρίνεσθαι, τοῦτο συνθεωροῦντες ἀκόλουθα πάντα πράσ- : 1
- ἐσχατίζειν: 1
- ἐταράχθησαν: 1
- ἐτελέσθη, παρανέγνω πᾶσι, παρόντων καὶ τῶν διερμηνευσάντων, οἵ- : 1
- ἐτελεύτησαν: 1
- ἐτελεύτησεν Ἰώβ: 1
- ἐτοιμάσατε τ. ὁ. Κ., εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν : 1
- ἐτυμολογικῶς: 1
- ἐφάγαμεν : 1
- ἐφύτευσεν αὐτὴν Ἰησοῦς: 1
- ἐφ᾿: 1
- ἐφ᾿ ἧς σὺ καθεύδεις: 1
- ἐφ᾿ ἧς . . . ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς : 1
- ἐφ᾿ ὃ βούλεται πρᾶγμα, καὶ μεταπῖπτον εὐκόπως διὰ παραλογισμοῦ,: 1
- ἐφ᾿ ᾗ διαπλοκὴ ῥόμβων, δικτυωτὴν ἔχουσα τὴν πρόσοψιν ἕως ἐπὶ τὸ : 1
- ἐφ᾿ ᾗ κρυστάλλου λίθος καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἤλεκτρον ἐντετύπωτο, : 1
- ἐφοβήθησαν: 1
- ἐφρόντισαν οὐ παρέργως κατασκευῆς· διὸ καὶ πρὸς τὰς πρεσβείας : 1
- ἐφ. ἐν αὐτῇ νήσους: 1
- ἐχάρημεν διὰ τὴν προαίρεσίν σου καὶ τὴν καλὴν βουλήν, καὶ συνα- : 1
- ἐχόμενον ἐπιβλέψας εἶπε Τίνας δεῖ καθιστάνειν ἐπὶ τῶν δυνάμεων : 1
- ἐχόρτασας: 1
- ἐχόρτασας [τὰς] βολίδας τῆς φαρέτρας αὐτοῦ.: 1
- ἐχθές: 1
- ἐ. καθέδρᾳ: 1
- ἐ. τ. ἡ. τῇ ἕκτῃ: 1
- ἑώρακαν : 1
- ἑαυτὸν ὑπομιμνήσκοι, καθὼς ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἀνθρώπων ἡγεῖται. καὶ : 1
- ἑαυτῶν: 1
- ἑαυτῶν τροφήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ παντελῶς ἄχρηστον γίνεσθαι ἀν- : 1
- ἑαυτῷ ἔχοι τοὺς φίλους; κἀκεῖνος εἶπεν Εἰ θεωροίησαν πολλήν σε: 1
- ἑβδόμη: 1
- ἑβδόμη ἑρμηνεία: 1
- ἑβδόμη ἑρμηνεία, ἡ: 1
- ἑβδόμη πάλιν καὶ τελευεαία ἑρμηνεία τοῦ ἁγίου Λουκιανοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου ἀσκητοῦ καὶ μάρτυρος, ὅστις καὶ αὐτὸς ταῖς προγεγραμμέναις ἐκδοσεσι καὶ τοῖς Ἐβραικοῖς ἐντυχὼν καὶ ἐποπτεύσας μετ᾿ ἀκριβείας τὰ λείποντα ἢ καὶ περιττὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ῥήματα : 1
- ἑβδόμης· §: 1
- ἑκάστου γένους τὴν χρόαν, ἀνέδησαν τῷ χρυσίῳ κύκλῳ περὶ ὅλην : 1
- ἑκάστων ἀπολογεῖσθαι· καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν προσφερομένων ἔλεγε : 1
- ἑκατοντάρουρος: 1
- ἑκκαιδεκαπρόφητον, τό: 1
- ἑλληνικὴ διάλεκτος, ἡ: 1
- ἑνδεκάτης· Σαμούηλος Ἰώσηφος Ἰούδας Ἰωνάθης Χαβεῦ Δοσίθεος. : 1
- ἑξῆς ἀποκριθῆναι παρεκάλει Πῶς ἂν μὴ εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν, μηδὲ ἐπὶ τὰς : 1
- ἑξαπλᾶ: 1
- ἑξαπλοῖς: 1
- ἑξαπλοῖς : 1
- ἑξαπλοῦς: 1
- ἑορτάσετε: 1
- ἑορταῖς, καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ μέρους, οὐδὲ εἰσοδεύειν εἴων οὐδένα. μετὰ : 1
- ἑπτά: 1
- ἑπτάκις, : 1
- ἑπταμήτωρ: 1
- ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν.: 1
- ἑσπέρας τὸ συμπόσιον ἐλύθη.: 1
- ἑσπέρα καὶ ἐγένετο πρωί, ἡμέρα τρίτη.: 1
- ἑστῶτα, : 1
- ἑτέρων τρόπων ἐπερωτῶν. τὸ δὲ νοῦν ἔχειν ὀξὺν καὶ δύνασθαι : 1
- ἑτέρων ξυμμαχιῶν ἐξαπεσταλμένων πρὸς τὸν τῶν Αἰθιόπων βασιλέα μάχεσθαι σὺν Ψαμμιτιχῷ: 1
- ἔ: 1
- ἔ κδοσις: 1
- ἔβλεψαν, ὅτι πολυανθρωπίας οἱ τόποι προσδέονται, καὶ τὴν κατα- : 1
- ἔγνω δ᾿ Ἐβραῖον ὄντα· καὶ λέγει τάδε: 1
- ἔγνως] οἶδας | ἀπεκρύβησαν, : 1
- ἔδει δαπανηθῆναι κατασκευαζομένων μειζόνων, ταῦτα ἀποδέδωκε : 1
- ἔδομαι, φάγομαι, χεῶ : 1
- ἔδωκε τῶν κρατίστων τρεῖς καὶ χρυσίου τάλαντα δύο καὶ κυλίκιον : 1
- ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν, ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας.: 1
- ἔδωκεν δόματα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις: 1
- ἔδωκες: 1
- ἔθηκε: 1
- ἔθνε: 1
- ἔθνη ἔθνη: 1
- ἔθνους: 1
- ἔθος ἐστὶ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, : 1
- ἔκδηλος ἦν ἡ τῶν χρημάτων γεγονυῖα ἀφειδὴς δαπάνη. τοῦ τε: 1
- ἔκειτο τὸ περὶ τὴν Σωσάνναν (ὡς σὺ φῇς) πλάσμα, καὶ αἱ τελευταῖαι ἐν τῷ Δανιὴλ περικοπαί: 1
- ἔκστηθι, φριξάτω: 1
- ἔκτισέν με: 1
- ἔκτισεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐν εἰκόνι διαφὸρῳ: 1
- ἔλαβες δ. ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ: 1
- ἔλεος ποιεῖν μετά τινος: 1
- ἔληξεν,§: 1
- ἔλθοισαν : 1
- ἔμειναν αἱ βὶβλοι: 1
- ἔμπροσθεν: 1
- ἔν γε μὴν τοῖς ἑξαπλοῖς τῶν Ψαλμῶν μετὰ τὰς ἐτισήμους τέσσαρας ἐκδόσεις οὐ μόνον πέμπτην ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἑβδόμην παραθεὶς ἑρμηνείαν: 1
- ἔν τε τοῖς ἵπποις κτλ.: 1
- ἔναντι, ἀπέναντι, κατέναντι, ἐνώπιον, κατενώπιον, ἀπό, ἐπί, πρό, προσώπου.: 1
- ἔνεστι γὰρ καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἐπισκευή τις. πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ ἐκ τῶν : 1
- ἔνθεν παραγενέσθαι: 1
- ἔξελθε: 1
- ἔξοδος: 1
- ἔξω δὲ τούτων ἐστὶ τὰ Μακκαβαϊκά: 1
- ἔξωθεν: 1
- ἔξω, τά: 1
- ἔργον. Διαχυθεὶς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις τὸν ἕτερον ἠρώτα : 1
- ἔρχωνται, καὶ τὴν ἔγερσιν, ὡς θεία τίς ἐστι καὶ ἀκατάληπτος τούτων : 1
- ἔσομαι διδόναι: 1
- ἔσται ἡ ζωή σου κρεμαμένη ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου . . . καὶ οὐ πιστεύσεις τῇ ζωῇ σου: 1
- ἔσται ὅταν . . . ἐγὼ δέ . . . : 1
- ἔσται αὕτη ἡ παῤ ἐμοῦ εἰρήνη ὅταν ὁ Ἀσσύριος : 1
- ἔσται καιρὸς: 1
- ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου, : 1
- ἔσται τοῦ βασιλέως, τοῦ θεοῦ κατισχύοντος αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σωτηρίαν : 1
- ἔστη: 1
- ἔστησεν: 1 2
- ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀγγέλων θεοῦ.: 1 2
- ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλη μικρὰ βίβλος ἣ καλεῖται Κινώθ: 1
- ἔστι μὲν ἀρχαῖον τοῦτο τοῖς θεοφόροις τὸ σπούδασμα στιχηδόν, ὡς τὰ πολλά, πρὸς τὴν τῶν μελετωμόνων σαφήνειαν τὰς προφητείας ἐκτίθεσθαι. οὕτω τοιγαροῦν ὄψει μὲν τὸν Δαβὶδ κιθαρίζοντα, τὸν Παροιμιαστὴν δὲ τὰς παραβολὰς καὶ τὸν Ἐκκλησιαστὴν τὰς προφητείας ἐκθέμενον· οὕτω συγγραφεῖσαν τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἰὼβ βίβλον, οὕτω μερισθέντα τοῖς στίχοις τὰ τῶν ᾈσμάτων ᾄσματα . . . οὐ μάτην ἐν ταῖς δώδεκα βίβλοις τῶν προφητῶν καὶ αὐτὸς ἠκολούθησα.: 1
- ἔτι γε μὴν ὅτι καὶ Ἀλεξάνδρῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ συνεστρατεύσαντο καὶ μετά ταῦτα τοῖς διαδόχοις αὐτοῦ μεμαρτύρηκεν: 1
- ἔτι δὲ θαυμασίων καὶ ἀδιήγητων ὐποδοχείων ὑπαρχόντων ὑπὸ γῆν, : 1
- ἔτι,: 1
- ἔφασαν . . . ἐρμηνευκέναι Λυσίμαχον Πτολεμαίου τῶν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ: 1
- ἔφη Μέριμνα καὶ φροντίς, ὡς οὐδὲν κακουργηθήσεται διὰ τῶν ἀπο- : 1
- ἔφη τοίνυν ὁ ὀντωτής Οὐ κρινεῖ πνεῦμα τοὐμὸν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐς αἰῶνα, ἐφ᾿ οἷς ἔτι πέρ ἐστι σάρξ· τελέσουσι δ᾿ αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσιν ἔτη.: 1
- ἔφησε Γινώσκων ὅτι τὰς ἐπινοίας ὁ θεὸς ἔδωκε τοῖς νομοθετὴσασι : 1
- ἔφησεν Ὅταν ὑπερηφανία καθηγῆται καὶ θράσος ἄληκτον, ἀτιμα- : 1
- ἔφθη λαβεῖν τὴν ἀναγραφήν, ἀλλὰ μόνα τὰ τοῦ νόμου παρέδοσαν οἱ πεμφθέντες ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξήγησιν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν.: 1
- ἔφραξαν στόματα λεόντων: 1
- ἔφυγαν : 1
- ἔχει δὲ τὴν τῶν πύργων θέσιν θεατροειδῆ, καὶ φαινομένων διόδων—: 1
- ἔχει λόγον βαθύν, ἀφ᾿ ὧν ἀπεχόμεθα κατὰ τὴν χρῆσιν, καὶ οἷς : 1
- ἔχει τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπιφορᾶς ἕνεκεν, ἣ γίνεται διὰ τὴν σμῆξιν τῶν : 1
- ἔχειν τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ἁπάντων. Ἐπιμαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτοις : 1
- ἔχειν. τεθαυμακὼς γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τὰς : 1
- ἔχεις θεοῦ σοι καλὴν βουλὴν διδόντος. Σοφῶς δὲ αὐτὸν : 1
- ἔχον ᾐχμαλωτεῦσθαι τούτους, διὰ δὲ τὴν στρατιωτικὴν προπέτειαν : 1
- ἔχοντας τὸν νόμον. καλῶς οὖν ποιήσεις, βασιλεῦ δίκαιε, προστάξας, : 1
- ἔχοντασ ἐσφίγχθαι κατὰ τὴν στεφάνην, ἵνα, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν αἴρωνται : 1
- ἕδρασμα εἰς καθέδραν σου κατειργάσω: 1
- ἕκαστον τῶν συμβαινόντων, ἀπεφήνατο, καὶ μὴ ἐκφέρεσθαι ταῖς : 1
- ἕκτης· Ἰούδας Ἰώσηφος Σίμων Ζαχαρίας Σομόηλος Σελεμίας. : 1
- ἕν: 1
- ἕνα: 1
- ἕνεκεν ἂν ψεύσαιντο; προσλαμβάνειν δὲ δεῖ τοῦτό σε, βασιλεῦ, διότι : 1
- ἕνεκεν τούτου διετηρήθης: 1
- ἕνεκεν τ.: 1
- ἕστηκα πρὸ τοῦ σε ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας ἐγχωρεῖν: 1
- ἕτερόν τι τὴν διάνοιαν εἶναι, τῆς δὲ τούτων ἐπιμελείας φροντίζειν· : 1
- ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Τί διαφυλάσσει χάριτα καὶ τιμήν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν : 1
- ἕτερον ἠρώτα Τίνας δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὰς διαγωγὰς ἐν ταῖς ἀνέσεσι : 1
- ἕτερον, ἀλλὰ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ συστάσεως ἐπίμνησις. τὸ γὰρ ζῇν διὰ : 1
- ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ᾧ ἀπόκειται: 1
- ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ: 1
- ἕως ἂν παραγινομένους ἀσπάσηται. παρελθόντων δὲ σὺν τοῖς : 1
- ἕως ἄν: 1
- ἕως γενεᾶς καὶ γενεᾶς, εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν: 1
- ἕως καιροῦ οὗ τίκτουσα τέξεται: 1
- ἕως τοῦ ποταμοῦ, τοῦ μεγάλου ποταμοῦ Εὐφράτου: 1
- ἕως . . . ἐκλευκανθῶσιν, : 1
- ἕ. κ. τίκτούσης ὅτε τέξεται: 1
- Ἐβραῖοι τῷ Τωβίᾳ οὐ χρῶνται οὐδὲ τῇ Ἰουδήθ, οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔχουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ ἐν ἀποκρύφοις Ἐβραιστί, ὡς ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν μαθόντες ἐγνώκαμεν: 1
- Ἐβραῖος, ὁ: 1
- Ἐγένετο δὲ . . . καὶ ἐγένοντο: 1
- Ἐγγίσωσιν: 1
- Ἐζεκιήλ: 1
- Ἐζρά: 1
- Ἐηάρετοι μὲν καὶ καλαί, ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἀριθμοῦνται: 1
- Ἐθεμελίωσέν με: 1
- Ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε: 1
- Ἐκ δεξιῶν: 1
- Ἐκ σοῦ: 1
- Ἐκ σοῦ, : 1
- Ἐκ τῆς Σ, β. : 1
- Ἐκάλεσεν . . . Μωϋσῆν: 1
- Ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα: 1
- Ἐκκλησία: 1
- Ἐκκλησιαστὴς τοῦ αὐτοῦ: 1
- Ἐκκλησιαστής: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- Ἐκοπίασεν περιπατήσας: 1
- Ἐκτὸς δὲ τούτων εἰσὶ πὰλιν ἕτερα βιβλία κ.τ.λ.: 1
- Ἐλεάζαρος: 1
- Ἐλεαζάρ: 1
- Ἐλεαζάρῳ ἀρχιερεῖ χαίρειν καὶ ἐρρῶσθαι. ἐπεὶ συμβαίνει πλείονας : 1
- Ἐλεαζάρῳ μετὰ τῆς ἐκπομπῆς αὐτῶν ἀργυρόποδας κλίνας δέκα καὶ : 1
- Ἐλεισαῖε: 1
- Ἐλειτούργουν: 1
- Ἐλογίσθη . . . εἰς δικ.: 1
- Ἐμφραχθήσεται θυγάτηρ ἐμφραγμῷ: 1
- Ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιλαβομένου μου: 1
- Ἐν ὕμνοις, : 1
- Ἐν ῥάβδῳ καὶ λίθοις: 1
- Ἐν αὐτοῖς: 1
- Ἐν στάσει: 1
- Ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ, Ἐλεισαῖε: 1
- Ἐν ψαλμοῖς, : 1
- Ἐξέστη: 1
- Ἐξαγωγή, ἡ: 1
- Ἐξαριβάζεσθαι: 1
- Ἐπὶ γῆς ἀναστήσαι: 1
- Ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις τὰ προφητικὰ πέντε : 1
- Ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱούς: 1
- Ἐπίβλεπε διὰ παντὸς εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ δόξαν καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχήν, ἴνα : 1
- Ἐπ᾿ ὄρους Σεινά: 1
- Ἐπεὶ καλῶς καὶ ὁσίως διηρμήνευται καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἠκριβωμένως, : 1
- Ἐπειδή: 1
- Ἐπιβλέπουσα . . . Σισαρά: 1
- Ἐπικατάρασαί μοι: 1
- Ἐπικατασκευάζειν: 1
- Ἐπιλέξας γὰρ τοὺς ἀρίστους ἄνδρας καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντας, ἅτε δὴ : 1
- Ἐπινομίς, ἡ: 1
- Ἐπιστολὴ Ἰερεμίου: 1 2
- Ἐρετριεὺς φιλόσοφος εἶπε Ναί, βασιλεῦ· προνοίᾳ γὰρ τῶ ὅλων : 1
- Ἐσθήρ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
- Ἐσθήρ (δωδεκάτη): 1
- Ἑλληνικὴ διάλεκτος: 1
- Ἑλληνικοῦ γυμνασίου ιδʹ: 1
- Ἑξῆς δὲ ἕτεροι τέσσαρες: 1
- Ἑξῆς δέ: 1
- Ἑξαπλοῖς: 1
- Ἑπτά: 1
- Ἑρμηνείας προσδεῖται· χαρακτῆρσι γὰρ ἰδίοις κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίων: 1
- Ἔζρας αʹ ὁ ἱερεύς (Ἔσζρας αʹ ἱερεύς: 1
- Ἔζρας βʹ ἱερεύς (Ἔσζρας βʹ ἱερεύς: 1
- Ἔζωσεν τὸν Δαυείδ: 1
- Ἔκτισέν με: 1
- Ἔλε ἁδδεβαρείμ: 1
- Ἔξοδος: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
- Ἔξοδος Αἰγύπτου: 1
- Ἔξοδος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου: 1
- Ἔξω δὲ τούτων ἐστὶ: 1
- Ἔξωθεν δὲ προσιστορείσθω μανθάνειν ὑμῶν τοὺς νέους τὴν Σοφίαν τοῦ πολυμαθοῦς Σιράχ: 1
- Ἔπαρσις καὶ σταθμοὶ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.: 1
- Ἔσδρα δύο: 1
- Ἔσδρας: 1 2 3
- Ἔσδρας αʹ, βʹ: 1 2 3 4 5
- Ἔσδρας βʹ: 1
- Ἔσδρας βʹ, Ἔσδρας αʹ: 1
- Ἔσδρας πρώτη, δευτέρα ἐν ἑνί: 1
- Ἔσδρας [αʹ], βʹ: 1 2
- Ἔσται Α, ἐπέσται Β. Καὶ ἐν πᾶσι, : 1
- Ἔστι καὶ ἕτερα βιβλία τούτων ἔξωθεν, : 1
- Ἕως καιροῦ τικτούσης τέξεται: 1
- ἠ γλῶσσά μου.: 1
- ἠ κοινή: 1
- ἠβουλόμην : 1
- ἠγαπημένην: 1
- ἠδυνήθην, ἠδυνάσθην : 1
- ἠμᾶς ἐγεγόνει. μόλις γὰρ ἀνόπλους ὄντας ἡμᾶς δύο παρεδέξαντο : 1
- ἠμᾶς νομοθεσίᾳ, καὶ φανερός ἐστι περιεργασάμενος ἕκαστα τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ λεγομένων. διηρμήνευται δὲ πρὸ Δημητρίου ὑφ᾿ ἑτέρου: 1
- ἠμέλησα αὐτῶν: 1
- ἠνομοῦσαν : 1
- ἠνωτίσαντο : 1
- ἠπειθήσατε, : 1
- ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φιλόπατρις εἴη; Προτιθέμενος, εἶπεν, ὅτι καλὸν ἐν : 1
- ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φοβερὸς εἴη τοῖ ἐχθροῖς; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ τῇ τῶν : 1
- ἠρώτα Τίνας δεῖ καθιστάνειν στρατηγούς; ὃ δὲ εἶπεν Ὅσοι : 1
- ἠρώτα δὲ Πῶς ἂν μηδὲν ἀνάξιον ἑαυτῶν πράσσοιμεν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν : 1
- ἠρίθμησεν . . . δέκα καὶ ὀκτώ καὶ τριακοσίους: 1
- ἠραύνησας: 1
- ἠσχάτισεν: 1
- ἠϊόνα,διαπρεπῶς ἔχοντα καὶ πολλῆς ἡσυχίας ἔφεδρον, παρεκάλει : 1
- ἡ: 1 2
- ἡ ἀδελφή, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι καὶ ὡς βουλόμεθα, καὶ : 1
- ἡ ἀκρὶς . . . ἡ κάμπη ἡ δύναμίς μου ἡ μεγάλη: 1
- ἡ Ἀλεξανδρέων διάλεκτος: 1
- ἡ ἐλπὶς τῶν ἀπηλπισμένων: 1
- ἡ ἔρημος: 1
- ἡ Ἐξαγωγή: 1 2
- ἡ Ἐπινομίς, : 1
- ἡ Ἑλλάς, : 1
- ἡ ὀκτάτευχος: 1
- ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου.: 1
- ἡ Σοφία, ἡ πανάρετος Σοφία,: 1
- ἡ βασιλεία Ἰησοῦ ἐπὶ ξύλου.: 1
- ἡ γῆ: 1
- ἡ γῆ : 1
- ἡ γῆ ἡ ὑψηλή : 1
- ἡ γῆν: 1
- ἡ δὲ ὅλη ἑρμηνεία τῶν διὰ τοῦ νόμου πάντων ἐπὶ τοῦ προσαγορευθέντος Φιλαδέλφου βασιλέως σοῦ δὲ προγόνου: 1
- ἡ δὲ γῆ: 1
- ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος: 1
- ἡ δὲ δόξα: 1
- ἡ δήλωσις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια: 1
- ἡ δευτέρα τῶν Μακκαβαίων: 1
- ἡ διαθήκη μου: 1
- ἡ διασπορὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων: 1
- ἡ διασπορά: 1
- ἡ δύναμις τοῦ κυρίου: 1
- ἡ κοιλὰς τοῦ κλαυθμῶνος: 1
- ἡ κοινή: 1
- ἡ λεπτὴ Γένεσις: 1
- ἡ μετάθεσις. Δέδεικται δέ σοι καὶ τὸ περισσὸν τῆς λογίας τῆς : 1
- ἡ νύμφη πρὸς τὸν νυμφίον, ταῖς νεανίσιν ἡ νύμφη, αἱ νεανίδες τῷ νυμφίῳ: 1
- ἡ παρθένος.: 1
- ἡ πεντάτευχος: 1
- ἡ τῶν Κ͓ιμάτων: 1
- ἡ τῶν οʹ ἔν τισι τόποις μετατεθεῖσα ὥστε τὰ πρῶτα ὕστερα καὶ τὰ ὕστερα πρῶτα γενέσθαι: 1
- ἡ τιμὴν ἣν ἐτιμήθην ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν.: 1
- ἡγούμενος: 1 2
- ἡγούμενος ὅστις π. τὸν λ. μου: 1
- ἡγούμενος.: 1
- ἡδονὰς τρέποιτο; ὁ δέ Προχείρως ἔχων, εἶπεν, ὅτι μεγάλης : 1
- ἡδονὰς τρεπόμενοι γεγόνασιν· ὧν χάριν ἀδικία πέφυκε καὶ τὸ τῆς: 1
- ἡμέρα ἐπισκοπῆς: 1
- ἡμέρα Κυρίου: 1
- ἡμέραις πέντε. πρὸ πολλοῦ δὲ ποιούμενος καὶ χρηματιστὰς καὶ : 1
- ἡμᾶς ἀδιακόποις χάραξι καὶ σιδηροῖς τείχεσιν, ὅπως μηθενὶ τῶν : 1
- ἡμᾶς εἶναι, τῆς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν πίστεως ἀξίους, ἐπὶ χρειῶν καθεστά-: 1
- ἡμᾶς, καὶ βουλόμενον συνακούειν ὅσα πρὸς ἐπισκευὴν ψυχῆς: 1
- ἡμῖν: 1
- ἡμῖν ἐν βιβλιοθήκῃ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις βασιλικοῖς βιβλίοις. καλῶς : 1
- ἡμῖν γενομένην· τὴν δὲ θέσιν τῆς ὅλης χώρας πρῶτον δηλώσω. : 1
- ἡμῖν μνείας δέδωκεν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ: 1
- ἡμῖν συμφέρειν καὶ τοῖς πράγμασι τοῦτ᾿ ἐπιτλεσθῆναι. τὸν δὲ : 1
- ἡμέρας ἰδεῖν, : 1
- ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἔκδοσιν σεβαζόμενοι, τῇ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα προσκείμεθα μάλιστα, ὅτι διῃρημένως τὴν τῆς : 1
- ἡμεῖς πρὸς τὸ περιέργως τὰ θεῖα κατανοεῖν, ἐαυτοὺς ἐπεδώκαμεν εἰς: 1
- ἡμερῶν, : 1
- ἡνίαα ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο, : 1
- ἡνίκα . . . Ἰσραήλ: 1
- ἡρμήνευται δὲ ταῦτα εἰς μὲν τὴν τῶν Σύρων παῤ ὅτου δήποτε, οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔγνωσται μέχρι τῆς τήμερον ὅστις ποτὲ οὗτός ἐστιν: 1
- ἡσυχίαν καὶ καταύγειαν, συναγόμενοι τὸ προκείμενον ἐπετέλουν. : 1
- ἡτοίμασται: 1
- ἢ Πανάρετος: 1
- ἢ βοῦς ἀπὸ φάτνης.᾽: 1
- ἢ παράθεσις μόσχων μετὰ ἔχθρας: 1
- ἢ τῶν τοιούτων χάριν περιεργίαν ποιούμενος ἐνομοθέτει : 1
- ἤ: 1
- ἤγειραν] ἡγίασαν, : 1
- ἤγουν δίχα τοῦ : 1
- ἤδη μὲν καὶ πρότερον ἱκανῶν εἰσεληλυθότων σὺν τῷ Πέρσῃ: 1
- ἤλ: 1
- ἤλθοσαν : 1
- ἤλπισεν, τὸν θεόν: 1
- ἤμελλον : 1
- ἤμην, ἦσθα: 1
- ἤρξατο ὁ Ἀμορραῖος κατοικεῖν ἐν τῷ ὄρει τῷ ὀστρακώδει (A τοῦ μυρσινῶνος), ἐν ᾧ αἱ ἄρκοι καὶ ἐν ᾧ αἱ ἀλώπεκες, ἐν τῷ μυρσινῶνι καὶ ἐν Θαλαβείν: 1
- ἤρξατο τοῦ οἰκοδομεῖν, : 1
- ἤτοι κατὰ τὰs ἱστορίας, ἢ καὶ κατ᾿ αὐτὸ τὸ πρᾶγμα πεπειραμέινῳ.: 1
- ἤχθη: 1
- ἤχθη] ἥκει : 1
- ἥκει: 1
- ἥκοντας τιμῆς καταξιῶν μείζονος, καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν κρίνων τοῦ : 1
- ἥξω . . . κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον . . . καὶ ἕξει υἱὸν Σάρρα : 1
- ἥρπαζον: 1
- ἥτις ἑρμηνεύεται Θρῆνος Ἰερεμίου: 1
- ἦλθα, ἐπήλθοσαν, γέγοναν, οἶδες,: 1
- ἦλθον ἕως Σιαγόνος . . . καὶ εὗρεν : 1
- ἦν ἐν αὐτῇ: 1
- ἦν ὁ κ.: 1
- ἦν γὰρ τριγωνία. καὶ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον μέρος ἡ διατύπωσις τῆς ἐωεργείας: 1
- ἦν δὲ οὗτος ὁ Δημήτριος τῷ γένει Ἐβραῖος.: 1
- ἦσαν ἐβδομήκοντα τὸν ἀριθμόν: 1
- ἦσαν· καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἐθισμοὺς οὕτως ἐσκευάζετο, ὅταν παραγένοιντο : 1
- ἧς ἂν [ἡμέρας] ὁ βασιλεὺς ἄρξηται χρηματίζειν, μέχρις οὗ κατα- : 1
- Ἠλίας: 1
- Ἠλειού: 1 2
- Ἠλ(ε)ίας, Μανασσή: 1
- Ἠμέρα τοιαύτη οὐδὲ τὸ πρότερον οὐδὲ τὸ ἔσχατον: 1
- Ἠσαίας: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- Ἠσαίας προφήτης ιγʹ: 1
- Ἠσαίου: 1
- Ἠσαίου ἕν: 1
- Ἠσαίου μία: 1
- Ἡ ἀρχή: 1
- Ἡ Ἐξαγωγή: 1
- Ἡ Ἔξοδος: 1
- Ἡ Ῥούθ: 1
- Ἡ Μωσαικὴ πεντάτευχος: 1
- Ἡ Πανάρετος τ. ἐ. ἡ Σοφία τοῦ Σολομῶντος: 1
- Ἡ Παροιμιῶν: 1
- Ἡ Σοφία Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Σιράχ: 1
- Ἡ Σοφία Σολομῶντος: 1
- Ἡ Σοφία τοῦ Ἰησοῦ: 1
- Ἡ Σοφία τοῦ Σιράχ: 1
- Ἡ κοινὴ ἔκδοσις: 1
- Ἡ πεντάτευχος: 1
- Ἡ προφητικὴ πεντάτευχος (τὸ δωδεκαπρόφητον, Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἰεζεκιήλ, Δανιήλ): 1
- Ἡ τῆς Ῥούθ: 1
- Ἡ τῶν Κριτῶν: 1
- Ἡ τοῦ Ἰώβ: 1
- Ἡ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυή: 1
- Ἡ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ υἰοῦ Σειράχ: 1
- Ἡ τοῦ Σιρὰχ Σοφία: 1
- Ἡ τοῦ Σολομῶντος ἡ Πανάρετος: 1
- Ἡ ψυχή μου: 1
- Ἡ [Σοφία] τοῦ Σολομῶντος: 1
- Ἡλίας: 1
- Ἡλίου πόλις: 1
- Ἡλειού: 1
- Ἡρώων πόλις: 1
- Ἡσαίας Ἰερεμίας: 1
- Ἥ τε τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου κατασκευὴ : 1
- ἰδίᾳ καὶ ζῇν καὶ τελευτᾷν. ἡ δὲ ξενία τοῖς μὲν πένησι καταφρόνησιν : 1
- ἰδίως τὴν Ἀκύλου καὶ Συμμάχου καὶ Θεοδοτίωνος ἔκδοσιν ἅμα τῇ τῶν οʹ ἐν τοῖς τετραπλοῖς ἐπικατασκευάσας: 1
- ἰδὼν ἴδον (: 1
- ἰδὼν δὲ Φαραὼ . . . ἐβαρύνθη ἡ καρδία Φαραώ, : 1
- ἰδιάζοντα· παρ᾿ ἐκάτερον δὲ τούτων : 1
- ἰδιόγραφος: 1
- ἰδιόγραφος (ψαλμός): 1
- ἰδιότης: 1
- ἰδιωτῶν καὶ κακῶν πεπειραμένοι καὶ πενίας μετεσχηκότες ἄρξαντες : 1
- ἰδοὺ ἀνήρ, Ἀνατολὴ ὄνομα αὐτῷ.: 1
- ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐμβάλλω εἰς τὰ θεμέλια Σειὼν λίθον πολυτελῆ, ἐκλεκτὸν ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἔντιμον . . . καὶ ὁ πιστεύων οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ.: 1
- ἰδοὺ ἐγώ, : 1
- ἰδοὺ ἡ γῆ πλατεῖα ἐναντίον ὑμῶν: 1
- ἰδοὺ ἡμέραι ἔρχονται καὶ λήμψονται πάντα τὰ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου καὶ . . . εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἥξει . . . καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων σου ὧν γέννήσεις λήμψονται, καὶ ποιήσουσιν σπάδοντας ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν Βαβυλωνίων.: 1
- ἰδοὺ αὕτη ἡ νηστεία ἥν: 1
- ἰδοὺ οἰ ἐχθροί σου,: 1
- ἰδοὺ οἱ ἐχθροί σου ἀπολοῦνται, : 1
- ἰδοὺ τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον προσκόμματος καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου· καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται: 1
- ἰδοὺ] ἴδε γὰρ: 1
- ἰδoὺ ὁ παῖς μου ὃν ᾑρέτισα, ὁ αγαπητός μου ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου.: 1
- ἰδoὺ ὁ παῖς μου, ἀντιλήμψομαι αὐτοῦ· ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου.: 1
- ἰκανοὶ πρέσβεις), ἐπηρώτησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς καιροῦ γενομένου τὸν : 1
- ἰς φαρέτραν: 1
- ἰσόπαλις: 1
- ἰσχύος: 1
- ἰσχύσει: 1
- ἰσχύν: 1
- ἱερόδουλος: 1
- ἱεροπρεπής: 1
- ἱεροψάλτης: 1
- ἱκανῶν πρὸς τὸ βασιλεύειν. Κατεπαινέσας δὲ αὐτόν, ἐπηρώτα : 1
- ἱματίῳ: 1
- ἱματίων] + αὐτοῦ | βίᾳ]: 1
- ἱππεύς: 1
- ἱστήκει ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶν· ἐξεμυκτήριζον δέ κτλ.: 1
- ἱστοὺς ἑκατὸν καὶ φιάλας καὶ τρυβλία καὶ κρατῆρας χρυσοῦς δύο: 1
- ἱστορεῖν: 1
- ἱστορικόν, τό: 1
- ἴδεν : 1
- ἴδεν] ὁρᾷ | ἐναντίον] κατέναντι |: 1
- ἴσθι οὐ μετ᾿ ὀλίγον χρόνον εἰς Βαβυλῶνά σου τοῦτον μετατεθησόμενον τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τοὺς ἐκγόνους εὐνουχισθησομένους καὶ ἀπολέσαντας τὸ ἄνδρας εἶναι, τῷ Βαβυλωνίῳ δουλεύσοντας βασιλεῖ.: 1
- ἴσθι πεποιθώς, : 1
- ἴχνη: 1
- ἵλεώς σοι: 1
- ἵνα αὐτῷ: 1
- ἵνα δἰ ὅλου τοῦ ζῇν καὶ ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἀσκῶμεν δικαιοσύνην : 1
- ἵνα μὴ γένηται: 1
- ἵνα σοι γένηται καθὼς προαιρῇ διὰ παντός, καὶ διασώζῃ σοι τὴν : 1
- ἵνα τί ὡς ὑπνῶν εἶ, Δέσποτα: 1
- ἵστημι, ἑστηκέναι, ἑστηκώς: 1
- ἶβις: 1 2
- Ἰὼβ στίχοι, αχʹ χωρὶς ἀστερίσκων, μετὰ δὲ τῶν ἀστερίσκων ͵βςʹ.: 1
- Ἰώβ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
- Ἰώβ : 1
- Ἰώσηφον δὲ πωλούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμπόρων ὠνησάμενος Πετεφρῆς ἀνὴρ Αἰγύπτιος ἐπὶ τῶν Φαραώθου μαγείρων.: 1
- Ἰακώβ: 1
- Ἰακωβ ὁ παῖς μου ἀντιλήμψομαι αὐτοῦ· Ἰσραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου, προσεδέξατο αὐτὸν ἡ ψυχή μου.: 1
- Ἰεζεκιὴλ κατὰ τοὺς οʹ: 1
- Ἰεζεκιὴλ προφήτης ιεʹ: 1
- Ἰεζεκιήλ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- Ἰεζεκιήλ ἕν: 1
- Ἰερεμίας: 1 2 3 4
- Ἰερεμίας καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Βαρούχ, Θρῆνοι, Ἐπιστολή: 1
- Ἰερεμίας καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Βαρούχ, Θρῆνοι, Ἰπιστολή, : 1
- Ἰερεμίας σὺν Θρήνοις καὶ τῂ Ἐπιστολῇ ἐν ἑρί: 1
- Ἰερεμίας σὺν Θρήνοις καὶ τῇ Ἐπιστολῇ ἐν ἑνί: 1
- Ἰερεμίου: 1
- Ἰερεμίου ἕν: 1
- Ἰερεμίου μετὰ Βαροὺχ καὶ Θρήνων καὶ Ἐπιστολῆς: 1
- Ἰερεμίου [μία] μετὰ Βαροὺχ καὶ : 1
- Ἰερεμιά: 1
- Ἰεροσόλυμα: 1
- Ἰεροσολυμιτικὴ Βιβλιοθήκη: 1
- Ἰεροσ. Βιβλ.: 1
- Ἰερουσαλήμ: 1
- Ἰερουσαλήμ, Βηθλέεμ, Βαιθήλ, Σειών.: 1
- Ἰεσσιά: 1
- Ἰησοῦ τοῦ χριστοῦ σου.: 1
- Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Ναυή: 1
- Ἰησοῦς: 1 2 3 4 5
- Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ἰεροσολυμείτης: 1
- Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναυή, ὁ τοῦ Ναυή, : 1
- Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή: 1 2 3
- Ἰησοῦς Ναυή: 1 2
- Ἰησοῦς υἰὸς Ναυή: 1
- Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ναυή: 1
- Ἰησοῦς υἱός: 1
- Ἰούδας ὁ καλ. Μ.: 1
- Ἰορδάνην: 1
- Ἰουδὶθ ἡ μακαρία . . . παρέδωκεν Κύριος Ὀλοφέρνην ἐν χειρὶ θηλείας: 1
- Ἰουδίθ: 1
- Ἰουδαίων χώρας εἰς Αἴγυπτον μετήγαγεν, ἀφ᾿ ὧν ὡσεὶ τρεῖς μυριάδας: 1
- Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν, Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει: 1
- Ἰουδείθ: 1 2 3
- Ἰουδείθ, -δίθ, -δήθ, : 1
- Ἰουδείν, Ἰουδίν: 1
- Ἰωήλ: 1 2 3 4
- Ἰωήλ δʹ: 1
- Ἰωνᾶς: 1 2 3 4
- Ἰωνᾶς ςʹ: 1
- Ἰωσήπῳ: 1
- Ἰωσοῦε βὲν Νούν: 1
- Ἵνα μακροημερεύσητε: 1
- Ἵνα φοβῆσθε . . . ὑμῶν: 1
- ὀγδόης· Θεοδόσιος Ἰάσων Ἰησοῦς Θεόδοτος Ἰωάννης Ἰωνάθας.: 1
- ὀκτάτευχος, ἡ: 1
- ὀκταπλᾶ: 1
- ὀκτασέλιδνν, τό: 1
- ὀμεῖται τὸν θεόν : 1
- ὀνείρου δὲ σημανθέντος, ὅτι τὰ θεῖα βούλεται περιεργασάμενος εἰς : 1
- ὀνοματογραφία: 1
- ὀπίσω: 1
- ὀπίσω αὐτῶν ἀναστήσεται: 1
- ὀρέων: 1
- ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ: 1
- ὀργάνῳ, : 1
- ὀρελός: 1
- ὀρθρινός: 1
- ὀροφοιτεῖν: 1
- ὀσμή εὐωδίας: 1
- ὀστέον: 1
- ὀστεοῦν: 1
- ὀστράκινος, παγιδεύειν, παιδάριον, παραδειγματίζειν, παρακούειν, παρεπίδημος, πάροικος, περικεφαλαία, περίλυπος, περίχωρος, περίψημα, πήρα, πλεονάζειν, πολυλογία, πολυπραγμονεῖν, προσήλυτος, προσκεφάλαιον, ῥάπισμα, ῥύμη, σαγήνη, σίκερα, σίνδων, σκόλοψ, στενοχωρία, συλλογίζεσθαι, συμβιβάζειν, σύμφυτος, ταμ(ι)εῖον, τετράδραχμον, τρυμαλία, τυμπανίζειν, ὑπογραμμός, φιμοῦν, χορτάζειν, χρηματίζειν, ψευδοπροφήτης.: 1
- ὀφθαλμῷ : 1
- ὀφρύων, δόξῃ πεπληρωμένον, ὁ κριθεὶς ἄξιος τούτων ἐν ταῖς λει-: 1
- ὁ: 1 2
- ὁ ἀπηρτισμένην ἔννοιαν ἔχων στίχος: 1
- ὁ ἀποπομπαῖος, ἡ ἀποπομπή.: 1
- ὁ ἀπτ. αὐτῶν: 1
- ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰ.: 1
- ὁ ἀρπάζων] : 1
- ὁ ἀστερίσκος . . . σημαίνει τὸ ἐμφερόμενον ῥῆμα ἐν τῷ Ἐβραικῷ κεῖσθαι . . . οἱ δὲ οβʹ ἑρμηνευταὶ παρῆκαν καὶ οὐχ ἡρμήνευκαν . . . ὀβελὸς δὲ . . . παρετίθη . . . ταῖς τῆς θείας γραφῆς λέξεσιν ταῖς παρὰ τοῖς οβʹ ἑρμηνευταῖς κειμέναις, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς περὶ Ἀκύλαν καὶ Σύμμαχον μὴ ἐμφερομέναις.: 1
- ὁ ἄρχων: 1
- ὁ ἅγιος: 1
- ὁ Ἁδριανός: 1
- ὁ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατοικῶν καὶ τὰ ταπεινὰ ἐφορῶν: 1
- ὁ Ἐβραῖος.: 1
- ὁ Ἐβραῖος. Ὁ Σύρος: 1
- ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ χριστὸς.: 1
- ὁ ὀντωτὴς ἐκτήσατό με ἀρχὴν ὁδοῦ οἱ, πρὸ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ ἐκ τότε. : 1
- ὁ ὑπάρχων πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων: 1
- ὁ Γὼγ καὶ Μαγώγ: 1
- ὁ Θεσβείτης ἐκ Θεσβὼν τῆς Γαλαάδ: 1
- ὁ Οὐαφρή, : 1
- ὁ Σύρος: 1
- ὁ αἰώνιος, ὁ ἅγιος.: 1
- ὁ βασιλεὺς λαβὼν ποτήριον ἐπεχέατο καὶ τῶν παρόντων ἁπάντων : 1
- ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίθη Τὸ δίκαιον εἰ πρὸς ἅπαντας διατηροῖ, ἑαυτῷ καλῶς : 1
- ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Διαλαμβάνων ὅτι κακὸν οὐδὲν εἴργασται τῶν ὑπο- : 1
- ὁ δὲ ἀστερίσκος μετὰ ὀβελοῦ, ὡς ὄντα μὲν τὰ ἔπη τοῦ ποιητοῦ, μὴ καλῶς δὲ κείμενα:: 1
- ὁ δὲ ἐλέγχων μετὰ παρρησίας εἰρηνοποιεῖ: 1
- ὁ δὲ ὀβελὸς πρὸς τὰ ἀθετούμενα ἐπὶ τοῦ ποιητοῦ ἤγουν νενοθευμένα ἢ ὑποβεβλημένα· ὁ δὲ ἀστερίσκος . . . ὡς καλῶν εἰρημένων τῶν ἐπῶν.: 1
- ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος πολλοὺς αἰχμαλώτους λαβὼν ἀπό τε τῆς ὀρεινῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ τῶν περὶ Ἰεροσόλυμα τόπων καὶ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος καὶ τῶν ἐν Γαριζείν, κατῴκισεν ἅπαντας εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀγαγών· ἐπεγνωκὼς δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν Ἰεροσολύμων περὶ τὴν τῶν ὅρκων φυλακὴν καὶ τὰς πίστεις βεβαιοτάτους ὑπάρχοντας. πολλοὺς αὐτῶν τοῖς Μακεδόσιν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ ποιήσας ἰσοπολίτας· οὐκ ὀλίγοι δὲ οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον παρεγίγνοντο, τῆς τε ἀρετῆς τῶν τόπων αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς τοῦ Πτολεμαίου φιλοτιμίας προκαλουμένης.: 1
- ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἠσκηκὼς πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εὔνοιαν καὶ κατεργα- : 1
- ὁ δὲ λάκκος κενός, : 1
- ὁ δέ] καί: 1
- ὁ εὑρεθεὶς [ὁ] γεγραμμένος: 1
- ὁ θέλων . . . παυσάτω κτλ.: 1
- ὁ θανατῶν καὶ ζωογονῶν: 1
- ὁ θεὸς ἐγὼ τοῦ θανατῶσαι καὶ ζωοποιῆσαι, : 1
- ὁ θεὸς ἡμῖν: 1 2
- ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν: 1 2
- ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους καθαιρεῖ, τοὺς δὲ ἐπιεικεῖς καὶ ταπεινοὺς : 1
- ὁ θεός: 1 2 3 4
- ὁ θεός μοι ὤφθη: 1
- ὁ θεός, : 1
- ὁ θεός μου ἀπέστειλεν τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐνέφραξεν τὰ στόματα τῶν λεόντων,: 1
- ὁ θεός μου ὁ ἐντελλόμενος: 1
- ὁ θεός σου: 1
- ὁ θ.: 1
- ὁ κύριος: 1
- ὁ κύριος ἀπέστειλεν τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν θηρίων ὄντα, οὗ τὸ ὄνομά ἐστιν †Σεγρί†: 1
- ὁ κύριος, λειτουργεῖν, ματαιότης, ὁσιότης, πειράζειν, προφήτης, πτωχός, σάρξ, φυγαδευτήριον.: 1
- ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τῶν χερουβίμ: 1
- ὁ κύριος : 1
- ὁ κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν [ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου].: 1
- ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτῶν τιμῶσί με, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἐστὶν ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ· μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με διδάσκοντες : 1
- ὁ λαὸς οὗτος (οὗτος ὁ λαὸς Mc.) τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ.: 1
- ὁ μάτην ἐνταῦθα εἰσελθών, εἰπὲ τίς προφήτης, τίς ἀπόστολος σήμερον διελέχθη.: 1
- ὁ μὲν δὴ θεός, ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, ἀρχήν τε καὶ τελευτὴν καὶ μέσα τῶν ὄντων ἀπάντων ἔχων κ.τ.λ.: 1
- ὁ μέγας ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ: 1
- ὁ μέγας, ὁ μεγαλώνυμος: 1
- ὁ νόμος καὶ αἱ προφητεῖαι καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν βιβλίων: 1
- ὁ οἰκοδομῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνάβασιν αὐτοῦ.: 1
- ὁ πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἀπαιτῶν δικαιοπραγεῖν, ἀλρίτῶς μὴ ποιήσῃς τοῦτο: 1
- ὁ πᾶς τῶν ἀρχαίων χορὸς Πανάρετον Σοφίαν τὰς Σολομῶνος παροιμίας ἐκάλουν.: 1
- ὁ παῖς [τοῦ θεοῦ]: 1
- ὁ ποιήσας: 1
- ὁ ποιήσας αὐτά.: 1
- ὁ πολυΐστωρ: 1
- ὁ ποταμός, καθὼς ὁ Νεῖλος, ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὸν θερισμὸν ἡμέραις, : 1
- ὁ προσήλυτος: 1
- ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ . . . ὁ ἰσχυρὸς ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι . . . ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι Κύριος ὁ ποιῶν ἔλεος καί κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.: 1
- ὁ συνταξάμενος τὴν τῶν Μακκαβαϊκῶν ἐπιτομήν: 1
- ὁ τὸν ἀνθρωποκτόνον ὄφιν δεσμώτην παραδοὺς ἡμῖν ὡς στρουθίον παιδίοις: 1
- ὁ τόπος ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται Κύριος ὁ θεός σου ἐπικληθῆναι: 1
- ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ποτίζοντος οἰκίαν μου . . . : 1
- ὁ φρόνιμος ἐν τῇ φρονήσει . . . ὁ δυνατὸς ἐν τῇ δυνάμει . . . τὸν Κύριον, καί ποιεῖν κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐν μέσῳ τῆς γῆς.: 1
- ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, εἶδεν, αὐτοῖς: 1
- ὁδόν: 1
- ὁδοὺς γὰρ βιότητος ἐλέγχει παιδεία, : 1
- ὁμιλίας καὶ τὰς ἐπερωτήσεις τὰς διὰ τοῦ νόμου μεγάλην εὐφυίαν : 1
- ὁμοίως τοῖς ἐβδομήκοντα. : 1
- ὁμοθυμαδόν: 1
- ὁμοιοπαθής: 1
- ὁμ. ἡμῶν: 1
- ὁπλολογεῖν: 1
- ὁπλοποιεῖν: 1
- ὁράσεις: 1 2 3
- ὁράων ἐκύρησα ἐν ὁράσεσιν εὐφρόνας, αὐτίκα τε ξὺν ταῖς : 1
- ὁρκισμοῦ: 1
- ὁρκωμοσία: 1
- ὁρμᾶται : 1
- ὁρμαῖς, ἀλλὰ τὰς βλάβας καταμελετᾷν τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐκβαι- : 1
- ὁσίας, καθὼς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα κατασκευάζεται καὶ διοικεῖται : 1
- ὁφθαλμοφανῶς: 1
- ὁ, : 1
- ὃ καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος εἶπεν ἐρωτηθεὶς πῶς ἐν ὀλίγῳ : 1
- ὃν ἀπεστέλλετο τὰ τῶν ἔργων.¶: 1
- ὃν ἂν κατακληρώσηται . . . τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, : 1
- ὃν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς: 1
- ὃν τρόπον ἐπιστρέφει ἡ νύμφη πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς· πλὴν ψυχὴν ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς σὺ ζητεῖς. : 1
- ὃς δ᾿ εἶπε Ψυχῆς ἐστι κατασκευὴ διὰ θείας δυνάμεως ἐπιδέχεσθαι : 1
- ὃς . . . οὗτος: 1
- ὄντα κενὰ ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον πρὸς τὸ συμπέρασμα δρᾷν τι· καὶ : 1
- ὄνυχος καὶ τῶν ἄλλων γενῶν τῶν διαφερόντων ἐν ὡραιότητι. : 1
- ὄρη: 1 2 3 4
- ὄρθριος: 1
- ὄχλων χαλεπώτεροι τῶν ἀνοσίων τυράννων ἐξέβησαν. ἀλλὰ ὡς : 1
- ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας: 1
- ὄψομαι, προσνοήσω: 1
- ὄψονται : 1
- ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν: 1
- ὅθεν . . . ἐκεῖθεν: 1
- ὅλην τὴν τράπεζαν. ὑπὸ τὴν ἐκτύπωσιν τῶν λίθων τῆς : 1
- ὅμως: 1
- ὅπλων καὶ δυνάμεων παρασκευῇ πολλῇ χρώμενος : 1
- ὅπλων κατισχύουσα περιλαμβάνει τὴν μεγίστην ἀσφάλειαν· εἰ δὲ : 1
- ὅπως ἂν ἐξολεθρευθῶσιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος.: 1
- ὅπως ἐκζητήσωσιν κτλ.: 1
- ὅρασις ιβʹ: 1
- ὅρειον, ἀληθεινός, ἀδικεία, κρεινεῖν. Ι: 1
- ὅριον] πέρας, : 1
- ὅς ἐλαττώσει] ἐλάττωσις εἰς, : 1
- ὅσα βασιλεῖ παρεσκευάζετο, καὶ τούτοις ὁ Δωρόθεος ἐπετέλει· : 1
- ὅσα γὰρ δἰ ἀκοῆς λαβόντες, ταῦτα τῷ λόγῳ σωματοποιήσαντες, : 1
- ὅσα δὲ περὶ διαφωνίας ῥητῶν τινῶν τῶν ἐν τῷ ἐδαφίῳ ἢ ἐκδόσεών ἐστιν σχόλια, ἅπερ καὶ κάτω νενευκυῖαν περιεστιγμένην ἔχει προτεταγμένην, τῶν ἀντιβεβληκότων τὸ βιβλίον ἐστίν· ὅσα δὲ ἀμφιβόλως ἔξω κείμενα ῥητὰ ἔξω νενευκυῖαν περιεστιγμένην ἔχει προτεταγμένην, διὰ τὰ σχόλια προσετέθησαν κατ᾿ αὐτὰ τοῦ μεγάλου εἰρηκότος διδασκάλου, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ κατὰ κενοῦ τὸ σχόλιον φέρεσθαι, ἐν πολλοῖς μὲν τῶν ἀντιγράφων τῶν ῥητῶν οὕτως ἐχόντων, ἐν τούτῳ δὲ μὴ οὕτως κειμένων ἢ μηδ᾿ ὅλως φερομένων, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο προστεθέντων.: 1
- ὅσα, : 1
- ὅσοις οἰ ὀβελοὶ πρόσκεινται ῥητοῖς, οὗτοι οὐκ ἔκειντο οὔτε παρὰ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἑρμηνευταῖς οὔτε ἐν τῷ Ἐβραικῷ, ἀλλὰ παρὰ μόνοις τοῖς οʹ· καὶ ὅσοις οἱ ἀστερίσκοι πρόσκεινται ῥητοῖς, οὖτοι ἐν μὲν τῷ Ἐβραικῷ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἑρμηνευταῖς ἐφέροντο, ἐν δὲ τοῖς οʹ οὐκέτι.: 1
- ὅταν ἐπῆρεν, : 1
- ὅταν ὁ κυβερνῶν εἰδῇ, πρὸς τίνα σκοπὸν δεῖ τὴν διέξοδον ποιεῖ- : 1
- ὅταν εἰσήρχετο, : 1
- ὅταν κατέβη, : 1
- ὅταν]: 1
- ὅτε αὐτὸν ὁ υἱὸς καταδιώκει (κατεδίωξεν Α): 1
- ὅτε (ᾗ) ἐπελαβόμην: 1
- ὅτι: 1
- ὅτι ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖταί σε,: 1
- ὅτι ἀλλὰ ἐν ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει τοῦ βασιλέως Ἰωσιαοὺ ἐποιήθη τὸ φέσα τοῦτο τῷ : 1
- ὅτι ἀλλ᾿ ἢ τῷ ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει τοῦ βασιλέως Ἰωσεία ἐγενήθη τὸ πάσχα τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.: 1
- ὅτι ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν ἑτέροις λαλήσω τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ.: 1
- ὅτι ἡ ζωὴ ἦν ἡ ἐπὶ τοῦ ξύλου κρεμασθεῖσα Μωσῆς ἀποκλαιόμενός φησι κτλ.: 1
- ὅτι ἰδοὺ οἰ ἐχθροί σου ἀπολοῦνται, : 1
- ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀφαιρεῖται τὰς εὐημερίας, ἑτέρους δὲ δοξάζων εἰς τὸ : 1
- ὅτι εἰσὶν ἐν Τάνει ἀρχηγοὶ ἄγγελοι πονηροί.: 1
- ὅτι εὐθεῖς κατασκηνώσουσι γῆν: 1
- ὅτι εὔφρανάς με, Κύριε, ἐν τῷ ποιήματί σου,: 1
- ὅτι κακολογοῦντες θεὸν υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ: 1
- ὅτι κατάσκοποι: 1
- ὅτι οὐ δεῖ ἰδιωτικοὺς ψαλμοὺς: 1
- ὅτι οὐκ ἐγενήθη τὸ πάσχα τοῦτο ἀφ᾿ ἡμερῶν τῶν κριτῶν οἳ ἔκρινον τὸν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ πάσας τὰ͟ς ἡμέρας βασιλέων Ἰσραὴλ καὶ βασιλέων Ἰούδα·: 1
- ὅτι οὐκ ἐποιήθη κατὰ τὸ φέσα τοῦτο ἀπὸ ἡμερῶν τῶν κριτῶν οἳ ἔκριναν τὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ πασῶν ἡμερῶν βασιλέων Ἰσραὴλ καὶ βασιλέων Ἰούδα·: 1
- ὅτι οὐκ ἦν αὐτῇ παιδίον: 1
- ὅτι σύ, : 1
- ὅτι σύ, Κύριε, ἡ ἐλπίς μου·: 1
- ὅτι τὸ αἷμα τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ ἐκδικᾶται, : 1
- ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, : 1
- ὅτι, : 1 2
- ὅτι.: 1
- Ὀβδειού: 1
- Ὀβδειού, Ἀβδ[ε]ιού: 1
- Ὀλιγοστὸς εἶ τοῦ εἶναι: 1
- Ὀντωτής, ὁντουργός, οὐσιωτής: 1
- Ὀρθρινοὶ: 1
- Ὁ ἄγγελος: 1
- Ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστής: 1 2
- Ὁ δὲ : 1
- Ὁ δὲ οἶκος βλέ-: 1
- Ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν: 1
- Ὁ θεός: 1 2
- Ὁ λαός: 1
- Ὁ μισθός σου πολύς: 1
- Ὁλοφέρνης: 1
- Ὁμοῦ τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης βίβλοι κβʹ.: 1
- Ὃς ἂν εὑρεθῇ: 1
- Ὅτε . . . συντελέσας: 1
- Ὅτι ὁ οἶκος οἰκοδομεῖται μετὰ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν· ᾠδὴ τῷ Δαυείδ: 1
- Ὅτι ὅσας ἡμέρας κατεσκέψαντο τὴν γῆν, τοσαῦτα ἔτη ἐποίησαν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ.: 1
- Ὅτι οὐκ ἐνέμειναν ἐν . . .: 1
- ὐπὸ γῆν ἐδαφισθήσεται ἡ λαλιά σου, καὶ ἔσται ὡς ἐγγαστρίμυθος ἡ φωνή που καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ λαλιά σου ῥοίσεται.: 1
- ὑδάτων.: 1
- ὑδρεύωνται, : 1
- ὑμᾶς παρακαλέσω, : 1
- ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς: 1
- ὑμῶν λεγομένων Ἑβραϊκῶν γραμμάτων, ἵν᾿ ὑπάρχῃ καὶ ταῦτα παῤ : 1
- ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ λῆμμα: 1
- ὑπάρχειν: 1
- ὑπάρχει. καὶ πρόρερον δὲ διεπεμψάμην σοι περὶ ὧν ἐνόμιζον: 1
- ὑπὲρ ἀκμῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ,: 1
- ὑπὲρ κληρουχιῶν.: 1
- ὑπὲρ νεανιότητος τοῦ υἱοῦ,: 1
- ὑπὲρ περιστερᾶς ἀλάλου μακρυσμῶν. : 1
- ὑπὲρ τὰ τετρακόσια τάλαντα τὴν δόσιν ἀπέφαινον εἶναι. καὶ τοῦ : 1
- ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐγγαστριμύθου.: 1
- ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλάφου τῆς ὀρθρινῆς.: 1
- ὑπὲρ τῆς βοηθείας τῆς ὀρθρ.: 1
- ὑπὲρ τῆς γετθίδος.: 1
- ὑπὲρ τῆς κληρονομούσης: 1
- ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀνθῶν,: 1
- ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν: 1
- ὑπὲρ τῶν αἰωνίων: 1
- ὑπὲρ τῶν κρίνων.: 1
- ὑπὲρ τῶν κρυφίων: 1 2
- ὑπὲρ τῶν κρυφίων τοῦ υἱοῦ.: 1
- ὑπὲρ τῶν υἱῶν: 1
- ὑπὲρ τοὺς προγόνους, εἰ καὶ μέγιστα ποιήσεις χαριστήρια, καθῆκόν : 1
- ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἀσσυρίου: 1
- ὑπέθηκεν, : 1
- ὑπέρ τῆς περιστερᾶς ὑπὸ τοῦ φίλου αὐτοῦ ἀπωσμένου. Εʹ. ὑπὲρ τῆς π. τῆς μογγιλάλου κεκρυμμένων.: 1
- ὑπὸ Ἰάσωνος τοῦ Κυρηναίου δεδηλωμένα διὰ πέντε βιβλίων, πειρασόμεθα δἰ ἑνὸς συντάγματος ἐπιτεμεῖν: 1
- ὑπὸ Φίλωνος.: 1
- ὑπὸ θεοῦ κατεσκευασμένος εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τῶν ἁπάντων, περιέφραξεν : 1
- ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον: 1
- ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, δἰ ἂς ἐπεποίηντο χρείας ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς : 1
- ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντες ἄνθρωποι μετασχεῖν τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν, : 1
- ὑπὸ φίλων: 1
- ὑπὸ φίλων,: 1
- ὑπόφρικος: 1
- ὑπό, : 1
- ὑπῆρχε, μεγαλομοιρίᾳ καὶ χορηγίᾳ κατὰ πάντα ὑπερβαλλούσῃ : 1
- ὑπήκουσαν: 1
- ὑπαρχόντων ἐν τῇ σῇ βασιλείᾳ πληθῶν ἱκανῶν; ἀλλὰ τελείᾳ καὶ : 1
- ὑπερένδοξος: 1
- ὑπερήφανον καὶ ἄσχημόν τι ἐπιθυμῆσαι, εἰ καλῶς λογίζοιο. πάντα : 1
- ὑπεραινετός: 1
- ὑπερηφανίαν; ἀπεκρίθη δέ Εἰ τὴν ἰσότητα τηροῖ, καὶ παῤ ἕκαστον : 1
- ὑπερισχύει: 1
- ὑπερμεγεθής: 1
- ὑπεροχαῖς μόλις ἐν τριάκοντα εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν παρίεσθαι—τοὺς δὲ: 1
- ὑπερυψοῦν: 1
- ὑπερφερής: 1
- ὑπηκούετε, : 1
- ὑπογράφει λύπην ὁ λόγος· ἀλλὰ ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς ἀναφέροντες καὶ τὸ : 1
- ὑποδ.: 1
- ὑποθέσεις: 1 2 3
- ὑποθεῖσα τοῖς ἐπιβολιαίοις ἧπαρ : 1
- ὑποκάτω: 1 2 3 4 5
- ὑποκριτής: 1
- ὑπολαμβάνεις μυριάδας ἔσεσθαι; ἔφη. παρεστὼς δὲ Ἀνδρέας : 1
- ὑπολαμβάνων μὴ καθεστάναι.†: 1
- ὑπομαστιαῖος: 1
- ὑπομνηματίζειν: 1
- ὑποπίπτουσιν ὡς θεωρουμένοις· ἀλογιστοῦμεν δέ, καθόσον ὑπολαμ-: 1
- ὑποπόδιον: 1 2 3
- ὑποπ.: 1
- ὑποχείρια ποιούμενος· ἐν ὅσῳ καὶ πρὸς δέκα μυριάδας ἐκ τῆς τῶν : 1
- ὑφαντοῦ: 1
- ὑψοῖ. Παρακαλέσας δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν ἑξῆς ἐπηρώτα Τίσι δεῖ : 1
- ὑψ.: 1
- ὕειν: 1
- ὕλη: 1
- ὕμνος τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν: 1 2
- ὕμνος τῶν πατ. ἡμῶν : 1
- ὕμνους: 1
- ὕπατος: 1
- ὕσσωπος.: 1
- ὕστερον ὁ τῶν : 1
- ὕψει, τὴν δ᾿ ἐκτύπωσιν ἐνυπῆρχε διὰ λιθώσεως ποικίλης, ἐμφαίνων: 1
- ὕψιστον ἔθηκας οἰκητήριόν σου.: 1
- ὕψος ἱκανὸν καὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτάνουσι τῆς ἐπιθέσεως. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ : 1
- ὕ. καὶ τὰ ἄλλα: 1
- ὕ. τῶν τριῶν παίδων: 1
- Ὑπάρξουσιν: 1
- Ὑπὲρ Ἰδιθούν, : 1
- Ὑπὲρ μαελὲθ (τοῦ ἀποκριθῆναι), : 1
- Ὑπὲρ τῆς ὀγδόης, : 1
- Ὑπὲρ τῆς κληρονομούσης, : 1
- Ὑπὲρ τῆς λό γων Χουσεὶ υἱοῦ Ἰεμενεί, : 1
- Ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων, : 1
- Ὑπὲρ τῶν κρυφίων τοῦ υἱοῦ, : 1
- Ὑπὲρ τῶν ληνῶν, : 1
- Ὑπὲρ τῶν λρυφίων τοῦ υἱοῦ.: 1
- Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ (ᾠδή), : 1
- Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀντιλήμψεως τῆς ἑωθινῆς, : 1
- Ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων μεμακρυμμένου, : 1
- Ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος Σ.: 1
- Ὑπολαμβάνων οὖν καὶ τούτων τὴν ἀναγραφὴν ἀναγκαίαν εἶναι, : 1
- Ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου: 1
- Ὑψωθήσεται: 1
- Ὑψωθῇ: 1
- ὠδίνησεν: 1
- ὠνείδισεν: 1
- ὠργίσθησαν: 1
- ὠτία: 1
- ὠφέλεια συγγενείας ἐστίν; ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο Ἐὰν τοῖς συμβαίνουσι : 1
- ὠφέλησα, ὠφέλησεν: 1
- ὠφείλησεν.: 1
- ὡραῖον, : 1
- ὡς: 1
- ὡς ἀπὸ οἴνου:: 1
- ὡς ἂν ἡ μεταγραφὴ γένηται τῶν βιβλίων, ἵνα πάλιν ἀποκαταστα- : 1
- ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ θεοῦ σοι κατευθυνομένων ἁπάντων. Διαχυθεὶς : 1
- ὡς ἄνθρωποι: 1
- ὡς ἄνθρωπος : 1
- ὡς ἄρα τὴν μὲν εὕροι ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἀκτίῳ Νικοπόλει . . .ἐπὶ μιᾶς αὖθις σεσημείωται ὡς ἐν Ἰεριχοῖ εὑρημένης ἐν πίθῳ κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους Ἀντωνίνου τοῦ υἰοῦ Σεβήρου.: 1
- ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε, : 1
- ὡς ἱμάτιον: 1
- ὡς δὲ ἀπεφήναντο τὰ μέτρα, προσεπηρώτησεν, εἰ κατασκευάσει: 1
- ὡς θέμις, ἕξειν αὐτοὺς φίλους, καὶ : 1
- ὡς λέων. : 1
- ὡς οὐκ ἐξαριθμηθήσεται ἡ δύναμις τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐδὲ ἐκμετρηθήσεται ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, οὕτως πληθυνῶ τὸ σπέρμα Δαυὶδ τοῦ δούλου μου καὶ τοὺς Λευίτας τοὺς λειτουργοῦντάς μοι. : 1
- ὡς πῦρ: 1
- ὡς τὰ μάλιστα ἦν ἠκριβωκώς: 1
- ὡς τό σπέρμα τούτων: 1
- ὡς φίλόμοιχος, : 1
- ὡς φίλος μῶκος] ὁ φιλήδονος καὶ μοῖχος: 1
- ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἀγαθῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα τούτων ἀμιγῆ: 1
- ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον: 1
- ὡσεὶ χιόνα λευκόν, καὶ : 1
- ὡσεὶ] ὡς, : 1
- ὤρυξαν: 1
- ὤρυξαν : 1
- ὥραν: 1
- ὥστε ἄβρωτα: 1
- ὥστε μὴ λόγους : 1
- ὥστε νομίζειν εἰς ἕτερον ἐληλυθέναι ἐκτὸς τοῦ κόσμου· καὶ διαβε-: 1
- ὥστε τοὺς πόδας ἐνίεσθαι εἰς τοῦτο, περόνας : 1
- ὦ Φιλόκρατες ἀδελφέ· τὰ δὲ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἑπομένως δηλώσομεν.: 1
- ὦ μεγάλης τοῦ θεοῦ φιλανθρωπίας καὶ πορνῶν μνημονευούσης ἐν γραφαῖς: 1
- ὦμεν εὖ βεβουλευμένοι, καὶ τὸ προτεθὲν ἡμῖν ἐπιτελῆται. τὸ δ᾿ αὖ : 1
- ὦτα: 1
- ὧν ἔκτισεν ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεός· καὶ δῴη σοι ταῦτ᾿ ἔχειν καὶ γυναικὶ : 1
- ὧν . . . αὐτῶν.: 1
- Ὠριγένης: 1
- Ὠριγένης πυθόμενος τὴν τῶν οβʹ ἔκδοσιν ἀκριβῆ εἶναι μέσην ταύτην συνέθηκεν, ὅπως τὰς ἐντεῦθεν καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἑρμηνείας διελέγχῃ: 1
- Ὠριγένης. : 1
- Ὠρ[ιγένης],: 1
- Ὡς: 1
- Ὡς γὰρ παρεγενήθημεν ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους, ἐθεωροῦμεν τὴν πόλιν μέσην : 1
- Ὡς δὲ ἐπηγγειλάμην καὶ τὰ τῶν κατασκευασμάτων διασαφῆσαι, : 1
- Ὡς δὲ κατεπράχθη ταῦτα, τὸν Δημήτριον ἐκέλευσεν εἰσδοῦναι : 1
- Ὡσῆε: 1 2 3
- Ὡσῆε α: 1
- Ὡσεί: 1
- Ὥρ[α]: 1 2
- έρας: 1
- ίαν: 1
- ίμαρ: 1
- ίχει: 1
- ὸ ἀκατέργαστόν μου.: 1
- ᾀσμάτων: 1
- ᾄσματα ᾀσμάτων: 1
- ᾅδης, ἀνάστασις, εἰκών, ἐκκλησία, ἐφόδιον, θυσία, θυσιαστήριον, Κύριος, λόγος, μονογενής, ξύλον, οὐσία, παντοκράτωρ, παντοδύναμος, παράδεισος, πνεῦμα ἅγιον, πίστις, προσφορά, σάρξ, σοφία, ὑπόστασις, φύσις, φῶς, χάρις: 1
- ᾆσμα εἰς τὸν ἀγαπητόν, : 1
- ᾆσμα προσφιλίας, : 1
- ᾌσματα (ᾎσμα : 1
- ᾎσμα: 1
- ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
- ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων (ἑπτακαιδέκατον βιβλίον): 1
- ᾓτησας: 1
- ᾙσχύνθη: 1
- ᾟ προσέχαιρεν: 1
- ᾠδὴ καινή, ὄνομα καινόν: 1
- ᾠδὴ ψαλμοῦ, : 1
- ᾠδή.: 1 2
- ᾠδῆς: 1
- ᾠδαὶ ιδʹ. Ψαλτήριον μετ᾿ ᾠδῶν : 1
- ᾠδαί: 1 2 3
- ᾠοθεσίας, στέφανον ἐποίησαν οἱ τεχωῖται πάγκαρπον, ἐν ὑπεροχῇ : 1
- ᾦ ἀπόκειται (1), τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ (2) | αὐτὸς] ἔσται : 1
- ᾧ ἀπόκειται: 1
- ᾨδή, : 1
- ᾼσμα, ᾄσματα [ᾀσμάτων]: 1
- ῃ, μαχαίρῃ, μαχαίρης : 1
- ῐ: 1
- ῥέπων οὗ βούλεται. Καὶ τούτῳ δ᾿ ἐπικυρώσας τὰ τῆς ἀπο- : 1
- ῥήματος: 1
- ῥήξαντες: 1
- ῥήmata ἐkklhsiastoῦ: 1
- ῥύμη: 1 2
- ῥάβδου: 1
- ῥεραντισμένος: 1
- ῥυσάμενος: 1
- Ῥ: 1
- Ῥῆχαβ διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς: 1
- Ῥαιφάν: 1
- Ῥαιφά(ν): 1
- Ῥαφάν | om αὐτῶν, : 1
- Ῥοὺθ κατὰ τοὺς οʹ: 1
- Ῥοὺθ κατὰ τοὺς οʹ.: 1
- Ῥούθ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
- Ῥούθ [ὁμοῦ βιβλία ηʹ]: 1
- Ῥοβοάμ: 1
- Ῥόδιοι : 1
- ῷδαί: 1
- ʹ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
- ͵γφλαʹ: 1
- · ὄρθιον ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισεν αὐτόν. : 1
- · τὰ δὲ: 1
- Έὐαγρίου σχ.,: 1
- Α: 1
- Αἰαλών: 1
- Αἰγύπτιος: 1
- Αἰγυπτίων βασιλεὺς Σούσακος . . . ἔλαβε: 1
- Αἰλών. : 1
- Αἱ Βασιλεῖαι αʹ—δʹ: 1
- Αἱ Μωσέως πρῶται πέντε βίβλοι: 1
- Αἱ Παροιμίαι: 1
- Αἱ σοφαὶ ἄρχουσαι: 1
- Αἴγυπτον παρειληφότος. Ἄξιόν ἐστι καὶ ταῦτά σοι δηλῶσαι.: 1
- Αἴνεσις, : 1
- Αἶνος ᾠδῆς τῷ Δαυείδ: 1 2
- Αὐτῶν πορευομένων ἐπορεύοντο καὶ ἐλάλουν: 1
- Αὗται αἱ ἐντολαὶ: 1
- Αʹ δʹ: 1 2
- Αζραιος: 1
- Αιγυπτιων οι: 1
- Αιθ.] Αιγυττιων: 1
- Αλεξανδ.] + και: 1
- Ανδρεας: 1
- Ανδρεας] : 1
- Ανδρεασ των τετ. παρα σοι και Αρ.: 1
- Α, Δ, Β, Κ, Ξ, Χ, Φ: 1
- Α. Ὅσαι εἰσὶ γραφαὶ ἐκκλησιαζόμεναι καὶ κεκανονισμέναι: 1
- Β: 1
- Β κατα το κριμα αυτων Α | μαχαιρα Β: 1
- Βάθη: 1
- Βὴλ καὶ Δράκωη: 1
- Βίβλοι ἱστορικαὶ ιβʹ: 1
- Βίβλοι προφητικαὶ εʹ: 1
- Βίβλοι στιχηραὶ εʹ: 1
- Βίβλος Ψαλμῶν: 1 2 3
- Βαβυλών, Συρία, ἡ ἐρυθρὰ θὰλασσα, Ἰδουμαία, Αἴγυπτος: 1
- Βαλαάμ: 1
- Βαναιας: 1
- Βαράδ: 1
- Βαράκ: 1
- Βαρούχ: 1 2
- Βαρούχ Θρῆνοι: 1
- Βαρούχ, Ἐπιστολὴ Ἰερεμίου, : 1
- Βασβιας: 1
- Βασιλεῖαι: 1
- Βασιλειῶν: 1
- Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- Βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ: 1
- Βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ: 1
- Βασιλειῶν τέσσαρα: 1 2
- Βασιλειῶν τέσσαρα βιβλία: 1
- Βενιαμίν· ἐγὼ μὲν γάρ: 1
- Βερενίκη: 1
- Βηθλέεμ οἶκος τοῦ Ἐφράθα: 1
- Βουγαῖος: 1
- Βραχει]: 1
- Βρησίθ: 1
- Β. Ὅσαι ἀντιλέγονται καὶ οὐκ ἐκκλησιάζονται: 1
- Γ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
- Γ | ὁ διάβολος]: 1
- Γ | αἱρετιεῖ] ἐκλέξεται : 1
- Γ | διαλεχθῶμεν: 1
- Γάδαρα: 1
- Γάδερ;: 1
- Γάδ, πειρατήριον πειρατεύσει αὐτόν· αὐτὸς δὲ πειρατεύσει αὐτῶν κατὰ πόδας: 1
- Γένεσις: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- Γένεσις κόσμου: 1 2
- Γένεσις, Λευιτικὸν: 1
- Γέργεσα: 1
- Γόμορρα: 1
- Γῆρας: 1
- ΓΠ: 1
- ΓΡ: 1
- Γαβαών, : 1
- Γεδσών: 1
- Γενηθέντος πρὸς ὄρθρον: 1
- Γηρσών: 1
- Γινώσκων: 1
- Γ, καλέσει, : 1
- Γ.: 1
- Δ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
- Δήμους Ἰσραήλ: 1
- Δώηγος δ᾿ ὁ Σύρος ὁ τὰς ἡμιόνους αὐτοῦ βόσκων: 1
- Δʹ βʹ: 1
- Δαήλ: 1 2
- Δαβρὴ ἰαμείν: 1
- Δαμασκὸς Ἐλιέζερ: 1
- Δανιὴλ ἕν: 1
- Δανιὴλ (εἰκοστὴ δευτέρα βίβλος): 1
- Δανιήλ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- Δανιήλ Τωβίτ Ἰουδίθ: 1
- Δανιήλ [+ προφήτης ιςʹ: 1
- Δανιλ: 1
- Δαυὶδ προφήτου καὶ βασιλέως μέλος.: 1
- Δαυείδ: 1
- Δεσπότης: 1
- Δευτερονόμιον: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- Δημήτριον ἀποδεξάμενοι παρεκάλεσαν μεταδοῦναι τοῖς ἡγουμένοις : 1
- Δημήτριος ὁ Φαληρεὺς Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ παρῄνει τὰ περὶ βασιλείας καὶ ἡγεμονίας βιβλία κτᾶσθαι καὶ ἀναγινώσκειν.: 1
- Δημοσθένους: 1
- Διέρρηξεν . . .ῥήγματα: 1
- Διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πεδίον: 1
- Διαθήσομαι: 1
- Διανοίας . . . ψυχῆς . . . δυνάμεως.: 1
- Διασπορὰν καὶ αἰσχύνην: 1
- Διδοὺς δώσω: 1
- Διεθέμην: 1
- Δοῦναι : 1
- Δοροθεος: 1
- Δυσαπολόγητον ἡρώτηκας πρᾶγμα. συναναφέρειν γὰρ οὐ δυνάμεθα : 1
- Δωὴκ ὁ Σύρος: 1
- Δωροθέῳ τοῖς ἐθισμοῖς οἷς χρῶνται πάντες οἱ παραγινόμενοι πρὸς : 1
- Δωροθεον: 1
- Δ.: 1
- Εἰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώτων ἀτυχήματα διὰ παντὸς ἐπιβλέποι· γινώσκων : 1
- Εἰ τὸ δίκαιον ἐπὶ παντὸς προβάλλοι συνεχῶς, καὶ νομίζοι τὴν : 1
- Εἰς ἀνα̩μνησιν, : 1
- Εἰς ἐξομολόγησιν : 1
- Εἰς ἔργα αὐτοῦ: 1
- Εἰς συλλογήν: 1
- Εἰς συνεσιν, συνέσεως, : 1
- Εἰς τὰ ἄπορα τῆς θείας γραφῆς, : 1
- Εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν: 1
- Εἰς τὸ τέλος, : 1
- Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα: 1
- Εἰσαγωγή: 1
- Εἰσπορεύεσθε: 1
- Εἱς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ προσαββάτου, ὅτι κατῴκισται ἡ γῆ· αἶνος ᾠδῆς τῷ Δαυείδ: 1
- Εἶδον ἀσεβῆ καὶ ἀναιδῆ ἀντιποιούμενον ἐν σκληρότητι καὶ λέγοντα Εἰμὶ ὡς αὐτόχθων περιπατῶν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ.: 1
- Εὐαγγέλιον: 1
- Εὐαγρίου σχόλια εἰσίν, ὅσα . . . ἀριθμόν, Ὠρ. δέ, ὅσα Ὠριγένην κ.τ.λ.: 1
- Εὐσέβιος ἐγὼ τὰ σχόλια παρέθηκα· Πάμφιλος καὶ Εὐσέβιος διορθώσαντο.: 1
- Εὐσέβιος διορθωσάμην ὡς ἀκριβῶς ἠδυνάμην: 1
- Εὐσεβίου, τό: 1
- Εὐφραίνετο: 1
- Εὕα . . . σημαίνει . . . πάντων μητέρα : 1
- Ει: 1
- Ελεαζαρον: 1
- Ελισσαιον: 1
- Ελληνικὸς οὐ τῇ διακέκτῳ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ: 1
- Εσδ. β.: 1
- Ζαμβρί: 1
- Ζαχαρίας: 1 2 3 4
- Ζαχαρίας ιαʹ: 1
- Ζαχαρίου: 1
- Ζαχαρίου Α: 1
- Ζαχαρίου, Ἁγγαίου: 1
- Η ΠΑΛΑΙΑ ΔΙΑΘΗΚΗ | ΚΑΤΑ ΤΟΥΣ ΕΒΔΟΜΗΚΟΝΤΑ | ΔΙ ΑΥΘΕΝΤΙΑΣ | ΞΥΣΤΟΥ Εʹ ΑΚΡΟΥ ΑΡΧΙΕΡΕΩΣ | ΕΚΔΟΘΕΙΣΑ : 1
- ΗΦ: 1
- Ηλειου ΒΑ | βουν] μοσχον ΒΑ | και ποι. πρωτοι οτι πολλοι υμεις ΒΑ | επικαλεσασθε Β | θεων] θεου ΒΑ 26 ελαβεν Α | βουν] μοσχον ΒΑ + ον εδωκεν αυτοις Α | Βααλ: 1
- Ηλειου ΒΑ | κυριου: 1
- Θ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
- Θεός: 1
- Θεγρί: 1 2
- Θεκὼ . . . πόλεις ἕνδεκα καὶ αἱ κῶμαι αὐτῶν: 1
- Θεκωείτης, : 1
- Θεκωεί, Ἀναθωθεί, : 1
- Θεοδοτίων ἡρμήχευσεν ὁ Ἐφέσιος καὶ Ἀκύλας . . . ἀμφότεροι Ἰουδαῖοι προσήλυτοι: 1
- Θεοδοτίων.: 1
- Θεοπόμπου, διότι μέλλων τινὰ τῶν προηρμηνευμένων ἐπισφα- : 1
- Θεοπεμπτου: 1
- Θλίψις οἵα οὐ γέγονεν: 1
- Θρήνων καὶ Ἐπιστολῆς : 1
- Θρῆνοι: 1 2
- Θρῆνοι Ἰερεμίου: 1
- Θρῆνος [+ Ἰερεμίου, : 1
- Θ.: 1
- ΙΠΙΠ: 1
- Ιερεμίας προφήτης ιδʹ: 1
- Ιερωνυμου επιστολη προς Δεξτρον επαρχον πραιτωρῑ απο ρωμαικ: 1
- Ιουδαιας: 1
- Ιουδαιων: 1
- Ισαχος: 1
- Ιωναθαν: 1
- Ιωσηπος: 1
- Ιωσηπος ιεζεκιας: 1
- Ιωσηφος: 1
- Κ | η] ει: 1
- Κά: 1
- Κόρε: 1
- Κύριε ὁ θεός: 1
- Κύριε παντοκράτωρ, ὕψιστε, ἐν ὑψηλοῖς, ἅγιε ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόμενε, ἄναρχε, μόναρχε: 1
- Κύριε.: 1
- Κύριον: 1
- Κύριος: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
- Κύριος : 1 2
- Κύριος Παντοκράτωρ: 1
- Κύριος σαβαώθ: 1
- Κύριος, Κυρίου | τὸν Ἰησοῦν] : 1
- Κύριος.: 1
- Κῦρος ὁ βασιλεὺς λέγει Ἐπεί με ὁ θεὸς ὁ μέγιστος τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀπέδειξε βαιλέα, τὸν ναὸν αὐτοῦ οἰκοδομήσω ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ χώρᾳ.: 1
- Καὶ ἐπίστευσεν: 1
- Καὶ ὄψεται, τὸ ποίμνιον αὐτοῦ: 1
- Καὶ ὅσα ἀπόκρυφα· Ἀδάμ, Ἑνώχ, Λάμεχ, Πατριάρχαι, Προσευχὴ Ἰωσήφ, Ἐλδάδ, Διαθήκη Μωυσέως, Ἀνάληψις Μωυσέως, Ψαλμοὶ Σολομῶντος, Ἠλίου ἀποκάλυψις, Ἠσαίου ὅρασις, Σοφονίου ἀποκάλυψις, Ζαχαρίου ἀποκάλυψις, Ἔσδρα ἀποκάλυψις.: 1
- Καὶ ὅσα ἔξω τῶν ξʹ: 1
- Καὶ ὕψωσεν: 1
- Καὶ εἶπεν Ἰησοῦς: 1
- Καὶ τίς ἐξαριθμήσεται: 1
- Καὶ ταῦτα . . . Αἰγύπτου : 1
- Καθήμενος κτλ.,: 1
- Καππαδοκία, Καππάδοκες, : 1
- Κατὰ τὴν τάξιν: 1
- Κατάλογος τῶν χειρογράφων τῆς ἐθν. βιβλ. τῆς Ἐλλάδος ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου Σακκελίωνος καὶ Ἀλκ. Ι. Σακκελίωνος: 1
- Κατασταθεὶς ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως βιβλιοθήκης Δημήτριος ὁ: 1
- Κινώθ: 1
- Κλέωνι χαίρειν. οἱ δεκάταρχοι τῶν ἐλευθέρ[ων] λατόμων ἀδικούμεθα· τά γὰρ ὁμολογηθέντα ὑπὸ Ἀπολλωνίου τοῦ διοικητοῦ οὐθὲν γίνεται ἡμῖν, ἔχει δὲ τὴν γραφὴν Διότιμος. σπούδασον οὖν ἵνα καθὰ ἐξειλήφαμεν ἤδη, ὑπὸ Διονυσίου καὶ Διοτίμου χρηματισθῇ ἡμῖν, καὶ μὴ τὰ ἔργα ἐνλειφθῇ, καθὰ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐγένετο. ἐὰν γὰρ αἴσθωνται οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι οὐθὲν ἡμᾶς εἰληφότας τὸν σιδηρὸν ἐνέχυρα θήσουσιν.: 1
- Κληρονομήσει με: 1
- Κράντωρ κατέλιπεν ὑπομνήματα εἰς μυριάδας στίχων τρεῖς: 1
- Κραυγήν: 1
- Κριταὶ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, αἱ τῶν κριτῶν πράξεις. : 1
- Κριταί: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- Κυρήνηνδε: 1
- Κυρίου εἶδεν: 1
- Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ: 1
- Κυρράκης· : 1
- Κωέλθ: 1
- Κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ.: 1
- Κύριος ὁ παντοκράτωρ: 1
- Κύριος καταφυγή μου, : 1
- Κύριος σαβαώθ] ἀδωναὶ Κύριος: 1
- Κύριος συντρίβων πολέμους: 1
- Κ. ὁ θεός: 1
- Λάγου μετήγαγε)· καθὼς δὲ προείπομεν, ἐπιλὲξας τοὺς ἀρίστους : 1
- Λέγων: 1
- Λέγων,: 1
- ΛΟΓΙΑ ΙΗΣΟΥ: 1
- Λίθους τελείους: 1
- Λαήλ : 1
- Λευείταις: 1
- Λευεί, Λευείτης, Δαυείδ, Σειών, : 1
- Λευειτικόν: 1 2
- Λευιτικὴ βίβλος, Δεθτερονόμιον, Βασιλεῖαι, Παροιμίαι, : 1
- Λευιτικόν: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
- Λευ[ε]ιτικόν: 1
- Λιβερτίνων: 1
- Λιβυστίνων: 1
- Λουκιανὸς: 1
- Λουκιανός: 1 2 3
- Λυχνικοὶ: 1
- Μάγδωλος: 1
- Μὴ διαφθείρῃς, : 1
- Μήτηρ Σειὼν ἐρεῖ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ Ἄνθρωπος ἐγενήθη ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ Αὐτὸς ἐθεμελίωσεν αὐτὴν ὁ ὕψιστος: 1
- Μαδιάμ: 1
- Μακεδών,: 1
- Μακκαβάϊκα βιβλία δʹ: 1
- Μακκαβαίων αʹ—δʹ: 1 2
- Μακκαβαίων αʹ, βʹ, γʹ, δʹ, : 1
- Μακκαβαίων αʹ, δʹ: 1
- Μακκαβαίων δʹ: 1
- Μακκαβαίων τρία: 1
- Μακκαβαῖος: 1 2
- Μακκαβαικὰ δʹ, Πτολεμαικά.: 1
- Μακκαβαικά: 1
- Μακκαβαϊκῶν: 1
- Μαλαχίας: 1 2 3 4
- Μαλαχίας ιβʹ: 1
- Μαλλαβαϊκά, τά: 1
- Μανασσῆς, Σολομών: 1
- Μαριὰμ ἀδελφὴ προσδραμοῦσα βασιλίδι· : 1
- Μαριὰμ δ᾿ ἀδελφή μου κατώπτευεν πέλας· : 1
- Ματθαιος: 1
- Ματθιας: 1
- Μειχαίας: 1
- Μελώθ: 1
- Μενεδιμος: 1
- Μεσλώθ, Μισλώθ: 1
- Μεσοποταμίας: 1
- Μετὰ σοῦ: 1
- Μηλωτήν: 1
- Μιχαίας: 1
- Μιχαίας γʹ: 1
- Μσλώθ: 1
- Μωσῆς, Ἰησοῦς, Ἑζεκίας, Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας: 1
- Μωσαϊκά, τά: 1
- Μωυσέως πέντε: 1 2
- Μωυσῆν: 1
- Μωυσῆς: 1
- Μωυσῆς (Δαυεὶδ) λέγει: 1
- Μωυσῆς . . . λέγει αὐτοῖς ἐν τῷ Δευτερονομίῳ Καὶ διαθήσομαι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον τὰ δικαιώματά μου: 1
- Μωυσῆς, -σῆ, -σεῖ, -σῆν· Ἰησοῦς, -σοῦ, -σοῖ, -σοῦν· Μανασσῆς, -σῆ.: 1
- Μ. καὶ (қ) Πτολ.: 1
- Μ[ε]ιχαίας: 1
- Ν: 1
- ΝΑΥΗ: 1
- ΝΑΥΝ: 1
- Ναύν: 1
- Ναασσών: 1
- Ναούμ: 1 2 3 4
- Ναούμ ζʹ: 1
- Νατθαιος: 1
- Ναυή: 1 2
- Νεφθαλειμ] + οδον θαλασσης : 1
- Ξέρξης: 1
- Οἰκογενής: 1
- Οἰκτείρμων οἰκτειρήσει: 1
- Οἱ Ἀριθμοί: 1
- Οἱ Κριταί: 1 2
- Οἱ δώδεκα: 1
- Οἱ δʹ μεaάλοι προφῆται: 1
- Οἱ δεκαὲξ προφηταί: 1
- Οἱ ιβʹ προφῆται: 1
- Οἱ υἱοί κτλ.: 1
- Οἱ φωστῆρες τοῦ οὐρανοῦ: 1
- Οὐ προεπορεύετο κτλ.: 1
- Οὐήρου: 1
- Οὐαμμὲλχ Δαβίδ: 1
- Οὐηλε σμώθ: 1
- Οὐικρά: 1
- Οὐκ ἀποδοκιμῶ: 1
- Οὐλαμμαύς: 1
- Οὐχ εὑρήσουσιν αὐτὸν διαμερίζοντα σκῦλα: 1
- Οὕτως : 1
- Οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἄπεστιν ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ.: 1
- Οὗτος ὁ ψαλμὸς ἰδ͕όγραφος εἰς Δαυεὶδ καὶ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ, ὅτε ἐμονομάχησεν τῷ Γολιάδ: 1
- Οʹ Ἀ.Σ.Θ. στερέωμα.: 1
- Οʹ ἐπεφέρετο, Ἀ.Σ.Θ. ἐπιφερόμενον.: 1
- Π: 1 2
- Πάντα τὰ κατ᾿ ἐξοχὴν καλούμενα βιβλία, θείας δηλαδὴ γραφῆς παλαιᾶς τε καὶ νέας. : 1
- Πάντων: 1
- Πάτερ πάτερ: 1
- Πέντε νομικαί ἡ πεντάτευχος ἣ καὶ νομοθεσία): 1
- Πέντε στιχήρεις: 1
- Πέρσῃ, καὶ πρὸ τούτων ἑτέρων συμμαχιῶν ἐξαπεσταλμένων πρὸς : 1
- Πόδες: 1
- Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς θυμοῦ γένοιτο; πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ εἶπε Γινώσκων ὅτι πάντων : 1
- Πῶς ἂν ἐν τοῖς χρηματισμοῖς καὶ διακρίσεσιν εὐφημίας : 1
- Πῶς διώδευσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.: 1
- ΠΙΠΙ: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- Πάντα δέ μοι συντετέλεσται·: 1
- Παθούρη: 1
- Παλαιστιναῖον, τό: 1
- Παλλαδίου περὶ τῶν τῆς Ἰνδίας ἐθνῶν καὶ τῶν Βραγμάνων.: 1
- Πανάρετος, ἡ: 1
- Παντοκράτωρ.: 1
- Παρὰ γὰρ Κυρίου . . . συνετελέσθη: 1
- Παραβολήη: 1
- Παραλειπόμενα: 1
- Παραλειπόμενοι: 1
- Παραλειπομένων: 1
- Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ [ὁμοῦ βιβλία ςʹ]: 1
- Παραλειπομένων αʹ, [βʹ]: 1
- Παραλειπομένων δύο: 1 2
- Παραλειπομένων τῶν βασιλειῶν Ἰούδα. : 1
- Παρλειπόμενα: 1
- Παροιμίαι: 1 2 3 4 5
- Παροιμίαι Σολομῶντος: 1 2
- Παροιμίαι [+ Σολομῶντος : 1
- Περὶ Κόρε καὶ Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβιρὼν καὶ Αὐνάν.: 1
- Περὶ Σηὼν βασιλέως Ἀμορραίων.: 1
- Περὶ Χά[λεβ] υἱοῦ [Ἰεφοννή].: 1
- Περὶ οʹ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν προφητευσάντων.: 1
- Περὶ τῆς ἐπαναστάσεως τῆς κατὰ Μωσῆν παρὰ τοῦ Κόρε συναγωγῆς.: 1
- Περὶ τῆς ῥάβδου Ἀαρὼν τῆς βλαστησάσης.: 1
- Περὶ τῆς λέπρας Μαριὰμ ἣν ἔσχεν ὑβρίσασα τὴν γυναῖκα Μωσῆ.: 1
- Περὶ τῶν ἀποσταλέντων κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν γῆν.: 1
- Περὶ τῶν ἀποσταλέντων πρὸς Σηών, καὶ πῶς ἐνίκησεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰσραήλ.: 1
- Περὶ τῶν ἐν: 1
- Περὶ τῶν δώρων ὧν προσήνεγκαν οἱ [ι]βʹ ἄρχοντες.: 1
- Περὶ τῶν κατασκεψαμένων τὴν γῆν.: 1
- Περὶ τῶν ξʹ βιβλίων, καὶ ὅσα τούτων ἐκτός: 1
- Περὶ τῶν πόλεων τῶν φυγαδευτηρίων.: 1
- Περὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ληψομένων: 1
- Περὶ τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ τῶν Λευ[ιτῶν].: 1
- Περὶ τοῦ νυχθήμερον.: 1
- Περὶ φονέως.: 1
- Περικεφαλαίαν χ περὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ: 1
- Περσαι] : 1
- Πηγὴ τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου: 1
- Πλειάδα καὶ Ἕσπερον καὶ Ἀρκτοῦρον: 1
- Πλησθῇ ἡ γῆ ἀδικίας: 1
- Ποίησον σεαυτῷ μαχαίρας πετρίνας ἐκ πέτρας ἀκροτόμου.: 1
- Ποικιλτῶν: 1
- Πρὸ τοῦ τὴν γῆν ποιῆσαι: 1
- Πρὸς αὐτόν: 1
- Πρώτη πεντάτευχος, ἣ καὶ νομοθεσία: 1
- Προβαίνουσαι ἰσχυρότεραι: 1
- Προβιβάσεις: 1
- Προσαναβῆναι: 1
- Προσευχή, : 1
- Προσνοεῖν: 1
- Προφῆται: 1
- Προφῆται δώδεκα εἰς ἓν ἀριθμούμενοι : 1
- Προφῆται ιςʹ: 1
- Προφῆται οἱ δώδοκα: 1
- Προφῆται οἱ τέσσαρες: 1
- Προφητῶν: 1
- Προφητῶν δεκάδυο ἕν: 1
- Πτολεμαίων μὲν ὁ δεύτερος μάλιστα δὴ βασιλεὺς περὶ παιδείαν καὶ βιβλίων συναγωγὴν σπουδάσας ἐξαιρέτως ἐφιλοτιμήθη τὸν ἡμέτερον νόμον καὶ τὴν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν διάταξιν τῆς πολιτείας εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν μεταλαβεῖν κτλ.: 1
- Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Φιλάδελφος ἐπικληθεὶς . . . ζῆλον καὶ πόθον λαβὼν τῆς νομοθεσίας ἡμῶν εἰς Ἑλλάδα γλῶτταν τὴν Χαλδαικὴν μεθαρμόζεσθαι διενοεῖτο, καὶ πρέσβεις εὐθὺς ἐξέπεμπε πρὸς τὸν τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀρχιερέα. . ὁ δέ, ὡς εἰκός, ἡσθεὶς καὶ νομίσας οὐκ ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης περὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἔργον ἐσπουδακέναι τὸν βασιλέα . . . ἀσμένως ἀποστέλλει . . . καθίσαντες δ᾿ ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ καὶ μηδενὸς παρόντος . . . καθάπερ ἐνθουσιῶντες ἐπροφήτευον, οὐκ ἄλλα ἄλλοι, τὰ δὲ αὐτὰ πάντες ὀνόματα καὶ ῥήματα ὥσπερ ὑποβολέως ἑκάστοις ἀοράτως ἐνηχοῦντος κτλ.: 1
- Πτολεμαῖος ὁ δεύτερος: 1
- Πτολεμαϊκὰ: 1
- Πτολεμαϊκά: 1
- Πτολεμαϊκά : 1
- Πτολεμαϊκά, τά: 1
- Σ: 1 2
- Σὶρ ἁσσιρίμ: 1
- Σύμμαχος: 1
- Σύνθημα: 1
- Σύνοψις ἐν ἐπιτόμῳ : 1
- Σύρος: 1
- Σήμερον: 1
- Σαβατταιος: 1
- Σαββαταιος: 1
- Σαλομῶνος Παροιμίαι, ἣ καὶ Σοφία: 1
- Σαλομῶντος, Σολομῶντος, Σαλωμών: 1
- Σαλωμών: 1
- Σαμ: 1
- Σαμάρεια: 1 2
- Σαμαρία, Ἰόρδανος: 1
- Σαμουήλ: 1
- Σαμουῆλον . . . θεαίτητον ἄν τις εἴποι: 1
- Σαμψών: 1
- Σαούλ: 1
- Σαφάγ: 1
- Σαφατείμ: 1 2
- Σεγρί,: 1
- Σειρὰ ἐνὸς καὶ πεντήκοντα ὑπομνηματιστῶν εἰς τὴν Ὀκτάτευχον καὶ τὰ τῶν Βασιλειῶν.: 1
- Σειρά: 1
- Σειράχ: 1 2 3 4
- Σελήνην: 1
- Σευήρου: 1
- Σεχλεμιας: 1
- Σιμων : 1
- Σολομών: 1
- Σολομῶντος Παροιμίαι: 1
- Σολομῶντος τρία: 1
- Σουσάννα, Σωσάννα: 1 2
- Σοφία Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Σειράχ: 1 2
- Σοφία Ἰησοῦ υἱοῦ Σιράχ (Σειράχ: 1
- Σοφία Σαλομῶντος: 1
- Σοφία Σαλωμῶνος: 1
- Σοφία Σαλωμῶνος : 1
- Σοφία Σειράχ: 1 2
- Σοφία Σιράχ: 1
- Σοφία Σολομῶντος: 1 2
- Σοφία Σολομῶντος (Σ. Σολομῶνος : 1
- Σοφία, ἡ: 1
- Σοφονίας: 1 2 3 4
- Σοφονίας θʹ: 1
- Στήτω: 1
- Στίχος: 1
- Στηλογραφία, εἰς στηλογραφίαν, : 1
- Στιχηραί βίβλοι εʹ: 1
- Συνεπολέμησεν τῷ Ἰ.: 1
- Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην τόπους ἐπελθόντες τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων χώραν : 1
- Συρίαν ἀπέβαλεν: 1
- Σφὰρ θελλείμ: 1
- Σ.: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- Σ. : 1 2 3 4 5
- Σ. ἐν ἀτόμῳ ὀργῇς: 1
- Σ. ὅτι ἐπίτηδες τετήρηταί σοι: 1
- Σ. ᾐχμαλώτευσεν μιᾷ ὁρμῇ: 1
- Σ. εἰς τὸ πορνεῖον: 1
- Σ. κύκλῳ διόλου: 1
- Σ. καὶ νῦν: 1
- Σ. προσκυνήσατε καθαρῶς.: 1
- Σ. σαβανὲ ἔλ: 1
- Σ. σκῆπτρον: 1
- Σ. τὴν μύλην: 1
- Σedek.—Θεοδοσιος: 1
- Τ: 1
- Τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ: 1
- Τὰ ἕτερα: 1
- Τὰ ἱστορικὰ βιβλία (ιβʹ): 1
- Τὰ ᾌσματα τῶν ᾀσμάτων: 1
- Τὰ ῥήματα . . . ῥῆμα: 1
- Τὰ Μακκαβαϊκά: 1
- Τὰ Μωσαϊκά: 1
- Τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ πάντα ἔξω κείσθω ἐν δευτέρῳ: 1
- Τὰ δῶρα τῶν ἀρχόντων.: 1
- Τὰ παραινετικά (δʹ): 1
- Τὰ προφητικά (εʹ): 1
- Τὰς φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ: 1
- Τά δὲ στιχηρὰ τύγχανει πέντε: 1
- Τέλος τῆς ὀκτατεύχου: 1
- Τέλος τῶν ἓξ καὶ δέκα προφητῶν: 1
- Τί μέγιστόν ἐστι δόξης; ὁ δὲ εἶπε Τὸ τιμᾷν τὸν θεόν· τοῦτο δ᾿ : 1
- Τί πέρας ἐστὶ λόγου; κἀκεῖνος δὲ ἔφησε Τὸ πεῖσαι τὸν ἀντιλέγοντα, : 1
- Τί τὸ κωλῦον οὖν, εἶπεν, ἐστὶ σε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; πάντα γὰρ ὑπο-: 1
- Τίνα θαυμάζειν ἄξιόν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπον; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τὸν κεχορηγημένον : 1
- Τίνος χάριν ἀπονιζόμενοι τὰς χεῖρας τὸ τηνικαῦτα εὔχονται; διεσά- : 1
- Τὸ ᾎσμα τῶν ᾀσμάτων: 1
- Τὸ Δευτερονόμιον: 1
- Τὸ Δωδεκαπρόφητον: 1
- Τὸ Λευιτικόν: 1
- Τὸ Ψαλτήριον: 1
- Τὸ γένος Ἰσραήλ: 1
- Τὸ προφητικόν, ὡς: 1
- Τὸ σπέρμα: 1
- Τὸ σπέρμα μου: 1
- Τὸ συμβουλευτικόν, ὡς: 1
- Τὸ συντηρεῖν, εἶπεν, αὑτὸν ἀδωροδόκητον, καὶ νήφειν τὸ πλεῖον μέρος : 1
- Τὸ τετραβασίλειον: 1
- Τὸν θεὸν: 1
- Τό ἱστορικόν, ὡς: 1
- Τό Δευτερονόμιον: 1
- Τῆς Ἐσθήρ: 1
- Τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν, : 1
- Τῶν Κριτῶν βιβλίον μετὰ τῆς Ῥούθ: 1
- Τῶν Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ: 1
- Τῶν δὲ ἱερέων ἡ λειτουργία κατὰ πᾶν ἀνυπέρβλτός ἐστι τῇ ῥώμῃ : 1
- Τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν ἱστορικῶν βιβλίων: 1
- Τῶν δώδεκα ἐν μονοβίβλῳ: 1
- Τῶν δώδεκα προφητῶν μία βίβλος: 1
- Τῷ Δαυείδ: 1 2 3
- Τῷ Δαυείδ, ὅτε ἡ γῆ αὐτοῦ καθίσταται: 1
- Τῷ Δαυείδ, υἱῶν Ἰωναδὰβ καὶ τῶν πρώτων αἰχμαλωτισθέντων: 1
- Τῷ οἴκῳ: 1
- Τῷ τραχήλῳ αὐτοῦ σκῦλα: 1
- Τί ὅτι οὐκ ἀπεκρίθης τῷ δούλῳ σου σήμερον; εἰ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἢ ἐν Ἰωναθὰν τῷ υἱῷ μου ἡ ἀδικία; Κύριε ὁ θεὸς Ἰσραήλ, δὸς δήλους : 1
- Τίς γὰρ ἂν δῴη: 1
- Ταφνάς = Δάφνη: 1
- Τούτοις προσεγρκίνουρι τὴν Ἐσθήρ τινες: 1
- Τούτους γὰρ καὶ λέγω· ἡ γὰρ ἐπαγρύπνησις ἀνθρώπων ἀπωλείᾳ : 1
- Τοῦ ἐνκαινισμοῦ τοῦ οἴκου, : 1
- Τοῦ Ἔσδρα αʹ, βʹ: 1 2
- Τοῦ Ἰεζεκιήλ: 1
- Τοῦ Ἰερεμίου: 1
- Τοῦ Δανιήλ: 1
- Τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαίου: 1
- Τοῦσολομῶντος: 1
- Τοβίας: 1
- Τρίτη πεντάτευχος, αἱ στιχηραὶ βίβλοι : 1
- Τωβίας: 1
- Τωβίτ (Τωβείτ: 1
- Τωβείθ: 1
- Τωβείθ, : 1
- Τωβείτ: 1 2
- Υἱὸς Μάσεκ τῆς οἰκογενοῦς μου: 1
- Υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων: 1
- Υἱοὶ δυνάμεως: 1
- Υ.: 1 2
- Υ. γ.: 1
- Φαληρεὺς ἐχρηματίσθη πολλὰ διάφορα πρὸς τὸ συναγαγεῖν, εἰ : 1
- Φαραώ: 1
- Φασγά: 1
- Φερενίκη: 1
- Φησὶν Κύριος: 1
- Φιλέας τε καὶ Ἡσύχιος καὶ Παχύμιος καὶ Θεόδωρος τῶν ἀμφὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐκκλησιῶν ἐπὶσκοποι: 1
- Φιλοκρατη: 1
- Φλιάς: 1
- Φρουραί: 1
- Φρουραια : 1
- Φρουριμ : 1
- Φυλιστιείμ,: 1
- Φωνή: 1 2
- Χώραν: 1
- Χαβριας: 1
- Χιλιάσιν, ἡγεμόσιν : 1
- Χοδολλογόμορ: 1
- Χωρήβ,: 1
- Ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυείδ: 1 2
- Ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυείδ, τετράδι σαββάτου: 1
- Ψαλμός ᾠδῆς, : 1
- Ψαλμός, : 1
- Ψαλμῶν Δαβίδ: 1
- Ψαλμοὶ Δᾱδ ρναʹ: 1
- Ψαλμοὶ Σολομῶντος: 1
- Ψαλμοὶ καὶ ᾠδὴ Σολομῶντος Σωσάννα): 1
- Ψαλμοί: 1
- Ψαλμοί, Ψαλτήριον: 1
- Ψαλτήριον: 1
- Ψαλτήριον Δαβιτικόν: 1
- Ψαλτήριον Δαβιτικόν, : 1
- Ψαλτήριον (Ψαλμοὶ ῥνʹ καὶ ἰδιόγραφος αʹ: 1
- Ψονθομφανήχ, : 1
- Ω: 1
- Ω.: 1 2
- άρτον φαγεῖν: 1
- α: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- α αν] ἂν : 1
- α μεν ετι και νυν εκαστον αποτελειν· ην γαρ ουτω διατεταγμενον υπο του βασιλεως α μεν ετι και νυν ορας· οσαι γαρ κ.τ.λ.: 1
- ᾱ. Εἰκὼν τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων συναγωγῆς, ἐξ ἧς ὁ Χριστὸς τὸ κατὰ σάρκα τίκτεται, καὶ λαοῦ τὸ μὲν ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ ἔμεινεν, τὸ δὲ ὕστερον ἐπιστρέφει καὶ σῴζεται.: 1
- αἰών, ἀπαύγασμα, ἀποκάλυψις, ἀποστολή, ἀσύνετος, ἄφεσις, βαπτίζειν, βασιλεία (τοῦ θεοῦ), δαιμόνιον, διακονία, διαπονεῖσθαι, δικαιοῦν, ἔκβασις, ἐκλεκτός, ἐμβατεύειν, ἐπίσκοπος, ἐπιστροφή, ἐπιτιμία, ἐπιφάνεια, εὔσπλαγχνος, εὐχαροστία, ἴδιος, ἱλασμός, ἱλαστήριον, κανών, κλῆρος, κληροῦν, κοινός, κοινοῦν, κόσμος, κτίσις, λειτουργία, λειτουργός, μυστήριον (τοῦ θεοῦ), νόμος, παρουσία, πεντηκοστή, σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα, σκανδαλίζειν, συμπάθεια, συμπαθεῖν, σωτήρ, χάρις καὶ ἔλεος, χριστός. : 1
- αἰκίαις καὶ θανάτοις ἐπαλγέσιν αὐτοὺς περιβάλλει συνεχῶς.—Ὁ δέ : 1
- αἰλάμ, δαβείρ, ἐφοὺδ βάρ, νέβελ, ἐλωὲ σαβαώθ, οἰφι, σερσέρεθ, χερουβείμ.: 1
- αἰνέσαισαν : 1
- αἰνεσάτωσαν (1) αἰνέσαισαν (2) : 1
- αἰνιγματιστής, ἐνταφιαστής, ἐξνγητής, ἐπιθυμητής, ἑρμηνευτής, πολεμιστής, ῥαφιδευτής, σκ: 1
- αἰσχύνην ἐπιφέρει τὸ ψεῦδος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον : 1
- αἰσχ.: 1
- αἰτοῦμαί σε: 1
- αἰχμαλώτους εἰς Βαβυλῶνα: 1
- αἰχμαλώτους,—ἀφ᾿ ὧν πλείονας εἰς τὸ στρατιωτικὸν σύνταγμα: 1
- αἰχμαλωτίζεσθαι, ἀποτάσσεσθαι, βασίλισσα, βουνός, βρέχειν : 1
- αἱ: 1
- αἱ Ἰωσήπου ἱστορίαι τῆς Ἰουδαϊκῆς ἀρχαιολογίας: 1
- αἱ βάσεις: 1
- αἱ προφητεῖαι: 1
- αἱ τῶν πράξεων τελειώσεις ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαινέσας : 1
- αἱμοβόρος: 1
- αἴτιος ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν, ᾧ κατακολουθεῖν ἀναγκαῖον. Ἐπαι- : 1
- αὐ: 1
- αὐθαίρετος: 1
- αὐλών: 1
- αὐτὰ πεπολιτευμένων [καὶ πολιτευομένων] ἀνδρῶν, διὰ τὸ ἁγνήν τινα: 1
- αὐτάρκησεν : 1
- αὐτὴ γὰρ ἔβοσκεν τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς: 1
- αὐτὴ διάθεσις ἦν τῶν τεσσάρων [ποδῶν, πάντα ἐνεργῶς πεποιη-: 1
- αὐτὴν: 1
- αὐτὸν ἀπό τῆς Ἰουδαίας, οὕτως ἐπιτελεῖν. διὸ τοὺς ἱεροκήρυκας : 1
- αὐτὸν ἄλλον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἀφοβία γίνεται; εἶπε δέ Συνιστορούσης : 1
- αὐτὸς γάρ: 1
- αὐτὸς καὶ πᾶς: 1
- αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν: 1
- αὐτόν: 1
- αὐτόν : 1
- αὐτός: 1
- αὐτός : 1
- αὐτός | ἀνομίας, ἁμαρτίας : 1
- αὐτός, αὐτοί.: 1
- αὐτῆς: 1
- αὐτῆς ἐν τῷ τ: 1
- αὐτῇ ὅλην: 1
- αὐτῶν: 1
- αὐτῶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα καταφεύγει. τοῖς δὲ παῤ ἡμῶν ἐν οὐδενὶ ταῦτα λε- : 1
- αὐτῶν ἡ χώρα καὶ ὀσπρίοις, ἔτι δὲ ἀμπέλῳ καὶ μέλιτι πολλῷ. τὰ: 1
- αὐτῶν καί: 1
- αὐτῶν κατὰ πόδας. Ἀσήρ . . .: 1
- αὐτῶν πολλὰ παρεκάλεσε τὸν Ἀνδρέαν ποιῆσαι, συναντιλαμβάνεσθαι : 1
- αὐτῶν πορευομένων καὶ λαλούντων. Ἵππος πυρός: 1
- αὐτῶν, μεταγράψαντα τὸν πάντα νόμον. §: 1
- αὐτῶν] ἡμῶν : 1
- αὐτῷ: 1
- αὐτῷ : 1 2
- αὐτῷ πρὸς τήν : 1
- αὐτοὶ ἐν τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ γενόμενοι καὶ τὰ ἴχνη τῶν οἰκίσκων ἐν τῇ Φάρῳ ἑωρακότες ἔτι σωζόμενα, καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐκεῖ ὡς τὰ πάτρια παρειληφότων ἀκηκοότες ταῦτα ἀπαγγέλλομεν: 1
- αὐτοὶ ἐξηγεῖσθαι πειρῶνται: 1
- αὐτοὶ δὲ ὑγιαίνομεν. λαβόντες τὴν παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστολὴν μεγάλως : 1
- αὐτοὶ καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς αὐτῶν καί οἱ ἄρχοντες αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ προφῆται αὐτῶν.: 1
- αὐτοί· διὸ κενὸν καὶ μάταιον τοὺς ὁμοίους ἀποθεοῦν. καὶ γὰρ ἔτι : 1
- αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ καθῆκον καὶ συμφέρον ἑαυτοῖς. δεῖ δὲ τὸν θεὸν : 1
- αὐτούς: 1
- αὐτούς : 1
- αὐτοῖς ἐστιν. ὅπως οὖν μηθενὶ συναλισγούμενοι μηδ᾿ ὁμιλοῦν- : 1
- αὐτοῖς ἡ διάνοια τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ἔχει, †: 1
- αὐτοῖς δαψιλῶς ὧν προῃροῦντο πάντων. ἐκτὸς δὲ καὶ καθ᾿ ἡμέραν, : 1
- αὐτοῖς καὶ τροφὴν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ κατὰ καιρὸν παρασκευάζων : 1
- αὐτοῖς τὰ ἀγαθά. τὸ δὲ ἐπιδεῖσθαι παιδία σωφροσύνης μετασχεῖν, : 1
- αὐτοῦ: 1 2 3 4
- αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰ δἰ ἡμῶν ἐπιζητηθέντα. νομίζω γὰρ τοὺς πολλοὺς : 1
- αὐτοῦ, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον χάριν ἕξειν, ἐὰν τὰς καθηκούσας λειτουργίας : 1
- αὐτοῦ. καὶ δἰ ὅρκων ἐπιστοῦτο, μὴ προΐεσθαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, εἴ : 1
- αὐτοδέσποτος: 1
- αὐτοσχεδίως: 1
- αὐτοφυέσι, δυσείσβολος οὖσα καὶ πλήθεσιν ἀπραγμάτευτος, διὰ τὸ : 1
- αὕτη: 1 2
- αὕτη ἐστὶν Βαιθλεέμ: 1
- αὕτη ἡ βίβλος γενέσεως οὐραωοῦ καὶ γῆς, : 1
- αὕτη ἡ κληρονομία: 1
- αὕτη ἡ κληρονομία κτλ.: 1
- αὕτη ἡ περικοπὴ ἡ ἐκ τῶν λόγων τοῦ Ἰερεμίου ἔτι ἐστὶν ἐγγεγραμμένη ἔν τισιν ἀντιγράφοις τῶν ἐν συναγωγαῖς Ἰουδαίων: 1
- αὕτη μὲν οὖν ἡ ἱστορία γεγένηται ὕστερον, προεγράφη δὲ τῆς βίβλου πρώτης.: 1
- αὕτη] αὐτοῖς: 1
- αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ βίβλοι αἱ ἐκ θεοῦ δοθεῖσαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, εἴκοσι δύο δὲ ὡς τὰ παῤ αὐτοῖς στοιχεῖα τῶν Ἐβραικῶν γραμμάτων ἀριθμούμεναι διὰ τὸ διπλοῦσθαι δέκα βίβλους εἰς πέντε λεγομένας· : 1
- αὗται αἱ βίβλοι αἱ θεόπνευστοι καὶ ἐνδιάθετοι, κςʹ μὲν οὖσαι, κβʹ δὲ ἀριθμούμεναι διὰ τὸ . . . ἐξ αὐτῶν διπλοῦσθαι.: 1
- αὗται χρήσιμοι μέν εἰσι καὶ ὠφέλιμοι, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς ἀριθμὸν ῥητῶν οὐκ ἀναφέρονται: 1
- αʹ: 1 2 3
- αʹ, βʹ: 1
- αʹ. Γένεσις: 1 2 3 4
- αʹ. Γένεσις κόσμου: 1
- αʹ. Γένεσις στίχ. ͵δτʹ: 1
- αʹ. Μακκαβαϊκὰ γʹ στίχ. ͵ζτʹ: 1
- αʹ. Σοφία Σολομῶντος: 1
- ααρς: 1
- αγαθον: 1
- αγαθων] : 1
- αγαπωσιν] υπομενουσιν: 1
- αγει: 1
- αγνα: 1
- αδιαπρεπως: 1
- αει: 1
- αζων: 1
- αθετον : 1
- αθτον: 1
- αθτων: 1
- αι: 1 2
- αι τοις αυτοις] αις: 1
- αιν: 1
- αιρεις] αναιρεις: 1
- αιρης: 1
- αιτησιν: 1
- αιτιαις: 1
- αιτιας: 1
- ακαθαρσιαν] + τε: 1
- ακριβως: 1 2
- αλ · αλμωθ: 1
- αλ · χεν·: 1
- αλλ η: 1
- αλλ ινα] αλλα : 1
- αλλα και τον τροπον: 1
- αλλα] + και: 1
- αλληλως: 1
- αλλον ηρ.: 1
- αμʹ: 1
- αμαρτ. και τους υποτεταγ.: 1
- αν: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- αν αντιπρασσηται] αντιπρασσηται : 1
- αν ενεκεν: 1
- αν επιγινωσκοι] επιγινωσκοι: 1
- αν τι πρασσ.: 1
- ανα δεκα ηρωτα: 1
- ανα χειρα: 1
- αναγεγραμμενων μεταλαβοντες παντες: 1
- αναγκαζει: 1
- αναγραφης: 1 2
- αναιρειν: 1
- αναιρεσις: 1
- ανακυψας: 1
- αναπτω: 1 2 3
- αναρπαστους: 1 2 3
- αναρχα: 1
- ανασπαστους: 1 2
- αναστασιν: 1 2
- ανατασιν: 1
- ανδρα: 1
- ανδρες: 1
- ανδρες των τετιμημενων παρα σοι Ανδρεας και Αριστεας: 1
- ανεγνωμεν: 1
- ανεκδιηγ.: 1
- ανεκληπτος: 1
- ανεκφευτα: 1
- ανεκφυκτα: 1
- ανεπαισθητως: 1
- ανεπιληπτα : 1
- ανεπιληπτος: 1
- ανευφευκτα: 1
- ανθομολογησάμενος δὲ τούτῳ τὸν ἑξῆς ἠρώτα Πῶς : 1
- ανθρωπων: 1
- ανθρωπων] + τον κυριον: 1
- ανθυποτιθης : 1
- ανοητοι: 1
- αντιγραφης: 1 2
- αντιγραφον: 1
- αντ.: 1
- ανων : 1
- αξια καθεσταναι λογου: 1
- αξιολογου καθ.: 1
- αξιω: 1
- αορατον: 1
- απαν: 1 2 3
- απαντ: 1
- απαντα: 1
- απαντων] : 1
- απαρξ.] αρξαμενους : 1
- απασης: 1
- απεβ.: 1
- απεκριθησαν ΒΑ : 1
- απεκρινατο: 1 2
- απελ.: 1
- απερ εισι: 1
- απεσταλκαμεν: 1
- απετελεσαν: 1
- απεφηνατο: 1
- απιστα: 1
- απο εθνους : 1
- απο της βασεως—τορεια και: 1
- απο της βασ.—τορεια και : 1
- απο τω ξυλω : 1
- αποβλεπει: 1
- αποδοχας: 1
- αποδων: 1
- αποκαταστωσιν: 1
- αποκεκριμενων: 1
- αποκρινασθαι: 1
- αποκρινασθαι : 1
- αποκρινεσθαι: 1 2
- απολειποι: 1
- απολειφθεντων: 1
- απολ. ποι.] αποποιησαι: 1
- απονιψαμενους: 1
- αποτελειν: 1
- αποτετακται: 1
- αποτρεχουσιν: 1
- αποφαινεσθαι: 1
- απωλεια: 1
- απ] επ: 1
- αργυρ. κατ. αξ.: 1
- αρεστον : 1
- αριμ: 1
- αρμοσει: 1
- αρμοση: 1
- αρξεται: 1
- αρπαζουσι: 1
- αρσενας (αρρ.º) προσαγουσιν: 1
- αρχας και μεσοτητας και τελευτας : 1
- αρχι: 1
- αρχιητρος: 1
- αρχισωματοφυλακα: 1
- ας: 1
- ασυντελει: 1
- ασφαλως: 1
- ασφαλως : 1
- ασφ.: 1
- ασφ. οι ανδρες: 1
- ατταγοι: 1
- ατυχουσι : 1
- ατυχωσι: 1
- αυτα: 1
- αυτας: 1
- αυτην: 1
- αυτης: 1
- αυτο: 1 2
- αυτοι: 1 2
- αυτοις: 1 2 3
- αυτοις : 1
- αυτον καλως: 1
- αυτος: 1 2
- αυτος] αυτοις: 1
- αυτου: 1
- αυτους] : 1
- αυτω: 1
- αυτω : 1
- αυτω—καθεστωτι] ευσεβει δε σοι οντι : 1
- αυτων: 1 2
- αφ: 1
- αφοσιωμενοι: 1
- αφροντις (αφροστις: 1
- αφωσιωμενοι: 1
- α, : 1
- α, β, γ, : 1
- α. περὶ τῆς γεννήσεως Μωυσέως.: 1
- β: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
- βάνομεν καὶ ἐπὶ πέλαγος καὶ ἐν πλοίοις ἢ πολεῖν, ἢ πέτασθαι φερο-: 1
- βάνοντα τοὺς φιλομαθεῖς καὶ δυναμένους ὑπομιμνήσκειν τὰ : 1
- βέβηκεν εὐανδρεῖν, ἀμελέῖσθαι δὲ τῆς χώρας, πάντων ἐπὶ τὸ κατὰ : 1
- βέννειν, κτέννειν, χύννειν.: 1
- βήθεια: 1
- βήθ, γίμελ: 1
- βίβλος Ψαλμῶν, : 1
- βίβλος καταλλαγῆς: 1
- βίβλος ψαλμῶν ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα: 1
- βίων. οὐ γὰρ διαλείπεις ἐπανορθῶν ἅπαντας τοῦ θεοῦ σοι καλο- : 1
- βύσσος: 1 2
- βʹ: 1 2 3
- βʹ. Ἔξοδος: 1 2 3 4
- βʹ. Ἔξοδος ἐξ Αἰγύπτου: 1
- βʹ. Ἔξοδος στίχ. ͵βωʹ: 1
- βʹ. Σοφία Σιράχ: 1
- βʹ. Σοφία Σολομῶντος στίχ. ͵αρʹ: 1
- βα§: 1
- βαίην, οὐχ ὅσιον ἐν τούτοις· ἀλλ᾿, ὡς γέγονεν, οὕτως διασαφοῦμεν : 1
- βαίνοντα ἐκλεγόμενός τι τῶν ἡκροαμένων ἀμιθυπτοιθεὶς πρὸς τὰ τῶν : 1
- βαίνων, : 1
- βααμιρ: 1
- βαθέα : 1
- βαθέων, ἔτι δὲ τραχείας οὔσης πάσης τῆς περιεχούσης πᾶσαν τὴν : 1
- βαιοῦμαι, πάντα ἄνθρωπον προσελθόντα τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῶν προειρη-: 1
- βαλλόμενον αὐτὴν τὴν προφυλακὴν τῶν εἰρημένων οὕτως ἠσφαλί- : 1
- βαρέσι: 1
- βαρβαροῦν: 1
- βαρυηχής: 1
- βασιλέως ἐκτισμένην. μέση δὲ κεῖται πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους : 1
- βασιλέως βασιλέα; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Τὸ ἄριστον τῇ φύσει. καὶ γὰρ : 1
- βασιλέως εὖ μάλα συγκροτήσαντος μετὰ φιλοφροσύνης ἐπὶ πλείονα : 1
- βασιλέα, : 1
- βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ μετὰ δόξης ὁ κυριεύων ἁπάντων θεός, καὶ ὅπως : 1
- βασιλείας κατάρχει καὶ πολλῶν ὄχλων ἀφηγεῖται, καὶ οὐ δεῖ περὶ : 1
- βασιλεὺς ἡσπάζετο καὶ παρεκάλει, συνεπιφωνούντων τῶν παρόντων, : 1
- βασιλεὺς Καμβυσῆς Ῥαθύμῷ τῷ γράφοντι τὰ προσπίπτοντα καὶ Βεελζέμῳ καὶ Σεμελίῳ γραμματεῖ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς συντασσομένοις καὶ οἰκοῦσιν ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ καὶ Φοινίκῃ τάδε λέγει.: 1
- βασιλεὺς εὔκαιρον εἶναι πρὸς τὸ πυνθάνεσθαί τι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, : 1
- βασιλεὺς (οὐκ ὀλίγοι γὰρ παρῆσαν τούτοις) Οἴομαι διαφέρειν τοὺς : 1
- βασιλεύς· πάντες γὰρ θέλουσι μετασχεῖν ταότης τῆ δόξης, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ : 1
- βασιλεύς, ἵνα μὴ καταμένωσι, προσέταξε μὴ πλέον εἴκοσιν ἡμερῶν : 1
- βασιλεῦ· σπουδάσω δ᾿ ἐν ὀλίγῳ πρὸς τὸ πληρωθῆναι πεντή- : 1
- βασιλεία] + Ναβουχοδονοσορ, : 1
- βασιλειας]: 1
- βασιλεις: 1
- βασιλευ: 1
- βασιλευς: 1
- βασιλικοὶ παῖδες ἦσαν, καὶ τῶν τιμωμένων ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως.: 1
- βασκανία: 1
- βασ. Ἐγλών: 1
- βαφή: 1
- βδελύσσεσθαι ἀπό : 1
- βεβιωκότας καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ὄντας ἄνδρας, ἐμπειρους τῶν κατὰ : 1
- βεβλημένων ὑμῶν διδαχὴν ἐμοὶ πρὸ τὸ βασιλεύειν. ἑκάστῳ: 1
- βειαν ἀπλανεῖ κεχρημένη κανόνι διοικεῖ. Τὴν προαίρεσιν ἔχοντες : 1
- βιότης = βιὸς: 1
- βιβλίῳ τῆς ᾠδῆς: 1
- βιβλίον τῆς ᾠδῆς: 1
- βιβλιογράφοι: 1 2
- βιβλιοφυλάκιον: 1
- βιβλων: 1
- βιου: 1
- βιω—: 1
- βιωσκομεν· τω σημειουσθαι οτι παρα παντας ανθρωπους : 1
- βλάπτῃ, λέγω δὴ οἷον θάνατοί τε καὶ νόσοι καὶ λῦπαι καὶ τὰ : 1
- βλέπεις θεὸν μετὰ τὴν Μωσέως νομοθεσίαν ἐνανθρωπήσαντα;: 1
- βλέπων ὡς ὁ θεὸς εὐεργετεῖ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, ὁ ὑγείαν : 1
- βλαβερὸν αὐτοῖς, οὐ κατὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας οὐδὲ : 1
- βλαπτοι] λυπειται: 1
- βλεβ: 1
- βληζων: 1
- βληθῆναι εἰς γέενναν ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται.: 1
- βλημ: 1
- βλημαζων: 1
- βούλῃ κεχαρισμένος ἔσῃ, καὶ φιλίας ἄξιόν τι πράξεις, ὡς ἐπιτελεσ- : 1
- βοῦν : 1
- βοηθὸς: 1 2
- βοηθός: 1
- βοηθῶν] + μοι. : 1
- βοηθεια: 1
- βολίδας: 1
- βολῆς καὶ ἑκάστου τούτων σύριγγας ἀναρίθμους, καθ᾿ ἕκαστον : 1
- βουλὴν πονηρὰν καθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν εἰπόντες Δήσωμεν: 1
- βουλόμενον προσαγγέλλειν περὶ τῶν ἀπειθησάντων, ἐφ᾿ ᾧ τοῦ φανέν- : 1
- βουλας: 1
- βουλεσθαι και—δισταζειν δε: 1
- βουλεσθαι, αιρειν: 1
- βουλεσθε: 1
- βουλη: 1
- βουλησωμαι: 1
- βουλομενω: 1
- βουνός: 1
- βραχει: 1
- βροτων: 1
- βρωματα: 1 2
- βρωματων: 1
- βρωτῶν οὖν καὶ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων ἑρπετῶν καὶ κνωδάλων καὶ πᾶς : 1
- βρωτα και ποτα: 1
- βρωτων: 1
- βςʹ κλμφψ: 1
- βσαρὠθ: 1
- βυθοτρεφής: 1
- β.: 1 2 3
- β. πρώτη ὀπτασία πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐν τῇ βάτῳ.: 1
- γ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
- γὰρ : 1 2
- γὰρ ἐπὶ βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἁφὰς ἕκαστα, κελεύει : 1
- γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν βρωτῶν καὶ ποτῶν ἀπαρξαμένους εὐθέως τότε †: 1
- γὰρ Ἑβραϊκοῖς γράμμασι καὶ φωνῇ λεγόμενα, ἀμελέστερον δέ, καὶ : 1
- γὰρ ἡμῶν, διὰ τί, μιᾶς καταβολῆς οὔσης, τὰ μὲν ἀκάθαρτα νομίζεται : 1
- γὰρ ὁ θεὸς διδοὺς ἀνοχὰς καὶ ἐνδεικνύμενος τὸν τῆς δυναστείας : 1
- γὰρ αὕτη καλλονή τίς ἐστι πρωτεύουσα. τὸ δὲ δυνατὸν αὐτῆς : 1
- γὰρ εἶχον ἐλπίδα, περὶ σωτηρίας: 1
- γὰρ καὶ λιμένας εὐκαίρους χορηγοῦντας, τόν τε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσκαλῶνα : 1
- γὰρ καὶ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν βούλησιν καὶ παρὰ τὸ καλῶς : 1
- γὰρ καλῶς ζῇν ἐν τῷ τὰ νόμιμα συντηρεῖν εἶναι· τοῦτο δὲ ἐπιτε- : 1
- γὰρ οὐ προῄρητο τοῖς μεγέθεσιν οὐδὲν προσθεῖναι ὁ βασιλεύς, ὅσον : 1
- γὰρ οὐδ᾿ ἅψασθαι καθῆκε τῶν προειρημένων διὰ τὴν περὶ ἕκαστα διά- : 1
- γὰρ πλείονες τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθρώπων ἑαυτοὺς μολύνουσιν ἐπιμισγό- : 1
- γὰρ πρὸς περιεργίαν τῶν δυναμένων ὠφελεῖν διάνοιαν, καὶ ἐν τούτοις : 1
- γὰρ σοι πάρεστιν ὡς οὐδέν. ὁθεὸς δὲ ἀπροσδεής ἐστι καὶ ἐπιεικής. : 1
- γὰρ τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν ἁπάντῶν ἐπὶ τὴν παρακειμένην ἄκραν τῆς πόλεως : 1
- γὰρ τετιμημένος ὑπὸ τοῦ κρατοῦντος τὰ πάντα καὶ δεδοξασμένος : 1
- γὰρ χάριτας ἔσπαρκας, αἳ βλαστάνουσιν εὔνοιαν, ἣ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν : 1
- γέγονεν ἀγαθὰ παραγενηθέντων ὑμῶν· πολλὰ γὰρ ὠφέλημαι, κατα- : 1
- γέγραπται: 1 2
- γένεσι παραλλαγὴν ἐχόντων, τετραδακτύλων οὐκ ἔλαττον, ἀνεπλή-: 1
- γένηταί σοι συμφερόντως καὶ μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἡ τοῦ ἁγίου νόμου : 1
- γένηται, μηθεὶς δύνηται ὁδον εἰς τοὺς περιβόλους ποιήσασθαι τοὺς : 1
- γένοιτο: 1
- γένοιτο.: 1
- γένος: 1
- γένος ἰδιάζον ἐστί· χωρὶς γὰρ τοῦ προειρημένου ἔχει λυμαντικὸν κατά- : 1
- γένους τῶν Ἰουδαίων. φιλομαθῶς γὰρ ἔχοντί σοι περὶ τῶν δυνα-: 1
- γήρει: 1
- γήρους: 1
- γίας. οὐ γὰρ αἱρεῖσθαι τὸ κεῖσθαι μόνον ἐν τῷ τόπῳ : 1
- γίμλ: 1
- γῆ: 1
- γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλειλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα· καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς.: 1
- γῆ Ζ., Γ. τῶν ἐθνῶν, χώρᾳ [καὶ] σκιᾷ.: 1
- γῆ . . . ἐκφέρουσα . . . ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους . . . κατάρας ἐγγύς: 1
- γῆν: 1
- γῆν, : 1
- γῆς: 1
- γῆς δαπανᾷ, καὶ οὐ καταδυναστεύει πρὸς τὴν ἐπαναίρεσιν τῶν συγ-: 1
- γῆς,: 1
- γῶν αὐτοῖς καὶ ὑγείαν καὶ εὐαισθησίαν καὶ τὰ λοιπά καὶ αὐτὸς : 1
- γʹ: 1 2 3 4
- γʹ—ςʹ. Μακκαβαίων [αʹ—δʹ]: 1
- γʹ, δʹ: 1
- γʹ. Λευιτικόν: 1 2 3
- γʹ. Λευιτικόν : 1
- γʹ. Λευιτικόν στίχ. ͵βψʹ: 1
- γʹ. Σοφία υἱοῦ τοῦ Σιρὰχ στίχ. ͵βωʹ: 1
- γʹ. Τὸ Λευιτικόν: 1
- γέγραπται δὲ αὐτὸν πάλιν ἀναστήσεσθαι μεθ᾿ ὧν ὁ κύριος ἀνίστησιν: 1
- γαγόντες τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος παρανέγνωμεν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα εἰδῶσιν ἣν ἔχεις : 1
- γαλακτοποιεῖν: 1
- γαλακτοτροφία: 1
- γαρ: 1 2
- γαρ : 1
- γαρ ην δι ολου του σχηματος. το δε ειδος ως φησιν Θεοδωριτος (-ρητ. L) : 1
- γαρ ων ανθρωπος—συνεστρωσε δε παντα: 1
- γαρ ων—παντα: 1
- γαρ] ουν : 1
- γεγονασιν: 1
- γεγονε: 1
- γεγονυῖα ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὠφέλεια· διὸ παντελῶς ἀνεπιεικής : 1
- γεγραμμένον ἐστίν: 1
- γεγραπται: 1 2
- γεγραφεναι: 1
- γειώρας: 1
- γειώρας, εἵν, σάββατα: 1
- γειν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ἐν ταῖς ἀναγνώσεσι καὶ ἐν ταῖς τῶν πορειῶν : 1
- γενέσθαι: 1
- γενέσθαι πλήθεσιν ἱκανοῖς. ἦν δὲ τοιοῦτο Τοῦ βασιλέως προσ- : 1
- γενέσθαι· ὁ θεὸς δὲ τὴν εὐψυχίαν δίδωσιν, ὃν ἱκετεύειν ἀναγ- : 1
- γεναμενην: 1
- γενεὰ διεστραμμένη, σκολιά: 1
- γενεᾶς γενεῶν: 1
- γενεῶν γενεαῖς: 1
- γενεσιάρχης : 1
- γενηθῆναι: 1
- γενικῶν. διὰ τῶν τοιούτων οὖν παραδέδωκεν ὁ νομοθέτης σημειοῦ- : 1
- γενμ.: 1
- γεννήσαντα: 1
- γενοιο—σεαυτον: 1
- γενοιο—τη περι σεαυτον: 1
- γενομένης, καθὼς εὔκαιρον ἐγένετο τῷ βασιλεῖ, τοὺς ἑξῆς ἡρώτα τῶν : 1
- γενομενοι: 1
- γενομενον: 1
- γενομενου: 1
- γενομ. : 1
- γενος] + και : 1
- γεωργια: 1
- γης: 1
- γιγν.: 1
- γινόμενα. τελευτήσασι μὲν γὰρ καὶ κακῶν ἀπολελυμένοις οὐχ : 1
- γινώσκουσα γινώσκω.: 1
- γινομένου καὶ συμφερόντως. τῇ γὰρ ἐπιούσῃ τὰ τῆ πρότερον : 1
- γινομένων ἔν τε τοῖς χρηματισμοῖς τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ταῖς συμ- : 1
- γινομενου: 1 2
- γιστος : 1
- γιστόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ, προσμανθάνειν ἀεί τι καὶ προσλαμβάνειν, : 1
- γλώσσῃ: 1
- γλῶσσα: 1
- γλῶσσα.: 1
- γλαυκωθειη: 1
- γλαφυρά: 1
- γλυφαῖς ῥαβδωταῖς, πυκνὴν ἐχούσαις τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα θέσιν περὶ : 1
- γλωσσόκομον: 1
- γλωσσοκομεῖον: 1
- γνησίῳ χαίρειν. αὐτός τε ἔρρωσο καὶ ἡ βασίλισσα Ἀρσινόη, : 1
- γνησιως: 1
- γογγύζειν: 1
- γογγύζειν, λειτουργικός: 1
- γονέων τετευχότας ἐνδόξων, οἵτινες οὐ μόνον τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν : 1
- γονευσιν αποδωη τας αξ. χαρ. : 1
- γονται κατὰ τὰς τῶν ἑορτῶν ἡμέρας. ὕδατος δέ ἀνέκλειπτός ἐστι : 1
- γράφεται. : 1
- γράψει αὐτῷ τὸ δευτερονόμιον τοῦτο εἰς βιβλίον: 1
- γράψον: 1
- γραμμάτων ἕξιν περιεποίησαν αὑτοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν : 1
- γραφῆς ὁ λέγων οὕτως· : 1
- γραφε: 1 2 3 4
- γραφεῖα : 1
- γραφης: 1 2
- γραφικὸη : 1
- γραφικός: 1
- γραφων: 1 2
- γρηγορεῖν, ἐλεύσεσθαι, ἐξάδελφος, κατόρθωμα, μεγιστάν, μέθυσος, οἰκοδομή, παιδίσκη, πάπυρος, παρεμβολή, πεποίθησις, πλῆξαι, ῥάπισμα, ῥύμη, σκορπίζεσθαι, σύσσημον.: 1
- γυμνοὺς πολλούς: 1
- γυναικῶν: 1
- γυναικοτραφῆ: 1
- γωσιν· ὃ καὶ περὶ τούτους ἐγεγόνει. προσεχέστατος γὰρ ὢν : 1
- γ.: 1 2 3 4 5
- γ. περὶ τῆς συναντήσεως μετ᾿ (?) Ἀαρών.: 1
- δ: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- δἰ ἑτέρων: 1
- δἰ ἧς . . . ἐν αὐτῇ : 1
- δἰ ὅλης ἡμέρας ἡ ἀσχημόνησίς μου ἄντικρύς μου, καὶ ὁ καταισχυμμὸς τοῦ προσώπου μου καλύπτει με. : 1
- δἰ ὑμᾶς διὰ παντὸς τὸ ὄνομά μου βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν: 1
- δάλεθ: 1
- δάνιον, εἰδώλιον. Α: 1
- δὲ: 1
- δὲ : 1
- δὲ ἀποκεκρίσθαι φήσας τοῦτον ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ μετέπειτα Τί ἐστιν : 1
- δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἐπυνθάνετο τοῦ μετέπειτα Τί κάλλιστόν ἐστι : 1
- δὲ ἔκπληξιν ἡμῖν παρέσχεν, ὡς ἐθεασάμεθα τὸν Ἐλεάζαπρον ἐν τῇ : 1
- δὲ ἔφη Σωφροσύνη· ταύτης δὲ οὐκ ἔστι τυχεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ θεὸς κατα- : 1
- δὲ βίον ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διεξάγειν. ἐκ τούτων γὰρ κρατίστη χαρὰ καὶ : 1
- δὲ δακτύλων τὸ πλάτος ἔχουσα· ἐφ᾿ ὃν ἐπίκειται τὸ πᾶν ἔλασμα : 1
- δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ τὸ βουλευθὲν ὀρθῶς ἐν ταῖς τῶν κινδύνων πράξεσιν : 1
- δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἰρηκέναι φήσας τὸν δέκατον ἡρώτα Τί ἐστι σοφίας : 1
- δὲ καλῶς ποιεῖς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς φιλίαν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καθ- : 1
- δὲ μέλλοντα κωλυθῆναι ὑπὸ : 1
- δὲ μᾶλλον ἡ τῶν αἰσθήσεων διακόσμησις, διανοίας ἐνέργημα καὶ : 1
- δὲ πάντων καὶ κρότῳ σημηναμένων πρὸς τοὺς φιλοσόφους εἶπεν ὁ: 1
- δὲ πυκνὰ τὰ στόματα πρὸς τὴν βάσιν, ἀοράτων ἔχοντα τοῖς πᾶσι : 1
- δὲ τέθειμαι τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ παραγεγόνατε, καὶ κατ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν : 1
- δὲ τὸν ἐχόμενον ἡρώτα Τί πρὸς ὑγείαν μάλιστα συντείνει; ἐκεῖνος : 1
- δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχει τὴν λεγομένην : 1
- δὲ ταῦτα διὰ τὸ καλῶς ἡμῖν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον ὑποδεδειχέναι τὰ : 1
- δὲ ταλάντων ἑξακοσίων ἑξήκοντα ἡ δόσις ἐγεγονει. πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ : 1
- δὲ τρία τάλαντα προσέταξεν ἀργυρίου δοθῆναι καὶ τὸν ἀποκαταστή- : 1
- δέ: 1
- δέ Τῇ προθυμίᾳ καὶ ταῖς χάρισι πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους μεταοτικὸς ὢν : 1
- δέδωκα: 1
- δέκα δύο, δέκα ἕξ, δέκα τέντε,: 1
- δέκα καὶ πορφύραν καὶ στέφανον διαπρεπῆ καὶ βυσσίνων ὀθονίων : 1
- δέλεθ, δέλτ, δέλθ: 1
- δέομαι: 1
- δήλωσις: 1
- δήσωμεν: 1 2
- δίας: 1
- δίδραχμον: 1 2
- δίδραχμον, ἀλήθεια: 1
- δίδωμι, ἐδίδετο : 1
- δίκαιον ἀπονέμειν ὁμολογούμενοι, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἀλόγως : 1
- δίκαιον γὰρ εἶπε τὴν ἐκπομπὴν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι· παραγενηθέντας δέ, : 1
- δίκαιος ὥν.: 1
- δὸς αὐτοῖς καρδίαν καινὴν καὶ πνεῦμα εὐθὲς ἐγκαίνισον ἐν τοῖς ἐγκάτοις αὐτῶν: 1
- δόλῳ τινὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν πράσσοντας; ὁ δὲ ἀπεφήνατο πρὸς τοῦτο Εἰ : 1
- δόντος σοι καταξίως τῶν τρόπων τὴν ἡγεμονίαν. Τοῦ δὲ : 1
- δόξῃ καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ δυνάμει, καὶ ψυχὴν ἴσον πᾶσιν ὄντα· καθὼς : 1
- δόξα: 1 2 3
- δόξα καὶ προκοπὴ παρὰ τοῖς τοιούτοις ὑπάρξει· τὸ γάρ συνεργὲς : 1
- δόξα, ἔπαινος: 1
- δόσει, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς τραπέζης. νομίζομεν: 1
- δότωσαν οὖν : 1
- δόψξα Κυρίου: 1
- δύναμιν: 1
- δύνανται· θεοῦ γάρ ἐστι δόμα. Ἐπαινέσας δὲ τὸν ἄνδρα : 1
- δύο δύο, : 1
- δύο ζωὰς: 1
- δύο, δυσί, πᾶν: 1
- δύσφραστος, : 1
- δύσχρηστος: 1
- δώδεκα (δεκαδύο), οἱ: 1
- δώσει: 1
- δώσω: 1
- δ᾿ ἐλαίας ἀνέπλεξαν στέφανον ἔκτυπον, πολυτελεῖς ἐνέντες λίθους· : 1
- δ᾿ ὁμιλίαν καὶ τὸ συνακούειν καὶ πρὸς ἕκαστον ἀποκρίνεσθαι δεόντως : 1
- δ᾿ αὐτὴν ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰορδάνης ποταμὸς ἀείρρους: 1
- δ᾿ υμιν: 1
- δῆλοι: 1
- δῶρα: 1
- δʹ: 1 2
- δʹ. Ἀριθμοί: 1 2 3
- δʹ. Ἀριθμοί : 1
- δʹ. Ἀριθμοί στίχ. ͵γφλʹ: 1
- δʹ. Οἱ Ἀριθμοί: 1
- δʹ. Ψαλμοὶ καὶ ᾠδαὶ Σολομῶντος στίχ. ͵βρʹ: 1
- δάμαλιν τριετίζουσαν καὶ αἶγα τριετίζουσαν καὶ κριὸν ὁμοίως τριετῆ καὶ τρυγόνα καὶ περιστεράν κελεύσαντος διεῖλε, τῶν ὀρνέων οὐδὲν διελών. : 1
- δίκαιος ὡς φοῖνιξ ἀνθήσει.: 1
- δαιμονίζειν, Ἀ. : 1
- δαιμονίων εἰσὶν εἴδωλα: 1
- δακρῦσαι τῇ χαρᾷ πεπληρωμένος. ἡ γὰρ τῆς ψυχῆς ἔντασις καὶ τὸ : 1
- δαμάζειν: 1
- δαπανην: 1
- δε: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
- δε : 1
- δε αυτως: 1
- δε 2º] + ως: 1
- δεῖ, μνήμην ἔχοντας τῆς ἑαυτῶν κατασκευῆς, ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ τὸν περὶ : 1
- δεῦτε καὶ ἐμβάλωμεν ξύλον εἰς τὸν ἄρτον αὐτοῦ: 1
- δεῦτε καὶ διελεγχθ: 1
- δεῦτε] + καί, : 1
- δεβραθά: 1
- δεδήλωκά σοι. τὰ δ᾿ ἑξῆς περιέχει τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον ὁδὸν: 1
- δεδωκε: 1
- δεθτέρας· Ἰούδας Σίμων Σομόηλος Ἀδαῖος Ματταθίας Ἐσχλεμίας. : 1
- δει: 1 2
- δειλανδριᾷν: 1
- δειν : 1
- δεκάδ., διοικητής, χρηματίζεσθαι, ἐνέχυρον: 1
- δεκάταρχοι: 1
- δεκάταρχος: 1
- δεκάτης· Ἰερεμίας Ἐλεάζαρος Ζαχαρίας Βανέας Ἐλισσαῖος Δαθαῖος.: 1
- δεκαέξ (ἑκκαίδεκα), οἱ: 1
- δεκαδύο, τῶν δώδεκα προφητῶν μία βίβλος, τὸ δωδεκαπρόφητον, : 1
- δεκαμηνιαῖος: 1
- δεξάμενος τὸν ἑνδέκατον ἐπηρώτα (διὰ τὸ δύο πλεονάζειν τῶν ἑβδο- : 1
- δεον ?: 1
- δεοντος: 1
- δεον] δε: 1
- δεσμὸς γίνεται. τὸ δὲ γένεσθαι κατὰ προαίρεσιν ταῦτα ὁ θεὸς : 1
- δευεερώσεις: 1
- δευτέρᾳ σαββάτου: 1
- δευτέραν δὲ τὴν ἱερατικὴν . . . ὑστάτην δὲ καὶ τελευταίαν τὴν ἱερογλυφικήν.: 1
- δευτερολογεῖν: 1
- δε] γαρ: 1
- δε] + και: 1 2 3 4
- δη: 1
- δηλει: 1
- δηλονότι πολλὴ γέγονεν ἡ τῶν ἀντιγράφων διαφορά, εἴτε ἀπὸ ῥαθυμίας τινῶν γραφέων εἴτε ἀπὸ τόλμης τινῶν μοχθηρᾶς τῆς διορθώσεως τῶν γραφομένων εἴτε καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τὰ ἑαυτοῖς δοκοῦντα ἐν τῇ διορθώσει προστιθέντων ἢ ἀφαιρούντων: 1
- δηλουντας: 1
- δηλωσον: 1
- δηλωσωμεν: 1
- δημαγωγεῖν, -γία: 1
- δημεύειν: 1
- δημοτελής: 1
- δι ολου την ζωην: 1
- διὰ: 1
- διὰ παντὸς εὐδοξίαν ἔχειν αὐτούς, τὰ δίκαια πάσσουσι· καθὼς σὺ : 1
- διὰ πλειόνων ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν καταφρονοίη τῶν ἐχθρῶν; : 1
- διὰ τὸ: 1
- διὰ τὸ καταβεβηκέναι: 1
- διὰ τῆς ὑποτεταγμένης τάξεως τὰς βλάβας ἐπιδεικνύντα· οὕτω γὰρ : 1
- διὰ τῶν ἐνεργειῶν φιλοσοφεῖς διὰ καλοκἀγαθίαν ὑπὸ υειῦ τιμώ- : 1
- διὰ τῶν προπόσεων.: 1
- διὰ τί ἔφυγεν ἀπό σοῦ ὁ Ἆπις: 1
- διὰ τοῦτ᾿ αὐτῷ τὸ σύμπτωμα γέγονεν, ἐξιλασάμενος τὸν θεὸν ἐν : 1
- διὰ τοῦτο: 1 2 3
- διὰ φαυλισμὸν χειλέων, διὰ γλώσσης ἑτέρας· ὅτι λαλήσουσιν τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ . . . καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ἀκούειν.: 1
- διὰ χειρός, εἰς χεῖρας, ἐκ χειρός: 1
- διὰ χοροῦ: 1
- διά τῆς δικτυωτῆς: 1
- διάβολος: 1 2
- διάθεσιν ἐπὶ τέλει; § : 1
- διάθεσιν, ὃσ ἦν πρὸς αὐτπύς.: 1
- διάπυρος: 1
- διάσταλσις: 1
- διάταξιν.: 1
- διάψαλμα: 1 2
- διέλθατε] πορεύθητε | Ἑμὰθ Ῥαββά] Ἁμὰθ τὴν μεγάλην (τὴν μεγ.,: 1
- διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πεδίον: 1 2
- διὸ πολλαχῶς καὶ ποικίλως ἐπεκαλούμην τὸν κυριεύοντα κατὰ : 1
- διὸ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ὀξεῖαν εἶναι τῶν δύο κλιμάτων συνέβαινε, μετέωρον : 1
- διὸ τὴν σεμνότητα καὶ φυσικὴν διάνοιαν τοῦ νόμου προῆγμαι δια- : 1
- διόπερ οὐ παραβατέον οὐδὲ ὑπερθετέον τὰ καλῶς ἔχοντα. τῇ μὲν : 1
- διότι παραφέρειν μέλλοντός τι τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ : 1
- διώρθωται: 1
- διῳκεῖτο, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπερριμμένως οὐδ᾿ εἰκῇ. διόπερ καὶ τὸ τῆς : 1
- διῳκοδομημένων ἁπάντων. καὶ τοῦ θυρώματος δὲ καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸ : 1
- διά τὸ σὲ περὶ πολλοῦ πεποιῆσθαι, παρ᾿ ἕκαστα †: 1
- διέσπειρα, : 1
- διήγαγεν (A ἀπήγαγεν) αὐτοὺς διὰ τοῦ πλινθείου : 1
- δια: 1
- δια πασης] δι ολης: 1
- δια το: 1
- δια το δυο πλεοναζειν των εβδομηκοντα οπισθεν γαρ : 1
- δια το] και: 1
- διαβας προς την γεφυραν: 1
- διαβεβαιουται: 1
- διαγειν: 1
- διαδημα: 1
- διαθήκη: 1
- διαθήκην: 1
- διαθήκη,: 1
- διαθεσις καθαρα: 1
- διαθεσις καθ.: 1
- διαιρεσιν: 1
- διακόψῃ: 1
- διακόψῃ ἐν αὐτοῖς: 1
- διακευάσει προστιθεὶς ἢ μεταφέρων τι τὸ σύνολον τῶν γεγραμ- : 1
- διακρῖναι]: 1
- διαλέκτου μεταβολὴν ποιησάμενοι μίαν ἐν ἑκάστοις ἔννοιαν καὶ λέξιν ἀποδεδώκασιν.: 1
- διαλαβόντες γὰρ ἀμφοτέραις τῶν μόσχων τὰ σκέλη, πλεῖον ὄντα : 1
- διαλεχθ.: 1
- διαλλάσσοντες τοῖς γένεσι, χρυσῷ κεκολλημένοι, : 1
- διαμαρτυροῦμαι, : 1
- διαμειναι: 1
- διαμελίζειν: 1
- διαμελλοι: 1
- διαμεμερισμένα. διμερῆ τε ἐποίησε τὰ τῶν κλισιῶν, καθὼς προσέ- : 1
- διαμεμετρημενα: 1
- διαμενει: 1
- διαμενη: 1
- διαμενοι: 1 2
- διαναπαυόμενοι. τούτου δὲ γινομένου, τῶν διαλελοιπότων ἐγείρονται : 1
- διανισταμενους: 1
- διανοίας: 1
- διανοηθείς.: 1
- διανοιαν] δι ανοι: 1
- διανοούμενος γὰρ ὡς θεὸς πολυωρεῖ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, χορη- : 1
- διαπρέψας . . ἐν . . τοῖς κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν λόγοις: 1
- διαπρεπως: 1
- διασκευην] κατασκευην : 1
- διασπορά: 1 2
- διασπ.: 1
- διαστελλομεθα· οι γαρ αλλοι μολυνουσιν εαυτους.: 1
- διαστολὰς ἔδωκεν, ἐὰν ἀναγκαῖον ᾖ κατακαλέσαι, διακρίνειν ἐν : 1
- διαστροφὰς ἐπιλαμβάνουσιν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ταλαίπωροι δἰ ὅλου τοῦ : 1
- διατίθεσθαι διαθήκην: 1
- διατελειν: 1
- διατελοῖ; βραχὺ δὲ ἐπισχὼν εἶπεν Οὕτως ἂν μάλιστα διευθύνοις, : 1
- διατελοιη εχων: 1 2
- διατεταγμένον μέλει. καὶ ἀδιαλείπτως ὑπηρετοῦσιν, οἱ μὲν τὴν : 1
- διατηροῖ; ὁ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀπεκρίθη Γινώσκων ὅτι μεγάλην : 1
- διατηροι: 1
- διατηροιη: 1
- διαφερούσας σώζεσθαι βίβλους, θείας προνοίας ἔργον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν γέγονεν . . . ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων συναγωγῆς ταύτας ἀξιοῦμεν προκομίζεσθαι: 1
- διαφυλασση: 1
- διαφωνοῦσι τὰ Ἐβραικὰ ἀντίγραφα πρὸς τὸ Σαμαρειτῶν ἀρχαιότατον καὶ χαρακτῆρσι διαλλάττον· ὃ καὶ ἀληθὲς εἶναι καὶ πρῶτον Ἐβραῖοι καθομολογοῦσιν: 1
- δια-: 1
- δια] εκ: 1
- δια] και: 1
- διδόναι: 1 2
- διδαχθῶσιν: 1
- διδοὺς εὐχὴν . . . δικαίου: 1
- διδούς: 1
- διείληφα· κατὰ πὰντα τρόπον σέ, βασιλεῦ, καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ τὰ : 1
- διεβοήθη ἡ φωνὴ . . . λέγοντες: 1
- διειλήφαμεν: 1
- διειληφότες εὐσεβῶς τοῦτο πρᾶξαι, καὶ τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ χαριστικὸν : 1
- διελθὼν τὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ σταδίων ἀνάχωμα τῆς θαλάσσης πρὸς τὴν : 1
- διελθεῖν : 1
- διεξάγοντι πάντα. Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ καὶ τοῦτον τὸν ἕτερον : 1
- διεξόδους. ἀνάκλασιν γὰρ ἔχει τὰ τῶν τόπων, ὡς ἂν ἐπ᾿ ὄρους τῆς : 1
- διεξῆλθον, : 1
- διεξαγειν: 1
- διεπεμψ. σοι] διεπεμψαμεθα: 1
- διερμηνεῦσαι, τίνα λόγον ἕξομεν πρὸς ἀποστολήν, ἐν οἰκετίαις : 1
- διεσήμαναν, δἰ ὃν ζωοποιοῦνται τὰ πάντα καὶ γίωεται, τοῦτον : 1
- διεστηκότες τῆς ὁδείας, διὰ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἁγνείαις ὄντας, ὅπως μηδενὸς : 1
- διεστηκοτας: 1
- διετυποῦντο κυκλόθεν. οἱ μὲν οὖν διὰ τοῦ χρυσοῦ τοιαύτην εἶχον : 1
- διευθυνεις: 1
- διεφθειρα: 1
- διεχώρισεν . . . ἀνὰ μέσον: 1
- διηγήσομαι: 1
- διηλλαγμενας: 1
- δικαίοις ἀγαθὰ προσημαίνει μέγιστα. Τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαινέσας : 1
- δικαίων: 1
- δικαιοκρίτης: 1
- δικαιοσύνης: 1
- δικαιοσύνης ἄξιοι κατὰ πάντα· οἳ καὶ μετέδωκαν ἡμῖν τὰ παρὰ σοῦ, : 1
- δικαιοσύνης ἕνεκεν σεμνῶς πάντα ἀνατέτακται. τῶν γὰρ πτηνῶν, : 1
- δικαιοσύνη, ἐλεημοσύνη, εὐφροσύνη.: 1
- δικ. κελευει: 1
- διμερη: 1
- διμετρη: 1
- διοικεῖ μετ᾿ εὐμενείας καὶ χωρὶς ὀργῆς ἁπάσης· τούτῳ δὲ κατακο- : 1
- διοικητής: 1
- διοικουμένων, καὶ ὑπειληφότων ὀρθῶς τοῦτο, ὅτι θεόκτιστόν ἐστιν : 1
- διοικ. την προαιρεσιν. Εχοντες: 1
- διορθούμενοι καὶ εἴ τι κακῶς ἐπράχθη διὰ τὰς τῶν ὄχλων ὁρμάς, : 1
- διορθοῦν, διορθοῦσθαι, διορθωτής: 1
- διορθοῦσθαι,: 1
- διορθωτής: 1 2 3
- διοτι] : 1
- διοτι] οτι : 1
- διο] δια: 1
- διυφασμενοι: 1
- διχηλιζειν: 1
- διψᾷν: 1
- διψῆν: 1
- διωκειται: 1
- διωκητο : 1
- δμαλαχείμ: 1
- δμεθαλώθ: 1
- δοῖ, : 1
- δοῦλος Κυρίου: 1
- δογματίζειν: 1
- δοκιμαζοντα: 1
- δοκιμαζων: 1
- δολιότητας, : 1
- δολον τινα: 1
- δομοις: 1
- δοξης: 1
- δοξικός: 1 2
- δουλεύων τῇ Ἐβραικῇ λέξει: 1
- δρῦς πλεονεκτούντων: 1
- δράξασθε παιδείας.: 1
- δραγμας: 1
- δρυμοῦ: 1
- δρυμοῦ] ἀγροῦ, : 1
- δρ. ἀναπαυομένων: 1
- δυνάμεως: 1
- δυναμενους: 1
- δυναμενων: 1
- δυναμεων: 1
- δυναμεως: 1
- δυναμιν: 1
- δυναστῶν] + τῶν ἀποικιζομένων | καὶ μεταστραφήσεται οἴκημα κακουργῶν: 1
- δυναστείᾳ συγχρωμένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀδικίαν τρέπεσθαι. καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν : 1
- δυνατὸν σεβόμενοι παῤ ὅλην τὴν πᾶσαν κτίσιν. ὅθεν οἱ Αἰγυπτίων : 1
- δυνατός] + ἔσῃ, : 1
- δυναται: 1
- δυνατοὺς ἑρμηνεῦσαι, ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστξς φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως ἐκ τῶν πλείονων: 1
- δυνατους: 1
- δυνηται: 1
- δυντόν, ἅπαντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην βιβλία· καὶ ποιούμενος: 1
- δυο μεν ησαν τη: 1
- δυο πηχεων το μηκος: 1
- δυοῖν: 1
- δυσί: 1
- δυσαίακτος: 1
- δυσπέτημα: 1 2
- δυσσέβεια, -βημα: 1
- δωδεκάτη ἡ Ἐσθήρ· καὶ τὰ μὲν Ἱστορικὰ ταῦτα: 1
- δωδεκάτης· Ἰσάηλος Ἰωάννης Θεοδόσιος Ἄρσαμος Ἀβιήτης Ἐζε-: 1
- δωδεκαπρόφητον: 1 2
- δωδεκαπρόφητον, τό: 1
- δωδεκατος: 1
- δωκ.: 1
- δων ἔκτυπον, τῇ τορείᾳ θαυμαστῶς ἔχουσαν ἐκ τῶν τριῶν μερῶν: 1
- δότωσαν οὖν ἡμῖν δύο βόας, καὶ ἐκλεξάσθωσαν ἑαυτοῖς τὸν ἕνα καὶ μελισάτωσαν καὶ ἐπιθέτωσαν ἐπὶ ξύλα καὶ πῦρ μὴ ἐπιθέτωσαν· καὶ ἐγὼ ποιήσω τὸν βοῦν τὸν ἄλλον, καὶ πῦρ οὐ μὴ ἐπιθῶ. : 1
- δύναμίν: 1
- δώσω τοὺς ἄρχοντάς σου ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ τοὺς ἐπισκόπους σου ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ.: 1
- δ. εἴσοδος (?) Μωυσέως καὶ Ἀαρὼν πρὸς Φαραώ.: 1
- ε: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- εἰ: 1 2
- εἰ ἀποκλεισθήσεται: 1
- εἰ ἐκλέλοιπεν: 1
- εἰ αὐτοδέσποτός ἐστιν τῶν παθῶν ὁ εὐσεβὴς λογισμός: 1
- εἰ δικαιοσύνην ἀγαπᾷ τις, οἱ πόνοι ταύτης εἰσὶν ἀρεταί· σωφροσύνην γὰρ καὶ φρόνησιν ἐκδιδάσκει, δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀνδρείαν: 1
- εἰ κρ. ἄνθρωπος, : 1
- εἰ μὲν ἀφεῖς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν αὐτῶν ἄφες: 1
- εἰ μιγάδες, Ἕλληνες ὁμοῦ ἀνηκαθεν ἦσαν, καὶ ἐμέμνηντο τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔθους: 1
- εἰ ποιήσει τι ἄνθρωπος (εἰ κρυβήσεταί τις, : 1
- εἰδωλόθυτος: 1
- εἰδωλεῖον: 1
- εἰθισμένως: 1
- εἰκὼν θεοῦ: 1
- εἰκοσιδύο, τά: 1
- εἰμί: 1
- εἰμί,: 1
- εἰπὼν ἀποκεκρίσθαι, ἑτέρῳ εἶπε Τί βασιλείαν διατηρεῖ; πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ : 1
- εἰς ἀπὸ μακρόθεν: 1
- εἰς ἕτοιμον κατοικητήριόν σου ὃ κατ.: 1
- εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν: 1
- εἰς ᾅδου] εἰς γῆν | κατακάλυμμά] κατάλειμμα: 1
- εἰς Λοῦζα: 1
- εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν τράπεζαν : 1
- εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐξήγειρά σε: 1
- εἰς γῆν Χεττιεὶμ Καδής : 1
- εἰς γῆν, : 1
- εἰς εὐχαριστίαν.: 1
- εἰς μαρτύριον: 1
- εἰς τὰ ἄπορα τῆς θείας γραφῆς.: 1
- εἰς τέλος: 1
- εἰς τέλος, : 1
- εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ προσαββάτου: 1
- εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονέναι· ἱκανὴ γὰρ ἦν ἡ παρὰ τὸ πεδίον : 1
- εἰς τὴν Χαναανίτην: 1
- εἰς τὴν γῆν: 1
- εἰς τὸ νῖκος.: 1
- εἰς τὸ τέλος: 1
- εἰς τὸ τέλος, ψαλμός: 1 2
- εἰς τὸ τέλος·: 1
- εἰς τὸ τέλος.: 1
- εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα: 1 2
- εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐγὼ πορεύομαι: 1
- εἰς τό Σῶσαί με Κύριον: 1
- εἰς τοὺς ψαλμούς: 1
- εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν: 1
- εἰς ψυχὴν ζωῆς: 1
- εἰσὶ δὲ αἱ εἴκοσι δύο βίβλοι καθ᾿ Ἑβραίους αἵδε: 1
- εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι παῤ αὐτοῖς βίβλοι ἐν ἀμφιλέκτῳ: 1
- εἰσὶ δὲ πρώτης φυλῆς: 1
- εἰσὶν: 1
- εἰσὶν ἀμείνους δύο ἑνός· ἔχουσιν γὰρ κέρδος ἀγαθόν. : 1
- εἰσὶν αὐτοῦ, μέλους ἦχον ἀνιέντες : 1
- εἰσί: 1
- εἰσόδους καὶ ἐξόδους ἡμῶν ἐν πάσῃ εἰρήνῃ κατακόσμησον: 1
- εἰσδόσεως καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα κατακεχώρικα, καὶ τὸ : 1
- εἰσηκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ: 1
- εἰσι πολλοί, καὶ οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιεν αὐτοὺς προσκυνοῦτες. καὶ νομί- : 1
- εἴ τῳ φίλον παραδέχεσθαι ὡς ἅγιον τὸ βιβλία.: 1
- εἴ τινες προῆσαν ἢ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτά εἰσιν εἰσηγμένοι τῶν τοιούτων, : 1
- εἴ τινες προῆσαν, ἢ μετὰ ταῦτα παρεισήχθησαν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν. : 1
- εἴδαμεν : 1
- εἴδωλον: 1
- εἴη κἀκεῖνος ἔφη Τὸ γινώσκειν ὅτι θεὸς δυναστεύει τῶν ἁπάντων, : 1
- εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών Ἰδού: 1
- εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου : 1
- εἵν: 1
- εἶδον ὁράματι τὸν θεὸν Ἰσραήλ. : 1
- εἶδον τὸν θεὸν Ἰσραήλ: 1
- εἶδον τὸν τόπον οὗ εἱστήκει ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ: 1
- εἶναι αὐτῷ υἱὸν βασιλεύοντα ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἠ πρὸς τοὺς Λευίτας τοὺς ἰερεῖς τοὺς λειτουργοῦντάς μοι.: 1
- εἶναι καὶ ἀκέραιον τήν νομοθεσίαν ταύτην, ὡς ἄν οὖσαν θείαν. διὸ: 1
- εἶναι τὴν τῶν λίθων δόσιν καὶ τὴν τῶν τεχνῶν ἐνέργειαν.: 1
- εἶναι. πάντων δ᾿ ὑπηκόων ὄντων καὶ μηδενὸς ἐναντιουμένου, τίνος : 1
- εἶπα: 1
- εἶπα γάρ Μή ποτε κτλ.: 1
- εἶπαν ἕτερος τῷ ἑτέρῳ Τί ἐστιν τοῦτο;: 1
- εἶπε Μηδὲν αὐτοὺς λυπήσας· τοῦτο δ᾿ οὐκ ἔστιν, εἰ μὴ θεὸς τῆς δια- : 1
- εἶπε Πῶς ἂν φιλάνθρωπος εἴη; κἀκεῖνος ἔφη Θεωρῶν ὡς ἐν : 1
- εἶπε Πῶς δεῖ διὰ τῶν συμποσίων διεξάγειν; ὁ δὲ ἔφησε Παραλαμ- : 1
- εἶπε γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅπως τὰ προειρημένα : 1
- εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἑξῆς Πῶς ἂν ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις ἀτάραχος εἴη; ὁ δὲ ἔφη : 1
- εἶπεν Ἐν τίσι δεῖ πράγμασι τοὺς βασιλεῖς τὸν πλείω χρόνον διά- : 1
- εἶπεν ἡ γραφή: 1
- εἶπεν αὐτῇ τὸ παιδάριον Ἠλεί: 1
- εἶπεν δὲ αὐ: 1
- εἶπεν δὲ κύριος Ἐὰν εὕρω ἐν Σο: 1
- εἶπεν, λέγει: 1
- εἶχε, τῆς δ᾿ ἀναβάσεως τῆς πρὸς αὐτό, πρὸς τὴν εὐκοσμίαν ἔχοντος : 1
- εἶχον τὴν διασκευήν, ἔνοπτρον δὴ γεγονυῖαν πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο θαυμα-: 1
- εἶχον, τὸ μέσον ἐζηλωκότες κατάστημα (τοῦτο γὰρ κάλλιστόν ἐστιν), : 1
- εὐαγγέλιον: 1
- εὐαγγελίζεσθαι: 1
- εὐαπάντητος: 1
- εὐβουλία; Τὸ καλῶς ἅπαντα πράσσειν, ἀπεφήνατο, μετὰ διαλογι- : 1
- εὐδοκεῖν ἐν: 1
- εὐδόκησας: 1
- εὐεργετῶν οὖν ἅπαντας, καθὼς συνεχῶς τοῦτ᾿ ἐπιτελεῖς, θεοῦ διδόντος : 1
- εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην ὑμῖν τοῖς μακρὰν καὶ εἰρήνην τοῖς ἐγγύς: 1
- εὐηργέτηκας. εὐθέως οὖν προσηγάγομεν ὑπὲρ θυσίας καὶ τῆς: 1
- εὐθαρσής: 1
- εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου: 1
- εὐκατάλλακτος: 1
- εὐκαταφρόνητος: 1
- εὐκλεής: 1
- εὐλογιστία: 1
- εὐμελής: 1
- εὐμορφία: 1
- εὐνόως γινόμενον ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ἀδιάλυτον πρὸς ἅπαντα—μετὰ δὲ εὐη- : 1
- εὐοδοῖ ὁ ἄγγελος: 1
- εὐοδοῦν, κατακληρονομεῖν, κατασκοπεύειν, κατεμβλέπειν, κατοδυνᾷν, ὀλεθρεύειν, ὀρθοτομεῖν, ὀρθρίζειν, πνευματοφορεῖσθαι, πτωχίζειν, σκοπεύειν, συνεδριάζειν, τριετίζειν, τροφεύειν, φιλεχθρᾷν.: 1
- εὐπρεπῆ: 1
- εὐπρεπῶς: 1
- εὐρέθης.: 1
- εὐρισκόμενος σφόδρα.: 1
- εὐσήμως: 1
- εὐσήμως. εὐτύχει διὰ παντός. Τῆς δὲ εἰσδόσεως ταύτης γενο- : 1
- εὐσεβέσιν: 1
- εὐτύχει: 1
- εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, : 1
- εὐφράνθητε, οὐρανοί, ἅμα αὐτῷ, : 1
- εὐφυής: 1
- εὐωδία τέλος: 1
- εὑρέθη: 1 2
- εὑρέθη δόλος : 1
- εὑρίσκονταί τινες ψαλμοὶ πέρα τοὺς ῥνʹ ψαλμοὺς τοῦ Δαβὶδ λεγόμενοι τοῦ Σολομῶντος . . . τούτους οὖν ὀνομάσαντες οἱ πατέρες ἰδιωτικούς.: 1
- εὑρεθήσεται ἡμῖν.: 1
- εὔθετοι καθεστήκεισαν, καὶ τοῦτ᾿ ἐπετέλουν ὅτε δέοι, καὶ πρὸς τὰς : 1
- εὔκυκλος: 1
- εὔνοιαν, εἶπε, συνοῦσί σοι, καὶ μή διὰ τὸν φόβον μηδὲ διὰ πολυ- : 1
- εὔστοχος: 1
- εὕρεμα: 1
- εὕρημα: 1
- εὖ φρον- : 1
- εὗρεν μῆλα μανδραγόρου . . . ἀντὶ τῶν μανδραγορῶν: 1
- εῖον, : 1
- εʹ: 1 2 3 4
- εʹ. Ἐσθὴρ στίχ. τνʹ: 1
- εʹ. Δευτερονόμιον: 1 2 3 4
- εʹ. Δευτερονόμιον στίχ. ͵γρʹ: 1
- εʹ. Τὸ Δευτερονόμιον: 1
- εαν: 1
- εαν ουν φαινηται: 1
- εαν ουν φανηται: 1
- εαν ουν φανηταισοι εννομον: 1
- εαν φαινηται: 1
- εαν φαινηται σοι: 1
- εαυτου: 1
- εαυτους επεδωκαμεν κ.τ.λ.: 1
- εαυτους προεδωκαμεν εις τον προειρημενον ανδρα πρεσβειαν: 1
- εαυτω: 1 2 3
- εαυτων: 1
- εαυτω] εαυτου: 1
- εβαθυνθ.: 1
- εβδομηκοντα δυο: 1
- εβδομηκοντα]: 1
- εβδ. και δυσιν: 1
- εγγραφα: 1
- εγκρατεις εγενοντο—και την χωραν: 1
- εγνώσθη δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ πάντα, καὶ λίαν ἐξεθαύμασε τὴν τοῦ : 1
- εδέχοντο: 1
- εδοκιμασθην: 1
- εδωκεν: 1
- εζρ: 1
- ει δυνατον: 1 2
- ει καὶ : 1
- ει τι: 1
- ειδειη: 1
- ειη: 1
- ειην: 1
- ειης] : 1
- ειναι: 1
- ειπας: 1 2 3
- ειπας : 1
- ειπε: 1 2 3
- ειπε δε: 1
- ειπε μεγιστε: 1
- ειπεν ο: 1
- ειπεν] : 1
- ειπον Β ειπαν Α | αγαθος ο λογος ον] καλον το ρημα ο ΒΑ: 1
- ειποντων δε παντ. ομ.: 1
- ειργάσθη: 1
- ειργ.: 1
- ειρηκαμεν: 1
- ειρημ.: 1
- εις: 1
- εις ανθρωπων απωλειαν: 1
- εις μερος: 1
- εις μερους: 1
- εις πραγματα: 1
- εις τε παν το παρανγελλομενον | προθυμ]ως εαυτους επιδεδωκοτων).: 1
- εισδοθεντος] : 1
- εισεληλυθεναι: 1
- εισελ.: 1
- εισηγ. : 1
- εισιν: 1
- εισιν : 1
- ειτ επερωτα : 1
- ειτ επηρωτα: 1
- ειτα: 1
- ειτε: 1
- ει,: 1
- ει] εις: 1
- εκ σου : 1
- εκ σου] εξ ου: 1
- εκ τυπων: 1
- εκαστα: 1 2 3 4
- εκαστην: 1
- εκαστου] εκ: 1
- εκατονταρουροις: 1
- εκγονοις: 1
- εκγονων : 1
- εκγοωοις : 1
- εκδοσεως: 1
- εκδουναι: 1
- εκεινο: 1
- εκεινοις: 1
- εκελευσαν: 1
- εκελευσε: 1
- εκελευσε την ετοιμασιαν εις | εκαστον αποτελειν· ην γαρ ουτω διατεταγμενον υπο του βασιλεως α μεν ετι και νυν | ορας· οσαι γαρ κ.τ.λ.: 1
- εκθεοιται (-τε : 1
- εκλελεγμενων: 1
- εκπεπτωκασιν: 1
- εκτεθεικε: 1
- εκτιθεμαι: 1
- εκτιθημι: 1
- εκτοπον: 1
- εκτυπον: 1 2
- εκτυπων : 1
- εκ] απο: 1
- ελαττον] + των: 1
- εληλυθεναι: 1
- εληξεν: 1
- ελθης: 1
- ελλειπη: 1
- ελωειμ · λανου: 1
- εμβαλλει: 1
- εμφανεια: 1
- εν: 1 2 3 4
- εν ελαικ.: 1
- εν λαικ.: 1
- εν λογω: 1 2
- εν ξενιτ.: 1
- ενατης: 1
- ενατον : 1
- ενδεικτικως: 1
- ενδεκα: 1
- ενδικως: 1 2
- ενειληματων: 1
- ενεκα: 1
- ενεργει και γινωσκει ο θσ: 1
- ενεργων: 1
- ενετυχον: 1
- ενεχθέντος εἰ καὶ περὶ τούτων εἰκοσαδραχμία δοθήσεται, καὶ τοῦτ᾿ : 1
- εννατης: 1
- εννατον: 1
- εννομον: 1
- ενομιζετο: 1
- ενος δε το ευρος: 1
- ενστασις: 1
- εντασις: 1
- εντετυπωτο: 1
- εν] επι: 1
- εξ ολης : 1
- εξ ου: 1
- εξεθετο: 1
- εξει: 1 2
- εξειν : 1
- εξελευσεται] + ηγουμενος: 1
- εξεργασαμενος: 1
- εξηκ. καὶ τετρακοσ.: 1
- εξης: 1
- εξισοι: 1
- εξοδον: 1
- εξουσιαν—πρασσειν] : 1
- επ: 1
- επαλγεσι: 1
- επαναγαγουσι: 1
- επαναγοντας: 1
- επανηξωμεν: 1
- επαρασθαι: 1
- επαυεπαυσατο: 1
- επεγλυκωθη : 1
- επει συμβ.: 1
- επελαβετο: 1
- επελεξαμεθα : 1
- επελεξαμεν: 1
- επεραστον: 1
- επερωτα: 1 2 3
- επερωτα : 1
- επεφαινον: 1
- επηγρυπνηκως τη τουτων : 1
- επηρωτα: 1 2 3
- επι: 1
- επι πλειονα χρονον: 1
- επι του και τοπους: 1
- επι του τοπου: 1
- επι τουτ. σεμν.: 1
- επι των : 1
- επι των πολεων και οικησεων δια το σκεπαζεσθαι: 1
- επι χειρων κατεστακαμεν: 1
- επιβλεψεται: 1
- επιβολην: 1
- επιβουλης: 1
- επιγινομενων (-νωμ.: 1
- επιδεικνυντας : 1
- επιδεσθαι: 1
- επιθυμησαι: 1
- επικαλη: 1
- επικρινων κατεστησα: 1
- επικρινων κατεστησα : 1
- επιλαμποντος· και κατα τας σωματικας διαστασεις τηοι : 1
- επιλεξας: 1
- επινοησαιο: 1
- επισημανας: 1
- επιστολης Αριστεως προς Φιλοκρατην εκφρασις: 1
- επισυμβαινει: 1
- επιταγης : 1
- επιτελειν: 1
- επιτελειται: 1 2
- επιτελη: 1
- επιτελοι: 1 2
- επιτελουμενου: 1
- επιτελουμενους: 1
- επιφερειν : 1
- επιφεροι: 1
- επιφορας] επιρροης: 1
- επι] + τουτοις: 1
- εποιει: 1
- επυνθανετο: 1
- εργαζονται: 1
- εργασαμενου: 1
- εργασμενης: 1
- εριν: 1
- ερριν: 1
- ερωτα: 1
- εσπερκας: 1
- εσταλμεθα: 1
- εστηκη: 1
- εστθβ γ χ. κατεσκ. (κατασκ. : 1
- εστι: 1
- εστι ΒΑ: 1
- εστιν: 1
- εστιν αι] εστι και: 1
- εστιν επιτελεια—διατηρεις της: 1
- εστιν εφη: 1
- εστιν ουτως: 1
- εστιν—διατηρεις την: 1
- ετει] επι : 1
- ετερον]: 1
- ετερον] pr τον : 1
- ετερος: 1
- ετερου] ετερω: 1
- ετερων: 1
- ετετυπωτο: 1
- ετι: 1
- ετι γαρ επι τα: 1
- ετι γαρ επι τα της ουσης: 1
- ετιθεσ.] επιθυμιας: 1
- ετοιμ: 1
- ετραπη: 1
- ετυμως: 1
- ευ: 1
- ευ φροντ.: 1
- ευεργεσια] + δε: 1
- ευλογιας: 1 2
- ευξ-: 1
- ευρημ.: 1
- ευτυχιαs: 1
- ευφημήσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον Ἐπεὶ σὺ δέκατος: 1
- ευχη: 1
- ευχρηστοτατην (+ την: 1
- εφ ω: 1
- εφη: 1 2 3
- εφην: 1
- εφησαν: 1
- εφησεν: 1
- εφησεν ω: 1
- εφησεν]: 1
- εφικτον: 1
- εχει: 1
- εχειν: 1 2
- εχειν] ειναι: 1
- εχοντος: 1
- εχουσας: 1
- εχω διατελειν: 1
- εχω διατελοι: 1
- εχων] + ο Πτολεμαιος: 1
- εχ. διατ.: 1
- ε, : 1
- ε. περὶ τῶν μαστιγωθέντων γραμματέων.: 1
- ζ: 1
- ζύγη ζύγη κατ᾿ οἰκίσκον: 1
- ζῇν αὐτοῖς χρήσιμον, οἷς προσκυνοῦσι, παρὰ πόδας ἔχοντες τὴν ἀναι- : 1
- ζῇν εἰσιν· ἐὰν δὲ σοφοῖς καὶ φρονίμοις συζῶσιν, ἐξ ἀγνοίας ἐπανορ- : 1
- ζῶ ἐγώ: 1
- ζʹ: 1 2 3 4
- ζʹ. Ἐσθήρ: 1
- ζʹ. Κριταὶ καὶ Ῥούθ: 1
- ζʹ. Κριταὶ καὶ Ῥούθ στίχ. ͵βυνʹ: 1
- ζʹ. Κριταί: 1
- ζʹ. Κριταί, Ῥούθ: 1
- ζʹ. Οἱ Κροταί, μετὰ τῆ Ῥούθ: 1
- ζʹ. Σωσάννα στίχ. φʹ: 1
- ζʹ. Τῶν Κριτῶν: 1
- ζην· α) και δια τουπο δ: 1
- ζητεῖν ψυχήν: 1
- ζητοῦσιν : 1
- ζο: 1
- ζοντας ἀπαρχὰς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἀναθημάτων καὶ εἰς θυσίας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα : 1
- ζοντεσ ἕκαστος ἀνεξήγητον τῆς ἰδιότητος τὴν φυσικὴν χρόαν. ἐπὶ : 1
- ζουσιν οὑ ταῦτα διαπλάσαντες καὶ μυθοποιήσαντες τῶν Ἑλλήνων : 1
- ζωῆς τοῖς θηρίοις ἐδόθη ἕως : 1
- ζωῶν: 1
- ζωης] + σου: 1
- ζ. πρώτη πληγή· μεταστροφὴ τοῦ ὕδατος εἰς αἷμα.: 1
- η: 1 2 3 4
- η διανοια εν τοις αθτοις: 1
- η δυν. αυτ. δια παντ. : 1
- η ξενιτεια: 1
- η παιδεια αυτη: 1
- η συμπ. η του σ.: 1
- η της των: 1
- η των πρ. τελειωσις: 1
- ηὐφράν: 1
- ηʹ: 1 2 3
- ηʹ—αʹ. Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ: 1
- ηʹ. Ἐσθήρ: 1
- ηʹ. Ἰουδήθ: 1
- ηʹ. Βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ στίχ. ͵βσμʹ: 1
- ηʹ. Τὰ Παραλειπόμενα αʹ, βʹ: 1
- ηʹ. Τῆς Ῥούθ: 1
- η͵. Τωβίτ, ὁ καὶ Τωβίας στίχ. ψʹ: 1
- ηγγέλη τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ τῆς ἀφίξεως ἡμῶν. : 1
- ηγε: 1
- ηηʹ. Ῥούθ: 1
- ηιον : 1
- ηκειν: 1
- ηκριβωμενως: 1
- ηλύτων]: 1
- ηλεκτρον: 1
- ηλευθ.: 1
- ημερα: 1
- ημερα—προσφεροντες: 1
- ημερας ωρας: 1
- ημιν: 1
- ημιν οδον: 1
- ημιπηχοαιου : 1
- ημων: 1
- ημων : 1
- ημων ενεκα: 1
- ην: 1
- ηξιωσα σνεχως τους περι τον Ταρ.: 1
- ηρωτα: 1 2
- ηρ. τον εξης: 1
- ης,: 1
- ησαν γαρ ικανοι πρεσβεις: 1
- ηυξαντο: 1
- ηω: 1
- η. δευτέρα πληγή, τῶν βατράχων.: 1
- η] ης: 1
- θ: 1 2 3 4 5
- θάνατον : 1
- θάνατος: 1
- θέλημά μου | τὰς θυσίας ὑμῶν : 1
- θέλησις, ἱερατεύειν, ἱεράτευμα, καθαρίζειν, καθαρισμός, κατακαυχᾶσθαι, κατακληρονομεῖν, κατάνυξις, κατανύσσειν, κατενώπιον, κατοικητήριον, καύσων, καύχησις, κλυδωνίζεσθαι, κόρος, κραταιοῦν, λαξευτός, λειτουργικός, λύτρωσις, μακροθυμεῖν, μάννα, ματαιότης, ματαιοῦν, μεγαλειότης, μεγαλωσύνη, μετοικεῖν, μίσθιος, μογιλάλος, μοιχαλίς, νῖκος, ὀλεθρεύειν, ὀλιγόψυχος, ὁλοκληρία, ὀπτάνειν, ὀπτασία, ὀρθοτομεῖν, ὀρθρίζειν, ὁρκωμοσία, οὐαί, παγιδεύειν, παραζηλοῦν, παραπικρασμός, παροικία, παροργισμός, πατριάρχης, πειρασμός, περικάθαρμα, περιούσιος, περισσεία, πληροφορεῖν, πρόσκομμα, προσοχθίζειν, πρωινός, ῥαντίζειν, ῥαντισμός, σαβαώθ, σάββατον, σαγήνη, σατανᾶς, σάτον, σητόβρωτος, σίκερα, σκάνδαλον, σκληροκαρδία, σκληροτράχηλος, στήκειν, στυγνάζειν, συνεγείρειν, ταπεινόφρων, ὑπακοή, ὑπάντησις, ὑπολήνιον, ὑπεροψοῦν, ὑστέρημα, φωστήρ, χερουβείμ, ψιθυρισμός, ὠτίον.: 1
- θέντα· θεὸς δὲ τελειοῖ τὰ πάντων καὶ καθηγεῖται δυναστεύων. Ἐπι- : 1
- θέσιν, πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας διάθεσιν τετυπωμένων ἁπάντων. : 1
- θέτε·καὶ ἔθηκαν: 1
- θέτηται, πρὸς δ᾿ ἀλὴθειαν καὶ σημείωσιν ὀρθοῦ λόγου. διατάξας : 1
- θύγατερ: 1
- θώσεως εἰς τὸν βίον ἔτυχον. διαστειλάμενος οὖν τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας : 1
- θῡ δοσις: 1
- θῶσι πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀσφαλῶς οἱ ἄνδρες. ἔρρωσο.¶: 1
- θʹ: 1 2
- θʹ, θεʹ: 1 2
- θʹ. Βασιλειῶν αʹ: 1
- θʹ. Βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ: 1
- θʹ. Βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ στιχ. ͵βσγʹ: 1
- θʹ. Τῶν βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ: 1
- θʹ. Τοῦ Ἰώβ: 1
- θʹ. Τωβίτ: 1
- θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾷν καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθάς: 1
- θέλων ζ., ἀγαπῶν ἰδ. ἡμ. ἀγαθάς: 1
- θαλασσῶν.: 1 2 3 4
- θανάτου: 1
- θανάτου] + αὐτοῦ : 1
- θανατηφόρος: 1
- θαυμάζω δὲ τῶς ἔλαθέ σε τὸ μέρος τοῦ βιβλίου τοῦτο κίβδηλον ὄν κτλ. : 1
- θαυμάσουσιν, : 1
- θαυμασίως ἔχουσα, ῥομβωτὴν ἀποτελοῦσα τὴν ἀνὰ μέσον θεωρίαν· : 1
- θαυμασίως καὶ ἀξιολόγως ἔχοντα, καὶ ταῖς τέχναις ἀμίμητα, καὶ τῇ : 1
- θαυμασθήσονται : 1
- θαυμαστός σύμβουλος : 1
- θεὲ τῆς ἀληθείας: 1
- θεέ: 1
- θεὸν: 1
- θεὸν δὲ ἀξιοῦν, ὅπως μηθὲν ἐλλίπῃ τῶν καθηκόντων. Ἐπαι- : 1
- θεὸν οὗτοι σέβονται, ὃν καὶ πάντες, ἡμεῖς δέ, βασιλεῦ, προσονομά-: 1
- θεὸς δυναστὴς πατὴρ αἰώνιος ἄρχων εἰρήνης : 1
- θεὸς εἴη: 1
- θεόν, οὐχ οὕτως περὶ ἑαυτῶν ὡς περὶ τῶν ἐγγόνων, ἵνα παρῇ πάντα : 1
- θεόν, σαφὲς αὐτῷ γενέσθαι, τίνος χάριν τὸ σθμβαῖνόν ἐστι. δἰ : 1
- θεόν. Ἐπισημήνας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἕτερον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν : 1
- θεόπνευστος : 1
- θεός: 1 2
- θεός), ὁ δὲ διανακύψας καὶ προσβλέψας ἱλαρῷ τῷ προσώπῳ Πόσας : 1
- θεῖν τοὺς βασιλεῖς; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τοῖς νόμοις, ἵνα δικαιοπραγοῦντες : 1
- θειαν εἰς τὰ χρήσιμα.: 1
- θειας δυναμεως: 1
- θειη: 1
- θεοῦ δῶρον τοῦτ᾿ ἔχων. Κεχαρισμένως δὲ δαὶ τοῦτον ἀπο- : 1
- θεοῦ διδόντος εὕρομεν: 1
- θεοῦ δυνάμει τοῦτο γίνεται. Φήσας δὲ εὐλογεῖν ἄλλον : 1
- θεοῦ κατάρχεσθαι. τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως ἐπινεύσαντος τὰ περὶ τούτων: 1
- θεοῦ μου, καὶ ἔσται ὁ θεός ὃς ἂν ἐπακούσῃ σήμερον ἐν πυρί, οὗτος ἐστι θεός. καὶ ἀπεκρίθη πᾶς ὁ λαὸς καὶ εἶπεν Ἀγαθὸς ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησας.: 1
- θεοῦ μυστηρίων: 1
- θεοῦ σοι τὴν σεμνὴν ἐπίνοιαν διδόντος. Θαρσύνας δὲ τοῦτον : 1
- θεοῦ τοῦ λόγου τὴν καταρχὴν ποιούμενοι. Μενέδημος δὲ ὁ : 1
- θεοῦ φόβον. κελύει δὲ : 1
- θεοῦ. Εὖ δὲ καὶ τοῦτον κατεπαινέσας ἠρώτα τὸν ἑξῆς Πῶς : 1
- θεομάχος, Σ. : 1
- θεομαχεῖν: 1
- θεος]: 1
- θεου δε—τοις αξιοις: 1
- θερώκαμεν, ἀποδόντες τοῖς κρατοῦσι τὴν κατ᾿ ἀξίαν ἀργθρολὴν τιμήν, : 1
- θεραπεία: 1
- θερμασία: 1
- θεσίαν διεξαγόντων, περὶ ὧν προαιρούμεθα : 1
- θεσίας τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνατὸν ἐνδεικνύμενος. ποιησάμενος οὖν τὴν : 1
- θεσιν ηθελεν—ως αν τις: 1
- θεσιν ] + πεποιησθαι καθ ο αν μερος : 1
- θεσιν—ως αν τις: 1
- θεσιν, πῶς οὐ φυλακτέον παντάπασι τοὺς τρόπους εἰς τοῦτο κατακλα- : 1
- θεωθειη : 1
- θεων] θεου Α | εαν ΒΑ: 1
- θεωροῦντας τὴν κίνησιν καὶ ὑπόληψιν ἑαυτῶν, ὅταν εἰς ὕπνον : 1
- θη: 1
- θησομένων τὴν ταχίστην περὶ ὧν ἂν αἱρῇ. ἔρρωσο. Πρὸς : 1
- θιγγάνωσιν ὧν οὐ δέον ἐστίν. Οὐκ ἀλόγως δὲ τὴν πόλιν : 1
- θλίψεώς σου : 1
- θλίψις : 1
- θνεσιν: 1
- θπολαμβανονται] + δε: 1
- θποφερειν: 1
- θρὶξ ξανθίζουσα: 1
- θρώπῳ, ὅ τι ἂν δή ποτ᾿ οὖν ἐπιβάληται κακοποιεῖν. τό τε τῆς γαλῆς : 1
- θρασυ—γενος] φησι θρασυ το θηλυ γενος εστι: 1
- θρασυνας: 1
- θρωπία καὶ ἀγάπησις, ἀπεκρίνατο. διὰ γὰρ τούτων ἄλυτος εὐνοίας : 1
- θυγάτηρ: 1
- θυμήρης: 1
- θυμίαμα] θυσία | προσάγεται] προσφέρεται: 1
- θυμιάματος: 1
- θυνῶ: 1
- θυρίδες τοξικαί: 1
- θυρεὸς Σαουλ οὐκ ἐχρίσθη ἐν ἐλαίῳ.: 1
- θυσ: 1
- θυσία: 1 2
- θυσία αἰνέσεως: 1
- θυσία σωτηρίου: 1
- θυσίᾳ αἰνέσεως: 1
- θυσιαζειν] κατασκευαζειν: 1
- θωρακισμός: 1
- θύματα καὶ ἑτοίμασον· μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ γὰ: 1
- θ. τρίτη πληγή, τῶν σκνιπῶν. Κτλ.: 1
- ι: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- ιʹ: 1
- ιʹ Παραλειπόμενα αʹ, βʹ στιχ. ͵εφʹ: 1
- ιʹ. Βασιλειῶν βʹ.: 1
- ιʹ. Βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ: 1
- ιʹ. Τὸ Ψαλτήριον: 1
- ιʹ. Τῶν βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ: 1
- ια: 1 2
- ιαʹ. Ἔσδρας αʹ, βʹ στιχ. ͵εφʹ: 1
- ιαʹ. Ἰώβ: 1
- ιαʹ. Βασιλειῶν γʹ: 1
- ιαʹ. Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ: 1
- ιαʹ. Παροιμίαι Τολομῶντος : 1
- ιαμιμ: 1
- ιβ: 1
- ιβʹ: 1 2 3
- ιβʹ. Ἐκκλησιαστής: 1
- ιβʹ. Ἔσδρας αʹ, βʹ: 1
- ιβʹ. Βίβλος Ψαλμῶν στίχ. ͵εφʹ: 1
- ιβʹ. Βασιλειῶν δʹ: 1
- ιβʹ. Παραλειπόμενα αʹ, βʹ: 1
- ιβʹ. Τὸ Ψαλτήριον τοῦ Δαυίδ: 1
- ιγʹ. Ἰώβ: 1
- ιγʹ. Αἱ Παροιμίαι Τολομῶντος: 1
- ιγʹ. Βίβλος Ψαλμῶν ρνʹ: 1
- ιγʹ. Παραλειπόμενα αʹ: 1
- ιγʹ. Παροιμίαι Τολομῶντος στίχ. ͵αψʹ: 1
- ιγʹ. Τὸ ᾎσμα τῶν ᾀσμάτων : 1
- ιδʹ–ιζʹ. Βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ: 1
- ιδʹ. Ἐκκλησιαστής στίχ. ψνʹ: 1
- ιδʹ. Ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστής, σὺν τοῖς ᾌσμασιν: 1
- ιδʹ. Παραλειπόμενα βʹ: 1
- ιδʹ. Παροιμίαι Σολομῶντος: 1
- ιδʹ. Ψαλτήριον: 1
- ιδεας: 1
- ιδη: 1
- ιδιαν: 1 2
- ιδιοις: 1
- ιεʹ. Ἐκκλησιαστης: 1
- ιεʹ. Ἔσδρα αʹ: 1
- ιεʹ. ᾎσμ ᾀσμάτων στίχ. σπʹ: 1
- ιεʹ. Παροιμίαι: 1
- ιεʹ. Τὸ δωδεκαπρόφητον· Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἰεζεκιήλ, Δανιήλ, Ἔσδρας: 1
- ιζʹ. Ἐσθήρ: 1
- ιζʹ. Ἠσαίας προφήτης στίχ. ͵γωʹ: 1
- ιζʹ. Ἰώβ: 1
- ιζʹ. ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων: 1
- ιηʹ, ιθʹ. Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ: 1
- ιηʹ. Ἔσδρας: 1
- ιηʹ. Ἰερεμίας προφήτης στίχ. ͵δʹ: 1
- ιηʹ. Δώδεκα προφῆται: 1
- ιηʹ. Τωβίτ: 1
- ιθʹ. Ἠσαίας : 1
- ιθʹ. Ἰουδήθ: 1
- ιθʹ. Ὡσῆε: 1
- ιθʹ. Βαρούχ στίχ. ψʹ: 1
- ικανων: 1
- ικανως: 1
- ιλάσεται περί: 1
- ιν εξισοι: 1
- ιςʹ. Ἐκκλησιαστής: 1
- ιςʹ. Ἔσδρα βʹ: 1
- ιςʹ. Ἰώβ στίχ. ͵αωʹ: 1
- ιςʹ. ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων: 1
- ισιν εν: 1
- ιστῶν. Παρακαλέσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἐπυνθάνετο καὶ τοῦ : 1
- ιστους: 1
- ισως μαλλον: 1
- ισως φιλοφρονησεσι, ισως μαλλον: 1
- ι, : 1
- κ: 1 2
- κἀμοὶ μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν. τῶν δὲ ἀσμενισάντων ἐκέλευσε καταλύ- : 1
- κἄπειτα θυγάτηρ βασιλέως : 1
- κάθημαι, κάθου : 1
- κάθισμα. : 1
- κάλλιστα πεπαιδευκότες τὰς διανοίας—καθὼς καὶ σὺ τοῦτο πράσσεις, : 1
- κάτω.: 1
- κέναι τοῖς μέτροις. ἔτι γὰρ ἐπιταγῆς οὔσης οὐθὲν ἂν ἐσπάνιζε· : 1
- κέρατα, πέρατα: 1
- κίνησις ἀόρατος, ἥ τε ὀξύτης τοῦ πρὸς ἕκαστόν τι πράσσειν καὶ : 1
- κόμματα: 1 2 3
- κόμμετα: 1
- κόνδυ: 1 2
- κύθρα: 1
- κύριος: 1 2
- κύων: 1
- κῇλος. οἱ πάντες ἑβδομήκοντα δύο. Καὶ τὰ μὲν πρὸς τὴν : 1
- κῶλα: 1 2 3 4
- κῶλον: 1
- κʹ. Ἀμώς: 1
- κʹ. Ἰώβ: 1
- κʹ. Ἰεζεκιήλ στίχ. ͵δʹ: 1
- κʹ. Ἰερεμίας καὶ Βαρούχ, Θρῆνοι καὶ Ἐπιστολαί: 1
- κʹ. Τὸ Δωδεκαπρόφητον: 1
- κάλλιστα· καὶ πρὸs τὸ πάντων κυριώτατον νενευκυῖα τὴν εὐσέ-: 1
- καὶ: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- καὶ : 1 2 3 4
- καὶ ἀνόητος οὐ συνήσει σὺι ταύτην.: 1
- καὶ ἀνδρία καὶ σωφροσύνη: 1
- καὶ ἀνείλατο: 1
- καὶ ἀπέδωκεν: 1
- καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν υἰὸς Ἁδὰδ καὶ εἶπεν Τάδε ποιήσαισάν μοι θεοὶ καὶ τάδε προσθείησαν, εἰ ἐξαρκέσει χοῦς Σαμαρίας τοῖς λιχάσιν: 1
- καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν υἰὸς Ἁδὲρ λέγων Τάδε ποιήσαι μοι ὁ θεός καὶ τάδε προσθείη, εἰ ἐκποιήσει ὁ χοῦς Σαμαρείας ταῖς ἀλώπεξιν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ τοῖς πεζοῖς μου.: 1
- καὶ ἀπότισιν ἀσεβῶν ὄψῃ.: 1
- καὶ ἀπεκρίθη βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπεν Ἱκανούσθω· μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ κυρτὸς ὡς ὁ ὀρθός.: 1
- καὶ ἀπεκρίθη βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπεν Λαλήσατε Μὴ καυχάσθω ζωννύμενος ὡς ὁ περιλυόμενος.: 1
- καὶ ἀποδώσῃ αὐτοῖς τὴν ἀγαλλίασιν τοῦ σωτηρίου καὶ πνεύματι ἡγεμονικῷ στήρισόν αὐτούς: 1
- καὶ ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ λίθων ἑκανόν τι πλῆθος— : 1
- καὶ ἀσύνετος οὐ συνήσει ταῦτα.: 1
- καὶ ἁφὴ οὐκ ἐγγίσει ἐν σκέπῃ σου·: 1
- καὶ ἄλλοι μὲν φιλομαθεῖς ἄνδρες—εἰς προοίμιον τῆς θεοπνεύστου γραφῆς.: 1
- καὶ ἄφετε αὐτὸν καὶ οὕτως καταράσθω: 1
- καὶ Ἀριστέαν, τιμωμένους παῤ ἡμῖν, διαλεξομένους σοι καὶ κομί- : 1
- καὶ ἐὰν θέλητε . . . φάγεσθε.: 1
- καὶ ἐάν: 1
- καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, πίνων ἦν αὐτὸς καὶ πάντες βασιλεῖς μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐν σκηναῖς· καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ Οἰκοδομήσατε χάρακα· καὶ ἔθεντο χάρακα ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν.: 1
- καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤκουσεν σὺν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔπιννεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς ἐν συσκιασμοῖς· καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς δούλους αὐτοῦ Θέτε· καὶ ἔθηκαν ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν.: 1
- καὶ ἐγένετο λόγος Κυρίου πρὸς Ἰερεμίαν λέγων : 1
- καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως: 1
- καὶ ἐγένετο . . . ἐκάθισεν Ἰερεμίας κλαίων κτλ.: 1
- καὶ ἐγένετο μεσημβρία, καὶ ἐμυκτήρισεν αὐτοὺς Ἡλίας ὁ Θεσβίτης καὶ προσέθετο λέγων Ἐπικαλεῖσθε ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἅμα, μήποτε ἀδολεσχία τις ἔστιν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἅμα μήποτε χρηματίζει αὐτὸς ἢ μήποτε καθεύδει, καὶ ἐξαναστήσεται.: 1
- καὶ ἐγενήθη . . . εἰς πόλεμον : 1
- καὶ ἐκδικήσει: 1
- καὶ ἐκκαθαριεῖ: 1
- καὶ ἐν ἀναλεκτηρίῳ: 1
- καὶ ἐν ὕπνῳ. διὸ καὶ περὶ σὲ διὰ παντός ἐστιν εὐστάθεια. Κατ- : 1
- καὶ ἐν σοὶ προσεύξονται: 1
- καὶ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ σου: 1
- καὶ ἐν τῷ σφάλλεσθαι: 1
- καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀκριβεστάτοις δὲ τῶν ἀντιγράφων Ἐβραίοις χαρακτῆρσιν κεῖται τὸ ὄνομα, Ἐβραικοῖς δὲ οὐ τοῖς νῦν ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀρχαιοτάτοις: 1
- καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀγαλλιάσομαι.: 1
- καὶ ἐνέδυσεν αὐτῷ θώρακα: 1
- καὶ ἐνέφραξεν τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ ἵνα μή σε λυμάνῃ.: 1
- καὶ ἐνετείλαπο ὁ βασιλεὺς σὺν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ τῷ λέγειν Ποιήσατε φέσα τῷ : 1
- καὶ ἐνετείλατο ὁ βασηλεὺς παντὶ τῷ λαῷ λέγων Ποιήσατε πάσχα τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ ἡμῶν, καθὼς γέγραπται ἐπὶ βιβλίου τῆς διαθήκης ταύτης.: 1
- καὶ ἐνισχυσάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ.: 1
- καὶ ἐνκρούσῃς . . . τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐποῦ: 1
- καὶ ἐξάραντες . . . καὶ παρενέβαλον.: 1
- καὶ ἐξαγαγεῖν | δεδεμένους ] πεπεδημένους: 1
- καὶ ἐξαρθ. κτλ.).: 1
- καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν καλλίστων πράξεων οὐκ αὐτοὶ κατευθύνομεν τὰ βουλευ- : 1
- καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν Ἐλεισαῖε: 1
- καὶ ἐπεκαλοῦντο ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ κατετέμνοντο κατὰ τὸν ἐθισμὸν αὐτῶν ἐν μαχαίραις καὶ ἐν σειρομάσταις ἕως ἐκχύσεως αἵματος ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς.: 1
- καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν: 1
- καὶ ἐταπείνωσεν αὐτοὺς Αἴγυπτος: 1
- καὶ ἔδραμεν ἐπὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἀντλῆσαι ὕδωρ καὶ ὑδρ. πάσαις ταῖς καμήλοις: 1
- καὶ ἔκτισέν σε: 1
- καὶ ἔλαβον τὸν βοῦν καὶ ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἐπεκαλοῦντο ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Βααλ καὶ εἶπον Ἐπάκουσον ἡμῶν, ὁ Βααλ, ἐπάκουσον ἡμῶν. καὶ οὐκ ἦν φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἀκρόασις. καὶ διέτρεχον ἐπὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου οὗ ἐποίησαν.: 1
- καὶ ἔλαβον . . . τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέν μοι Κύριος.: 1
- καὶ ἔλεγχος καὶ παιδεία: 1
- καὶ ἔπλασέν σε: 1
- καὶ ἔσῃ μακροχρόνιος: 1
- καὶ ἡ ῥομφαία . . . αὐτοῦ | ὁ Ἰησοῦς : 1
- καὶ ἡ μάχαιρά μου φάγεται κρέα ἀπὸ αἵματος τραυματιῶν, : 1
- καὶ ἡ ψυχή μου αὐτῷ ζῇ.: 1
- καὶ ἤνθησαν πάντες κατεργαζόμενοι ἀνωφελές,: 1
- καὶ ἤρξατο Σαλωμὼν τοῦ οἰκοδομεῖν τὸν οἶκον Κυρίου . . καὶ ἤρξατο οἰκοδομὴ ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἐν τῷ ἔτει τῷ τετάρτῳ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ.: 1
- καὶ ἦν ὁ τρυγητὸς ἕτοιμος τοῦ θερίζειν· τὰ δὲ σκεύη ἦν τρεῖς σίκλοι εἰς τὸν ὀδόντα, καὶ τῇ ἀξίνῃ, καὶ τῷ δρεπάνῳ ὑπόστασις ἦν ἡ αὐτή: 1
- καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ὤγ : 1
- καὶ ἰδοὺ ἡ θυρωρὸς ἐνύσταξεν καὶ ἐκάθευδεν: 1
- καὶ ἰδοὺ ἡ θυρωρὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἐκάθαιρεν πυρούς, καὶ ἐνύσταξεν καὶ ἐκάθευδεν: 1
- καὶ ἰδοὺ προφήτης εἷς προσήγγισεν πρὸς Ἀὰβ βασιλέα Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπεν Τάδε λέγει : 1
- καὶ ἰδοὺ προφήτης εἷς προσῆλθεν τῷ βασιλεῖ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπεν Τάδε λέγει Κύριος Εἰ ἑόρακας τὸν ὄχλον τὸν μέγαν τοῦτον; ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ δίδωμι αὐτὸν σήμερον εἰς χεῖρας σάς, καὶ γνώσῃ ὅτι ἐγὼ Κύριος.: 1
- καὶ ἰδού: 1
- καὶ Ἰόππην καὶ Γάζαν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Πτολεμαίδα τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ : 1
- καὶ ὁ κύριος: 1
- καὶ ὄψ. καὶ ποιμανεῖ: 1
- καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποτυγχανόντων; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εἰ πᾶσιν ἴσος γένοιο τῷ: 1
- καὶ ὑπόδημα: 1
- καὶ ὡς (1°)] ἡνίκα, : 1
- καὶ ὡς] ἡνίκα: 1
- καὶ ὦσιν πρὸς τῷ τίκτειν: 1
- καὶ ῥᾳθυμίαις; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Θεωρεῖν ὅσα : 1
- καὶ βοᾶτε ἐν ὀνόματι θεῶν ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐγὼ ἐπικαλέσομαι ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ : 1
- καὶ γὰρ ἐλαϊκοῖς πλήθεσι σύνδενδρός ἐστι καὶ σιτικοῖς καρποῖς : 1
- καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἐλεήμων ἐστίν. Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ τοῦτον : 1
- καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦ͙ δεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς Γαρπιαίου συναθροιζόμενοι τοὺς Θρήνους Ἰερεμίου ἀναγινώσκουσιν . . . καὶ τὸν Βαρούχ.: 1
- καὶ γε: 1
- καὶ γινώσκει, καὶ οὐθὲν ἂν λάθοι ἄδικον ποιήσας ἢ κακὸν ἐργασά- : 1
- καὶ δεῦρο: 1
- καὶ δεικνύουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ τὴν ὁδόν: 1
- καὶ διὰ θεοῦ γεγονέναι· καὶ τῶν ἐπιβαλλομένων τινὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ : 1
- καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ τοιοῦτος τρόπος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀκάθαρτός ἐστιν· : 1
- καὶ διέβη τὸν ποταμόν: 1
- καὶ διέστρωσαν τῷ Σαοὺλ: 1
- καὶ διασκορπισθὴσονται πάντες οἱ ἐργαθόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν.: 1
- καὶ διερράγησαν: 1
- καὶ δικαιοσύνης πρῶτον ὁ νομοθέτης ἡμῶν, καὶ διδάξας ἕκαστα περὶ : 1
- καὶ διορθωσάμενος ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις τῶν γραφῶν τόποις ἐξέδοτο τοῖς χριστιανοῖς ἀδελφοῖς· ἥτις δὴ καὶ ἑρμηνεία μετὰ τὴν ἄθλησιν καὶ μαρτυρίαν τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἁγίου Λουκιανοῦ τὴν γεγονυῖαν ἐπὶ Διοκλητιανοῦ καὶ Μαξιμιανοῦ τῶν τυράννων, ἤγουν τὸ ἰδιόχειρον αὑτοῦ τῆς ἐκδόσεως βιβλίον, εὑρέθη ἐν Νικομηδείᾳ ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίνου βασιλέως τοῦ μεγάλου παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις ἐν τοίχῳ πυργίσκῳ περικεχρισμένῳ κονιάματι εἰς διαφύλαξιν: 1
- καὶ δραμοῦσα ἐπὶ τὸ φρέαρ ὑδρεύσατο ταῖς καμήλοις.: 1
- καὶ εἰ τάδε εἴποις Ἐν τῷ λαῷ ἡ ἀδικία, δὸς ὁσιότητα: 1
- καὶ εἰς στερεὸν σκανδάλου: 1
- καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ Εἶπον δὴ Στάχυς: 1
- καὶ εἶπαν αὐτοῖς Συμεὼν καὶ Λευὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ Δείνας υἱοὶ δὲ Λείας: 1
- καὶ εἶπεν: 1
- καὶ εἶπεν Ἔσδρας τῷ λαῷ Τοῦτο τὸ πάσχα ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ καταφυγὴ ἡμῶν· καὶ ἐὰν διανοηθῆτε καὶ ἀναβῇ ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν ὅτι Μέλλομεν αὐτὸν ταπεινοῦν ἐν σημείῳ, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐλπίσωμεν (? ἐλπίσητε) ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, οὐ μὴ ἐρημωθῇ ὁ πόπος οὗτος εἰς ἅπαντα χρόνον, λέγει ὁ θεὸς τῶν δυνάμεων· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ πιστεύσητε αὐτῷ μηδὲ εἰσακούσητε τοῦ κηρύγματος αὐτοῦ, ἔσεσθε ἐπίχαρμα τοῖς ἔθνεσι: 1
- καὶ εἶπεν Ἠλειού . . . τὰ θυσιαστήριά σου καθεῖλαν καὶ τοὺς προφήτας σου ἀπέκτειναν . . . καὶ ὑπολέλειμμαι ἐγὼ μονώτατος καὶ ζητοῦσι τὴν ψυχήν μου . . . καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν . . . καταλείψεις ἐν Ἰσραὴλ ἑπτὰ χιλιάδας ἀνδρῶν, πάντα γόνατα ἃ οὐκ ὤκλασαν γόνυ τῷ Βααλ.: 1
- καὶ εἶπεν Ἡλίας πρὸς τὸν λαόν Ἐγὼ ὑπολέλειμμαι προφήτης κυρίου προφήτης μονώτατος, καὶ οἱ προφῆται τοῦ Βααλ τετρακόσιοι καὶ πεντήκοντα ἄνδρες, καὶ οἱ προφῆται τῶν ἀλσῶν τετρακόσιοι. : 1
- καὶ εἶπεν Ἡλίας τοῖς προφήταις τῆς αἰσχύνης Ἐκλέξασθε ἑαυτοῖς τὸν βοῦν τὸν ἕνα: 1
- καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός Γενηθήτωσαν φωστῆρες ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἰς φαῦσιν τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἀρχέτωσαν τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς τοῦ διαχω: 1
- καὶ εἶπεν Δαυείδ Οὐχί, ἀλλ᾿ ἢ χείρω[ν] κυνός: 1
- καὶ εἶπεν Δ. Ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ λέοντος . . . τῆς ἄρκου: 1
- καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς μέ Κάθες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ χωνευτήριον καὶ σκέψομαι εἰ δόκιμόν ἐστιν, ὃν τρόπον ἐδοκιμάσθην ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν. καὶ ἔλαβον . . . καὶ ἐνέβαλον αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον Κυρίου εἰς τὸ χωνευτηρίον.: 1
- καὶ εἶπεν Λεία Ἐν τύχῃ· καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Γαδ.: 1
- καὶ εἶπον Ὤ: 1
- καὶ θύτας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, οἷς ἔθος ἦν τὰς κατευχὰς ποιεῖσθαι, : 1
- καὶ καὶγε: 1
- καὶ καί γε σὺν τοὺς μάγους καὶ σὺν τοὺς γνωριστὰς καὶ σὺν τὰ μορφώματα καὶ σὺν τὰ καθάρματα καὶ σὺν πάντα προσοχθίσματα ἃ ὡράθησαν ἐν γῇ Ἰούδα καὶ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπέλεξεν Ἰωσιαού, ὅπως ἀναστήσῃ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ νόμου τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐπὶ τοῦ βιβλίου [οὗ εὗρεν] Ἑλκιαοὺ ὁ ἱερεὺς οἴκῳ Κυρίου: 1
- καὶ καίγε: 1
- καὶ καιροῦ. ἐθεώρουν ἐν ὁράματι τῆς νυκτὸς, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο, καὶ ὡς παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν παρῆν· καὶ : 1
- καὶ κακώσουσιν Ἐβραίους.: 1
- καὶ κατὰ ψυχήν, ἀπολελυμένοι ματαίων δοξῶν, τὸν μόνον θεὸν καὶ : 1
- καὶ κατέλιπεν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ ἐνώπιον Κυρίου: 1
- καὶ κατῴκισεν αὐτοὺς: 1
- καὶ καταδυναστεύοντα τῇ περὶ ἑαυτὰ δυνάμει τὰ λοιπά, καὶ τὴν : 1
- καὶ κατακυρίευε: 1
- καὶ καταξίως μεγάλης θειότητος ἅπαντ᾿ ἐπιτελεῖται. Μεγύλην: 1
- καὶ κατεμάνθανεν: 1
- καὶ κλίνεσθαι: 1
- καὶ λίθοις: 1
- καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ὑποδρομὴν ἀδιάλειπτον κίνησιν : 1
- καὶ μάστιξ οὐκ ἐγγιεῖ τῷ σκηνώματί σου·: 1
- καὶ μὴ πειθόμενος διαβολαῖς, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτὸς ὢν δοκιμαστὴς τῶν λεγο- : 1
- καὶ μέσον τῆς χώρας αὐτῆς ἀνεφύησαν μύες: 1
- καὶ μέσον τῆς χώρας αὐτῆς ἀνεφύησαν μύες, καὶ ἐγένετο σύγχυσις θανάτου μεγάλη ἐν τῇ πόλει.: 1
- καὶ μεγαλομερὴς οὐδέποτ᾿ ἂν ἀπολίποι δόξης· ἵνα δὲ τὰ προειρη- : 1
- καὶ μεγαλοψυχίᾳ χρησάμενος, ἐκέλευσέ τε τῶν διαφόρων δόσιν : 1
- καὶ μετατίθεσθαι: 1
- καὶ μνησθ.: 1
- καὶ μυριὰς ἀπὸ δεξι[ῶν σου]·: 1
- καὶ μυριὰς ἐκ δεξιῶν σου, : 1
- καὶ νῦν ὁρᾷς· ὅσαι γὰρ πόλεις εἰσίν, : 1
- καὶ νῦν εἰ μὲν ἀφεῖς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν αὐτῶν, ἄφες: 1
- καὶ νῦν εὑρεματικώτεροι καὶ πολυμαθέστεροι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν πρίν : 1
- καὶ οἱ ἐν Ἰερειχώ: 1
- καὶ οὐ διῃρέθη: 1
- καὶ οὐ θεῷ, θεοῖς | ᾔδεισαν] οἴδασιν | πρόσφατοι]: 1
- καὶ οὐδὲν εἰκῆ κατατέτακται διὰ τῆς γραφῆς οὐδὲ μυθωδῶς, ἀλλ᾿ : 1
- καὶ οὐκ ἐλυμήναντό με: 1
- καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκεν Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῖν καρδίαν εἰδέναι καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς [τοῦ] βλέπειν καὶ ὦτα ἀκούειν ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης.: 1
- καὶ οὐκ ἠσμένισαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰεχονίου ἐν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν Βαιθσάμυς: 1
- καὶ πάλιν λέγει: 1
- καὶ παρὰ Θεοδέκτου δὲ τοῦ τῶν τραγῳδιῶν ποιητοῦ μετέλαβον ἐγώ, : 1
- καὶ παρ᾿ Αἰγυπτίοις μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο καὶ πανταχοῦ παρὰ πᾶσίν εἰσιν Ἰουδαίοις: 1
- καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν νομίζω τὰ τῆς ὁμιλίας ἄξια λόγου καθεστάναι· : 1
- καὶ πλούτου μέγεθος τοῖς βασιλεῦσι, καὶ οὐδεὶς περὶ ἑαυτόν ἐστι : 1
- καὶ πολλὰ δῶρα τῷ βασιλεῖ κατασκευάσας προέπεμψεν ἡμᾶς μετὰ : 1
- καὶ ποταμῶν: 1
- καὶ πρὸς τὸ τέρπεσθαι τραπέντες ἡδέως διεξάγωμεν. ἐν δὲ ταῖς : 1
- καὶ πρᾶξιν ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα τρεπομένην κατευθύνει καὶ ἐγρηγορὼς : 1
- καὶ προσάγουσιν τὴν φυλὴν Ματταρεκαὶ προσάγουσιν τὴν φυλὴν Ματταρεὶ εἰς ἄνδρας: 1
- καὶ προσυπέδειξαν εὔχρηστα, τὴν κατασκευὴν αὐτῶν οὐ ποιήσαντες : 1
- καὶ σὺ Ὕψιστος εἰς αἰῶνα, : 1
- καὶ σὺ δὲ ἀπόγραψαι αὐτὰ σεαυτῷ τρισσῶς.: 1
- καὶ σὺ καὶ ἀνεπίληστα τοὺς πολίτας ἡμῶν κατὰ πολλοὺς τρόπους : 1
- καὶ σὺ καθόσον ἄνθρωπος ἐννόει, καὶ μὴ πολλῶν ὀρέγου, τῶν δὲ: 1
- καὶ σώματος ἑκάστου κομίζεσθαι δραχμὰς εἴκοσι, καὶ περὶ τούτων: 1
- καὶ σώσει ἡμᾶς . . . ὑπεμείναμεν αὐτῷ: 1
- καὶ σαλεύεσθαι: 1
- καὶ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρίαν, ὥς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος ὁ: 1
- καὶ συνέδησεν: 1
- καὶ συνήχθη τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ὑποκάτω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν καὶ ὤφθη: 1
- καὶ συνεκάθισεν αὐτοῖς: 1
- καὶ συνπαραμενεῖ: 1
- καὶ σύ, Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα· ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου Ἰσραήλ.: 1
- καὶ σύ, Βηθλέεμ, οἶκος Ἐφράθα, ὀλιγοστὸς εἶ τοῦ εἶναι ἐν χιλιάσιν Ἰούδα· ἐξ οὗ μοι ἐξελεύσεται τοῦ εἶναι εἰς ἄρχοντα τοῦ Ἰσραήλ . . . καὶ ποιμανεῖ . . .: 1
- καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν νίκην ἡμῖν προσπεπτωκέναι τῆς πρὸς Ἀντίγονον : 1
- καὶ τὰς ὁμιλίας, οἷον ἐνεργάζονται πρᾶγμα, διότι κακοῖς ὁμιλήσαντες : 1
- καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς δὲ τορείας διηλλαγμένως ἐπετέλεσαν, ἅπαντα φιλοτι- : 1
- καὶ τέκνοις καὶ τοῖς ὁμονοοῦσι πάντα ἀνέκλειπτα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς : 1
- καὶ τὴν ἀράν: 1
- καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου διασάφησιν.¶: 1
- καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων διάθεσιν τῶν κατὰ τὴν σεμνὴν νομο-: 1
- καὶ τίς δῴη πάντα τὸν λαὸν Κυρίου . . . : 1
- καὶ τῇ τῆς εὐκοσμίας καὶ σιγῆς διαθέσει. πάντεσ γὰρ αὐτοκελεύ- : 1
- καὶ τῇ φύσει κατεσκεύασται ἀσθενές· δέον δ᾿ ἐστὶ κατὰ τὸ ὑγιὲς : 1
- καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων λόγων. §: 1
- καὶ τῶν θυγατέρων μου: 1
- καὶ τῶν πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν προσιόντων οὐ δυναμένων ἀφίστασθαι διὰ : 1
- καὶ τῶν προσαγόντων δὲ τὰ θύματα πολύ τι πλῆθος: 1
- καὶ ταῦτα ἃ ἐμίσουν ἐποιεῖτε· ἐκαλύπτετε δάκρυσιν τὸ θυσιαστήριον Κυρίου καὶ κλαυθμῷ καὶ στεναγμῷ ἐκ κόπων. ἔτι ἄξιον ἐπιβλέψαι εἰς θυσίαν ἢ λαβεῖν δεκτὸν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν: 1
- καὶ ταῦτα δέ φημι οὑχὶ ὄκνῳ τοῦ ἐρευνᾷν καὶ τὰς κατὰ Ἰουδαίους γραφὰς καὶ πάσας τὰς ἡμετέρας ταῖς ἐκείνων συγκρίνειν καὶ ὁρᾷν τὰς ἐν αὐταῖς διαφοράς, εἰ μὴ φορτικὸν γοῦν εἰπεῖν, ἐπὶ πολὺ τοῦτο (ὅση δύναμις) πεποιήκαμεν, γυμνάζοντες αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐκδόσεσι καὶ ταῖς διαφοραῖς αὐτῶν μετὰ τοῦ πόσως μᾶλλον ἀσκεῖν τὴν ἑρμηνείαν τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα . . . ἀσκοῦμεν δὲ μὴ ἀγνοεῖν καὶ τὰς παῤ ἐκείνοις, ἵνα πρὸς Ἰουδαίους διαλεγόμενοι μὴ προσφέρωμεν αὐτοῖς τὰ μὴ κείμενα ἐν τοῖς ἀντιγράφοις αὐτῶν, καὶ ἵνα συγχρησώμεθα τοῖς φερομένοις παῤ ἐκείνοις, εἰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἡμετέροις οὐ κεῖται βιβλίοις. : 1
- καὶ ταῦτα δεύτερον ἐποιεῖτε, καλύπτοντες ἐν δάκρυσιν τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κλαίοντες καὶ οἰμώσσοντες, ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ εἶναι ἔτι νεύοντα πρὸς τὸ δῶρον καὶ δέξασθαι τὸ εὐδοκημένον ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὑμῶν.: 1
- καὶ ταῦτα προσκυνοῦσι, καὶ θύουσι τούτοις καὶ ζῶσι καὶ τελευ- : 1
- καὶ ταχὺ προκαταλαβέτωσαν ἡμᾶς οἱ οἰκτιρμοί σου, Κύριε: 1
- καὶ τελευτῆσαι Ῥαχὴλ : 1
- καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δὲ ἀδικοῦσι νεκρούς τε καὶ ζῶντας. παράσημον : 1
- καὶ τοὺς ὑμένας ἀνείλιζαν, πολὺν ἐπιστὰς χρόνον καὶ προσκυνήσας : 1
- καὶ τοῖς μισοῦσιν ἀνταποδώσει, : 1
- καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς: 1
- καὶ τοῦ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα γεγραφέναι περὶ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως : 1
- καὶ τοῦτο δεύτερον ἐποιήσατε· ἐκαλύπτετε δάκρυσιν τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κλαίοντες καὶ στένοντες, ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ εἶναι ἔτι πρὸσεγγίζοντα τὸ ὁλοκαύτωμα καὶ λαβεῖν τέλειον ἐκ χειρῶν ὑμῶν.: 1
- καὶ τοῦτο δεύτερον ἐποιεῖτε· ἐκαλύπτετε δάκρύῳ τὸ θυσιαστήριον κλαυθμῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ, ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ εἶναι ἔτι νεῦσαι πρὸς τὸ δῶρον καὶ λαβεῖν εὐδοκίαν ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὑμῶν.: 1
- καὶ τράπεζαν εἱς ἀνάθεσιν, καὶ εἰς προσαγωγὴν θυσιῶν καὶ εἰς : 1
- καὶ υἱὸς τοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας μου: 1
- καὶ φρονήσει παῤ ἑτέρους. μετείληφα γὰρ καλῶς αὐτὸν λέγειν, ὅτι : 1
- καὶ χ: 1
- καὶ χαρᾶς εὐφροσύνου πλείονα χρόνον· καὶ τὸ τηνικαῦτα πρὸς τὸ : 1
- καὶὐθὺς . . . ἐγένετο: 1
- καὶ, : 1
- καὶ, μου, σου, -ναι, -ται: 1
- καί: 1 2 3
- καί ἀνταπόδοσιν ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄψῃ.: 1
- καί ἀνταποδώσει δίκην τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, : 1
- καί γε τοὺς θελητὰς καὶ τοὺς γνωριστὰς καὶ τὰ θεραφεὶν καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα καὶ πάντα τὰ προσοχθίσματα τὰ γεγονότα ἐν γῇ Ἰούδα καὶ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐξῆρεν Ἰωσείας, ἵνα στήσῃ τοὺς λόγους τοῦ νόμου τοὺς γεγραμμένους ἐπὶ τῷ βιβλίῳ οὗ εὗρεν Χελκείας ὁ ἱερεὺς ἐν οἴκῳ Κυρίου.: 1
- καί διέκυψαν πάντες οἱ ἐργαθόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν, : 1
- καί νῦν: 1
- καί προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ υἱοὶ θεοῦ·: 1
- καί 2° | αὐτοί] ἑαυτοῖς, : 1
- καί |: 1
- καίγε τὸ σπέρμα Ἰακὼβ καὶ Δαυὶδ τοῦ δούλου μου ἀποδοκιμῶ, τοῦ μὴ λαβεῖν ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ ἄρχοντα πρὸς τὸ σπέρμα Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ· ὅτι ἐπιστρέψω τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω αὐτούς: 1
- καίπερ αὐτός: 1
- καί, : 1 2
- καό ἥμισυ τῆς ἑβδομάδος καταπαύσει θυμίαμα θυσίας καὶ πτερυγίου ἀφανισμοῦ ἕως συντελείας καὶ σπουδῆς τάξιν ἀφανισμοῦ: 1
- καῖον. Φιλοφρονηθεὶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον καλῶς εἶπεν ἅπαντας : 1
- καʹ: 1
- καʹ. Ἠσαίας ὁ προφήτης: 1
- καʹ. Ἰεζεκιήλ : 1
- καʹ. Ἰουδίθ: 1
- καʹ. Δανιήλ στίχ. ͵βʹ: 1
- καʹ. Μιχαίας: 1
- καʹ. Σοφία: 1
- καδίον: 1
- καδίσκος: 1
- καθά: 1
- καθάρματα: 1
- καθέστηκεν, ἀλλὰ φαίνεται πρός τινα λόγον, εἶπεν, οὕτως συνεστη- : 1
- καθέστηκεν, ὑπὸ μιᾶς δυνάμεως οἰκονομούμενα, καὶ καθ᾿ ἓν ἕκαστον : 1
- καθέστηκε, καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι—ταῦτ᾿ οὖν ἐξεργαζόμενος : 1
- καθίσματα: 1 2
- καθὼς ἀπέφαινον πέντε σταδίων κυκλόθεν τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἱερὸν κατα- : 1
- καθὼς ἐπιστώθην. προήγαγον γὰρ πλέον σταδίων τεσσάρων ἐκ τῆς : 1
- καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαίᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ: 1
- καθὼς γέγραπται,: 1
- καθὼς προεῖπον, περὶ τούτων τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου, προσκυνήσας : 1
- καθώς: 1
- καθ᾿ ὁφθαλμούς: 1
- καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν μέρος αἴρωνται, ὥστε καὶ τὴν τῶν κυμάτων θέσιν καὶ τὴν : 1
- καθ᾿ ὥραν] καθαρῶν: 1
- καθ᾿ ὥραν] καρπῶν | τῇ βάτῳ | ἐπ᾿] ἐν, : 1
- καθήσομαι: 1
- καθαρίζεσθαι τὰ συναγόμενα παμπληθῆ τῶν θυμάτων αἵματα. : 1
- καθαρίσαι. : 1
- καθαροτητι : 1
- καθαρός] κομψός | χρόνον] χρόνιος: 1
- καθεύδοντες] κοιμώμενοι | ἐρίφους] ἄρνας: 1
- καθεστάναι τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους, καὶ κομίζεσθαι τὸ δίκαιον ταχέως : 1
- καθεσταναι: 1
- καθεστηκε και: 1
- καθεστηκεν α: 1
- καθηγειται: 1
- καθηγεμόνες ἱερεῖς, ἐγκεκυφότες εἰς πολλὰ καὶ μετεσχηκότες: 1
- καθηκον: 1
- καθηκ.: 1
- καθισταναι : 1
- καθο: 1
- καθοπλίσας ἀνδρῶν ἐκλεκτῶν εἰς τὴν χώραν κατῴκισεν ἐν τοῖς : 1
- καθυγρατος: 1
- καθως: 1
- καθως υπο—διοικειται κατα: 1
- καθ. διαθεσις: 1
- και: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
- και : 1 2
- και δυναμενων: 1
- και δυναμεων] : 1
- και επεστρεψεν ις: 1
- και επιθ. επι ξυλα Α | ξυλα] των ξυλων Β | τὸν αλλον] + και δωσω επι τα ξυλα Α: 1
- και ημισους: 1
- και θαυμαστα: 1
- και κακοποιουσι—τροφην αλλα: 1
- και κακοπ.—τροφην αλλα (13: 1
- και μεγ. : 1
- και μενοντα] μενοντα : 1
- και περι: 1
- και περι τουτων—σεμνοτητα: 1
- και πολιτευομενων: 1
- και ποτων: 1 2
- και σκια] : 1
- και συγκ. : 1
- και συντηπουντος: 1
- και συντηρ.—κελευει : 1
- και σωμα και ψυχην : 1
- και τα ακολουθα παντα: 1
- και τεχν.] της τεχνοργιας : 1
- και τοις : 1
- και χαρισαμενος εση: 1
- καινότης: 1
- καιρῶν †: 1
- και, ρος: 1
- και] η: 1
- και] καν: 1
- κακ: 1
- κακήν] πονηράν: 1
- κακότεχνος: 1
- κακοῖς ἑτέρους ἐνεκύλισαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἐπετέλεσαν, : 1
- κακοῦ τὴν διάνοιαν. Καταλήξαντος δὲ τούτου κατερράγη : 1
- κακοζηλίαν : 1
- κακον: 1
- κακοποιεῖν. καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν, ὅσον ἐπὶ βραχὺ : 1
- κακοποιειν μηδενα : 1
- κακοπραγία: 1
- καλὸν τὸ ῥῆμα, : 1
- καλῶς ἄρχειν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ μὴ τῷ πλούτῳ καὶ τῇ δόξῃ φερόμενον : 1
- καλῶς ἅπαντα βουλεύεσθαι. Τούτῳ δὲ ἐπιφωνήσας πρὸς : 1
- καλῶς ἔχον ἐστίν, ἵνα διαμείνῃ ταῦθ᾿ οὕτως ἔχοντα, καὶ μὴ γένηται : 1
- καλῶς βεβιωκότας πρεσβυτέρους, ἐμπειρίαν ἔχοντας τοῦ νόμου, καὶ : 1
- καλῶς βουλευομένῳ, βασιλεῦ, συμφερόντως. §: 1
- καλέσω ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί Κυρίου ἐναντίον σου: 1
- καλαὶ κρατοῦντί σοι τῆς ἀρχῆς εὐσεβῶς. Ὡς δὲ συνήκουσαν : 1
- καλεῖν δὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώποθς. οὗ πᾶσι παραδόξου φανέντος—διὰ τὸ: 1
- καλλίπαις: 1
- καλλιγράφοι: 1 2
- καλλονήν, καὶ μηθένα τῶν κατεργαζομένων τὰ τοιαῦτα παραπέμποι, : 1
- καλλονῇ διαπρεπῆ. Τῶν δὲ κρατήρων δύο μὲν ἦσαν: 1
- καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντες καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀγωγῆς καὶ : 1
- καλοῦσι δὲ Ἐβραῖοι τὸ βρῶμα τοῦτο μάννα· τὸ γὰρ μὰν ἐρερώτησις .. . ‘ τί τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν᾿ ἀνακρίνοθσα : 1
- καλον γαρ εργον: 1
- καμήλους: 1
- καμε: 1 2
- καμεν. βουλομένων δ᾿ ἡμῶν καὶ τούτοις χαρίζεσθαι καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς : 1
- καμμύειν: 1
- καμοι: 1
- κανόνες (ψαλμῶν): 1
- κανῷ: 1
- καρ: 1
- καραβαλλει: 1
- καρδίαν, ἵνα συναναγκασθῇ, καθὼς ἠξίουν, ἐπιτελέσαι· μεγάλην : 1
- καρδίας: 1
- καρδία, ψυχή, φρήν, νοῦς, διάνοια, στόμα, φρόνησις, : 1
- καρπίαν ἔχωσιν· οὗ καὶ γινομένου γεωργεῖται : 1
- καρπός; ὁ δὲ εἶπε Τὸ μὴ συνιστορεῖν ἑαυτῷ κακὸν πεπραχότι, τὸν : 1
- κατ: 1
- κατὰ : 1
- κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἐξ ὀνόματος, : 1
- κατὰ ἔθος εἶναι, πεμπταίους εἰς πρόσωπον ἔρχεσθαι βασιλεῖ τοὺς : 1
- κατὰ λόγον: 1
- κατὰ νότον τῆς Ἰουδαίας.: 1
- κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀγαγεῖν : 1
- κατὰ πόδας: 1
- κατὰ πᾶν γὰρ ἐκλεγομένων οἷς ἐπιμελές ἐστιν ἀμώμητα καὶ τῇ : 1
- κατὰ προσθήκην ἔκειτο εἰς τὴν τῶν οʹ ἐν τῷ τετρασελίδῳ: 1
- κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διάταξιν γενηθεῖσαν, ἀπαυγά-: 1
- κατὰ τὴν Πτολεμαίων χώραν, οὗτος δὲ ἔξεισιν εἰς θάλασσαν.: 1
- κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ βούλησιν· ἣν καὶ σὺ διατελεῖς ἔχων γνώμην, ᾗ: 1
- κατὰ τὴν διαστολὴν καὶ μνείαν, ὡς ἐξεθέμεθα τὴν διχηλίαν καὶ τὸν : 1
- κατὰ τὴν λογιωτάτην Αἴγυπτον λογιωτάτων ἀρχιερέων περὶ τοῦ: 1
- κατὰ τὴν νῦν κοινὴν τῶν Γραικῶν φωνήν: 1
- κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην Ἰουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς μετέπειτα, προῃρήμεθα τὸν : 1
- κατὰ τήν ὁμοιότητα: 1
- κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα πνεύματος κίνησιν ἐπιδέχεσθαι τὴν τῶν φύλλων: 1
- κατὰ τὸν ἐθισμὸν αὐτῶν,: 1
- κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐλεύσομαι, καὶ ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός: 1
- κατὰ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων. τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσεις τὴν διάταξιν βλέπων : 1
- κατὰ τοὺς ἑβδομήκοντα: 1
- κατὰ τοὺς ἑβδομήκοντα, παρὰ ἑβδομήκοντα: 1
- κατά μικρὸν μικρόν: 1
- κατάλυπος: 1
- κατάχρεως: 1
- κατέργῳ: 1
- κατ᾿ ἀκρίβειαν: 1
- κατ᾿ ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη τὴν τράπεζαν πρὸς τὴν χρῆσιν πεποιῆσθαι, : 1
- κατ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ ὀμνύω: 1
- κατ᾿ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ἡμετέραν: 1
- κατῆλθε λουτροῖς, χρῶτα φαιδρῦναι νέον.: 1
- κατέναντι] κατὰ πρόσωπον | δορὰν] δόξαν: 1
- κατέπιεν ὁ θάνατος ἰσχύσας: 1
- κατέφαγε.: 1
- κατα: 1 2
- κατα βαθος και κατα μηκος και κατα πλατος ομοιως εχοντος· στερεα : 1
- κατα δε την αιτηησιν: 1
- κατα δε την ανεσιν: 1
- κατα εθνους: 1
- κατα τον εθισμον αυτων]: 1
- καταβεβληκοτων: 1
- καταβολης] + κοσμου : 1
- καταδαπανᾷν: 1
- καταδιώκ: 1
- καταδυναστευομένοις, καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἐκζητοῦντες τὸ καλῶς ἔχον πρός : 1
- καταθηκουσας: 1 2
- κατακεχωπισθαι: 1
- κατακεχωρηκαμεν : 1
- κατακλεῖδες συνέσφιγγον πρὸς τὴν συνοχήν. ἐκ πλαγ͗ων δὲ κατὰ : 1
- κατακλειδαι: 1
- κατακληροδοτῇ: 1
- κατακληρονομή: 1
- κατακληρονομῇ: 1
- κατακτ.: 1
- κατακυριεύσατε] κατακληρονομήσατε.: 1
- καταλελοιπότος: 1
- καταλληλως: 1
- καταλοχισμός: 1
- καταμύειν: 1
- κατανοούμενα γὰρ καὶ : 1
- καταξίως τοῦ τε ἀποστέλλοντος βασιλέως καὶ τοῦ προστατοῦντος : 1
- καταπατοῦντες,: 1
- καταπεπειραμαι . . . εις παν το σοι χρησιμον εμαυτον επιδιδοναι,: 1
- καταπετάσματος ἡ διατύπωσις θυρώσει κατὰ πᾶν ὁμοιοτάτη ὑπῆρχε· : 1
- καταράσωμαι: 1
- καταρχὴν δὲ θείου φόβου λαμβάνων ἐν οὐδενὶ διαπίπτοις. Καὶ : 1
- καταρχὴν ταύτην, καὶ δείξας ὅτι πάντες οἱ λοιποὶ παῤ ἡμᾶς : 1
- καταρχη: 1
- κατασκεύασμα. προσέταξε δὲ πυθέσθαι τῶν ἀνὰ τὸν τόπον, πηλίκη : 1
- κατασκευή τις ἄλλη τῶν τετιμημένων παρὰ τοῖς κενοδόξοις ὠφέλειαν: 1
- κατασκευήν, ψυχαγωγία τις ἦν μετὰ θαυμασμοῦ, συνεχῶς ἐφ᾿ ἕκαστον: 1
- κατασκευῆς, ἀθέατον καὶ ἀνεύρετον τὴν τῶν ἁρμῶν κατασκευάσαντες : 1
- κατασκευῇ. πάντα γὰρ χρόνον καὶ τόπον ὥρικε πρὸς τὸ διὰ : 1
- κατασκευαζων: 1
- κατασκευασει : 1
- κατασκευη: 1
- κατασταθεὶς ἐπὶ τῇς τοῦ βασιλέως βιβλιοθήκης: 1
- κατασταθεις επι της: 1
- κατατεινειν: 1
- καταφέρεσθαι,: 1
- καταφεύξονται] προστεθήσονται | κατασκηνώσω | ἐπιγνώσῃ] γνώσονται | Παντοκράτωρ] τῶν δυνάμεων | ἀπέσταλκε : 1
- καταφυγὴ καὶ δύναμις, : 1 2
- κατα-: 1
- κατα] : 1
- κατα] και τα : 1
- κατα] + το: 1
- κατελίποσαν : 1
- κατελαβετο : 1
- κατενοοῦσαν : 1
- κατεπόθη ὁ θάνατος εἰς νῖκος.: 1
- κατεργασία γίνεται καὶ πολυδάπανος, ὅπως μὴ διὰ τὴν μεταλ- : 1
- κατεσκαμμενα] κατεστραμμενα: 1
- κατεσκευάσας, τοῦ θεοῦ σοι διδόντος ἔχειν ἁγνὴν καὶ ἀμιγῆ παντὸς : 1
- κατεσκευασαν: 1
- κατεσκευασθη: 1
- κατεσκευασμενη: 1
- κατεσταλμ. : 1
- κατεσταμενους: 1
- κατεστραμμενα] κατεσκαμμενα: 1
- κατευθύνοντός σου τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ τεθεικότος αὐτοῖς θεοῦ τὸν : 1
- κατευθεκτεῖν: 1
- κατευθυνεις: 1
- κατεχώρισεν ἐπὶ μείζοσι μισθοφορίαις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς προόντας : 1
- κατηκολούθηκε δὲ καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τῇ καθ᾿: 1
- κατοικεισθαι: 1
- κατορθώθη : 1
- κατορθωκεναι: 1
- κατω τα: 1
- κατωκεισθαι: 1
- κατωρχήσαντο: 1
- καυθήσεται] : 1
- κβ: 1
- κβʹ. Ἐσθήρ: 1
- κβʹ. Ἰερεμίας ὁ προφήτης, μετὰ τῶν Θρήνων καὶ Ἐπιστολῶν αὐτοῦ τε καὶ Βαρούχ: 1
- κβʹ. Ἰωήλ: 1
- κβʹ. Δαωιήλ: 1
- κβʹ. Οἱ δώδεκα προφῆται στίχ. ͵γʹ: 1
- κβʹ. Παροιμίαι: 1
- κγʹ. Ἐκκλησιαστής: 1
- κγʹ. Ἰεζεκιήλ ὁ προφήτης: 1
- κγʹ. Ἰωνᾶς: 1
- κδʹ. Ἀβδιού: 1
- κδʹ. ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων: 1
- κδʹ. Δανιὴλ ὁ προφήτης: 1
- κε: 1
- κείροντος : 1
- κεʹ: 1
- κεʹ, κςʹ. Ἔσδρα αʹ, βʹ: 1
- κεʹ. Ὠσηέ: 1
- κεʹ. Ναούμ: 1
- κειμένην τῆς ὅλης Ἰουδαίων ἐπ᾿ ὄρους ὑψηλὴν ἔχοντος τὴν ἀνάτασιν. : 1
- κεκατήρανται: 1
- κεκαταραμένος: 1
- κεκράξομαι: 1
- κελεύσας δὲ εἰς τάξιν ἀποδοῦναι τὰ τεύχη, τὸ τηνικαῦτα ἀσπασά-: 1
- κερέαι: 1 2
- κεφάλαια: 1 2
- κεφάλαιον ἀπολύειν, καὶ μηδένα κακοσχόλως περὶ τούτων μηδὲν : 1
- κεφάλαιον, περικοπή: 1
- κεφάλαιον. : 1
- κεφαλήν: 1
- κεφαλ.: 1
- κεχαρακτηρικεναι (-τηκεναι: 1
- κεχαρισμενος: 1
- κεχαρισμενος γαρ : 1
- κεχαρισμενος εση: 1
- κεχαριτωμενως: 1
- κεχρημενοι: 1
- κεχρημενου: 1
- κεχωρηκαμεν : 1
- κζʹ. Ἐσθήρ: 1
- κζʹ. Μιχαίας: 1
- κζʹ. Σοφονίας: 1
- κηʹ. Ἁγγαῖος: 1
- κηʹ. Ἰωιλ: 1
- κηλιδοῦσθαι: 1
- κηρογονία: 1
- κθʹ: 1 2
- κθʹ. Ἀβδιού: 1
- κθʹ. Ζαχαρίας: 1
- κθριευοντωων απαντων: 1
- κθριου] + του θεου: 1
- κιβωτοί, κίσται: 1
- κιβωτοί, κισταί: 1
- κισσόφυλλον: 1
- κλίτος, μέρος, πέρας, τάξις, : 1
- κλῖναι, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς μετὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κλισίαν, οὐδὲν ἐλλιπὼν εἰς : 1
- κληροδοτῇ: 1
- κληρονόμος μου ἔσται: 1
- κληρονομήσει: 1
- κνωδάλων δὲ ταὐτὸν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν. κακοποιητικὸς γὰρ ὁ τρόπος : 1
- κνωδ.] : 1
- κοιμηθῇ: 1
- κοιμηθῇ, πάντα ἀναγάφεσθαι τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ πρασσόμενα, καλῶς : 1
- κοινὴ: 1
- κοινὴ ἔκδοσις: 1
- κοινὴ ἔκδοσις.: 1
- κοινὴν πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἐπανόρθωσιν ἐξαποστέλλειν αὐτούς. τὸ: 1
- κοινή: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
- κοινή : 1
- κοινή ἔκδοσις: 1
- κοινήν: 1 2
- κοινή,: 1 2
- κοινή, ἡ, διάλβκτος: 1
- κοινή.: 1 2
- κοινῶς γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὸ ταπεινούμενον προσδέχεται κατὰ φύσιν, καὶ τὸ : 1
- κοινοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκφέρειν, ἀποσχόμενον δὲ οὕτως ἀποκαταστῆναι. : 1
- κολόκυνθα: 1
- κολακεύειν: 1
- κολουθῶν· Εἰπὼν δὲ καὶ τοῦτον καλῶς λέγειν τὸν ἐχόμενον : 1
- κομίζεται διὰ τῶν Ἀράβων εἰς τὸν τόπον. ἐργάσιμος γὰρ καὶ πρὸς : 1
- κομιζει: 1
- κομιζομενου: 1
- κομιζοντες: 1
- κονίαμα: 1
- κονιας εως: 1
- κοντα μυριάδας τὰ λοιπά. προσήγγελται δέ μοι καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων : 1
- κοπανίζειν: 1
- κοσίους μὴ παραδέξασθαι πλεῖον ἀνθρώπων πέντε κατὰ τὸ αὐτό· : 1
- κράτιστον, θεοῦ δυνατείᾳ πᾶν βούλευμα : 1
- κράτιστον. Συναινέσας δὲ τούτοις τὸν ἑξῆς ἐκέλευσεν : 1
- κρίμα,: 1
- κρίνας πιστοὺς φρούρια κτίσας ἀπέδωκεν αὐτοῖς, ὅπως τὸ τῶν Αἰγυ- : 1
- κρίνειν ἕκαστα θεοῦ δώρημα καλόν ἐστιν· ὡς σὺ τοῦτο κέκτησαι, : 1
- κρίνων τύπωσις σὺν ἀνθεμίσι καὶ βοτρύων σχοινιαὶ διάπλοκοι : 1
- κρίσεως τὸν ἑξῆς ἡρώτα Τίσι δεῖ πιστεύειν ἑαυτόν; Τοῖς διὰ τὴν : 1
- κρότος μετὰ φωνῆς καὶ χαρᾶς ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον. ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο, : 1
- κρύφιά ἐστι γνῶσις ἀπόρρητος τῶν περὶ Χριστοῦ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ : 1
- κρατήσαι δόξης; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Σὲ μὲν οὐ δυνατόν ἐστι πταῖσαι, πᾶσι: 1
- κρατεῖ. Ζθνομολογέσας δὲ τούτοις τὸν ἕκτον ἐκέλευσεν : 1
- κρατιστεύοντα πάντα, ὧστε πενταπλασίως τοῦ χρυσοῦ τιμιωτέραν: 1
- κρατουν: 1
- κραυή, ὀλίος, φεύειν: 1
- κρείσσων: 1
- κριματαζων: 1
- κριτήν: 1
- κροτήσας πάντας τ᾿ ἐπαινέσας κατ᾿ ὄνομα, καὶ τῶν παρόντων ταὐτὰ : 1
- κρυφεως : 1
- κρύψω: 1
- κςʹ: 1
- κςʹ. Ἀμώς: 1
- κςʹ. Ἁμβακούμ: 1
- κτήνη τε πολλὰ παμμιγῆ, καὶ δαψιλὴς ἡ τούτων νομή· διὸ καλῶς : 1
- κτίσασα τὸν κόσμον ἐξ ἀμόρφου ὕλης· : 1
- κτῆσιν: 1
- κτηνῶν τροπολογῶν ἐκτέθειται. τὸ γὰρ : 1
- κτησαμενους : 1
- κτισις: 1
- κυβερνων: 1
- κυκλόθεν, ὡς ἄν τις ἕστηκε, καὶ διάχυσιν ἐποίει μείζονα τοῖς θεω-: 1
- κυκλῳ: 1
- κυλικειον: 1
- κυλικιον: 1
- κυλινδιον: 1
- κυνόμυια.: 1
- κυνομυίης : 1
- κυρίῳ: 1
- κυριωτατον: 1
- κυριωτερον: 1
- κυριω-: 1
- κωλυειν: 1
- κωμάρχης : 1
- κόραν ὀφθαλμοῦ.: 1
- κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα: 1
- κ. ἀριθμοὺς υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ,: 1
- κ. ἰνα μακροχρ. γένῃ: 1
- κ. ὅταν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἔμετόν, : 1
- λ: 1 2
- λάκις ἠξιώκειν Σωσίβιόν τε τὸν Ταραντῖνον καὶ Ἀνδρέαν, τοὺς : 1
- λάμβανεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶναι τοῦ πυνθάνεσθαί τι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἠρώτα : 1
- λέγει: 1
- λέγει ἡ γραφὴ ἐν τῷ Ἐζελοήλ.: 1
- λέγει Ὑπέρ τῶν ἀκαταλήπτων μυστηρίων τοῦ υἱοῦ.: 1
- λέγει Κύριος: 1
- λέγει γάρ που Καὶ ἐξαναστήσεις με καὶ ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι· καὶ ἐκοιμήθη καὶ ὑπνώσα· ἐξηγέρθην, ὅτι σὺ μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ εἶ: 1
- λέγειν κτηνοτρόφους αὐτοὺς εἶναι.: 1
- λέγειν φήσας αὐτὸν ἕτερον ἡρώτα Πῶς ἄν, παμμιγῶν ὄχλων ὄωτων : 1
- λέγειν, Αἰγυπτίων τε καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων, οἵτινες ἐπὶ θηρία καὶ : 1
- λέγει, λέγεται, γέγραπται, : 1
- λέγοντες αὐτοῖς: 1
- λέγω δὲ πρῶτον ἀργυροῦ κρατῆρος, εἶτα χρυσοῦ, πάλιν ἀργυροῦ καὶ : 1
- λέγων: 1 2 3
- λέστερον ἐκ τοῦ νόμου προσιστορεῖν ταραχὴν λάβοι τῆς διανοίας : 1
- λήμψεται αὐτὸ καὶ: 1
- λήμψομαι, ἐλήμφθην: 1
- λήψῃ τὸν ἀκροατὴν οὐκ ἀντικείμενος, συγχρώμενος δὲ ἐπαίνῳ πρὸς : 1
- λίβα] νότον : 1
- λόγῳ καὶ μηδὲν ὑπερηφάνως μηδὲ τῇ περὶ σεαυτὸν ἰσχύι πράσσοις : 1
- λόγιον,: 1
- λόγισται, περὶ δὲ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυναστείας δἰ ὅλου τοῦ ζῇν ἡ σκέψις : 1
- λόγοι Ν. υἱοῦ Ἁχαλία.: 1
- λόγον θεὸν . . . ἄγγελον τῆς μεγάλης βουλῆς σου: 1
- λόγος ἀνατείνει πρὸς δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων συνανα- : 1
- λόγος προτρεπτικός: 1
- λύχνος: 1
- λώτων. ἔδωλε δὲ καὶ εἰς κατασκευὴν: 1
- λῃστεύειν: 1
- λʹ. Ἰωνᾶς: 1
- λʹ. Μαλαχίας: 1
- λίθος ἐκ τοίχου βοήσεται καὶ κάνθαρος ἐκ ξύλου φθέγξεται αὐτά.: 1
- λίθους λείους. Ἐν τῷ καδίῳ τῷ ποιμενικῷ: 1
- λαὸς περιούσιος: 1
- λαός: 1
- λαʹ. Ἠσαίας: 1
- λαʹ. Ναούμ: 1
- λαβόντων εἰς τοὺς τόπους εἰσόδου, διὰ τὸ τὴν διαβολὴν γεγονέναι : 1
- λαβὼν: 1
- λαβειν: 1
- λαβοι: 1
- λαλῆσαι: 1
- λαλων: 1
- λαμανασση: 1
- λαμβάνειν: 1
- λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον: 1
- λαμβάνοντες οἱ γεωργοὶ καὶ προστάται τῆς πόλεως ἐλαττῶσι τὰ: 1
- λαμβ̩άνων ὅτι πάντα συμφέρει γινώσκειν, ὅπως ἂν πρὸς τὰ συμ- : 1
- λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον: 1
- λαμβανόντων, τὰ δὲ τῆς ἐντὸς προσόψεως ὀρθὴν ἔχοντα τὴν πετά- : 1
- λαμβανειν : 1
- λαμβανειν,: 1
- λαμβανούσης τῆς διφῆς, διὰ τὸ ἀπ᾿ ἐδάφους γινομένης τῆς ὑποδρο-: 1
- λαμβανοιμεν: 1
- λαμβανοντες : 1
- λανθανοι: 1
- λανου: 1
- λαντι μᾶλλον, μέγιστον δὲ τῷ θεῷ, οὗτινός ἐστι τὰ λόγια : 1
- λαοῦ τῆς γῆς: 1
- λαογραφία: 1
- λατο Κύριος: 1
- λβʹ. Ἁββακούμ: 1
- λβʹ. Ἰερεμίας: 1
- λγʹ. Ἰεζεκιήλ: 1
- λγʹ. Σοφονίας: 1
- λδʹ. Ἀγγαῖος: 1
- λδʹ. Δανιήλ: 1
- λείαν τῶν εἰρημένων συμβῇ καὶ τὴν χώραν καταφθείρεσθαι, καὶ : 1
- λείπει: 1
- λεώς: 1
- λεῖσθαι διὰ τῆς ἀκροάσεως πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἢ διὰ τῆς ἀναγνώσεως.: 1
- λεʹ.: 1
- λεʹ. Ζαχαρίας: 1
- λεγόμενον καὶ περὶ τίνος λέγει, καὶ ἐν πλείονι χρόνῳ τὰ αὐτὰ δἰ : 1
- λεγομενων: 1
- λεγω δη: 1
- λειαν: 1
- λειαν τῆς γῆς γίνεσθαι συνεχῶς, ἵνα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὗτοι τὴν εὐ- : 1
- λειπει: 1
- λειπει.: 1
- λειτουργίᾳ τά τε το̰ στολισμοῦ καὶ τῆς δόξης, ἣ συνίσταται διὰ : 1
- λειτουργία: 1
- λειτουργουντων: 1
- λειτουργων: 1
- λεληθότως: 1
- λζʹ. Ἡσαΐας: 1
- λη: 1
- ληʹ. Ἱερεμίας: 1
- ληνὸν ἐπάτησα μονώτατος, : 1
- ληψαι: 1
- ληψει: 1
- λθʹ. Ἱεζεκιήλ: 1
- λιαν: 1
- λιαν : 1
- λιβῶσθαι κατ᾿ ἐδάφους καὶ τοῦ τοίχου· ἐπὶ δὲ τούτων κεχύσθαι : 1
- λιβανοῦν: 1
- λιθίνας: 1
- λιθόστρωτον καθέστηκε καὶ κλίματα πρὸς τοὺς κατήκοντας τόπους : 1
- λιθους . . . αξιολογους ωσπερ αστερας ποικιλης : 1
- λικοῖς τραπεζίταις. οὕτω δοχθὲν ἐκεκύρωτο ἐν ἡμέραις ἑπτά· πλεῖον : 1
- λιστα] μαλλον: 1
- λιτανεία: 1
- λιτανεύειν, ἵνα ταῦτ᾿ ἐπιτελῆται· τὰς γὰρ ἀπάντων διανοίας : 1
- λιχάσιν: 1
- λογιας: 1
- λογον εχει: 1
- λογω μονον : 1
- λογω] νομω: 1
- λοιπα: 1
- λουθεῖν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστί σε, ἔφησεν, ὦ βασιλεῦ. Καλῶς : 1
- λςʹ. Μαλαχίας: 1
- λυμαινεται: 1
- λυμμένων μέχρι τῶν σφυρῶν : 1
- λυπησαι: 1
- λυπησθαι: 1
- λυτρωσάμενος: 1
- λυτρωτής: 1
- λω · νιρα: 1
- λωσιν. ἡ δὲ ἐπ᾿ ἐδάφους ἔρεισις τοῦ ποδὸς ἄνθρακος λίθου πάν- : 1
- λόγον συντετμημένον ποιήσει Κύριος.: 1
- μ: 1 2 3 4
- μάζειν, μεγαλομερῶς τοῖς ἀνδράσι χρησάμενος. ἑκάστῳ γὰρ στολὰς : 1
- μάθετε ὅτι τοὺς δεκαοκτὼ πρώτους, καὶ διάστημα ποιήσας λέγει τριακοσίους· τὸ δεκαοκτὼ (: 1
- μάλιστα δὲ τῶν φιλοσόφων. καὶ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγωγαῖς καὶ τῷ λόγῳ : 1
- μάννα: 1
- μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με : 1
- μάτων ἔμφασιν. ὅσα δ᾿ ἂν ᾖ ἄγραφα, πρὸς καλλονὴν ἐκέλευσε : 1
- μάτων καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν συντηροῦσιν ἀκέραιον πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν : 1
- μὲν γὰρ μετέωροι τὴν ὁδείαν, οἱ δ᾿ ὑπ᾿ αὐτὰς ποιοῦνται, καὶ μάλιστα : 1
- μὲν πεδινῶν: 1
- μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἀκροδρύων καὶ φοινί͗κων οὐδ᾿ ἀριθμεῖται παῤ αὐτοῖς. : 1
- μέγας παρὰ πάντας, : 1
- μέγεθος ἔχουσι καὶ τὴν ἀκόλουθον εὐδαιμονίαν, ταύταις συμ-: 1
- μέγιστόν ἐστι βασιλείας; πρὸς τοῦτο εἶπε Τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἐν εἰρήνῃ : 1
- μένα καὶ προσηγμένα, τῆς ἐμπειρίας καὶ τέχνης τὰς ὑπεροχὰς: 1
- μένα σοι διαμένῃ, τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦ διὰ παντός. Εὐφη- : 1
- μένης, ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς γραφῆναι πρὸς τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον περὶ : 1
- μένοις· ὥστε παντελῶς ἀνεξήγητον εἶναι τῶν ἐνηργημένων τὴν : 1
- μένοι) Πῶς ἂν τὴν βασιλείαν μέχρι τέλους ἄπταιστον ἔχων : 1
- μένοντες ἐφ᾿ ἱκανὸν εἰς ἐλάττωσιν ἦγον τὰ τῆς ἐργασίας. ὅθεν ὁ : 1
- μένους καὶ διαίρειν εἰς ἑτέρους τόπους, καὶ τοιαῦτα ἕτερα, †: 1
- μένου. §: 1
- μένων ἢ ποιούμενος ἀφαίρεσιν, καλῶς τοῦτο πράσσοντες, ἵνα διὰ : 1
- μένων ὑπ᾿ ἀνθρώπων κρυφίως, ἀλλ᾿ ὅσα ποιεῖ τις αὐτῷ φαβερὰ : 1
- μένων ὠφελῆσαι διάνοιαν δέον ἐστὶ μεταδιδόναι, μάλιστα μὲν πᾶσι: 1
- μένων αὐτῶν, ὡς μεταλαμβάνομεν, πρὸς φυλακὴν τῶν περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν : 1
- μένων εἰς ἔκπληξιν ἥξειν καὶ θαυμασμὸν ἀδιήγητον, μετατραπέντα : 1
- μένων καὶ κρίσει κατευθύνων τὰ τῶν ἐντεύξεων καὶ διὰ κρίσεως : 1
- μέρη, συνέδριον ποιησάμενος εἰς κατεσκευασμένον οἶκον παρὰ τὴν : 1
- μέρος ἑαυτὰ συναπτόντων τῶν ῥευμάτων· καὶ πάντα ταῦτα μεμο-: 1
- μέρος στρέφοιτο. λίθων τε πολυτελῶν ἐν αὐτῷ διαθέσεις ὑπῆρχον : 1
- μέρος, ἡ χρῆσις ᾖ· τοῦτο δὲ κατὰ ἐπιφάνειαν θεωρεῖται ἀμφοτε-: 1
- μέσος δὲ ὁ ἀναγνώστης ἐφ᾿ ὑψηλοῦ τινος ἑστὼς ἀναγινωσκέτω τὰ Μωσέως καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυή, τὰ τῶν Κριτῶν καὶ τῶν Βασιλειῶν κ.τ.λ.: 1
- μέχρι μὲν ὥρας ἐνάτης τὰ τῆς συνεδρείας ἐγίνετο· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα : 1
- μέχρι ν ῦν ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος ἑορτὴ καὶ πανήγυρις ἄγεται κατὰ τὴν Φάρον νῆσον, εἰς ἣν οὐκ Ἰουδαῖοι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ παμπληθεῖς ἕρμηνείας ἐξέλαμψε κτλ.: 1
- μέχρι τούτου [τοῦ] σημείου τῶν τριῶν σταυρῶν ἐστιν τὸ τέλος τῶν ἑπτὰ φύλλων τῶν περισσῶν καὶ μὴ ὄντων τοῦ Ἔσδρα.: 1
- μὴ ἀπόσχου (ἀπόσχῃ : 1
- μὴ ἄνθρωπος τὸ ξύλον τὸ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ εἰσελθεῖν . . . εἰς τὸν χάρακα;: 1
- μὴ ἔχοντα δὲ : 1
- μὴ γένοιτο: 1
- μὴ εὐχαὶ . . .; : 1
- μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ ἰσχυρὸς ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ᾿ ἢ ἐν τούτῳ καυχάσθω ὁ καυχώμενος, συνίειν καὶ γινώσκειν ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι Κύριος ὁ ποιῶν ἔλεος καὶ κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.: 1
- μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, υηδὲ ὁ ἰσχυρὸς ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ, υηδὲ ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ᾿ ἢ †: 1
- μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ φρόνιμος ἐν τῇ φρονήσει αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ δυνατὸς ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ᾿ ἢ ἐν τούτῳ καυχάσθω ὁ καυχώμενος, συνίειν καὶ γινώσκειν τὸν κύριον, καὶ ποιεῖν κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐν μέσῳ τῆς γῆς.: 1
- μὴ μόνον τοὺς συνεληλυθότας τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τοῦ πατρός, ἀλλὰ καὶ: 1
- μὴ συμβολοκοπήσῃς] μὴ συμματακλιθῆς ἐπ᾿ ἀγκῶνα, : 1
- μὴ τῇ Σ.: 1
- μή: 1
- μή ποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου·: 1
- μήκοντα) Πῶς ἂν κατὰ ψυχὴν καὶ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις εἰρηνικῶς ἔχοι; : 1
- μήποτε προσκόψῃ ἐν λίθῳ [πούς σου]·: 1
- μήσας δὲ τοῦτον ἕτερον ἡρώτα Πῶς τινα δεῖ φιλότιμον εἶναι; : 1
- μίσυβρις: 1
- μόκλος: 1
- μόνον εὑρόντες . . . τὸν Ἰέσβωθον καὶ μήτε τοὺς φύλακας παρόντας μήτε τὴν θυρωρὸν ἐγρηγορυῖαν : 1
- μόνον κατὰ τὸ συγγενὲς ἀδελφῷ καθεστῶτι τὸν τρόπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ: 1
- μόνος. : 1
- μόσχων τε καὶ κριῶν καὶ χιμάρων, ὅτι δεῖ ταῦτα ἐκ βουκολίων καὶ : 1
- μόχλος: 1
- μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοῖς κατόπτροις. οὐκ ἐφικτὸν δ᾿ ἐστὶν ἐξηγήσασθαι : 1
- μᾶλλον ἥττων ἢ καθυπερέχων φαινόμενος πρὸς οὓς ξενιτεύει. : 1
- μᾶλλον τοῖς σοῖς πολίταις—ὑπὲρ δέκα μυριάδας αἰχμαλώτων ἠλευ-: 1
- μᾶς: 1
- μῆς : 1
- μʹ ἔτη ] + λέγει Κύριος,: 1
- μʹ. Δανιήλ: 1
- μέγαν καὶ μικρὸν: 1
- μή ποτε . . . σκιάσει τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἡμῶν.: 1
- μα: 1 2
- μαίανδρον ἔκτυπον ἐποίησαν, ἐν ὑπεροχῇ λίθους ἔχοντα κατὰ μέσον : 1
- μαʹ. Σοφία Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σιράχ: 1
- μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ . . . οἱ πενθοῦντες . . . οἱ πραεῖς: 1
- μακρόβιος: 1
- μακροήμερος γίνεσθαι: 1
- μακροημερεύείν: 1
- μακροχρόνιος, μακροχρονίζειν: 1
- μαλακοψυχεῖν: 1
- μαλιστα] καλλιστα: 1
- μανδύαν: 1
- μανιάκη: 1
- μανιάκης: 1
- μαρτυρήσας δὲ τούτοις ἄλλον ἡρώτα Πῶς : 1
- μαρτυρίου: 1
- μασίως : 1
- μασε · ουοζ: 1
- μαστιγοῖ: 1
- ματα δοθῆναι τὰ κάλλιστα πλησίον τῆς ἄκρας αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὰ κατὰ : 1
- ματα συντελοῦντος. Ἐνεργῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον προσειπὼν : 1
- ματαιότης: 1
- ματος τὸ κάλλιστον ἔπαθλον.: 1
- ματος, ὅπως ἐπαναγνωσθῇ τῷ βασιλεῖ, τὰ ἄλλα πάντ᾿ ἔχοντος : 1
- με: 1
- με εὐλογήσῃς,: 1
- μείζονα. τινὲς μὲν οὖν καὶ τῶ ἱερέων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔλεγον μηδέν : 1
- μεῖς δὲ γένος ἐκλεκτόν, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ἔθνος ἅγιον, λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν, ὅπως τὰς ἀρετὰς ἐξαγγείλητε κτλ.: 1
- μεῖτο μὲν οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὐπέροπλόν τι ποιῆσαι τοῖς μέτροις τὸ : 1
- μεγάλα κατώρθωσεν, ὅτι, φησίν, οὐδέποτε πράγματα ἐπιβαλὼν ἠμελήθη.: 1
- μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος.: 1
- μεγάλοι τοῖς μεγέθεσιν, οὐκ ἔλαττον πεντακισχιλίων· καὶ ταῖς τέχωαις: 1
- μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν παραίτιοι γεγονότες. ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὸν : 1
- μεγίστην ὠφέλειαν τοῖς σὺν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τοὺς ἄλλους: 1
- μεγίστην περὶ τῆς τῶν γονέων τιμῆς. ἑπομένως δὲ τὴν τῶν φίλων : 1
- μεγάλη ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτοῦ] + τῷ πληθύνειν τὴν παιδείαν, : 1
- μεγαλείως χρησάμενος τῇ προθυμίᾳ, τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν πᾶσαν ἐπιτελέ-: 1
- μεγαλειότης: 1 2
- μεγαλοι: 1
- μεγαλοις: 1 2
- μεγαλοκράτωρ: 1
- μεγαλομερής: 1
- μεγαλομοιρίᾳ καὶ τέχνη διαφέρειν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν. τῆς δὲ εἰσδό- : 1
- μεγαλοπρεπως : 1
- μεγιστα] παμμεγιστα : 1
- μεθα· τοῦτο γὰρ φιλίας καὶ ἀγαπήσεως σημεῖόν ἐστι. μεγάλα γὰρ : 1
- μειζνονων : 1
- μελετᾷν τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ κατασκευάς, οὐ νόνον λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ διαλήψει : 1
- μελλει: 1
- μεμεριμνηκότος ἕκαστα, τῶν δὲ ἀποκρινομένων καταλλήλως ἐχόντων : 1
- μεμηνυσθαι)] προσαγγελλεται: 1
- μεμνημενους: 1
- μεμολιβουσθαι: 1
- μεν: 1
- μενοι πρὸς τὴν τῶν προειρημένων καρπῶν διατύπωσιν, ἔχοντας : 1
- μενοι, συντελοῦντες μεγάλην ἀδικίαν, καὶ χῶραι καὶ πόλεις ὅλαι : 1
- μενοι. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὁ βασιλεύς εἰς τὸ φιλοφρονεῖσθαι προῆλθε : 1
- μενοντες: 1
- μενος ἄνθρωπος· ὡς γὰρ θεὸς εὐεργετεῖ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον, οὕτως καὶ : 1
- μενος εἶπεν Εἰ μηδὲν ἀνάξιον τῆς ἀρχῆς μηδὲ ἀσελγὲς πράσσοι, : 1
- μενος τοὺς ἄνδρας εἶπε Δίκαιον ἦν, θεοσεβεῖς ἄνδρες, ὧν χάριν ὑμᾶς : 1
- μενος, εἶπε, καθηγεμόνα λαμβάνων δικαιοσύνην· ὡς καὶ ποιεῖς θεοῦ : 1
- μενος. Εὐαρεστήσας δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις πρὸς τὸν ἔνατον : 1
- μεν] προστεταχεν : 1
- μεν] + ουν: 1
- μερίας, μηδὲν προσδεῖσθαι τῶν ἐκείνων· ἀλλὰ δέον : 1
- μερίδα Ἀμμών: 1
- μεριδαρχία: 1
- μεριμνάτωσαν . . . μεριμνάτωσαν: 1
- μετὰ ἀνδρείας, τοὺς μὲν μετῴκιζεν, οὕς δὲ ᾐχμαλώτιζε, φόβῳ πὰντα : 1
- μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ μαιάνδρου διάθεσιν ἐπέκειτο σχιστὴ πλοκή, : 1
- μετὰ πλειόνων: 1
- μετὰ πολλῶν: 1
- μετὰ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν.: 1
- μετὰ τὸ ἐκβαλεῖν με αὐτοὺς ἐπιστρέψω . . . ἀναστήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν . . . καὶ τὰ κατεσκαμμένα αὐτῆς ἀναστήσω καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω αὐτὴν καθὼς αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ αἰῶνος, ὅπως ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ᾿ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς, λέγει Κύριος ὁ ποιῶν ταῦτα.: 1
- μετὰ τὸ ῥηθῆναι τὸν ὀρθρινόν.: 1
- μετὰ τὸ φαγεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐν Σηλώ: 1
- μετὰ τὸν διωγμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως Σευήρου ηὑρέθη ἡ πέμπτη ἐν πίθοις ἐν Ἰεριχῷ κεκρυμμένη ἐν χρόνοις τοῦ υἱοῦ Σευήρου τοῦ ἐπικληθέντος Καρακάλλου τε καὶ Γέτα . . . ἐν δὲ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ αὐτοῦ ἔτει ηὑρέθησαν καὶ βίβλοι τῆς πέμπτης ἐκδόσεως ἐν πίθοις ἐν Ἰεριχῷ κεκρυμμένης μετὰ ἄλλων βιβλίων Ἐβραικῶν καὶ Ἑλληνικῶν. τὸν δὲ Καράκαλλον διαδέχεται Ἀντωνῖνος ἕτερος . . . μετὰ τοῦτον ἐβασίλευσεν Ἀλέξανδρος . . . ἔτη ιγʹ· ἐν μέσῳ τῶν χρόνων τούτων ηὑρέθη ἕκτη ἔκδοσις, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐν πίθοις κεκρυμμένη, ἐν Νικοπόλει τῇ πρὸς Ἀκτίῳ.: 1
- μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν: 1
- μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναστρέψω καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεσκαμμένα αὐτῆς ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν, ὅπως ἂν ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν κύριον καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ᾿ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς, λέγει Κύριος ὁ ποιῶν ταῦτα * * * : 1
- μετὰ ταῦτα ἓξ ἑξῆς ἡμέραις καὶ παρὰ τῶν λοιπῶν ἑξῆς μαθήσομαί : 1
- μετὰ τούτους στήσεται: 1
- μετὰ τοῦ πλησίον: 1
- μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὤφθη καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνανεστράφη.: 1
- μετὰ τοῦτο διαμένῃ; πρὸς τοῦτ᾿ εἶπεν Εἰ μεγάλα καὶ σεμνὰ ταῖς : 1
- μετέπειτα Τί καλλονῆς ἄξιόν ἐστιν; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Εὐσέβεια. καὶ : 1
- μετέφρασεν εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν φωνὴν τὰς γραφὰς ἁπάσας πλήν γε δὴ τῶν Βασιλειῶν ἅτε τῶν μὲν πολέμων ἱστορίαν ἐχουσῶν, τοῦδε ἔθνους ὄντος φιλοπολέμου: 1
- μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ: 1
- μετ᾿ εἰρήνης τραφεὶς ἐν γήρει καλῷ: 1
- μετα: 1 2 3
- μεταγενέστερος: 1
- μεταγραφή. παρόντων δὲ πάντων ἐπελέξαμεν ἄνδρας καλοὺς καὶ : 1
- μεταγραφης: 1
- μεταδορημενα: 1
- μεταδοτ. ων προς τους αλλους: 1
- μεταδο|τικος ων και μεγαλομερης ουδεποτ αν αρολιποι δοξης ινα δε τα προει|ρημενα σοι διαμενη.: 1
- μεταλλα: 1
- μεταπιπτων: 1
- μετατίθεσθαι: 1
- μετατιθης: 1
- μεταχθήσεται: 1
- μετα] + δε: 1
- μετελήφθησαν ἀφ᾿ ὧν εὕρομεν ἑξαπλῶν, καὶ πάλιν αὐτοχειρι Πάμφιλος καὶ Εὐσέβιος διορθώσαντο.: 1
- μετεπεμψάμην, ἐκείνοις πρῶτον σεβασμὸν ἀποδοῦναι, μετὰ ταῦτα : 1
- μετριότης καλόν. ἃ δὲ ὁ θεὸς δίδωσι, ταῦτα λαμβάνων σύνεχε· : 1
- μη : 1
- μηʹ, μθʹ, νʹ: 1
- μηδὲ δαπάνῃ εἰς τὰ κενὰ καὶ μάταια συντελοῖ, τοὺς : 1
- μηδὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀμισθὶ συντελεῖν ἀναγκάζοι τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν. : 1
- μηδένα βλάπτοι, πάντας δὲ ὡφελοῖ, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ κατακολουθῶν· : 1
- μηδένα καταδυναστεύειν, πεποιθότας ἰσχύι τῇ καθ᾿ ἑαυτούς, μηδὲ : 1
- μηδαμῶς σὺ ποιήσεις: 1
- μηδαμῶς σὺ ποιήσεις ὡς τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο, τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι δίκαιον μετὰ ἀσεβοῦς, καὶ ἔσται ὁ δίκαιος ὡς ὁ ἀσεβής· μηδαμῶς. ὁ κρίνων πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, οὐ ποιήσεις κρίσιν;: 1
- μηδεμία διασκευή. πάντων δ᾿ ἐπιφωνησάντων τοῖς εἰρημέ- : 1
- μηδεν: 1
- μηδενα : 1
- μηδενι: 1
- μηδενος: 1
- μηθὲν εἰκῆ μήτε πράσσειν μήτε ἀκούειν, μήτε τῇ τοῦ λόγου : 1
- μηθέντες εἰς ὑπεροχὴν δόξης τοῦ βασιλέως ποιῆσαι. καθόλου γὰρ: 1
- μηθεν: 1 2 3
- μηκος: 1
- μηνύειν δὲ τὸν βουλόμενον: 1
- μηρυκισμόν. οὐ γὰρ εἰκῆ καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἐμπεσὸν εἰς ψυχὴν νενομο- : 1
- μητε : 1
- μητον τῇ ποιήσει. πάντες δ᾿ ἦσαν διὰ τρημάτων κατειλημμένοι : 1
- μητρόπολις: 1
- μια φωνη: 1
- μιανθέντες αὐτοὶ παντάπασι τῷ τῆς ἀσεβείας μολυσμῷ. καλῶς δὲ : 1
- μιαρός: 1
- μιερός: 1
- μιεροφαγία: 1
- μικρὰν ἐποιεῖτο ὁ βασιλεύς, φιλοδοξῶν εἰς τὰ καλῶς ἔχοντα. : 1
- μικρόν ὅσον ὅσον: 1
- μιμούμενος τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ παντὸς ἐπιεικές. μακροθυμίᾳ γὰρ : 1
- μισοπόνηρος ᾖ καὶ φιλάγαθος καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενος ψυχὴν : 1
- μισοπονηρίαν ἔχουσι, καὶ τὴν ἀγωγὴν αὐτοῦ μιμούμενοι, πρὸς τὸ : 1
- μνήσθητι, : 1
- μνείαν ἔχειν, ὡς συντηρεῖται τὰ προειρημένα θείᾳ δυνάμει σὺν : 1
- μνησθῆναι; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφη Διὰ τὸ σεμνὴν εἶναι τὴν νομοθεσίαν : 1
- μνησθήσομαι Ῥαάβ.: 1
- μοι: 1
- μοι γεγονέναι τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἀγγείων, καθὼς δεδήλωται. : 1
- μοιχεία: 1
- μολυνουσιν: 1
- μονώτατος: 1
- μονοήμερος: 1
- μορφώματα: 1
- μορφοῦν, Ἀ. : 1
- μου: 1
- μου, : 1 2
- μυθωδως: 1
- μυριαδων: 1
- ν: 1 2
- ν ἐφελκυστικόν: 1 2
- ν πολ.] : 1
- νέσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν ἐχόμενον ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν ἕκαστα πράττοι; : 1
- νέσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦτον ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Πῶς ἂν τὴν ἀλήθειαν : 1
- νέσας δὲ καὶ τοῦτον τὸν δέκατον : 1
- νέσας εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἐχόμενον Τί κάλλιστον αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἂν : 1
- νόμιμα μεταγραφῆς ἄξια καὶ τῆς παρὰ σοὶ βιβλιοθήκης εἶναι.: 1
- νόμον ὑμῶν μεθερμηνευθῆναι γράμμασιν Ἑλληνικοῖς ἐκ τῶν παῤ: 1
- νόμον, καθὼς περιείργασμαι. τὸν γὰρ πάντων ἐπόπτην καὶ κτίστην : 1
- νόμους, καὶ λόγια θεσπισθέντα διὰ προφητῶν, καὶ ὕμνους, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα οἷς ἐπιστήμη καὶ εὐσέβεια συναύξονται καὶ τελειοῦνται: 1
- νότονδε: 1
- νύκταν : 1
- νῆσον, καὶ διαβὰς τὴν γέφυραν, καὶ προσελθὼν ὡς ἐπὶ τὰ βόρεια : 1
- νῦν: 1
- νῦν : 1
- νήπιον παιδεύων: 1
- να: 1
- ναός: 1
- νακτά: 1
- ναυμαχίας. διὸ καὶ δειπνῆσαι σήμερον μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν βουλήσομαι. : 1
- νδ: 1
- νεώς: 1
- νεᾶνις: 1
- νεανικός: 1
- νεμσα μωδ: 1
- νεομηνία: 1
- νεοσσός, -σία: 1
- νετέλεσεν: 1
- νεφέλη: 1
- νεφελῶν, : 1
- νεφηλαις τῶν πόλων ὡς υἱεὺς ἀνθρώπω ἀφικνούμενος ἔην, μέχρι τε τῶ παλαιῶ ταῖς ἁμέραις ἔφθασε κἀνώπιον τήνω προσήγαγόν ἑ.: 1
- νεχωθά: 1
- νεωτ. και πρεσβ.: 1
- νθ: 1
- νικᾷν, τῷ θράσει : 1
- νοίας ἡγεμὼν γένοιτο πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα. Προσεπινεύσας δὲ : 1
- νούσας, καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὸν καιρὸν πράσσειν δεόντως μετριοπαθῆ καθε- : 1
- νοῆσαι: 1
- νοῆσαι δύνασθε ὅτι κρυθία δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονε τῷ σταυρωθέντι Χριστῷ.: 1
- νοι: 1
- νοις, ἐκέλευσαν διαράσασθαι, καθὼς ἔθος αὐτοῖς ἐστιν, εἴ τις : 1
- νομίζωμεν ἀτυχοῦσι μὲν ἐλαττοῦσθαι, καὶ κακοπαθῶμεν ὡς αὐτοί, : 1
- νομεν.—Ἐγὼ δ᾿ εἶπα Τοὺς ἐμφανιστὰς οἴομαί σε λέγειν· καὶ γὰρ : 1
- νομιζεσθαι: 1
- νομικῶς. τὸ γὰρ καθόλου πάντα πρὸς τὸν φυσικὸν λόγον ὅμοια: 1
- νομισματα: 1 2
- νομισματος: 1
- νομοθέτου διάνοιαν. καὶ πρὸς τὸν Δημήτριον εἶπε Πῶς τηλικούτων : 1
- νομοθεσία γεγραμμένη χρυσογραφίᾳ τοῖς Ἰουδαϊκοῖς γράμμασι, θαυ- : 1
- νομου] + ην: 1
- νοσσός, -σία: 1
- νοσσιὰς νοσσιὰς ποιήσεις τὴν κιβωτόν: 1
- νοσσιάς : 1
- νουθετεις: 1
- νουμηνία: 1
- νους εὐεργεσίᾳ πρὸς εὔνοιαν ἄγοι γὴν ἑαυτοῦ· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς πᾶσιν : 1
- νουσαν ἐν τοῖς ἀσπασμοῖς καὶ συμβουλίαις καὶ τῇ λοιπῇ συνανα- : 1
- ξ: 1 2
- ξβʹ: 1
- ξενητια: 1
- ξενιτεια: 1
- ξενιτευη: 1
- ξενων αποδοχης τεταγμενος: 1
- ξιφηφόρος: 1
- ξυλείαν, οἱ δὲ ἔλαιον, οἱ δὲ σεμίδαλιν, οἱ δὲ τὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων, ἕτεροι : 1
- ξύλα πελεκητά: 1
- ξύλον βρώσεως: 1
- ξ. βρώσιμον, : 1
- ξ. πεύκινα: 1
- ο: 1 2 3 4 5
- ο : 1
- ο δε βασιλευς συγκροτησας: 1
- ο δε ειπεν ευχομενος: 1
- ο επι της των : 1
- ο θεος: 1
- ο κς: 1
- ο κυβερνων: 1
- ο σημειουται: 1
- ο τροπος: 1
- οט: 1
- οἰ ἀδελφοί: 1
- οἰόμεθα γάρ ἐπιτελεσθέντος τούτου μεγάλην ἀποίσεσθαι δόξαν.: 1
- οἰθείς: 1
- οἰκῶν οἰκίαν: 1
- οἰκοδόμησον οἶκόν μου, οἶκον ἐκπρεπῆ: 1
- οἰκοδομήσατε χάρακα, καὶ ἔθεντο χάρακα: 1
- οἰκονομεῖν· τὰς δ᾿ ἀπογραφὰς ἐν ἡμέραις τρισίν, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἡμέρας : 1
- οἰκουμένη: 1
- οἱ ἀσεβεῖς, ἁμαρτωλοὶ: 1
- οἱ ἄγγελοι τοῦ θεοῦ: 1 2
- οἱ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν: 1
- οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα ἐξηγήσαντο ὅτι Ἔστησεν ὅ. ἐθνῶν κ. ἀριθμὸν ἀγγ. θεοῦ· ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐκ τούτου πάλιν οὐδέν μοι ἐλαττοῦται ὁ λόγος, τὴν ὑμετέραν ἐξήγησιν εἶπον.: 1
- οἱ ἑκκαίδεκα, τὸ ἑκκαιδεκαπρόφητον, : 1
- οἱ ἠρωτημένοι τῇ προτέρᾳ. σιγῆς δὲ γενομένης ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς : 1
- οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὰς προειρημένα> ἡμέρα> ἑορτάζουσιν προσαγορεύσανρες αὐτὰς φρουρέας: 1
- οἱ ὠβελισμένοι (στίχοι) οὐ κεῖνται παῤ Ἐβραίοις. : 1
- οἱ ὠνομασμένοι ἐπὶ τοῖ ἀρχηγοῖς: 1
- οἱ ό: 1
- οἱ γίγαντες.: 1
- οἱ δώδεκα: 1
- οἱ δεκαέξ: 1
- οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν . . . εἴδωλα δαμονίων εἰσίν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ θεοί: 1
- οἱ κάπηλοί σου μίσγουσι τὸν οἶνον ὕδατι.: 1
- οἱ κατισχύοντες τοὺς λόγους: 1
- οἱ κατοικοῦντες . . . Αἴγυπτον. : 1
- οἱ λοιποί. ΜΟ: 1
- οἱ μὲν καυχήσεως τῆς ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀπαγγέλλοντες λόγους εἰσὶ κβʹ καὶ κςʹ, ληʹ . . . ρναʹ: 1
- οἱ οβʹ.: 1
- οἱ πόδες: 1
- οἱ παῤ Αἰγυπτίοις παιδευόμενοι πρῶτον μὲν πάντων . . . ἐκμανθάνουσι τὴν ἐπιστολογραφικὴν καλουμένην: 1
- οἱ παραπορευόμενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτὸν κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλάς: 1
- οἱ πατέρες σου: 1
- οἱ πλείονες; Ὅτι φυσικῶς ἅπαντες, εἶπεν, ἀκρατεῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς : 1
- οἱ πρότεροί σου: 1
- οἱ σοφώτατοι καθεστάναι. τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων πολυματαίων τί δεῖ καὶ : 1
- οἱ τέσσαρες: 1
- οἱ τέσσαρες, : 1
- οἱ τάφοι αὐτῶν οἰκίαι αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.: 1
- οἱ τρεῖς, : 1
- οἱ υἱοί: 1
- οἴκῳ: 1
- οἴκῳ κυ: 1
- οἶδα ἐγώ: 1
- οἷς χρώμεθα, πάντα ἥμερα καθέστηκε καὶ διαφέρει καθαριότητι, : 1
- οὐ γὒρ ἕνεκεν σπάνεως χρυσοῦ τὰ προσυντετελεσμένα βραχύμετρα: 1
- οὐ γὰρ ἀπορίᾳ γε τῶν οἰκησόντων τὴν μετὰ σπουδῆς ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κτιζομένην Ἀλέξανδρος τῶν ἡμετέρων τινὰς ἐκεῖ συνήθροισεν, ἀλλὰ πάντας δοκιμάζων ἐπιμελῶς ἀρετῆς καὶ πίστεως τοῦτο τοῖς ἡμετέροις τὸ γέρας ἔδωκεν. : 1
- οὐ γὰρ ἰσοδυναμεῖ αὐτὰ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς Ἐβραιστὶ λεγόμενα, καὶ ὅταν μεταχθῇ εἰς ἑτέραν γλῶσσαν· οὐ μόνον δὲ ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ νόμος καὶ αἱ προφητεῖαι καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν βιβλίων οὐ μικρὰν τὴν διαφορὰν ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτοῖς λεγόμενα: 1
- οὐ γὰρ ἰσοδυναμεῖ κτλ.: 1
- οὐ γάρ, ὡς ὑπολαμβάνουσί τινες, ᾌσματα ᾀσμάτων: 1
- οὐ κανονιζόμενα μὲν τετυπωμένα δὲ : 1
- οὐ καταλελειμμένη, : 1
- οὐ κεῖνται αἱ ἐπιστολαὶ [Βαροὺχ καὶ Ἰερεμίου] παῤ Ἐβραίοις.: 1
- οὐ κεῖται παῤ Ἐβραίοις. : 1
- οὐ κεῖται παρὰ τοῖς Ἐβραίοις, διόπερ οὐδὲ παρὰ τῷ Ἀκύλᾳ: 1
- οὐ μὴ καταμείνῃ: 1
- οὐ μὴ καταμείνῃ τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς σάρκας: 1
- οὐ μή σοι: 1
- οὐ μή, : 1
- οὐ μόνον αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας δέον ἐστὶν ἐπιστήμονας γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐκτὸς δύνασθαι τοὺς φιλομαθοῦντας χρησίμευς εἶναι καὶ λέγοντας καὶ γράφοντας: 1
- οὐ μόνον δὲ ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄρνας καὶ ἐρίφους ἀναρπάζουσι, : 1
- οὐ μεταχθὴσεται πρὸς σὲ κακία, : 1
- οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις.: 1
- οὐ μυριάδες βιβλίων εἰσὶ παρ᾿ ἡμῖν ἀσυμφώνων καὶ μαχομένων, δύο μόνα πρὸς τοῖς εἴκοσι βιβλία . . . καὶ τούτων πέντε μέν ἐστι Μωυσέως . . . οἱ μετὰ Μωυσῆν προφῆται . . . συνέγραψαν ἐν τρισὶ καὶ δέκα βιβλίοις· αἱ δὲ λοιπαὶ τέσσαρες ὕμνους εἰς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὑποθήκας τοῦ βίου περιέχουσιν: 1
- οὐ ποιήσετε (ποιηθήσεται: 1
- οὐ πρόσεστιν, εἰ μή τις σέβεται τὸν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν θεόν, ἀλλ᾿ εἰσὶν : 1
- οὐ πρέσβυς οὐδὲ ἄγγελος, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτὸς ἔσωσεν αὐτούς.: 1
- οὐ προσείχετε, : 1
- οὐ προσελεύσεται πρὸς σὲ κακά, : 1
- οὐ προσθήσεσθε ἔτι ἰδεῖν, : 1
- οὐ σπανίζει δὲ οὐδὲν τῶν διακομιζομένων διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης. ἔχει : 1
- οὐ φοβηθησόμεθα: 1
- οὐ φοβηθησόμεθα: 1 2 3
- οὐ φονεύσεις οὐ μοιχεύσεις . . . οὐ κλέψεις οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις, : 1
- οὐ χαριεῖταί μοι: 1
- οὐαὶ βαρχαβώθ: 1
- οὐαὶ δἰ οὗ ἐπὶ ματαιότητι τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπί τινων βλασφημεῖται: 1
- οὐαὶ τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτῶν, διότι βεβούλευνται : 1
- οὐαϊδαβήρ ἥ ἐστιν Ἀριθμῶν: 1
- οὐδὲ γὰρ πᾶσαν ἐκεῖνος: 1
- οὐδέποτε ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν ἐπαύσατο οὔτε προφήτης οὔτε ἄρχων . . . μέχρις οὗ οὗτος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς καὶ γέγονε καὶ ἔπαθεν: 1
- οὐδ᾿ οὐ μὴ ἐπέλθῃ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ καρδίαν.: 1
- οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη: 1
- οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ: 1
- οὐδείς: 1 2
- οὐδείς, : 1
- οὐδείς, μηδείς. Γ: 1
- οὐθείς: 1
- οὐκ: 1
- οὐκ : 1
- οὐκ ἀγνοητέον δ᾿ εἶναι τὰς ἐνδιαθήκους βίβλους ὡς Ἐβραῖοι παραδιδόασιν, ὅσος ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν παῤ αὐτοῖς στοιχείων ἐστίν· : 1
- οὐκ ἀπομείνας ἐν νεκροῖς, ὡς πάντες ἐν ᾅδῃ, ἀλλὰ μόηος ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος.: 1
- οὐκ ἐὰν ὀρθῶς προσενέγκῃς ὀρθῶς δὲ μὴ διέλῃς, ἥμαρτες; ἡσύχασον.: 1
- οὐκ ἐὰν ὀρθῶς προσενέγκῃς κτλ.: 1
- οὐκ ἐγενήθη [κατὰ] τὸ πασχα τοῦτο ἀφ᾿ ἡμερῶν τῶν κριτῶν . . . ὅτι ἀλλ̓ ἢ τῷ ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει τοῦ βασιλέως Ἰωσεία ἐγενήθη τὸ πάσχα [τοῦτο]: 1
- οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα καὶ ἡγούμενος κτλ.: 1
- οὐκ ἔλαττον ἑξακισχιλίων μυριάδων ἀρουρῶν κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον οὔσης : 1
- οὐκ ἔνεκεν: 1
- οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἕτερος τρόπος. Μεταλαβὼν δὲ ἕκαστα ὁ βασιλεὺς: 1
- οὐκ ἔχει τὴν αὐτήν, ὅσον ἡ παιδείας ἀγωγὴ καὶ ἡ περὶ τούτων : 1
- οὐκ ἠκούσαμεν οὐδὲ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν εἶδον θεὸν πλὴν σοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἔργα σου ἃ ποιήσεις τοῖς ὑπομένουσιν ἔλεον. : 1
- οὐκ ὐπάρχει: 1
- οὐκ εὔλογος: 1
- οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ γραφή . . . Κύριε, τοὺς προφήτας σου ἀπέκτειναν, τὰ θυσιαστήριά σου κατέσκαψαν, κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος καὶ ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου. ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός; Κατέλιπον ἐμαυτῷ ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας, οἵτινες οὐκ ἔκαμψαν γόνυ τῇ Βάαλ.: 1
- οὐκοῦν τριχῶς ἀπογράφεσθαι δεῖ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν τὰ τῶν ἁγίων γραμμάτων νοήματα.: 1
- οὐκοῦν . . . τὸ τέλειον γένος . . . εἰρήνῃ καὶ ἐλευθερίᾳ βεβαιοτάτῃ ἐντρεφόμενον κτλ.: 1
- οὐρανός, βεθύ: 1
- οὐρανῶν, δρόσων | ἀβύσσου: 1
- οὐχ ἑρμηνεῖς ἐκείνους ἀλλ᾿ ἱεροφάντας καὶ προφήτας προσαγορεύοντες.: 1
- οὐχ ἱκανός εἰμι: 1
- οὐχ ὁλίγος, ἐφ᾿ ἑλπίδι, ἔφιδε, οὐχ εἱσακούσομαι : 1
- οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεὸς διαρτηθῆναι οὐδὲ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀπειληθῆναι.: 1
- οὐχ ὡς ἔνιοί φασιν τῶν νῦν μεθερμηνεύειν τολμώντων τὴν γραφήν . . . ὡς Θεοδοτίων . . . ὁ Ἐφέσιος καὶ Ἀκύλας ὁ Ποντικός, ἀμφότεροι Ἰουδαῖοι προσήλυτοι: 1
- οὐχ ὡς ὑπάρχει, σεσήμανται, καθὼς ὑπὸ τῶν εἰδότων προσανα- : 1
- οὐχ εἰμι εὔλεγος: 1
- οὐχ οὕτως τῇ προαιρέσει κατὰ ψυχὴν ἔχων, ὡς κατακρατούμενος : 1
- οὐχὶ τοῦτο γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ βιβλίου τοῦ εὐθοῦς : 1
- οὐ[δὲ] ἐδούλευσάς μοι ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις [σου] : 1
- οὔπω μοι γέγονε τὸ εὐδαιμονεῖν ἕως τοῦ νῦν: 1
- οὔτ᾿ ἐν τοῖς βασιλικοῖς ὑπῆρχε ῥισκοφυλακίοις τοιαύτη κατασκευὴ : 1
- οὕτω γὰρ κατασκευάζεται ψυχῆs καθαρὰ διάθεσις, ἀναλαβοῦσα τὰ: 1
- οὕτως: 1
- οὕτως καθ᾿ ἑκάστην εἰς τὸν τόπον, ἔχοντα τερπνότητα διὰ τὴν : 1
- οὕτως λέγει Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῷ χριστῷ μου Κύρῳ: 1
- οὖν: 1
- οὖν ἔθετο διὰ τούτων, : 1
- οὖν οὐ καθῆκόν ἐστι περὶ τῶν ἀναγραφομένων· εἰ δὲ καὶ τι παρα- : 1
- οὖν ποιήσεις καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας σπουδῆς ἀξίως ἐπιλεξάμενος ἄνδρας : 1
- οὖν ποικιλίᾳ τῶν τεχνῶν ἐκέλευσεν ὅτι μάλιστα χρήσασθαι, σεμνῶς : 1
- οὖσα πάντοθεν ἡ χώρα καὶ μεγάλην ἀσφάλειαν ἔχουσα. περιρρεῖ : 1
- οὗ ἐστιν ἐκεῖ τὸ ἀνάστεμα τῶν ἀλλοφύλων· ἐκεῖ Νασεὶβ ὁ ἀλλόφυλος: 1
- οὗ . . . ἐκεῖ.: 1
- οὗτος ἐστὶ πατὴρ ὁ καταδείξας ψαλτήριον καὶ κιθάραν: 1
- οὗτος ἑρμηνεύεται ἐκ τῆς Συριακῆς βίβλου: 1
- οὗτος τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν φέρει καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν ὀδυνᾶται.: 1
- οὗτος τὰς ἱερὰς βίβλους θεασάμενος πολὺ τὸ νόθον εἰσδεξαμένας, τοῦ γε χρόνου λυμηναμένου πολλὰ τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς καὶ τῆς συνεχοῦς ἀφ᾿ ἑτέρων εἰς ἕτερα μεταθέσεως . . . αὐτὸς ἁπάσας ἀναλαβὼν ἐκ τῆς Ἐβραίδος ἐπανενεώσατο γλώσσης.: 1
- οὗ, : 1
- οβ: 1
- οδʹ: 1
- οι: 1
- οι Α | του αλσους ΒΑ : 1
- οι ανδρες ασφαλως: 1
- οι ανδρ. ασφ. : 1
- οι καθημενοι: 1
- οι προφηται: 1
- οιδα γαρ ως δαψιλους της υλης αυτοις: 1
- οιδα γαρ ως δαψιλους της υλης αυτοις ουσης: 1
- οιει: 1
- οικεταις: 1
- οις τι πιμελες εστιν: 1
- ολαι] οσαι: 1
- ολιγοις: 1
- ολον: 1
- ολοσχ. ποι. ο β.: 1
- ομολογουμενως: 1
- ον: 1
- οντας: 1
- ον] ων: 1
- ον] ων : 1
- οπλας: 1
- οπως: 1
- οπως] + αν: 1
- ορα: 1
- ορθην] αρκουντως: 1
- ορκισμον: 1
- ορμαται: 1
- οσ δ εχει: 1
- οσ οπλ.: 1
- οσα οπλιζεται: 1
- οσα παιζεται: 1
- οσα πλιζεται : 1
- οσαι τοις αυτοις χρωνται: 1
- οσον—συνεργες: 1
- οσων: 1
- οσ. γαρ πολ. εθεσιν : 1
- οτε δε ελαβε τελειωσιν: 1
- οτι : 1
- οτι ΒΑ | τις εστιν αυτω] αυτω εστιν ΒΑ | καθεύδει] + αυτος ΒΑ: 1
- οτι ιδου οι εχθροι σου κε: 1
- ου: 1 2 3
- ουβαμωτ: 1
- ουδαμως] μη: 1
- ουδε: 1
- ουδε αυτο: 1
- ουδεν: 1
- ουδενι : 1
- ουκ ανοικειως | ζηνα·: 1
- ουκ εφικτον: 1
- ουν: 1 2
- ουν ΒΑ: 1
- ουν και: 1
- ουν] δε: 1
- ουν] ον : 1
- ουν] τοιγαρουν: 1
- ους] τους: 1
- ουσαν] + δοσιν: 1
- ουτε: 1
- ουτε των υποβεβηκοτων ουτε: 1
- ουτινος: 1
- ουτος δε εξεισιν—Αζωτιων χωραν: 1
- ουτος δε—Αζ. χωραν: 1
- ουτως: 1
- ου] ουν: 1
- οφελοιη: 1
- οχλοις] οπλοις: 1
- οχλων: 1
- οψις: 1
- ο] ων : 1
- ο] ως: 1
- π: 1
- πάθη: 1
- πάντα : 1
- πάντα ἀγαθοποιεῖν. Ὡσαύτως δὲ ἐκείνοις ἀποδεξάμενος : 1
- πάντα γὰρ ὅσα σοι συμφέρει, καὶ εἰ παρὰ φύσιν ἐστίν, ὑπακουσό- : 1
- πάντα γὰρ λυμαίνονται καὶ κακοποιοῦσι μύεσ, οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὴν : 1
- πάντα μετὰ: 1
- πάντα τὰ ἔθνη: 1
- πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωυσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς: 1
- πάντας ἀνθρώπους καὶ καλὸν δῶρον εἰληφέναι παρὰ θεοῦ τοῦτ᾿ ἔστι : 1
- πάντας ἀνθρώπους, : 1
- πάντες ἄξιοι καὶ τῆς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀρετῆς. νοῆσαι δ᾿ ἦν, ὡς ἠγάπησαν : 1
- πάντες ἐπεφώνησαν σὺν κρότῳ πλείονι. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πρὸς τὸ : 1
- πάντες. λ: 1
- πάντων ἡ δύναμις αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται, πεπληρωμένου παντὸς : 1
- πάρεστι σημειοῦσθαι πᾶσιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπὸ σοῦ συντετλεσμένων καὶ : 1
- πάσας: 1
- πάσχα, φάσεκ: 1
- πέμπτῃ σαββάτου: 1
- πέμπτη ἑρμηνεία ἐστὶν ἡ ἐν πίθοις εὑρεθεῖσα κεκρυμμένη ἐπὶ Ἀντωνίνου βασιλέως τοῦ Καρακάλλα ἐν Ἰεριχῷ παρά τινος τῶν ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις σπουδαίων. ἕκτη ἐρμηνεία ἐστὶν ἡ ἐν πίθοις εὑρεθεῖσα, καὶ αὕτη κεκρυμμένη, ἐπὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Μαμαίας παιδὸς ἐν Νικοπόλει τῇ πρὸς Ἄκτιον ὑπὸ Ὠριγένους γνωρίμων.: 1
- πέμπτης· Ἴσακος Ἰάκωβος Ἰησοῦς Σαββαταῖος Σίμων Λευίς. : 1
- πέμψαντος, ἀπολύσας οὓς ἐνόμιζε περισσούς, ὑπέμενε περιπατῶν, : 1
- πένητες: 1
- πέντε ἢ ἓξ μυριάδας στίχων τοῦ ἀνδρὸς: 1
- πέπεισμαι γάρ σε μᾶλλον ἔχοντα πρόσκλισιν πρὸς τὴν σεμνότητα: 1
- πέποιθαν: 1
- πέποιθεν: 1
- πέρα: 1
- πέφυκα, γλῶσσα δ᾿ ἐπρί μου : 1
- πήσεως σημεῖον, τὸ δὲ δυσνοίας καὶ καιροτηρησίας· ὃς γὰρ ἐπὶ : 1
- πήχεων: 1
- πήχεων, χειλέων,: 1
- πίεσαι, φάγεσαι: 1
- πίθοι: 1
- πίθος: 1
- πίπι: 1
- πόδας] + μου, : 1
- πόλεως ᾠκοδομημένης. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ διαβάθραι πρὸς τὰς διόδους. οἱ : 1
- πόλεως, καὶ πρός τινα τόπον ἐκέλευσαν κατακύψαντα συνακοῦσαι : 1
- πόλιν εἰς γῆν Ῥαμεσσή: 1
- πόρρω γεγόονασιν οἵ τε συγγραφεῖς καὶ ποιηταὶ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἱστορικῶν : 1
- πόσαι παραδόσεις εἰσὶ τῆς θείας γραφῆς: 1
- πόσαι παραδόσεις εἰσὶ τῆς θείας γραφῆς.: 1
- πόσαι παραδόσεις κ.τ.λ.: 1
- πύλη, πύλεσιν: 1
- πᾶν κακὸν θεοῦ δυνάμει γίνεται. Ὡς ἔδει δὲ φήσας αὐτὸν : 1
- πᾶν τὸ καλόν, ἀποστρέφεσθαι δὲ τἀναντία. Συνομολογήσας : 1
- πᾶς ζῶν: 1
- πᾶσα σάρξ: 1
- πᾶσα σάρξ: 1
- πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς : 1
- πᾶσι: 1
- πῦρ φλέγον: 1
- πʹ: 1
- πάντα λεπρόν: 1
- πάντες ἁσαρημὼθ ἕως νάχαλ Κεδρών: 1
- πάντες οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν δαιμόνια.: 1
- πάροικος καὶ παρεπίδημος: 1
- παῖς οἰκέτης δοῦλος δούλων ἔσται: 1
- παῤ ἀγγέλους.: 1
- παῤ ἀμφοτέροις: 1
- παῤ ἐμοῦ: 1
- παῤ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην διατετήρηκεν· εἴς τε τὸ στράτευμα τοὺς : 1
- παθοκρατεῖσθαι, -τία: 1
- παιδεία γὰρ ὁδοὺς βιότητος ἐλέγχει.: 1
- παιδείαν . . . ἐχάραξα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς : 1
- παιδεύει: 1
- παιδεια αυτη: 1
- παιδεια (-δια: 1
- παιδειαν: 1
- παιδειας διαγωγη: 1
- παιδειας διαγ.: 1
- παιδεύειν, : 1
- παιδεύει, : 1
- παιδοχαρακτήρ: 1
- παλαισταιου: 1
- παλιν πανυ: 1
- παλλῷ χρόνῳ καὶ κακοπαθείαις μεγίσταις αὔξει τε καὶ γεννᾶται τὸ : 1
- πανίδες: 1
- πανόδυρτος: 1
- πανοῦργος: 1
- παντὸς ἀένναα καὶ μένοντα φυλάσσηται.: 1
- παντὸς μνημονεύειν τοῦ κρατοῦντος θεοῦ καὶ συντηροῦντος. καὶ : 1
- παντα: 1
- παντα Α | εις χ. σας σημερον Α.: 1
- παντα δ υμιν: 1
- παντα δυναιμην: 1
- παντα δυναμιν ειπε παρεσται καθηκοντως, οις συγχρησησθε (-σεσθε), καμοι μεθ υμων. Παντα δυναμιν,: 1
- παντα μετα: 1
- παντα μη: 1
- παντας: 1 2
- πανταχη: 1
- παντα] ταυτα: 1
- παντελῶς ἀνόητον· τῶν γὰρ ἐν τῇ κτίσει λαβόντες τινὰ συνέθηκαν : 1
- παντι και: 1
- παντοκράτωρ,: 1
- παντος: 1
- παντων: 1 2
- παντ(= πανθ)α δυναιμην: 1
- παντ] παντες: 1
- πανυ] πασι : 1
- παρ εαυτον: 1
- παρὰ Κυρίου κτλ.: 1
- παρὰ Σαμαρείταις ἑρμηνειῶν ἑρμηνεύσας τὴν τρίτην ἐξέδωκεν ἑρμηνείαν.: 1
- παρὰ τὸ ἐργὰβ ἐκεῖνο: 1
- παρὰ τῶν πετέρων ἀναγινώσκεσθαι : 1
- παρὰ τῷ ᾅδῃ μετὰ τῶν γηγενῶν: 1
- παράδοξος: 1
- παρέρχεσθαι: 1
- παρήδρευεν ἐπιμελῶς, ἵνα καθηκόντως τῷ τόπῳ συντελέσωσιν, εἰς : 1
- παρώξυναν] παρώργισαν, : 1
- παρῃτήσατο· τῶν δὲ παραγεγονότων σὺν ἡμῖν Ἐλισσαῖον ὄντα : 1
- παρῆν Ἠσαῦς ἀπὸ τῆς θήρας.: 1
- παρα το εθος: 1
- παρα των: 1
- παραβάλλοντας: 1
- παραβαλλοντας: 1
- παραγίνεται βοηθῆναι, : 1
- παραγενέσθαι εἰς τοὺς τόπους.: 1
- παραγενηθεὶς εἰς Αἱγυπτον καὶ συγχρονίσας: 1
- παραγενομενους: 1
- παραγινονται: 1
- παραγινωσκεται: 1
- παραγραφαί: 1 2
- παραδεδεγμένοι, καὶ πάντες ταῦτα συντηροῦντες καὶ μᾶλλον ἐν : 1
- παραδεδεγμενοι : 1
- παραινετικά, τ ά: 1
- παρακαλῶν, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν δυνώμεθα. καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελλομένων : 1
- παραληψομένοις τὴν ἀναγραφὴν ἄπιστον φανεῖται. ψεύσασθαι μὲν : 1
- παραλιαν] + κατοικουντες : 1
- παραναγινώσκειν: 1
- παραναγιν. : 1
- παρασκευασας: 1
- παραστήσαντος: 1
- παρατηροῖτο τὴν ἀγωγὴν ἐλευθέριον οὖσαν, καὶ τὴν εὐταξίαν διαμέ- : 1
- παρεύρεσις: 1
- παρεγένοντο οἱ: 1
- παρεγίνοντο εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν καθ᾿ ἡμέραν, καὶ ποιησάμενοι τὸν : 1
- παρεγνωσθη: 1
- παρεγν. : 1
- παρεδόθη] : 1
- παρεδωκαν : 1
- παρεδωκεν: 1
- παρειμένοι: 1
- παρεκαλεσαν: 1
- παρεκαλεσε: 1
- παρελεύσεται: 1
- παρεμβολή: 1 2
- παρεπίδημος,: 1
- παρεπιδημεῖν· καὶ τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν ὁμοίως δἰ ἐγγράπτων : 1
- παρεσται: 1
- παρεσταναι: 1
- παρεσυνεβλήθη : 1
- παρη: 1
- παρημεν δ: 1
- παρθένος: 1 2
- παριει : 1
- παροῦσι, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις. οἴομαι δὲ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς : 1
- παροντας: 1 2
- πασα γραφη ημων των Χριστιανων θεοπνευστος εστι,: 1
- πασαν δυναμιν : 1
- πασαν δυναμιν,: 1
- πασαν την κτ.: 1
- πασι] παλιν: 1
- παστής, σχολαστής.: 1
- πασχωμεν: 1
- πασων ημερων: 1
- πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα | ἐλθὼν πατάξω, : 1
- πατρῷος: 1
- παχύτητι διαφέροντα, τὸ προειρημένον ἐπιτελεῖται. πρὸς δὲ τὴν : 1
- πεῖν, ταμεῖον.: 1
- πεδιας: 1
- πεδινῶν, τῶν κατὰ τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν λεγομένην, καὶ τῶν συναπτόντων : 1
- πεδινων: 1
- πει πρὸς ἔω, τὰ δ᾿ ὀπίσθια αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἑσπέραν· τὸ δὲ πᾶν ἔδαφος: 1
- πειθαρχεῖν: 1
- πεινᾷν: 1
- πεινῆν: 1
- πελεκίνοις συναρμοζόμενα γομφωτοῖς πρὸς ἑαυτὰ κατὰ τὸ πάχος τῆς : 1
- πελιδνοί, : 1
- πενθερίδης: 1
- πενθερός: 1
- πεντάτευχος, ἡ: 1
- πεντασέλιδον, τό: 1
- πεπόνηται δὲ καὶ ἄλλο οὐκ ἀγεννὲς σπούδασμα τῷ ἀνδρὶ: 1
- πεπεισμένος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν τῶν ὑποδοχείων κατασκεὴν δηλώσω: 1
- πεπληρ.: 1
- πεποίθησις καὶ ἰσχύς, : 1
- πεποιημένον ἐνκαταπαίζεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ.: 1
- πεποιησθαι καθ ο αν μερος: 1
- πεποιθὼς ἔσομαι, : 1
- πεποιθὼς ὑπάρχοι τοῖς ὄχλοις μηδὲ ταῖς δυνάμεσιν, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεὸν : 1
- πεποικιλμένοι: 1
- πεπομφαμεν: 1
- πεπομφαμεν: απεστειλαμεν: 1
- πεπραγμένα καὶ λελαλημένα πρὸ τοῦ χρηματισμοῦ παραναγινώ- : 1
- πεπραγμένον. πάντ᾿ οὖν ἀκριβῶς : 1
- πεπότικεν ὑμᾶς Κύριος πνεύματι κατανύξεως.: 1
- περὶ ἀφθαρσίας: 1
- περὶ ἑαυτὸν ἔχων ἄνδρας δικαίους καὶ σώφρονας τὴν μεγίστην ἂν : 1
- περὶ Ἰουδαίων: 1 2
- περὶ ὧν δὲ ἀπηγόρευται πτηνῶν, εὑρήσεις ἄγριά τε καὶ σαρκοφάγα : 1
- περὶ αὐτοκράτορος λογισμοῦ : 1
- περὶ αὐτοκράτπρος λογισμοῦ, ὅ τινες Μακκαβαϊκὸν ἐπέγραψαν τῷ τοὺς ἀγῶνας τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὕτω καλουμένοις Μακκαβαϊκοῖς συγγράμμασιν ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰς τὸ θεῖον εὐσεβείας ἀνδρισαμένων Ἐβραίων περιέχειν.: 1
- περὶ πολλοῦ δὲ ποιούμενος τοῖς ἀπεσταλμένοις ἀνδράσιν ἐντυχεῖν, : 1
- περὶ σαββάτου: 1
- περὶ τὰ ὀνόματα σφάλμα πολλαχοῦ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ὡς ἡκριβώσαμεν ἀπὸ Ἐβραίων μαθόντες, καὶ τοῖς ἀντιγράφοις αὐτῶν τὰ ἡμέτερα συγκρίναντες.: 1
- περὶ τὴν τοῦ δευτέρου Κομόδου βασιλείαν τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος μετὰ τὸν προειρημένον Κὸμοδον Λούκιον Αὐρήλιον ἔτη ιγʹ, Θεοδοτίων τις Ποντικὸς ἀπὸ τῆς διαδοχῆς Μαρκίωνος τοῦ αἱρεσιάρχου τοῦ Σινωπίτου, μηνίων καὶ αὐτὸς τῇ αὐτοῦ αἱρέσει καὶ εἰς Ἰουδαισμὸν ἀποκλίνας καὶ περιτμηθεὶς καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἐβραίων φωνὴν καὶ τὰ αὐτῶν στοιχεῖα παιδευθείς, ἰδίως καί αὐτὸς ἐξέδωκε.: 1
- περὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος θεραπείαν ἀπελύοντο γίνεσθαι, χορηγουμένων : 1
- περὶ τὸν : 1
- περὶ τὸν οἶκον· ἐπικειμένων καὶ ὀξυβελῶν ἐπὶ τῶν πύργων τῆς : 1
- περὶ τῆς ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ προσκυνήσεως, : 1
- περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν βιβλίων ἀναγραφῆς. πάντα γὰρ διὰ : 1
- περὶ τῆς τοῦ βιβλίου τῶν προφητῶν ὀνομασίας.: 1
- περὶ τῶν ό ἑρμηνευτῶν: 1
- περὶ τῶν ό ἑρμηνευτῶν βιβλία δʹ: 1
- περὶ τῶν δέκα ἐορτῶν: 1
- περὶ τῶν τοπικῶν ὀνομάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ: 1
- περὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου: 1
- περὶ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ υἱοῦ.: 1
- περὶ χρήσιμον ἀφικνουμένους, τοὺς δὲ παρὰ βασιλέων ἢ πόλεων ἐν : 1
- περίβολοι τρεῖς, ὑπέρ ἑβδομήκοντα δὲ πήχεις τῷ μεγέθει, καὶ τὸ: 1
- περί, κτλ.: 1
- περι τουτων τα περι του Δ.: 1
- περι των: 1
- περι . . . ηφθαι: 1
- περιέσχεν: 1
- περιέχωμ ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ ἀγαθά. Λίαν δὲ φιλοφρόνως ἐπικρο- : 1
- περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς. Ἐpάνωθεν: 1
- περι—σεμνοτητα: 1
- περιβάλλειν· γινώσκων ὅτι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρὼπων ζῇν ἐν ὀδύναις τε καὶ : 1
- περιβαλλοντας: 1
- περιβαλλοντας το ζην· ως: 1
- περιβαλουση: 1
- περιβ.: 1
- περιειλημενον: 1
- περιειληφθαι: 1
- περιεμενεν: 1
- περιεργίαν ἔχειν τινὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ νομοθεσίᾳ περί τε τῶν βρωτῶν καὶ : 1
- περιεργιας: 1
- περιεχει: 1
- περιθήσεις: 1
- περικοπή: 1 2 3
- περικοπαί: 1
- περιονυχίζειν, περιραντίζειν, πλεονάζειν, πολυχρονίζειν, προσεγγίζειν, προσοχθίζειν, σαββατίζειν, σκεπάζειν, σπερματίζειν, στηρίζειν, στοχάζειν, συμποδίζειν, συναθροίζειν, συνοικίζειν, σφακελίζειν, σχολάζειν, τειχίζειν, φαυλίζειν, φλογίζειν, χλωρίζειν, χρονίζειν, ψωμίζειν.: 1
- περιοχή: 1
- περιοχαὶ: 1
- περιπατῆσαι: 1
- περιπολειν: 1
- περιτέμνεσθαι: 1
- περι] : 1
- περι] παρ: 1
- περι] + τι: 1
- πεσεῖται ἀπὸ πλαγίου σ[ουχιλιάς], : 1
- πεσεῖται ἐκ τοῦ κλίτους σου χιλιάς, : 1
- πεσθαι, καθ᾿ ὃν ἂν τόπον ὀνομασθῇ τις ἄνθρωπος διαφέρων ἀγωγῇ : 1
- πεσχα: 1
- πετεινων: 1 2
- πζ: 1
- πηδαλιουχεῖν: 1
- πηχῶν: 1
- πθκνότερον πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐὰν ἀποκατασταθῶσιν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν,—: 1
- πιειν: 1
- πινοησαντες· της γαρ χωρας: 1
- πλάτος ἀκόλουθον καὶ τὸ μῆκος τῆς κατὰ τὸν οἶκον διασκευῆς : 1
- πλὴν αὐτοῖς οἷς ἐστιν ἡ λειτουργία, ὡς ῥοπῇ καὶ νεύματι πάντα : 1
- πλὴν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς σου κατανοήσεις, : 1
- πλὴν τοῦ Καὶ εἴ τινες προῆσαν ἢ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσηγμένοι εἰσι : 1
- πλῆθος καὶ τῶν ἀρωμάτων καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν καὶ χρυσοῦ παρα- : 1
- πλῆθος τῆς ἐπιμνήσεως τῶν προειρημένων βιβλίων, καὶ τῶν κατ᾿: 1
- πλανῆτις, : 1
- πλείονα χρόνον καὶ τοῦτον ἐπαινέσας τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἠρώτα Τί : 1
- πλείονα· καὶ κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐπετελέσθη : 1
- πλεῖον ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα· κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἄνεσιν ἐξιλάσκεσθαι τὸν : 1
- πλεῖστά τε ὅσα διὰ μέσου ὅλου τοῦ Ἰὼβ παῤ Ἐβραίοις μὲν κεῖται παῤ ἡμῖν δὲ οὐχί, καὶ πολλάκις μὲν ἔπη τέσσαρα ἢ τρία· ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε δὲ καὶ δεκατέσσαρα καὶ δεκαεννέα καὶ δεκαέξ: 1
- πλεῖστα τὴν νομοθεσίαν ἔχειν, ἐ δὲ τούτοις †: 1
- πλειν: 1
- πλειον: 1
- πλειονα: 1
- πλειωι: 1
- πλειων: 1 2
- πλεονεξίας χύμα. τὸ δὲ τῆ ἀρετῆς κατάστημα κωλύει τοὺς ἐπιφε- : 1
- πληγέντες τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἀπέστησαν. καὶ γὰρ ἔφησεν ἀκηκοέναι : 1
- πληρωσω: 1
- πλούτῳ· θεὸν γὰρ εἶναι τὸν χαριζόμενον ταῦτα, καὶ οὐ δἰ ἑαυτοὺς : 1
- πλουσίᾳ ψυχῇ ἀπόλυσον τοὺς συνεχομένους ἐν ταλαιπωρίαις, : 1
- πλουτον: 1
- πλ. καταπεπ.: 1
- πνεῦμα ἡγεμονικόν.: 1
- πνεῦμα προσώπου ἡμῶν χριστὸς Κύριος συνελήμφθη ἐν ταῖς διαφθοραῖς αὐτῶν.: 1
- πούς: 1
- ποῦ ἡ δίκη σου, θάνατε; ποῦ τὸ κέντρον σου, ᾅδη; : 1
- ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ νῖκος; ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ κέντρον; : 1
- ποδαπός: 1
- ποιήσαντα: 1
- ποιήσει: 1
- ποιήσεις πάντα: 1
- ποιήσεσιν ἐπιτελοῖ, πρὸς τὸ φείσασθαι τοὺς θεωροῦντας διὰ τὴν: 1
- ποιήσω. πολυτεχνίᾳ γὰρ διαφέροντα συνετελέσθη, τοῦ βασθκέως : 1
- ποιῆσαι: 1
- ποιῆσαι, διστάζειν δὲ μήποτε ἄχρηστος γένηται πρὸς τὰς λειτουρ- : 1
- ποιῶν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑμῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀναιρεῖ, καθὼς μεταλαμβά- : 1
- ποιεῖν· ὅσα δὲ διὰ γραπτῶν, μέτρα αὐτοῖς κατακολουθῆσαι. : 1
- ποιει: 1
- ποιησαισαν μοι οι θεοι και ταδε προσθειησαν Α 12: 1
- ποιησεσθαι: 1
- ποιησω: 1
- ποιητικων: 1
- ποιητικως: 1 2 3
- ποιητων: 1 2
- ποικίλων: 1
- ποιμενικός: 1
- ποιμνίων λαμβάνοντας ἥμερα θυσιάζειν, καὶ μηθὲν ἄγριον, ὅπως οἱ : 1
- ποιούντων, ἐπὶ τὸ μέλπειν ἐτράπησαν.: 1
- ποιυμεν: 1
- πολὺ προέχοντες αὐτῶν ἦσαν, ὃς ἂν ἀπὸ θεοῦ τὴν καταρχὴν ποιού- : 1
- πολὺς ἔσται: 1
- πολύ τι πλῆθος κονιάσεως, ἐνεργῶς γεγενημένων ἁπάντων·: 1
- πολύγονος: 1
- πολύδακρυς: 1
- πολειν: 1
- πολεμικά: 1
- πολεμοτροφεῖν: 1
- πολεων και οικησεων δια το σκεπαζεσθαι και: 1
- πολιτευομενων: 1
- πολλὰ δὲ τοιαῦτα καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἰερεμίᾳ κατενοήσαμεν, ἐν ᾦ καὶ πολλὴω μετάθεσιν ἐναλλαγὴν τῆς λέξεως τῶν προφητευομένων εὕρομεν.: 1
- πολλὰς γραφὰς τέλεον περιεῖλον ἀπὸ τῶν ἐξηγήσεων τῶν γεγενημένων ὑπὸ τῶν παρὰ Πτολεμαίῳ γεγενημένων πρεσβυτέρων: 1
- πολλάκις γὰρ τὸν δημόσιον χρηματισμὸν παρίει, τοῖς δὲ τεχνίταις : 1
- πολλὴν ἀρδεύει τῆς γῆς· ὃς εἰς ἕτερον ποταμόν ἐκβάλλει τὸ ῥεῦμα : 1
- πολλὴν ἐπίδοσιν ποιουμένου καὶ παῤ ἕκαστον ἐπιθεωροῦντος τοὺς : 1
- πολλῆς ἐν πάσῃ προειρημένῃ χώρᾳ. τῶν δὲ πόλεων ὅσαι : 1
- πολλῷ καθεστῶτες ὧν σέβονται ματαίως—ἀγάλματα γὰρ ποιήσαντες : 1
- πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ἀποκατέστη. Μεταλαβὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεύς, : 1
- πολλοὶ ἐπί σε : 1
- πολλοὺς αἰχμαλώτους λαβὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος καὶ τῶν ἐν Γαριζείν, κατῴκισεν ἅπαντας εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀγαγών: 1
- πολλοῦ ποιούμενος τοῖς πεπαιδευμένοις συνεῖναι, καὶ εἰς τοιούτους : 1
- πολλω: 1
- πολλων: 1
- πολυ: 1
- πολυ τι πλην. κεχ.: 1
- πολυδωριας: 1
- πολυειδῶν: 1
- πολυειδων: 1
- πολυμερως)] πολλοις: 1
- πολυν: 1
- πολυπλη: 1
- πολυπραγμονεῖν: 1
- πολυτελεῖς τῶν : 1
- πολυτεχνίαν. Τὰς δὲ χρυσᾶς φιάλας διετόρευσαν στεφάνοις : 1
- πολυωρίας : 1
- πομπεύειν: 1
- πονέσω: 1
- πονηρός: 1 2
- πονηρία[ι] αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐτάκη[σαν]: 1
- πονηροὺς ἀγγέλους κατῳκηκέναι καὶ κατοικεῖν λέγει καὶ ἐν Τάνει, τῇ Αἰγυπτίᾳ χώρᾳ.: 1
- ποπον και χρονον: 1
- πορεύσῃ: 1
- πορειας: 1
- πορευομένου σου . . . ὅρα, : 1
- πορευομενος] καθημενος: 1
- πορεύεσθε: 1
- πορεύονται: 1
- ποσάκις καὶ ποτε ἐπορθήθησαν οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ.: 1 2
- ποσίαις μεταλαβεῖν. ἔθος γὰρ ἐστι, καθὼς καὶ σὺ γινώσκεις, ἀφ᾿ : 1
- ποσεων, : 1
- ποτὰ καὶ τὰς ἡδονὰς εἰκός ἐστι κεκλίσθαι, τοῖς δὲ βασιλεῦσιν ἐπὶ : 1
- ποτῶν καὶ τῶν νομιζομένων ἀκαθάρτων εἶναι κνωδάλων. τυνθανομένων : 1
- ποταμοῦ: 1
- ποταπός: 1
- ποτων] : 1
- πους τῇ λαμπρότητι τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπόλυσιν ποίησαι τῶν ἐνεχομένων: 1
- πράγμασιν ἐγρηγορὼς τὴν διαγωγὴν ποιεῖται, καὶ καθ᾿ ὕπνον ἐν τοῖς : 1
- πράσσων ἀνέφικτον ἄλλοις δόξαν κέκτησαι θεοῦ σοι τὰ βουλή- : 1
- πρὶν ὄρη ἐμπαγῆναι, πρὸ τῶν βουνῶν ὡδίνημαι· : 1
- πρὸ τῆς Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Περσῶν ἐπικρατήσεως, τά τε κατὰ τὴν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐξαγωγὴν τῶν Ἐβραίων τῶν ἠμετέρων πολιτῶν καὶ ἡ τῶν γεγονότων ἁπάντων αὐτοῖς ἐπιφάνεια καὶ κράτησις τῆς χώρας καὶ τῆς ὅλης νομοθεσίας ἐπεξήγησις: 1
- πρὸ τῆς ἐργασίας ἀπὸ τότε: 1
- πρὸ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν . . . ἐν Χ.: 1
- πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς, : 1
- πρὸ τοῦ Τάνιν Αἰγύπτου.: 1
- πρὸ τοῦ σε: 1
- πρὸ τοῦ χρισθῆναι: 1
- πρὸ τοῦ χρισθῆναι, πρὸς τὸν Γολιάδ: 1
- πρὸς ἀνάθεσιν. ἔγραψε δὲ καὶ παρακαλῶν, ἵνα, ἐάν τινες τῶν: 1
- πρὸς ἃ λαὶ παῤ ἡμῶν ἀκηκόασιν ἁρμόζοντα τοῖς σοῖς γράμμασι. : 1
- πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς συμφέρον λυποῦνται πάντες ἄνθρωποι. τὸ δ᾿ ἐκφυγεῖν : 1
- πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ταῖς ἀντιβολαῖς· τὸ δὲ ἐκ τῆς συμφωνίας γινόμενον : 1
- πρὸς αὐτ.: 1
- πρὸς βρῶσιν, τὰ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἁφὴν (δεισιδαιμόνως γὰρ τὰ : 1
- πρὸς διαστροφὴν τῶν παρὰ Σαμαρείταις ἑρμηνειῶν ἑρμηνεύσας: 1
- πρὸς πὰντας ἀνθρώπους, μεμνημένοι τοῦ δυναστεύοντος θεοῦ. περὶ : 1
- πρὸς σὲ δὲ οὐκ ἐγγιεῖ·: 1
- πρὸς σὲ οὐ προσεγγ[ίσει]·: 1
- πρὸς τὰ ποτὰ καὶ βρωτὰ καὶ στρωμνάς, τοσοῦτοι καὶ προεστῶτες : 1
- πρὸς τὴν ἀθέτησιν: 1
- πρὸς τὴν συμφωνίαν τῶν δογμάτων: 1
- πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ὁρμῇ τὸν αὐτὸν ὄντα ἡμῖν. χρυσοῦ γὰρ χάρις ἢ : 1
- πρὸς τὸ κατανοῆσαι τὰ τῶν θυσιῶν. ἔλεγον δὲ καὶ δι ὅρκων πεπι-: 1
- πρὸς τὸ κριτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ: 1
- πρὸς τὸ σώζεσθαι τοὺς βίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀκόλουθος εἴης : 1
- πρὸς τὸ τοὺς ἅπαντας ἀπολυθῆναι (κτίσμα γὰρ ὂν θεοῦ τὸ γένος : 1
- πρὸς τὸν Ἀσσύριον: 1
- πρὸς τὸν ἐχόμενον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς εἴη φθόνου; διαλιπὼν δὲ : 1
- πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν ἐκτὸς γένοιτο λύπης ὁ δὲ ἔφησεν Εἰ : 1
- πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Πῶς ἂν μηθὲν παρά̩νομον πράσσοι; πρὸς τοῦτο : 1
- πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Τίς ὅρος τοῦ βασιλεύειν ἐστίν; ὁ δὲ ἔφη Τὸ : 1
- πρὸς τὸν Γολιάδ: 1
- πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Μήποτε ἄλογον ᾖ ἐλέγχεσθαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν : 1
- πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν εὐσέβειαν. ἐπεδείξαμεν δὲ καὶ τὰς διάλας ἃς : 1
- πρὸς τὸν πλ. : 1
- πρὸς ταῦτα οὕτως ἐνήρξατο Θεωρεῖς ἔφη, τὰς ἀναστροφὰς : 1
- πρὸς τοὺς βασιλεῖς, ἵνα κατὰ μηθὲν δυσχεραίνοντες ἱλαρῶς διεξά- : 1
- πρὸς τούτους δέον· ἐγὼ δ᾿ ὑπολαμβάνω, πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιδοξοῦντας : 1
- πρὸς] εἰς, : 1
- πρόθεσις: 1
- πρόθυμοι, οὐδενὸς ἐπιτάσσοντος τὰ τῆς λειτουργίας. ἥ τε πᾶσα: 1
- πρόνοιαν ποιούμενον ὧν ἄρχεις ὄχλων· σὺ δὲ τοῦτο πράξεις ἐπι- : 1
- πρός τι δρᾶμα τὰς ὄψεις ἀπεγλαυκώθη· καὶ λαβὼν ὑπόνοιαν, ὅτι : 1
- πρόσλημψις. Οὐθείς, μηθείς : 1
- πρόσοψιν εἶναι τὴν αὐτήν, κειμένου δὲ κατὰ τῆς στεφάνης τὸ μὲν : 1
- πρόσοψις: 1
- πρώτην ἀνάκλισιν (ἦσαν γὰρ καθ᾿ ἡλικίαν τὴν ἀνάπτωσιν πεποιη- : 1
- πρᾷον, Ἀ.: 1
- πρῶτον δέ σοι τὰ περὶ τῆς τραπέζης ἐξηγήσομαι. Προεθυ- : 1
- πρῶτον ψεῦδος: 1
- πραγμάτων, ἀνθρώπους θεοῦ προσονομάζουσιν ἡμᾶς· ὃ τοῖς λοιποῖς : 1
- πραγματευσαμένου τὰ περὶ τούτων: 1
- πραγματος: 1
- πραεῖς: 1
- πραξοι: 1
- πρασοις: 1
- πρασσειν: 1
- πρασσεις: 1
- πρασσοι παρα τον νομον: 1
- πρασσοντας προς αυτον: 1
- πρασσοντος : 1
- πρασσων] πρασσων (-σως : 1
- πραττόμενα πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἐπανάγειν, ὅπως : 1
- πραττειν: 1
- πραττ.: 1
- πρεπόντως ἀναγραφῆς οὕτως ἐτύγχανε παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου. καὶ : 1
- πρεπεῖ, διυφασμένῃ καλλίστοις χρώμασιν.: 1
- πρεσβύτερος: 1
- πρεσβυτέρων: 1
- πρεσβυτέρων καὶ νεωτέρων, ἔτι δὲ γυναικῶν, εἴασεν εἰς τὴν οἰκετίαν, : 1
- προάγουσι: 1
- προαγουσι : 1
- προαιρεσιν: 1
- προαποκεκριμένων, εἶπε δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ Τὸ φρονεῖν εἰ διδακτόν ἐστιν; : 1
- προβαλλοις: 1
- προβαλοι: 1
- προβαλοις: 1
- προβ.: 1
- προβ.] πραγμα- : 1
- προδήλους καὶ τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γινομένας ἐπιπομπὰς τοῖς αἰτίοις—: 1
- προδήλως ἔχοντα βοτρύων καὶ σταχύων, ἔτι δὲ φοινίκων καὶ μήλων : 1
- προδηλωθεις: 1
- προδηλωσας | υπο] επι : 1
- προεῖπον, ἦθος χρηστὸν καὶ παιδείας κεκοινωνηκὸς δυνατὸν ἄρχειν : 1
- προειρημένα. μεγάλη γὰρ ἐστ͖ν ἡ τῶν γεωργουμένων φιλοπονία. : 1
- προειρημένων περιβόλων, ὡσανεὶ φυλασσομένων τῶν πύργων ὑπὸ : 1
- προελθεῖν: 1
- προελθων: 1
- προεπμηνευμενων: 1
- προε-: 1
- προθυμως εαυτους επιδιδοντων: 1
- προκαθηγεῖσθαι: 1
- προκαθηγουμένου πρὸς θεωρίαν ¶: 1
- προκαθημενου: 1
- προκαθημενου προς θεωριαν: 1
- προκατασκιροῦν: 1
- προκείμενα: 1
- προλαμβανειν: 1
- προνοοῦμεν γὰρ καλὰ οὐ μόνον ἐνώπιον Κυρίου ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων: 1
- προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων: 1
- προοντας: 1
- προπιεῖν ὁ βασιλεὺς [λαμβάνειν] ἐτράπη, χαρᾷ πεπληρωμένος.: 1
- προπιειν: 1
- προπομπή: 1
- προποσετων: 1
- προποσιν: 1
- προς: 1
- προς : 1
- προς δε ημων επιζητηθεντων: 1 2
- προς δι ημων επιζητηθεντα: 1
- προς εαυτον] εαυτω : 1
- προς ευφροπυνην—ελυθη τη δε: 1
- προς ημων επιζητηθεντα: 1
- προς τα δι μων επιζητηθεντα: 1
- προς την της αληθειας—τεθεντων: 1
- προς την χρησιν την τραπεζαν: 1
- προς την—τεθεντων: 1
- προς το εαυτοις: 1
- προς τον ενδεκ.—: 1
- προς τουτ—επιτελοι: 1
- προς τουτ—ποιησεσιν επιτελοι: 1
- προς τουτο (τουτον: 1
- προς, αμβανειν: 1
- προς] εις: 1
- προσ: 1 2
- προσάγεται] προσφέρεται | διότι μέγα] ὅτι τιμᾶται (ὅτι μέγα : 1
- προσέθετο καὶ ἐκάλεσεν: 1
- προσέθηκαν: 1
- προσέθ. καλέσαι, : 1
- προσέλθοι. Καλῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἐπαινέσας τὸν δέκατον ἡρώτα : 1
- προσήλυτος, ὁ: 1
- προσήλυτος, δίχουν, ἀνάπαυσις: 1
- προσ͕λυτος πρόσκομμα, ῥοίσκος, σύντριμμα. : 1
- προσάγαγε τὸ εφουδ.: 1
- προσήλυτοι προσελεύσονταί σοι δἰ ἐμοῦ.: 1
- προσαγγελλει: 1
- προσαγουσι : 1
- προσαναλέγεσθαι: 1
- προσανεν.] + δε: 1
- προσβλεψεται: 1
- προσδεονται: 1
- προσδοκία: 1
- προσεκύνησεν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τῆς ῥάβδου αὐτοῦ.: 1
- προσελεύσεται: 1
- προσενεγκαμένου μείζονα φιλοτιμίαν, Δημητρίου τοῦ Φαληρέως πραγματευσαμένου τὰ περὶ τούτων: 1
- προσεπικατατείνειν: 1
- προσευχὴ Ἀζαρίου: 1 2
- προσευχὴ Μαννασσή: 1 2 3
- προσηγόρευσεν αὐτόν Ψονθονφάνηχον . . . ἄγεται γὰρ καὶ Πετεφροῦ θυγατέρα τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἡλιουπόλει ἱερέων . . . Ἀσέννεθιν ὀνόματι.: 1
- προσηγγελλη: 1
- προσηγγελται: 1
- προσθεὶς εἶπεν : 1
- προσκελευσαμενος: 1
- προσκεφάλαιον: 1
- προσκεφάλαια, ἐπιβόλαια.: 1
- προσκολληθήσεηαι κτλ.: 1
- προσκυνήσας: 1
- προσκυνεῖτε τῷ ὑποποδίῳ τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ.: 1
- προσμανμανοντι: 1
- προσπαραγινομένων πλειόνων ἑτέρων ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων (ἦσαν γὰρ : 1
- προσπινων: 1
- προσσυντ.: 1
- προσσυν. : 1
- προστάγματος δὲ τὸ ἀντίγραφον οὐκ ἄχρηστον οἴομαι κατακε-: 1
- προστάξαντός σου, βασιλεῦ, περὶ τῶν ἀπολιπόντων εἰς τὴν συμπλή- : 1
- προστέταχε μὲν ἡμῖν τιθέναι τὰ λόγια, πρὸς τὸ μνείαν εἶναι θεοῦ· : 1
- προσταγμάτων καὶ μεγάλης ἀσφαλείας τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τούτοις : 1
- προσταχθεν: 1
- προστετάχαμεν: 1
- προστετάχαμεν―διειλήφαμεν—τὸν δὲ βουλόμενον προσαγγέλλειν: 1
- προστεταγμένον γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βασιλέως. ἅμα δὲ τῇ πρωΐᾳ : 1
- προστεταχοτος: 1
- προστιθεμενος: 1
- προστιθ.: 1
- προστ.: 1
- προσυν.: 1
- προσυποδείξας: 1
- προσυποδειξαντα: 1
- προσυπομιμνήσκειν: 1
- προσφέροντες τὰς θυσίας μηθὲν ὑπερήφανον ἑαυτοῖς συνιστορῶσι, : 1
- προσφορά: 1
- προσωπω: 1
- προτερα: 1
- προτερα] προτερεα: 1
- προτερευουσα : 1
- προτερον: 1
- προτευουσα: 1
- προτευουσα, πασχωμεν [= πασχομεν], μεταφερον [= -ων]): 1
- προτιθέμενος οὖν ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια φανερὸς ἦν τὴν : 1
- προφήτης: 1
- προφασίζεσθαι: 1
- προφητης: 1
- προφητικά, τά: 1
- προφητικόν, τό: 1
- προφυλακης: 1
- προϋπέδειξε γὰρ πάντων πρῶτον, ὅτι μόνος ὁ θεός ἐστι, καὶ διὰ : 1
- πρωτόπλαστος: 1
- πρωτα: 1 2
- πρωτεύοντα τῶν ἀπολιπόντων τῆς ἐρωτήσεως Πῶς ἂν ἀπαραλό- : 1
- πρωτονομοθετης: 1
- πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον: 1
- πρ. Μανασσὴ υἱοῦ Ἑζεκίου: 1 2
- πρ. τ. πηγάς: 1
- πτίων ἔθνος φόβον [μὴ] ἔχῃ διὰ τούτων· καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ παραλαβόντες : 1
- πτωχοί: 1
- πυρὶ καιομένῳ] φλογί : 1
- πυρὸς φλέγα: 1
- πυρὸς φλόγα: 1
- πυροῖς καὶ ὀσπρίοις χρώμενα πρὸς τὴν τροφήν, οἷον περιστεραὶ : 1
- πως] προς: 1
- πόλις γραμμάτων, : 1
- π. οἰκέτης ἔσται: 1
- ρ: 1 2
- ρ ικεν. : 1
- ράκοντα σταδίων ὄντος τοῦ περιβόλου, καθόσον εἰκάσαι δυνατόν. : 1
- ρίζειν: 1
- ρευματι: 1
- ρη: 1
- ρια: 1
- ριπη: 1
- ρισκοφυλακας: 1
- ριστεας ιλοκρατει: 1
- ρκ: 1
- ρκʹ: 1
- ρκθʹ: 1
- ρμ: 1
- ρμαʹ: 1
- ροί τε καὶ σκληροὶ καθίστανται· πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον καί τινες τῶν : 1
- ροδεξίου τῆς κατασκευῆς οὔσης. ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς τραπέζης : 1
- ρομένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἡδονοκρασίαν, ἐγκράτειαν δὲ κελεύει καὶ δικαιο- : 1
- ρονομῆσαι: 1
- ρον. ἐκλέλειπται δὲ ταῦτα, καθ᾿ ὃν ἐπεκράτξσαν Πέρσαι χρόνον, : 1
- ρουν τὸ τῆς καλλονῆς ἐναργές. ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς στεφάνης τοῦ στόματος : 1
- ρωσιν τῆς βιβλιοθήκης βιβλίων, ὅπως ἐπισυναχθῇ, καὶ τὰ διαπεπ- : 1
- ς: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- ς̀: 1
- ςʹ: 1 2 3 4
- ςʹ. Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυή: 1
- ςʹ. Ἰησοῦς: 1
- ςʹ. Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή: 1
- ςʹ. Ἰησοῦς Ναυή: 1
- ςʹ. Ἰησοῦς στίχ. ͵βρʹ: 1
- ςʹ. Ἰουδὶθ στίχ. ͵αψʹ: 1
- ςʹ. Ὁ τοῦ Ναυή: 1
- ς. περὶ τῆς ῥάβδου τῆς στραφείσης εἰς ὄφιν.: 1
- σ: 1 2
- σάββατα: 1
- σάββατα, σάββασιν, τέσσαρες τεσσάροις, χείρ, χεῖραν. : 1
- σάμενοι, λέγω δὲ οὐ περί τι περιεπτυγμένου τοῦ χρυσοῦ, τὸν δὲ : 1
- σάμενος φιλίας, λόγον οὐθενὸς ἂν ἔχπος· τὸ δὲ κεχαριτῶσθαι πρὸς : 1
- σάρξ: 1
- σήμερον.: 1
- σίκλος: 1
- σίον: 1
- σίως ἔχουσαν, ὥστε πᾶν τὸ προσαχθὲν ἀπαυγάζεσθαι σαφέστερον: 1
- σὺ δὲ Ὕψιστος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, : 1
- σὺ δὲ αὐτῷ ἔσῃ τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν: 1
- σὺ δὲ γνῶθι: 1
- σὺ θέλεις: 1
- σὺ μιμούμενος ἀπρόσκοπος ἂν εἴης. Ἐπιφωνήσας δὲ τούτῳ : 1
- σὺ τοῦτο ποιῶν ἀξιοθαύμαστος εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ σοι διδόντος εἰς ταῦτα : 1
- σὺν: 1
- σὺν ὡραιότητι τὸ τῆς τέχνης φιλόπονον. ἐπὶ δὲ τούτου ῥάβδωσις, : 1
- σὺν πάντα τὸν ὄχλον: 1
- σὺν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ: 1
- σὺν τοὺς μάγους κτλ.: 1
- σὺν . . . ταῖς διαφόροις διφθέραις ἐν αἷς ἡ νομοθεσία γεγραμμένη χρυσογραφίᾳ τοῖς Ἰουδαικοῖς γράμμασι: 1
- σύ: 1
- σύγκρισιν: 1
- σύν: 1 2 3 4
- σύν : 1
- σύνῃ, καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιουμένους τὸ σώζειν τοὺς ἄνδρας ἢ τὸ : 1
- σύνδεσιν πολυτέχνως ἔχοντες. εἶτα μαίανδρος ἐπέκειτο πηχυαῖος : 1
- σύνην καὶ καλῶν ἔργων ἐπιμέλειαν ἐν ὁσιότητι νομίζουσιν ἄνθρωποι : 1
- σύνην προτιμᾷν. ὁ δὲ θεὸς πάντων ἡγεῖται τούτων. Εὖ δὲ : 1
- σύνην τῆς ἰσχύος τύπτοντος αὐτούς, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπιεικείᾳ χρωμένου τοῦ : 1
- σύνης δεδωκότος. Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν μετὰ φωνῆς ἐπὶ τὸν : 1
- σύνης καὶ καταστολῆς γινόμενα : 1
- σύνοψισ ἐν ἐπιτόμῳ: 1
- σύριγξ: 1
- σύστασις, ὡς ἂν καὶ πηγῆς ἔσωθεν πολυρρύτου φυσικῶς ἐπιρρεούσης, : 1
- σύ, : 1
- σώματος δραχμὰς εἴκοσι, τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας τῇ τῶν ὀψωνίων : 1
- σῃς: 1
- σῖτον, οἶνον, ἔλαιον: 1
- σῶμα: 1
- σῶμα δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι: 1 2
- σῶσον ὁ θεὸς τὸν λαόν σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονομίαν σου: 1
- σῷμα: 1
- σέσωκέ με ἀπὸ τῶν λεόντων: 1
- σέσωκέ με ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τῶν λεόντων: 1
- σαβαώθ: 1
- σαι: 1
- σαλευτά: 1
- σαλισγουμενοι: 1
- σαμβύκη: 1
- σαν καθ᾿ ὅλου τοῦ πλάτους τῆς τραπέζης στερεὸν δακτύλων τεσσάρων, : 1
- σαντες. τῆς γὰρ χώρας πολλῆς οὔσης καὶ καλῆς, καί τινων §: 1
- σαντος ἡμῶν προαίρεσιν, καὶ συναναγκάσαντος αὐτὸν ἀπολυτρῶσαι : 1
- σαρβὴθ σαβανὲ ἔλ: 1
- σαυτῷ | τοῦ κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ καινότητος. | οὐκ ἰδοὺ αὕτη γέγραπται ἐν βιβλίῳ τῆς ᾠδῆς: 1
- σαφῆσαί σοι, Φιλόκρατες, δἰ ἣν ἔχεις φιλομάθειαν.: 1
- σαφῶς ἀποδεικνὺς ὅτι πᾶσαν ἐνέργειαν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ἐπιτελεῖν : 1
- σε: 1 2
- σε δεῖ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν φαίνεσθαι· τὸ γὰρ πρόσωπον, : 1
- σεώς ἐστιν ἀντίγραφον τόδε Βασιλεῖ μεγάλῳ παρὰ Δημητρίου.: 1
- σεαθτόν. Ὁ δὲ ἀποκεκρίσθαι φήσας αὐτὸν εὖ, ἄλλον ἠρὼτα : 1
- σεβασμον—πρωτον : 1
- σειρά: 1 2
- σειραί: 1
- σελίς: 1 2
- σεμνύνονται ἐπὶ τούτοις. οὐ μόνον γὰρ : 1
- σεσημακαμεν: 1
- σε] : 1 2
- σε] σοι: 1 2
- σημαίνει: 1
- σημανῶ. Μὴ γὰρ εἰς τὸν καταπεπτωκότα λόγον ἔλθῃς, ὅτι: 1
- σημαναμενων: 1
- σημανθεντος] μαθοντος: 1
- σημείωσαι, σημειωτέον, σημεῖον. : 1
- σημεῖόν ἐστι τοῦ διαστέλλειν ἕκαστα τῶν πράξεων : 1
- σημεῖον οὖν ἔδωκε τῆς Χριστοῦ παρουσίας τὸ παύσασθαι τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων. εἰ μὴ νῦν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίους εἰσίν, οὔπω ἦλθεν ὁ Χριστός· εἰ ἔχουσι τὸν ἐκ γένους Ἰούδα καὶ τοῦ Δαβίδ, οὔπω ἦλθεν ὁ προσδοκώμενος.: 1
- σημειώσει κεχρημένοι τοῦ διατάξαντος. τῆς γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς : 1
- σημερον ΒΑ: 1
- σθῆναι; πάντα οὖν τὰ τῆς συγχωρήσεως ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τούτων καὶ τῶν : 1
- σθαι παῤ αὐτοῦ. τὰ δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἐκπομπὴν αὐτῶν ἐκέλευσεν ἑτοι- : 1
- σθαι τοῖς συνετοῖς, εἶναι δικαίους τε καὶ μηδὲν ἐπιτελεῖν βίᾳ, μηδὲ : 1
- σθαι· καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς φιλοδίκαιός ἐστιν. Ἐπισημήνας καὶ : 1
- σθαι. θεοῦ δ᾿ ἐπικλήσει καὶ βίος κυβερνᾶται κατὰ πάντα. Συν- : 1
- σθαι. Τῆς δὲ πόλεώς ἐστι τὸ χύμα συμμέτρως ἔχον, οἷον τεσσα-: 1
- σθησίαν. εἴ τι γὰρ κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνό τις : 1
- σιαγόνα ὄνου . . . καὶ ἔρρηξεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν λάκκον τὸν ἐν τῇ Σιαγόνι . . . διὰ τοῦτο ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῆς Πηγὴ τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου, ἥ ἐστιν ἐν Σιαγόνι.: 1
- σιγὴ καθέστηκεν, ὥστε ὑπολαμβάνειν, μηθ᾿ ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐν τῷ : 1
- σιδηρόδεσμος: 1
- σικώτερον οὐκ ἂν εὕροις τι τούτων· οὗτοι γὰρ θεοφιλεῖς εἰσι πρὸς τὰ : 1
- σιλέα καὶ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς ἀποδεδώκαμεν τὰς παρὰ τοῦ Ἐλεαζάρου.: 1
- σιν: 1 2 3
- σιρ: 1
- σκέπη νεανίδων σιρομαστῶν ἀνήφθη καὶ σιρομάστης: 1
- σκέπην ἐὰν ἴδω καὶ σιρομάστην: 1
- σκέπην ἐὰν ὀφθῇ καὶ σιρομάστης: 1
- σκεύαστο διάλιθος, †: 1
- σκεύαστο, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς ῥαβδώσεως καὶ διαγλυφῆς : 1
- σκεύη: 1
- σκεται, καί, εἴ τι μὴ δεόντως γέγονε, διορθώσεως τυγχάνει τὸ : 1
- σκευάσῃ τὴν διάνοιαν εἰς τοῦτο. Παρακαλέσας δὲ τοῦτον πρὸς : 1
- σκευὴν τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῶν κωμῶν ἔθεντο κατὰ λόγον. πολὺ δὲ : 1
- σκευασμ.: 1
- σκιὰ σκιά: 1
- σκια]: 1
- σκληρόν: 1
- σκληροκαρδίαν: 1
- σκληροκαρδία.: 1
- σκολιογραφεῖν: 1
- σκορπίζεσθαι: 1
- σκων: 1
- σμὸς ἐπιφύεται καὶ δόξης ἀναίρεσις. θεὸς δὲ δόξης πάσης κυριεύει, : 1
- σμηξιν: 1
- σμιξιν: 1
- σμοῦ, κατὰ τὴν βουλὴν παρατιθέντα καὶ : 1
- σοὶ πρὸς πάντας χάριν, φιλόπατρις φανήσῃ. Τούτου δὲ : 1
- σοι: 1 2
- σοι διαμενη,: 1
- σοι διδόντος εὖ λογίζεσθαι. Φιλοφρονηθε̥ς δὲ τούτῳ πρὸς : 1
- σοντα παῖδα.¶: 1
- σου: 1 2
- σουσι· σὺ δὲ οὐχ ὑπόκρισιν ἔχεις, ἀλλ᾿ ἀληθῶς βασιλεύεις, θεοῦ : 1
- σου.: 1
- σοφίᾳ: 1
- σοφός: 1
- σοφιστής: 1
- σοφως: 1
- σπάστους ἐκ τῶν Ἱεροςολύμνω ὑπὸ Περσῶν, καθ᾿ ὃν ἐπεκράτουν : 1
- σπλαγχνισμός: 1
- σπουδη: 1
- σσ: 1
- στὰθμια δίκαια καὶ: 1
- στάσας: 1
- στάσεις: 1 2
- στίχοι: 1 2 3
- στίχοι ῥοῶν: 1
- στίχοι, κῶλα, : 1
- στίχος λίθων: 1
- στίχος,: 1
- στίχος. : 1
- στόμα. τὸ δ᾿ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀσπιδίσκοι λίθων ἑτέρων παῤ ἑτέροις, τοῖς : 1
- στῆθος: 1
- στῶσθαι τὸ τοιοῦτον· τοὺς γὰρ πάντας ὀμωμοκέναι, κατ᾿ ἀνάγκην : 1
- στῶτα. ἵνα δ᾿ ἐπίστασιν τούτων λαμβάνωμεν, θεραπεύειν δεῖ τὸν : 1
- σταθμόν: 1
- στενὰς εἶναι τὰς παρόδους, κρημνῶν παρακειμένων καὶ φαράγγων : 1
- στερέωμα.: 1
- στεφάνου διάθεσιν, ὁμοίως κατά τὴν τῆς ᾠοθεσίας διασκευὴν κατε-: 1
- στεφανηφορεῖν: 1
- στεφον: 1
- στημα· διὰ γὰρ τῶν ὤτων συλλαμβάνει, τεκνοποιεῖ δὲ τῷ στόματι. : 1
- στιχηρά: 1
- στιχηρά, τά: 1
- στιχηρῶς: 1
- στολῆς καὶ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τιθέναι τὰ τοῦ βίου μετ᾿ εὐσχημο- : 1
- στολῆς τρόπος, περὶ τοῦτον εἶναι καὶ τὸν τῆς μνήμης κεχαρακτή- : 1
- στροφὴν δικαίαν. Ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν καλῶς ἐνόμιζε περὶ : 1
- στροφῇ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ, καὶ μηθὲν ὑπερτείνοντας τοῦ δέοντος ἐν ταῖς : 1
- στρωμναις: 1
- στρωσε δὲ πάντα τὰ δἰ αὐτοῦ χειριζόμενα, πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ὑποδοχὰς : 1
- στως διαπονοῦσι πολλῆς γινομένης κακοπαθείας, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τὸ : 1
- συ: 1
- συγγενες: 1
- συγγνωστός: 1
- συγκατασκευη: 1
- συγκροτησας} + δε: 1
- συγχεῖσθαι: 1
- συγχειραγωγια : 1
- συγχρώμεθα. χάριν δὲ ὑποδείγματος ἓν ἢ δεύτερον ἐπιδραμών σοι : 1
- συγχρησησθε : 1
- συγχρησθαι: 1
- συγχρωμενοι: 1
- συγχ. μοι: 1
- συλλογισμός: 1
- συλλουκιανισταί: 1 2
- συμβαίνοντα τοῖς φίλοις ὅταν θεωρῶμεν πολυχρόνια καὶ ἀνέκφευκτα : 1
- συμβιβᾷ : 1
- συμβούλοις χρῆσθαι; τοῖς διὰ πολλῶν, ἔφη, πεπειραμένοις πραγ- : 1
- συμβολήν. ἡμιπηχίου δὲ οὐκ ἐλάσσονος ἦν τὸ πάχος τῆς ὅλης : 1
- συμβουλευοντα: 1
- συμβουλευοντω: 1
- συμβουλευτικόν, τό: 1
- συμβουλιαις : 1
- συμμετρίᾳ καθηκούσῃ κατεσκεύασαν οἱ πρῶτοι, σοφῶς δὲ §: 1
- συμμετρον εχουσα: 1
- συμμισγομ.: 1
- συμμισοπονηρεῖν: 1
- συμπάθεια: 1
- συμπόσιον, ἀδιαλείπτως τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς εὐφροσύνην τραπέντος.: 1
- συμφέρον τῶω φίλων· ὃ δὴ σύνεστι τοῖς ἀποστελλομένοις ὑπ᾿ : 1
- συν: 1 2 3
- συν κατασκευη: 1
- συνέβη κρεμασθῆναι, : 1
- συνέτυχε δὲ οὕτως, ὥστε ἐν ἡμέραις ἐβδομήκοντα δυσὶ τελειωθῆναι : 1
- συνήχθησαν οἱ ἄρχοντες κτλ.: 1
- συνόψεις σχολικαὶ ἐκ διαφόρων ὑπομνημάτων συλλεχθεῖσαι: 1
- συναγελάζειν: 1
- συναγοντες: 1
- συναγωγή: 1
- συνακοῦσαι περὶ ὧν ἀπεστάλημεν καὶ διὰ τί, πεπείραμαι σαφῶς : 1
- συναλισγομ.: 1
- συναλισγ.: 1
- συναλοᾷν: 1
- συναντομ.: 1
- συναπολλύειν, συνεκπολεμοῦν, συνεπακολουθεῖν, συνεπισκέπτειν, συνκατακληρονομεῖν, συνπαραλαμβάνειν, συνπροπέμπειν.: 1
- συναπτόντων : 1
- συναρκεσθεις: 1
- συναρμοζομενον : 1
- συναχθήτω κτλ.: 1
- συνβραβεύειν: 1
- συνδέσμων κατὰ τὰς φλιὰς καὶ τῆς τῶν ὑπερθύρων ἀσφαλείας : 1
- συνεισελ.: 1
- συνεκκεντεῖν: 1 2
- συνεσταλμενου του χρυσου και ουχ ορωμενου· αλλα δια παντων : 1
- συνεστη: 1
- συνεσφιγγον : 1
- συνετέλουν, : 1
- συνετέλεσεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἕκτῃ: 1
- συνεχομενα: 1
- συνθήκης: 1
- συνθεωρουντες : 1
- συνιδειν πραγματων—λκαλλονην εκελευσε: 1
- συνισταμενοs: 1
- συνιστατο: 1
- συνιστορουσι : 1
- συνμολύνεσθαι: 1
- συνομολογησασθαι: 1
- συνοχεσιν: 1
- συντάξας.: 1
- συντάξεις τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ δώσουσιν κτλ.: 1
- συντελέσαι: 1
- συντελέσω: 1
- συντελει: 1
- συντελουμένων. Μετὰ μείζονος δὲ φωνῆς πάντας αὐτοὺς ὁ : 1
- συντελουμενος: 1
- συντετελεσμένων οὐδεὶς,: 1
- συντηρουντας τας αρχας και μεσοτητας και τλευτας: 1
- συσκιασμοῖς: 1
- συστασεως: 1
- σφόδρα ἐβαρύνθησαν οἱ διαλογισμοί σου.: 1
- σφόδρα σφόδρα, : 1
- σφόδρα σφοδρῶς, : 1
- σφόδρα [ἐβαθύνθ]ησαν λογισμοί σου.: 1
- σφόδρα.: 1
- σφαγῆναι] εἰς σφαγήν.: 1
- σφαλέντες ἔπεσον: 1
- σφόδρα.: 1 2
- σχόλια εἰς τὰς παροιμίας: 1
- σχῖνος: 1
- σχῖνος, σχίζειν: 1
- σχεδὸν ἑπτάκις εἶπεν Εὐχαριστῶ μέν, ἄνδρες, ὑμῖν, τῷ δ᾿ ἀποστεί- : 1
- σχεδὸν διὰ τὴν ἐκείνων δυναστείαν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι, παρεύρεσιν : 1
- σχημα: 1 2
- σχοινιδῶν (-ηδ. : 1
- σχοινοειδη: 1
- σχολὴ εὐαγγ.: 1
- σωθήσεται: 1 2
- σωματοφύλαξ: 1
- σωματοφυλακα: των αρχισωματοφυλακων: 1
- σωρήχ: 1
- σωτηρίου, : 1
- σωφρονων και κατεχων: 1
- σύγκρισιν] + αὐτοῦ, : 1
- τ: 1 2 3 4
- τὰ: 1
- τὰ ἀκόλουθα πάντα καὶ κθλίκιον ταλάντων τριάκοντα καὶ στολὰς : 1
- τὰ ἀναγνωσθέντα πλείονά ἐστι· καὶ ἐπεὶ χρὴ ἐπιτεμνόμενον εἰπεῖν, δυσὶ περικοπαῖς ἀνεγνώσθη τὰ περὶ Ναβάλ . . . εἶτα μετὰ τοῦτο ἡ ἱστορία ἡ περὶ τοῦ κεκρύφθαι τὸν Δαυίδ . . . εἶτα τὰ ἐξῆς ἡ ἱςτορία ἦν τρίτη, ὅτε κατέφυγεν πρὸς Ἀχάρ . . . ἐξῆς τούτοις ἦν ἡ ἱστορία ἡ διαβόητος ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐγγαστριμύθου . . . τεσσάρων οὐσῶν περικοπῶν . . . ὅτι ποτὲ βούλεται ὁ ἐπίσκοπος προτεινάτω.: 1
- τὰ ἀναπληρωτικὰ φύλλα 27 καὶ 56 εἰσὶ παλίμψηστα ὧν ἡ ἀρχικὴ γραφὴ ἀνήκει εἰς τὸν εʹ αἰῶνα . . . τὸ παλαιὸν δὲ αὐτῶν κείμενόν ἐστι δίστηλον, καὶ ἐν φυλ. 56 διακρίνεται ἡ ἐπιγραφή : 1
- τὰ ἄλση: 1
- τὰ ἄλση Ἀσταρώθ: 1
- τὰ ἅγια: 1
- τὰ ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ βίβλῳ ἀναγεγραμμένα τεύχη . . . . . . διατί ἕκαστον τούτων οὕτως καλεῖται καὶ ἀπὸ μέρους τί περιέχει ἕκαστον . . .: 1
- τὰ ἐνδιάθηκα, τὰ εἰκοσιδύο: 1
- τὰ ἔξω: 1 2
- τὰ ἕκαστα πράξει, διαλαμβάνων ὅτι πᾶν ἐννόημα σαφές ἐστι θεῷ· : 1
- τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα, A | τὰς θυσίας | προσδέξομαι] + αὐτά, : 1
- τὰ ὅσια Δαυείδ: 1
- τὰ Μακκαβαϊκὰ ἅπερ ἐπιγέγραπται Σαρβὴθ σαβαναιέλ: 1
- τὰ Μακκαβαϊκά: 1
- τὰ γὰρ ἐκ δικαιοσύνης τελούμενα, ταῦτα καὶ διαμένει. Εὖ : 1
- τὰ γεγονότα: 1
- τὰ δὲ ἠστερισμένα ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ ὠβελισμένα ῥητὰ . . . ὡς παρὰ πᾶσι μὲν φερόμενα, οὐκ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δὲ τόποις: 1
- τὰ κατὰ κοίλην Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην ἅπαντα, συγχρώμενος εὐημερίᾳ : 1
- τὰ λοιπὰ θηρία μετεστάθη τῆς ἀρχῆς, μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν ἐρχόμενος, ἕως τοῦ παλαιοῦ, προσήγαγον αῦτον, : 1
- τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν βιβλίων: 1
- τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν συμπλοκῶν: 1
- τὰ μετὰ τὴν ἑξαήμερον: 1
- τὰ περὶ: 1
- τὰ περὶ Νεεμίου: 1
- τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ: 1
- τὰ πλεῖστα τοῖς οβʹ συνᾳδόντως ἐξέδωκεν: 1
- τὰ πρὸς τὰς ἐρωτήσεις, ἄξιοι θαυμασμοῦ κατεφαίνοντό μοι καὶ τοῖς : 1
- τὰ προσυντελεσθέντα πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἔμφασιν. ὡς γὰρ : 1
- τὰ σκάφη κατεσκεύασε . . . καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὰ πύργους ἐπεκατεσκεύασε: 1
- τὰ συγγράμματα τῶν προφητῶν ἀναγινώσκεται. : 1
- τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς φίλοις: 1
- τὰ συστέματα (συστήματα) τῶν ὑδάτων.: 1
- τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς: 1
- τὰ τῆς μεταγραφῆς, οἱονεὶ κατὰ πρόθεσίν τινα τοῦ τοιούτου γεγενη- : 1
- τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ὁλοκαυτοῦντεσ, ἰσχύι διαφερόντως συγχρώμενοι· : 1
- τὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ἀντίγραφα διέλθωμεν. ἦν δὲ ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως : 1
- τὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων νόμιμα μεταγραφῆς ἄξια καὶ τῆς παρὰ σοὶ βιβλιοθήκης εἶναι: 1
- τὰ ταραινετικά: 1
- τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνέλαβεν καὶ τοὺς πόνους ὑπέμεινεν.: 1
- τὰς ἐκδόσεις] ἐπὶ ταὐτὸν συναγαγὼν διελὡν τε πρὸς κῶλον καὶ ἀντιπαραθεὶς ἀλλήλαις μετὰ καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς Ἐβραίων σημειὡσεως τὰ τῶν λεγομένων Ἑξαπλῶν ἡμῖν ἀντίγραφα καταλέλοιπεν, ἰδίως τὴν Ἀκύλου καὶ Συμμάχου καὶ Θεοδοτίωνος ἔκδοσιν ἅμα τῇ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα ἐν τοῖς Τετραπλοῖς ἐπικατασκευάσας.: 1
- τὰς ὁδούς σου] + ὁ δὲ ποῦς σου οὐ μὴ προσκόπτῃ : 1
- τὰς γὰρ ἓξ ἑρμηνείας καὶ τὴν Ἐβραικὴν γραφὴν Ἐβραικοῖς στοιχείοις καὶ ῥήμασιν αὐτοῖς ἐν σελίδι: 1
- τὰς δύο Ἐβραικὰς πρώτας κειμένας, μετὰ ταύτας δὲ τὴν τοῦ Ἀκύλα τεταγμένην, μεθ᾿ ἣν καὶ τὴν τοῦ Συμμάχου, ἔπειτα τὴν τῶν οβʹ, μεθ᾿ ἃς ἡ τοῦ Θεοδοτίωνος συντέτακται, καὶ ἑξῆς ἡ πέμπτη τε καὶ ἕκτη: 1
- τὰς κεφαλίδας ἔχοντας κρινωτάς, ἀνάκλασιν κρύνων ὑπὸ τὴν τράπεζαν : 1
- τὰς πόλεις. οἱ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας εἰς αὐτὴν ἀποξενούμενοι κατα-: 1
- τὰς πηγὰς προελθεῖν: 1
- τάδε λέγει Κύριος Εἰ μὴ τὴν διαθήκην μου ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, ἀκριβάσματα οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, οὐκ ἔταξα, : 1
- τάδε ποιήσει σοι ὁ θεός, ἐάν . . . : 1
- τάλαντα ἑκατόν. δηλώσομεν δέ σοι περὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς, ὡς ἂν : 1
- τάξαντος—Ὅσοι τῶν συνεστρατευμένων τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ : 1
- τάχιον: 1
- τέλειον; : 1
- τέλος: 1
- τέλος. : 1
- τέρπειν γὰρ οἴομαί σε ταῦτα ἢ τὰ τῶν μυθολόγων βιβλία. νένευκας : 1
- τέρπεσθαι διὰ τῶν ἡτοιμασμένων ἐτράπησαν, τῶν λειτουργιῶν : 1
- τέρπου] χαῖρε: 1
- τέσσαρες, οἱ: 1
- τέτακταί σοι τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν. ὅ δὲ Δημήτριος εἶπεν : 1
- τὴμ τῆς τραπέζης κατασκευὴν κατὰ κρόταφον. μετὰ δὲ τὴ τοῦ : 1
- τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἔχεις, ὡς ἂν ἀποφήνῃ, πρὸς τὸ δεῖπνον τραπησόμεθα. : 1
- τὴν ἐκλογὴν διδόναι—καὶ νομίσματος εἰς θυσίας καὶ ἄλλα πρὸς : 1
- τὴν ἐμπορίαν ἐστὶ κατεσκευασμένη ἡ χώρα, καὶ πολύτεχνος ἡ πόλις, : 1
- τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἐπιμέλειαν, προσαναφέρω σοι τάδε. τοῦ νόμου: 1
- τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν. Ἐπιφωνήσας δὲ καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον : 1
- τὴν ἐπιτέλειαν ὁ θεὸς ποιήσει τῶν ἀξιουμένων· ὃ γὰρ πρὸς δικαιο-: 1
- τὴν ἔνδυσιν σὗ φορεῖ : 1
- τὴν Ἐβραίδα γλῶσσαν: 1
- τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ· τὰ γὰρ ἱκετευόμενα συντελεῖσθαι τοῖς ἀξίοις, : 1
- τὴν Γάζαν μέρη καὶ τὴν Ἀζωτίων χώραν. περιέχεται δὲ ἀσφαλέίαις : 1
- τὴν αἴτησιν ἐποιούμην Τίτον . . . βιβλίων ἱερῶν [καὶ] ἔλαβον χαρισαμένου Τίτου.: 1
- τὴν αὐλὴν Ἀνδρέας τε καὶ ἐγώ, φιλοφρόνως ἡσπασάμεθα τὸν βα-: 1
- τὴν αὐτὴν διάθεσιν εἶχεν, ὥστε, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν μέρος στρέφοιτο, τὴν: 1
- τὴν βασιλείαν φιλανθρωπότερον ἀπαντῶμεν τοῖς πᾶσι, πολὺ δὲ : 1
- τὴν γὰρ πρόθεσιν, ἣν εἶχεν, ἀσφαλῶς ἔδοξε τετελειῶσθαι. παραν- : 1
- τὴν γῆν: 1 2
- τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθήν: 1
- τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται: 1
- τὴν δὲ σήν: 1
- τὴν δόξαν: 1
- τὴν δεξιὰν ὑμῖν προτεῖναι· διὸ πεποίηκα τοῦτο πρῶτον. μεγάλην : 1
- τὴν διάνοιαν : 1
- τὴν διαθήκην τὴν ἡμέραν . . . τὴν νύκτα: 1
- τὴν διασκευὴν τῇ τορείᾳ, καὶ τὴν τῶν λίθων ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν φολίδων : 1
- τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πάντα. καθὼς δὲ προειρήκαμεν, : 1
- τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἀσκοῦντι. Κατωρθωκέναι δὲ καὶ τοῦτον εἰπὼν : 1
- τὴν κατασκευήν, χωροῦντες ὑπὲρ δύο μετρητάς· οἱ δ᾿ ἀργυροῖ λείαν : 1
- τὴν κτῆσιν: 1
- τὴν μὲν οὖν ἐν τοῖς ἀντιγράφοις τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης διαφωνίαν κτλ.: 1
- τὴν μὲν οὖν ἐν τοῖς ἀντιγράφοις τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης διαφωνίαν, θεοῦ διδόντος, εὕρομεν ἰάσασθαι, κριτηρίῳ χρησάμενοι ταῖς λοιπαῖς ἐκδόσεσιν· τῶν γὰρ ἀμφιβαλλομένων παρὰ τοῖς οʹ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀντιγράφων διαφωνίαν, τὴν κρίσιν ποιησάμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐκδόσεων, τὸ συνᾷδον ἐκείναις ἐφυλάξαμεν· καὶ τινα μὲν ὠβελίσαμεν ἐν τῷ Ἐβραικῷ μὴ κείμενα, οὐ τολμῶντες αὐτὰ πάντη περιελεῖν, τινὰ δὲ μετ᾿ ἀστερίσκων προσεθήκαμεν· ἵνα δῆλον ᾖ ὅτι μὴ κείμενα παρὰ τοῖς οʹ ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐκδόσεων συμφώνως τῷ Ἐβραικῷ προσεθήκαμεν, καὶ ὁ μὲν βουλόμενος προῆται αὐτά· ᾧ δὲ προσκόπτει τὸ τοιοῦτον, ὃ βούλεται περὶ τῆς παραδοχῆς αὐτῶν ἢ μὴ ποιήσῃ.: 1
- τὴν μεσημβρίαν: 1
- τὴν περιαύγειαν καὶ τὸ τῆς ὄψεως τερπονόν. ποικίλη γὰρ ἦν ἡ τῆς : 1
- τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν: 1
- τὴν στεφάνην κυκλόθεν τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἄνω πρόσπψιν ᾠοθεσία κατε- : 1
- τὴν τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν παρὰ τῶν ἀναγραφομένων ἕκαστα τῶν : 1
- τὴν τράπεζαν: 1
- τήν: 1
- τήν γῆν τοῦ λαοῦ.: 1
- τήν τε χώραν αὐτῶω κατεφθάρθαι καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων μεταγωγὴν : 1
- τήν, Γ: 1
- τήσας εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν πταίσας πάλιν τῆς αὐτῆς: 1
- τήσασι;— συνθεωρήσας οὖν ἕκαστα σοφὸς ὢν ὁ νομοθέτης, : 1
- τί δὲ ψιθύρισμα τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ ἀκούσομεν, ὅπου βροντὴν δυναστείας αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς ἐννοήσει: 1
- τί λέγει ὁ ἄλλος προφήτης Μωυσῆς αὐτοῖς; Ἰδοὺ τάδε λέγει Κύριος ὁ θεός Εἰσέλθατε εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθήν, ἣν ὤμοσεν Κύριος τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, καὶ κατακληρονομήσατε αὐτήν, γῆν ῥεόυσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι.: 1
- τίναν : 1
- τίς ἐστιν ἡ προοῦσα καὶ κειμένη κατά τὸ ἑερὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις.: 1
- τίς δὲ ὁ γράψας . . . τὸ μὲν ἀληθὲς θεὸς οἶδεν.: 1
- τίς δώσει ἐκ Σειὼν τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Ἰσραήλ; Ἐγώ εἰμι: 1
- τίς ψωμιεῖ: 1
- τίσειν: 1
- τίτλοι: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
- τίχος, λιτουργεῖν, ἀλίφειν, ἄλιμμα, κατελίφθην, παράδιγμα, δανίζειν, ὀφιλέτης, αἴγιος, : 1
- τὸ: 1
- τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα: 1
- τὸ ἐναντίον τοῦ λόγου διάστημα, ἵνα πρὸς ἕκαστον ἐπινοήσαντες : 1
- τὸ ἑκκαιδεκαπρόφητον: 1
- τὸ ἔθνος: 1
- τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ: 1
- τὸ ὄνομα.: 1
- τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἐν τῷ πέραν, : 1
- τὸ ὑπόδημα ἐκ] τὰ ὑποδήματα | ἐφ᾿ ᾧ | : 1
- τὸ ῾σήμερον᾿: 1
- τὸ Εὐσεβίου: 1
- τὸ Παλαιστιναῖον,: 1
- τὸ Σαμαρειτικόν: 1
- τὸ βασιλικὸν ἀναληφθήσειται. Εἰσδοθέντος τοῦ προστάγ-: 1
- τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ εῦθοῦς.: 1
- τὸ δὲ γομορ τὸ δέκατον τῶν τριῶν μέτρων ἦν.: 1
- τὸ δὲ παρ᾿ Ἰουδαίοις ἔτι καὶ νῦν τὰς τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ θεοσεβείᾳ : 1
- τὸ δ᾿ ὅμοιοων: 1
- τὸ δέρμα μου: 1
- τὸ δέρμα μου τὸ ἀναντλοῦν ταῦτα: 1
- τὸ δειλινόν.: 1
- τὸ δωδεκαπρόφητον: 1
- τὸ εὐδ.: 1
- τὸ θέμα ἐργάβ: 1
- τὸ καθηγιασμένον βασίλειον : 1
- τὸ κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν συντηρῶν οὔτε χαρίζεσθαι προαιρῇ παρὰ λόγον, οὐδὲ : 1
- τὸ κατοίεσθαι καὶ νομίζειν ὑπερφρονεῖν ἑτέρους ὑπερβεβηκότες, τὴν : 1
- τὸ λελαξευμένου, : 1
- τὸ μισθοφορικόν: 1
- τὸ πεῖσαι. θεοῦ δὲ ἐνεργείᾳ κατευθύνεται πειθώ. Εὖ δὲ : 1
- τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὸν τόπον, οὗ καὶ τὰ τῆ ἑρμηνείας : 1
- τὸ πλεονεκτεῖν : 1
- τὸ πνεῶμα.: 1
- τὸ πολυάνδριον: 1
- τὸ προσκολλᾶσθαι ἀγαθόν : 1
- τὸ πρωί: 1
- τὸ σύμξωνον εὑρεθῇ, διὰ τὸ περὶ μειζόνων εἶναι τὴν σκέψιν. : 1
- τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν μετ᾿ αὐτοὺς ὑμᾶς: 1
- τὸ σπήλαιον τὸ διπλοῦν, : 1
- τὸ στόμα . . . τὰ χείλη: 1
- τὸ συιβουλευτικόν: 1
- τὸ συμπόσιον ἑτοιμάζειν.: 1
- τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ: 1
- τὸ τῶν : 1
- τὸ τερφθῆναι : 1
- τὸ τιμᾷν τοὺς ἄνδρας. Ὡς δὲ κατεκλίθησαν, ἐκέλευσε τῷ : 1
- τὸ ψαλτήριον εὶς πέντε διεῖλον βιβλία οἱ Ἑβραῖοι: 1
- τὸμ ἀόρατον δὲ καὶ τὸν ἀ[όκρυφον αὐτῆς μηνύοντα εἰπεῖν Ἡ δὲ γῆ κτλ.: 1
- τὸν Ỳσαάκ· : 1
- τὸν ἀγαπητόν.: 1
- τὸν Ἀκύλαν τοῦτον . . . Ἕλληνα ὄντα καὶ αὑτοῦ πενθερίδην, ἀπὸ Σινώπης δὲ τῆς Πόντου ὁρμώμενον, καθίστησιν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖσε ἐπιστατεῖν τοῖς ἔργοις κτλ. . . . πικρανθεὶς δὲ . . . προσηλυτεύει καὶ περιτέμνεται Ἰουδαῖος· καὶ ἐπιπόνως φιλοτιμησάμενος ἐξέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν μαθεῖν τὴν Ἐβραίων διάλεκτον καὶ τὰ αὐτῶν στοιχεῖα. ταύτην δὲ ἀκρότατα παιδευθεὶς ἡρμήνευσεν οὐκ ὀρθῷ λογισμῷ χρησάμενος, ἀλλ᾿ ὅπως διαστρέψῃ τινὰ τῶν ῥητῶν, ἐνσκήψας τῇ τῶν οβʹ ἑρμηνείᾳ ἵνα τὰ περὶ Χριστοῦ ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς μεμαρτυρημένα ἄλλως ἐκδώσει: 1
- τὸν ἐπιλυχνικὸν ψαλμόν: 1
- τὸν ἑνδέκατον δὲ ἤρξατο τὴν κοινολογίαν ποιεῖσθαι· δέκα γὰρ ἦσαν : 1
- τὸν ἕνα καὶ: 1
- τὸν ἕτερον ἔφη Πῶς ἂν γονεῦσι τὰς ἀξίας ἀποδῴη χάριτας; ὃς δὲ : 1
- τὸν ἕτερον Πῶς ἂν τὰ κάλλιστα διαλογίζοιτο; ἀπεκρίθη δὲ ἐκεῖνος : 1
- τὸν ἕτερον εἶπεν Ἐπὶ τίσι δεῖ λυπεῖσθαι; πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίθη Τὰ : 1
- τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον δυσαποσπάστως ἔχοντες, καὶ ἐκεῖνος αὐτούς· χωρὶς : 1
- τὸν ὕψιστον ἔθου καταφυγήν σου.: 1
- τὸν ὦμον: 1
- τὸν Βενιαμίν: 1
- τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε, κύριον δὲ τὸν χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν: 1
- τὸν δίκαιον, ὅτι δύσχρηστος ἡμῖν ἐστιν.: 1
- τὸν διυλισμένον : 1
- τὸν θεόν, ἵνα μὴ τὰ παρὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἡμῶν ἀνακύπτοντα : 1
- τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἰάσατο αὐτους.: 1
- τὸν νόμον τὸν ἑαυτῶν, ἀφ᾿ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἕξ, ὅπως τὸ σύμξωνον ἐκ : 1
- τὸν οἶνον . . . τὴν εὐφροσύνην τῶν ἀνθρώπων. : 1
- τὸν πάλαι λανθανούσας χρόνον: 1
- τὸν πλείονα χρόνον διατελεῖς. πειράσμαι δὲ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν : 1
- τὸν πλη: 1
- τὸν πλοῦτον κατατίθεσθαι δαψιλῶς, καὶ οὐκ εἰς μάταια.¶: 1
- τὸν πολίτην αὐτοῦ: 1
- τὸν πρῶτον τῶν ἀπολιπόντων πὸς τὴν ἑξῆς ἐρώτησιν Τίς ἐστιν : 1
- τὸν προειρημένον ἄνδρα πρεσβείαν, καλοκαγαθίᾳ καὶ δόξῃ προτε-: 1
- τὸν σῖτον: 1
- τὸν τῶν Αἰθιόπων βασιλέα μάχεσθαι σὺν Ψαμμιτίχῳ· ἀλλ᾿ οὐ : 1
- τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῆς: 1
- τὸν υἱόν μου: 1
- τὸτε εἶπεν Σαλωμών Κύριος εἶπεν τοῦ σκηνῶσαι ἐν γνὸφῳ. οἰκοδόμησα οἶκον κατοικητηρίου σοι, ἕδρσμα τῆς καθέδρας σου αἰῶνος.: 1
- τόμος αʹ—λςʹ: 1
- τόν,: 1
- τόπῳ παρεῖναι, πρὸς τοὺς ἑπτακοσίους παρόντων τῶν λειτουργῶν: 1
- τόπον καὶ τὰ θύματα διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐξαναλούμενα τὴν διοικοδομὴν : 1
- τόπον μετανοίας: 1
- τόπου τῆς δυναστείας, καὶ οὐθὲν αὐτὸν λανθάνει τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς γινο- : 1
- τόπους πολίταις, πρὸς τὴν ἐρμηνείαν τοῦ θείου νόμου, διὰ τὸ γεγρά-: 1
- τόπους, οὐκ ἀπέχουσα τούτων πολύ. ἔχει δὲ πάντα δαψιλῆ κάθυγρος : 1
- τόπων· ἵνα, ἐὰν ἐπίθεσίς τις ἢ νεωτερισμὸς ἢ πολεμίων ἔφοδος : 1
- τότε ἐλάλησεν Σ. ὑπὲρ τοῦ οἴκου ὡς συνετέλεσεν τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι αὐπόν Ἥλιον ἐγνώρισεν: 1
- τῆ μερίδι] καὶ τὴν μερίδα, : 1
- τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας πόλεως ἀφώρισται μέγα μέρος τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ: 1
- τῆς Ἀραβίας μέταλλα χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου συνίστασθαι πρότε- : 1
- τῆς ἡμέρας . . . τῆς νυκτός: 1
- τῆς Ἰουδαίας ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ βασιλέως—ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἐπελθὼν : 1
- τῆς Ῥούθ, Βασιλειῶν αʹ, βʹ, Βασιλειῶν γʹ, δʹ, τῶν Παραλειπομένων αʹ, βʹ): 1
- τῆς γῆς, : 1 2
- τῆς δὲ οἰκοδομίας τοῦ ναοῦ Σολομὼν ἤρξατο τέταρτον ἔτος ἤδη τῆς βασιλείας ἔχων μηνὶ δευτέρῳ.: 1
- τῆς δὲ σοφίας εἰδέαι καθιστᾶσιν φρόνησις καὶ δικαιοσύνη : 1
- τῆς δὲ χώρας: 1
- τῆς διανοίας μηδὲν κακὸν πεπραχέναι, θεοῦ κατευθύνοντος εἰς τὸ : 1
- τῆς μιᾶς σαββάτου: 1
- τῆς πληγῆς: 1
- τῆς ποίμνης: 1 2
- τῆς πρώτης: 1
- τῆς πρ.: 1
- τῆς σήμερον ἡμ: 1
- τῆς στεφάνης εἶναι κατὰ τὸ τῶν ποδῶν μέρος. ἔλασμα γὰρ ἐποίη- : 1
- τῆς τιμῆς ὑπερτεῖνον δακρύειν ἀναγκάζει κατὰ τὰς ἐπιτυχίας. : 1
- τῆς τροφῆς διοίκησις καὶ ἡ περὶ ἕκαστον μέλος διαστολή· πολλῷ : 1
- τῆς τροφῆς συνεστάναι νομίζει. διὸ παρακελεύεται καὶ διὰ τῆς : 1
- τῆς φαρέτρας αὐτοῦ: 1
- τῇ: 1
- τῇ Ἅννᾳ οὐκ ἦν παιδίον: 1
- τῇ ἐπαύριον τῆσ πρώης: 1
- τῇ ἑβδόμῃ: 1
- τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ σάββατα ἀνάπαυσις κλητὴ ἁγία τῷ κυρίῳ.: 1
- τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἕκτῃ.: 1
- τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ βασιλέων: 1
- τῇ βασιλείᾳ: 1
- τῇ δὲ τοῦ Τωβὴτ βίβλῳ ἀντιλέγουσιν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, ὡς μὴ ἐνδιαθήκῳ: 1
- τῇ διανοίᾳ διὰ τὴν περὶ ἕκαστον ἁγίαν κατασκευήν. Πρὸς : 1
- τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτου, δευτέρᾳ σ., τετράδι σ.: 1
- τῇ πατρίῳ: 1
- τῇ περὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἰσχύι πεποιθότας ἑτέρους καταδυναστεύειν. ὅπου : 1
- τῇ πολυτελείᾳ καὶ τεχνουργίᾳ, οὔτ᾿ ἔν τινι ἄλλῳ. πρόνοιαν γὰρ οὐ : 1
- τῇ τῶν Ἰδουμαίων χώρᾳ, τινῶν δὲ ὀρεινῶν, τῶν : 1
- τῇ τῶν Ἰουδαίων χώρᾳ, χρὴ: 1
- τῇ χειρὶ] + μου, : 1
- τῇ χρόᾳ θαυμασίως ἔχοντες. κατέζωστο δὲ διαφόρῳ: 1
- τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὑπάρχειν ἁπάντων, εἰ πράσσοις τοῦτο πρὸς τοὺς ὑποτε-: 1
- τῶν ἀλσῶν: 1
- τῶν ἀναράσεων, εἰς τάς ἀναβάσεις.: 1
- τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος τοὺς ὑποτασσομένους φιλανθρωπεῖ. Ἐπι- : 1
- τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος· ὅθεν οὔτε εὐκόπως δεῖ κολάζειν, οὔτε αἰκίαις : 1
- τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ μεταλλοιοῦται καὶ τρέπεται πάλιν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ· : 1
- τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πολιτεύματος οἵ τε ἡγούμενοι τοῦ πλήθους εἶπον : 1
- τῶν ἀπεσταλμένων πλῆθος καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου κατασκευήν, διὰ τὸ : 1
- τῶν ἀργυρῶν προσβλέψαι τις θέσιν ἤθελεν, ἀπέλαμπε τὰ πάντα : 1
- τῶν ἁγίων: 1
- τῶν ἄλλων μᾶλλον ἁπάντων τὸ ἀξιόπιστον οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔχοιεν ἂν δικαίως. οἱ μὲν γὰρ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν ἡρμήνευσαν, Ἰουδαῖοι μείναντες, καὶ δικαίως ἂν ὑποπτεύοιντο ἅτε ἀπεχθείᾳ μᾶλλον εἰρηκότες, καὶ τὰς προφητείας συσκιάζοντες ἐπίτηδες· οἱ δὲ ἑβδομήκοντα πρὸ ἑκατὸν ἢ καὶ πλειόνων ἐτῶν τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἐλθόντες καὶ τοσοῦτοι ὄντες πάσης τοιαύτης εἰσὶν ὑποψίας ἀπηλλαγμένοι. καὶ διὰ τὸν χρόνον καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ διὰ τὴν συμφωνίαν μᾶλλον ἂν εἶειν πιστεύεσθαι δίκαιοι.: 1
- τῶν ἄλλων πατρίων βιβλίων: 1
- τῶν ἐπιλέκτων τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ οὐ διεφώνησεν οὐδὲ εἷς: 1
- τῶν ἐπιμαστιδίων τέκνων σὺν ταῖς μητράσιν ἐλευθεροῦντο. προσαν- : 1
- τῶν ἑρπετῶν τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ κνωδάλων τὴν ἀπέρεισιν πεποίηνται, : 1
- τῶν ἔξωθεν μαθημάτων ἕνεκα πολλοῦ λόγου ἄξιον . . . τοῦ ὡς ἀληθῶς φιλοσόφου . . μάρτυρος: 1
- τῶν ἱερέων δέ τις παρών, ἢ τῶν γερόντων εἶς, ἀναγινώσκει τοὺς ἱεροὺς νόμους αὐτοῖς καὶ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον ἐξηγεῖται.: 1
- τῶν ἱερέων πρεσβύτερον παρεκάλεσε ποιήσασθαι κατευχήν, ὃς : 1
- τῶν Ἰοθδαϊκῶν ἐστι σωμάτων ἐν οἰκετίαις : 1
- τῶν Ἰουδαίων βιβλία σὺν ἑτέροις ὀλίγοις τισὶν ἀπολείπει· τυγχάνει : 1
- τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν κατῳκίσθαι γενηθέντας ἀνα- : 1
- τῶν ὑποκειμένων, τῶν δ᾿ ἐπάνωθεν: 1
- τῶν Οʹ: 1
- τῶν βουνῶν: 1
- τῶν γε μὴν ἑρμηνευυῶν αὐτῶν δὴ τούτων ἰστέον Ἐβιωναῖον τὸν Σύμμαχον γεγονέναι . . . καὶ ὑπομνήματα δὲ τοῦ Συμμάχου εἰσέτι νῦν φέρεται ἐν οἷς δοκεῖ πρὸς τὸ κατὰ Ματθαῖον ἀποτεινόμενος εὐαγγέλιον τὴν δεδηλωμένην αἵρεσιν κρατύνειν. ταῦτα δὲ ὁ Ὠριγένης μετὰ καὶ ἄλλων εἰς τὰς γραφὰς ἑρμηνειῶν τοῦ Συμμάχου σημαίνει παρὰ Ἰουλιανῆς τινος εἰληφέναι, ἣν καὶ φησι παῤ αὐτοῦ Συμμάχου τὰς βίβλους διαδέξασθαι.: 1
- τῶν δ᾿ ἀνεφίκτων μὴ ἐπιθύμει. Τοῖς δὲ ῥηθεῖσιν ἀρεσθεὶς : 1
- τῶν δυνάμεων: 1
- τῶν ιβʹ πρφητῶν.: 1
- τῶν μετοικισθέντων εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς: 1
- τῶν νῦν μεθερμηνεύειν τολμώντων τὴν γραφήν . . . ὡς . . . Ἀκύλας: 1
- τῶν πατέρων: 1
- τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἐλεάζαρον.: 1
- τῶν πιστοτάτων ἀνδρῶν καῚ τῇ πατρίδι μεγάλας ἀποδείξεις δεδωκό-: 1
- τῶν πλειόνων ἐξετάσαντες καὶ λαβόντες τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν : 1
- τῶν πνευμάτων: 1
- τῶν πραγμάτων, ὦ βασιλεῦ. τῆς γὰρ νομοθεσίας κειμένης πᾶσι : 1
- τῶν προβάτων ἔτι δ᾿ αἰγῶν τοῖς βάρεσι καὶ πιμελῇ θαυμασίως ἔχει. : 1
- τῶν προειρημένων πτηνῶν ἥμερα ζῷα τὰ φυόμενα τῶω ὀσπρίων ἐπὶ : 1
- τῶν ρνʹ ψαλμῶν.: 1
- τῶν σκευῶν: 1
- τῶν τὸ ἅγιόν σου θυσιαστήριον κυκλούντων διακόνων: 1
- τῶν τότε προστατούντων ποιησαμένων διαβολήν, ὡς ἄχρηστος ἡ : 1
- τῶν τεθνηκότων: 1
- τῶν τεσσάρων δὲ τούτων σελίδων ταῖς δυσὶ ταῖς Ἐβραικαῖς συναφθεισῶν ἑξαπλᾶ καλεῖται· ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ἡ πέμπτη καὶ ἡ ἕκτη ἑρμηνεία συναφθῶσιν . . . ὀκταπλᾶ καλεῖται.: 1
- τῶν τοιούτων, αὐτὸς τοῦτο ὁ βασιλεὺς προσέθηκε, μεγαλομοιρίᾳ : 1
- τῶν υἰῶν Κόρε: 1
- τῶν υἱῶν Κόρε: 1
- τῶν φυλὰρ-: 1
- τῶν | πλείονι, : 1
- τῶν· οἵτινες οὐκ εἶχον ἐξουσίαν ἐξιέωαι τῆν ἄκρας, εἰ μὴ ταῖς : 1
- τῷ: 1
- τῷ ἐκλεξαμένῳ κυρίῳ διδοὺς δόξαν ψάλλε καὶ σὺ τὸν ρναʹ ἴδιον ὄντα τοῦ Δαυείδ: 1
- τῷ ἡλίῳ.: 1
- τῷ Δαυείδ: 1 2
- τῷ θεῷ: 1
- τῷ λέγειν. Ὑπερασπίζω σου: 1
- τῷ λαῷ λέγοντες: 1
- τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ κυρίου . . . τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ.: 1
- τῷ νικοποιῷ: 1
- τῷ νικοποιῷ·: 1
- τῷ νικοποιῷ, : 1
- τέθεικα: 1
- τίς ἐστιν ὁ δοῦλός σου, ὁ κύων ὁ τεθνηκώς, ὅτι ποιήσει τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο: 1
- τα: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- τα : 1
- τα αυτα: 1
- τα κατα την ιδιαν βουλην παρατιθεντας: 1
- τα λ. : 1
- τα πολλα: 1
- τα συγχωρηθεντα: 1
- τα τηδε: 1
- τα της] τας: 1
- ταύτας δὲ ἁπάσα [: 1
- ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀντέγραψεν ἐνδεχομένως ὁ Ἐλεάζαρος : 1
- ταύτην.: 1
- ταύτν δὲ τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἐγκεχείρισμαι πραγματείαν, νομίζων ἅπασι φανεῖσθαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀξίαν σπουδῆς· μέλλει γὰρ περιέξειν ἅπασαν τὴν παῤ ἡμῖν ἀρχαιολογίαν καὶ διάταξιν τοῦ πολιτεύματος ἐκ τῶν Ἐβραϊκών μεθηρμηνευμένην γραμμάτων.: 1
- ταῖς ἡλικίαις καὶ ῥώμῃ διαφέροντας καθώπλισε, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν χύμα : 1
- ταῖς εὑρούσαις ἡμᾶς: 1
- ταῖς εὑρούσαις ἡμᾶς: 1
- ταῖς θυγατράσιν | σοὶ ὁ σωτήρ, : 1
- ταῖς οἰκετίαις. Οὐδὲ πολὺν χρόνον ἐπισχών, καὶ ἡμῶν κατὰ : 1
- ταῖς.: 1
- ταῦθ᾿ ὑπάρχειν παρά σοι διηκριβωμένα, διὰ τὰ καὶ φιλοσαφωτέραν : 1
- ταῦτα ἐν τῷ ἐξαπλῷ παρὰ μόνοις φέρεται τοῖς οʹ.: 1
- ταῦτα Μωϋσῆς· ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἁγνὴν ἐπίσκεψιν καὶ τρόπων ἐξαρτισμὸν : 1
- ταῦτα Ἐλεάζαρος ἀρχιερεὺς βασιλεῖ Πτολεμαέῳ φίλῳ : 1
- ταῦτα. ὁμοθυμαδὸν δὲ πάντων εἰπόντων ὑπὸ μίαν φωνήν, τῶν : 1
- ταγμάτων: 1
- ταγμένους καὶ τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, εἰ τοὺς καλοὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς τῶν : 1
- ταγματικοῖς ὑπηρέταις: 1
- ταδε: 1
- ταδε] τα δε: 1
- ται: 1
- ται· καθὼς σὺ διατηρεῖς τὴν πρὸς ἅπαντας καλοκἀγθίαν παρὰ : 1
- ταις αντιβολαις: 1
- ταις οδοις: 1
- ταλάντου καὶ τρικλίνου πᾶσαν κατάστρωσιν. ἔπεμψε δὲ καὶ τῷ : 1
- ταλάντων δύο σχεδὸν ἑκάστου, ἀναρρίπτουσιν ἑκατέραις θαυμασίως : 1
- ταλ. δυο] ταλαντου: 1
- ταμιεῖα, λέγω δὲ τὰ τῆς γεωργίας πρόσφορα. Παρεξέβημεν : 1
- ταξεν ὁ βασιλεύς· γοὺς γὰρ ἡμίσεις ἐκέλευσεν ἀνὰ χεῖρα κατα-: 1
- ταπεινόν: 1
- ταπεινοί: 1
- ταπεινοῖς: 1
- ταπεινωθῇ: 1
- τας: 1 2
- τας επτακοσιας: 1
- τας θ.: 1
- τας σας ευεργεσιας)]: 1
- τασαις: 1
- ταυτ: 1
- ταυτα: 1
- ταυτα εις δοξαν | θῡ και της αγιας τριαδος φι|λα [? φυλλα] τριακοσια γ ητοι: 1
- ταυτα κατα : 1
- ταυτα παντα: 1
- ταυτα παρα του Δ.: 1
- ταυτο: 1
- ταυτ. την επ.] ταυτα: 1
- ταχύτερον: 1
- ταχυγράφοι: 1
- ταχυγράφοι γὰρ αὐτῷ πλείους ἢ ἑπτὰ τὸν ἀριθμὸν παρῆσαν ὑπαγορεύοντι, χρόνοις τεταγμένοις ἀλλήλους ἀμείβοντες, βιβλιογράφοι τε οὐχ ἥττους ἅμα καὶ κόραις ἐπὶ τὸ καλλιγραφεῖν ἠσκημέναις· ὧν ἁπάντων τὴν δέουσαν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἄφθονον περιουσίαν ὁ Ἀμβρόσιος παρεστήσατο.: 1
- τα] : 1
- τα] τας: 1 2
- τε: 1
- τε παραγεγονότων καὶ τῶν συμπαρόντων, Εὖ βασιλεῦ, προήχθη : 1
- τε τήν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν ἢ καὶ πεπράκασιν ἑτέροις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ : 1
- τε τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν κατὰ πάντων εὐσέβειαν, προστετάχαμεν ὅσα : 1
- τεύχη, στάντες οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ τῶν ἑρμηνέων οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ : 1
- τεʹ: 1
- τεθέανται γοῦν οἱ υἱεῖς τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς θυγατέρας τοῦ ἀνθρὡπου ὅτι καλαὶ ἐτέλουν, καὶ ἔλαρον ἑαυτοῖς γυναῖκας ἀπὸ πασῶν ὦν εἵλοντο. : 1
- τεθνηκότων] πεπτωκότων: 1
- τεκμήριον: 1
- τελείωσιν ἕξει: 1
- τελείωσιν λάβῃ.¶: 1
- τελειοῦν: 1
- τελειωσιν εξει σοι: 1
- τελευτήσω ἐγώ: 1
- τελευτᾷ: 1
- τελευτήσει, : 1
- τελουμενους: 1
- τελουντος: 1
- τερατοποιός: 1 2
- τεριήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐν μαδεββά: 1
- τερον: 1
- τερπνοτητα: 1
- τερποτητα: 1
- τερπωλην τινα: 1
- τες φαύλοις διαστροφὰς λαμβάνωμεν, πάντοθεν ἡμᾶς περιέφραξεν : 1
- τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη· διὸ προσώχθισα: 1
- τεσσ. ἔτη προσώχθ.: 1
- τετάρτης· Ἰωνάθας Ἀβραῖος Ἐλισσαῖος Ἁνανίας Χαβρίας . . . : 1
- τεταγμένων οὐθενί, πάντες δὲ ἀγωνιοῦνται περὶ τῶν εὐεργετημά- : 1
- τεταγμέων εἰς τοὺς ὄχλους ταῖς χρείαις· καθὼς σὺ τοῦτο πράσσεις : 1
- τετελευτηκυίᾳ: 1
- τετευχε: 1
- τετραβασίλειον, τό: 1
- τετρακοσίοις: 1
- τετρακοσιοι: 1
- τετραπλᾶ γάρ εἰσι τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ ὅταν αἱ τοῦ Ἀκὸλου καὶ Συμμάχου καὶ τῶν οβʹ καὶ Θεοδοτίωνος ἑρμηνεῖαι συντεταγμέναι ὦσι.: 1
- τετυχηκε: 1
- τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, : 1
- τευξασθαι: 1
- τεχνῶν εὕρεσις ἀπέραστον περιέχει τρόπον. διὸ παρακελεύεται : 1
- τεχωίτας. διὸ παριδεῖν οὐδὲν ἡδύναντο οὐδὲ εἰκῇ συντελέσαι.: 1
- τεως συνεξει σοι: 1
- τε] τα: 1
- τη εαυτων: 1
- τηδε: 1
- τηλικουτων] + πραγματων: 1
- την: 1 2 3
- την διαν.: 1
- την ολην: 1
- την τεχνην: 1
- την τραπ. προς την χρ.: 1
- τηρήσεις: 1
- τηρήσει . . . τηρήσεις.: 1
- της: 1
- της αυτης παλιν : 1
- της εαυτων κατασκευης: 1
- της ημων : 1
- της συγχ.: 1
- της] : 1
- της] τοις: 1
- τητος εἴη; ὁ δὲ ἔφησεν Ὡς ἅπαντα πράσσων καὶ μετὰ διαλογισμοῦ : 1
- τητος, τὸ δὲ ἐκτὸς κλίμα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ προσάγοντος εἶναι θεωρίαν. : 1
- τι: 1 2
- τι : 1
- τι πλέον. εἶτ᾿ ἐπηρώτα τὸν ἄνδρα Τί πέρας ἀνδρείας ἐστίν; ὁ : 1
- τι ποιῶμεν, ἐπὶ τὸ συνεχὲς τῆς διηγήσεως ἐπανήξομεν.: 1
- τι τὴν διάνοιαν ῥέπειν· τοῖς μὲν οἶν πολλοῖς ἐπὶ τὰ βρωτὰ καὶ : 1
- τιθεμαι: 1
- τιθεμενος: 1
- τιμᾶσθαι προάγει. Καλῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦτον ἀποδεξάμενος τὸν : 1
- τιμαῖς, : 1
- τιμημένον ὑπό τε τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ κατακεκτημένον: 1
- τιμωρίαις καθέστηκεν. ἐπινοῶν οὖν ἕκαστα πρὸς τὸν ἔλεον τραπήσῃ· : 1
- τινὲς ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῆς λεγομένης . . . Ἀλεξανδρέων.: 1
- τινὲς μυριάδες τυγχάνουσι βιβλίων; εἶπεν Ὑπὲρ τὰς εἴκοσι, : 1
- τινὲς τοῦτ᾿ εἶπον Καὶ γὰρ ἄξιόν ἐστι τῆς σῆς μεγαλοψυχίας, ὅπως : 1
- τινα καὶ δυσαπάλλακτον τὴν θεωρίαν ἔχοντος τοῦ πράγματος. : 1
- τινες μεγάλης ἀποδοχῆς καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους ἔτυχον, ὡς ἂν : 1
- τινες πταίουσιν, ἐφ᾿ οἷς πταίουσιν, οὐκέτι χρὴ ταῦτα πρύσσειν, ἀλλὰ : 1
- τινες των ανθρωπων: 1
- τινος: 1
- τις: 1
- τις ἑτέρα χρεία πρὸς τὰ κατ᾿ ἰδίαν αὐτῷ κατεπείγοι, πρὸς δὲ τὴν : 1
- τις η η και νεωτ.: 1
- τις η και ν.: 1
- τις] τι: 1
- τισ ει: 1
- τιωεσ τ. ιδ.: 1
- το: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- το καλλιστον: 1
- το μεν ουω βιβλιον: 1
- το ομοιουσθαι : 1
- το πασχα: 1
- το πεπραγμενον: 1
- το προς εαυτους] : 1
- το σημειουσθαι : 1
- το σημ. και: 1
- τοὺς ἄνδρας τὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἐπιτελεῖν, παρόντων ὅσα πρὸς τὴν : 1
- τοὺς ἐνδόξους : 1
- τοὺς γὰρ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς καρποὺς ἀλυπίαν κατσκευάζειν. ἱκετεύειν δὲ : 1
- τοὺς δέκα ἀναβαθμοὺς.: 1
- τοὺς τούτων ὑπηρέτας ἐπέταξε κατὰ νομούς, ὅπως μὴ πορισμὸν: 1
- τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων] τοὺς ἀνθρώπους : 1
- τοὺς φύλακας τῶν κιβωτῶν, ἐν αἷς ἐτύγχανον οἱ λίθοι: 1
- τούτῳ οὐ συνήσθιον: 1
- τούτῳ τὸν ἑξῆς ἠρώτα Πῶς ἂν φιλήκοος εἴη; ἐκεῖνος δὲ εἶπε Δια- : 1
- τούτοις ἀκόλουθα καὶ λέγῃς καὶ διανοῇ, γινώσκων ὅτι πάντες ὧν : 1
- τούτοις βουλόμενοι ὑπερφέρειν ἕτερος ἑτέρου, καὶ τοῦ καθηγουμένου : 1
- τούτους ὡς ἔληξεν, ἐπὶ τὴν ἑξῆς ἐτράπησαν τῆς συμποσίας : 1
- τούτων ἔξω: 1
- τούτων διεστάλμεθα. περὶ ὃν δὲ ἐστὶν ὁ προειρημένος τῆς δια- : 1
- τούτων· ἔτι δὲ καὶ διότι παρὰ πάντας ἀνθρώπους διεστάλμεθα. οἱ : 1
- τούτων, καταδεικνύντας εὐθὺ καὶ τὰ σώματα. διειλήξαμεν γὰρ καὶ : 1
- τούτων, οὐκ ἀπαγορευτικῶς μόνον ἀλλ᾿ ἐνδεικτικῶς, καὶ τὰς βλάβας : 1
- τούτων, σημάναντας καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν αἰχμα- : 1
- τοῖς: 1
- τοῖς ἄρτι προσερχομένοις . . .: 1
- τοῖς ἠγαρημένοις.: 1
- τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν: 1
- τοῖς ἱεροῖς μαθὗμασι συγκεκροτημένος,: 1
- τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ἣν ἡμεῖς οὐ μόνον μεταγράψαι ἐπινοοῦμεν, ἀλλά καὶ : 1
- τοῖς ὁμοίοις, πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον σοὶ γνησίαν ἔχοντι τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὐ: 1
- τοῖς ὄχλοις, ἐξ ἰδιώτου βασιλέα κατασταθῆναι : 1
- τοῖς βότρυσιν, οἳ λιθουργεῖς ἦσαν, μέχρι τῆς κεφαλῆς. ἡ δ᾿ : 1
- τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν· ἐξουσίαν γὰρ ἔχοντες ὃ βούλονται πράσσειν, τίνος : 1
- τοῖς δὲ ἀποτυγχάνουσιν ἢ δἰ ὀνείρων ἢ πράξεων σημαίνεσθαι τὸ : 1
- τοῖς νοοῦσιν ἐκτίθεται τὸ τῆς μνήμης. ἡ γὰρ ἀναμηρύκησις οὐθὲν : 1
- τοῖς πεζοῖς μου: 1
- τοῖς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ: 1
- τοῖς υἱοῖς: 1
- τοῖς υἱοῖς Κόρε: 1
- τοῖς χείλεσιν] τῷ στοματι: 1
- τοῦ: 1
- τοῦ : 1
- τοῦ ἄλσους: 1
- τοῦ ἐξάρχειν.: 1
- τοῦ ἐπιλαβέσθαι με: 1
- τοῦ Ἔσδρα αἱ δύο εἰς μίαν συναπτόμεναι βίβλον: 1
- τοῦ Ἰσραήλ : 1
- τοῦ Ἰσρ.: 1
- τοῦ βίου, καὶ δικαιοσύνην προτιμᾷν, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους φιλοποιεῖ- : 1
- τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴν τοιαύτης ἐτύγχανεν ἀντιγραῆς : 1
- τοῦ βασιλέως ορόθεσιν. παρόντων οὖν ἡμῶν ἐρωτηθείς Πόσαι : 1
- τοῦ βασιλέως, πρώτως κεκτημένου τήν τε πόλιν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν: 1
- τοῦ βιβλίου τῶν ἡμερῶν,: 1
- τοῦ γὰρ ἱεροῦ τὴν πᾶσαν εἶναι φυλακὴν τὴν ἄκραν· καὶ τὸν κατα- : 1
- τοῦ γινομένου ψόφου τῆς ἀπαντήσεως τῶν ὑδάτων· ὥστε συμφανές : 1
- τοῦ διαφυλάξαι: 1
- τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς: 1
- τοῦ θεοῦ, : 1
- τοῦ θεοῦ] μου, : 1
- τοῦ κατοικεῖν: 1
- τοῦ κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ καινότητος: 1
- τοῦ κείροντος αὐτὸν: 1
- τοῦ κερίου: 1
- τοῦ λαοῦ μου] αὐτῶν : 1
- τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπυνθάνετο Πῶς ἂν τὰ συμβαίνοντα μετρίως : 1
- τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πατρίων βιβλίων.: 1
- τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πατρίων βιβλίων: : 1
- τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἠκολουθηκότων: : 1
- τοῦ νόμου τῶν Ἰουδαίων βιβλία. . .οὐχ ὡς ὑπάρχει σεσήμανται, καθὼς ὑπὸ τῶν εἰδότων προσαναφέρεται: 1
- τοῦ οὐρανοῦ: 1
- τοῦ πόνου: 1
- τοῦ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ ὃς ἐν ποσίν μου.: 1
- τοῦ παντὸς τρόπου τὴν προσφορὰν ποιεῖται ὁ τὴν θυσίαν προσάγων. : 1
- τοῦ πατρός σου: 1
- τοῦ ποδός. κατεσκεύασαν δὲ ἐκφύοντα κισσὸν ἀκάνθῳ πλεκόμενον : 1
- τοῦ προφητευομένου δηλοῦσθαι ἔφαμεν, μίαν μέν τὴν ἔνθεον, θατέραν δέ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην.: 1
- τοῦ σαββάτου: 1
- τοῦ σ.: 1
- τοῦ τόπου καθηκόντως τὸ κλίμα τῶν λειτουργούντων ἱερέων κεκα-: 1
- τοῦ ταπεινόφρονος καὶ ἁπλοῦ, : 1
- τοῦ ταπ. καὶ ἀμώμου: 1
- τοῦ τετύρτου Ἰ.: 1
- τοῦ φιλοπόνου Ἰωάννου εἰς τὸ ἐπίλοιπον τῆς φυσικῆς ἀκροάσεως.: 1
- τοῦ φιλοσοφωτάτου καὶ ῥητορικωτάτου Κϋρου Θεοδωρούτου προδρόμου.: 1
- τοῦ φυλάξαι σε ἐν πάσαις ὁδοῖς σου·: 1
- τοῦτο: 1
- τοῦτο ἐπιτελεῖ, εἶπε, μέγιστε βασιλεῦ, θεοῦ σοι στέφανον δικαιο- : 1
- τοῦτο γέγονεν ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθέν : 1
- τοῦτον ἐπιβλέψας εἶπεν Τί ἐστι σοφίας διδαχή; ὁ δὲ ἕτερος : 1
- τοῦτον δὲ εὖ μάλα παραδεξάμενος ἕτερον ἐπηρώτα Πῶς ἂν ὁμοίους : 1
- τοῦτον πρὸσ τὸν ἕτερον εἶπε Τί τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐστὶ κατάστημα; : 1
- τοῦ, : 1
- τοθεν παλιστιαία, κρηπῖδος ἔχουσα τάξιν κατὰ τὴν πρόσοψιν, ὀκτὼ : 1
- τοιαῦτα τοῖς ἀξίοις. Ἐπαινέσας δὲ αὐτὸν ἄλλον ᾐρώτα Τίς : 1
- τοιαῦτα. : 1
- τοιούτους πρεσβυτέρους ἀνατρέφει ἡ ἐκκλσία, περὶ ὧν καὶ προφέτης φησέν Δώσω κτλ.: 1
- τοιουτοις: 1
- τοιουτ.] τουτων: 1
- τοις: 1 2
- τολμῶσι λέγειν τὴν ἐξήγησιν ἣν ἐξηγήσαντο οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα ὑμῶν πρεσβύτεροι παρὰ Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλεῖ γενόμενοι μὴ εἶναι ἔν τισιν ἀληθῆ: 1
- τομοι: 1
- τον: 1 2 3
- τον : 1 2
- τον ανον: 1
- τον αυτον: 1
- τον ειρημενον λογον: 1
- τον ενδεκατον δε ερωτα : 1
- τον μετ αυτον ηρ. : 1
- τον οχλον: 1
- τον της συντελειας καιρον.: 1
- τον] των : 1
- τοπάρχης : 1
- τοπους.: 1
- τος: 1
- τος ἐνόχου τὴν κυρίαν ἕξειν· τὰ δὲ ὑπάρχοντα τῶν τοιούτων εἰς : 1
- τοσαύτη δὲ εἰσήγετο τῷ Ὠριγένει τῶν θείων λόγων ἀπηκριβωμένη ἐξέτ͍σις, ὡς καὶ τὴν Ἐβραίδα γλῶτταν ἐκμαθεῖν τάς τε παρὰ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐμφερομένας πρωτοτύπους αὐτοῖς Ἐβραίων στοιχείοις γραφὰς κτῆμα ἴδιον ποιήσασθαι.: 1
- τοσαύτη δὲ εἰσήγετο τῷ Ὠριγένει τῶν θείων λόγων ἀπηκριβωμένη ἐξέτασις ὡς . . . καί τινας ἑτέρας παρὰ τὰς· καθημαξευμένας ἑρμηνείας ἐναλλαττούσας . . ., ἐφευρεῖν, ἃς οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅθεν ἔκ τινων μυχῶν τὸν πάλαι λανθανούσας χρόνον εἰς φῶς ἀνιχνεύσας προήγαγεν . . . τίνος ἄῤ εἶεν οὐκ εἰδὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον ἐπεσημήνατο : 1
- τοσοῦτοι τῷ πλήθει παρεγενήθησαν, ὅσους Πτολεμαῖος ὁ τοῦ : 1
- τοσουταις: 1
- του: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- του Δ.: 1
- του βασ. : 1
- του χρυσου: 1
- τουργίαις. ἡ δὲ συμφάνεια τούτων ἐμποιεῖ φόβον καὶ ταραχήν, : 1
- τους : 1
- τους εθισμους: 1
- τους των αρχ. βιους: 1
- τους] τοις: 1
- τους] + εχοντας: 1
- τουτο: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
- τουτο : 1
- τουτον: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- τουτου: 1
- τουτου : 1
- τουτο] + γαρ: 1
- τουτω: 1 2
- τουτων: 1 2
- τουτων μεταθεσις: 1
- τουτω] : 1
- του,: 1
- τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν, καθὼς γέγραπται: 1
- το] τον: 1
- το] τω: 1
- τράγος ἀπολυόμενος: 1
- τράπεζα Κυρίου: 1
- τρία ἔτη: 1
- τρίτης· Νεεμίας Ἰώσηφος Θεοδόσιος Βασέας Ὀρνίας Δάκις.: 1
- τρόπον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ, κομιζομένους τοὺς ἔχοντας τὸ προκείμενον : 1
- τρόπων ὅσοι μετέχουσιν αὐτῷ. θεοῦ δὲ ἐπιφάνεια γίνεται πρὸς τὰ : 1
- τραπέζης καὶ σπονδείων χρυσίου μὲν ὁλκῆς τάλαντα πεντήκοντα : 1
- τραπέζης, ὥστε πολλῶν εἶναι ταλάντων τὴν ὅλην διασκευήν. ἐπεὶ : 1
- τραπεζείτης, γείνεσθαι, γεινώσκειν.: 1
- τραπειη: 1
- τραποι: 1
- τραποιη: 1
- τρεῖς μὲν μῆνας παῤ αὐτοῖς τρέφουσι λανθάνοντες . . . μηχανῶνται πλέγμα βίβλινον . . ἔπειτα χρίσαντες ἀσφάλτῳ . . ἐντιθέασι τὸ παιδίον . . . Μαριάμη δὲ τοῦ παιδὸς ἀδελφὴ . . ἀντιπαρεξῄει φερόμενον ὅποι χωρήσει ὀψομένη τὸ πλέγμα. : 1
- τριῶν στίχων στύλων κεδρίνων: 1
- τριακοντα] λ: 1
- τριακοσια: 1
- τριγωνα: 1
- τριγωνος κατα λογον αναγωγης υψηλοτερας και θειοτερας.: 1
- τροπον παντα: 1
- τροπος : 1
- τροπων] + εξαιρετον: 1
- τροφὴν ἔχοντα δαπάνησιν τῶν προειρημένων ἡμέρων μετὰ ἀδικίας· : 1
- τρυβλια] + κα σπονδεια: 1
- τρυγόνες : 1
- ττ: 1
- τυγχάνουσι πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν καὶ διαμονὴν ἀνθρώπων. ὃ σὺ : 1
- τυγχανω: 1
- τω : 1 2
- τω Αχααβ Α : 1
- τω Δημητριω: 1
- τω ομ.: 1
- τω πληθ.: 1
- τωκότα τύχῃ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπισκευῆς, πεποιημένος οὐ παρέργως: 1
- των: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- των : 1
- των ιδιωτων τινες: 1
- των ιστορικων: 1
- των συγγενικων: 1
- των σωμ.º: 1
- των υποβεβηκοτων ουτε: 1
- των -ων: 1
- των—γεωργιαν] τω προς τη : 1
- των, εἰδότες, κἂν ἐκ τοῦ ζῇν ἀποτρέχωσιν, ἐπιμελητήν σε τῶν : 1
- των] + μεν: 1
- τως] ως: 1
- τότε : 1
- τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου: 1
- τ. ταπεινούς: 1
- υἱὲ κορασίων αὐτομολούντων: 1
- υἱὸς Γηρσὸμ υἱὸς (A υἱοῦ) Μανασσή : 1
- υἱὸς καὶ ἐδόθη, : 1
- υἱὸς τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἑνὸς ἐνιαυτῶν: 1
- υἱοὶ λοιμοί : 1
- υἱοὶ περανόμων: 1
- υἱοὺς Ἀδάμ: 1
- υμενου: 1
- υπ: 1
- υπ αυτου: 1
- υπαρχει: 1
- υπαρχοις: 1
- υπεβησαν : 1
- υπελαβεν : 1
- υπερ: 1
- υπερ τινων: 1
- υπερβαλλουσα: 1
- υπερβαλλ.: 1
- υπερβαλουση: 1
- υπερηρας: 1
- υπερηφανον] + τι: 1
- υπεροχης: 1
- υπερτεινειν: 1
- υπνουν: 1
- υπο μ. φ.: 1
- υποδεικνυντας: 1
- υπολαμβανειν: 1
- υπολαμβανομενοι : 1
- υποληψιν] : 1
- υπολογεισθαι: 1
- υπομιμνησκει: 1
- υπομιμνησκeιν: 1
- υποτιθεμενος: 1
- υποχειρια ποιουμενος: 1
- υπ] υπο των: 1
- υψος] : 1
- φ: 1 2
- φάσεκ: 1
- φάσεχ: 1
- φέρεσθαι ταῖς ὁρμαῖς. πᾶσι γὰρ ἀνθρώποις φυσικὸν εἶναι τὸ πρός : 1
- φέρεται· προνοίας γὰρ βασιλικῆς οὐ τέτευχε. δέον δέ ἐστι καὶ : 1
- φέροι; ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔφησεν Εἰ πρόληψιν λαμβάνοις, ὅτι γέοναν : 1
- φέρονται μὲν παρὰ τοῖς οʹ, φέρονται δὲ ἐν τῷ Ἐβραικῷ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἑρμηνευταῖς, τὴν θέσιν δὲ μὸνην παραλλάσσουσιν οἱ λοιποὶ καὶ τὸ Ἐβραικὸν παρὰ τοὺς οʹ· ὅθεν ὠβέλισται ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ ἠστέρισται, ὡς παρὰ πᾶσι μὲν φερόμενα, οὐκ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δὲ τόποις:: 1
- φέσα, : 1
- φόβον ἐγκατασκευάζει πάσῃ διανοίᾳ. Καὶ τοῦτον δὲ ἐπαι- : 1
- φόβος γὰρ Κυρίου ἀπωθεῖται ἁμαρτήματα: 1
- φῶς . . . ἢ λύχνος: 1
- φάγῃ πάντα τὰ σκῦλα τῶν ἐθνῶν: 1
- φάγονται οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὗτοι ἄρτου: 1
- φέρουσιν αὐτῷ κωφὸν καὶ μογιλάλον . . . καὶ ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς κτλ.: 1
- φαίνεται τὸ συγγενὲς ὅσον ἰσχῦόν ἐστι—τελουμένων δὲ τούτων καὶ : 1
- φαιν.: 1
- φανερὸν οὖν ὅτι ἡ συντέλεια αὐτῶν τὸ ͵ς ἔτος ἐστί.: 1
- φανησει: 1
- φανηται σοι εννομον: 1
- φαυλω: 1
- φείδεσθαι ἐπί, : 1
- φελὲς καὶ ἀλγεινόν ἐστιν, εἰ τὸ ζῇν ἀφελεῖται πολλῶν, διὰ τὸ κύριον : 1
- φερόμενα] πετώμενα: 1
- φερει: 1
- φη: 1
- φησὶ γὰρ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ παῖδας : 1
- φησὶ δ᾿ ὡς ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὴν ἀρχὴν παραλαμβάνων, οὐχ ὡς οἴονταί τινες τὴν κατὰ χρόνον· χρόνος γὰρ οὐκ ἦν πρὸ κόσμου, ἀλλ᾿ ἢ σὺν αὐτῷ γέγονεν ἢ μετ᾿ αὐτόν· ἐπεὶ γὰρ διάστημα τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κινήσεώς ἐστιν ὁ χρόνος, προτέρα δὲ τοῦ κινουμένου κίνησις οὐκ ἄν γένοιτο, ἀλλ᾿ ἀναγκαῖον αὐτὴν ἢ ὕστερον ἢ ἅμα συνίστασθαι, ἀναγκαῖον ἄρα καὶ τὸν χρόνον ἢ ἰσήλικα κόσμου γεγονέναι ἢ νεώτερον ἐκεινου· πρεσβύτερον δ᾿ ἀποφαίνεσθαι τολμᾷν ἀφιλόσοφον.: 1
- φησὶν γάρ που αὐτὸς ὅτι Μικρὸς ἤμην, κτλ.: 1
- φησίν: 1
- φησί, εἶπεν, : 1
- φθέγξομαι, ἀπὸ καταβολῆς: 1
- φθαι παῤ αὐτοῖς ἐν διφθέραις ἐβραϊκοῖς γράμμασιν. ἣν δὴ καὶ : 1
- φθανοισαν: 1
- φθασειαν: 1
- φιλάγαθος ὢν ὁ βασιλεὺς πάντων μέγιστον ἡγεῖται τὸ μεταπέμ- : 1
- φιλάνθρωπος: 1
- φιλίαν κατακτησαμένους δικαιοπραγεῖν. θεοῦ δὲ δῶρον ἀγαθῶν : 1
- φιλόκαλος δ᾿ οὗτος περὶ τὰ θεῖα γράμματα καὶ τῆς Ἐβραίων ἐπεμελήθη γλώττης, ὡς καὶ αὐταῖς ταῖς Ἐβραικαῖς γραφαῖς ἐπιστημόνως ἐντυγχάνειν· ἦν δὲ οὗτος τῶν μάλιστα ἐλευθερίων, προπαιδείας τε τῆς καθ᾿ Ἕλληνας οὐκ ἄμοιρος: 1
- φιλόσοφος: 1
- φιλαλήθης ὁ θεός ἐστιν. Ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ εὖ μάλα καὶ : 1
- φιλανος: 1
- φιλιάζειν: 1
- φιλιάζων φίλοις: 1
- φιλικοος, δαψηλως, τινικαυτα, προδιλως: 1
- φιλομήτωρ: 1
- φιλοπονεισθαι: 1
- φιλοστοργία: 1
- φιλοτιμίαν δεῖν χαριστικὴν ἔχειν, ἵνα τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ μετάγωμεν : 1
- φιλοτιμότερον πεπιστευμένος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις . . . ᾦ μάλιστα εἰώθασιν οἱ ἀγνοοῦντες τὴν Ἐβραίων διάλεκτον χρῆσθαι, ὡς πάντων μᾶλλον ἐπιτετευγμένῳ: 1
- φιλοφρονήσεσι καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀγωγήν. θεὸς δὲ : 1
- φιλοφρονει: 1
- φοβεροειδής: 1
- φοβον] φημην: 1
- φορεῖ τὸ λεγόμενον : 1
- φορολογία: 1
- φουν δέ, ὅτι μαρτύριόν ἐστι τοῦ μηδὲν εἰργάσθαι κακόν· πᾶσα γὰρ : 1
- φράσει : 1
- φρονήσει: 1
- φροντίς. ἵνα δὲ μὴ περὶ τῶν προλεγομένων μηκύνοντες ἀδόλεσχόν: 1
- φροσύνην δεδωκότος. Ἐπισημήνας δὲ κρότῳ πάντας αὐτοὺς : 1
- φρουρίοις (ἤδη μὲν καὶ πρότερον ἱκανῶν εἰσεληλυθότων σὺν τῷ : 1
- φρουραί: 1
- φρουραίας, : 1
- φυλήν: 1
- φυλῆς· Ἰώσηφος Ἐζεκίας Ζαχαρίας Ἰωάννης Ἐζεκίας Ἐλισσαῖος. : 1
- φυλακὴν τῆς βασιλείας ἕξειν, συμβουλευόντων παρρησίᾳ πρὸ τὸ : 1
- φυλακτήριον: 1
- φωνὴν ἰδίαν ἔχουσιν. ὑπολαμβάνονται Συριακῇ χρῆσθαι· τὸ δ᾿ : 1
- φωνήσας δὲ καὶ τούτῳ καλῶς λέγειν τὸν ἕτερον ἡρώτα Πῶς ἂν : 1
- φωτίζοντες, φωτίσων; : 1
- φωταγωγεῖν: 1
- χ: 1 2
- χάριν θυμωθήσεται; γινώσκειν δὲ δεῖ, διότι θεὸς τὸν πάντα κόσμον : 1
- χάσκειν: 1
- χήρᾳ: 1 2
- χήραν: 1
- χήραν, : 1
- χύτρα.: 1
- χώρα Ζαβουλών, ἡ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ τὴν παραλίαν καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλειλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν. ὁ λαὸς ὁ πορευόμενος ἐν σκότει, ἴδετε φῶς μέγα· οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν χώρᾳ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς λάμψει ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς.: 1
- χώραν ὀρεινῆς. Ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν παρακειμένων ὀρέων : 1
- χώρας κατάκτησιν, κατὰ τὸ τῆς δόξης μέγεθος· πλὴν ἐν πᾶσι : 1
- χῖ περιεστιγμένον: 1
- χῖ τεριεστιγμένον: 1
- χαμαιπετής: 1
- χαρήσονται: 1
- χαρᾶς πλείονος.: 1
- χαρα κρατιστη: 1
- χαρας : 1
- χαρισαμενος: 1
- χαριστήριον ἀναθῇ τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ τὴν τούτων ἀπόλυσιν. μεγίστως : 1
- χαριστηριον: 1
- χαριστικον: 1
- χαροποί: 1
- χαρτηρία: 1
- χείλη λεῖα: 1
- χείλη τοῦ: 1
- χείμαρρος, ἀδελφιδός: 1
- χεῖρας, ὡς ἂν εὔξωνται πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἐτρέποντο πρὸς τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν : 1
- χεῦμα, ὀπωρισμόν, στιλπνότητα: 1
- χείλη σου, : 1
- χειμάρρουν τινὰ Ἰάβακχον λεγόμενον διαβεβηκότων Ἰάκωβος ὑπολελειμμένος . . . διεπάλαιεν.: 1
- χειρὶ Νικολάου Τουρριανοῦ καὶ βασιλικοῦ ἀντιγραφέως, : 1
- χειρονομία: 1
- χειροποίητα . . . ἐν σχισμαῖς πετρῶν κατακρύψαντες : 1
- χιόνα, ἔρεον] ἔρεον, χιόνα: 1
- χλωρὸς χόρτος: 1
- χπβʹ: 1
- χρόνον, : 1
- χρόνον, ἔτι δὲ καὶ συνεληλυθέναι τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον : 1
- χρόνον, τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καθυπνοῦν παρεκάλουν. καὶ τὰ μὲν πρὸς : 1
- χρόνον. Εἰπόντος δὲ ταῦτα τούτου κατερράγη κρότος μετὰ κραυγῆς : 1
- χρόνος: 1
- χρώμενος, καὶ βλιμάζων τοὺς ἀξίους ἐπιεικέστρον, καθώς εἰσιν : 1
- χρῆσθαι †: 1
- χρῆσθαι, καὶ μὴ πρὸς ἔριν ἀντιπράσσειν. κατορθοῦται γὰρ βίος, : 1
- χρῶνται τῷ Τωβίᾳ αἱ ἐκκλησίαι: 1
- χρῶνται, καθάπερ Αἰγύπτιοι τῇ τῶν γραμμάτων θέσει, καθὸ καὶ : 1
- χρήματα καὶ ἕως ὑποδημάτων . . . οὐκ εἴληφα, : 1
- χρείαν ἔδει καλῶς. οἱ δὲ ἐπετέλουν ἕκαστα σύμφωνα ποιοῦντες : 1
- χρεμετισμός: 1
- χρηματα της βασιλειας: 1
- χρηματιστήριον: 1
- χρηματοφυλακας: 1
- χρησάμενός τισι πρὸς τὴν Ἐλληνίδα φωνὴν συνεργοῖς οὕτως ἐποιησάμην τῶν πράξεων τὴν παράδοσιν: 1
- χρησάμενος προθυμοτάτοις κατὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων Ἰουδαίοις Ἀλέξανδρος γέρας τῆς συμμαχίας ἔδωκεν τό μετοικεῖν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἐξ ἴσου μοίρας πρός τοὺς Ἕλληνας.: 1
- χρησαι τω: 1
- χρησιμα τη βασιλεια: 1
- χρηστοὶ ἔσονται οἰκήτορες γῆς, ἄκακοι δὲ ὑπολειφθήσονται ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς: 1
- χρηστοὶ δὲ ἔσονται οἰκήτορες γῆς,: 1
- χρηστοὶ δ᾿ ἔσονται τῆσδε γῆς οἰκήτορες ,: 1
- χρυσ οῖ: 1
- χρυσῆ ἅλυσις: 1
- χρυσαῖς περόναις πρὸς τὴν ἀσφάλειαν. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν γωνιῶν αἱ: 1
- χρυσεοι: 1
- χρυσης τραπεζης ην εποιησεν ο βασιλευς Πτωλομαιος και απεστειλεν εις Ιερουσαλημ προς τον τοτε αρχιερεα Ελεαζαρον.: 1
- χρυσοῦ—παντελῶς ἀνεξήγητος ἐγένετο τῆς προσόψεως ἡ διάθεσις, : 1
- χρυσοχάλινος: 1
- χρωμεθα: 1
- χρωμενα: 1
- χρωμενοι: 1 2
- χρόνου . . . πολλοῦ προβεβηκότος . . . λέγων Ἰδοὺ ἀναμένω κτλ.: 1
- χυμα: 1
- χυμα] σχημα : 1
- χων : 1
- χωρίσθαι. πολλῷ γὰρ ἡ μεγαλομοιρία φανερωτέρα καὶ εὔδηλος : 1
- ψ: 1
- ψών: 1
- ψαλμὸς: 1 2
- ψαλμὸς ἰδιόγραφος: 1 2 3 4
- ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυείδ: 1
- ψαλμός: 1
- ψαλμός.: 1
- ψιλην: 1
- ψυχὴ ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ καὶ . . .παρίδῃ . . . καὶ ψεύσηται, ἢ ἠδίκησεν . . . ἢ εὗρεν . . . καὶ ψεύσηται . . . καὶ ὀμόσῃ κτλ.: 1
- ψυχὴν ἱλαροῦσθαι νενευκότων, καὶ τῇ κατασκευῇ πάντας ἀνθρώπους : 1
- ψυχὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐχομένων, τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτοῦ κατασκευάσαι : 1
- ψυχήν, οἷς ἡ νομοθεσία διατέτακται, δικαιοσύνῃ συγχρῆσθαι καὶ : 1
- ψυχή, ψυχαῖς: 1
- ψυχῆς εὐστάθειά σοι γίνεται, μέγιστε βασιλεῦ, καὶ ἐλπίδες ἐπὶ θεῷ : 1
- ψυχαγωγία: 1 2
- ψυχηι πασιν ισον: 1
- ψυχουλκεῖν: 1
- ω: 1 2 3
- ωκ: 1
- ων: 1 2 3
- ων ανθρωπος] ανθρ. ων: 1
- ωρίαν, ἐπανάγουσι πάντα πρὸς τὸ κεφδαίνειν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀγα- : 1
- ωρας: 1
- ως: 1
- ως Α | παντες οι β. Α 13: 1
- ως αυτων: 1
- ως δε: 1
- ως εληξεν—εχομενη: 1
- ως θεμις] ωσαυθις: 1
- ως μεταλαμβανωσι : 1
- ως τα—22: 1
- ως τυπον λαμβανειν: 1
- ωσαυτως: 1
- ωσπερ: 1
- ωστε και την των κυματων θεσιν,: 1
- ωστε υπολαμβανειν: 1
- ωφελει: 1
- ωφελημα: 1
- (ἡ ὀκτάτευχος): 1
- (Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἰεζεκιήλ, Δανιήλ): 1
- (Ἠσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἰεζεκιήλ, Δανιήλ, τὸ Δωδεκαπρόφητον): 1
- (Ἰώβ, Δαυίδ, τρεῖς Σολομωντίαι, Ἐκκλησιαστής, ᾎσμα, Παροιμίαι) : 1
- (Ἰώβ, Παροιμίαι Σολομῶντος, Ἐκκλησιαστής, τὸ ᾎσμα τῶν ᾀσμάτων, τὸ Ψαλτήριον): 1
- (Ἰώβ, Ψαλμοί, τρεῖς Σολομῶντος—Παροιμίαι, Ἐκκλησιαστής, ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων): 1
- (Ἰώβ, Ψαλτήριον, Παροιμίαι Σαλομῶντος, Ἐκκλησιαστής, ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων): 1
- (Ὡσῆε, Ἀμώς, Μιχαίας, Ἰωήλ, Ἀβδίας, Ἰωνᾶς, Ναούμ, Ἁμβακούμ, Σοφονίας, Ἁγγαῖος, Ζαχαρίας, Μαλαχίας: 1
- (Γένεσις Ἔξοδος, Ἀριθμοί, Λευιτικόν, Δευτερονόμιον· Ἰησοῦς τοῦ Ναυή, Κριταί, Ῥούθ, Λόγοι τῶν βασιλειῶν αʹ—δʹ, Παραλειπόμεναι, Ἔσδρας): 1
- (Γένεσις Ἔξοδος, Λευιτικόν, Ἀριθμοί, Δευτερονόμιον): 1
- (Γένεσις—Δευτερονόμηον): 1
- (Γένεσις, Ἔξοδος, Λευιτικόν, Ἀριθμοί, Δεύτερος νόμος, Ἰησοῦς Κριταί, Ῥούθ, Πράξεις βασιλήων, Παραλειπόμεναι, Ἔσδρας) : 1
- (Γένεσις, Ἔξοδος, Λευιτικόν, Ἀριθμοί, Δευτερονόμιον): 1
- (Κτίσις, Ἔξοδος, Λευιτικόν, Ἀριθμοί, Δευτερονόμιον): 1
- (Οἱ δώδεκα—Ὡσῆε, Ἀμώς, Μιχαίας, Ἰωήλ, Ἰωνᾶς, Ἀβδίας, Ναούμ, Ἁββακούμ, Σοφονίας, Ἁaγγῖος, Ζαχαρίας, Μαλαχίας—Ἡσαίας, Ἰερεμίας, Ἐζεκιήλ, Δανιῆλος): 1
- (Παροιμίαι, Ἐκκλησιαστής, ᾎσμα ᾀσμάτων): 1
- (μετέπειτα δὲ οἱ γειτνιῶντες ἐπέβησαν αὐτῆς) ἑξήκοντα μυριάδες : 1
- (τοῦ Ἰώβ, τὸ Ψαλτήριον, Παροιμίαι Σολομῶντος, Ἐκκλησιαστής, τοῦ αὐτοῦ, τὰ ᾌσμετα τῶν ᾈσμάτων τοῦ αὐτοῦ): 1
- (τοῦ Εσδρα αʹ, βʹ, ἡ Ἐσθήρ): 1
- *: 1
- * *: 1 2
- + εἰς Χαλάνην, : 1
- + ει δε τινες πταιουσιν· εφ οις πταιουσι: 1
- + και πορευομενους : 1
- + ος : 1
- + τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου, : 1
- -άσω: 1
- -ή, : 1
- -ίζειν, -άζειν -ιάζειν, -ύζειν: 1
- -ῶ: 1
- -α: 1 2
- -αν: 1 2
- -αρχος: 1
- -ας: 1
- -βίτ, -βήτ: 1
- -βουλ.: 1
- -γιων: 1
- -γλαυκ.: 1
- -εία, -εια,: 1
- -εύειν: ἀγχιστεύειν, διοδεύειν, ἐξολεθρεύειν, ἱερατεύειν, καταδυναστεύειν, κατακυριεύειν, καταφυτεύειν, κατοχεύειν, μεταλλεύειν, προφητεύειν, πρωτοτοκεύειν, στρατοπεδεύειν, τροφεύειν, ὑδρεύειν.: 1
- -εώς: 1
- -εαν: 1
- -εας: 1
- -ειαις: 1
- -ειας: 1
- -ελει: 1
- -ελθη: 1
- -εντο: 1
- -ες: 1
- -εσεως: 1
- -ζεν : 1
- -ηγγελει: 1
- -ηδον: 1
- -ησαμεν: 1
- -ησθαι: 1
- -ησσ.: 1
- -θοσιν: 1
- -θοτες: 1
- -θωτ.: 1
- -ικός: ἀρσενικός, εἰρηνικός, λαμπηνικός, λειτουργικός, λιθουργικός, μυρεψικός, πατρικός, ποικιλτικός, πολεμικός, προφασιστικός.: 1
- -ινος: δειλινός, δερμάτινος, καρύινος, ὀστράκινος, πράσινος, στυράκινος, φλόγινος.: 1
- -ιος: ἐνιαύσιος, ὁμομήτριος, πολυχρόνιος, ὑποχείριος.: 1
- -κοις: 1
- -κυιας: 1
- -λαττει: 1
- -λειπ.: 1
- -λημμ.: 1
- -λιπ.: 1
- -μός,: 1
- -μῶνος: 1
- -μῶντος: 1
- -ματων ω βασιλευ: 1
- -μα,: 1
- -μειν.: 1
- -μενοις: 1
- -μενοις : 1
- -μενων: 1
- -μι: 1
- -νει: 1
- -νην : 1
- -νης: 1
- -νως: 1 2
- -νωτ.: 1
- -οῦν: 1
- -οῦς: 1
- -ος: 1 2
- -οσαν: ἐγεννῶσαν : 1
- -ου: 1
- -πεν: 1
- -πων: 1
- -ρίας Τ: 1
- -ρᾰ, -υῖa, : 1
- -ραια: 1
- -ροιη: 1
- -σαι: 1 2
- -σε: 1
- -σεν: 1 2 3 4
- -σεσθαι: 1
- -ση: 1
- -σι: 1
- -σιλευ κροτω δε: 1
- -σιν: 1
- -σις,: 1
- -σοιαν: 1
- -τής,: 1
- -ταις: 1
- -τας ημερα θυσιαζειν—οι προσφερον-: 1
- -το: 1
- -τος: ἀκατασκεύαστος, ἁλυσιδωτός, ἀόρατος, ἀπερικάθαρτος, ἐπικατάρατος, εὐλογητός, λαξευτός, μισθωτός, ὀνομαστός, πλεοναστός, φορολογιστός.: 1
- -φα: 1
- -ω: 1
- -ων: 1
- 15: 1
- 2: 1
- 2 MACCABEES.: 1
- 3: 1
- 3 MACCABEES.: 1
- 4 MACCABEES.: 1
- Domini intellegi.: 1
- [ἀνὴρ] ἀσύνετος οὐ γηώσεται, : 1
- [ἐν ποιήμασι] χειρῶν σου αἰνέσω.: 1
- [ὅτι ηὔφρανάς με, : 1
- [Ὁ] κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου: 1
- [ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη] ποιήματά σου, : 1
- [καὶ] ὁ θεός μου: 1
- [λ]αβνηκορ: 1
- [σκορπι]σθήσονται πάντες κατεργαζό[μενοι ἀνωφελές].: 1
- kaὶ ἐν ἄλλοις δὲ πολλοῖς ἁγίοις βιβλίοις εὕρομεν πὴ μὲν πλείονα παῤ ἡμῖν κείμενα ἢ παῤ Ἐβραίοις, πὴ δὲ λείποντα: 1
Index of Hebrew Words and Phrases
- אֲשֶׁר נִרְאוּ: 1
- אר#1502;י אבד: 1
- בֹּקֶר: 1
- בן צוף: 1
- דִּבְרֵי־הַיָמִים: 1
- דָּבָר: 1
- דֹּאֵג הָאֲדֹמִי וְהוּא נִצָּב עַל־עַבְדֵי־שָׁאוּל: 1
- הַמַּשָּׂא אַתֶּם: 1
- וַיַּשֵּׁב אֹתָם: 1
- וָשַׂבְתִּי: 1
- וּבַיַּלְקוּט: 1
- יְהוָֹה אֱלֹהֵי: 1
- כְּבִיר: 1
- כִּיּוּן: 1
- כִּשְׁלשִׁם: 1
- כָּבוֹד: 1
- מִנּׂא אָמוֹן: 1
- מדוע נסחף: 1
- עניי לכן: 1
- עקב׃ מאשר: 1
- צוה אלהים: 1
- שָׁאוּל עַל־הַגָּג וַיַּשְׁכִּמוּ: 1
- ׀למנצח: 1
- א: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199
- א ה ח ע: 1
- אֱלֹהִים: 1
- אֲבִיכֶם: 1
- אֲדֹנָי: 1 2
- אֲחַשְׁוֵדוֹש: 1
- אֲרָם : 1
- אֲרָם נַהֲרַיִם: 1
- אֲרָם פַּדַּן: 1
- אֲשֶׁר: 1
- אֲשֶׁר בְּרַגְלָי: 1
- אֲשֶׁר לוֹ =) שלו): 1
- אֲשֶׁר . . . בָּהּ: 1
- אֲשֶׁר . . . עָלֶיהָ: 1
- אִיּוֹב: 1 2
- אִיכָבוֹד: 1
- אִישׁ: 1
- אִישׁ אִישׁ: 1
- אִישׁ מִלְחָמָה: 1
- אִל גֵכָר: 1
- אִם: 1 2
- אֵיכָה: 1
- אֵל: 1
- אֵל נַעֲרָץ בְּסוֹד קְדֹשִׁים: 1
- אֵלִיָּהוּ: 1
- אֵלֵּה הַדְּבָרִים: 1
- אֵלוֹן בְּצַעֲנַ(נִּ)ים: 1
- אֵלוֹן: 1
- אֵפוֹ: 1
- אֵפוֹא: 1
- אֵצֶל הָאֶבֶן הָאָזֶל: 1
- אֵצֶל הָאַדְגָּב הַלָּז: 1
- אֵת: 1 2 3 4 5
- אֶל יְהוָֹה: 1
- אֶל־הַנְּחִילוֹת: 1
- אֶסְתֵּר: 1
- אֶרֶץ הַמֹּרִיָּה: 1
- אֶרֶץ־אֲרָרָט, : 1
- אֶת־בֵּית יְהוָה אֲנִי הׄלֵךְ: 1
- אֶת־הַדָּבָר: 1
- אֶת־הַחַיִּים: 1
- אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר בָּהֶם: 1
- אֶת־כָּל־הֶהָמוֹן: 1
- אֶת־מַה מַּשָּׂא: 1
- אֶת־עוֹג וַיּרְא: 1
- אַבִּיעָה: 1
- אַדֶּרֶת: 1
- אַחֲרִיתִי: 1
- אַחֲרֵי: 1
- אַחֲרוֹנִים: 1
- אַיָּלוֹן: 1
- אַךְ: 1
- אַל תִּתֵּן: 1
- אַלְפֵי: 1
- אַלֻּפֵי: 1
- אַל־תַּשְׁחֵת: 1
- אַף הוּא : 1
- אַתָּה אֹמֵר: 1
- אָכַל לֶחֶם: 1
- אָמֵן: 1
- אָמַרְתְּ: 1
- אָמַרְתְּי: 1
- אָמוֹן: 1
- אָנֹכִי: 1
- אָנׂכִי מֵתָה: 1
- אֹתוֹ לֹא אֹכֵל: 1
- אֹתוֹ לֹא אוּכָל: 1
- אׂצְרֹת בָּר: 1
- אביך: 1
- אגקלום: 1
- אוּלָם לוּז : 1
- אוּרִים: 1 2
- אוי בָרְחׂבות: 1
- איש: 1
- אישבורא: 1
- אישה: 1
- אל: 1
- אל ארץ החתים קדשׁה: 1
- אל הנחילות: 1
- אל הנחלת: 1
- אלהי מצוה : 1
- אלהים: 1
- אלהים לנו: 1
- אלפי: 1
- אמן: 1
- אמר: 1 2
- אסר: 1
- אף הוא: 1
- ארם יאבד : 1
- ארץ: 1
- ארר: 1
- את כל אשר בהם בר: 1
- א*: 1
- ב: 1
- ב ,י: 1
- בְּזַרְעוֹ אַחֲרָיו: 1
- בְּטִדְבַּר: 1
- בְּיַד ,מִיַּד: 1
- בְּיוֹם תֵּת: 1
- בְּלי־פֶשַׁע: 1
- בְּמִרְיָם: 1
- בְּנֵי אָדָם: 1
- בְּנֵי־חַיִל: 1
- בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל: 1
- בְּפַר מְשֻׁלָּשׁ: 1
- בְּפָרִים: 1
- בְּפָרִים שְׁלשָׁה: 1
- בְּקוֹל אִישׁ: 1
- בְּרִיִת: 1
- בְּרִית: 1
- בְּרֵשִׁית: 1
- בְּשִׁבְעָה בַחֹדֶשׁ: 1
- בְּתַחְתִּית: 1
- בְּתוֹךְ: 1
- בִּהְיֹת הַבֹּקֶר: 1
- בִּי: 1
- בִּלְעָם: 1
- בִּנְגִינוֹת: 1
- בִּנְגִינות: 1
- בִּקֵּר : 1
- בִּקֵּשׁ: 1
- בֵּיו: 1
- בֵּית־לֶחֶם בֵּית אֶפְרָתָה: 1
- בֶּן־אַרְבָּעִים וְאַחַת שָׁנָח: 1
- בֶּן־הַבַּיִת: 1
- בֶּן־מ נ: 1
- בֶּן־נֵכָר: 1
- בֶּן־שָׁנָה: 1
- בַּגַּיְא: 1
- בַּיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי: 1
- בַּיהוָׂה: 1
- בָּבֶל: 1
- בָּם: 1
- בּ׳ אָדָם: 1
- בגברתיו: 1
- בהדרי: 1
- בהמיר: 1
- בהררי: 1
- בוש : 1
- בזרעם אחריכם: 1
- בחרב: 1
- ביתי: 1
- בלב: 1
- במצרים: 1
- בן ישוע בן אלעזר בן סירא שמעון: 1
- בן משק ביתי: 1
- בנה: 1
- בנעיב : 1
- בעלי־המסרת: 1
- בעלם ובעלם אלהים: 1
- בעלתי: 1
- בצרות: 1
- ברזל: 1
- בשר: 1
- בשש : 1
- ג: 1
- גִלְעָר הַתִּשְׁבִּי מִתּשָׁבֵי: 1
- גְּבוּלֶיהָ אֶת־אַשְׁדּוֹד וְאֶת : 1
- גְּדוּד: 1
- גֵּרָה: 1
- גָּאַל: 1
- גֹּאֵל: 1
- גּבל: 1
- גּוֹי: 1 2
- גּוֹלָה: 1 2
- גּוי גּוי: 1
- געלתי: 1
- ד: 1 2
- ד ,כ: 1
- דֹדָנִים: 1
- דְּבָרִים . . . דְבַר: 1
- דִּבְי־הֵיָּטִים: 1
- דִּבְרֵי־הַיָּמִים: 1
- דֶּבֶר : 1
- דֶּרֶךְ: 1
- דָּבָר: 1 2
- דָּנִיֵּאל: 1
- דאג הארמי: 1
- דגלי: 1
- דוד: 1
- דעת: 1
- דקרו: 1
- ד׳ האדמי: 1
- ה: 1 2 3 4 5
- הִשְׂכִּיל: 1
- הֵן: 1
- הַגִּישָׁה אֲרוֹן הָאֱלֹהִים: 1
- הַגֵּר: 1 2
- הַגָּדוֹל מֵאֶחָיו: 1
- הַוָּה: 1
- הַזְּרוֹעַ: 1
- הַזֶּרַע: 1
- הַחֻקִּים: 1
- הַלְלוּ־יָהּ: 1
- הַלְלוּיָהּ: 1 2
- הַמַּכְפֵּלָה: 1
- הַמַּעֲלוֹת: 1
- הַמָּקוֹם: 1
- הַנִּמְצָא: 1
- הַנֶּגֶב: 1
- הַנָּגְבָּה: 1
- הַנֹּגְשִׂים: 1
- הַסְתֵּר אַסְתִּיר: 1
- הַפְטָרוֹת: 1
- הַפִּסְגָּה: 1
- הַר־הָעֲבָרִים : 1
- הַשְּׁבִיעִי: 1
- הַשְּׁבִיעי בְאֶחָד לַחֹדֶשׁ: 1
- הָבָה תָמִים: 1
- הָהָר: 1
- הָלַרְ: 1
- הָנְדָרִים: 1
- הָעִבְרִי: 1
- הָעָם: 1
- הָרֹעִים: 1
- הבין: 1
- הברזל: 1
- ההם ויקבצו פלשתים למלחמה על ישראל: 1
- הוֹד: 1
- הוֹלֵךְ וְחָזֵק: 1
- הוֹלֵךְ עֲרִירִי: 1
- הוֹשֵׁעַ: 1
- הוּא: 1 2
- הודיע: 1
- החוזם: 1
- הכין: 1
- המטה: 1
- הרביעי: 1
- הרים: 1
- הרמתים: 1
- הרס: 1
- ו: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- וְאֶל־אֶרֶץ תַּחְתִּים חָדְשִׁי: 1
- וְאַעְלִים עֵינַי בּוֹ: 1
- וְאלֶּה שְׁמוֹת: 1
- וְגַם: 1 2
- וְהִנֵּה: 1
- וְיִתְּגוּ: 1
- וְיַעֲשׂוּ: 1
- וְיָשָׁבוּ: 1
- וְעַד: 1
- וְרָעִים לֹא נִתָּקוּ: 1
- וִהַמֶּלֶךְ דָּוִד: 1
- וַאֲנִי עֲרַל שְׂפָתָיִם: 1
- וַיְדַבֵּר: 1
- וַיְהִי אַחַר הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה: 1
- וַיְהִי. . . וַיְהִי: 1
- וַיְסִרֻם: 1
- וַיְרַבֵּר עִם: 1
- וַיִקְרָא: 1
- וַיֹּסֶף לְ: 1
- וַיֹּסֶף . . . וַיּאמַר: 1
- וַיִּלְאוּ: 1
- וַיִּקְרָא לָהֶן שֵׁמוֹת: 1
- וַיִּשְׁתַּחוּ שָׁם לַיהוָֹה: 1
- וַיִּשְׁכָּב: 1
- וַיֵּלֶא: 1
- וַיַּךְ בְּאַנְשֵׁי בֵית־שֶׁמֶשׁ: 1
- וַיַּשֶׁב אִתָּם : 1
- וַיֹּאמֶר דָּוִד: 1
- וַיּׂאמֶר: 1
- וּמִבְּשָׂרִי אֶחֱזֶה אֱלוֹהַּ: 1
- וּמֵאֱלוֹהַּ נַעֲשֹוּ לִי אֵלֶּה: 1
- ובמוט: 1
- ויאמן: 1
- ויאסר: 1
- ויאריך: 1
- ויהי בימים : 1
- וירבדו לשאול: 1
- וירם: 1
- וישׁעו . . . ישׁעו: 1
- וישב בת דין: 1
- וישבום: 1
- וישיבם: 1
- ולא חרו בני יכניהו: 1
- ומי יספר: 1
- ונעלים ענו בי: 1
- וראה: 1
- ורדה: 1
- ורעה: 1
- ורעם לא נָמַק: 1
- ותהו יראתם אתי: 1
- ותהי יראתם אתי: 1
- ותיבב : 1
- זְכַרְיָה: 1
- זֶבַח: 1
- זֶרַע: 1
- זאׁת: 1
- זעם: 1
- זרע: 1
- ח ה ,מ: 1
- חֲבַקּוּק: 1
- חֲנֻכַּת־הַבַּיִת: 1
- חִלְקִיָּהוּ: 1
- חִקְרֵי־לֵב: 1
- חַגַּי: 1
- חַסְדֵי דָוִד: 1
- חַשַּׁבָּת מִמָּהֳרַת : 1
- חָפֵץ בְּ: 1
- חֻקּוֹת: 1
- חׂמֶשׁ פִּקּוּדִים: 1
- חוללתי: 1
- חף מדוע נם : 1
- י: 1 2
- יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת: 1
- יְהוָֹה: 1
- יְהוָֹה לַאדֹנִי: 1
- יְהוֹשֻׁעַ: 1
- יְהוּדִית: 1
- יְהוָֹה: 1
- יְחֶזַקֵאל: 1
- יְסַפֵּרוּ: 1
- יְקַלֵּל: 1
- יְשַׁעְיָה ,יְשַׁעְיָהוּ: 1
- יִירָאוּךָ עִם שָׁמֶשׁ: 1
- יִמַּרּוּ: 1
- יִצְהָר ,תִּירשׁ ,דָּגָן: 1
- יִרְמְיָה ,יִרְמְיָהוּ: 1
- יִשְׁעוּ: 1
- יִתְרוֹ: 1
- יֵרֵד: 1
- יֵשׁ: 1
- יַד־יְהוָׂה: 1
- יַחַד ,יַחְדָּו: 1
- יַסְגִּירוּ: 1
- יָפְיָפִיתָ מִבְּנֵי אָדָם : 1
- יָקוּם: 1
- יָרוּמוּ: 1
- יָשַׂבְתִּי : 1
- יֹאׁשִׁיָּהוּ: 1
- יהוה: 1 2 3 4 5
- יהזה: 1 2 3
- יוֹאֵל: 1
- יוֹבָב: 1
- יוֹם יוֹם ;שעשועיו: 1
- יוֹנָה: 1
- יוֹסִיפוּ: 1
- יוֹשֵׁב אֹהָלִים: 1
- יחלקו: 1
- ימים׀: 1
- יסדני: 1
- יעבר: 1
- יעמד: 1
- יפיפית: 1
- יפת: 1
- יקים: 1
- ישב: 1
- ישבו: 1
- ישר: 1
- כ: 1 2
- כ ,מ ,נ ,פ ,צ: 1
- כְּדָרְלָעֹמֶר: 1
- כְּרֵתִים: 1
- כְּתִיב ,קְרִי: 1
- כְּתָב מְרֻבָּע: 1
- כְּתוּבִים: 1 2 3 4
- כְּאָדָם: 1
- כִּבְרַת: 1
- כָּאֲרִי: 1
- כָּל־בָּשָׂר: 1
- כָּלוּ כִלְיֹתַי: 1
- כּׂה ק׳: 1
- כּ׳ אַשּׁוּרִית: 1
- כאיש: 1
- כארו: 1
- כארי: 1
- כאש: 1
- כבד: 1
- כי: 1
- כרת: 1
- כ״ד ספרים: 1
- ל: 1
- לְ: 1
- לְבָבְךָ: 1
- לְדָוִיד תְּהִלָּה: 1
- לְהַזְכִּיר: 1
- לְחַיּוֹת עוֹרִי מְכַלְכֵּל זאת : 1
- לְטֹטָפֹת: 1
- לְמֵרָחוֹק: 1
- לְמֹשֶׁה: 1
- לְעֵד: 1
- לְראׁשׁ פִּנָּה: 1
- לְשַׁכֵּן: 1
- לְתוֹדָה: 1
- לִבְנִי: 1
- לִוּלֵאֵ: 1
- לִימִינִי: 1
- לִפְנֵי: 1
- לִפְנֵי הַכַּפֹּרֶת: 1
- לִפְנֵי הַפָּרֹכֶת: 1
- לִפְנֵי־יְהוָֹה: 1
- לֵאלֹהִים: 1
- לֵאמֹר: 1
- לֵאמׂר : 1
- לֵאמוֹר: 1
- לֵב: 1
- לַמְנַצֵּחַ: 1
- לָעַד: 1
- לָתֶת לָךְ: 1
- לֹא אָץ לָבוֹא כְּיוֹם תָּמִים: 1
- לא נירא: 1
- לאל: 1
- לבני קרח: 1
- להם: 1
- לוֹ: 1
- לוּזָה: 1
- לילקוט : 1
- לכטל: 1
- לכנעני : 1
- לעבר: 1
- לעמד: 1
- לפְנֵי: 1
- לצואריו שלל: 1
- לקח: 1
- לשבת: 1
- לשבת על־עלמות: 1
- ם: 1 2
- מ: 1 2
- מְאׂדֶךָ: 1
- מְגִלּוׂת: 1
- מְזֻזוֹת: 1
- מְלַכִים: 1
- מְלָּכִים: 1
- מְנַת אָמוֹן : 1
- מְצוּדָה סֶלֵע: 1
- מְרַחֶפֶת: 1
- מְשָׁל: 1
- מְתֵי: 1
- מְתוּרְגְּטָן: 1
- מִדְיָן: 1
- מִזְמוֹר : 1 2
- מִזְמוֹר שִׁיר: 1
- מִיכָה: 1
- מִכְתָּם: 1
- מִמֵּךָ: 1
- מִנְחָה: 1
- מִנְחָה : 1
- מִנִּי־קֶדֶם: 1
- מִקְוֵה־הַמַּיִם: 1
- מִשְׁלֵי: 1
- מִשְׁגֵה הַתּוֹרָה: 1
- מִשָּׁם . . . אֲשֶׁר: 1
- מִמֵּעֶיךָ: 1
- מִפְּנֵי: 1
- מִפְּנֵי־אֲשֶׁר יָרַד: 1
- מִתּוֹךְ: 1
- מִתּשָׁבֹּן ג׳: 1
- מֵהַצַּדִּיקִים הָרַבִּים: 1
- מֵתֵי: 1
- מֵאֵצֶל הָאַדְגָּב: 1
- מַחֲרַשְׁתּוֹ: 1
- מַלְאָכִי: 1
- מַסּוֹרֶת, מָסוֹרָה: 1
- מַצְדִּיקֵי־הָרַבִּים: 1
- מַשְׂכִּיל: 1
- מָגֵן: 1
- מחזיקי דברים: 1
- מחלק: 1
- מחסה ועז: 1
- מטות: 1
- מלכי־צדק: 1
- מנא: 1
- מסורה סייג לתורה: 1
- מרחם מִשְׁחָר יְלִדְתִּיךָ: 1
- משחק בתכלית: 1
- משלים: 1
- מ׳ שִׁיר: 1
- ןבן משק ביתי: 1
- נ : 1
- נְבִאִים: 1 2
- נִסַּכְתִּי: 1
- נֵלְכָה הַשּׂדֶה: 1
- נֶפֶשׁ: 1
- נַפְשִׁי: 1
- נַשְּׁקוּ־בַר: 1
- נָגוּעַ: 1
- נָחוּם ,נַחוּם: 1
- נָשָׂא פָנִים: 1
- נָתַן: 1
- נגש: 1
- נדיבה: 1
- נדיבת: 1
- נון: 1
- נכבדי: 1
- נמצא מאד: 1
- נעלים: 1
- נקב: 1
- ס: 1 2
- סְתוּמָה: 1
- סִירָא: 1
- סֵפֶר־הַיָּשָׁר: 1
- סֵפֶּר יְצִירָה: 1
- סֶלָה: 1 2
- סגר: 1
- סוֹפְרִים תִּקּוּן: 1
- סומכום: 1
- סירא: 1
- ספר המשיח: 1
- ספר ראשון: 1
- ס׳ הַשִּׁיר: 1
- ס׳ מִסְפָּרִים: 1
- ס׳ חָכְמָה: 1
- ע: 1 2
- עֲזָאזֵל: 1
- עֲלִי: 1
- עֲמֹרָה: 1
- עִמְּךָ : 1
- עִצֵּם: 1
- עֵדוּת: 1
- עֵין־הַקּוֹרֵא: 1
- עֵמֶק הַבָּכָא: 1
- עַיִן ∙בְּעַיִן: 1
- עַל דִּבְרֵי חוֹזָי: 1
- עַל דִּבְרָתִי: 1
- עַל יְמִינִי: 1
- עַל עָפָר: 1
- עַלְמָה: 1
- עַל־אַיֶּלֶת הַשַּׁחַר: 1
- עַל־דִּבְרֵי־כוּשׁ בֶּן־יְמִינִי: 1
- עַל־הַגִּתִּית: 1
- עַל־הַשְּׁמִינִית: 1
- עַל־יְדוּתוּי: 1
- עַל־יונַת אֵלֶם רְחׂקִים: 1
- עַל־מוּת לַבֵּן: 1
- עַל־שׁשַׁנִּים: 1
- עַמְּךָ: 1
- עַשְׁתּׂרֶת: 1
- עָבַר: 1
- עָמָד: 1
- עָמוֹס: 1
- עָשָׂה חֶסֶד עִם: 1
- עֹבַדְיָה: 1
- עֹלָם: 1
- עוֹד: 1
- עוֹרִי נִקְּפוּ זֹאת: 1
- עוילים: 1
- עולמים: 1
- עון: 1
- עזרה: 1
- עחהא: 1
- עין: 1
- עיני בו: 1
- על: 1
- על כן: 1
- על עלמות: 1
- עלומים: 1 2
- עלם: 1
- עלמות: 1
- ענו בי: 1
- עפר: 1
- עקב׃ אשר : 1
- עקיעלם: 1
- ער: 1
- פ: 1 2 3 4
- פָסַח: 1
- פְּלִשְׁתִּים: 1
- פְּסוּקִים: 1
- פְּתוּחָה: 1
- פִּסְגָּה: 1
- פִּקּוּדִים סֵפֶר : 1
- פֶּםַח: 1
- פֶּסֶל ,עֹצֶב ,חַמָּן ,חֶבֶל ,בַּעַל ,בָּמָה ,אֱלִיל ,אֱלוֹהַּ ,אֵל : 1
- פֶּסַח: 1
- פַּעְנֵחַ צָפְנַת: 1
- פַּעַם: 1
- פַּעַם וּשְתָּיִם: 1
- פַּרְשִׁיּוֹת ,פְּסוּקִים: 1
- פָּר: 1
- פּעֲלֵי אָוֶן: 1
- פּ׳ חָפְרַע: 1
- פקד: 1
- פרשיות: 1
- ץ ף ן ם ך: 1
- צְבָאׂת: 1
- צְבָאוֹת: 1
- צְדָקָה: 1
- צְפַנְיָה: 1
- צִלְצַלּ: 1
- צֶזְרָא: 1
- צַלְטָה: 1
- צָפָר ,שָׂדֶה ,אֲדָמָה ,אֶרֶץ: 1
- צֻרִים: 1
- צו: 1
- צוּר: 1
- ק: 1
- קְעִילָה בְיָדוֹ בַּעֲלֵי: 1
- קִינוֹת: 1 2
- קִירָה: 1
- קִרְבָּם בָּתֵּימוֹ לְעוֹלָם: 1
- קִרְיַת סֵפֶר: 1
- קֵץ: 1
- קֶרֶן הַפּוּךְ: 1
- קָהָל: 1
- קָנָנִי: 1
- קֹהֶלֶת: 1
- קדשיך: 1
- קדשים: 1
- קילם ,אקילם ,עקילם: 1
- קנה: 1
- קרא: 1
- קשׁה: 1 2
- ר: 1 2 3 4
- רִאשׁוֹנִים: 1
- רַחַם: 1
- רָאֹה רָאִיתִי: 1
- רָקִיעַ: 1
- רָשָׁע: 1
- רָּבָר: 1
- רגז: 1
- רגלִי: 1
- רגע: 1
- רגש: 1
- רדנים: 1
- רהב: 1
- רוּת: 1
- רחב: 1
- רחמתים: 1
- רכב: 1
- רעה: 1
- רעת: 1
- רקדו: 1
- שִׁבְטֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל: 1
- שִׁיר הַשִּׁירִים: 1
- שִׁמְשׁוֹן: 1
- שֵֹעָר שָׁחֹר: 1
- שֵׁבֶט: 1
- שֶׁקֶל: 1
- שַבַּעְתָּ: 1
- שֹׁפֵט י׳: 1
- שׁ ,צ ,ס: 1
- שְׁלָמִים זֶבַח: 1
- שְׁמוּאֵל: 1
- שִׁגָּיוֹן: 1
- שִׁילֹה: 1
- שִׁיר: 1
- שִׁיר : 1
- שֵׁכֶט: 1
- שַׁבָּת: 1
- שָׁאַל בָּיהוָֹה: 1
- שׁוֹפְטִים: 1
- שׁיר) יְדִידות): 1
- שׁנה: 1
- שׁ׳ מִזְמוֹר: 1
- שִׂימוּ וַיָשִׂימוּ: 1
- שֵׂעָר שָׁחׂר: 1
- שָׂטָן: 1
- שבעות מטות אמר: 1
- שור: 1
- שיר: 1 2
- שירך: 1
- שמש הודיע בשמים: 1
- שמש הור יעב שמים: 1
- שעשעיו: 1
- תְּהִלִּים: 1
- תְּהִלָּה: 1 2
- תְּמֻנַת: 1
- תְּנָה לִי: 1
- תְּפִלָּה: 1
- תְּרָפִים : 1
- תְּרָפִים ,שִׁקֻּץ ,צֶלֶם: 1
- תִּמִּים: 1
- תִּקּוּן סוֹפְרִים: 1
- תֻּטִּים: 1
- תֻּמִּים: 1
- תּוֹרָה: 1 2 3
- תבל: 1
- תתגדרי בת גדר: 1
- וַיָּסַר: 1
- נעלם: 1
- (עַל־מָחֲלַת (לְעַנּוֹת: 1
- (תְּרוּעַת (מֶלֶךְ: 1
- . . . עַל בְּנֵי: 1
Index of Latin Words and Phrases
- 11: 1 2
- 17: 1 2
- 21: 1 2 3
- 27: 1 2
- CVM PRIVILEGIO GEORGIO FERRARIO CONCESSO.: 1
- apud Hebraeos versu compositi sunt, tres alias editiones additas habent quam 'quintam' et 'sextam' et 'septimam' translationem vocant, auctoritatem sine nominibus interpretum consecutas.: 1
- dicitur; aliam Septuaginta interpretum quae in : 1
- quasi de vulva orietur tibi ros adolescentiae: 1
- vel asteriscos: 1
- "egone contra LXX.: 1
- 'Mater Sion' dicet homo, et 'homo factus est in illa' (quoniam Deus homo natus est) . . . aedificaturus ecclesiam ex voluntate patris.: 1
- (Genesis, Exodi, Levitici, Numeri, Deuteronomii): 1
- (Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numeri, Deuteronomium): 1 2
- (Isaias, Hieremias, Ezechiel, Daniel, Osee, Amos, Michaeas, Joel, Abdias, Jonas, Naum, Abbacuc, Sofonias, Aggaeus, Zacharias, Malachias, qui et Angelus): 1
- (Isaias, Ieremias, Daniel, Ezechiel): 1
- (Isaias, Ieremias, Ezechiel, Daniel, Osee, Amos, Michas, Iohel, Abdias, Ionas, Naum, Abacu, Sofonias, Agaeus, Zacharias, Maleachias): 1
- (Osee, Ioel, Amos, Abdias, Ionas, Michaeas, Nahum, Habacuc, Sophonias, Aggaeus, Zacharias, Malachias): 1
- (Proverbia, Ecclesiastes, Cantica Canticorum): 1
- (Proverbia, Sapientia, Ecclesiasticus, Ecclesiastes, Canticum canticorum): 1
- (Proverbiorum, Ecclesiastes, Canticum Canticorum): 1
- (aqua) plurima suppetit, et quidem a primordio . . . terra autem erat invisibilis et incomposita . . . solus liquor dignum vectaculum Deo subiciebat.: 1
- (id est communem) appellant atque vulgatam . . ., aliam LXX.: 1
- 1. List in Cod. Claromontanus.: 1
- 1. Quinque libri Moyseos: 1
- 12: 1 2 3
- 2. Iesu Nave, Iudicum, Ruth: 1
- 3. Regum i—iv, Paralipomenon i, ii, Tobiae, Esther, Iudith, Esdrae, Machabaeorum libri duo: 1
- 4. Prophetae: Psalmorum liber i, Salomonis libri iii (Proverbiorum, Ecclesiastes, Cantica Canticorum), Sapienta, Ecclesiasticus, libri xvi Prophetarum: 1
- 86 in textu ex alio videlicet interprete: 1
- A: 1
- A terminus ad quem: 1
- Aaron a Moyse unctus est, unde Christus dicitur a chrismate, quod est unctio, quae Domino nomen accommodavit.: 1
- Abdias: 1
- Abdias ver. LXX: 1
- Ad perpetuam rei memoriam. Cupientes, quantum in nobis est, commissi nobis gregis salute quacunque ratione ac via prospicere, ad pastoralem nostram curam pertinere vehementer arbitramur Sacrae Scripturae libros, quibus salutaris doctrina continetur, ab omnibus maculis expurgatos integros purosque pervulgari. Id nos in inferiori gradu constituti, quantum potuimus, studio et diligentia nostra praestitimus, et in hac altissima specula a Deo collocati assidue mentis nostrae oculis spectare non desistimus. Cum itaque superioribus annis piae recordationis Gregorius Papa XIII. praedecessor noster, nobis suggerentibus, Graecum Vetus Testamentum iuxta Septuaginta Interpretum editionem, qua ipsi etiam Apostoli nonnunquam usi fuerunt, ad emendatissimorum codicum fidem expoliendum mandaverit; eius rei cura dilecto filio nostro Antonio Sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae Presbytero Cardinali Carafae, et ad id per eum delectis eruditis aliquot viris demandata, et iam expolitio huiusmodi, permultis exemplaribus ex diversis Italiae bibliothecis et praecipue ex nostra Vaticana diligenter collatis matureque examinatis, absoluta sit: Volumus et sancimus ad Dei gloriam et Ecclesiae utilitatem, ut Vetus Graecum Testamentum iuxta Septuaginta ita recognitum et expolitum ab omnibus recipiatur ac retineatur, quo potissimum ad Latinae vulgatae editionis et veterum Sanctorum Patrum intelligentiam utantur. Prohibentes ne quis de hac nova Graeca editione audeat in posterum vel addendo vel demendo quicquam immutare. Si quis autem aliter fecerit quam hac nostra sanctione comprehensum est, noverit se in Dei Omnipotentis beatorumque Apostolorum Petri et Pauli indignationem incursurum.: 1
- Adeo Septuaginta Interpretum editio magni nominis apud omnes fuit; nimirum quae instinctu quodam divinitatis elaborata bono generis humani prodierit in lucem. Sed haec etiam ipsa, quod in hexaplis ita primum ab Origene collocata fuerit ut eius e regione aliae editiones quo inter se comparari commodius possent ad legendum propositae essent, deinde vero varietates tantum ex iis ad illam sub obelis et asteriscis notari essent coeptae, factum est ut vetustate notis obliteratis insincera nimis et valde sui dissimilis ad nos pervenerit: quippe quae insertis ubique aliorum interpretationibus, aliquibus autem locis duldici atque etiam triplici eiusdem sententiae interpretatione intrusa, male praeterea a librariis accepta, suum ob id nitorem integritatemque amiserit. Hinc illae lectionum penitus inter se dissidentes varietates et, quod doctissimorum hominum ingenia mentesque diu torsit, ipsae exemplarium non solum inter se sed a veteribus etiam scriptoribus dissensiones. Quod malum primo a multis ignoratum, ab aliis postea neglectum, quotidie longius serpens, principem librum, et a quo tota lex divina et Christiana pendent instituta, non levibus maculis inquinavit. Quo nomine dici non potest quantum omnes boni debeant Sixto V. Pont. Max. Is enim quod in sacris litteris, unde sanctissimam hausit doctrinam, aetatem fere totam contriverit, quodque in hoc libro cum veterum scriptis conferendo singularem quandam diligentiam adhibuerit, vidit primus qua ratione huic malo medendum esset; nec vidit solum, sed auctoritate etiam sua effecit ut summus Pontifex Gregorius XIII. Graeca Septuaginta Interpretum Biblia, adhibita diligenti castigatione, in pristinum splendorem restituenda curaret. Quam rem exequendam cum ille demandasset Antonio Carafae Cardinali, viro veteris sanctitatis et omnium honestarum artium cultori, nulla is interposita mora delectum habuit doctissimorum hominum qui domi suae statis diebus exemplaria manuscripta, quae permulta undique conquisierat, conferrent et ex iis optimas quasque lectiones elicerent; quibus deinde cum codice Vaticanae biliothecae saepe ac diligenter comparatis intellectum est, eum codicem omnium qui extant longe optimum esse, ac operae pretium fore si ad eius fidem nova haec editio pararetur.: 1
- Aeclesiastes DC: 1
- Aggaeus: 1
- Aggeus vers. CX: 1
- Alius subsequens liber Sapientiae: 1
- Ambacum ver. CLX: 1
- Amos: 1
- Amos ver CCCCX: 1
- Annus agitur iam fere octavus ex quo Sanctitas vestra pro singulari suo de sacris litteris benemerendi studio auctor fuit beatae memoriae Gregorio XIII. Pont. Max. ut sacrosancta Septuaginta : 1
- Anonymi Geographia, Philosophia anonym., Palladius de rebus et moribus Indicis, Aristeas. Ex codicibus Ioannis Angeli Ducis ab Altaemps: 1
- Atque haec ratio in notationibus quoque servata est, in quibus cum multa sint ex commentariis Graecis petita quae in codicibus manuscriptis partim mutilata partim varie scripta aliquibus locis circumferuntur, ea non aliter atque in archetypis exemplaribus reperiuntur descripta sunt, quo uniuscuiusque arbitratu adiuvantibus libris restitui possint. Nec vero illud omittendum, quod item pertinet ad notationes; non omnia : 1
- Auctor de montibus Sina et Sion: 1
- Biblia sacra Polyglotta complectentia V.T. Hebraico Graeco et Latino idiomate, N.T. Graecum et Latinum, et vocabularium Hebraicum et Chaldaicum V.T. cum grammatica Hebraica necnon Dictionario Graeco. Studio opera et impensis Cardinalis Fr. Ximenes de Cisneros. Industria Arnoldi Gulielmi de Brocario artis impressorie magistri. Compluti, 1514[—15, —17].: 1
- Cain quum accepisset consilium a Deo uti quiesceret in eo quod non recte divisisset eam quae erga fratrem erat communicationem . . . non solum non acquievit, sed adiecit peccatum super peccatum: 1
- Cantica canticorum CCC: 1
- Canticum canticorum: 1
- Christum . . . esse sapientiam Dei, per quam omnia facta sunt: 1
- Christum, spiritum scilicet creatoris, sicut propheta testatur: 1
- Christus autem in montem sanctum ascendit lignum regni sui.: 1
- Codicem a Liguria advectum proponente A. M. Bandinio comparavit Ferdinandus III magnus dux Etruriae et Bibl. Laurent. donavit die 3 Aug. MDCCXCVIII: 1
- Constantinopolis usque Antiochiam Luciani martyris exemplaria probat: 1
- Constantinopolis usque Antiochiam Luciani martyris exemplaria probat.: 1
- Daniel: 1 2 3
- Daniel Minor: 1
- Daniel ver: 1
- Daniel ver ĪDC: 1
- Danielem prophetam iuxta LXX.: 1
- Datum Romae apud Sanctum Marcum sub Anulo Piscatoris. Die viii. Octobris M.D.LXXXVI: 1
- David liber Psalmorum: 1
- Daviticum v: 1
- De Ptolemaeo rege et lege mosaica: 1
- Deus Pater ad Filium dicit: Ecce proselyti venient ad te per me: 1
- Deuteronomium: 1 2 3 4
- Deuteronomium ver: 1
- Deuteronomium ver. ĪĪĪCCC: 1
- Disciplinam Dei in ecclesiasticis praceptis observandam: 1
- Dogmatica: 1
- Dominus ergo dixit quia in nomine suo vocabit Dominum; Dominus ergo et Patris est nomen et Filii.: 1
- Dominus in eis : 1
- Dum in carne est quis, exhomologesin (cf. Stud. Bibl.: 1
- Ecclesiastes: 1 2
- Epistola Baruch: 1
- Erit vita tua pendens: 1
- Erunt omnes versus numero : 1
- Esaias : 1
- Esdra i: 1
- Esdrae [libri] ii: 1
- Esdrae libri ii: 1 2
- Esdras: 1
- Esdras 1, 2: 1
- Eseias ver. IIIDC: 1
- Ester ver Ī: 1
- Esther: 1 2 3 4
- Ex ista apostolica bibliotheca antiquissimos tum V. tum N. Testamenti codices perquam humane ad nos misisti.: 1
- Exodum: 1
- Exodus: 1 2 3
- Exodus ver: 1
- Exodus versus ĪĪĪDCC: 1
- Ezechiel: 1 2 3
- Ezechiel ver: 1
- Ezechiel ver ĪĪĪDC: 1
- Fiunt libri Veteris numero xliiii: 1
- Fiunt libri vii : 1
- Fiunt versus VIIIID: 1
- Genesis: 1 2 3 4
- Genesis versus ĪĪĪDCC: 1
- Habacuc: 1
- Hebraica veritas: 1
- Hebraicum reperi . . . Parabolas: 1
- Hebraicus Veteris Testamenti codex quem ex traditione ecclesiae Iudaicae, cui olim oracula Dei commissa sunt: 1
- Hesdra ĪD: 1
- Hesdrae libri ii: 1
- Hester: 1 2 3 4
- Hester ver: 1
- Hieremias: 1
- Hiesu Nave ver: 1
- Historia: 1
- Historia filiorum Samonae [i.e. Maccab. iv]: 1
- Historiarum:: 1
- Hodie apud Serapeum Ptolemaei bibliothecae cum ipsis Hebraicis litteris exhibentur: 1
- Ieremias: 1 2
- Ieremias ver: 1
- Ieremias ver ĪĪĪĪLXX: 1
- Iesaias: 1
- Iesu Naue: 1 2 3
- Iesu Nauve ver. ĪĪ: 1
- Iesu Nave: 1
- Iesu filii Sirach: 1
- Iesus Naue: 1
- In quo illud breviter admoneo ut sciatis aliam esse editionem quam Origenes et Caesariensis Eusebius omnesque Graeciae tractatores : 1
- Indiculum versuum in urbe Roma non ad liquidum, sed et alibi avariciae causa non habent integrum.: 1
- Inter veteres medius incedit: 1
- Interpretum Biblia, quibus Ecclesia tum Graeca tum Latina iam inde ab Apostolorum temporibus usa est, ad fidem probatissimorum codicum emendarentur. Quod enim Sanctitas V. pro accurata sua in perlegendis divinis scripturis diligentia animadvertisset, infinitos pene locos ex its non eodem modo ab antiquis sacris scriptoribus afferri quo in vulgatis Bibliorum Graecis editionibus ctrcumferrentur, existimassetque non aliunde eam lectionum varietatem quam a multiplici eaque confusa veterum interpretatione fluxisse; rectissime censuit ad optimae notae exemplaria provocandum esse, ex quibus, quoad fieri posset, ea quae vera et sincera esset Septuaginta Interpretum scriptura eliceretur. Ex quo fit ut vestram non solum pietatem sed etiam sapientiam magnopere admirer; cum videam S. V. de Graecis Bibliis expoliendis idem multos post annos in mentem venisse quod sanctos illos Patres Tridenti congregatos auctoritate ac reverentia ductos verae ac purae Septuaginta interpretationis olim cogitasse cognovi ex actis eius Concilii nondum pervulgatis. Huius autem expolitionis constituendae munus cum mihi demandatum esset a Gregorio XIII., cuius cogitationes eo maxime spectabant ut Christiana Religio quam latissime propagaretur, operam dedi ut in celebrioribus Italiae bibliothecis optima quaeque exemplaria perquirerentur atque ex iis lectionum varietates descriptae ad me mitterentur: 1
- Iob: 1 2 3
- Iob ver: 1
- Iob ver. ĪDC: 1
- Ioel: 1
- Ioel ver. CL: 1
- Ionas: 1
- Ionas ver. CL: 1
- Iosue: 1
- Isaias: 1
- Item historiarum:: 1
- Item libri prophetarum numero xvi:: 1
- Iudaismus: 1
- Iudices: 1
- Iudicum: 1 2 3 4
- Iudicum ver: 1
- Iudicum ver. ĪĪ: 1
- Iudicum, simul cum Ruth: 1
- Iudit ver: 1
- Iudith: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- Job: 1 2 3 4
- Josephi proverbia: 1
- Josue: 1
- Judaea palam lectitant: 1
- Judicum: 1
- Judith: 1
- LXX.: 1 2
- LXX. interpretes: 1
- Latinorum interpretum infinita varietas: 1
- Leviticum: 1
- Leviticum versus ĪĪCCC: 1
- Leviticus: 1 2 3
- Leviticus ver: 1
- Liber Genesis: 1
- Liber Maccabaeorum (i—iii): 1
- Liber Sapientiae filii Siracis: 1
- Liber iste . . . prout ego traditione habebam, est scriptus manu Theclae nobilis faeminae Aegyptiae ante MCCC: 1
- Liber traditionis Seniorum: 1
- Libri canonici: 1
- Libri mulierum: 1
- Maccabaeorum libri absunt ab hoc exemplari, atque item liber Genesis fere totus; nam longo aevo consumptis membranis mutilatus est ab initio libri usque ad caput XLVII. et liber item Psalmorum, qui a Psalmo CV. usque ad CXXXVIII. nimia vetustate mancus est. Sed haec ex aliorum codicum collatione emendata sunt.: 1
- Maccabaeorum primum librum Hebraicum repperi: 1
- Maccabeorum libri duo: 1
- Maccabeorum sic.: 1
- Macchabaeorum libri ii: 1
- Machabaeorum libri: 1
- Machabaeorum libri ii: 1 2 3
- Machabaeorum libri iiSee also the Latin list printed by Mr C. H. Turner in J. Th. St.: 1
- Machabeorum liber i ver: 1
- Magna est veritas et praevalet: 1
- Malachias: 1 2
- Malachiel ver. CC: 1
- Michaeas: 1
- Micheas ver CCCX: 1
- Moysi[s] libri quinque: 1
- Moysi[s] quinque libri: 1
- Nahum: 1
- Naum ver. CXL: 1
- Non desunt quidem qui existiment Origenem priorem viam iniisse: videlicet, ut distinctiones praedictas non in editionem hexaplarem introduceret, sed in aliam seorsim adornatam, qualem hodieque exhibent codex Graecus Sarravianus, et versio P. Telensis Syrohexaplaris. Sed, ut Hieronymi declarationem taceamus, in scholiis Graecis innumera exstant loca, quae contrarium aperte probant; nempe ed.: 1
- Non me fugit servari in Bibliotheca Regia Parisina, aliisque quibusdam, exemplaria istius MSS. Sed de tali opusculo, quod tanquam foetum supposititium penitus rejicio, Amicos solicitare, et in Partes longinquas mittere, vix operae pretium existimavi. Eas curas relinquo illis, quibus tanti esse res videbitur.: 1
- Numeri: 1 2 3 4
- Numeri ver: 1
- Numeri vrsus ĪĪĪDCL: 1
- Ordo autem librorum in Vaticano exemplari cum idem fere sit cum eo qui apud Graecos circumfertur, a vulgatis tamen editionibus variat in hoc quod primo habet duodecim Prophetas et hos ipsos aliter dispositos; deinde reliquos quattuor, quemadmodum vulgo editi sunt. Atque hunc ordinem verum esse intelligimus ex eo quod illum agnoscunt et probant veteres Ecclesiastici scriptores. Et cum toto exemplari nulla capitum divisio sit, (nam in nova editione consultum est legentium commoditati) in libro tamen quattuor Prophetarum distinctio quaedam apparet subobscura, illi paene similts quam describit sanctus Dorotheus martyr, qui vixit sub Magno Constantino.: 1
- Origenes in nono Stromatum: 1
- Osee: 1
- Ossee ver DXXX: 1
- PRAEFATIO AD LECTOREM: 1
- Paralipomena i, ii: 1
- Paralipomenon 1, 2: 1
- Paralipomenon liber i ver: 1
- Paralipomenon libri ii: 1 2 3
- Prodens manifestissime sacramentum: 1
- Prophetae: 1
- Prophetae iv maiorum voluminum: 1
- Prophetae maiores : 1
- Prophetae xii : 1
- Prophetae:: 1
- Prophetarum libri xvi: 1 2
- Prophetarum xii: 1
- Prophetia: 1
- Proverbia: 1
- Proverbia : 1
- Proverbia ver. ĪDC: 1
- Proverbiorum, Canticum Canticorum, Ecclesiastes): 1
- Provinciae Palestinae," writes Jerome in his preface to Chronicles, "codices legunt quos ab Origene elaboratos Eusebius et Pamphilus vulgaverunt.: 1
- Psalmi: 1
- Psalmi Davitici: 1
- Psalmi Davitici cli : 1
- Psalmorum cl: 1
- Psalterium: 1
- Psalterium Davidicum: 1
- Quae si doctis viris et pie sentientibus, ut aequum est, probabuntur, reliquum erit ut Sixto V. Pont. Max. huius boni auctori gratias agant, et ab omnipotenti Deo publicis votis poscant, : 1
- Qui sunt in sacrosanctis scripturis accuratius versati, fatentur omnes Graecam Septuaginta Interpretum editionem longe aliis omnibus quibus Graeci usi sunt et antiquiorem esse et probatiorem. Constat enim eos Interpretes, natione quidem Iudaeos, doctos vero Graece, trecentis uno plus annis ante Christi adventum, cum in Aegypto regnaret Ptolemaeus Philadelphus, Spiritu sancto plenos sacra Biblia interpretatos esse, eamque interpretationem a primis Ecclesiae nascentis temporibus tum publice in Ecclesiis ad legendum propositam fuisse, tum privatim receptam et explanatam ab Ecclesiasticis scriptoribus qui vixerunt ante B. Hieronymum, Latinae vulgatae editionis auctorem. Nam Aquila quidem Sinopensis, qui secundus post Septuaginta eosdem libros ex Hebraeo in Graecum convertit et multo post tempore sub Hadriano principe floruit, et eius interpretatio, (quod ea quae de Christo in scripturis praedicta fuerant, ut a Iudaeis gratiam iniret aliter quam Septuaginta vertendo, subdola obscuritate involverit) iamdiu est cum a recte sentientibus, licet in hexaplis haberetur, aliquibus locis non est probata. Hunc vero qui subsequuti sunt, Symmachus et Theodotio, alter Samaritanus sub L. Vero, alter Ephesius sub Imp. Commodo, uterque (quamvis et ipsi in hexaplis circumferrentur) parum fidus interpres habitus est: Symmachus, quod Samaritanis offensus, ut placeret Iudaeis, non unum sanctae scripturae locum perturbato sensu corruperit; Theodotio, quod Marcionis haeretici sectator nonnullis locis perverterit potius quam converterit sacros libros. Fuerunt praeter has apud Graecos aliae duae editiones incertae auctoritatis: altera Antonio Caracalla Imp. apud Hierichuntem, altera apud Nicopolim sub Alexandro Severo in doliis repertae. quae quod in octaplis inter Graecas editiones quintum et sextum locum obtinerent, quintae et sextae editionis nomen retinuerunt. Sed nec hae satis fidae interpretationes habitae sunt. His additur alia quaedam editio sancti Luciani martyris, qui vixit sub Diocletiano et Maximiano Impp., valde illa quidem probata, sed quae cum Septuaginta Interpretibus comparari nullo modo possit, vel ipsis etiam Graecis scriptoribus testantibus et Niceta confirmante his plane verbis in commentario Psalmorum: : 1
- Quibus sane doctorum hominum quos ad id delegeram industria et iudicio clarae memoriae Gulielmi Cardinalis Sirleti (quem propter excellentem doctrinam et multiplicem linguarum peritiam in locis obscurioribus mihi consulendum proposueram) persaepe examinatis et cum vestro Vaticanae bibliothecae (cui me benignitas vestra nuper praefecit) exemplari diligenter collatis; intelleximus cum ex ipsa collatione tum a sacrorum veterum scriptorum consensione, Vaticanum codicem non solum vetustate verum etiam bonitate caeteris anteire; quodque caput est, ad ipsam quam quaerebamus Septuaginta interpretationem, si non toto libro, maiori certe ex parte, quam proxime accedere. Quod mihi cum multis aliis argumentis constaret, vel ipso etiam libri titulo, qui est: 1
- Quibusdam autem visum est additis Tobia et Judith xxiv libros secundum numerum Graecarum literarum connumerare.: 1
- Quinque Moyseos [libri]: 1
- Quod Christus idem sit sermo Dei: 1
- Quod cruci illum fixuri essent Iudaei: 1
- Quod et homo et Deus Christus,: 1
- Quod mihi videtur iuxta Hebraicum de praesenti sumptum capitulo.: 1
- Quod si aliqua videbuntur in hac editione, ut ait B. Hieronymus, vel lacerata vel inversa, quod ea sub obelis et asteriscis ab Origene suppleta et distincta non sint; vel obscura et perturbata, quod cum Latina vulgata non consentiant, et in aliquibus aliis editionibus apertius et expressius habeantur; eris lector admonendus, non eo spectasse huius expolitionis industriam ut haec editio ex permixtis eorum qui supra nominati sunt interpretationibus (instar eius quam scribit B. Hieronymus a Graecis κοινήν: 1
- Regnn. i—iv: 1
- Regnorum liber i ver: 1
- Regnorum liber ii ver: 1
- Regnorum liber iii ver: 1
- Regnorum liber iv ver: 1
- Regnorum libri iv: 1 2 3
- Regnorum ver: 1
- Regum: 1
- Regum quattuor: 1
- Rud ver. CCL: 1
- Rut ver: 1
- Ruth: 1 2 3 4 5 6
- S. Hieronymi liber de viris illustribus a Sophronio graece versus: 1
- Sacrae scripturae veteris novaeque omnia. Colophon:: 1
- Salamonis libri iii: 1 2
- Salomon[is] iii: 1
- Salomonis : 1
- Salomonis Proverbiorum: 1
- Salomonis libri v: 1 2 3
- Sapienta: 1
- Sapienta, Eccleasiasticus: 1
- Sapientia : 1
- Sapientia ab amicis Salomonis in honorem ipsius scripta.: 1
- Sapientia vers. Ī: 1
- Sed emendationis consilio iam explicato, ipso quoque ratio quae in emendando adhibita est nunc erit apertenda, in primisque Vaticanus liber describendus, ad cuius praescriptum haec editio expolita est. Codex is, quantum ex forma characterum coniici potest, cum sit maioribus litteris quas vere antiquas vocant exaratus, ante millesimum ducentesimum annum, hoc est ante tempora B. Hieronymi et non infra, scriptus videtur. Ex : 1
- Septuaginta et Theodotio . . . in plurimis locis concordant: 1
- Septuaginta | interpretum | tomus I | continens Octateuchum | quem | ex antiquissimo codice Alexandrino | accurate descriptum | et ope aliorum exemplarium, ac priscorum scriptorum | praesertim vero Hexaplaris editionis Origenianae | emendatum atque suppletum | additis saepe asteriscorum et obelorum signis | summa cura edidit | Joannes Ernestus Grabe S.T.P. | Oxonii, a theatro Sheldoniano | . . . MDCCVII.: 1
- Solomonis iii: 1
- Sophia Salomonis: 1
- Sophonias: 1
- Sophonias ver. CXL: 1
- Spiritus meus in homine: 1
- Spiritus oris nostri Christus dominus: 1
- Sum de bibliotheca, quam Heidelberga capta spolium fecit et P. M. Gregorio XV trophaeum misit Maximilianus utriusque Bavariae Dux etc. S. R. I. Archidapifer et Princeps Elector, anno Christi MDCXXIII.: 1
- Susanna: 1
- Theodotio vero: 1
- Theodotionem, qui utique post adventum Christi incredulus fuit, licet eum quidam dicant Hebionitam qui altero genere Iudaeus est: 1
- Theodotionis stylus simplex et gravis est.: 1
- Thobias: 1
- Threni, Lamentationes: 1
- Tobi[as]: 1
- Tobias: 1 2 3 4
- Tobias ver: 1
- Tobias ver. Ī: 1
- Tobias, liber Tobiae, utriusque Tobiae: 1
- VETVS TESTAMENTVM | IVXTA SEPTVAGINTA | EX AUCTORITATE | SIXTI V. PONT. MAX. | EDITVM | ROMAE | EX TYPOGRAPHIA FRANCISCI ZANETTI. M.D.LXXXVI(I): 1
- Versus scribturarum sanctarum: 1
- XII Profetae ver ĪĪĪCX: 1
- Zacharias: 1 2
- Zacharias ver. DCLX: 1
- [Adiungunt plures Paralipomenon ii, Iob i, Tobiae i. Esdrae ii, Iudith i, Hester i, Macchabaeorum ii]: 1
- [Adiungunt quidam libr. Sapientiae et Cantica Canticorum]: 1
- [Helena] adoravit illum qui pependit in ligno . . . illum (inquam) qui sicut scarabaeus clamavit ut persecutoribus suis Pater peccata donaret.: 1
- [Historiae:]: 1
- [prophetia: 1
- a plerisque nunc : 1
- ab ea usque ad duo puncta : 1
- abundantium; Dominus in eis in Sina, in sancto. 19: 1
- accito notario sermonibus Latinis exposui: 1
- acediari: 1
- acharis: 1
- ad cuius normam . . . universae quae extant versiones . . . exigendae et, sicubi deflectunt, revocandae sunt. Eorum proinde sententiam probare neutiquam possumus, qui lectionem quam Hebraicus codex exhibet hu: 1
- ad pulcritudinem robustam: 1
- adducam servum meum Orientem: 1
- adhibet operi bono optimum etiam ministrum, sermonem suum.: 1
- aedificantem illis ascensum suum in caelum.: 1
- aeternalis, altare, benedictio, congregatio, converti, daemonium, eleemosyna, exomologesis, glorificare, hostia, iustitia, misericordia, oblatio, propitiatio, sacerdos, sacrificium, salvare, testamentum, unicus, viaticum: 1
- age nunc, si legisti penes prophetam in psalmis: Deus regnavit a ligno: 1
- aliam esse editionem quam Origenes et Caesariensis Eusebius omnesque Graeciae tractatores: 1
- alii libri sunt qui non canonici sed ecclesiastici a maioribus appellati sunt, id est, Sapientia quae dicitur Salomonis, et alia Sapientia quae dicitur filii Sirach, qui liber apud Latinos hoc ipso generali vocabulo Ecclesiasticus: 1
- alii libri sunt qui non canonici sed ecclesiastici a maioribus appellati sunt.: 1
- aliud est enim vatem, aliud est esse interpretem: 1
- alius quoque libro eius qui inscribitur : 1
- allophyli: 1
- amat figura Spiritus sancti orientem, Christi figuram.: 1
- ano tantum arbitrio constitutam esse definiunt, quique lectionem Hebraicam quam minus commodam indicant configere eamque ex LXX.: 1
- apocryphus est: 1
- apparatus criticus: 1
- apparatus criticus.: 1
- apud Hebraeos liber Iudith inter apocrypha (v.l.: 1
- apud Hebraeos nec legitur nec habetur.: 1
- apud Salomonem . . . in Ecclesiastico: 1
- arguet gloriosos terrae: 1
- artaba: 1
- at vero ii qui Graeca lingua legunt LXX.: 1
- atque in orientis ecclesia decantatur.: 1
- auditus bonus super sacrificium: 1
- aures autem perfecisti mihi: 1
- aut sicut homo perspicit, perspicis? : 1
- azyma, azymi: 1
- bestiae terrae: 1
- bibliorum omnium quos noverim antiquissimus: 1
- bibliotheca: 1
- bibliothecam . . . ex parte corruptam . . . in membranis instaurare conati sunt: 1
- blasphemare: 1
- bonus scarabaeus qui clamavit e ligno . . . clamavit quasi scarabaeus Deus Deus meus: 1
- bonus vermis qui haesit in ligno: 1
- calcaneo eius: 1
- cantica: 1
- capitula: 1
- capsae: 1
- cartallus: 1
- cataplasmare: 1
- catenam hanc in Bibliotheca Julii Justiniani D. M. Procuratoris vidit Montfauconius et descripsit in Diario Italico: 1
- cauma: 1
- choerogryllus: 1
- christus: 1
- chytropus: 1
- cidaris: 1
- circumcisis nobis petrina acie, id est, Christi praeceptis (petra enim Christus multis modis et figuris praedicatus est).: 1
- cistae: 1
- codicibus reperitur . . et Ierosolymae: 1
- codicibus reperitur et a nobis in Latinum sermonem fideliter versa est, et Jerosolymae atque in Orientis ecclesiis decantatur.: 1
- codicibus reperitur et a nobis in Latinum sermonem fideliter versa est.: 1
- compendia scribendi: 1
- compendiatum est enim novum testamentum et a legis laciniosis oneribus expeditum: 1
- condidit, creavit: 1
- conlatis codicibus versionibusque eam praebentibus et patrum ea utentibus excussis efficiendum erit ut etiam in minutioribus adcurate edita dici merito possit: 1
- conservatores: 1
- creagra: 1
- cui [sc. libro Iob], si ea quae sub asteriscis addita sunt subtraxeris, pars maxima voluminis detruncabitur, et hoc duntaxat apud Graecos. ceterum apud Latinos . . . septingenti ferme aut octingenti versus desunt.: 1
- cum vetustum Origenis hexaplum psalterium revolverem, quod ipsius manu: 1
- curavi de consilio et sententia eorum quos supra nominavi, huius libri editionem ad Vaticanum exemplar emendandam; vel potius exemplar ipsum, quod eius valde probaretur auctoritas, de verbo ad verbum repraesentandum, accurate prius sicubi opus fuit recognitum et notationibus etiam auctum. Factum est autem providentia sane divina, ut quod Sanctitate vestra suadente sui Cardinalatus tempore inchoatum est, id variis de causis aliquoties intermissum per ipsa fere initia Pontificatus sui : 1
- cursus psallendi: 1
- de quadam similitudine Salomonis esse dicuntur . . . qui tamen quoniam in auctoritatem recipi meruerunt inter propheticos numerandi sunt.: 1
- de saeculo quo exaratus fuerit nihil dicitur: 1
- decachordus: 1
- deest unum et alterum folium.: 1
- designans, vel stellis (: 1
- dicitur: 1
- dicta: 1
- diplois: 1
- dixitque Cain ad Abel fratrem eius Egrediamur foras: 1
- dolium: 1
- doma: 1
- donec atteratur caelum: 1
- ea autem quae habetur in : 1
- ea quae intellegentia integra ex verbis Chaldaeis invenire potui, Latinis expressi: 1
- eam viam ingressus sum: 1
- ecce virgo concipiet: 1
- ecclesia: 1
- editionem . . . in gravioribus omnibus satis fidam: 1
- editionem LXX.: 1
- editionem Veteris Testamenti Graeci . . . collatis integris codicum familiis esse curandam, nam familiis non accedere auctoritatem e codicibus, sed codicibus e familiis: 1
- ego multis vetustissimis exemplaribus collatis biblia (ut vulgo appellant) graece cuncta descripsi.: 1
- ego stridebo subter vos, sicut stridet plaustrum: 1
- eleemosyna: 1
- eligat unusquisque quod vult: 1
- equidem censeo : 1
- ergo si Christus personae paternae spiritus est, merito spiritus cuius persona erat (id est Patris) cum faciem suam ex unitate scilicet pronuntiavit.: 1
- esse Aristeae, qui ex Ptolemaei ephemeridibus se hausisse testatur.: 1
- et Christus spiritus dicitur quia Ieremias dixit: 1
- et audient eas quae sunt a Daniele propheta voces: 1
- et defunctus est job senex plenus dierum. : 1
- et fecit te et creavit te: 1
- et non sunt divisae: 1
- et rogabam uxorem meam : 1
- et sumptu et labore maximo indigent.: 1
- et tu, Be[thleem,] domus [habita]tioni[sBurkitt (O. L. and Itala: 1
- et tu, Bethleem, domus illius Ephratha, num exigua es ut constituaris in milibus Iuda? ex to mihi procedet ut sit princeps apud Israel, et processiones eius a principio, a diebus saeculi.>: 1
- et ubicunque viderit virgulam praecedentem : 1
- etiam nunc: 1
- evangelia quae falsavit Hesychius, apocrypha: 1
- ex Macedonia Corcyram advecta, ibique Ill. Card. Fed. Borromaei Bibliothecae Ambrosianae Fundatoris iussu empta eidemque Bibliothecae transmissa sunt.: 1
- ex utero ante luciferum genui te: 1
- exemplaria Alexandrina.: 1
- exigitis ut librum Chaldaeo sermone conscriptum ad latinum stylum tradam . . . feci satis desiderio vestro . . . et quia vicina est Chaldaeorum lingua sermoni Hebraico, utriusque linguae peritissimum loquacem reperiens unius diei laborem arripui, et quidquid ille mihi Hebraicis verbis expressit, hoc ego : 1
- facti sunt tibi filii: 1
- fecisti in: 1
- fidelis ad puteum (Gen. xxiv. 62: 1
- fragmenta ex Aristea.: 1
- fuerat emendatum: 1
- fuerint, ut tandem aliquando pateat quam incerta in hoc literarum genere omnia sint, et quam multa nulla alia re nisi coniectura nitantur sciolorum, superstitiosorum, desperantium.: 1
- fuerit absolutum; scilicet ut hoc praeclarum opus, vestro Sanctissimo nomini dicatum, quasi monumentum quoddam perpetuum esset futurum apud omnes bonos et vestrae erga Rempublicam Christianam voluntatis et meae erga Sanctitatem vestram observantiae.: 1
- fusio, pomatio, splendentia.: 1
- gaeus: 1
- gazophylacium: 1
- generavi: 1
- gentium: 1
- grabatus: 1
- groves.: 1
- hexaplarem non diversam fuisse ab ea quam in exemplaribus modo memoratis hodie manu terimus.: 1
- hi qui me invidere putant utilibus laboribus tuis.: 1
- hic hiemis eorum maximus fluctus est, haec tortuosa turbinis gravis unda est, quae excepta a nobis et securo navigio infracta, usque ad ipsum nos tutissimum portum optati litoris prosequetur: 1
- hic psalmus sibi proprie scriptus est David, extra numerum, cum pugnavit cum Golia[th].: 1
- his xliv libris Testamenti Veteris terminatur auctoritas: 1
- hoc unum affirmare possum quod multum a veritate discordet et recto iudicio repudiata sit.: 1
- holocaustum: 1
- i—v. Moysi[s] libri quinque: 1
- iamdudum cum voluminibus Hebraeorum editionem Aquilae confero, ne quid forsitan propter odium Christi synagoga mutaverit, et—ut amicae menti fatear—quae ad nostram fidem pertineant roborandam plura reperio": 1
- id est communem appellant, atque vulgatam, et a plerisque nunc : 1
- id est de morte, de funere, uti credas de ignibus quoque substantiam corporis exigi posse: 1
- ideo autem desidero interpretationem tuam de LXX.: 1
- impleta sunt quae concinit | David fideli carmine | dicendo nationibus | Regnavit a ligno Deus: 1
- in Christo orare nos debere Deus Pater dicit.: 1
- in circuitu per totum: 1
- in die tribulationis tuae: 1
- in enumeratione Holmesiana [cod. 130] perserve designature 131, et vice versa.: 1
- in hoc capitulo iuxta LXX.: 1
- in illis in Sina in sancto. 19: 1
- in ipsis autem interpretationibus Itala ceteris praeferatur.: 1
- in its repraesentata esse quae aut ad confirmandas lectiones Vaticanas e scriptoribus vulgatis, aut ad explenda quae in Septuaginta non habentur, ex aliorum editionibus afferri potuissent, quod in communibus libris cum legantur, inde sibi unusquisque nullo negotio ea parare possit. Quae vero in libris manuscriptis reperta, vel ad indicandas antiquarum tum lectionum tum interpretationum varietates (sub scholii illas nomine, quod ipsarum incerta esset auctoritas, nonnunquam relatas) vel ad stabiliendam scripturam Vaticanam et eius obscuriores locos illustrandos pertinere visa sunt, ea certe non sunt praetermissa.: 1
- in lupanar: 1
- in medio duo animalium cognosceris, Moysi et Eliae.: 1
- in momento indignationis: 1
- in papyreone: 1
- in primo libro Machabaeorum scriptum est: 1
- indiligentior: 1
- indoctior: 1
- inferam super eos: 1
- inquirant enim . . . id tempus in quo defecit princeps et dux: 1
- instaurator: 1 2 3
- insuper vel postea concinnare: 1
- integrum immaculatumque gaudete.: 1
- intellegendum quotiens qui titulos habent in fine: 1
- interpretatione etiam in Latinam linguam interpretatum est quod ecclesiae Latinae tenent. : 1
- invenimus illum directo et Deum et hominem expositum, ipso hoc psalmo suggerente quoniam Deus homo natus est in illa, aedificavit eam voluntate Patris: 1
- ipse: 1
- ipse erit expectatio: 1
- ipse stylus Graecam eloquentiam redolet.: 1
- ipsi LXX.: 1
- ita Genesis versus IIIID: 1
- itaque iam tum (id quod sine testimonio suspicandum erat) in Aegyptum quoque nova religio permanaverat.: 1
- iure LXX.: 1
- iustificate viduam: 1
- ix. Regnorum iii, iv: 1
- laetitiae: 1
- laganum: 1
- laicus: 1
- latomus: 1
- lecythus: 1
- legite igitur et hunc iuxta translationem nostram, quoniam per cola scriptus et commata manifestiorem legentibus sensum tribuit.: 1
- lib. primus ver. ĪĪCCC: 1
- lib. quartus ver. Ī: 1
- lib. secundus ver ĪĪCCC: 1
- liber Sapientiae: 1
- liber ii ver: 1 2
- licet non ordo lectionum quae recitantur de illis dicere magis exigat quae lector explicuit, tamen quoniam nonnulli fratrum deposcunt ea potius quae de prophetia Balaam scripta sunt ad sermonem disputationis adduci, non ita ordini lectionum satisfacere aequum credidi ut desideriis auditorum.: 1
- locutus sum super eos: 1
- luci: 1
- luter: 1
- manu XII.: 1
- mediam autem inter has Latinam B. Hieronymi translationem velut inter Synagogam et orientalem ecclesiam posuimus, tanquam duos hinc et inde latrones, medium : 1
- mittas obsecro interpretationem tuam de LXX.: 1
- mobilia: 1
- molarem dentem: 1
- mustum: 1
- mutabis eos: 1
- naulum: 1
- nec in V.T. post LXX.: 1
- nemo cum prophetas versibus viderit esse descriptos, metro eos aestimet apud Hebraeos ligari, et aliquid simile habere de Psalmis vet operibus Salomonis; sed quod in Demosthene et Tullio solet fieri, ut per cola scribantur et commata, qui utique prosa et non versibus conscripserunt, nos quoque, utilitati legentium providentes, interpretationem novam scribendi genere distinximus: 1
- neomenia: 1
- nescio quis primus auctor LXX: 1
- ni omnia fallunt Slavus nihil aliud vertit nisi Luciani recensionem: 1
- nobis curae fuit omnes veteris legis libros quos v. d. Adamantius in Hexapla digesserat de Caesariensi bibliotheca descriptos ex ipsis authenticis emendare.: 1
- nobis curae fuit omnes veteris legis libros quos vir doctus Adamantius in Hexapla digesserat de Caesariensi bibliotheca descriptos ex ipsis authenticis emendare, in quibus et ipsa Hebraea propriis sunt characteribus verba descripta et Graecis literis tramite expressa vicino; Aquila etiam et Symmachus, LXX.: 1
- nominant.: 1
- non contentiosius, ut quidam putant, sed studiosius verbum interpretatur ad verbum: 1
- non enim frustra hoc puto LXX.: 1
- non legatus: 1
- non legunt, utentes Theodotionis editione: 1
- non me latet . . . quod in aliquibus exemplaribus habetur erat vir quidam : 1
- non permanebit: 1
- non servisti mihi in sacrificiis: 1
- non solet verborum : 1
- non solum verba sed etymologias quoque verborum transferre conatus est: 1
- nongenti quatuor: 1
- nonnulli scriptorum veterum hunc esse Iudaei Philonis affirmant: 1
- nonnulli vero libri, et maxime hi qu: 1
- notitia librorum apocryphorum: Liber de filiabus Adae Leptogenesis, Poenitentia Adae, Liber de Vegia nomine gigante, qui post diluvium cum dracone . . . pugnasse perhibetur, Testamentum Iob, Poenitentia Iambre et Mambre, Solomonis interdictio.: 1
- nycticorax: 1
- occulte quidem sed potenter manifestans, quoniam absconsa manu expugnabat Dominus Amalech.: 1
- omnibus autem libris qui in manibus fuerunt unus hic prae aliis, quia ex editione Septuaginta si non toto libro certe maiorem partem constare vises est, mirum in modum institutam emendationem adiuvit; post eum vero alii duo qui ad eius vetustatem proximi quidem sed longe proximi intervallo accedunt, unus Venetus ex bibliotheca Bessarionis Cardinalis, et is quoque grandioribus litteris scriptus; alter qui ex Magna Graecia advectus nunc est Carafae Cardinalis: qui liber cum Vaticano codice ita in omnibus consentit ut credi possit ex eodem archetypo descriptus esse. Praeter hos magno etiam usui fuerunt libri ex Medicea bibliotheca Florentiae collati, qui Vaticanas lectiones multis locis aut confirmarunt aut illustrarunt. Sed libri Vaticani bonitas non tam ex horum codicum miro consensu perspecta est, quam ex iis locis qui partim adducuntur partim explicantur ab antiquis sacris scriptoribus; qui fere nusquam huius exemplaris lectiones non exhibent ac reponunt, nisi ubi aliorum Interpretum locum aliquem afferunt, non Septuaginta. quorum editio cum esset nova emendatione perpolienda, recte ad huius libri normam, qui longe omnium antiquissimus, solus iuxta Septuaginta inscribitur, perpolita est; vel potius rectissime liber ipse ad litteram, quoad fieri potuit per antiquam orthographiam aut per librarii lapsus, est expressus. Nam vetus illa et iam absoleta eius aetatis scriptura aliquibus locis repraesentata non est; cum tamen in aliis omnibus, nisi ubi manifestus apparebat librarii lapsus, ne latum quidem unguem, ut aiunt, ab huius libri auctoritate discessum sit, ne in iis quidem quae si minus mendo, certe suspicione mendi videbantur non carere. satius enim visum est locos vel aliquo modo suspectos (nec enim fieri potest ut in quantumvis expurgate exemplari non aliqua supersit macula) quemadmodum habentur in archetypo relinqui quam eos ex alicuius ingenio aut coniectura emendari: quod multa quae primo vel mendosa vel mutilata in hoc codice videbantur, ea postea cum aliis libris collata vera et sincera reperirentur. Nam in libris Prophetarum, qui maxime in hoc exemplari (uno excepto Daniele) puram Septuaginta editionem resipiunt, mirum quam multa non habeantur; quae tamen recte abesse et eorum Interpretum non esse, intellectum est tum ex commentariis veterum scriptorum Graecis et Latinis, tum ex libris manuscriptis in quibus illa addita sent sub asteriscis.: 1
- omnium elegantissimus . . . cum optimis Graecis suae aetatis scriptoribus comparandus.: 1
- optimum Principem nobis florentem quam diutissime servet. qui cum omnes curas cogitationesque suas in amplificandam ornandamque Ecclesiae dignitatem contulerit, dubitandum non est quin Rep. Christiana optimis legibus et sanctissimis institutis per eum reformata, religione ac pietate, revocatis antiquis ritibus, in suum splendorem restituta, in hoc quoque publicam causam sit adiuturus ut sacri veteres libri, hominum incuria vel improbitate corrupti, pro sua eximia benignitate ab omni labe vindicati, quam emendatissimi pervulgentur.: 1
- ostendens quod austero Dei praecepto miscerent seniores aquatam traditionem.: 1
- palatha: 1
- pallium: 1
- pedes eius: 1
- pentapolis: 1
- per diem in templo docebat ut qui per Osee praedixerat,: 1
- per scabellum: 1
- pleraque prioris laboris fraude cuiusdam amisimus: 1
- poderis: 1
- populum autem qui credit Deo iam non esse sub angelorum potestate.: 1
- populus hic labiis me honorat: 1
- porro in eo libro qui a plerisque Sapientia Salomonis: 1
- possedit: 1
- praenotatum: 1
- praestantissimi codicis: 1
- praevalebit: 1
- prima manu: 1
- primum molior librum a codicum uncialium qui hexaplares non sunt . . . consensu haud raro certa coniectura emendando edendum . . . deinceps propositum est . . . editionem hexaplarem curare . . . tertio loco . . . adparatum criticum integrum adiungere cogito.: 1
- primus liber ver. ĪĪD: 1
- pro 'mater Sion' LXX.: 1
- probari potest: 1
- proiciet: 1
- psalterium . . . certe emendatissimum iuxta LXX.: 1
- psalterium Romae dudum positum emendaram et iuxta LXX.: 1
- pulcherrima feminarum.: 1
- quae impressimus, sciat in LXX.: 1
- quaerendum est quid sit natum ante saecula Deum rursum in initium viarum Dei et in opera creari.: 1
- quam Hebraei : 1
- quanquam mihi omnino conscius non sim mutasse me quidpiam me Hebraica veritate . . . interroga quemlibet Hebraeorum cui magis accommodare debeas fidem.: 1
- quartus lib. ver ĪĪCCCC: 1
- quasi in thalamo morabitur: 1
- quem et Daniel propheta . . . annuntiavit: 1
- quem tam presse secutus est magnus ille interpres Latinus . . . ut aliquando nobis successerit ex Hieronymi Latinis Symmachi Graeca . . . satis probabiliter extricare.: 1
- qui (LXX.: 1
- qui Angelus Dei dictus est, idem Dominus et Deus est; est autem secundum prophetam Filius Dei magni consilii angelus: 1
- qui adhuc apud Latinos iacebat in stercore et vermibus scatebat errorum.: 1
- qui enim scripturas ex Hebraea lingua in Graecam verterunt, numerari possunt, Latini interpretes nullo modo; ut enim cuique primis fidei temporibus in manus venit codex Graecus et aliquantulum facultatis sibi utriusque linguae habere videbatur ausus est interpretari.: 1
- qui me non quaerunt: 1
- quia de industria servatum est tibi: 1
- quia sedes apostolica utrique nititur: 1
- quidam e nostris vermem in ligno loquentem illum esse aiunt qui dicit in Psalmo (xxi. 7) Ego natus sum vermis et non homo: 1
- quinque a plerisque libri duplices aestimantur.: 1
- quinque tantum libros Moysis a LXX.: 1
- quintam et sextam et septimam editionem, quas etiam nos de eius bibliotheca habemus, miro labore repperit et cum ceteris editionibus conparavit: 1
- quo nullus codicum sacrorum antiquior videtur: 1
- quod Aquila transtulit: 1
- quod est ergo lumen signatum: 1
- quod multi pro errore lapsi putant de carne: 1
- quod si feceris (i.e. if you refuse Origen's recension) omnino ecclesiae bibliothecas damnare cogeris; vix enim onus vel alter inveniatur liber qui ista non habeat.: 1
- quomodo igitur viginti duo elementa sunt . . . ita viginti duo volumina supputantur . . . quamquam nonnulli Ruth et Cinoth inter Hagiograpba scriptitent et libros hos in suo putent numero supputandos et per hoc esse priscae legis libros viginti quatuor: 1
- quoniam neque homo tantum erit qui salvat nos neque sine carne (sine carne enim angeli sunt).: 1
- quorum interpretatio ut Septuaginta: 1
- quum . . . Deus . . . servavit nobis simplices scripturas in Aegypto . . . in qua et Dominus noster servatus est . . . et haec earum scripturarum interpretatio priusquam Dominus noster descenderet facta sit et antequam Christiani ostenderentur interpretata sit . . . vere impudorati et audaces ostenduntur qui nunc volunt aliter interpretationes facere, quando ex ipsis : 1
- rationale: 1
- rhomphaea: 1
- sabbatum: 1
- scio scripturam Enoch . . . non recipi a quibusdam quia nec in armarium Iudaicum admittitur . . . a nobis quidem nihil omnino reiciendum est quod pertineat ad nos . . . eo accedit quod E. apud Iudam apostolum testimonium possidet: 1
- scribae et Pharisaei quorum suscepit scholam Akybas, quem magistrum Aquilae proselyti autumant: 1
- scripturis arguantur a nobis . . . etenim apostoli quum sint his omnibus vetustiores, consonant praedictae interpretationi, et interpretatio consonat apostolicae traditioni. etenim Petrus et Ioannes et Matthaeus et Paulus et reliqui deinceps et horum sectatores prophetica omnia ita annuntiaverunt quemadmodum Seniorum interpretatio continet. unus enim et idem Spiritus Dei qui in prophetis quidem praeconavit . . . in Senioribus autem interpretatus est bene quae bene prophetata fuerant.: 1
- scrupulosior quam operis sui instituto fortasse conveniret: 1
- secundus Graecus est, quod ex ipsa quoque : 1
- secundus lib. ver ĪĪ: 1
- sed est hoc quoque de vetere sacramento quo nepotes suos . . . intermutatis manibus benedixerit et quidem ita transversim obliquatis in se, ut Christum deformantes iam tunc portenderent benedictionem in Christum futuram.: 1
- sed in his exemplaribus quae emendatiora probavimus ita habetur, erat vir unus: 1
- sed intellegentiae ordinem sequi: 1
- seniorum interpretatio: 1
- sensum potius sequi: 1
- septuaginta et duo interpretes: 1
- sermones dierum Esdrae.: 1
- sexto vel cum tardissime septimo saeculo exaratus: 1
- si Graecos patres consulueris, quis eos de rebus divinis disserentes intelliget, qui normam quam semper in animo dum scriberent habuere non ante cognitam atque perspectam habeat? . . . sed ad Latinos patres non minus quam Graecos recte intelligendos LXX.: 1
- si LXX.: 1
- signi sacramentum . . . in quo vita hominibus praestruebatur, in quo Judaei non essent credituri.: 1
- similitudinem perspexerit, de Hebraeis voluminibus additum noverit aeque usque ad duo puncta, iuxta Theodotionis dumtaxat editionem qui simplicitate sermonis a LXX.: 1
- solus ex Deo genitus, proprie de vulva cordis ipsius secundum quod et Pater ipse testatur Eructavit cor meum sermonem optimum.: 1
- sub iudice: 1
- sunt autem libri V.T. qui accipiuntur viginti quatuor quos in epitome Theodori invenies: 1
- sunt canonicae scripturae Salomonis libri quinque . . . Tobias, Judith . . . Machabaeorum libri duo: 1
- sunt haeretici alii qui Theodotionis et Symmachi itidem interpretationem diverso modo expositam sequuntur.: 1
- super rasuram: 1
- suppedaneum pedum tuorum: 1
- synagoga: 1
- tamen nos LXX.: 1
- tamquam immortali substantia eius existente.: 1
- tenenda tria esse aio: [1] editionem veteris testamenti graeci curari non posse ad unius alicuius codicis auctoritatem, sed conlatis integris codicum familiis esse curandam: nam familiis non accedere auctoritatem a codicibus, sed codicibus a familiis: [2] unius alicuius familiae editionem nihil esse nisi procedendi ulterius adminiculum: [3] errare qui si quando ipsa manus veterum interpretum inventa sit, in ea legenda adquiesci debere perhibeant, quum conlatis vetera emendandi periculis omnibus indagandum sit quae explicationis veteris testamenti per quatuor saecula fata : 1
- terminus a quo: 1 2
- terminus ad quem,: 1
- tertius lib. ver. ĪĪDC: 1
- tertius sequitur Samuel: 1
- testari possumus . . . maximi laboris nostri partum in eo praecipue fuisse versatum ut . . . castigatissima omni ex parte vetustissimaque exemplaria pro archetypis haberemus.: 1
- thecas in quas schedulae membraneae . . . inferciebantur.: 1
- theristrum: 1
- thymiama: 1
- tot exemplaria quot codices: 1
- tota schola Judaeorum: 1
- totus . . . orbis hac inter se trifaria varietate compugnat: 1
- translatores: 1
- tres libros Salomonis, id est, Proverbia, Ecclesiasten, Canticum canticorum, veteri LXX.: 1
- tristegum: 1
- tu insidiaberis: 1
- tympanistria: 1
- ubi est Dominus deus Eliae etiam nunc?: 1
- ubi nos habemus Et filius Masec vernaculae meae: 1
- unde et ipse David regnaturum ex ligno dominum dicebat.: 1
- uno cepit impetu: 1
- ut textum per tria fere secula probatissimum repeterem, mutatis tantummodo quibus mutatione maxime opus esset, addita vero plena lectionis varietate ex tribus codicibus antiquissimis quos fere solos utpote editos confidenter adhibere licebat.: 1
- utem Iesum, hoc est Romanam sive Latinam ecclesiam, collocantes.: 1
- utique 'in corpus' . . . sic enim Deus in evangelio . . . revelavit, panem corpus suum appellans.: 1
- vastabuntque Hebraeos: 1
- verba : 1
- verbum de verbo exprimere: 1
- versus: 1
- veterem editionem nostrae translationi compara, et liquido providebitis quantum distet inter veritatem et mendacium.: 1
- vi. Iesu Naue: 1
- videtur a Gregoropulo exaratus: 1
- vii. Iudicum et Ruth: 1
- viii. Regnorum i, ii: 1
- vulgata editio: 1
- vulgo edition; Septuaginta copulatur, nec habetur apud Hebraeos: 1
- xii libri Prophetarum: 1
- zelare: 1
- zelotes: 1
- zelotypta: 1
Index of German Words and Phrases
- "entweder . . . vor Theodotion gegeben" muss dahin ergänzt werden "oder ist das Dilemma falsch gestellt, and hat Theodotion das N.T. benützt, nicht umgekehrt": 1
- Dieser Text steht dem Cod. Sin. wie ein Zwillingsbruder nahe.: 1
- Ist das Buch Ezekiel in der Septuaginta von einem oder mehreren Dolmetscher übersetzt?: 1
- Wortlaute: 1
- als Abfassungszeit wird man den Zeitraum von Pompejus bis Vespasian annehmen dürfen.: 1
- beseitigt Doppelglieder: 1
- d. h. die eine war nur für diese, die andere nur für jene Bücher vorhanden.: 1
- dass dieser Hesychius . . . identisch ist mit dem etwa gleichzeitigen Bibelkritiker gleichen Namens, ist nicht zu erweisen.: 1
- dass im allgemeinen der Kirchenslavischen Übersetzung der griech. Text der Lucianischen (Antiochenisch-Konstantinopolitanischen) Rezension zu Grunde liegt ist sicher.: 1
- die letzte Columne ist nicht, wie man anfangs glaubte, Theodotion, sondern die Quinta mit Interlinearvarianten.: 1
- ein wunderbar glücklicher Zufall hätte uns somit in der Aldine im Grossen and Ganzen den Hesych gegeben, wie die Complutensis im Grossen and Ganzen den Lucian darstellt.: 1
- eine stark verderbte Stelle: 1
- ich widerhole sie, von mir redigiert.: 1
- nicht antiquiert: 1
- nur drei axiome schicke ich voraus: I. die manuscripte der griechischen übersetzung des alten testaments sind alle entweder unmittelbar oder mittelbar das resultat eines eklektischen verfahrens: darum muss, wer den echten text wiederfinden will, ebenfalls eklektiker sein. Sein maasstab kann nur die kenntniss des styles der einzelnen übersetzer, sein haupthilfsmittel muss die fähigkeit sein, die ihm vorkommenden lesarten auf ihr semitisches original zurückzuführen oder aber als originalgriechische verderbnisse zu erkennen. II. wenn ein vers oder verstheil in einer freien und in einer sklavisch treuen übertragung vorliegt, gilt die erstere als die echte. III. wenn sich zwei lesarten nebeneinander finden, von denen die eine den masoretischen text ausdrückt, die andre nur aus einer von ihm abweichenden urschrift erklärt werden kann, so ist die letztere für ursprünglich zu halten.: 1
- so billig das erste Buch sollte in die Zahl der heiligen Schrift genommen sein, so billig ist dies andere Buch herausgeworfen, obwohl etwas Gutes darinner steht.: 1
- vielfach bei A, bes. in Jerem.: 1
- weist doch auf einen Midrasch oder ein Targum hin: 1
Index of Pages of the Print Edition
i ii iii iv v vi vii viii ix x xi xii xiii xiv 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626